^, IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) // 1.0 I.I IM ■2.5 ijj y^ 12.2 S? 144 ■" Z |1£ 12.0 11.25 i 1.4 1.6 Photographic Sciences Corporation 4 \ V 4^. iP o ;\ M WIST MAIN STMIT WHSTIR.N.Y. USM (71«) •73-4503 '^ CIHM/ICMH Microfiche Series. CIHIVI/ICIVIH Collection de microfiches. Canadian Institute for Historicai IMicroraproductiont / Institut Canadian da microraproductions hiatoriquas Technical and Bibliographic Notas/Notas tachniquas at bibliographiquas Th to Tha Inatituta haa attamptad to obtain tha baat original copy available for filming. Faaturaa of thia copy which may ba bibllographicaily unique, wl^ich may altar any of tha imagea In the reproduction, or which may significantly change the usual method of filming, are checked below. L'Inatitut a microfilm^ la mailleur axamplaire qu'il lui a AtA possible da se procurer. Les details da cet exemplaira qui sont peut-Atre uniques du point de vue bibliographiqua, qui peuvent modifier une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exigar una modification dans la mithode normaia da filmaga sont indiquto ci-dessous. Th po of filr n D D n. □ Coloured covers/ Couverture de couleur I I Covers damaged/ Couverture endommagAe Covers restored and/or laminated/ Couverture restaurAe at/ou pellicuiAe I I Cover title missing/ Le titre de couverture manque I I Coloured maps/ Cartas gtegraphiques an couiaur Coloured init (i.e. other than blue or biacic)/ Encra de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire) I I Coloured plates and/or illustrations/ Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur Bound with other material/ Rail* avac d'autres documents Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion along interior margin/ La re liure serrie paut causer de I'ombre ou de la distortion la long de la marge intirieure Blank leaves added during restoration may appear within tha text. Whenever possible, these have been omitted from filming/ li se peut que certaines pages blanches ajouties lors d'une restauration apparaissent dans la texte. mala, lorsqua cela Atait possible, ces pages n'ont pas «t4 filmAas. D D D >/ D n/ D D D D Coloured pages/ Pages de couleur Pages damaged/ Pages endommag6as Pages restored and/or laminated/ Pages restaurias at/ou palliculies Pages discoloured, stainRi:* or foxed/ Pages dAcolor6es, tachet^es ou piquAes Pages detached/ Pages ditach^es Showthrough/ > Transparence Quality of print varies/ Quaiiti inigale de I'impression Includes supplementary material/ Comprend du matiriai supplAmentaira Only edition available/ Seule idition disponible Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata slips, tissues, etc., have been refilmed to ensure the best possible image/ Les pages totalement ou partiellement obscurcies per un feuiliet d'erratn, une peiure, etc.. ont Ati filmAes A nouveau de faqon A obtenir la meilleure image possible. Or be th< sic oti fin sio or Th shi TIf wt Mi dif en be rig rec mt Additional comments:/ Commentaires suppUmantaires: Virtout psgings. This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/ Ce document est film* au taux da reduction indiqu* ci-desious. 10X 14X 18X 22X 26X 30X J 12X 16X 20X 24X 28X 32X e Itails 8 du lodifier r une Image The copy '/ilmed hera has bean reproduced thanks to the generosity of: Ralph Plekard Ml Library IMoMnt Allison Univanity The images appearing here are the best quality possible considering the condition and legibility of the original copy and in keeping with the filming contract specifications. L'exemplaire film* fut reproduit grAce k la gAnArositA de: Ralph Pickard Bail Library Mount Allison Univarsity Les images suivantes ont AtA reproduites avec le plus grand soin, compte tenu de la condition at de la nettetA de rexempiaire film*, at en conformity avec les conditions du contrat de filmage. Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed beginning with the front cover and ending on the last page with a printed or illustrated impres- sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All other original copies are filmed beginning on the first page with a printed or illustrated impres- sion, and ending on the last page with a printed or illustrated impression. IS Les exempiaires originaux dont la couverture en papier est imprim6e sont filmAs en commengant par le premier plat at en terminant soit par la dernlAre page qui comporte une empreinte d'impression ou d'illustration, soit par le second plat, salon is cas. Tous les autres exempiaires originaux sont filmte on commen9ant par la premiere page qui comporte une empreinte d'impression ou d'illustration et en terminant par la dernlAre page qui comporte une telle empreinte. The last recorded frame on each microfiche shall contain the symbol — ^ (meaning "CON- TINUED"), or the symbol y (meaning "END"), whichever applies. Un des symboles suivants apparattra sur la derniAre image de cheque microfiche, selon le cas: le symbols — »• signifie "A SUIVRE", le symbols V signifie "FIN". IMaps, plates, charts, etc., may be filmed at different reduction ratios. Those too large to be entirely included in one exposure are filmed beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to right and top to bottom, as many frames as required. The following diagrams illustrate the method: * Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc.. peuvent Atre filmAs A des taux de reduction diff Arents. Lorsque le document est trop grand pour Atre reproduit en un seul clich*. il est film* A partir de Tangle supArieur gauche, de gauche A droite, et de haut en bas. en prenant le nombre d'images nAcessaire. Les diagrammes suivants illustrent la mtthode. srrata to peiure, in A n 32X 1 i 3 4 • 6 4 M M CHUJ tr AND 2/p. 4\ THE MISSIONARY GAZETTEER; OOHniHN* *ll A GEOGRAPHICAL AND STATISTICAL ACCOUNT or l> i THE VARIOUS STATIONS or CHURCH, LONDON, MORAVIAN, WESLEYAN, BAPTIST, \V AND AMERICAN, )ifC. fyc. dfC. wim 'rnieiE pro6rku iif EVANGELIZATION AND CIVILIZATION. BY CHARLES WILLIAMS. LONDON- jFfREDERICK WES'iLEY AND A. H. DAVIS, 10, tTATIONKMB'-HAIX^COUmr, AMD AVI-MiJUA-LANB, (thoktlltn to (A« Lomdom Mittiommry amMifj; ANO SOLIt BT JOHN M^, RUIKUiUMH ; AND WB8TWT AltD TtHftELL, DUBLIN. 1828. ti « r ' ^ .* . . i Mmf^iSik'^: 'iM:mkk^ hi f • Hri'4 ' ^> '^friu' V / -H/^" 'A xh(i^ki^'M}^^i '^ :• -1 •■ V- It v:(M "v a;;*^^, '-^^ T^-* ■ f hv t^r :l*r '^^ I - r y t • kk I'M ■. ■?■■>:? •^(^ ■'*■.; .';^**!?«iAj?;'iiv^\i :u:J; "•>^; .■I- r I > .■UA i-*.^*..f4• i^m;^;Jst|*_ ^3 .;• •.s ■ k, T'i O. nijckworth, Primer, 76, Flfft Stitct. A ^SMiihMk.. \ utt#^.;ito^^.: ;ff« t*,",.V;i(N.- V'^H • %' ■iJ'? 'Hr .-•ij .5 1 «y .'> Vt' ''t^' ft Street. It / '.!t» itiOlMlB '.'.} '^O^'A'^'^'''' J^A i-^-'i^ PREFACE. -%-;ii^T^M ■ it ' * ' "' <^-M 'm> ti-c The character and design of this Volume are too apparent to render necessary more than a few prefatory words. Although it partially resembles one published some time since in America, its plan was laid several years before it Was known that any similar work was extant ; and a large part of it was prepared before that eferred to was seen. The Editor, however, on making be discovery, availed himself of its aid, as well as of he assistance afforded by other Missionary records to •which he had access; but his principal resources' have been found in the Reports of the various Societies whose stations he has described. For the very prompt jand obliging loan of those published by the Church, the London, the Moravian, and the Baptist Societies, he begs to offer to the Rev. Messrs. Bickersteth, Arundel, Latrobe, and Dyer, his best thanks. That he wished to compress much information into a comparatively small compass, will be evident on an inspection of the work ; and its readers may be assured ^that still more had been given, but for one of two easons — his not being able to obtain it, or the limits assigned him, on which he would gladly and frequently [have trespassed. In all practicable cases, however, he las preferred giving the original statements of Directors I i \ iii^iU.*.-:' -,■■ J IV TfeEFACK. and Missionaries to any which he might have abridged from them ; lest, on the one hand, thej should suffer from misapprehension, or, on the other, from misrepre- sentation. Deeply solicitous that any future Edition may be an improvement on this, he will be much obliged by any suggestions or information jDommunicated to him at the Publishers' : and he has only to add, that should it meet the kind approval of the religious world he has anxiously sought (by an amount of labour of which he leaves others to speak), and should life and health be afforded, he designs to issue a series of volumes, by way of continuation, as circumstances may require, affixing to each a succinct history of one of those important Institutions, whose proceedings will thus be compre- ,' hensively and periodically recorded. ^ t.., ^.i ^ .♦ Newark, Mai/ 18, 182H. /jfi5 \^ I A 4-%. :>' \; 'fli 'ih^^^^M "»«•■ rf , ••: I _ '■V,- ..'• jjifi-- 1- ■ ft.': - '*r , U:i-: (,-,:n.'' fl \, . J •■, -. V f •• '-^uf'f.'h'.,- y_.- > ■■'■% "' ■ ■ ^''a ■>•■''■ , i •:. ■'■■■M •.;■•. >- . ^ ^ '' i> f" ■' ^<; »■' .1- . . * .Va'-H *i-i^ •■>■ ■ V--. r^^^' .» : ■'.■\ .> 'V-.t ^*. ' '-.*■'? ; *^•^>^»/ !.y'.^ "I *• ■ :,.:. d'^i vv • ^ .11 '' { "_'\- '^-S ''s .:... .^. / ,10*'' h fe ' ■6-/1 ..>s ■-«/" - :_ ^\'hjumi-: :4^iM''^ V i:j..; - '<; ESSAY ON MISSIONS. .^■•fd 'vi ii'» ^v 'n;.;' -f(Vy, 'Vp'- :f^/ '•■'i-''?A'-''' 1* '•it ■ .. ifi Tirtl y /Jf'.' ^^ . , 'V r_f'- Kjs,^ vv ,*>.' Curiosity may well be excited, when the energies of a multitude, widely differing on other pointSi are confederated for the accomplishment of an object; especially when, in the hope of success, they submit to intense toils and costly sacri- fices, through a long succession of years. Perhaps this com- bination was never more striking than in the history of Chris- tian Missions : in whatever light they are regarded, they afford , L ^ much to stimulate the inquiries both of philosophers and phi- lanthropists, while a candid examination of their claims and results is likely to exert a salutary influence on the mind and the heart. Of no trivial importance is it, therefore, to devise '^ employ all suitable means for the promotion of correct views and feelings on this subject, wherever entertained; as well as for the communication of tliem to those who, from various circum- stances, have treated it with inattention or indifference. Under this conviction the present volume was prepared, to which it has been deemed desirable to prefix the following observations. It ought, however, to be premised tiiat the genius of Mis- sions is of no recent origin ; — it is identical with the spirit of Christianity ; it emanated from the heart of " the great Apostle of our profession ;" it kindled an inextinguishable zeal m the bosoms of his immediate followers; and, through the subse- quent periods of the Christian era, it put forth its power,— too often, indeed, to be imposed by the authority, prejudices, and passions of men, — but still to operate, until, towards the close of the eighteenth century, it appeared like the sun, after contending with the mists and vapours of the dawn, the har- binger of a state of transcendent glory. Whatever diversities have arisen, or do exist, among those it has inspired, and whatever considerations may sometimes have increased its energy, two important principles appear to be in- ■•'^\ volved in all the efforts that have been made for the world's ^: , :0^ f r- r^ Vlll evangelization, — principles which must continue to be recog- nized until that sublime and glorious end is consummated. One is a deep and abiding sense of the appalling evils of which sin is the source. To possess this, it is not necessary to make the voyage of the world : let the eye, illuminated by the light of heaven, be turned within; there the consequences of the fall will be awfully apparent ; and it is only for it to glance around through a limited sphere, greatly to increase the vividness of its affecting perceptions. For as the chemist, applying a test to any metal with a definite result, argues that the same result may be predicated of any quantity of that metal in similar cir- cumstances ; so, from the specimens of human nature which a man has in himself and his neighbours, he may as satisfactorily conclude its universal character and tendency. The refutation was, therefore, perfectly easy of statements made by politicians, ♦oyagers, and travellers, who, at one period, and that not far distant, were accustomed to aver that numbers were living in an uncorrupt and happy state, inheriting customs and practising rites which could not be excelled, and rivalling, in the simplicity of their minds and the loveliness of their dispositions, the Ely- sian scenes where they lived and expired. If, hov^'ever, on this ground, such details were regarded as false, other consi- derations proved the baseness of their atithors. Appalling as are the circumstances of mankind, notwithstanding the posses- sion of divine revelation, and the existence of Christian insti- tutions, it could not escape observation, that of these, millions were destitute ; and, consequently, that among them the most gross and fearful superstitions abounded. In the absence of the beams of divine truth, darkness covers the people, and innumerable evils, emerging from the bottomless pit, invariab'y revel amidst the gloom. The wretchedness of idolaters has been strikingly portrayed by the prophets of Jehovah ; and as a poet familiar with their state gazed upon it, he exclaimed — i ■. :/ " Tbey read no promise that inspires belief; ' -^ • They seek no God that pities their complaints j They find no balm that crives the heart relief ; They know no fountain when the ;5pirit faints. O could I picture out the full effect Of that soul -withering power, idolatry, I'd write a page, wlii'h whoso dared to read, His eye, instead oi uurs, in crimson drops should bleed. ?j ■ \ ■ » it on lerable I amidst [ikinfrly Nor are the statements of others, in different places, at variance with those just made. Actual and faithful surveys of the heathen world, given by various persons and through suc- cessive years, are all filled with objects whose hideous Matures mingle horror with the compassion they excite. They have shown us the inhabitants of the Northern and Southern Pacific, removed but a small degree from the most abject barbarism devoted to the grossest idolatry, and guilty of detestable and fiendish crimes ; — the Chinese, uniting in their idolatry, witli some inconsiderable variations, that of ancient Canaan, Egypt, Greece, Home, Chaldea, and India, and polluting all the rela- tions of life by abominable offences ; — the inhabitants of the Indian Ocean, as overwhelmed in frightful superstitions, worshipping devils, and, in some cases, eating their captives alive ; — the teeming millions of Hindostan enthralled by a - system whose rites are obscene and murderous, whose most meritorious acts are self-torture and suicide, and whose heaven is utter annihilation ; — ^the people of Africa, widely scattered and variously distinguished, but ^11 sunk in abject ignorance of themselves and of Christ, and perishing for lack of knowledge ; — their brethren in the West Indies, living where Christianity, if so it may be. called, has long co-existed with Paganism, but not for the slave, and consequently leaving multitudes susceptible of the kindliest emotions of humanity, and of the infinitely sublimer feelings of piety, to a thraldom more destructive to the soul than even the fetter and the lash are to the frame, — yea, the whole unevangelized population of the earth, as involved iti moral necessities and woes, alike defying description and conception..^ .'vHF'y •.■, j i \-:-i - 'i i i -H^-^i '••- :: Deeply affecting, however, as the present condition of the heathen is, unutterably more awful is their state with regard to eternity. It is conceded, that if they acted up to the dictates of conscience, and to the instructions and admonitions of the natural world, in the absence of revelation, hope might be indulged of their acceptance with God ; yet no proof has hitherto been afforded that any one of them has done this. On the contrary, it is apparent that where they have not the Gospel to contenCin, they violate with eagerness the laws actually possessed. Of them it may be said, ** tliere is none righteous, no not one ; there is none that understandeth ; there none that seeketh after God. Their throat is an open IS r iepulehre ; witii their tongue they have used deceit; the poison of asps is under thenr lips ; their feet are swift to shed blood ; and even knowing the judgment of Qod, that they which commit such things are worthy of death, they not onfy do the same, but have pleasure in them that do thera." The luppo- sition that, dying in these oiroumstanoes, they can enter heaven, is diametrically opposed to the dearest testimony of Divine revelation ; and hence, fearful as is the tiiougbt, it is " Go ye into alt the world, and jMreaeh the Gospel to every creature.'* Hence, when Peter and John were commanded by the San- hedrim to speak no more in the name of Christ, they replied, <* Whether it be right to hearken unto* you more than unto God, judge ye; for we cannot but speak the things tJiat we have seen and heard.'* Instead of imagining that he had laid the world under irredeemable obligations, Paul esteemed him- self ** a debtcMr to the Greek tmd the barbarian ; both to the wise and to the unwise;'* beheld "a woe" hovering over him if he preached not the Gospel; and, urged by an irresistible impulse, he proclaimed the truth as it is in Jesus, *' from Jem- salem, and round unto Itlyricum.*' The churches formed by sudh men could not but be continued with thek spirit ; the exam- ples on which they gazed must have exerted a mighty influence, while the injunctions they received to <' hold forUi the word of life," and to shine as " lights in the world," invested every JtK community, and all its members respectively, with a missionary character. Indeed, wlieriever the difiiision of truth is not an object of intense solicitude, an essential quality of genuine Christianity is wanting. On this, no lapse of years can effect a change ; — in every age it must be precisely the same. Beheld, in itself, it has exhibited, and mufit ever discover, its Author's perfection.^ And cruelty is no less inconsistent with huma- nity, than an exclusive and selfish possessioi^ of the Gospel is with the genius of true piety. The compassion for souls which it invariably breathes, the obedience to divine commands which it imperatively requires, the zeal for Christ's honour which it always enkindles, and the rich experience it affords of the infinite value of heavenly blessings, , unite to induce its possessor freely to give what he has freely received. A hecfes- sity is thus laid on every believer in the Son of God to culti- vate a missionary spirit, the constituent principles of which are produced in the new creation of his soul, and for whose range '< a world lying in wickedness" opens an extensive and deeply necessitous sphere. As the beams of the sun were not designed to be limited to the orb whence they emanate, so it is the Divine purpose, that he whose mind has become the depository of a purer light, should diffuse around him the rays of truth and holiness to the utmost extent of the circle in which he is ap- pointed to move. It is true, that the degree of ability, and the opportunities for its exercise, are alike various; but still there is an impeachment of individual piety, an accumulation of personal guilt, and a falling 3hort of the beneficent purposes of a benevolent God, in proportion as the means actually pos- sessed are not improved. If, then, one impetus has been given to missionary efforts by a compassionate view of the miseries of men, another has been furnished by a perception of the claims of the Divine Being, and by that preparation of the soul for its observance, which is the noblest of his works. To their united and harmonious ope- ration, inay be traced the sagacity and the prudence which have marked out various fields of exertion, appointed suitable labourers, and superintended their progress, — the glowing elo- quence which has* aroused the torpid from their slumbers, and inspired the active with unwonted energy,-^the contributions, including the splendid donations of the rich and the far more splendid donations of the' poor, poured into the treasury, — and b 2 • f • tiie tnify betoic exertioiis df those who> having giveil M^xpn m/vm to l)ie catne of the Saviour, reftise no offerings de- manded by> his service. ^louM the interrc^atioB arise, How huve thete prineipkm acted? 6y what means has the aocomph'shmant of the end ptifposed been sought ^— 4t is, ooafessedly, one of nueb interest and importanee. In repty, it may be said, tiwt among the means hitherto adopted, much diversity has prevailed. Th» chief and invariable ' instrument, however, is the preaching f^the Gospel, A )m?ge number ^ those engaged in the cUs- pensation of truthy have been prepwred for it in institutions supported in this aiid other countries for the exfwess purpose ; and «re in possession of all the advantages accruing from enlig'htened instruoticm and discipKne. Instances have alsv httely occurred, of ministers who, after labouring in their nirtive land, have devoted themselves to missionary Avork. for a limited period; and with these have been associated many native converts, who, having received some suitable in- struction, have gone forth to various parts with the happiest results, liie mode of communication generally adopted is, of course, characterized by extreme simplicity. Th^ elaborate sermon is ordinarily set aside for the plainest and most un- adorned statements ; to which attention is frequently excited by a fact of recent occurrence. An instance of the familiar and apposite manner in which this is done, appears in the Diary of Nriputa, a converted Hindoo : — " I went to Gola ghat, and there saw a pundit at worship, with a number of small stone images before him. I asked him what he sokl there. * What do you want ?' replied he. ' Nothing in particular,' answered I, < exioept a small stone to make a weight for my scales ; and one of these stones you have here will just answer. * Do you call these stones ?' said he ; * they are my gods. What coun- tryman are you V * Of this country,' siud I ; * nor can I be- lieve what you say concerning these stones ; for I can tell you better things out of this book, and show you where to find the true God, who is a spirit, and who will have men worship him in spirit and in truth.' This discourse drew a crowd of people together, who paid much attention for about an hour." i< (>t;jtt Although it will be absolutely necessary, for a time, dint htboureft should be sent forth to the heathen from Christendom, it is peetdiarly pleasing to have proofo of talent, intelligence. ZUl «id zealy from among ^ natives tiieinaehes ; Miee tiicy are now valuahJe auziliartes^ an4 on them the work so ausfiicioualy commenoed must oltimately^devolTe. Already many hmgoh ers have expired, as martyr^ in the field. The torrid zont^ in which a large pert of it apptars, i^ at best^ but ill-adapted to the pineal powers of Ennqpeans. A short term of labowr is all that eao, ordioarilyy be expected from them. latto tiieir toilsy.Aerefore, those who are tiie fmits of their eferts must enter. And able as they are, conslitatioBally, to bear the elimate, they possess many peeaiiar advantages. The heathen do not feel the same degree of soqDicitm when one of their own Qonntrymai addresses tiiem, and are> therefore, less reserved in their communications with hiau A native teacher is better acquaiMed with the character of his own people, with their hal»t^ and modes of thinking and reasoning, as well as with their idkunatic {rfarascs, with which, dwugh very ex- pressive and forcible, an Eor^an muf.. find it a long and diflusnlt process to become fisonliar. Nanves, too, can walk in the heat of the sun, readily procure food, and gaia aoceas to die houses and hearts of the peopie throng avenues which are barred against foreigners^ Missions, moreover, may be car- ried on with such instruments, without the expenses oi outfit and a co8% voyage, on a much more extensive pktn ; while the interest excited in the bosoms of their converts will naturally induce them to support a cause to which they are so largely indebted. The provision and continuance of C. Morrison, who has completed a version of the Old and New Testaments in the Chinese language ; and to tfiose of t^ B^tist missiottaries at Serampore, in acoomplishiag the same stupendous task, besides preparing the whole, or parts of the Scriptures, in more than twenty languages of India;— other devoted men, in various places, nave enabled the heathen to read, in their own tongue, << the wonderful works of Qod." -7^ mf »i I 1 «HrTo contend that these translations were perfect, would be to claim for them what is not due to the far-famed and justly- esteemed Septuagint, or to our own amazing and admirable Authorized Version. It may, however, be safely asserted, that far more has been accomplished by their learned and indefati- gable authors, than intelligent and even sanguine minds could have ventured to anticipate. Some of them, indeed, appear to begifted with transcendent ability. To one of them Sir George Staunton, who cannot but be regarded as high authority, -bears the following honourable tribute: — **l cannot say that I have examined Dr. Morrison's Translation so critically as to be able to give a positive opinion on its precise degree of merit; but I have no hesitation in saying, that I conceive his qualifi- cations for the execution of the task to have been far superior to those of any other person whatever. He is, unquestionably, our best Chinese scholar — he had made himself fully acquainted with the previous labours of ^the Catholic missionaries — he was in constant communication with intelligent natives in the pro- gress of the work — and his general zeal, intelligence, und in- tegrity, in the cause to which he has devoted himself, are too well known to need any confirmation from my testimony." And in reference to the Indian versions, it should be remarked, that various distinguished persons, particularly Pundits, have united in acknowledging that they are executed with great skill, and are perfectly intelligible to those for whom they are re- spectively designed,* — a circumstance which warranted Mr. Ward's declaration — " 1 doubt not they will bear to be com- pared with any other first versions, which, at any time, have been given to the world." But valuable and useful as these translations are in them- selves, who can estimate their importance as a foundation for future and improved versions ? If so much have been achieved by those who trod the terra incognita in search of the mine, what must remain for them to whom its rich and ponderous masses have been pointed out, and the instruments committed by which it ma , be most successfully worked ? Surely it is only to invoke the continuance of the same energy so happily * The reader may find 20 versions, each bearing a like satisfiictory nttestation, in the " Tenth Memoir of Translations conducted by the Serumi)'>re Missionaries." XT put forth, to secure all th; ' is praotioable, — all that can bt wished! A remarkable and int^> fitting coincidence wppatn in the rise of an institution for the universal circulation of the Scrip- tures, at the very time in which translators stood in need of iun aid. Could they have looked for assistance only to the fondt of their reinieotive societies, the greater part of what they have done must have remained unaccomplished. But, providentially, the British and Foreign BiUe Society arose to supply their necessities with a kind and liberal hand. 7%« establishment of Schools exhibits another means of promoting the welfare of the heathen. In such instittttions have been found adults of every age and rank, including kings and chiefs; while multitudes o^ children, of course affording greater promise, have risen, in consequence of early instruction, from the debasement of ignorance to respectability and useful- ness. Interesting as schools are, wherever beheld, those for females are peculiarly gratifying. The influence of the gentler sex on such as are rising into life, as well as on husbands and fathers, renders its exertion at the dictate of sound intelli^noe of the utmost moment. Heathenism has, however, practically and boldly denied this ; it has brou^t ddwn woman from her high and proper rank, to the grade <^ the brute creation; and having with ruthless power quenched the light of intdieot, has dared to cont^id that it never gave fodea of teaching, to enable them to supplant the present masters, and so communicate to others, not only the instruction they have themselves received, but the very mode in which they received it."* Schools open a wide field for translation and composition in the languages of the heathen, by producing and increasing the demand: for elementary and other books. To those already established, much aid has been kindly granted by the School Societies of this country; and their fostering care will be needed until the offspring shall have reached a state of vigorous maturity, or has obtained for itself adequate means of support. *-'^- While to some spots it was not necessary for Missionaries to carry the arts, in others they have sought the civilisation &s well as the evangelization of the heathen. They have looked, however,, to the latter as the cause, and to the former as the effect ; they therefore sent the spade and the plough, the axe and the saw, not merely as the instruments of the mechanic, but as the attendants of the Christian minister; persuaded that men in becoming Christians, would cease to be savages. Facts esta- blish and illustrate this conviction. Mr. Nott, the oldest of the original missionaries to Tahiti dvers, that no efforts could ever induce the natives to learn to read before their conver- sion to Christianity, nor, indeed, to relinquish one of their wretched customs ; but no sooner did the grace of God take possession of their hearts, than a desire for civilization arose, and religion triumphed over the shocking dispositions and prac- tices of barbarism. Nor is that of the South Sea Islanders a solitary case. The natives of Africa arc equally averse to every kind of labour ; they have no objection to a long journey, but to di^ for half an hour appears intolerable ; and some of them, now m different circumstances, have acknowledged that it was not tiH they felt the claims of another world, that they were dis- posed to attach importance to the affairs of this. The colony of Liberia too, recently recovered from the wilderness, and which, to a great extent, appears morally what it does naturally, exhibits -<;u i^-M. * Pouglac'a Hints on Missions. r.t, >. 'ij'J\i ,,^l;>Y'. ;:*■ J,'.: xvu the powerful influence of divine truth as the exclusive cause of the transformation effected. And still civilizati.m must be regarded as the hand-maid of religion ; artisans of piety and zeal must yet be sought out ; and, in some instances, settlers or colonists should accompany the ministers of the Gospel. Although arts may not primarily meliorate the condition of men, they will refine the manners and promote the comfort of the converted, and, by furnishing employment, avert the evils arising from indolence. The mention of Tracts which have been dis- tri!)Uted in large nuinbers and in many languages must close this recapitulation of instruments, in connexion with which the donations of the Religious Tract Society should not be forgotten. The direction and superintendence of the means thus hastily enumerated, has been the pleasing, but arduous and responsible duty of the different Boards appointed to the work ; but as per- sonal inspection is always important, and often peculiarly de- sirable, representatives have, m some instances, been appointed to visit existing stations, and to form others. In accordan<^ with this plan, the Rev. Mr. Latrobe has examined the set- tlements of the United Brethren in Africa; the Rev. J. Campbell those of the London Missionary Society, in two visits to that country; and for some years, the Rev. D. Tyerman and G. Bennet, Esq. have been occupied in inspecting the stations of tlie same Institution in various parts of the world. In reviewing this various instrumentality, the remark of an eminent writer* occurs: — "The talents which are suited to one age and station, would be altogether unsuitable to another; and the wisdom displayed by Providence, in raising up persons singularly adapted to the work they have to perform for the benefit of mankind, demands our particular consideration." Most strikingly is tiiis attribute exemplified in Christian mis- sions. One has an admirable talent for preaching the Gospel to the heathen, another has a valuable tact for the acquisition of languages, a third can print with accuracy and facility, a fourth is familiar with many useful arts, and a fifth has much skill in instructing the young ; while cases are not wanting, in which some of these talents are happily blended. The success of these persons will, obviously, depend, in a great measure, on the selec- tion of an appropriate sphere for the exercise of their respective XVIU powers; but so diverse are the circumstances of the heathen world, that this can easily be done. India wants men who need not carry with them a knowledge of arts, but to whom an acquaintance with its history, languages, superstitions, and pre- judices, together with a faculty for familiar and pointed address, are of the greatest moment. In Africa, and in the islands of the Northern and Southern Pacific, no such elaborate prepara- tion is needed ; but a knowledge of arts is indispensable. The first Christian missionary to China required ** the studious habit that spontaneously seeks retirement; ' but he who labours among Tartars or North American Indians, must ofben pass from place to place, improve opportunities of imparting know- ledge as they arise, and spend his time abroad, in itinerancies,, which the former was compelled to pass in the toils of soli- tude. It ought, not, however, to be overlooked, that every individual contemplating missionary work, should aim at ac- quiring general and scientific knowledge, to the utmost extent compatible with its more sacred character. The most favour- able q)portunities occur to many thus engaged, of pursuing inquiries deeply interesting to mankind at large: were these to be improved, and their results recorded, tlie entrance of the correspondence and works of missionaries into quarters from which they are now excluded would be ensured ; existing prejudices would be dissipated, and the number of the friends of missions would be greatly increased. After all, numerous and various as have been the instru- ments employed in what has been accomplished, a conviction has operated (may it do so increasingly !) that the whole appa- ratus of benevolence is dependent for success on divine ii^^u- encCf — a conviction which has prompted to fervent prayer. Independently of public supplications ascending on tlie ISabbath from our sanctuaries, and of the domestic and private petitions which daily arise to <' the Giver of all good," monthly meetings for prayer have become the usage of Christians, in almost every part of the British Empire, in various spots in the continents of Europe, Africa, Asia, and America, and in many islands of the sea. It has been geographically demonstrated, that in every > hour of the four and twenty in which the earth performs its diurnal revolution on the first Monday in the month, the vmce M'Crie. •W. !»• M^^- cWf.'; V 1 ? of prayer JBseends for th6 conversion of anhers to QoAi By this hallowed practice)^ thete is a totipliance wHh the cfaai^<^-^ « Ye that make mention of. llu^ Lord; keep not' vileabe^ and give him no t^ till he ebtablisih, and titi'he make Jerusalem a praise in tiie earth;" and Wilh th^ SaiviDiir'* connnimd-^ « The harvest thily is great, but th«> labourers we^ftvv^ ; .'pray ye, therefore, ^e Lord of the! hftrvest, that he troold'^ehd foclh labourers into bis harvest." In vain is it to object^ that such petitions are unnebessary, becausie the evangehzation of the tvorid is matter of a Divide decree; since the means, Bie decreed as well as the end, and one of them is prayer, fijqnally unavailing is it to contend, thftt the special promise of 'the coming of Ghrist's Idiig^om renders supplicalion' nugatory ; since me promise affords not onfy an argiiment for prayer, but the stron^st incentive to its exercise. Jehovah promised to Israel a vibtory over Amalek; yet it was only as die hands of Moses were upheld in ardent entreatV) that Joshua prevailed against the foe: in like manner, He promised to tihem the Messiah ; but th^ assurance, so fai^ front indnciitg a spiritoal torpor, urged the pious Jews, like' Zacharias, and Simeon, and Anna, to serve God W^th fastings and prayers, night and xli^. Prayer is, therefore^ and must continue to be,/ indispensable. When Elijah bowed in profound and importunate devotion on Mount Carmel, the little cloud arose like a man's hand; and as h^ pursued the holy exercise, that clond expanded, and was augmented by others, ' until the face of Heaven was darkened, and there was the sound of abundance of rain. Just so, the clbod which now sheds its vivifying and refreshing in*" fluence on the moral world, is an answer to the prayers of eaiiy saints; while, assuredly, its increase, to the likening of the desert to the ^rden of ^e Jjord, must be attributed to Divine condescension to petitions how ascending from the Christian church, and to thosb which shall arise in ages yet to oome;* >3 In the preceding renlaiks, another inquiry has been pprtly anticipnted, naniely — WTiai ate the results of mis^ionar^ labour? But it may be well, though the limits of this Essay will not allow them all to be stated, to answer the interrf^tion a little more fully. And here it may be remarked, that they have furnished a practical refutation ^objections long since advanced^ and still reiterated. When first urged, these could only be met by arguments; but now they may be 1 II i " -J ■ XX refuted by incontestible facts. The weapon, indeed, was al- ways powerful ; for what are speculations and hypotheses, op^ posed to reasonings on sound and immutable principles ? . But its acuteness has gradually become more palpable ; for though a feeble argument may be regarded by him who uses it as per- fectly conclusive, when considered abstractedly, or even as opposed to another, yet facts must steip it of its supposed im- portance and force; and the supporters and advocates of mis- sions have numerous circumstances to narrate, which they may defy their adversaries to contravene by any others in the bisi- tory of the world. It was asked, for instance, in a tone indicative of contempt^— when a spirit of missionary enterprize was first breathed, " Where will you find agents for such a Quixotic expedition?" It can now be shewn that hundreds have been found in this and other lands, among whom are many devoted women; and that spots unfavourable to human nature, so far from repressing compassionate regard, have awakened, and still do excite, .a heroic enthusiasm which has preferred them to all others. And that no deficiency in this respect shall arise, may be fairly inferred, ^o long as God has a work to achieve, and is heard inquiring — ** Whom shall I send ?" the devoted response Wi)l assuredly be returned — *Here am I ; send rae.'*iH>it*, ^ 4,) ,./ It was said, " Such purposes cannot be accomplished without Another Pentecost ; the languages of the heathen must be known, and who will acquire them ?" It can now be told that nearly thirty of the fifty languages of India have been attained by one small body of men ; and that of these, two are the Chinese and the Sungskrit — unquestionably the most difficult languages on earth. After this, the obstacle once deemed insuperable seem? scarcely formidable ; the path has not only been opened up, but its ruggedness is diminished, and the ipeans of the nineteenth century rival in efiect the glorious miracle of the first It was said, " The chain of caste will defy your power; the heathen will never break this to follow your precepts." It can now be praved that several hundred Hindoos, who were not before outcasts, have given up all earthly connexions and pro- spects, from thieir conviction of the truth of Christianity ; which is, of itself, the most solid proof that can be given of tlie reality of missionary success, and th^ oertfiinty of the final triumph of the Gospel. : * ; , » ,. . ♦ , xxi. 8d, was al- othesesy op' pies? But for though es it as per- or even as apposed im- :ates of mis- ch they may I in the hia- contempt'— ;t breathed) jxpedition?" id in this and en; and that m repressing do excite, a. others. And ay be fairly and is heard response "wiU ished without ist be known, d that nearly ained by one Chinese and anguages on jerable seem? )ened up, but le nineteenth irst power; the pts." It caw vho were not ions and pro- anity; which given of tlie of the final It was said, << Supposing the Scriptures were translated, th^ will do no good: the people of India will be shocked by their accounts of sacrificing animals which they have been accu^med to regard as sacred ; and, rejecting the Bible, they will hold their Shasters with greater tenacity." It can now be demonstrated, that from the perusal of the New Testament alone, many interesting conversions from heathenism have ac- tually taken place. " A number of years ago," says Mr. Ward, of Serampore'in 1821, "Heft a NeiV Testament at Ram- krishnu-poor, after preaching in the market-place;. To the perusal of this book is to be traced the conversion of Sebuk- . ram, now an excellent and successful preacher— ^of Krishnii-das, who died happily in his work as a bold and zealous preacher — of Jugunnat'h, and one or two other individuals. Mr. Chamber- lain, some years ago, left a New Testament in a village ; and> by reading this book, a very respectable young man of the writer caste, Tarachund, and his brother Mtithoor, embraced the Gospel. Tarachiind is one of, our best Christian Hindoo poets ; he has composed more than a hundred of the hymns found in our Bengalee hymn-book, and a pamphlet placing iii striking contrast Heathenism and Christianity ; and Miithoor is employed as Persian interpreter in the Dutch Court of Jus- tice at Chinsurah. I have seen the New Testament lying by the sick-bed of the Christian Hindoo, as his best companion ; and the truths it contains have been the comfort of the afflicted, and the source of strong consolations, and firm hope in death, to many a dying Hindoo." It was said, "Differences prevail among you: some are Churchmen and others Methodists — some are Baptists and others Independents ; the heathen will not know, therefore, which of you to regard : besides, contentions will arise ; and, the polemical battles you have waged here, you will fight over again in other lands." It can now be shewn, that though our Missionary Societies, when regarded as existing, principally, in the metropolis, may seem like the vessels in the port of Lon- don; yet beheld, m their respective spheres, they resemble those vessels scattered over the surface of the mighty deep-r- often widely separated, and never in danger from each other's course. And to this may be added many instances of Chris- tian kindness and unanimity from those spots on which the, iOi-.J ■■i',P*^ « f- . ' . ■ XXII ;.;■ ' :■■:'■ repr^entatives of different Institutions have laboured together^ or where they have been Dccasionally associated ; while con-:, troversy among them is utterly unknown. •;- It was said, "The time is not come,— before it arrives some of the Apocalyptic visions will be realized, the martyrs will live again on the earth, and the splendid array of instruments will guarantee the glory of the result.^^ And should the objec- tion now be reiterated, it may be rejoined. How then can the statements already made be met?. How can the facts men^* tioned be accounted for? Let these: be reviewed, and let others, yet to be advanced, be connected tvith them ; and he who thus cavilsj will be: like the man who v^ould assert that thd time of winter had not come, when the eye gazed on frozen rivers, snow-clad fields, and trees without a leaf;, or like him who would declare that the time of hartest had not come,, when the rich and golden ears waved with eynry breeze, and the reapers were eagerly thrusting in the siokle) while others wer6 binding the heavy sheaves^ and bearing them off to the ap-« pointed Btorehouse.i^/mf c iijjsijr •_ oitt iiwv>|r:t)d -»ii s«^ -.kri^: If a man be ignoretnt of whit has been achieved, let him stispend a decision for whieh he is totally unprepared ;—'if he be only partially informed, let him seek more copious informal, tion, lest truth or ingenuousness compel a retraction, l^ no means honourable;^ — but if he have listened to all that can be said, and is still disposed to employ the objections just ad- verted to, he may be fairly told that he has no < clear perception; of the force of- evidence, or that he is enthralled by some pas- sion or prejudice, Whieh misleads his judgment^ and is unworthy his character. ;- '■^^•^•■j; ■ ^ Another important series of results appears in advantages which may be denominated collateral. Among these,- no in* considerable place should be allotted to the benefittial re-action invariably consequent on benevolent exertion. To the genial influence of a missionary spirit must be ascribed many va« luable means which are now employed for our country's benefit. In blessing others, we have ourselves been blest. This has been exemplified in a most remarkable manner, also, by the spiritual advantages accruing from missionary exertions to many of our countrymen in heathen lands, whose conduct has too often fumishecl a formidable barrier to success. They left the shores of England eontemners of God ; the winds which wafted ••* XXHl tAem over the bosom of the ocean drank in their imprecations; nor did all the wonders of the deep awaken a desire to seek Him who gave the sea the bounds it cannot pass. But on a far distant shore, the ** still small voice*' of a Chri$t;|an mis^ sionary met their ear; and those whom the. storm could not awe, nor the lightning illumine, were conscious of a power that melted their hearts into penitence and inspired them with faith : they joined the humble and despised band of Christ's disciples ; became his " living epistles, known and read of all men ;" and, in some caises^the preachers of his Gospel,-^the heralds of his cross. But not to dwell on these, or on civilization, already alluded to, missionaries have formied languages which, were never before reduced to a written system, or even to letters ; — - they have substituted, for the caprice and will of chiefs, gene- rally the most muscular, daring, and cruel, and the will of priests, the most superstitious and artful, — a constitution which acknowledges the supremacy of the law, and the equality of every man in its view;— they have established courts of judi- cature, appointed judges, and instituted trial by jury ; — thus pur- suing measures which raise the political and civil character of the people, tend to the confirmation of the acknowledged but limited prerogatives of the hereditary family, and operate to the protection of religion. Thus, a^ Dr. Philip, of Cape Towii, has observed — " To such of our friends at home, if there be any such, who are seeking for signSf and think little is done except tiiey continually hear of marvellous and sinking con- versions,. I must be allowed to hazard a remar^ for the accu- racy of which I can vouch, so far as my observation extends, — that the number of conversions which come under the notice of missionaries does not bear a greater proportion to the general good done by the Missions, than the conversions and deaths rd- oorded in the monthly Magazines, &c. published in England, do to the entire sum of good done in that country by the preach- ing of the Gospel, and the institutions, of Christianity. While the missionaries are complaining that they have so few striking instances of the power of Divine grace to record in the com- munications to their respective Societies, it is highly probable thai their influence is much more extensive, and the change carrying on by them much greater than they themselves are abletoiiqagine; In those countries where our missionaries have gained a marked c2 XXIV si i ilsoendancy, there is scarcely one spot, however much secluded, impervious to their all-pervading hght and heat. Even wlule they are grossly misrepresented and spoken againstt, they are checking the undue exercise of power ; raising the stafidard of morals; literally proclaiming < liberty to the <2aptite^' and opening the pnson-doors to those that are bound; diffiising abroad the light of science and literature; undermining thefalsci systems of religion with which they have to contend;- multi- plying those charitable institutions which have for their objeiet the relief of suffering humanity;- vanquishing infidelity b^ the most direct and painful of all arguments, — ^by living exhibitions of the truths of Christianity; changing the face of our colonies; and accelerating the approach of that moral revolution, which will sooner or later usher in the. kingdom of the world, as the kingdom of our Lord and his Christ/' In these respects^ Mission'^ liry Societies have dbne much, which must rejoic« evnry lover Df his race, and every faithful servant of this Most High* «Ji«' But such results are iiifinillely transcended by /A^ aciual^e&m version o/many of the heathen to God. T<> tiie n»nd famiNaji' with missionary records, there will occur, at the riiention of this^ the case of Pdmarre,*the South Sea Islander ; of Afrioaner,iTihii terror of the wild hordes of the desert; of the Priests of JSudhuj:; of the Sultan Kattigerry|| ; o^ Afa,$ the Chinese as- jsistant of t>r. Morrison; of Johannes,^* the Indian of the Mahikftnder nation ; ofthife Esquiuiaux,tt vvhom his country- men described as ■* the mail whom the Saviour- took to himself;^ of old Simeon,iJ:$ the Hottentot; and of converted Hindoos, of whom an account has reoehtly been giveik^-^*- l)ut, perhaps, there is not a spot bn tvlnch- misstonavy labours have been long pursued, in tvhich some such in- stances have not appeared. Let the number in the 8o«- tjieti^ of Wesleyans, whose hioral and rfeli^ous limitations are numerbus, be added to that of communicants on the prin- ciples of the Church df England, tod let this estinlEitei be increased by that of those in the churches of CongreguUot,..ii'.tTt.! hnd Baptists of this country and America; and, aft*', -rv v^ and faithful deduction, a multitude will appear of siiiceie and ^ '• 5le4kb!tl arid feinifeiiy. t See Afrlcanw-'a ICrahl* X 8«« Ceylon; II Bee karas». ^ See Canton. ** S«e . in others it will secure a greater product than f'»■. t* ■ i I I XXVI without it could have been realized. One distinguished indi- vidual^ has studied the subject of Missions for this purpose ; end on the cause of philantliropy and piety he will confer an invaluable boon, if he is disposed to continue the effort, and to complete the course of which we have had some interesting specimens.f No ordinary pleasure will be afforded to the writer of these remarks, if this and succeeding volumes i^ould prove in any degree an auxiliary to such a result ; — to gather the stones for a noble edifice is no mean honour. One conclusion has forcibly struck him in the exam- ination he has pursued, — it is the importance of giving stability and influence to what has been effected, in pre- ference to the contemplation of new measures. This ap-t plies particularly to those stations which n^ay be regarded as a centre of influence, or a fulcrum from which others may be powerfully moved. For We have not to do merely with tlie individual case, but with its bearing and tendencies. A reference must be had to its relative importance, as well as to its actual necessities. To exhaust our means on an isolated spot might be justified, if that exclusively demanded assistance ; but when the claims on sympathy are so numerous and press- ing, thjiy must at least primarily be expended on those places which warrant, from their connexion with others, an expecta- tion of the greatest amount of good. When, for example, a dense cloud enveloped the Mission to Tahiti, the Directors of the London Society were asked — Why continue your agents there ? And to this they might have replied, as, perhaps, they did — t" Because, if we succeed, who shall limit the bounds of our triumph ? Look at the islands so thickly aeattc red over the vast Pacific, and comparatively so easy of access ; and who will assert that the attractive influence of the Cross, experienced in one, shall not ])ass to another, and another, and another, until all, brethren in Adam, are brethren in Christ?" On the same principle, the Christian Knowledge Society no sooner heard Bishop Heber's declaration — " Here is the slrcngth of the cause in India !"^ — than, instead of being diverted by other objects, to the neglect or enfif*el)ling of this, they approj)riated to it what appeared due to its relative importance as well as to its exigencies. In ihis path the Directors of Missionary • Dr. Chalmers, f See Orme's Life of Urquhurt. J See Tunjore* kJcvii institutions will do well to tread. L^t them severally follow up. what they have begun, unless, in any case, the soundest reasons should urge them to pause; applying their means like the skil- ful general, who does not disperse his energies far and wide, but brings &s many as possible to bear on those points which, if gained, will command for him other trophies. In all the movements that are made, there should be also a constant reference tojirst principles ; since those on which the friends of Missions formerly acted, will retain all their force until the fiill glory of the millennium beams upon the world. Then only will the cry of human misery be hushed, — then only will the charge to aflford relief be repealed. As the flight of time hastens on that period, the eye may glance at the visions of prophecy, and at the success already obtained ; Christians in America may be stimulated by Christians in Britain, and the latter may catch the ardent zeal of their Trans- Atlantic friends; but in none of these things should the mind be absorbed ; the reference should be direct and unceasing to the woes of man, and to the solemn obligation which rests on every possessor of the Gospel to promote its diffusion. From hence two valuable results will anse ; the one will regard the means employed, and the other the spirit in Whifch they are used — the one will secure the proclamation of (he truth, and the other the continued ex- ercise of that devotion, benevolence, and zeal, which alone are suited to its dispensation and advancement. Nor should it ever be overlooked, that in Missions abroad, and Missions at home, there is no place for supremacy, or even rivalry ; the support of both should be cordial and con- temporaneous. While Foreign Missions should not be delayed until Home Missions are unnecessary, the latter should not be sacrificed to regard for the former. Each should have its ap- propriate claim ; — it cannot be withheld from one without injury to the other. To allow the spirit of Foreign Missions to lan- guish or evaporate, is to avert from our own land unnumbered blessings — since here, it is true, that they who water others, shall themselves be watered ; and to suffer that spirit to with- draw our sympathy from the moral and spiritual wants of those immediately around us, is to have their blood required at our hands, and to weaken the cause we intend to promote. The principal means now operating in heathen lands are afforded by the small part of Britain hitherto evangelized; let this ixvui i i 1i I work proceed more extensively, and the means will be propor-> tionably increased. Just as men are unsolicitous for tiheir own .^^ best interests, will they be unconcerned about the eternal welfare _"! ' of others; but in every accession to the Christian Church, there jj* i^ that of one, who will gladly offer his efforts, his contribu- ^j . tions, and his prayers, that the Saviour he loves may be uni- '*^ versally adored. Well, then, may we present the petitions which were poured forth by ancient believers — "God be mer- l[\ ciful unto us, and bless us; and cause his face to shine upon ■' us, that thy way may be kpown upon earth, thy saving health ^ among all people! Let God bless us, and all the ends of the "earth shall fear him !'- --i'^^ •y: \ . J ■ < ■ ';. . r/."? 5.Vi?J;:\" V? i ... X. :^ t- I ■A*^- ,. • •- 1 ,1 ♦•■/■ ; •- > ..r.-A. «. I • ■ It :^'"v:;"^^>-''r»ir : .' • ■ ■■ \ ^, • i I « . '*. in 1.* ; *,i M ti ..|- 1 i;i •f^>. • ' -^' f ■I .'M"'. •■ ■•■ *"■ r" < ; t •: < •'■ 'V ."I i: • » , » f ..; ^ **> ••/.' - ; »• -•' 1 .< t •mrf fmim abbre;viations employed in the work. lf^<^^^<&^,vi5..I^li^ ij^ jlVWt '.Vi L. M. S. or L. S., liondon Missionary Society. C. M. S.y Church ditto. /F. JIf. 5. or /F. S., Wesleyan ditto. * ' B. M. S., Baptist ditto. S. M. S., Scottish ditto. AT. M. S., Netherlands ditto. . . , U. F. M. S,, United Foreign ditto (United States). j4. B. C. F. M., Ameridan Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions ^. B. B. F. M., American Baptist Board for Foreign Missions. C. M. A., Calcutta Missionary Auxiliary, ilf. ^., Missionary Association. Af. iS., Missionary Society. ' A. M. S., Auxiliary Missionary Society. ' ' '"'- ■'■'"' ' '''* U. B., United Brethren. * '^' i..!='^ .':r C. K, S.f Christian Knowledge Society. IS. P. a. F. p., Society for Propagating the Gospel in Foreign Parts. B. fy F. B. S.y BritUh and Foreign Bible Society. B. S.y Bible Society. B. A., Bible Association. ' !' i . , A. B. S.f Auxiliary Bible Society. , X>. J. 5., London Jews' Society, i?. ./. 5., Edinburgh ditto. T. S., Tract Society. B. F. S. S., British and Foreign School Society. A. S., Auxiliary Society. i v-i 1 Mil 'tl. ! ■•1 ■■.-.f. '!■• ' ':1 " I-''- 5"i ■.«'■>« i '••i:;».- 1 ■. li-- , a.. I ,-. I '.y «. «. -A It ' tr 4 ' ■'.- -'. .<»•> 1 t ♦; ,« .A. O V fJ Vi 1 * .A Si, t / •< ^ , »i f .1 (IfT \' t «^ t .. -i ,«i.4. ' ,>' , «* * ( MISSIONARY GAZETTEER. •3 •r;:-- C" 1-.-'.- •% ,s.V ' ■,''* ► •.". >.'.-a . I "1 ,A ' ..-.'i^ "'/"':'■ ■ >^''^ -,,'«. •-">* ■'> "''j *'. /./ji '.' »/ • f; . ^ A , i' :. ,''/ •M//^ • • V ' A n ^ >. ;«v r^^ ». •> •, ■' V>'' ■"' ^%*.i\ $rJfh tA'.'t • , . -1-- 4' .^i^-.^i * i « : ' ^ I •■> . , y ^ ■J.tr' • , .- »" ' . . f ' ■-• 1 • ■» .' '■. >'^,» ■» .'V , .,1 -^ .v; ' .** •> • ,, • t "■ *■ i t- '►■'•^ ■ V, . r.1 l" t • 1. J, ' . •'; . ABU ABUROW, OR ABORU, a village in the island of Harooka, which the Rev. Mr. Katn> of the L. M. S. occasionally visits. Here a native schoolmaster, Nichotat Kiriwinno, collected together the inhabitants, and, on the 18th of January, 182S, persuaded them to abandon idolatry, and to demolish their idols. He was equally suc- cessful at five tlifterent villages in the same island. The very ashes of objects esteemed sacred were cast into the sea. ABYSSINIA, an empire of Africa, 770 m. long, and 650 broad : bounded on the N. by Nubi ., E. by the Red Sea, S. by Giiiti and Alaba, and W. by Ni- gritia and Darfur. It is divided into two grand districts, Tigre and Anihara, which are subdivided into several provinces. The country is mountainous, but in the vales the soil is fertile. The rainy season continues from April to September. This is succeeded, without interval, by a cloudless sky, and a vertical sun ; but cold nights constantly follow these scorching days. The earth, notwithstanding these days, is cold to the soles of the feet; partly owing to the a;ix months' rain, when no sun appears, and partly to the perpetual equality of nighis and days. No country in the world produces a greater variety of ABY quadrupeds, both wild and tame. Birds are also numerous, and some are of an immense size and.beauty. There is a remarkable coincidence between the customs in the court of ancient Persia and those of Abys- sinia. The religion of the country is a mixture of Judaism and the Christianity of the Greek church ; and the language bean a great affi- nity to the Arabic. The govern- ment is legally a despotism, but in an unsettled state ; for the power of the neguz, or emperor, is very weak, and the ras, or prince of the empire, and the chiefs of the pro- vinces, are generally in enmity with one another. The p.eople are of a dark olive complexion ; their dress is a light robe, bound with a sash, and the head is cdvered with a turban. The houses are of a conic form, meanly built of clay, and covered with thatch ; and even the churches are of a round form, encircled by a portico. The chief rivers are the Nile and the Tacazze, which have theirsources in thiscountrj-. Gondar is the metropolis. To Abyssinia, the attention of the C. M. S. was called some years ago, by the cir\.umstances which occurred during Mr. Jowett's visits to Egypt. The B. 8f F. B. S. |las since availed itself of all the means at its disposal, to prepare tite Scriptures for Abyssinia, both )n the B I ABY Eibitpic, as the ecclesiastical lan- guage of the country, and in the Amharic, as the chief vernacular dialect. By the active aid of its learned coadjutors, the four Gos- pels in Amharic, from the transla- tion of Abu Rumi, procured for the Society by Mr. Jowelt, in Eg}'pt, were speedily printed and for- warded to Abyssinia. The Ethio- pic Scriptures were also soon under preparation, in aid of which the Committee of the C. M. S. presented to the B. fy F. B. S. some Etbiopic manuscripts, pur- ^ chased by Mr. Jowett at Jeru- Baleni, among which was a valu- able copy of the entire New Tes- tament. Under these hopeful cir- cumstances a mission vas con- templated. On the arri^'fti from B&sle of five 'Lutheran clergymen In 1885, (the Rev. Messrs. Gobat, Kugler, Krus^, Lieder, and Miil- ler), ttnree of them were destined to this service, aiid the other two to occupy 6uch stations in the Me- diterranean, as might appear most eligible, in reference to a con- nexion with Abyssinia. Mr. Koel- ner, a German printer, who accom- panied them to this country, was also selected as an assistant in their im|)OTtantwo];k. Mr. Lieder writes, 4n 18SMJ, "In February, or the be- ginning of March, I intend to ]>ro- ceed to Upper Eg>'pt, talcing with me an Arabic servant, a treasure of 4t) or 50 Bibles, 100 New Testa- ments, and a considerable number «f Tracts and Arabic Spelling Boolcs. I thinic, at first^ to live two or three months at Kene, as well for doing good to many as for improving my knowledge in Ara- bic." The ancient church of the Copts, who form the largest Chris- tian coinmunity, and are the old in- habitants of the country, will chiefly ■engage the attention of those who ■re occiipied in the Egyptian mission ; and as their number in Alexandria is ver}- small com- j ABY pared with that at Cairo, the latter, where facilities for the introduction of the Scriptures and religious publications are great, is suggested OS the proper residence of the mis- sionaries. Of the Copts and Mus- sulmans, Mr. Gobat thus speaks : — " The Copts ore reserved. Brother Krus<^ has been well received by the Patriarch. I hope something will be done for them;' though nothing encourages the hope of success, but the promised grace of God and the misery of the people. It will be very difficult to do any thing for the Mussulmans, until the mighty arm of the Loid intierfere in a particular manner. The fol- lowing fact will give an ideaof thie sentiments of the most tolerant nation of the Turkish empire : — A Turkish wcnnan, being divorced from her husband, lived with a Greek for two yeats — whether mar- ried or unmarried is not known, nor is it known whether she had been baptised ; hut she had made the mark of the cross on her arm : her husband (tbe Greek) had « Turkish servant, who, being dis- satisfied with his master, went, four weeks ago, to tlie father of the woman, who is a man of some con- sequence ; the father Went imme- diately with some soldiers to take her into custody; after which she was examined. As she confessed herself to be a Christian, she was condemned to be drowned in the Nile : tbey put her upon an ass, and conducted her to the Boulac, nmidst tlie maledictions of a mul- titude : they then took her into a small boat on th6 stream, and strip- ping oft' her clothes and drnn- ments, (the more briskly, as she continued to say, * I shall die a Christian,') they bound het arms together on her back, and cast her into the Nile, where she e^pited. Others had, in the mean time, madie a great fire for the husband, who bad l>een condemned to b« 2 ACC burnt 5 but when he saw it, he «ald he would not die, and made himself a Mussulman in order to receive the pardon, which will probably ruin his soul for ever." The mission- aries appointed to Abyssinia, met at Cairo w^th a young native of that country, named Girgis, who, there is reason to hope, will greatly facilitate the attainment of their object. A Mahomedan Abyssinian, wbo bad accompanied Qii^s, was also admitted into their family. At the publication of the last Report, the missionaries had not arrived at Abj'ssinia. ACCRA, or ACRE, a British' Fort on the coast of Guinea, W. Africa. E. Ion. 1« 29', N. lat. 5«40'. In the early part of 1823, a flourishing school was patronized here by The African Institution, consisting of 52 boys, many of whom had made con^derable pro- gress in writing, gratfimar, and arithmetic. The teachers per- formed Divine service in the ball every Sabbath. The progress of civiliza^tion and moirality is also very pleasing. ADANJORE, or AD AN JOUR, a village in Hindoostan, IT m. from Tanjore. E. Ion. 79*, N. Int. 10". In 1S02 the missionaries at Tan- jore,nn(ler the Society forPromoting Christian Knowledge, had laboured here with success, and stationed a Catechlst; nine families had re- ceived baptism, and, being assisted by several Christian families in the vicinity, they erected a houne for public worship. AFRICA, one of the four grand divisions of the world ; bounded on the N. by the Mediterranean 8ea ; E. by the Isthmus of Suez, the Red Sea, and the Indian Ocean ; S. by the Southern Ocean ; and W. by the Atlantic Ocean. • It is a pe- ninsula of prodigious extent, and joined to Asia by the isthmus of Suez, which is 126 m. over. In APR its greatest Iengtli» $rom the most northern part to the Cape of ,Goo4 Hope, it is 4000 m.; and ia tfeli^ broadest part, from Cape Ven) £» Cape Guaidafui, it is 3500. The greater part lies within the t9iTi4 zone, which renders the heat alnaost insu()pQrtable in many places; but the coasts in general are very fer- tile, the fruits excellent, and th^ plants extraordinary. There are more wild beasts than in any other part of the world ; also some ani- mals peculiar to this country. Be- sides these, there are crocodiles, ostriches, camels, and many other animals not to be met with in Europe. There are* several desertr, particularly one of a large extent, called Sahara; but these are not quite without inhabitahts. There are many large rivers, of which the principal are tiieNile, Niger, Zaire, Senegal, and Gambia. The most considerable mountains are, the Atlas, the Mountains of the Moonr and the Sierra Leone. The inha, bitants consist of Pagans, Mabo- medans, and Christian^. The first, who possess the greatest part of the country, from the Tropic of Cancer to the Cape of Good Hope, are the most numerous, and are generally black. The Mahomedans, who are tawney, possess Egypt and the coast of Barbary. In the N. of Africa are some Jews, who manage all the little trade of that part of the country. The princip^ divi- sions of Africa are, Barbar}-, Egypt, Sahara, Nigritia, Guinea,. Bornou, Kassina, Fezzan, Tim- buctoo, Nubi,a, Abyssinia, Abex, Loango, Congo, Angola, Benguela, Mataman, Zanguebar, Monoemugi, Caifraria, and the country of tlie Hottentots. [See AbjfStinuif Afri- cnner's Kraal, Albatuf, Alexandria^ Algoa Bay, Bathurtt, Bethany, Bananas, Bo^eveU, Betheltdorp, Bullom, Campbell, Cqffraria, Cape Colony, Cape Town, Charlotte, Enon, Freetown, Oold Const, .3 /'I I:!! AFK . ■Gloucesiery Gnadenthal, -Groene' kloof t Gri(j[ua Town, Hankey, Kent, Khamies Berg, Kistey, Latakoo, Leicester, L&ipold, Liberia, Ma- guasse, NamaqutUand, Paarl, Pa- caltadwp, Pella, Philippolis, Plan' 'tains, negent. Sierra Leone, Stel- ienhoseh, Steinkopff, St. May's, River Gambia, Tulbagh, Theopolis, iVeltington, Waterloo, York^ AFRICANER'S KRAAL, called also Peace Mountain and Jerusalem, a settlement in Great Namaqualand, S. Africa, a little N. of the Orange R. 550 m. N". of Cape Town, late the residence of the Chief Africaner, who was long known as a most sanguinary free- booter. The Rev. Mr. Campbell, of the L. M. S., when in Africa, "wrote to him a conciliatory letter, to induce him, if possible, to live in peace with th« missionaries. This appeal was, happily, successful; and a mission was formed among his people. The preaching of the cross was subsequently crowned with abundant success. The chief himself was heard to i$ay, shortly after the commencement of Mr. Ebner's labours, in 1815, "In glad that I am d.eliver'^d. I have long enough been engaged in the service of the devil ; but now I am freed from his bondage, Jesus hath delivered me ; him therefore I will serve,and with him Twill abide.'' •* To form a proper estimate," says Dr. Philip, soon after, " of the change effected upon Africaner, his former character and circumstances must be taken into consideration. A few years since,' he was such a terror to the colony., that a thou- .sand dollars were offered to any man who would shoot him ; and when Mr. Campbell crossed Africa, in his first journey, he was more alarmed with the idea of meeting Africaner, than with all the other dangers to which he was exposed. What a change has now taken AFR place! The persecutor is turned into the warm friend of mission- aries; the savage has laid aside his barbarous habits, and has be- come docile and gentle as a child ; and the man who was formerly the plunderer and terror of the colo- nists, is now a friend of peace and justice, and is the centre of union, and the bond of harmony, between the subjects of the British Govern- ment and the savage tribes with which they are surrounded, and even among those trilies them- selves. In proof of the latter as- sertion, Mr. Moifatt states that in travelling along the banks of the Orange R. he met with a tribe of Bastard Hottentots, who were re- moving from the place of their former abode. Being asked why they were desirous of a new sta- tion, they replied, that it was in consequence of the intended re- moval of Africaner from Na- maqualand. When Mr. Moilatt asked why that circumstance, if true, should induce them to change their place of residence, they re- plied, that if Africaner removed, they could not live in that part of the country ; for it was his in- fluence that kept all the tribes in peace ; and that as soon as he was gone, they would begin murdering each other." In 1817, Mr. Ebner had baptized about 40 converts and their children, and about 400 attended public wor- ship. A school was also prosperous. Mr. Robert Mofiatt joined Mr. E. in the early part of 1818, and they both left the station to the care of yi/rica^er before the close of the . year, who efficiently supplied the place of the missionaries, by regu- larly meeting with the people on the Sabbath, and expounding to them the Scriptures. The B. i^- F. B. S. forwarded 100 Bibles and 100 Testaments to this station, in the Dutch language, which wera usefully distributed. 4 Since the death of. Africaner^ in 1$2^> various circumstances have prevented the continuance of mis- sionary labours. AGIMEER, or AGMEER, an extensive province of Hindoostan Proper, 3^0 m. long and 200 broad. The 8. W. part is a mndjf deaerty nnd thinly inhabited; the central part hilly) containing salt lakes and springs that produce salt sponta- neously ; and the S. E. part moun- tainous^with fertilevalleys and plains intervening. In the southern part of this province are several Rajpoot states, governed by rajahs and petty chiefs. The Rajpoots ere stout and ,brave, with hooked noses and Jewish features ; haughty in their manners, very indolent, much ad- dicted to the use of opium, and extremely attached to their re- spective chiefs. Agimeer the capital of the above province, is situated in a pleasant valley, and is on all sides^urrounded by mountains. Its circumference is 6 m. It is guarded by walls, towers, and a strong fortress, and has been lately added to the Bri- tish territory. E. Ion. 75" 20', N. lat. 260 24'. The prejudices and superstitions of the people are very strong and inveterate, which may be cbnceived from the following circumstance : — Here is the tomb of a Mahome- dan saint, who flourished about 600 years since, reputed one of the greatest that ever appeared in Hin- doostan, whom Hindoos and Mus- sulmans worship, and by whose name they swear. The number of priests who subsist on the con- tributions paid at the tomb by de- votees from all regions, exceeds 1,100. The Rev. Jabez Carey, from tlie B. M, S. commenced his labours in 1819, and engaged in establishing schools, in order to introiluce the Gospel. The Marquis of Hastings suggested the enterprise, and made AGR two grants for the object, amount* ing to 10,000 rupees; which being expended, he granted 300 raises monthly, for the support and iiio crease of the schools. No accounts of Mr. Carey's labours have lately been received. AGRA, a province of Hindoostan Proper, 250 m. long and 180 broad; bounded on the N. by Delhi, E. by Oude and Allahabad, S. by jMalwahj and W. by Agimeer. The capital of this province is a large city, the air of which is efi' teemed very healthy. The ft. Jumna runs through it for five kross. The emperor Acber founded here a most magnificent city, which is now, for the most part, a heap of ruins. The city rises from the R. Jumna, and extends in a vast serai- circle. The fort, in which is in- cluded the imperial palace, which occupied above 1000 labourers for 12 years, and cost nearly 3,000,000 rupees, is of great extent. This city was taken by Madhajee Sindia, and continued in the possession of tb^ Mahrattas until 1803, when it was captured by the British army under General Lake, after a short and vigorous siege. It has ever since remained in the possession of the British Government, and is the seat of a civil establishment, for the col- lection of the revenue and the ad- ministration of justice. lOU ni. S.S.E. Delhi, E*. long. 77" 56', N. lat. 270 12'. Population about40,000. At the commencement of 1811^ the Baptist missionaries consiUere^l it expedient to form a regular mis- sion in Hindoostan, which should comprize Agra and Patna, at wbicji Mr. Moore and his wife had beeji for some time. Accordingly, on the 21st of January, Messrs. Cham- berlain and Peacock, with their families, and a baptized Hindoo named Vrundavun, ,set out from Serampore to occupy the new sta- tion. On the 17th of May the mission- b2 6 AGR aries arrived at A'gra, where they were kindly received by the person to whom they were recommended, and, after a short time, a Serjeant major at the fort accommodtited them with the use of his quarters, for the celebration of D ivine service on the Lord's day,''and on Thurs- day evenings. Severe afflictions, however, both personal and do- mestic, exercised their faith and patience. Early in 1812, the mis- sionaries were prohibited, by a mili- tary order, from preaching in the fort ; and, in consequence of Mr. C. addressing a note on the subject to the commanding officer, a com- munication was made by that gen- tleman to.Government,and an order arrived for Mr. C. to be sent down to the presidency. The Agra ma- gistrate, however, who was intrust- ed with the execution of this order, behaved with the utmost kindness and urbanity, ordering the persons who should have had tiie charge of him to attend him to Calcutta, a distance of nearly 900 miles, as his servants. It is also pleasing to add, that on his appearance at the office of police, nothing more was said to him, than that he was at liberty. Just before this occurrence, the aspect of affairs began to brighten. ** Four men," observes Mr. Pea- cock, " who remained at this sta- tion, apparently love to read and hear the pure word of God : and one of them has, within these last few weeks, offered himself as a candi- date for believer's baptism." This person was baptized Aug. 7, 1812. Several persons, previously votaiies of pleasure, exchanged their cards ■and backgammon for the Bible and the Hymn Book, instituted fbmily prayer, and constantly attended public worship ; at which a large congregation of natives ordinarily assembled. One person set up a native school on her own premises and at her own expense, and con- tributed. In a short time, 560 rupees AGR to the mission. Mr. Peacock con" tinned at Agra till the year 1816,i and many who were brouglit by his instrumentality and that of his suc- cessors, from the paths of the de- stroyer, are stated at a recent pe-* riod to have been living as burning and shining lights in that dark part of the earth. This place has also engaged tho attention of the C. M. S. In No- vember, 1812, Abdool Messeeh, a converted native of Delhi, one of the fruitsof the Rev.HenryMartyn's ministry, accompanied the Rev^ Daniel Corrie to Agra, with the de- sign of settling there, as a public reader and catechist. On his ar- rival he commenced his work with gresA zeal, and as many hundred persons had recently flocked to the neighbourhood, in consequence of a scarcity in the Mahratta country, occasioned by a terrible drought, he went among them distributing pice, or halfpence, and inviting them to hear the Gospel,and to send their children to him to learn to read. At first they received him as an angel of light ; but a report having been circulated, that he was an Arabian, who wi. r 3d to carry off their children, the poor natives, for several days, refused to receive the charity he offered them, or to hear any thing from him. In the course of a week or two, however, they perceived that their-suspicion^ were unfounded ; and his public services were attended by hundreds, many of whom,on hearing an expo- sition of the decalogue, cried out aloud, ** These are true words ; and the curse of God will fall upon us, if we obey them not." Indeed, tiie congregations soon began to in- crease rapidly, and com})vised many respectable persons, both Hindoos and Mahomedans. A school was also opened for the instruction oi children ; persons visited the cate> chist every day for religious con- versation ', and a venerable old maUy Peacock coil' he year 1816, brought by his hat of his sue- ithsof the de- t a recent pe- ing as burning that dark part engaged the W: S. In No- 01 Messeeh, a Delhi, one of HenryMartyn's lied the Rev* ra, with the de- re, as a public ;t. On his ar- 1 his work with many hundred y flocked to the consequence of ihratta country, irrible drought, em distributing s, and inviting spel,and to send iim to learn to received him as ; but a report ted, that he was nvhd to carry le poor natives, used to receive ed them, or to n him. In the two, however, heir-suspicions and his public ed by hundreds, tearing an expo- ogue, cried out true words ; and 11 fall upon us, t." Indeed, tlie began to in- lominised many both Hindoos A school was instruction of i sited the cate- religious con- terable old mau, 6 AGR who stated that he was 00 years of age, acknowledged that his soul had been greatly refreshed by the things he had heard. The 10th of June, 1813, is no* ticed in Abdool's Journal, as " the day on which the doctrine of Christ ■witnessed a triumph." "For three weeks past," says he, " a faqueer of the Jogi tribe has come fre- quently to our morning worship in the school. On Tuesday, the chap- ter to be read in order was John 1 7. The subject of it, and our Lord's manner towards his disciples, ar- rested Uie attention of the Jogi, and the tears flowed plentifully down his cheeks. To-day he brought his wife and child; said he was a con- vert to Jesus, without reserve ; and began of himself to take off his faqueer's dress. He first took the beads from his neck; broke the string to which the charhi given him by his goroo was suspended ; and broke off an iron ring worn round his waist, and to which an iron rod about two feet long was attached. He then put on some old clothes which we had by us, and said he wished to be instructed in the Gospel, and to get some employ- ment. A rupee being given to pro- cure food for the family, his wife went and bought a spinning-wheel, saying, she would spin and earn a livelihood; and the whole family afterwards eat their dinner with us of their own accord. These are wonders in the history of a Hin- doo." Two days afterwards, a Mussulman came to the house, and asked the Jogi if he had really be- come a Christian ? He answered, "Yes; and lave just now been eating beef with Abdool Messeeh." The Mahomedan then turned to the Jogi's wife, and inquired if she bad embraced the same faith ; asking, at the same time, what could have induced her to renounce her former religion for Christian- ity ? She replied, that by the grace AGR of God she had become a Chrlstlttl? and though she had not yet learned much of ttie Gospel, and being but a rustic, could not dispute with a learned man like him | yet what she had heard of the doctrine of Christ had brought rest and peace to her soul, and therefore she had embraced it. In July, 1814, Ab- dool visited his relatives at Luck- now, to whom he published the glad tidings of salvation; and on the 11th of August he returned to Agra, ac- companied by his father and five other members of his family, with several other persons, one of whom, an aged Molwee, appeared desirous for the welfare of his soul. About a week after Abdool's return, the Rev. Mr. Corrie was compelled by ill health to quit Agra, in order to visit England ; and on his depar- ture he remarks, that ** during the preceding 16 months, 71 nativeti had received baptism, of whom about 60 were adults, about half Mahomedans, and the other half Hindoos. Of these, one had been expelled; 6 had apostatized ; 4 had gone to their friends, and were, it was hoped, holding fast their pro- fession ; and others were occupying diiferent stations as readers and catechists." Soon after his remo- val, however, the infant church began to decline ; but Abdool, not- withstanding the indolence and in- attention of some of the teachers in the schools, and the removal of Mr. Bowley to Chunar, continued to bear a faithful testimony to the truth, and to watch over his flock with unremitting vigilance; his (health, however, having been for a considerable time in an infirm state, he visited Calcutta in 1820 ; and, in the month of October, re- ceived Lutheran ortlination. On his return to Agra, the in- terest seems to have revived : many non'^nal Christians, who, it was be- lieved, had not entered a place of worship for many years, became AOR regulftr attendants on Babbath days> as did many persons of t))e Arme- nian and Rdiuan Catholic persua- sions; wliile a few Hindoos and Mussulman^ occasionally visited tbe (sliurch. The " Missionary Register" for Febriu^ry, 1825, says—" Public Worship i$ carried on as usual, at the kuttra ; and the venerable Abdool . Messeeh) notwithstanding the infirm state of his health, has recently officiated at the military cantomnent,on Sunday aftemoon,to tbe professing Christians connected with the ndtive regiments. An addition t<» the church, of seven men ^hd three women, has been lately made by baptism." The improved state of feeling at this station is evident from the following extractfrom hisjournal: — " Formerly* the people of this city were much qifended with me, and said very evil things of me; I al- ways showed them kindness, and often attended them with medicines when they were sick ; and, by the grace of the Lord Jesus Christ, many of them received healing of dangerous diseases ; often, also, I endeavoured to heal their spiritual sicknesses, and many of these peo- ple received and read religious books •y and it is bjscome evident to iill, that Christians love all mankind, and desire no evil to any one. Now, in the place of enmity, thase people begin to show kindness; and, moreover, invite me to their houses, and send me portions from their friendly entertainments ; for instance, to day, Meer Seynd Ali, who is headman to the Collector, sent me a friendly note, saying — " The daughter of me, your^rvant^ is to-day to be married : jxN^viii greatly. oblige me by making on^ of our company." I sent for answer — " Since the day that by the grace of God I was honoured with bap- tism, I have renounced aH as- semblies for dancing and music, AIT and I should be ashamdd, with tbi» M^hite beard, and broken teeth^ t« show myself at a wedding feast." He sent, in reply — " I have read in the blessed Gospel, that the Lord Jesus himself honoured a weddinjf at Cana of Galilee with His pre- sence, and there miraculously turned water into wine: if you wUl not come, we shall ali con- clude that you disobey the tradi- tion of the divine Jesus. If yov excuse yourself on account of the dancing, ersons, learned iltliy, were col- li received me KVi continued to ,s subjects, in a ir, till midnight: fttion, I enter- sspecting them. I still ai)pears to ours. le of the Har- e two native n placed by the its inhabitants, id Christianity, are now conspj- iligent in learn- them can read chism well ; the including chil- ily and private and Mr. Bourne jongregation in and with more i nances of reli- )le of Aitutaki. 1 1825, has beeu nation is making pe houses of the [are substantial lumber of plas- 8 ALB tered dwelling-houses is nearly 150, many of them furnished with sofas, <&c dkc ALBANY, a newly-established district in the Eastern part of Cape Colony, South Africa, extending from Bosjesmans River to the Keiskamma. The extent of the new settlement is about 60 m. by 30. In 1820, the settlers amounted to 15,000. The con- dition of grants to the colonists is, that they cultivate the soil with- out slaves. The soil is productive, and the climate healthy. The Albany mission was origi- nally commenced by the fFesleyan Society, with the settlers who went out from. England, in the liope that it would connect itself with the Hottentots, and ulti- mately prepare the means for ex- tending the Gospel ufnong the Caf- fre tribes. These hdpes have been realized, and that more immediately and extensively than was previously anticipated. Agents have likewise been raised up to accompany those brethren, who have planted them- selves among the savages in Caf- fraria. From this mission, esta- blished but a few years, the follow- ing stations have arisen:— GrahanOt Town, where there is a chapel with about 600 hearers ; a congpregation and small society of Hottentots; and an English and a Hottentot school. Salem, a smaller station, with a chapel also, and a school. fVes- I ley-Mount, where are a chapel, a society, and a school. At Part \ Francis, Salem Hills, and Clum- fier, societies also have been ' formed, and chapels are about to I be erected. Somerset, a promising new station, has been lately visited, [and gives access to many of the heathen as well as to the colonists. These are regarded as highly gra- Itlfying prospects ; for the increased linfluence of pure religion among Ithe colonists, must furnish, to a Lirge extent, suitable agents for ALE the conducting of schools and mis- sions aniong the neighbouring^ tribes of Pagan Africans. The commercial intercourse of this colony with some of these tribea will also probably become exten- sive, and will co-operate, with means of religious instruction, to bring them under the influence of Christianity ; and the whole seemii to furnish another example of that connexion of providential events with the purposes of Christ as to the salvation of the Heathen,which, in the present day, has been so often and so strongly marked. On these Christian seUIements, as they advance in population, and are brought into regular intercourse with the heathen around them, the care of extending the know- ledge of Christ into the " regions beyond," will ultimately chiefly devolve, and the Society be left at liberty to employ its efforts in be- half of tribes more distant. Two missionaries are employed in tiie Albany Mission. ALEXANDRIA, a town of Egypt, now much decayed, though there are still some remains of ancient splendour. It was first built by Alexander the Great, and was several miles in extent ; but at present it consists chiefly of one long street. It was formerly a place of great trade, all the trea- sures of the East Indies being de- posited here, before the discovery of the route by the Cape of Good Hope. Alexandria was taken by the French invaders under Buona- parte, in 1708, and taken from them by the English, in 1801. It surrendered to the English in 1807, but was soon after evacuated. Here is an obelisk called Cleopa- tra's Needle ; also Pompey's Pillar, and the ancient Pharos, now a castle called Pharillcn. Alexandria is seated on the Mediterranean, 125 m. W. N.W. Cairo, E. Ion. 30«10', N. lat. 31M1'. 9 ■ Jl ^ ALG The intarcourse which has in so extraordinttry and unexpected a maonec sprang np between this country aid Egypt, has btotight this very degraded country under the eye of those who are deeply aolioitout for the universal spread of the Gospel. The reviving com- merce of Egypt has already led to the residence of many of our own countrymen at its principal sea port, who are as vet destitute, for the most part, of Christian ordi- nances, in that land of Mahome- dan. dwckness and almost extinct Christianity. To meet, in some degree, the wants of the people, the Rev^ Mr. Macpherson was sent out to Alexandria in i 825, by the IV. M. S. He w&s for some time prevented from any regular en- gagement, by the prevalence of the plague, but has since held reli- gious conversations, in different languages, with various persons, and has hopes of the oon^.-ersion of a respectable Abyssinian lady, whom he found unacquainted with almost every form of religion, and to whom he hmi administered bap- tism. He has for some time regu- larly preached to the seamen in the Port, on board one of the vessels. In a lettter recently received, Mr. M. says: — " On" the Sabbath, I preach at the Consular Hall, at 9 X. M. afloat at 1 1 o'cloclc, and in my house at 4 p. m. I hope soon to be enabled to report more fa- vourably of Alexandria. I have some thoughts of soon commenc- ing preaching in Arabic. My teacher informs me that he thinks several of the natives might be in- dnoad to attend." ALGOA BAY, a settlement of Hottentots, on Zwartko|)ts River in Cape Colony, South Africa, 600 m. E. of Cape Town, E. lon.86°d3', S. lat. 83«£H' Dr. Vanderkemp and Mr. James Read arrived at iMs place in 1S02, both being conneciuil wilL the ALG L, M. S. About 100 Hottentots accompanied them from Graaf Reynet, under the escort of Major Sherlock, some of whom sepa- rated from them on the way, and others joined them, so that there were about 80 on their arrival. This measure was the effect of a corr ing upon ambition, that men may fall down at your feet, and worship you as a God ; and because this flat- ters you, therefore you gpo through such penances.' He told me that be had been in this state for twelve years, and meant to continue in it till death delivered him from it. When I came up to him, be was worshipping fire. I advised him to throw away these delusions." Mr. M. continued to labour for some time with butlittle success ; but an English friend, in token of grati- tude for the benefit derived from his ministry, generously sent him 2,000 rupees, to build a place of worship. In 18^, however, the prospect ap- peared brightening ; a church was formed, consisting of 9 members, among whom were two or three pious Europeans ; and five Hindoo youths read the New Testament with Mr. M. In the following year, the church over which he presided was still small. Seeta- ram, who was long of great as- sistance to him in his work, sub- sequently went to Gorruckpore, where he is employed as a native doctor, and maintains an honour- tible profession. Sectuldas, another Brttuo^'in, has since been with Mr. M., hxiC has given proof of piety and zeai ; and an interesting young man, of the writer caste, who had relinquished his caste, has also been under instruction for several months. Others, likewise, have come to Mr. M. in the year ; and it is evident a very considerable imprewion is produced by bis la- hours. ^ ; r • ^.»v I i r. in addition to various engagtf- .Bienis, be preaches the Gospel at tlifferent spots, in and near the city^ and also at the numerous Heathen , and Mussulman assemblies^ which are continually occurring. The ' gpreatest of these is on the occasion . of, the annual bathing at the junc- , lion of the Ganges and the Jumna ; and there Mr. Smith generally ' comes up from Benares to assist. . Many pleasing circum^iances have lately occurred at these seasons;- , andopportunitieshave been enjoyed of sending the sacred volume, and religious tracts, and reports of the /promulgation of the Gospel, to very distant parts of the country. To Band/ia, a town in Allaha- bad, Amarint Messeeh, a native convert from Agra, in connexion with the C. M. S. came in 1814, .attempting to difluse the know- ledge of the Gospel. The Rev. Mr., with Mrs., Greenwood have been recently appointed to this station. ALLEPIE, a large town on the Malabar Coast, about 40 m. from Cochin, and 120 N. of Cape Co- morin, is the chief place at which the Company's ships call to talce in |)epper and spices ; it has a heKlthy climate, and about 13,000 inhabi- tants. A good house and garden having been granted by the rannee of Travancore, at the request of the resident, a church was begun in 1 81ti, sufficiently spacious to accom- modate 700 or 800 persons ; and the Rev. Mr. Norton was settled there. The church was opened on the 18th of July, 1818, and greatly attracted the attention of the natives. Mr. Norton preached three time« on the Sabbath, and established a lec- ture on Thursday evenings, for tlie more immediate benefit of all who .nnderstood English. At this time 49* children were in the schoolt«, and 84 in the Orphan Asylum. A new school was opened in the pre- AhL vious August, built in the Great Bazaar, about a mile from the Min- sion-house, capable of containing 100 children. Some principal, na- tives had promised to use their in- fluence in filling it with scholar*; but the opposition of the Roman Catholics (of whom there are great numbers in the town), was violent.; and the Roman Syrians, in particu- lar, seemed to have succeeded in possessing the minds of the people with unfounded suspicions and fears. In 1819, the English congrega- tion consisted of about 40 persons, and the native of about 100, of all ages, Syrians,, converts f(om the Romish Church, and catechumens. Occasional auditors of all persua- sions also attended. The schools suflered material diminution at this period, in consequence of the dis- turbance between the Syrians and the Roman Catholics ; most of the Roman children having been with- drawn. At the end of the year the number of scholars was about 60, but subsequently tbe scholars generally returned. A school wa!> also established in the suburbs of Allepie, from which much beneflt was anticipated, and the general aspect of the mission was encou- raging. During the following year Mr. N. baptized 26 persons, in- cluding children, and distributed 122 Bibles and Testaments, in dif- ferent languages, and 18 copien of Genesis in Tamul, with ISO Prayer Books and Psalters in Eng- lish or Tamul. The scliools again fell oif on the arrival of an Euro- pean bishop ; the people were prohibited sending their children, on pain of excommunication, in consequence of which many were much alarmed. The bishop or- dered all the Bibles and Testa- ments which had been distributed, to be delivered to him at Verapoly ; but many were courageous enough to oppose him in this, and to allow 14 tilffr' cbQdren to Come again. About 100 ponons, however, beaid the Gospel. In 1828, the S schools containpd W9 children, whose ptogrest in learning was satitfactory; and an occurrence in this mission evinced the happy effecte of the pe- rusal of the sacred Scriptures. A Hindoo youth belonging to the school, who was employed by Mr. Norton to transcribe portions of the Gfltpelri in the vernacular tongue, became impressed with a convic- tion of the truths contained in them, hnd gradually discontinued the ob- servance of the idolatrous rites of his family. He was removed by his relations ihto the interior x>f the country, in ord«r to detach him from the mission ; and violence was threatened, to induce hirai to' conform to (the custoinary practices of his caste. Urged by this treat- ment, he fled noAi the country, and coming into the Tinnevelly dis- trict, he heard of the misHlon in the town of that name, ahd sought en- trance Into thetemina^rthere. The missionaries atTinnevelly wrote to Mr. Norton, to ascertain the truth of as much of the youth's account of himself as he might be acquaint- ed with; and he was enabled, so htTf to confirm its accuracy. The youth applied himself diligently to his duties in the Tinnavelly semi- nary, preparatory to baptism ; and the missionaries there wrote in terms of entire approbation of bis conduct. A Roman Catholic, who joined the Protestant Church, suf- fered, like this youth, much perse- cution. " We are obliged," says Mrs. N., " to take him under our care, or they would confine him in what they call the Black-hole. The bishop sent a petition to the British resident, requesting bin) to make Mr. Norton give him up. The rest • dent sent it to Mr. Norton, wish- ing him to communicate a full aecount of the case, which he did ; and the^yoQiig inan begged l^avii^ to write to htm a^, which he ww permitted to do. He tolif the v^' sident, that he had been in oor^ school more than four years; that*! he had thus learnt to read his Bible,;: and that be could »ot t)eldng tok. church which would deprive bim of the only book that would teach hhin the way to heaven. Several others in the school told their parents that ' they could not give up reading tb»-' Scriptures.'' ' S In 1823, the number of the Eng- lish congregation was about the. same as the previous, vear; the na- tive congregation had experienced' a small increase ; and the state of the schools was pleasing, both as to the numbers in attendance and the progress of the scholars. Mr. Norton, who had recently lost his excellent and zealous wife, was' now aided in his work by u native ; reader and an Indo-British assist- ant. The native reader was the' Hindoo youth of whom some ae-' count has been given: his name is Sandappen ; he was baptized by Mr. Rhenius, at Palamcottah, on Christmas-day 1822; and was mar- ried, soon after his return to Alle- * pie, to one of the females brought ' up in the mission-school. The' assistant was brought up a heathen, * and was baptized by Mr. Nortoh in April 1823, when his heathen name of Appoo was exchanged for that of Daniel. Mr. Norton, some time after, married a lady at Colom- bo: and a Sunday-school was esta-' blished by Mrs. N., on her arrival at Aleppie, which was attended by many chiidran, with a good prospect of uxefiilness and permanency. In the following year, the missionaries' were joined tiy Mr. James Roberts. At tiiis period, about 30 persons, 2 or 3 of them Europeans and the rest country-born, attended the English services; and from 60 to 60 the Malayan m and Tamul. The average number of communi- 16 AMB e«n!i» ifTas 14. In tiie Sttnday> sehool under Mrs; Norton's care tiiere were 40 scholars; and about a;dozeil fonng persons of both sexes attended her daily instruction. Be- vides these, she taught 9 or lOnative girfat. The Roman Catholic clergy endeavoured to prevent the attend- anee of the children, and some few in consequence left ; but the num- ber was soon made up by others. The aven^ number attending 3 scho and enriched by cultivation. The chief products are cloves, the trees of which are about 40 or 60 'feet high, nutmegs, sugar, cofltse, and noany delicious fruits; also, a peculiar wood tjiat is used for beau- tiful cabinet-work. The natives are generally Mahomedans; but there are Protestants among them. The English and Dutch had fac- tories here at the beginning of the . 17th century; but &e Dutch ex- pelled the Englhh, and, in 1629, tortured and put to death many of them. The island was taken by the British in 1796, restored in 180fl,and again taken in 1810, and restored in 1816. AmimfnOf the chief town, is neatly built, and stands near the middle of the bay, on the smaller limb, defended by the Fort Victo- ria. The Dutch are t(derably p t present, move preaching la ct together two service cobbi* we8,V he says, ,terididnot,for- heir coming ta and s(une came ving previously n; but now se- 8 request me to kwving found, by ose who are re* ■ire more faith- n others/' islands of Ban- am, , Nalaliwu, isalout, Mr. K. yna, where the >ntiDued to proa- ng the heathen, houses formerly >rship of devils, them every ves- jch, indeed, was cause of divine Mr. Kam inti- in of erecting « separate use of leerfuUy volun- in cutting tim> AMB her 4n the forests fur thepurpose ; and thus precluded the necessity of his applying to the Directors for j^ecuniary assistance. Within about 4 years, 1 200 heathens andMahome- dans embraced Christianity in the extensive field of his labours. The communicants were about 2800; and the scholars 2000. From a letter, written by Mr. Kam, after his return from a visit he paid to Celebes Sangir, and other islands, it appears that this zealous and laborious missionary hqd baptized, in the several islands, upwards of 5000 children, and near- ly .900 adults; and that in Am- boyna he had baptized, chiefly of those who had been Mahomedans, 129 adults, besides children. In January 1821/ an Auxiliary Missionary Society was formed at Amboyna, for the purpose of con- tributing to the maintenance and support of several missionaries re- cently sent out by the N. S., and also with a view to assist in the printing of school-boolcs and reli- gious tracts, a second printing- press having arrived,from the Direc- tors in London, in the course of the preceding year. About this time, a place was erected immediately contiguous to Mr. Kam '8 dwelling-house, for the initiatory instruction of such con- verts from paganism as might be desirous of receiving baptism ; and, 4uring the year, that solemn rite was administered to 30 persons, who had abjured heathenism and embraced ttie truths of Christianity. Towards the close of December, in the same year, Mr. Kam had the satisfaction of receiving into bis church about 100 new merrbers, of whom several had formerly been idolaters, and one a Mahomedan. At different times the B. 3f F. D. S. have sent to the disposal of Mr. Kam 9000 Malay I'estaments, the distribution of which has been ex- tensively followed by the renunci- AMB ation of idolatry. The Bible hM been sold by auction for 46 dollars* An Auxiliary Bible Society was formed in 1815, the subscriptions to which amounted to 4000 dollars. In 1824, there were in Mr. Kam'e school, including adults, 64 scholars. During the twelve months immedi- ately preceding June 1824, he bap- tized 107 persons, of both sexes, professed converts from heathen* ism. Four Chinese, 2 men, and 2 women, to whom the reading of Dr. Morrison's Chinese version of the Scriptures had been made use- ful, were also baptized by Mr. Kam, and admitted into Christian fellow- ship, as the first fruits of his mis- sion among that people. Seven persons were employed at thai period in the prii^ting establish- ment. Mr. K. had received the sum of 3500 Java rupees, or about 400/., from the sale of Malay Bibles, and a supply of Psalm-boolcs in that language from the N. S. In the following year, there were 18 young men in Mr. Kam^s native seminary, under preparatory instruction for the office of native teacher. The first volume of the " Village Sermons," in Malayywas ready for circulation. The number of native converts from Paganism and Mahomedanism, who were candidates for baptism, was con- siderable. His Excellency the Governor General, who, accom- panied by his lady and his Excel- lency the Governor of the Mo- luccas, had inspected Mr. Kom's missionary establishment; and ex- pressed himself much gratified, particularly with his chapel and printing ' office ; ordered him a monthly allowance of 600 Java rupees, towards defraying his tra- velling expenses. At the close of this year Mr. Kam performed another extensive missionary tour, among tho islands of the Malayan Archipelago) particulars of which have not yet come to hand. Dtring c 2 17 AMBI Fei>ruaiy 1S26, five natlte t#ac6et« were sent from Amboyna to sereral of the Molucca Islands, in conse- ^ttefifee of applications previously received from the inhabitants. Two teachers, natives of Banha, have also been sent to that island, in compliance with tbeir own earnest desire to in^ruct tiieir countrymen in the knowledge of the Gospel. Mr. Kam's Malay translation of ibe first volume bf the " Village Sermons " is now in clrcnlation. In 1814, the Rev. Jabez Carey, from the B, M. S. was appointed inspector of tiie schools in this island. In 1816, he says, " The numberof scholars is 803. On the 16th of January, I was appointed to the office of manager of the poor fond, with ttis emolument Attached to it, iiamely, that of at- tending to the w^ants and good of the- poor. The fond was, a very iifAi one, and will be so yet, if the English government should return th'e loan made to it by the Dutch government, which is more than 20,000 rix-doUars : besides which I have in hand about 6000 rix-doUars. Last December I visited the neigh- bouring islands of Saparooa and Harooka." On June the 5th, a few of the children under Mr. Carey's in- 8|)ection, that is 20 out of 800, were examined at theGovemment- house, in presence of the resident; they acquitted tliemselves well, and each obtained a suit of clothes from government. In the course of a week the chiefs had destroyed five idolatrous temples, with every IJiing belonging tu them, at Harooka. A few years after, a change took place relative to the government ; but the conduct of Mr. Carey had so effectually recommended him, that the new government requested him to continue his employment as superintendent of schools. A valued missionary, Mr. Ricketts, AM« litrcts the fitst fruits of the Ailnboyn« mission. Various difficulties, how- ever, subsequently arose; and in 1818, Mr. Carey left the island and arrived at Bengal. In 1819, Mr. Finn, from tbe A^ M. S. joined Mr. Kam, and has since successfully assisted him in his laboursi Messrs. Ferdinand Bormeister, Frederick Mueller, from the Ba^ Seminary, and Vixt Akerslotb, from Holland, also ar- rived in 1821, and commenced tiie study of the language preparatory to their ^Mcoming mis^onaries In different islands. AMERICA, one of the four grand divisions of the world, and by much the largest, i^boinided on all sides by the ocean. It took its name from s Americas Vespucius, a Florentine, who having accom- panied O^eda, a Spanish navigator, in 1497, drew up an amusing his- tory of his voyage, in which it was insinuated that the g^ory of having first discovered the continent of the New World belonged to him. This was in part believed *. the country began to be called aflbr the name of its supposed first discoverer ; and the unaccountable caprice of man« kind has perpetuated the error. But America was first discovered, in 1492, by Christovat Colon, a Genoese, better known by the name of Christo[riier Columbus. It is called the New World with great propriety ; for not <>nly the men, but the birds and beasts, diftier in some respects from those known before. It has likewise a great number of trees and plants, that grew nowhere else before they were transmitted to other places* All the men, except the Esqui- maux, near Greenland, seem te have the same origin; for they agree in every particular, from the Straits of Magellan in the S. to Hudson's Bay in the N. Their skins, unless daubed with grease or oil, are of a red c^>per colour, and 18 AMX they, have no beards or hair On any other parts of their bodies, except their heads, where it hi blacic, straight, and coarse. Many are the coi^ecturey about the pet^Ung of this vast continent, and almost as various as their authorsi Ame- rica is so long, that it takes in the torrid zone, the two temperate zones, and part of the n(M^em frigid zone. A continent so ex- tensive must naturally be various in its climate, soil, *md productions. In the most northern and most southern parts the countries are cold, sterile, and desert; while In tbe centre are found the richest metals, minerals, {Hrecious stones, and abundance of the most valua- ble and useful commodities. It is hard to say how many different languages there are in America, a vast number being spoken by the different people in different puts; and, as to religion, there is no giving any tolerable account of it in general, tiiough some of the most civilized of the Abcnigines seem to have wonhipped the sun. The principal motive of the SpaniaiCd^, in sending so many co- lonists here, was the thirst of gold ; and, indeed, they and the Portu- guese are possessed of all those parts where it is found in the greatest plenty. This vast con- tinent is divided into North and South America, which are joined by tbe Isthmus of Panama. It has lofty and immense ranges of moun- tains, such as the Andes and Alle- gany; and the most stupendous rivers, such as the Amazon, Plata, Orinoco, Mississippi, and Missouri. Besides tbe Aborigines, who in- babi*^^ toe interior parts, and the United States of America, who possess many of the iineat provinces, the different European powers have rich and flourishing colonies here. In North America, Britain pos- sesses New Britain, Canada, Nova Scotia, attd New Brunswick ; Spain AM9 had Mexieo, New JMaxico, NvW Albion, and California ; and Russia has some letU^mepts op Cpok Inlet. In South Anierica, Spain possessed Caraccas, I^ew Grenada, Peru, Chili, and Buenos Ayre«) Portugal '' I Brazil,, and part of Guinea ; and France, Britain, and Holland} have the remainder of Guinea. The Spanish Colonics have now asserted their inde> pendence, and contain Mexico, in South America ; Cohsmbia, in ^e N.; Chili, and tbe United Pro- vinces, including the 3. of Peru» and Buenos Ayires» Brazil is now an independent empire ; and Pata- gonia remains in the po^e^sion pf the native Indians. [See Canadu, New JSrunswick, Npw/oundlandt Nova Scotta, New Fairfield^ 0»ch- i^^Uft Paramariko, Med Hiver, and Spring PtaeeA AMLAMGODDE, on AM- LAMGOODY, a town on the S.W. Coast of Ceylon, near a smell river of the same place. ■ The itev. Wm. Read, of the L. M. S.y commenced his labours here in 1605 ; and subsequently became pastor of the Dutch Church, and superintendent of schools. The Wesleyan missionaries, at Gallie, take this into their field of labour, and have several native members and a school. AMSTERDAM, a city of the Netherlands, capital of Holland. Next to London, it is deemed the most commercial cityrin the world, and contains upwards of 220,000 inhabitants. The walls are high and Well fortified ; and the bridge, which joins tiie rampart, is built over the river Amstel. Towards the water it is only protected by a double range of great piles, strei^Uiened by transverse beams, with openings to admit vessels into the canals) which are closed by booms at night. But its chief se- curity consists in the facility of in- undating the vicinity by means of 19 I '.■I i- km^^ i/'V _i »ri Itaices. Few cities have tbeir • public buUdmgs so fine, nuoierous, and yrell kept. The Exchange is one of the principal ornaments of the city, and the harbour is one of the. finest in Europe. The Stadt- . house, now the royal palace, has ' long been celebrated for its extent and durability ; and the furniture and ^<. *.. pbstft of a missionaTy establishment, aitd a place of worship was erected fot the accommodation of the negroes. Three years after, Samuel Isles »as removed by death from the scene of his labours ; and for about five^years the mission continued in , a very languishing state ; but at the expiration of that time, a mis- sionary, named Brown, arrived, and his labours were so abundantly blessed, that it soon became neces- sar}' to enlarge the church ; and on that occasion the zeal of the con- verted negroes was most pleasingly diedioqstrated. On coming to the evening meeting, each individual brought a few stones and other materials with him; the different departments of the work were di^ded among fiuch as were masons and carpenters; and those who c!buld not assist in enlarging the edifice, provided refreshment for the builders ; so that the requisite alteration was completed by the volqntary labour of these poor slaves, after the completion of their respective daily tasks. In the midst of calamities, which subsequently arose, the work con- tinued to go forward ; and, imme- diately after the hurricane of lt72, a new awakening appeared among the slaves, and spread in all directions. A desire for re- ligions instruction was, of course, augmented ; and, in 17T.5, the number of persons who attended public worship amounted to 2000, aiyl from 10 to 20 were baptized almost every month. A new and more spacious church was, there- fore, erected in St; John's, in 1773; and, in tbe following year, a piece of ground was purchased at Bailey Hilly ntnx the town of Falmoutti, for the purpose of forming a second establishment, for the accommoda- tion o( those negroes who lived at a considerable distance from the /ormer station. ^,, • From this place, which proved inconvenient, owing to the steep- ness of the ascent, the brethren removed, in 1782, to a more eligi- ble spot, which they designated Gract Hill; and, though the ex- ' ternal circumstances of the mission were rather difficult, the Christian slaves being exposed to famine, sickness, persecutions, and depre- dations, and the island being taken by the French, — the cause of Divine truth remained firm and immove- able ; and, after the restoration of peace in 1783, 60 adults were re- ceived into the church of St. John's, by the rite of baptism, in one day ; and, in the course of 12 months, the congregations in that town and at Grace Hill were augmented by the accession of more than 700' persons. The missionaries also preached, at stated times, in dif- ferent plantations; and one of the native assistants actually built a chapel at his own expense, suffi- ciently capacious to accommodate 400 hearers. Many of the planters were now convinced of the beneficial effects of the Gospel on their slaves, but others became violent' persecutors of the truth. The word of the Lord, however, continued to run, and was glorified. The two congregations, in 1788, consisted of more than 6,000 mem- bers ; and so many new doors were opened to the Gospel, that the mis- sionaries were exceedingly thank- ful when they found zealous and useful assistants in many of their converts, to visit the sick, give ad- vice and reproof if needed, and to report to the missionaries the state of the congregation. Although indisposition compelled Mr. Brown to retire in 1790, n suitable successor was found in the Rev. H. C. Tschirpe; ahd the cause wM so prosperous, that a third settlement was formed, and named Grace Bay. ■■.„ v ■ *•' "-i .,• m '■ osition compelled utire in IT90, a was found In schirpe; and the jrous, that a third med, and named ANT In 1810, the missionaries com- menced a Sunday-school, on the Lancasterian plan of instruction, at St. John's; and though at first tliey had but 80 scholars, that num- ber was soon increased to 700 ; and the progress not only of the chil- dren, but of their parents, who ap- peared equally anxious for tuition, both surprised and delighted Jthe teachers. A school was also opened on one of the plantations . near Grace Hill, where the scholars were instructed one day ia every week. In 181T, the brethren were en- couraged to form a fourth settle- ment, by the solicitation of the Colonial Government ; which, with the most praiseworthy liberality, •presented them with ten acres of land for this purpose, together with 1000/. currency towards building a church and dwelling-houses, and a grant of 300/. per annum for the support of the missionaries. The proprietors of the adjacent planta- tions, also, aware of the benefit which their negroes would receive from religious instruction, contri- buted a handsome sum towards the erection of the necessary buildings. The difficulty of procuring stones was for some time a considerabe hindrance to the work; but at length a quarry was opened, about three quarters of a mile from the spot, and the missionaries obtained such kind assistance from the ma- sons, carpenters, and labourers, belonging to their neighbours, that their church (a substantial well- built edifice, 64 feet by 30 in the clear) was solemnly consecrated on the 6th of December, 1818. To this new settlement, which the brethren named Newfield, two others were subsequently added, in the year 1822 ; one at Cedar Hall, and .the other at Monntjoy: and it is peculiarly pleasing to add, that in each of these stations Ijirge con- gregations were collected, many ) i ANT were joined to the church b; bmii' tism, and the word of God appean to 'have been followed witii an abundant blessing. On the nth of July, 1883, tbe United BicJiren celebrated the fiftieth anniversary of the opening of their church at St. John's; when it appeared that there had been baptized and received into the con- gregation at that town, 16,089 ne- groes, young and old ; and that 35 male, and as many female, ml>- sionaries had been employed in ittie important service of making knqtwn to their benighted fellow-creatures the way of salvation. And it was stated by the Rev.C. F. Richer, that, between Easter 1822 «nd Easter 1823, 408 adult negroes had been baptized or received into the congregation at St. John's; 104 at Grace Hill; 40 at Grace Bay; \i5 at Newfield ; and 89 at Cedar Hall ; forming a total of i%5 in the year ; and during the same period, 482 were admitted, in the different settlements, to the Holy Communion. On the 26th Sept. 1825, the de- voted missionary, Richter, iafter 30 years' labour in Antigua, was unexpectedly removed to his le- ward. In announcing his peacefiiil reminal. Brother Shill says:— ^ ' • When we lately spoke with the individuals belonging to the class of i>«w people, about 140P negroes called upon us. At such a time, we are, as you may suppose, occu- pied from morning till night." In a letter, dated Feb. 1827, he says: — " I subjoin an accurate statement of the congregation at St. John's. The total numbe^^ (>f the people under our care appears somewhat less than at the close of 1825. This is owing to our having struck off our lists the names, of such as had ceased to come regu- larly to church, or to speak with us individually, according to the rule prescribed. In the yea»>182&, 23 I i i ANT '^tltfte haviB been baptized 72 adults, and 134 children ; received into the congregation, 100 ; re^adniitted 5\ ; admitted to the holy communion, 172 ; departed this life, 143 adults, 42 children ; excluded, 173 persons. Our present numbers are as follow : 23610 commilnicants; 13^ baptized and candidates for communion; children under twelve yean of age, al}oUtlOOO: in all 4712; to which, if We add the new people, and those who are for the time excluded Arom the privileges of the church, amounting together to 1696, tho total will be 6408. In the year 1760, Nathaniel Gil- bert, esq. who had experienced the saving power of the Gospel in Eng- land, became a resident of tiiis island ; and whilst deploring the spiritual condition of the persons by whom he was surrounded, he felt an earnest desire for their wel- fare. His first efforts were con- fined to a few individuals, whom he invited to assemble in his own house -on the Sabbath-day; but finding that his exertions were evidently blessed of God, he went forth boldly, and preached the Gospel to the poor benighted negroes, not- iltrithstanding the situation he held t as speaker of the House of As- sembly. Mr. Gilbert continued to labour, without any abatement of ardour, or any diminution of success, till the period of his decease ; but as he bad no means of appointing a suc- cessor in his spiritual office, his be- reaved flocic were left as sheep without a shepherd for nearly 20 yctars. In 1778, however, Mr. John Baxter, a member of the Wesleyan connexion in England, removed to Antigua, for the pur- Sise of worlKing as a shipwright in e service of Government; and shortly after his ari-ival toolc upon himself, in the intervals of his em- ployment, the care of the remains of Mr. Gilbert's Society. Through the superintfendence of Mr. Baxter, the assistance of Mrs. Gilbert, and the subordinate instnt- mentality of an old Irish emigrant, who had been providentially led to the island towards the close of 1 783, things went on prosperously; so that these Individuals had under their care upwards of 1000. mem- bers. Chiefly blacics, who appeared to be earnestly striitcbing forth their hands towards God. Many new places were opened, and re- quests were made for preaching, with which Mr. Baxter could dot possibly comply. In the month of January, 1787, Dr. Coke, after mature delibera- tion, resolved that Mr. Warrener, one of the missionaries originally appointed to Nova Scotia, should remain in Antigua ; and Mr. Bax- ter avowed his determination of resigning the lucrative situation which he held as under storekeeper in English Harbour, for the express purpose of devoting himself unre- servedly to the work of the ministry. Two years afterwards it appeared that Mr. Warrener, during the comparatively short period of his residence on ^e island, had been made the instrument of addirig 1000 members to the Society, who were dwelling together in the spi- rit of love. In April, 1816, the island of An- tigua was placed under martial law, in consequence of an insurrection which had recently broken out in Barbadoes. Mr. Woolley, one of the Wesleyan missionaries, on hearing that the militia of the colony was called out, went, |n company with bis colleagues, to the president, and offered their services in any way that might be deemed beneficial to the govern- ment. " His honour," savs Mr. Woolley, *' thanked me for tho offer, and olMerved that we could render more important 8ervt<>e than that of bodily exercise. I assured 94 lintftnaeiicft of gtaoce of Mw. trdlnate instrth Irish emigranj, lentially led to B close of 1T83, osperously ; so lis had under of 1000, mem- who appeared rtitcblng forth s God. Many ipened, and re- for preaching, ixter could not > January, ITSt, ature dellbera- Mr. Warrener, larles originally I Scotia, should ; and Mr. Bax- letermlnation of ;rative situation ider storelceeper ', for the express ig himself unre- c of the ministry. Krards it appeared ler, during the rt period of his sland, had been tnent of addirig he Society, who ether in the ipi- the Island of An- tider martial lav, an insurrection ly broken out in IVoolley, one of aissionaries, on militia of the out, went, in s colleagues, to id offered their ly that might be [ to the govern- nour," sajrt Mr. ted me for the _jd that we could rtantservkethan irctse. Ijmxfi 24 ANT him, in return, that nothing on our part should be wanting to do away any had impressions which the pre- sent painful report might have pro- duced. It is not moire strange than true,tbat somepersons think religimi seditious, and that the implantation of religious principles in the minds of the negroes is calculated to bring about revolt. The subjects of such sentiments, however, are ignorant of the nature of religion, and utter strangers to its influence. A gentleman, who entertained these ideas, assembled his negroes, and told them what had hiu)pened at Barbadoes ; when, to his astonish- ment, they observed, < Massa, dem no have religion den.' I have been at some pains to discover whether any of our people's minds have re- ceived an unfavourable bias from the alarming reports in circulation ; and am happy In being able to state, that I found in them no disposition even to murmur at their situation, much less to rebel. One well-in- formed man, of whom I inquired, took up a book, and said, < Sir, with this bool: in your hand, you will do more to prevent rebellion, than all the King's men,' " The latter part of J 81 8 was un- usually sickly ; and early in the en- suing year Mr. Woolley was com- pelled, by indisposition, to go to Bermuda ; while Mr. Jones, a pro- mising missionary, was removed by death. In 1820, a hurricane occurred in Antigua, which, though it did but little cumparative injury in the island, carried away the two Wes- |eyan school-rooms in the town of Parham. Indeed, as they were only what is termed wattled build- ings, they could not be expected to resist a strong wind. The com- mittee, therefore, resolved to exert themselves in order to raise a dura- ble edifice, 60 feet in length by i6 in breadth. It was accordingly «ommenced| and a subscription was ANT opened to defray the expense of its erection. " Some of the respect- able inhabitanfaj," says one of the missionaries, " came forward on this occasion in the most handsome manner ; but front others we receiv* ed hard words, and stem repulses." In February, 1821, a missio- nary society was formed in St. John's ; when a very lively interest was excited, and the subscriptions and collections amounted to aboiit 93/. currency, exclusive of aquantity of trinkets thrown into the boxes. Previous to the close of the ye»r, the hearts of the brethren at An- tigua were gladdened by the con- version of a Mahomedan negro, who was publicly baptized by Mr. Whitehouse, renouncing all the delusions of the false prophet. On the 23d of September, 1822, a new place of worship, called Zion Chapel, was opened at Zion-hill, the estate of the Hon. J. D. Taylor ; and on the 1st of Decem> her, in the same year, Mr. White- house laid the foundation-stone of another chapel in Willoughby ,Bny, In which ceremony the Moravian missionary assisted ; while the ne> groes connected with his congre- gation at Newfield brought several loads of stones in carts, and many of them were ready squared. From the last report of the An- tigua district, the iuilowing parti- culars are taken : — St. John's Vivision. — Although the number of members is not aug. menting, yet more stability and harmony prevail than at any pre- vious period. The services in the chapels, and catechetical exercises on the estates, are both abundantly attended. Barbuda. — In answerto their ap- plication, the missionaries were in- formed by the gentleman who ^as the care of the island, that the bishop, who had taken it under his charge, had alHiointed a caiechlst to resule upon it; and would himself, tr>gether i> 25 ■■*■ i!' h XNt with hit clergy, regularly visit it. The people seem excftiedingly dis- satisfied with this arrangement, as they Lave only been allowed once, duHng this year, to enjoy the ordi- nances of religion. They have in- deed been prohibited assembling, as formerly, in the chapel, which was erected chiefly by the industry of Mr. Jeflry, who was recently taken away from bis little flock, after having laboured, with affec- tion and iidelity, for several years : bovt^ever, they continue to meet in their own houses — it is hoped, tq their comfort and edification. English Harbour. — The people here walk worthy their "high vocation," and some have recenUy been impressed with a sense of their lost condition. fVitluughbi/ Bay. — Here is a commodious chapel, capable of con- taining several hundred people. The congregations are composed principally of slaves : a number of these really fear and love God, but some have turned to sin and folly. Parhum JJivition.— A eonsistent enforcement of discipline has caused a diminution, during the year, in this district; a measure which will,doubt- lesR, be ultimately advantageous. At Parham the attendance has continued moderately good. A de- crease here is probably owing, in part, to the unusually long conti- nuance of the crop, together with theexces-sivewetnessof tile weather. Many, liuwever, appear to have made real improvement in know- ledge and love. At Zihu mil a considerable de- crease in the society has talcen place. Several proprietors, and other respectable individuals in that neighbourhood, entertaining apre- dil< (tion for the church, have used their influence over the negroes to Induce their atteiiriance there. From one estate, formerly visited, the missionaries have also, on tho same principle, baen excluded. ANT Still some are ** growing in graeV.'^ One circumstance, both with re- spect to the Parham and Zion Hill Society, te worthy of remark, — that amidst the unnsiial prevalency of the favourite amusement of danc- ing, only four or five have been excluded for indulging in that, to them, demoralizing entertainment. Number in society — Whites, 28; free-coloured, 481 ; slaves, 3066; total, 3575. St.J»hn'» School is attended by 203 children ; the Par- ham Branch School by about 100 ; and the school at the Point by 1 14. Several have lately been admitted members of the society. Mr. Wm. Dawes, a member of the committee of the C. M. S., being about to settle in Antigua in 1814, was, at his own request, ac- credited as a gratuitous catedhist and correspondent. In 18 IT, Mr. Charles Thwaites, who was ac- companied by his wife, was also appoi nted superintendent of schools, and assistant catechist. At this time there were three stations — Englith Harbour, BethetdUf and the Hf^ ; and the work was aided by Wm. Anderson and his wife, resident teachers of colour. Be- tween that period and 18£lS, the number of schools was increased to ten ; containing 774 boys, 1029 girls, and 133 adults. These means had, und^r the Divine bless- ing, many happy effects. Allud- ing to one of the estates, Mr. Thwaites says, " We have among us several young men and women, who grew up in the school, and maintain unblemished characters. What a contrast to past times, when it seemed as though slavery and uncbastity were inseparable ! We have gone to Lunch's on Sunday evenings, in time past, when our ears have been saluted with the sound of the fiddle and the dance ; but now the fiddle is no longer heard — the dance Isabulisbed— and hymns and spiritual songs are often 20 ANT resounding from the little ones. T'iiis improvement of the children has had an effect on ^ the elder $laves ; not only are the fiddle and dance abolished on Sundays, but they crowd the house of prayer, and are thai^k/il for the care taken of their little ones. Some of these pious parents express themselves in a very affecting manner, in grati- tude to God, and in prayiiig for blessings on the teachers.'^ Other agents have been sent to the aid of these successful instructors. From the Report for 1825-6, it appears that here were 15 schools ; contain- ing, of coloured people, i5 men, 8 vromen, 88 boys, and 77 girls ; and of Blacks, 96 men, 65 women, 6S1 boys, 712 girls; total, 1682. Since then, however, the number of children in attendance has been much diminished. ANTRIM, a maritime county in Ulster, Ireland. Population, in 1821, 269,856. county is much encumbered . Jogs and morasses, though i „^ys a tole- rable air. It has a great natural curiosity on the N. coast, called the Giants' Causeway, which pro- jects 600 feet into th< <;a. It is formed of above 3000 . jrpendicu.^ lar pillars of basaltes, standing in contact with each other, and ex- hibiting a sort of polygon pave- ment, somewhat resembling the appearance) of a solid honeycomb. In 1821, the/r. M. S. appointed Mr. Robert Builey to labour here, and preiicli in the Irish limgiiage. The B. fy F. S. S. exerts also a very salutary Influence. ARCOT, a city of Hindoostnn, the nominal capital of the Cnrnn- tic. In the vicinity are celebrated temples, visited by numerous pil- grims : 73 m.from Madras. E. long. 79* 20', N. lut. li^Saf. The miAionnriesat Biliary, con- nected with the L. S., have been useful to the inhabitants, by th« distribution of tracts. ARK ARKANSAS, a country of the United States, bounded, N. by the state and territory of Missouri ; E. by ibe Mississippi ; S. by Louisi- ana and Red K. which sepai^tes it from the Spanish dominions; W. by the Spanish dominions. The northern boundary on the Mis- sissippi is in lat. 36<* N. The territory is very extensive, and abounds with excellent land. For navigable ttreamt it is almost unrivalled. On the east is the Mts- sisitippi, into which St. Francis, White, Arkansas, arid Red Rivers empty themselves ; the three first ore almost entirely in the territory, and the greatest part of the last are on the sou^ern boundary. St. Francis is navigable about SOU m. ; White R. ab^ut 700, and receives four tributaries, navigable from 20 to 70 miles; Arkansas, about IdOO, with not less than nine tributary streams, navigable from 15 to 150 m. The Grand and Verdigris Rivers, which are about as large as the Connecticut, flow into the Arkansas from the N. in less than half a mile of each other. About thirty miles below, on the same side, the Illinois, on which ix the missionary station, I>tri^A/; so called in affectionate remembrance of the late President of Yale Col- lege, who was a distinguished and active member of the Board, and the first who died after its incor- poration. This body sent hither, in 1890, the Rev. Messrs. Alfred Finney, Cephas Washburn, and Asa Hill- brook, as missionaries ; Mr. Jame-24 males and 26 females, who were making Very encouraging progress. I'h- missionaries have gained the con- fidence of the Cherokees, and might greatly enlarge their school, if ^eir resources would peltnit. A inajoiit}' feel that this institution is the glory of their tribe ; and so far as this feeling obtains, it is accom- panied by a desire to act worthy of the eiibrts which are made to en- lighten and reform them. The missibnafies preach on the Sabbath to a small congregation, who un* derstand English. About 3 m. be- low this, the Canadian, as lafgo as Grand R., enters from the S. All the tributaries of the Arkan- sas, on the N., are beautiful, clear, gravelly bottomed, streams ; while all on the S. are of a clayey bot- tom. All the strean^s are lined on either side by the first quality of bottom land For some distance the soil is alluvial, of exhaustless fertility, and well adapted to the growth of Indian corn, cotton, and tobacco. These bottoms, in a state of nature, are impenetrable cane brakes; the cane growing from 1 to 2 inches in diameter, and from 15 to 25 feet high. Under this, in the eastern part of the terri- tory, is a prodigious growth of rushes, which, willi the cane, af- ford ample sustenance for immense herds of cattle in the winter ; while the forestsi on the uplond, covered ARK with a luxuriant growth of gtwsgf and the immense prairies, yield an exhaustless supply for summer. The face of the country, 100 m. from the Mississiupi, is almost uniform- ly level, to the W. of this, the country rises, and Is beautifully variegated with hills and valleys, which usually afford a considerable stream of waier. The hilh are not formidable, till you approach the Shining or Ro'rky Mountaihs., The indigenous vegetables are nume-* rous,and many of them valuable for their medical properties. Botanists have discovered not less than 100 plants, not found elsewhere in the United States, and not less than 60 Tndetcripts. Salt springs and licks are very numerous and valuable, some of which are occupied by extensive salt works. The Indians are fre- quently seen with cubic bodies of salt, from 6 to 12 inches, which they say they broke off from a mountain. The climate is mild. After leaving the low country on the E., the whole territory may be called healthy. The White population, in 1820, amounted to nearly 15,000. In 1823, it was estimated at about 20,000. A considerable part of this population are French, or, as they are called, Creoles — being generally mixed blood, French and Indian, of almost every tribe in North America. These, generally, are a miserable race of beings. The greatest part of the popula- tion are emigrants from different states in the Union, mostly from Tennessee and Kentucky. There are very few schools or religious institutions ; and the state of morals is deplorable, with a few honourable exceptions. Here is a wide field for missionary enter- prize. The number of professed Christians is very small. In this territory are many tribes of Indians, 21 ARK concerning some of which tittle is iuiown. The QuawpawM live on the banks of the Arlcansos, between the Post und Little Roch, estimated not to exceed 600 souls. They are said to have originally belonged to the Osages of Missouri. Their lan- guage is radically the same. I'hey are very friendly to the Whites in their neigbiiourhood ; manifest a disposition to receive instruction ; and are verp anxious for the esta- blishment of a mission among them. Intemperance and uncleanness most shockingly prevail ; and, by these, vast multitudes are falling sacrifices to death every year. It is vastly important that some missionary society should imme- diately embrace them within the objects of its benevolent efforts, as the only means of arresting their rapid progress to entire extermi- nation. The Cherokee*, the next tribe on the river, are a branch of tlie tribe of the same name, E. of the Mississippi. The first emigrants were a few malcontents, who left their tribe soon after the revolu- tionary war. About 30 years ago, they were reinforced by a company of about 26 men, with their wives and children, who fled from the hand of justice. From that time, this country aHbrued a refuge to such as were exposed to the penal laws of the tribe, and to such as were, on any account, discontented with their situation. In tliis way the nuhiber became so great as to attract the atiention of govern- ment; and, in 1813, an agent was appointed to the superintendence, in the Mime maimer as In the old nation. The emigration, in 1817, which excited so much interest in the Christian community, raised the number here to the present estima- tion of dOOO. The corrupting in- fluence of the Whites, with other .causes, b«i jproduoed « most dis- ARK tressing state of moral degradation among them. The youroT: and middle aged are almost universally destitute of any religious principle^ or moral restraint. Among the oldest are remnants of their (Ad system of religious belief. [See Cherokeee.] The 0*$getf the next tribe up the river, are in an untutored, sa- vage state. Their mode of life pre- sents very great obstacles to the success of missions, on the plan hitherto pursued. About half the year they forsake their villageti, and wander in pur- suit of game, with their women and children. Until they can be persuaded to abandon this course of life, few children can be retained in the schools during the season of their excursions. When stationary, they occupy several villages; the principal of which contains about 300 lodges, or huts, and about 3000 souls. The lodges, irregularly arranged, cover a surface of abov(t half a mile square. They are con- structed of posts, mattings, barl^ and skins, with neither floors nor '^himrieys. The fire is built on the ground, in the centre of the lodge, and the family and guests sit nround in a circle, upon skins or mats. As in all uncivilized and pagan coun- tries, the women perform the drud^ gery of the nation, while (be men resort to the chose or the battle, or consume their time in vain amuse- ments. Their religion diflfers from all the tribes to the east of them. They are idolaters and polytheists, having four primary deities, via. the sun, moon, earth, and thunder. In addition to these, they have a great multitude of inferior gods. They are apparently very conscien- tious and devout in their religious rites and worship, — always rising, while it is yet dark, toattend to their morning devotions. All the pur- suits of war and peace, hunting and stealing, they nuUce subjects of d8 S9 u 1- AUK prayer and thanksgiving. They are friendly to the Whites, but hostile to other Indiana. Among this tribe is a missionary station, commenced in 1820, by the U. F. M. iS., called the Union. It is situated on the W. side of the Grand R., about 25 m. N. of its entrance into the Arkansas, and 700 above the junction of the Arkansas and the ^'^i- ippi. The buildings are ere ^f xif moderate eminence, nbouv a mile from th6 R. The situation is pleasant, the soil fertile, and the air and climate more salubrious than in most places Under the isame latitude. The tract of land ceded to the mission by the Indian chiefs, embraces a prairie of about 4 square m. in ex- tent. Coal and salt are found in the vicmity. W. long. Ol" 20', N. lat. 36" 30'. The foUofwing persons left the city of New York in April, 1 820 :— The Rev. W. F.Vail, his wife, and 4 children; Rev. Epaphras Chap- man, and his wife ; Dr. Marcus Pal- mer ; Abraham Redfield; W. C. Req^a; Alexander Woodruff; Stephen Spaulding; Eliza Cleaver; Mary Foster ; Clarissa Johnstone ; Susan Lines ; and Dolly E. Hoyt. The two latter died on the jour- ney. Suitable buildings and mills have been erected, a small school maintained, and the farm- is be- coming productive in cotton, grain, and vegetables for the support of the family. Different members of the mission are skilled in various mechanic arts. In 1828, the pro- perty belonging to this establish- ment was estimated at about 24,000 dollars. The mission already exerts a favourable influence on the Osages, many of whom have abandoned the chase, and cultivate the soil. Owing to their roving habits, and the disturbed state of the tribe since the mission was established, the progress has been ikm; but enough hai been done AttO toiraised cheering hope of ultl-t mate success. In the latter part of 1824, the following persons were at this station :— the Rev. W. F* Vail, Dr. Palmer, Messrs. F. Ful' ler, Redfleld, Spaulding, Wood- ruff, and Requa. The school in- cluded 21 Osage children, who live in the fttmily. JUopefieldt a new station^ dbout 4 m. from Unioh, Was commenced Dec. 1823, by the Rev. E. Chap^ man, and Mr. W. C. Requa as an assistant. Here are 11 Indian fa^- milies, each occupying a log build- ing, and cultivating a small farm. All are attentive to religious in- struction, and are acquiring the habits and customs of civilized life. To the W. of these are nume- rous other tribes, of whom very little is known, except by the re- ports of explorers and hunters. By these they are represented as pa- cific, and desirous of the protec-*, tion of the United States, and of being embraced in the eitbrti making for Indian improvement. They ought to excite the imme- diate attention of the Christian public, before they become conta- minated by the example of un- principled white men. They are wandering tribes, and mis- sionaries should go prepared to follow them, till they are per- suaded to settle down in fixed habi- tations, and to seek the comforts of civilization, and the blessings of fhft Gosi)el. ARLAVERTTY, a vUlage in Mallagum, in the island of Ceylon, in which the American mission- aries have established a school. AROO, five islands in the In- dian Ocean, to the S. and W. of New Guinea, extending from 6" 30' to 7*> 0' 8. lat., with narrow chan- nels between them. Population between 19,000 and 20,000 souls. The inhabitants being very desir- ous to receive Christian instruction, Mr. Kam, of the L^5.»sent then 30 if, o village in iland of Ceylon, erican mission- ed a school. Bnds in the In- te S. and W. of iidingfrom6«30' h narrow cban- m. Population d 80,000 souls, being very desir- itian instruction, Li S,, tent then 30 AAtl h native teacher, who had been pre- viously prepared for the employ- ment, at the seminary which he bad erected for the purpose, in Amboyna. ARRACAN, a province in the W. part of the Burmau empire, S.E. of Bengal, on the eastern coast of the sea of Bengal, between Rangoon and Chlttagong. Length iSOO m. ; breadth flrom 20 to 800. Population between 2 and 3 mil- lions. The country is fertile, and the mountains are covered with perpetual verdure. The inhabitants are idolaters, end worship images made of clay. Arracan was formerly an inde- pendent kingdom, but surrendered to the Barman emuire in 1783 ; since which time it has been sub- ject to a viceroy, appointed by the P'lrman government. Arracan, the principal city, is situated on a river of the same rmme, in E. long. 03" 25', N. lat. 20" 40^. It is said to be 15 m. in circumference, and to contain 160,000 inhabitants. Land has been granted to the Jiapt. S. for the establishment of a mission at Akyab, an island of this province, which is eligibly situated at the mouth of the Arra- can R. The whole number of na- tive members of the church in full communion, according to the last report, is 71; but of these not quite one-half are fixed in the Christian colony. About 20 still remain at the old stations, and 14 are in the town of Arracan. There are also about 30 members at a place called Kaptai, under the government of an independent chief, who being exceedingly ini- mical to the Gospel, has for several years effectually prevented all in- tercourse between these people and the brethren. The enmity of the buman heart has displayed itself here as in other places ; yet Mr. Fink hasfoHiid a frankness of inquiry ARR and ah earnest attention, wlilcft are exceedingly encouraging. Tb^ Arracanese are essentially the same as the Burmans, and have no caste ; and, compared with the Hindoos, have but a limited nnm- ber of objects of idolatrous worship. Besides the native Christians, a number of heathen Arracanese have been admitted into the colony as residents. They, however, com« ply with such regulations as Mr. Fink sees fit to appoint, and they have the Gospel regularly preached to them, and their children will receive a Christian education in the school. Tuesdays and Satur« days have been fixed as marketdays i the shops are open on the other days of the week, with the excep" tion of the Sabbath, when there is a cessation of all public busi- ness. Meearyng, one of the preachers, is stationed in the colony, and both conducts public worship and teach^:. the school, which is held in the chape? erected by the people thf «lves. The other preachers a- uisposable for the general dif* fusion of the Gospel ; and one of them, by ^rotation, is usually in the town of Arracan. As the country is much intersected by rivers and creeks, Mr. Fink hat purchased and fitted up a sniall boat in which the brethren can convey themselves to a number of Im- portant places at considerable dist tances from their home ; and hi- therto they have met with no unkind treatment from their countrymen, when thlis engaged. These four brethren are supported by the contiibuti ,ns of two associations of young gentlemen in Glasgow, who unitedly send them 40/. per annum for that purpose. In providing copies of the Scrip- tures, or rather parts of them, and tracts, the missionaries enjoyed the co'-operation of some of their Ara0* rican brethren, connected with the 31 t 1'; I ARR $ > i\ '4 - I't ! Buraian minion, particularly from the Rev. G. H. Hougb. ThereJs also a town of Arracan, called Cvd?'« Bazaar, containing a population of 30,000, where the Burman language is spoken, which, ha^ attracted benevolent regard.' This town is about 40 m. witliin the British territories, which are separated from the Burman empire hy the Gnat R. It is well calcu- lated for a station, both for preach- ing and the extensive distribution of tracts. To this place, there- fore, the Rev. James Colman, from the Ameriean Baptist Board for Foreign Missions, removed, in 1821, from Chittagong, and com- menced his labours with favourable 4)rospe^ts, but was suddenly re- moved by death in less than 8 months. Occasionally, efforts have been made in this important spot, and several persons have joined the church at Chittagong. ARROWACKS, a wandering tribe of Indians, scattered over a great extent of territory in Guiana, South A merica. They are humane and friendly. The United Brethren sent 2 missionaries to Berbice, a Dutch settlement near Surinam, in 1738, who laboured among the Pagan inhabitants around them for several years, but with little success. . In the mean tim they became acquainted with the Arrowaclc lan- guage ; and, from 1748 4o 1757, they baptized about 400, and suc- ceeded in introducing among them the habits of civilized life.' In \1&9, a church was erecte-d to ac- commodate the increasing congre- gation of Lewis C. Dehne, at Hope or IToop; and, though many dis- couragements still attended the labours of the brethren, yet they were permitted to reap some fruit. In 1789, the number of baptized persons was 83 ; in 1800 it bad in- creased to 169. Afterwards they removed to the R. Neukeer. AST Another station was formed at an early period, named Pilgerhut, in the neighbourhood of which most of the baptized persons lived. Amidst many trials, the brethren persevered at this place till 1793, when the negroes rose in rebellion against their masters, murdered many of the white people, burnt the settlement at Pilgerhut, and laid waste almost the whole coun- try. By this fire an Arrowack Grammar and Lexicon, and some translated portions of the Scrip- tures, prepared by one of the mis- sionaries, were consumed. . A third station, named S/iaron, was also occupied for many years, but was relinquished from the oc- currence of uncontrollable cir- cumstances. It is pleasing to add a quotation from a letter written by one of the missionaries at Suri* nam, dated Feb. 12, 1823 :— ** Now and then I see and con- verse with the''Arrowaoks. A com- pany of these people were here not long ago, some of whom told me that they could not forget what they had formerly heard of Jesus Christ our Saviour." ASBURY, a missionary station in Georgia, among tbe Creek Indians, recently established by the Af. S, Carolina Co}i/erence. Tbe missionaries, Messrs. fFm, Capers, Isaac Smith, and Andrew Gammil, have encountered much opposition from the Big Warrior; but tbe difRculties have consideru- bly subsided, and the prospects of tbe mission are brightening. In 1822, a hope was eniertained that 100 scholars would soon be ob- tained in the school. ASSOONDY, a village near Bellary, Ilindoostan, where n flourishing school was established in 1817, by the missionaries of the L, S. at that station, with funds obtained by contributions from Madras. '^ ASTRACHAN, or ASTRA- 38 was formed nt ned Pilgerhut^ ood of which 1 persons lived. I, the brethren place till 1103, ose in rebellion ters, murdered e people, burnt Pilgerhut, and tie whole coun- ! an Arrowack Licon, and some i of the Scrip- one of the mis- isumed. named S/iarm, for many years, led from the oc- ontrollable cir- i pleasing to add a letter written sionaries at Suri* 2,1823:— n I see and con- rowaoks. Acom- |)le were here not if whom told me not forget what y heard of Jesus r." isslonary station ill be Creek Indians, led by the M. S, rtctf. es, Messrs. fTm. Hith, and Andrew ncountered much the Big Warrior; s have considern- 1 the prospects ot brightening. In 5 entertained that juld soon be ob- ool. a village near lostan, where n }| was established nissionaries of ttie tation. With funds ontributions frun AST CAN, a province of Asiatic Russia, in the government of Caucasia. It borders on the Caspian sea, on the side of which are long marshes that produce a vast quantity of salt. Rain seldom falls in the province, but it is crossed by the Volga, which overflows annually; and when the water retires, the grass grows in less than a month. Aatrachan, a city, capital of the province, is a place of very great and extensive trade, surrounded by a wall 3 m. in length. It contains 4 monasteries, 25 Russian churches, 2 Armenian, 1 Lutheran, and 1 Roman Catholic monastery, with a church. Population 70,000. E. long. 47»50', N. lat. 46» 22'. The Rev. Messrs. fVm. Glen, John Dickson, John Mitchell, and Macpherson Selby, Irom the Scsich M. S; commenced their labours here in 1814; The original design of this mission was to print and distribute tracts, and portions of the Scriptures, in various languages. Its situation is peculiarly favoura- ble for this purpose, being the mart for Persian and numerous other merchants, who assist in extensively circulating these publications. From 1815 to 1822, the missiona- ries distributed about 40,000 copies of tracts, Testaments and portions of the Scriptures, in the following languages and dialects, viz. Hebrew, Tartar, Turkish, Persian, Arme- nian, Calmuc, Jagatai Tartar, :Orenberg TaYtar, and Turkish [Tartar. Thus, truth has been dis- seminated, and the fruit begins to [ appear. Several of the missionaries, having acquired a knowledge of different languages, commenced itinerant preaching in the suburbs and vicinity, where are about 25,000 Tartar Mahomedans, many of whom heard with attention, and warrant strong hones of the ulti- I mate prevalence of truth. A con- liderable population of Jetvt, on the ATU W. and E. of the Caspian, has dIsKi excited the regard of the mU|slona-» ries, and the L. J. S. has favoured their designs by placing a quantity of suitable books at their disposal. The Russian B. S. has also afrorded important aid, by printing the Scriptures in the different Tartar dialects. In 1 8 15, an auxiliary J7. S. was formed at Astrachan, which has been efficient in disseminating the Scriptures among Persians and Tartars, who have been eager to receive them. A seminary haf been erected for the education of native vouths, to become teachers of their countrymen ; which is also designed to embrace the childreri of &e missionaries, and to qualify them to take the place of their fathers in future years. Much en- couragement has recently been afforded by the conversion of a Persian Mahomedan priest, who is influential and zealous in making known the way of salvation. The United Brethren have made attempts here, but the results have not been great. A few years since, the L.S. alsosent a missionary hii^er in order to instruct the neigh- bouring Calmucs ; but he found it expedient to return to Sarepta. ATCHAVELLY, a village in Ceylon, between Point Pedro and Jaffnapatam. In 1 816, the ^Fes- leyan Missionaries at Point Pedro, with permission from the local government, occupied the ancient place of worship, and established schools. Here they found some reliques of piety, among hosts of mosques, pagodas, and images. ^ ATUI, one of the Harvey Islands, where the L. M. S. has two native teachers, but which has made, of these islands, the least progress. The king and a few of his people attend to instruction, and behave kindly to their teachers, and it is hoped the rest will be led to imitate their example. The chapel here is a good building, and 33 AUS one of the teachers is building himself a commodious house. AUSTRALASIA, a name now applied to the circuit that includes those islands lying S. of the con- tinent of Asia ; as Terra Australis, New Guinea, New Britain, New Ireland, New Caledonia, New Zealand, and those of Solomon, Aroo, New Hebrides, iSec. [See Ar9o, Aeto, South fFalea, New Zea- iand, and Van Dienmn't Land.] B. BADDAOxAMME, a village in the S.W. part of Ceylon, ^bout 12 m. from Galle, on the R. Gindrah, one of the largest in the island. Population, in 1802, 1,644 ; the houses are built of mud and sticks. Villages of the same kind are extensive in the neighbour- hood. The situation is healthy, and affords the missionaries easy access to the natives. Here is a station of the C. M. S. The Rev. Mr. Mayor having ob- tained a tract of land from the government, erected a comfortable house on an eminence, which com- mands a delightful prospect of a winding river, a fertile valley, well- cultivated fields, and distant moun- tains. Here, on the Lord's day, he had sometimes an opportunity of addressing about 100 children, besideit adults ; and the latter ap- peared to be gni'^dually losing their confidence in their heathen super- stitions. Some of them, indeed, ingenuously confessed, that the doctrines of Christianity were more reasonable, and better adapted to the wants of man, than the religion of Budhu. The priests, however, were so well convinced that it was ^eir own interest to uphold the ancient system of delusion, that they were almost invariably found, upon all occasions, to resist every alignment adduced in support of BAH the truth. This branch of the mission was afterwards strength- ened by the labours of Mr. Ward, who removed hither from Nellore, as the climate at the latter place was found unsuitable to his constitution. On the 14th of February, 1821, the foundation-stone of a church was laid ; the stones for which were blasted from a rock, at the expense of 700 pounds of powder. A great number of natives were present at the service. About four , months afterwards, Mr, Ward was requested to visit a young woman on her dying bed, who said, that she had heard of Jesus Christ, at Baddagamme, and that she trusted in him alou§ for the salvation of her soul. The missionaries at present here, are the Rev. Robert Mayor and the Rev. J. C. Trimnell, with Mrs. Mayor and Mrs. Trimnell. The exercise of their ministry seems attended with but little encourage- ment. Twelve natives, connected with this station, embraced the op- portunity afforded them, by the bishop holding a confirmation, of making a public profession of their faith in Christ, and of their deter- mination to devote themselves to his service. The schools, which are 6 in number, have recently suffered from the prevalence of disease. In these some pleasing instances of usefulness have oc> curred. A Sunday-school has been established for adults, and the con* duct of all the boys (16) in the boarding-school is such as to de- serve commendation. BAHAMA, OR LUCAYO ISLANDS, in the Atlantic Ocean, extending along the coast of Flo- rida to Cuba, on .two sand banks, called the Little and Great Bank of Bahama ; the former lying N. of the lattei'. The islands are near 600 in number; some of them mere rocks, but 12 are large and fertile. Few 34 branch of the vs^xds strength- i of Mr. Ward, ■r from Nellore, J latter place was his constitution. of February, tlon-stone of a the stones for 3d from a rock, of 700 pounds jreat number of nt at the service, iths afterwards, luested to visit a , her dying bed, he had heard of Jaddagamme, and In him alou§ for her soul. The ,resent here, are Mayor and the onell, with Mrs. . Trimnell. The ir ministry seems t little encourage- latives, connected embraced the op- d them, by the I confirmation, of profession of their ind of their deter- ote themselves to le schools, which ;r, have recently he prevalence of ese some pleasing ifulness have oc- ay-school has been dults, and the con- ioys (16) in the Is such as to de- tlon. oB LUCAYO le Atlantic Ocean, ; the coast of Flo- fi two sand banks, and Great Bank of brmer lying N. of are near 600 in )f them mere rocks, and fertile. Fe\f 34 BAH of them are inhabited, and they are subject to the English. The island* which give name to the whole are Bahama and Lucayo, both of them on the S. part of the Little Bank, which is separated from the Great Bank by a passage called Provi- dence Channel. Ob* of these islands was the first land of the New World descried by Columbus in 1492, on which he landed, and called it San Salvador. The Ba- hamas were not known to the English till ledT, when Captain Seyle being driven among them in his passage to Carolina, gave bis name to one of them ; and, after- wards, being a second time driven upon it, called it Providence. About the middle of the year 1S02, a small society of the Wes- leyan order was formed in the eastern part of the island of Pro- vidence, through the instrumenta- lity of Mr. Wm. Tuiton, a native of the West Indies, who had been labouring there about a year in the midst of much opposition, and had succeeded in erecting a chapel. A reformation was, however, visible in many. But while the work thus prospered in the country, languor and indifference prevailed throughout the town. The esta- blished ministers opposed the mis- sion, and the occasional indisposi- i tion of Mr. Turton tended to favour [their proceedings ; for, though he I was not compelled to omit the [duties of his station, he felt him- |self inadequate to those exertions irhich were necessary to defeat the [purposes of his foes. Still he jer- fsevered in a course which he con- fsidered blessed of God, and at the end of 1804 Mr. Rutledge was sent I out to his assistance. The brethren now laboured to- Igether in harmony, and' extended [their sphere of action to EleutAera, [which had formerly been the scene lof every species of wickedness ; but nn which the inhabitants glacUy re- BAH ceived the word, and exhibited • reformation in conduct. In 1811, Mr. Dowton Brrived, and, with his' colleagues, extended the preaching of the Gospel to Hurbtiur hkmd, Jhaca or Green Turtle Quajf, and other places ; and so considerably did the cause increase at Providence Island in a few fenn, that Jn the town of Nassau ft became necessary to have twd chapels open at the same tinie every Sabbath, which were attended by multitudes. In 181 6, all meetings for worship, earlier than sunrise and later than sunset, were prohibited, under « severe penalty, by an edict of the legislature. This measure was deeply aflBlctive to the poor slaves, who weire thus deprived of their re- ligious privileges during the week. " One black man,*' says Mr. Rut^ ledge, ** of distinguished piety, said, with flowing tears, ' They might as well toke away my life, as de- prive me of our meetings.' And it was deeply affecting to see his venerable sable face, skirted with grey locks, turned towards heaven, while in the simplicity of his heart, he exclaimed, ' Loixl God! how is it, that men can be suffered to dance together, to play at cards together, and to get dnxnk, together, but thy peaceable people cannot get leave to worship thee together ?» " , Formerly the negroes had been in the habit of rising an hour be- fore day, every Sabbath morning, that they might spend tlmt time together in their chapel in prayer ; but, by the new act, they were de- prived of this privilege. After the restrictions had re*, mained in force about four years, they were happily removed; and one of the chapels in Nassau being opened for divine worship by candle^ l^ht, the congregations on the week evenings were soon very con- siderable. • U >^, BAM In a letter, dated Nov. 4th, 1824, Mr. Turtle gives an affecting ac- count of a hurricane which bad recently occurred, and which had brought on many heavy calamities. At Tarpnm Bay, the chapel and dwelling-hotise were dashed to pieces ; but though, in other cases, the mission buildings were con- siderably shattered, they were after- wards repaired. '* With regard to the horrOT of the scene," says Mr. T., "I certainly never beheld any tiling like it before — bouses falling — ruins flying about in all direc- tions — husbands dragging their wives from , '.;> ten- derness of heart, in Moloi t^ king- dom !" Mr. John Peter, of the B. 3f, S., a zealous and eloqneat Bengalee preacher, formerly a member of the Armenian church, arrived at Bala- sove in 1810 ; he met with a very friendly reception from the Euro- pean inhabitants, and, in a short time, baptized a number of English soldiers. His labours, together with those of Kristno Dass, a native assistant, were successfully extend- B 37 BAL ed to Tsrious villages, from Bala- swe to Cuttack, a i&tance of about 100 m. • Early in FelMruary,1818,Mr.Peter had an opportunity of introducing the New Testament, in the Orissa language, into the temple of Jug- gernaut. He accordingly distri- buted several copies among the principal persons belonging to that place, and gave one of them into the bunds of one of the purichas, or pfincipal ministers of the idol ; accompanying his gift with an ar- dent prayer, that the intensb dark- ness of superstition might be spee- dily dispersed by the glorious light of Divine revelation. In the autumn of the same year, he, and his friend, Kristnu Dass, went to a place called Poorooha-pota. ** It being the la^t day of the festival of Juggernaut," says Mr. Peter, ** more than a thousand persons were assembled, and three cars of the god were dragged along. In the midst of the crowd T stood upon a chair, and preached the everlasting Gospel. The people, almost to a man, left the cars, and, surrounding me, heard the word with attention. We sang three hjmns ; preached and prayed twice ; and distributed \5 Orissa New Testaments and Psalters, besides many tracts. One Ortya was insulted by his country- men for accepting n Testai[nent: their derision, however, made no impression on him ; he received the book, and went his way. On thiv occasion several military of- ficers, with their ladies, were pre- •ent upon elephants." In the year 1819, Kristno Dass was removed by death. In January, 1814, great astonish- ment was excited in Balasore, by the conversion of a Brahmin of high rank, named Jugunat'ha Mookhoojya. Thlsinan,whowaiiof a rich family, and well versed both in the Orissa and Bengalee lan- gvBges^ wac lo thoroughly con- - BAL vinced of the truth of the Gospel, that he renounced his citete— threw away his poita, or sacred thread — and ate publicly with Mrl Peter; to whom he expressed an earnest desire for baptism. One evening, whilst the missionary was reading and explaining to him part of the Ben- galee Testament, be expressed his joy that Christ was able to dis- possess Satan even of his strong holds, and observed : ** The debtas are evil spirits, and the followers of Jesus have power from him to overcome the devil and all his temptations. I am growing fear- less of the power of debtas, and all persecutors. I know that God alone has the power to kill, and to give life ; and that without his per- mission neither good nor evil can befall me. If he be my Redeemer, therefore, I will not fear what man can do. Should the people of my caste kill me, I will not fear ; since I hope that heaven is secured to me by Jesus, the Son of God. From this time may I appear be- fore all men a decided follower of Christ ( I hope the Lord will re- ceive me, and keep me for ever, as his own child : for though I am the greatest of sinners, f bless the Almighty, and will thank him for ever, that he has brought me out of darkness into his marvellous light!" The statement be afterwards made being perfectly satisfactor}-, he was baptized in March. After the service, an Oriya, named Khos- alee, told his countrvrilen, both near the tank where the baptismal rite was administered, and on his way home, that their shasters were all false ; but that the shaster of Jesus was certainly true. In 1816, Mr. Peter wrote:— " Since my arrival at BnlaKore, 84 persons, natives and European^ have been baptized ; some of whom have been taken to heAven, and others are residing at variout 98 Mid Europeans BAM places." At the comnencement of 1817, hpwever, ihe province of Orissa wa« thrown into a state of great vJiarm by the appvgach of the Findar^es ; which, tpgethw with a very indifferent state of health, compelled Mr. Peter to remove to Calcutta; since which time the mission has been suspended. BAM BEY, a settlement on the R. Sarameca, in the centre of se- veral villages of free negroes in Surinam^ South America ; who fled to this retreat from the excessive cruelty of their masters. As might be expected, they are extremely ignorant and superstitious; and cherish the most profound reve- rence for their idols, which chiefly consist of wooden images, large trees, he^ps of sand, stones, cro- codiles, «fec. Mr. Lewis C, J)ekne, one of the United Brethren^ accompanied by two others, came here in 1766, in consequence of an application from the government ui Surin^im, who hoped to out a period to the cruel- ties and depredations of these ne- groes, by the introduction of the Gospel. At first the prospects of the mission weie encouraging ; but such were the prejudices and blind- ness 01* the negroes, that the mis- sionaries found it unavailing to at- tempt more than the Instruction of their children. From the com- mencement of the mission to 1707, a Iperiod of 3S years, only 49 were baptized ; and during the name thne, 19 missionaries out of 28, wl)o. entered this unpromising Held of labour, followed each other to the grave in quiclc succession in this unhealthy clime. In 1810, a refractory spirit began to appear among many of the ne- l(ro«M, who were alike excited against the bretiiren and the Colo- nial government ; and about three year^ afterwards, the mission was relinquished, as Its general aspect became more and more dlacourag- BAN iog, while its expense was exceeds ingly burdensome. BANANAS, some islands which lie oft' the coast qf West Africa, opened a new sphere of usefulness to the C. M. S. In 1833, " Th9 superintendent, Mr. F. CampbeU« having erected a house for holding Pivine worship," says the Rev. Mr. Beckley, " entreated me, on behalf of the people, to visit the Bananas, for Uie purpose pf ex-^ horting them once or twice a-^ week." Soon after, he speaks of the prospects there being most en- couraging. " I have been ennbled," he adds, " to keep service, with few exceptions, once a week during the past quarter ; when betwcea 60 and 70 asiembled, who, from outward appearance, seem desirous of obtaining in ^ aid and spiritual grace." These hopes, however, were not realized to the fall ex- tent ; but circumstances of recent occurrence promise more success. The Rev. Mr. Gerber visits this station as often as his other duties permit. At Midsummer, 1836, there were 73 boys in a school which bad been established ; but, being almost wholly kept at work, they made little improvement. 31 school-girls were removed to Yorky another station. BANDA, or LANTOR, chief of a group of 10 small Islands, be- longing to the Dutch, called Baiula, or Spice Islands, in the Eastern Pacific Ocean, 186 m. S.E. ul Amboyna. The whole contain about 6000 inhabitants. Cloves, nutmegs, and mace, are the princi- pal productions. Every European planter employs from 60 to 100 slaves. There are a few nominal Christians here, who are anxious to receive the Scriptures, and to eiyoy Christian privileges. Bnnda is In B. long. a89» 68', S. Ift. 4'> 86'. Mr. Kam, of Amboyna, has visited this island, ari been iih; 39 1^ BAN niramental of much good. The Netherlands M. S. bos also ap- pointed three missionaries to labour in this long neglected field. BANGALORE, a town and mili- tary station in Mysore, Hindoostan, in the centre of the Peninsula, 74 m. N.E. of Seringapatam, and 215 W. of Madras ; a place of great political importance, strongly for- tified, and from situation tbe bul- wark of tbe Mysore countify to- wards Arcot. Silk and woollen cloths are tbe principal manufac- tures, and all sorts of English vegetables grow plentifully. It is healthy, being elevated above tbe level of the sea at Madras, 2000 feet. In the Pettah, or Native Town, are about 80,000 people, who speak tbe Canarese language. The cantonments of the troops, about a mile distant, forming a neat village, with the bazaars and huts built by tbe followers of tbe army, make a town as large and populous as tbe Pettah. These, with the exception of about 2000 English troops, speak the Tamul. The native inhabitants id 100 pagodnK to the building, procured n grant of timber for the seats, drew the plan of the chapel, and alio sup«rintend«d its erection. BAN The commanding officer had pre- viously made a grant of land. Mr. Laidler brought with him from Madras, in the capacity of servant, a native who had received Chrlstia?i instruction under the Danish missionaries at Tranquebar, who understands tbe Canara as well as the Ta- mul. Twice a week he visited a neighbouring village, to read the Scriptures, and to give an ex- hortation. When, on his first embracing Christianity, he was baptized by the Rev. Mr. Spring, he received the name of Samuel ; and, on account of his piety, his disinterestedness, the mildness of his disposition, and his being an at- tentive observer of tbe providence of God, Mr. Laidler subsequently added that of Ftavel. Some trans- lations and scho Loed God of Israel give NMCceM tu our plans^ there will, I hope, soon go forth n host of warrion to fight the battles of the BAN Lord, and to warn their eotmtry- men of the danger and destructimi to which they are exposed. Mr. Chambers, unable to bear the climate, even at this compara- tively salubrious station, was re. commended to return to £un^. He, however, died at sea, on the 7th of January, 182U, the day after bis embarkation ; but Mrs. C. and her two children arrived safely in this country. From the last re- port the following particulars are taken : — NetUve Seminary. — The number of students in this institution is 13 some of whom occasionally engage in preaching the Gospel to their countrymen. "' The progress made by the stu-' dents in the native languages, viz. Sanscrit, Tamil, Canarese, Te- loogoo, and Hindoostanee, is very satisfactory. They have also made considerable proftcieney in Eng- lish. Their answers to questions in theol<^, at a late examination, evince their acquaintance with the Scriptures, and their aptitude in referring to proofs. Generally speaking, there is apparently among, them a steady advance in know- ledge,' and a consistent Christiair deportment. Of the stuflents in the Canarese department, 8 are under the tuition of Mr. CampbeU. Theamount of subscriptions inlndia, towards the enhirgeraent of this institution, is 4600 rupees, of which upwards of 8000 rupees were subscribed by respectable iii- ttividual« nt Bombay, on the appli- catk>n of Mr. Massie, when on fait visit to that Presidency. Th« (Jommittee of the Madrat B. H. had presented to the misslonarie« here lUO volumes, being 8«|mrnte portions of the Old and New Tes- taments, in 'J'amil, Canarese, Te- Isogoo, HindtKMtanee, and Portu- guese. The native studeuts, with avidity, purchaatd, at a reduced price, the copies in Tamil, for the ■ 2 41 BAN^ use of the members of tbeir re- spective families. On this occa- sion, tiis excellency, ibe late Go- vernor Elpbinstone, made a hand- some donation to the object. Native SeAeola. — Of these schools there are three, two for boys, and one for girls. One of the boys' schools is under the superinten- dence of Mr. Laidler.' T^ V; scholars, in number upwards of 9M, ^ are instructed in the several 1 n- guages taught in the seminary, the Sanscrit excepted. In the otber bc^s' school, in which Canarese is chiefly taught, are 10 scholars. This school is superintended by Mr. Campbell, who speaks of their talents, applica- tion, and progress, in very favour- able terms. "Moral and religious instruction is constantly imparted ; and four of the boys appear to have received the truth in the love of it. While they fearlessly protest against idolatry, they evince much of the meek spirit of Ciiristianity. The native girls' school, under the superintendence of Mrs. Laid- ler, succeeds as well as could rea- sonably have been expected. Preaching in the Native Lau' ^fuage. — The Piitive services at the ftf isslo; I Chapel, and in the Fort, are continued as usual, and are both well attended. / Mr. Campbell's Canarese con- gregation has had many diUkultles to contend with, Ind is somewhat reduced In number ; but some of its members afford pleasingevidence of attention, seriousness, and thirst fur divine knowledge. Generally speak- ing, the females manifest indiffe- rence to religion. The native teacher, David, assists Mr. Camp- bell in his Canarese services. About 50 poor natives, who as- semble from time to time for the purpose ob receiving religious in- struction, are addressed, on those occasions, by one or other of the sludenti. BAN The number of adultle are similar to those in Bom- bay. Bev» Sammei Newell, from the A. B. of Commu$ionen/or Foreign MieaioHS, late missionary at Bom- bay, made several visits to this place and its vicinity, where he found the people attentive and inquisitive, and among them he sowed much pre- cious seed. Besides other labours for their good, at one time he dis- tributed 300 books ; at another, 80 copies of the Acts { 60 of St. Mat- thew's Gospel, and 800 tracts. B ARB ADOES, the easternmost of the Carlbbe islands, 85 m. long and 18 broad. The exports are Augar, rum, cotton, and ginger; and it has roost of the fruits common to the climate. The sugar exported hence is finer than that of any other plantation : and it has a production called Barbadoes tar, which exudes* from crevices In the clay hills on the £. coast, and is collected* Oii ^he surface of water in holee dug for the purpoae. This island always belonged to the British, who colo- nised it in 1084 ; and it remained private property till settled to the crown in 1003. It has suflered much from hurricanes ; particularly from ope in 1780, when 4386 of the inhabitants lost their lives. The capital is Bridgetown. In 1765, two of the United bre- thren were sent to this, island to commence a missii..!. One of Ihem, howev?r,diedAnon alter his arrival : ills companion, seduced by the love lit the wurid, neglected and Anally ilAR abandoned the cause ; and a third,! who was sent to fill op the place of the first, followed him shortly after to the tomb. In May, 1T67, Mr. ' Benjamin Bruckshaw arrived, mid his design being approved by the president of the council and the re- r sident clergy, he began Immediatelf « to preach to the negroes at Bridge- - town, with the (ionsent of many of the planters, who not only permit*^ ted their slaves to hear the Gospel, but occasionally encouraged the. missionary by their own attendance* ; In the month of August, Mr.. Bennetcame from North America. ^ He was soon joined by otherlabour- ■ ers ; and as the bearers were conti* nually increasing, tiiey purchased and fitted up a 'building, both as> a place of worship and a dwelling- house. Here 6 negroes were bap* • tized, and several of the plantera< invited the missionaries to preach on their own estates. A variety of difficulties, unhappily, afterwardi;: arose; the slaves absented them-; selves from the chapel, pecuniary, wants embarrassed the mission, and' ' after the removal of Mr. Bruck*;' shaw to Antigua, in 1771, and the « death of Mr. Bennet, the following " year, a spirit of dissension was ex- , cited among the remaining mis*- sionarles, and, at length, only on»" was left on the island. In 1TT3, some success appeared ' to attend the zealous labours of;; Mr. Augerman ; but scarcely two years had elapsed, when ho was re-, moved by the hand of deatli, and* > though his successors continued th«^' worlc, no change of importance oc- : curred forseverfl years. Very few negroes, except those who had for- merly been baptized, and whose ntunber did not exceed SO, attended, the ministrationsof the mlssionarlt;;;^ and even tliose who assented to the truth, afforded melancholy proof that Uiey were not under its power. I'he planters, a*so, with a Um\> exceptions, were now averse toibs^ 48 !5%'*»" instruction ctf their sla»«i^^ \ Wi i, to I7<)0, a tremendiMU hurrtcaiM in- volvenl the miuiDnaries and their hearers la the most j^^eriougdlificui* ties. In 1700^ however, circum- stances appeased more favourable thUn before; the congr'i^gations in- creased, Wl sometimvj amounteti to 150; the deportment of thi> nei^oes heetme more consistent: several, havhif given sartif^-icUrry evidence of conversion, were iMip- tized, the proprietors of different ptatrt^tions we/e gradually hMluced to. ky aside ttieir prejudices, and the I'tcul government treated tae missic *iaries with Ictndness and re- sjpie<*t. As tlieir situation was on- healttt^ and inconvenient, they i)m<'^ki8eii a smfil! e«^vale, in '794, consibting ■>! a s!>a* imifi bouso and four acres of la. (!, vev;. eligibly sttnated, to whicli iih,>y f^^,iive the named Sharon. In the month of N<>vor irer, 1708, Mr. Jame? Woiler .< iJ his wti«, together with un unmarried sister, named Mary (^ranf, embarlced at Bristol, and, after encmintering im- minent per"s, reaciied Bartwuioes. Towards the close of 1817, the congregation (insisted of 814 mem- ben, of whom 66 had been aidmit- 1 ed to partake of the Lord's Supper. Th • whole number of negroes bap- tiii d from the commencement of the I'lission, did not exceed 330 adult-i, and 150 children. Through subsequent years, the woric pro- ceeded, notwithstanding many trials arising from the want of labourers, and from the sidcness and death of tliose who entered the field. In August, 18J85, Mrg Brumner an- nonnces, that more inteiffit had recently been excited among the children, and says—" We have hi- lierto met with no hindrance in the p^-osecution of om- great object— ftii instnictlon of the negroes ; on the contrary, several places h«v» htven ottered to me, where I may Ah\ke known the glad ti Hngs of BAR^ saivation; but at present, I And it in^osBible to visit them. Difficul- ties enough, indeed, exist in the very structure of society, and the usages which prevail among the negroes in these islands. Among these I may specify the 8uiic!a>> markets, and the dancing ard r^- veiry in which too muuy br> engaged from Saturday eveuidg t .■ Simdny night, and which pr« cluiie uitt«ntion to niLore strmus co^i. '>fAB. Here the di4 the first time, and most of them .appeared to be truly concerned for t^.eir sal- vation. On Sunday next 4> women will be added to the ohurcb by holy baptism." At the commencement of 1S37, he says — " In tht^ year 1 820, there have been baptized at Sharon, 28 aduits, and 14 children; 3 persons have been received into the co)i- gregation, and 9 r»-admitted ; 32 admitted to the holy comnunion ; 14 adtilts, and $ children, have de- {Mirted this life ; and 3 iiave been excluded. At the close of the yem-, the congregation eonsiisted of 79 commmilcants, 78 bnptiJMtd aduHi*, and S3 baptized chikiren.. If to these are added 80 candidates for baptispi, and 188 new |)eopie, it is hoped, will prevent the recurrence of scenes which his predecessor was called to witness. In the early part of last century, col. Codrlngton bequeathed two estates to the Society for Propagat' ing the Gospel in Foreign Parity to provide for the religious instruc- tion of the negroes in this and the other Caribbe islands, and for erecting and endowing a college at Bridgetown, especially requiring the religious instruction of the slaves on these estates. The so- ciety faithfully complied with these conditions, and the n suit has been - auspicious. The nei roes on these V states were quiet during the dreadful insurrection in 1816, in which about lOOC negroes were massacred, either as actual in- surgents, or on u.;founded -suspi- cion. This circumstance has greatly abated the bitter preju- dices which usually prevailed here against the religious instruction of the slaves, and has convinced many planters, that no such event would have occurred if their slaves had been diligently instructed, and brought under the influence of the Gospel. The college has been built; but It is said ndt to have answered the designs of its bene- volent founder. The annual re- ceipts, on account of these est)*ites, amounted, from Jan. 86th, ISlt^, to 47 ii/^ BAR Jan. 31st, 1820, to nearly 20,000 dollars, and the payments to about 15,732 dollars. In 1817, an auxiliary JP, §. was formed, which has been the )neans of diffusing much light among the slaves. Many are anxious to receive the Scriptures, and many more are learning tc r^d in order to possess 1;hein, In 1822, an auxiliary ^. M. S. was Ibrmed. The C. M. S. has had for some years a school in Barbadoes, which the lord bishop 1' is recently taken under his own charge; it con- tained, in 182^, 114 boys and 44 girls, malcinga total of 158 scholars ; of whom 81 were slaves, and 77 free; tf of them were admitted to confirms Jon. BARBUDA, or BERBUDA, one of the British Caribbe islands in the West Indies. Length 20 m., breadth 12. It belongs to the heirs of col. Codrington, who obtained a grant of it for his important ser- vices to the <^rov. ?i of England, in the West Indies, and is said to yield about £5000 a yeiir. At his death, in 1710, he bequeathed a large part of the island to the Society for Propagating the Gonpel^ for the instruction of the negroes in this and lite neighbouring islands in the Christian religion, and for erecting and endowing a college in Barba- does; The fVetleyan Minionaries have laboured here with some suc- cess. Population, 1500. W. long. 62", N. lat. 17« 50'. B AREILLY, a large, populous, and flourishing city in (the province of Delhi, Hindoostan, ceded to the British in 1802, and is the seat of their judicial establishment for the district of Bareilly. Under the fosteiing hand of the British Go- vernment, in one year, 1820-1, jnore thftn 2270 houses were built in the city, and the country around is proportionably increasing in population and agriculture. The «i^ U about 800 ra. N. W. of Cal- . BAR cutta> 150 N.W. of Lucknow, and 140 E. of Delhi. E. long. %{fi, N. lat. 28<'. The C. M. S. too^ this into their fteld of labour in 1818, by the appointment of Fuez Messeeh, native reader and catec/tiat, who was born at Mooradabad, and Was about 45 years o( age. At the age of 18, being disgusted with the idolatry of the Hindoos, he became a Mabomedan , and, till about the year 1817, lived after the strictest manner of that people, becoming a Fakeer, and gaining many disci- pies by his austerities and reputed sanctity, when he obtained of a lady, at Bareilly, a copy of Mar- tyn's Hindoostanee Testament, which was the means of his con- version to the Christian faith. He afterwards removed to Delhi. BARKEL, a town in the Ne- therlands. The Netherlands M. S. has a seminary here to prepare missionaries for their future labours, containing 16 students. BARRACKPORE, a town in Bengal, Hindoostan, on the E. sidtt of the Hoogly R., 16 m. above Cal- ciitt&,r and .nearly opposite Seram- pore. It is thd country seat of the governor-general, and a military station. In 1814, the Baptist Missimariet at Serampore, in compliance witli the earnest solicitations of several non-conimissioned officers, intro- duced the Gospel here, by occa- sionally preaching at their houses. Though preaching has been irre- gularly maintained, yet their la- bours have been greatly blessed, and several of their countrymen and natives have been added to the church at Serampore. In 1821, the Marchioness of Hastings esta- blished a school here, with due provision for its support, and com- mitted it to the care ai the C. K, S., whiclf has adep6t of books and tracts which are usefully distri- buted. lis into I, by the lessee fi, ist, who and was t the age NTith the e became about the ! strictest becoming any disci- d reputed ined of a f of Mar- :'estament, f his con- faith. He »elhi. n the Ne- irlandt M. to prepare ;ure labours, Missionariei iance with s of several cers, intro- e, by occa- heir house*. _been irre- -et thelT la- itly blessed, countrymen added to the In 1821, "lastings esta- , with due and com- ^. the C. K. [of books and ifully distrl- BAR BARRIPORE, a town of Ben- gal, Hindoostan, 16 m. S.E. of Calcutta. For several years the C. K. S. has supported a large school here, for which a school-house has been recently erected. BARTHOLOMEW, ST., one of the Caribbe-islands, 24 m. In circuit, and 25 N. of St. Christo- pher. The French ceded it to the Swedes in lT8d, and it is the only spot in the West Indies possessed by them. The chief exports are cotton, drugs, and lignum vlt»; and it has a good harbour, called Gustavia. W, long. 630 41/, N. lat. 1TM6'. This was one of the flurst stati -»ns of the fV. M. S. The Rev. Mr. Dace laboured here ten years, and was called to his reward in 1816. The governor, and most of the re- spectable persons on the islavid, at- tended his funeral. In eveiy place in which he was engaged in the West Indies, Mr, Dace was deserv- dly esteemed. A few days after his death, a dreadful hurrica;ne com- pletely destroyed the mission chapel and dwelling-house,— a loss which, it was hoped, would in great part be repaired by the exertions of the friends of the mission there. The following is an extract of a letter from Mr. Hirst, who went over from St. Martin's to perform the funeral ceremony over Mr. Dace's remains. " The morning after the gale I waited on his excellency the go- vernor, who expressed his regret at our loss, but said, * As your old chapel was in a bad situation, if you find a vacant plot more eligibly ^ situated, belonging to the king, I I will give it you.* This we were [not able to do, and have been obliged to purchase. 1 ue situation t is In the centre of the town, and 11200 ddllArs have been already Isubficribed : his excellency gave 30 I dollars, and 3 gentlemen 100 each. BAS Another, v had sufiered much by , the gale, gave 25 ; and I doubt not but SOOO dollars will be raised for the new building. His excellency says that he will repre- ; sent tile loss we have sustained to bis miijesty, the king of Sweden, and double not but some grant will • be made «o us." In the following year it is stated, that though the congregation, since the destruction of the chapel, was without a convenient place to meeV in, yet the people were attentive to religious services in private houses ;; and, by the exertions of the leaders, the society was kept together and; ,' was prospering. In 1823, the mis- sion suffered materially from local and unavoidable circumstances, which were not only felt by the members of the society in parti- cular, but by the community at large. The stagnation of trade ' . obliged nearly 100 members to'' leave the island, to seek support for themselves and their owners elsewhere. Notwithstanding these' difficulties, the society increased,' until the alarms arising out of the* afTair at Demarara caused some re- strictions to be imposed. Latterly, however^ the cause of God has prospered. The number in the so»^' ciety, by the last report, was 255. - And in the school were 152 children, I : whose progress was encouraging. * BASEL, the largest town in! Switzerland, on the Rhine, favour- ably situated for commerce, con- taining about 15,000 inhabitants.' It has an university, founded by' Pope Plus II., about the year 1460. E. long. T« 30', N. lat. 4T»35'. . A seminaiy was established here in 1815, fur the education of mis*'' sionaries to the heathen. Its origin and progress were thus de- ' scribed, in 1822, by the Rev. Mr. ' Blumhardt, the inspector : — * « It was in the last calamitouss.^' war, in the year 1815, that the F 40 BAS spirit of missions strack its first roots in tlie hearts of some Chris- tian friends, at Basel, in Swit^r? land. In this eventful year, a Rus- sian army encamped on one side of our town; and, on the other side, the fortress of Huningen began to pour out a dreadful torrent of bombs against our dwellings. In these sorrowful momente, the Lord of the elements sent a very violent E. wind, which had a won- derful effect on the fire of the enemy. The bombs were ex- hausted in the air before they could reach our homes, without injury to any life of the inhabitants. While the fire of the fortress was, in this remarlcabl^ manner, quenched by the wind of God, a holy flame of missionary zeal was kindled in the hearts of some Christian friends. They resolved to establish a mis- sionary seminary, as a monument of this remarkable salvation of the town ; and to train up a number pf pLoMS teachers for the instruction of tlie heathen Mahomedan tribes, who were sent from the interior of Asia to be our deliverer?. . " In the 1st year, 1816, w^ had only a few ropms, inhabited by a sinall number of missionary scho- lars; in the 6th year the bles^ng of God enabled our committee to build a missionary college. In the 1st year we had an income of little more than 601. ; in tbe 6th year the blessing of our Lord increased it to about £000/. In the 1st year oqr society consisted only of a sjnall number of Christian friends, at Basel; by the 6th year more than 40 auxiliary societies had, been established in' Switzerland, in Germany, and among the Pro- testants of France." The term of stydy is four years, during which time particular at- tention is given to philology, comprehending the English, Latin, Greek, Hebrew, and Arabic lan- gua^esf ; other sciencejs are em- BAT braced, and also a systematic cours:? of theology. The students rri'cy privileges m the university. About 16 students may be annually ad- mitted, and the hope is indulged, that the increashig liberality of its friends will provide for a much greater number. The government has approved of the design, and afforded the institution its favour and protection. BASSEIN, a large town on the W. coast of Hindoosian, 30 m. N. of Bombay, on an island separated by a narrow strait from the island of Salsette. It was taken by the British in 1T80, but restored to the Mahrattas in 1TS3; and here, in 1802, was signed the celebrated treaty between the Peishwa and the British, which annihilated the Mahrattas as a federal empire. This town U ancient; and was a place of great importance when the Portuguese power was at its zenith. The fort, which is larger than that at Bombay, was formerly filled with houses and inhabitants, and contains the splendid ruins of 12 churches. Many monbments of national wealth and power are still remaining. The inside of St. Paul's church, the roof of which 1$ fallen in, was completely over- laid wilih gold, The idol, Huna- munt, set up in the gateway of these churches by the Mahratta power, reminds the beholder that absolute heathenism has long super- seded Roman Ca^olic superstition. The /Imetican mitaionaries, at Tannah uid Bombay, have fre- quently visited this place, and dis- tributed books and t^icts ; and, in 1810, they opened a flourishing school of about 30 boys, taught by aBrahmun. BAT A VIA, a c|ty and seaport of Java, capital of the island, and of all the Dutch settlements in the East Indies. , It is in the form of a parailelograi^; 4200 feet long and 3000 broad; apd the streets, 50 BAt oro«8 each other at right ahdes, The public edifices consist or the great clQurch, a Lutheraii and Por- tuguese charch, a mosque, a Chi- nese irmple, tlie stadthoiise, the spenhouse, the infirmary, aiidthe chamber of orphans. The fort is built of cora) roclc, brought from some of the adjoining islands, and has a fortification of brick. A part of the town wall is hnilt of dense lava, from the mountains in the centre of Java. No stone of any kind is to be found for many miles beyond this city; but marble and granite are brought herei from China. The haibour is excellent ; and there are canals in the prin- cipal streets, planted on each side with trees. Batavia contains a prO- di^ous number of inhabitants, of various countries; and all the goods brought f|t>m other parts of the East Indies are laid up here, till they ate exported to their places of des* tlnation. The city surrendered to a British force in ISU. It Is situate on the A. Jacatra, amid swamps and stagnant pools, which, with the fogs and climate, render the air unwholesome to Europeans. It once contained about 160,000 inhabitants, which do not now amount to 48,000. E. longi, 106* 58',S.lat.6»8'. In 1813, the B. M. S. com- menced a mission at Batavia, by means of thehr agent. Rev. Mr. Ro" binson. His personal afflictions were great ; but he says, in a letter dated April 5th, 1815-^" Last Monday evening I preached in a new place, where I had about 60 hearers. I now preach in Malay 4 tfmes a- M^eek.'' He mentions also a vei^ interesting instance of usefulness^ Towards the end of that year he had finished the rough copy of St Matthew's Oospel, in the Malay language, and proceeded to revise it for the press. In July, 1816, he baptized 4 persons, viz. 2 soldiers, and 2 inhabitants of Batavia. In BAt 1820, he sayti " We hate lUiW 4 members who have beien baptfcMkI in Java ; and we have, besidet them. 5 tnen of hopeful piety, "(rho pray in turn at' our prayer uneetinM. There are lilso a few wom«n Who seem to be pious ; and 2 persons. If no more, appear to have died in the Lord ; to say nothing of a Chinese, who says * hd will did at the feet of Jesus:' add these to- gether, arid yon ytiU find theA more than 10— the number fctir which Sodont might have been saved.'' Mr. Robinson's labouik were subsequently impeded, by re- strictions which jpreatly diminished Lis hopes of future usdfolness. After an unsnecessful appHca^ tion Soi their removal, to the king of the Netherlands, and after a patient struggling with them, Mt»^ Robinson deemed it expedient to remove to BenCoOlen. Th6 sta- tion was not, however, neglected. Mr. Diering, One of the petiooi alluded to as biipti^i^iWha wa« vefjTs useful to Mr. RobioMA, was acti^j^ employed, after hh departure, iii doing good. Twice on the Sab^^ bath, and once during the weeftji he engaged in expounding the Scriptures to his ignorant neigh- bours; and appeared desirous td employ every means iii his powdr to promote the CAuse of the Gospd in that city ; but in October, 1825, he was removed, after a sbohrt iUnessia ' The Rev. Mr. I^pper, of the L. M, S., arrived at Batatia on the 26th of May, 1814, and at the request of Dr. Ross, the venerable Dutch minister of the city, became his c(^league. In a letter dated November, 1 814, Mr. Supper speaks of an increase in his congregation, and states that several persons had appeared to be convinced of theit sins under the ministry of the word, but they had encountered mach opposition from their gay connex- ions; and many others were oflfended with the faithfulness of the dis- 51 ••* ^ BAT courts which had been delivered in the church. In another letter, dated Angust 12, 1S16, and addressed to the Rev. Dr. Steinkopff, Mr. Supper wys — " The German, French, !Dutch, and English Bibles and Tes- taments, as well as the Portuguese New Testaments, which, through your goodness, I carried out with me, or received from you after- wards, have almost all been ex- pended ; and I can assure you, that they have fallen into hands where they are daily made use of. The Chinese New Testament, which the zealous missionary, Mr. Milne, distributed among the Chinese, and those which I had the means of distributing, have been visibly at- tended with blessed eifects. I mention only a few instances. — A member of my Portuguese congre- gation came to me last week, and said — ' I am acquainted with some Chinese who generally come to me twice a-week, when the. word of God is the tbeme of our conversa- tion : they have read the Chinese New Testament, and And the con- tents of it of far greater excellence than those of any other book they have ever read, but yet they do not understand every thing that is said in it, and consequently apply to me to explain and clear up some passages which they cannot com- prehend ; I then give them such illustrations on the subject as I have remembered from your discourses. This Portuguese is one of my pu- pils, and, thanks be to God ! I may truly say, that he Is my crown, and the first- fruit of my labours among the nominal Christians here. The Chinese have alreaf'v turned their idols out of their houses, and are desirous of becoming Ch-istians. " Another of my P tuguese pupiU, a man of 66, came to me a jew (Inys ago, and told me that a certain Chinese, M'ho hud rettd the New Testament In his mother V: BAT tongue, visits him three times a- week, to converse about the doc- trines of Christianity ; he seems to love Jesus Christ better than Con- fucius, and expressed a wish for a few more books in the Chinese language. He likewise turned his paper idols out of his house, and is ardently desirous of becoming a Christian. " I was lately on a visit to a cer- tain gentleman, where one of the richest Chinese in this country was also a guest. He spoke to me in Dutch, and said — ' I have read Air. Morrison's New Testament witii pleasure. It is very fine, and it would be well if every one led such a life as Jesus Christ has taught people to lead.' I cannot describe to you, what effect these words, spoken by the mouth of a Chined, had upon me. I commenced a i discourse with h?m about his idols, and said — * You believe, according to the doctrines of Confucius, that there is bni one God, who niOde heaven, the tprth, man, and every living Creature.' »' Yes,' he replied ; * but God is so far uhove us, thutwe dare not address ourselves to him, M'ithout the intervention of the deml-gods.' I then said, * As God is the Creator of mankind, should we not call hint our common Father?' ' Yes, certainly,' was his reply. < Well; if this be ad- mitted, are not children obliged to place confidence in their fatiier ?' * Most assuredly.' * In what consists this confidence and trust ?' No answer. * Are not you the father of five sons ?' • Yes.' * Now, what would you think or do. If three of ypur sons took it in their bends to paint images upon paper, or carve them upon wood; and, when finished, pay them ail the venera- tion, and put that confluence In them, which id justly due to you as tlieir father? Would you quietly submit to such conduct in your sons?' ' No, I would certnliily 62 SAT ^haitim! theiiii mulplaM thamin ft madhoosey aslabbdUnd- tknttey a it oflBBaiilly.* «©ut, if thev stated, by vay of excuipatloii, tQflit from the great totieration tbe^ UM for you, as their fatber, they could not venture to appnMieh yoa but through (he MteircesslOn of images which they themselttiiB had mad«, what i^ould you say then ?' * I should nnswer— I have Chastised you for your want of coiifideneo in me, and on account of youf conduct in preparing ioiitties, and paying them the respect which is atone due to me: they being unable to hear, move, or help themselves, I pro- nounce yoa to be out of your senses.* But,' said I, * do you Hct more ^>i«Iy on this supposition, than your children would have acted, when you worship the idols in your temples, and pay every honour to them in your houses, which is only due to yonv heavenly Father?' * Ah,' replied the Chi- nese, ' we have never directed our views so far ; but I am convinced, that our idolatry can never be pleasing to the only and true God, and that by so doing we provoice his vengeance upon ns.' " The conversation being ended, he went home, seemingly dissatis- fied with himself ) and on his arrival there, tore all the painted imaget from the vnalhf and threw them into (he fire. He has never since fre- quented the Chinese temples ; and contents himself with reading the New Testament, and otlier rell* gious writings with which I supply him from time to time. Is it un- likely that this Chinese is far from the kingdom of God ? Are not the ffrace of God and the powe' of the Holy Spirit able to convert even the Chinese to the true ChrNtian faith ? Many of the Europeans here are inclined to doubt this, and there- tore look upon my labour as nn un- necessary waste of time ; but their seemingly repulsive doubts animate BAf m« to greater zeal, and strengttMOf toy faith and hope thact God Witt eohvin^e such unbelievers, by tifti evidence of facts, that the lat>ooys< of his servants among the Chinese' will not be ' in vain in the Lord.' " You wlH rejoice with me witen I tell you, that the Lord has tiga nally blessed the labours of my catechumens. Four of them havicf sdlemnly made'a confession of their faith, and have been accepted as members of our community f a# their conduct is a sure testimony of the true Christian life they lead ; and they continue to give proofs ; that they act under the influence of the Holy Spirit and the Gospel' of our Lord Jesus Christ, tiM power of which unto salvation ther have already an experience of.' One of my eatecKists reads the Holy^ ' Scriptures with some Maliomme-'^ dam three times a-week, converses with them upon what they have read, and they join in prayer in hif house afterwards. Some of the priests have applied to me, through this my beloved pupil, for an Arabic Bible, which, after repeated re^ ^ quests, I shall send them." Mr. Supper was, in the course of the same vear, summoned from , ] the scene of his labours to Ihe mansions of eternal rest. And ' from the period of his decease, the ' L.M.S. had no missionary In Java, until the summer of 1810, when Mr. John Slater, who nad been for a considerable time occupied with the study of the Chinese language at Canton nnd Malacca, arrived there, and shortly after took under his Instruction four Chinese chtt- dren, an the commencejnent of a school, designed to be conducted, " as far as circumstances would per- mit, on the Lnncasterianplnn. Ho also employed himself sedulous'/ in circulating copies of the New ' Testament and religious tracts among the heathen ; ard, with the assistance of a native teacheri de- p 8 ^3 BAT: Toted a considerable portion of his time to ttie study of the Chinese langui^fe. But a few months 6nly had elapsed, when his labours were suspended by a calamity at once alarming and destructive. On the 2d of October, 1819, his house was burnt down ; when his Chinese boolcs, with vari6us articles of fur- niture, were consumed. This cala- mity, however, was considerably alleviated by the Icindness of several friends, and particularly by that of one family, with whom Mr. and Mrs. Slater found an hospitable asy- lum for several weeks. After this accident, a piece of ground was purchased, on account of the society, for a mission- house and garden ; and, by the liberal subscriptions of such of the inha- kiitants as appeared to take an in- terest in his object, Mr. Slater was enabled to build a convenient habitiitiun, capable of accommo- dating 2 or 3 missionaries, besides his own family. On the adjoining premises, a school was afterwards erected, and opened with 26 pupils. Of the various idolatrous cere- monies which were performed in this place, at the time of bis visit, Mr. Slater has given the following description : — " Within the temple yard, which prevents the idol from being seen from without, is an elevated stage, on which the Chinese players per- form their exploits, to the astonish- ment of the crowd below. On passing this, the attention is excited by the giuuly appearance of golden ornaments, and various coloured paper mi in shreds ; but principally by the quantity of painted candies burning in fnmi ni' the idols, the smoke of which, together with the incense, is intolerable nt first en- tering. The candles are about 100 in number, and of various si/^es, from I foot to 3 feet in height, ami meatuiing from 8 to 6 inches in circumference. These are kept burning during the whole time oC worship ; but, as every worshipper brings % candles, thqiy are constuitly changing them, so that I suppose the entire number is changed every 20 minutes. Two men are \' probably they had not seen an) nor be'Mi seen by any, but their own husbands, since they visited this temple, on a simitar occasion, in the preceding year. 61 I I 8AT «« Another part of the scene i», perfonned by about a dozen cookP) chopping up poric for dinner ; and I. had many pressing invitations to sit down, and dine with the worship- pers, many of whom appeared as- tonished at my refusal ; as on other qccasions. whilst distributing tracts Ironi bouse to house, I readily ate and dranlc with theui, for the sake of an opportunity to discourse with them res.)ecting Christ and his Gospel. In the tempie yard there were as many gaming-tables as copld be conveniently placed." On the 7th of January, 1822, Mr. Medburst snd his family ar- rived at Batavia, where they were received with great cordiality by Mr. and Mrs. Slater; and shortly after their arrival, a'dwelling-house was built for them on the mission premises. I'he contiguous land be- longing to the suotety^ was also brought from the wildness of nature to resemble the cultivated grounds in the neighbourhood. Mr. Medhurst now commenced preaching in Chinese 4 times a- weelc : on the Sabbath morning, at T o'cloclc, in the mission chapel ; on Tuesday evening, at a dwelling- bouse in ^tavia; and on the evenings of Thursday and Friday, at 2 other places. It seldom hap- pened, however, that either of the congregations exceeded 30 persons ; and the only apparent elFect pro- duced, at this time, by the public dispensation of the truth, consisted in the temporary conviction of gain-' sayers, and in the extended con- cessions of the heathen to the veracity, consistency, and cynse- (jiient obligations, of w'aat was ad- vanced on moral and religious suWects. Towards the autumu of this year, the health of Mr. Slater was so much impaired as to render it necessary tliat he should take a voyage kit its recover}'. This he accortUngly did, with the desired BAT- effect; but as ha afterwird^ thought proper to diaiolYe fait coo** nexion with the society, the entiiv weight of the mission at Bat&vhi was thrown upon Mr. Medburst.' That valuable missionary, however,' continued to labour witii unremit- ting assiduity and dnabated zeal in< the cause of his divine Master}, and during the year 1823, he estA-< blished a printing-office, which wiU,v no doubt, prove of essential benefit to the mission at this station. The^ necessary supply of paper and print- ing materials was obtained from: Canton, through the kind inteTven- tion of Dr. Morrison; and type- cutters were procured from .Singa- . pore. Tbe report of 1825 speaks favour- ably of 2 Chinese schools— one at Batavia and one atTanabang — and- also of a third school in the town,/ not entirely under the direction of' the mission. Worship in Chinese and Malay was also statedly per- formed. In the Malayan service, Mr. Medhurst received the friendly assistance of Mr. Diering, Each person in the congregation had ai copy of the Scriptures before him, to refer to during tlie semiuri. A bungalow chapel had been bnUt by an European gentleman al • •, tavla, in one of the native Ka.ii- pongs, chiefly inhabited by nati/ee* of the island of Bait, originally heathens, but recent converts to Mahommedonism. The ^«>ople Imd attended more than 12 uionihs, end the congregation was increasing. . Mr. M. statedly visited 2 villages inhabited by Malays prufe the re^ lar attendance of the con- gregation, the marked seriousness. 11 BAT M « eonkidenible part 6( It, fthd df olMrer and more enlargful Tltini whi«h mta\j had acquirekl of dlttM ftutb. A dtipensaiy had beett o^eaed for thei purpose of g!(atut- tpusly supplying medieines, and communicating religious instruction to the Chtne^ Several worki bad be»n prepared and printed. Up to Jan. 1, 1815, the number of books and tracts printed exceeded OOyCfBO. In diflttibuting tracti, Mr. -M. had also been aotlfe. *< I sometimes/' says he, " go^, with a few tracts In ray hand, into the market-place, where I sit down and read to those penion& wha may be about mef irhen inuDcdiately more gather {rc-:in'^\, and listen or look on, to whom i enlarge on the subject of the tract, and endeavour to pres» ft home un their minds. At the con- cloiion, I present them with a few ct^ies thus explained, and always And them weH received. Even the Malays, who on common oecasions will not recetre our books, when they hear them read, and perceive that their general tendeticy is to benefit mankind, solicit them as a favour." The present state of the mission is thus described in the last re* port: — Chinese Sohooh. — The number of these is 4 ; 3 in the Fokeen, and 1 in the Canton dialect. Pleasing evidence is from time to time af- forded of the improvement of the children in Christian knowledge, while the ideas they imbibe of the folly of idolatry, Mr. Medhurst thinks, might reasonably be ex- pected to prepare their minds for a more candid attention to the truth, and ft mofH ready reception of it, at a future period ot life, fie has com- menced, for the benefit of the ad- herents to the mission, an Rnglish .school, wbtrh is under his own immediate «upeTintendence. Native J'rearhin^. — The Chl- naae and Malay services, on the 3a14wth, AM continued. Tbef C)ii. wrse service is seldom attended bf. tinj except by the teachers aM ohildrett belonging to the .schools i but Mtt Medhurst considers the nofi-a1t«ndance of others as attrl^ bntable to the i|idiiierence felt by the Ctdnese to all religion, rather than a bigoted attachment to their owtt. Mr. Me&urst still preachea e^eiy Friday evening in Malayan, and vHth more encburagement than formerly. ISvery Wednesday after- noon he delivers an exhortation to the patients in the native hospital; and every Thursday evening ex- pounds th» Scriptures to a few per- sons, who formerly enjoyed the labours of Mr. Robinson, Baptist missloaary, and of the late Mr. Diering. The Canton and Fokeen collo- quial dialects having now become con^>aratively familiar to Mr. Med- hurst, he feels little difficulty in ad- drenlng the people . I n the e^eningo ae goes from house to house, con- versing with all who manifest any disposition to listen to him. At places of public resort he usually procures auditors, but is seldom able to collect half a dozen together at one time. What, therefore, be cannot effect by preaching to lurge assemblies, he envieavours to make up by the frequency of his addresses to numerous small auditories. BngHah Congregation. — Mr. Medhurst's English congregation has been still mrtber reduced, by the departure of European residents from Batavia, chiefly in conse- quence of the war which has lately prevailed in Java. Among the re- spectable Europeans who formerly attended the English services at the mission chapel, and liave been re- moved by death, was the lute Geoive Livett, Esq., who ha.< been fox many years a steady friend and sup- porter of the mission. Printing Etiablithment. — Dur- ing the past year, Mr. Medhurst 60 V iChi- edl^ s afut ttools} ■9 the attrir "elt by rather > their eache» dayan, nttban r after- tion to >9pital; ng ex- 5W per- ed the Baptist ite Mr. a collo- Ijocome [r. Med. ty in ad- svening? ise, con- -Dur- ledhurst BAT ha* printed a new tract, in Chi- nese, On the Redemption ifJetti^ Christ } a Diahgue between (m EngliahiHan and a CAifKu^tm, mi a Itepljf to a printed handMl of a Oiineaei which handbill main, tains the absurd proposition, that because £urope;in goveirnmenti, and natives of Europe, in certain alleged particulars, violate the principles of justice, (fee, therefore the Christian religion is to be re- fused. Accordingly, the drift of the latter two tracts is to show that not Europeans, as such, but those only who, in character, resembled Jesus Christ, are really Chris- tians. The mission l)ooI(s circulated among the heathen in Batavia are frequently read, and form the sub- jects of conversation and discussion among them when the missionary if not present. From these facts Mr. Medhurst derives a measure of encouragement, hoping that the leaven has at length begun to work, which. In process of tltte, yftill leaven the whole lump. The Chinese Magazine, edited and published by Mr. Medhurst, continues to be acceptable to that part of tlie public in Batavia, tfec. for >K-hom it is designed. BATHURST, a new, flourish- ing, and healthy British settlement in W. Africa, on the island ISt.Mary, at tiie mouth of the Gambia, be- tween 13- and 14" N. lat. By roeatis of this settlement a very prosperous commercial trade has beer Introduced up the Grimbia, whicl^. is designed to suppress the slave trade. The river is navigable more than 500 m. ; and, in point of commercial importance, this place in expected to become the first Bri- tish establishment on the coast, as it ufl'ords the best intercourse with the ioterior. Population upwards of 20U0, almost entirely Jaloofs and Maiuiiiigoes. They are friendly, Hiid ni^iy are desirous lor religious BAT instructioD.. They are Mabqwr medans. .] Rev. R,Hughe*t from the C.M.St jarrived here in March 1821, a» chaplain to the garri^n and aupev- intendent of schools, but died in August following. Pn>vious to thify schools had been estabL^shed. .;r Rev. John Horton and others sopo succeeded Mr. Hughes In l%26, there were in the schopis 43 boys a^d 23 girls. There were also 16 communicants. The congregations were somewhat improved, and the people were bec6ming moro qul()t and industrious. Tb^ fFeakyan miiaionariea have been stationed here with the view of extending their labours among the numerous tribes on the bankii of the Gambia, ,and into the inte- rior. The native school under theii care is promising, and will doubt- less produce ultimate fruitk Among the adult natives, there have been some encouraging symptoms. Nuni<- ber in society, 26. The obstacles to rapid success, however, appear to be numerous. BATTtCALOE, a smaU island, about 31 or 32 m. in circuit, on the E. coast of Ceylon ; 60 m. N. Mature. E. long. 82», N. lat. 70» 46'. Here is a fort ; a few English families, and a small village of Mabommedans and Hindoos, are dupes to the vilest superstitions. They mostly speak Tamul. I'he heathen population is numerous on the a wh^n he remove4 to TiUipaliy^ and died, Aqgust 34. 1882. Mr. Woodward »ucceifde4 hiin at this station. See Jaffna, BAY OP KENTY, a bay on the northern shore of lake Ontario, Upper C«tnada^ inlttablted by tt^t Mohawks. Menn, John Bill and John Greent wAQolmattert from the Sf* ciety/or propagating t^e Gotpel in Foreign Partt, labour here. This plape ^.occaiiio^ally visited by the Rev. Mr. ^tewart, of King*, stop, who superintend* the school, and perforn^ other inUsionary lf^« hours. The Mohawka are very d«-< sirou9 of instruction. The pupil^ make encouraging progress, and » permanent mission is intended. B£ER^HOOM> a district in Bengal, Ilindooatan, N.W. of Cal- cutta |[ 80 m. long«nd 30 wide, bor- dering on Monghyr N . and Burdwan S. About ^ m. from Cutwa. Al- though this place bad been visited for some years, as opportunity offered, by the Baptist missionaries, it was not, till 1823, made a se-. parate station. At that period, Mr. Hampton, who was baptized some years before by Mr. Sutton, and had for some time been exert* ing himself very successfully among his heathen neighbours at Tum- Ibok, near the Sunderbunds, was appointed to it. Animated hy Christian zeal, he resigned his se- cular engagenieuts, and devoted, himself entirely to missionary la- bour. The village in which he fixed h^t residence is called Seuri|^ and he had ^oon the pleasure of re- cei\ing several new members into the church. His sphere of action being very extensive, a number of itineraattf were employed under hit superintenderce. Mr. Hampton afterv/ards resigned his connexion with the society, but a pious Jlrien4 on the spot exerted himself, in consequence, so zealously, that the deficiency waii scarcely felt» 50 BEL tihUl Mr. Williamaon arrived Itom S«rampoT«, wIm entered on his worlc, in 1826, with great energjr. He bad four native as- stvtante. The church consisted, at lite date of his last letters, of St iffeinbeTs, nearly all of whom are converts from heathenism. In his endeavours to instruct the female part of hi&flockj onljr ore of whom #as found able ,to read, Mrs. W. takes an active part, and the pro- gress already made is highly en- 4!our8ging. < BEL6AUM, a populous town and military station between Bom- bay and Bellary, and 200 m. N.W. of the latter place. The Canara is chiefly spoken here, and in the extensive country between tbis and Bellary; and the Mahratta between this and Bombay. ' Rev. Joseph 7ajr/or, of the L. M. $., accompanied by the native teacher, Ryndass, proceeded, in September, 1820, from Bellary to Belgaum, for the purpose of com- mencing a new mission. They were very kindly received by ge- neral Pritzler, as well as by several otiier respectable Europeans, whose Mriieitations, with those of the S general, had, amongst other causes, nduced Mr. Taylor to remove to Belgaum. On his arrival, Mr. Taylor conducted public worship, on the Sabbath mornings, at general Pritzler's house ; on which occasion, a considerable proportion of the military offi- cers stationed at Belgaum at- tended. On the Sabbatb' even- ings he also preached to the sol- Alern in the camp. In 1821, Mr. Taylor had succeeded in the for- mation of two native schools ; one of which is situated in Belgaum, and the other in the neighbouring town of Shawpore. The number of boys under instruction was about 120. At Shawpore, by the kind- ness of Dr. Millar, of his Majesty's 6M regiment, Mr. Taylor had beea BEL enabled to provide a convenient school-housr. Besides elementary books, Dr.\^'atts's First Catechism., and a larger Catechism used hi Bellary, together with Scripture tracts, «fec. had been introduced into the schools. The children not only committed to memory large portions of the Scriptures, Catechisms, «fec., but endeavoured to undiTstand what they learned. Mr. Taylor devoted two evenings I' each week to conversations with the heathen. These meet- ings, which were held in the school- house at Shawpore, and con- ducted in the Canara language, were occasionally well attended. On the Sabbath, Mr. Taylor con- ducted three piiblic services in English ; two of them In the camp, and one at the commanding officer's quarters. A temporary building. Capable o/ holding from 250 to 300 persons, had been erected in the camp; where divine worship was regularly performed; and, on the Sunday morning, all the soldiers, then off dut} , were marched down. The rest, together with volunteers, attended the camp service in the evening. The service at the com- manding officer's quarters was at- tended by all the staff officers, and others residing in the fort, and ^Iso by the soldiers of the royal wrtll- lery. On Wednesday evenings, Mr. Taylor held a service in the camp; and, on Friday evenings, at his own house, in the fort. All the soldiers who assembled for worship on these occasions,^ attended voluntarily. — Mr. Taylor was encouraged to hope that the above-mentioned ser- vices, which he described, particu- larly those in the fort, as truly ani- mating, had lit)!, been in vain. Some of his hearers acknowledged the benefit* derived from his public ministry, and confirmed this ac- knowledgment ; while they adorn- ed their profession by a holy con- versation and consistent life. 60 iverirewt mentary techisnis used a* Scripture troduced children memory cTiptures, lettvoured I learned, evenings iveTSatlons Bse meet- he school- and con- languege, fftwnded. •aylor con- services In n the camp, [iug officer's ry building, a 250 to 300 (cted in the worship was and, on tBe |the soldiers, [rched down. h volurUeers, frvice In the I at the com- ters was at- officers, and |ort, and ilso royal artll- ivenlng8,Mr. In the camp ; rs, at his own ^l the soldiers ship on these voluntarily, (icouragfed in entloned ser- bed, partica- as truly ani- sen in vain, cknowledged m his public ' led this ac- they sdorn- a holy con- nt life. 60 BEL On the applies ion of General "ritzier, the Madras gpovemment granted Mr. Taylor a fiberal al- lowar>ce for his services in the camp 5 wi)ich he generously devoti 4 to the mission. A society, deno- minated the Belgaum Association, hod been formed; ss an auxiliary to the Bible, 'fissior.ar , »nd TVact Societies. A 'i tht c.rcuiation of the Scriptu.co nnd religious tracts had been j>rcmoted, in ftve lan- guiiges. Mr. Hands, v?uo, during the year 1822, bed an opportunity of wit- nessing i'.ie process of the mission, wrote as folic ws : — *< I was exceedingly gratified by my visit to Belg.ium. Dear brother Taylor has shown himsaif to be ' a workman that neeus not to be ashamed.' His public services, both in the camp and in the fort, are well attended ; and the great Head of the Church has honoured him with very considerable success. There are several humble, devout soldiers, now members of his church, who consider him as their spiritual father ; and, during my journey last year, I met with several at Bangalore, Cananore, «fec., who blessed God for the benefit they had received from bis labours. His exertions among the natives have also been blessed ; one, a brahmin at Belgaum, has, I trust, received the truth in love, and become a sincere disciple of Jesus Christ. I saw much of this brahmin whiltf at Belgaum, and he afterwards ac- com|)anied us part of the way to Bellary. I was so well satisfied of the sincerity of his profession, that I advised Mr. Taylor to baptize him on his arrival at home, which I imagine he has done. There are also a few other natives ^t this sta- tion, of whom I hope well. " His English and native schools allbrded me much satisfaction, par- ticularly tlie native school at Shaw- pore. A number of children there, BEL replied to several important and un- expected )j[uestioh», in a manner that almost surprised me, and would have done credit to' 8 school in England. Some of them have had their minds so tax affected by what ♦!.ey have learned of Christianity, tba: they have refused to offer the vLjunl worship to the household gods of their parents, and have endea- voured to show them the sin and folly of worshipping such gods. Ryndass continues as a catechist with Mr. Taylor, and has, I think, considerably improv6'i since he has been with him. Mr. Taylor was anticipatinjp^ a removal from the fort to a housb veil adapted for the mission, in the <..£ntre of the native town.'' Through succeeding years, the mission was blessed with prosperity ; and, in Nov. iS^d, two brahmins and a rajpoot, the first fruits of the mission at Belgaum, were baptized at Bombay, aft^r a satisfactory avowal of their faith in Christianity, in the presence of about 300 na- tives. Various reai«>ns induced Mr. Taylor to fix on Bombay as the place where the rite should be ad- ministered. Rev. Mr. and Mrs. LIl- lie arrived safe at Belgaum, on the 19th of November, J 826. The following are ihe laiit accounts of this station : — Native Schools. — The school at Shawpore has been suspended, and a considerable reduction in the uiim- ber of the scholars in the other schools has also tii.ken place, in consequence of the h«ptism oi the two brahmins and uiruiptot, at Bombay, in 1825. The munht-rof native schools, in coi:n»xioa with the station, isstill 6 ; another school having been opened during thu past year. The progress m>ti'a by many of the boys is, on the v. huh-, very satisfactory. Native worship, ^-c. — Wc deeply regret to state, that I'arsecutioii.'i, directed agulnJ uad o 61 BEL tbeir connexions, induced one of the bnthmins just mentioned, and the rajpoot, to surrender them- selves to the will of tbeir i-espec- tive families. The brah^ i, we ^rC) however, happy to si ,o, has since rejoined the mission. The other brahmin, who remained firm ynder persecution, has removed to Bombay to labour in connexion with the American mission at that presidency. In consequence of the opposition manifested at Shawpore against the baptized brahmins, it has been judged expedient for the present to discontinue the native service at that out-station, and, instead there- of, to commence one at Belgaum. Distribution of the Scriptures^ fye, — During the past year, many tracts have been distributed, and a few copies of portions of the Scrip- tures ; the latter chiefly among Roman Catholics, and some Pro- testants, who were urgent in their application.^- for copies. . The poc. people in the chari- table asylum, superintended by. Mr. and Mrs. Taylor, are ao »• favoured, daily, with the me vifr of religious instruction. Onr- i tlw school- masters atti'ndsil:. f-'rafs-liouse, and reads a portion of iha Scriptures, a catechism or tract, and an evening prayer. Many of the poor people expresff their thanks for the kind- ness and attention thus shown to them. Mr. Taylor has projected a cir- culating library, in connexion with the mission, for the use of the mili- tary stationed at Belgaum, and others. Belgaum Assoeiation.— The re- ceipts of this institution, for the year ending 30th of April, 1826, amounted to rupees, 059. 12 ; of which tiie sum of 420 rupees has been voted to the parent society. BELLARY, a town situated in ^e most northern part oi the pro- vince of Mysore, and surrounded BEL by numerous populous towns and villages. Here the Rev. J. Hands, from the L. M. S., arrived in April, 1810, and was treated with great respect by the European residents, among whom he soon began *"> ce- lebrate divine service. He na -, at first, some great difBcultie' tu con- tend with, in acquiring the Canara language, which is spoken from the borders of the Mahratta nearly to the bottom of the Mysore. He applied himself, however, so pa* tiently and perseveringly to this study, that he not only soon col- lected several thousands of words, which he formed into a vocabulary, but also began preparing a gram- mar, with the assistance of his mooushes, who appeared to be a very learned man. The brahmins in this place are said to be com- paratively few in number. Some of these visited the missionary in a friendly manner; a considerable number of country poor, or " half- caste" persons, attended his minis- try ; and, in some instances, his la- bours appear to have been suc- cessful. One man, in particular, informed him that he had been con- strained to commence family wor- ship, both morning and evening. Many pleasing circumstances subsequently transpired. Mr. Hands preached thrice every Lord's day to his countr^'men, and the Portuguese half-caste, with much encourage- ment. The principal people treat- ed him with great kindness ; and several of the natives, on certain festival days, brought him an abun- dance of Iruit. His residence had been a pagoda, and several huge gods of stone lay about his pre- mises. In the spring of 1812, with the assistance of a young friend from Madras, he opened a native school, which was soon attended by 60 children. Here he preached the Gospel twice a week. Upwards of 20 soldiers belonging to one regiment were brought to a saving r z fig BEL acqaairitance with divine thiiigs, . .ider his ministry, and, with some others, were formed into a society. In 1816, Mr. Hands was joined by4he Rev. Wm. Reeve, by which time many schools haid been esta- blished. In the month of March, 18 IT, Messrs. Hands and Reeve took a journey to visit tlie spot once oc- cupied by the famous city of Bis- nagur. From the top of a pagoda, on a high mountain, and with the aid of a good telescope, they had a fine view of the extensive scene of desolation, comprising the ruins of palaces, pagodas, and other pub- lic buildings; the architecture of which appeared to have bedn of a very superior Icind. It is said, if all the buildings which now remain were placed close together, they would occupy a greater extent of ground than that on which the city of London stands. Here they met with many people who had visited the mission-house at Bellary, for the purpose of re- ceiving religious instruction. They paid a visit to the aged rajah of Anagoody, who seemed to be about 90 years of age, and was under- going a severe course of penance, to propitiate his deity, whom he conceived to be angry with him. They found him at a short distance from the city, performing his devo- tions in one of his pagodas, sur- rounded by servants, musicians, and brahmins, in abundance. He had already fasted nine days, besides undergoing other mortifications; and from what they saw and heard, they considered him as a complete devotee. Mr. Hands spoke to him for a considerable time on the in- efficiency of his penances to obtain the favour of heaven; but he seemed to hear with reluctance what was advanced against his infatuating idolatry. At Bisnagur, on the last day of the annual festival, the missionaries BEL beheld a grand religious prdees" sion, in which two ponderous can of the idob were dragged along by the multitude. " I counted nearly 1000 people,'^ says Mr. Reeve, " who were drawing one of them, and, on measuring one of the wheels, I found it to be 14 feet in diameter. The height of the car, including its trappings and ornaments, was, I suppose, not less than 200 feet ; so that it was very fatiguing work to make it, move < Indeed, I believe, that if and sol- diers bad not their swords and spt god would have been ad left in the road.'' After their return to Bellary, they had the satisfaction of adding to their little church 10 persons-; and they were particularly gratified with the experience of one indivi- dual, who stated that he was the son of an aged Moravian mission- ary, still labouring in the West Itk- dies. He had run away from a boarding-school, and enlisted for a soldier ; in these circumstances he was brought to India, and, under a sermon at Bellary, he was convert- ed to God. In the course of the summer, Mr. Hands was induced, by the un- favourable state of his health, to take a journey to Madras, which was very beneficial; but, on his return, he found that of his lieloved wife on the decline. She languished until the 1st of Aug. 181R, when her disembodied spirit entered " the house not made with hands, eternal in the heavens." She was one of the oldest missionaries connected with the L. M. S. in India ; having been employed In the work 12 years— first as the wife of the ex* cellentMr. Des Oranges, and after- wards as the beloved partner of Mr. Hands. In January, 1810, a juvenile Bible S. was formed at Bellary, principally through the seal of the at IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) V. /. J few 1.0 I.I III 1.25 |5o ""^^ mn^B •^ I2i 12.2 1^ lllllio ■■Ml. U ill 1.6 Photographic Sciences Corporation 73 WIST MAIN STRUT WIISTH.N Y 14510 (71«) •73-4S03 ;V 4 V .^^ %. ^ ^\ 6^ >?^ ><^ ^ n the means of grace, felt so •deeply interested in the object, that they collected nearly the whole sum in the course of 24 hours. On the 2d of March, the mis- tionaries received a visit from the rajah of Harponally, who had ar- rived at Bellary on the preceding evening, seated upon a very large elephant, and followed by three others,amidit an immense concourse of people. "He came to us, " says Mr. Reeve, "with all the pomp end parade of oriental princes, and our garden was almost filled with his splendid retinue. He showed no disposition to enter into any par- ticular conversation, but expressed -himself highly gratified with the attention which bad been shown to him." At the close of 1819, Mr Reeve observes — " During the progpress of this year, the Gospel has been car- ried several hundred miles through the dark villages, and several thou- sands of tracts have been distributed. The translation and revision of the Scriptures in Canara, have also been proceeding. A new edition of Dr. Watts's First Catechism, in that language, with numerous im- provements and corrections, has been prepared for the press. A copy of the same has also been prepared in the Tamul. The pro- • gress of the native schools has been favourable, and several hundreds of the pupili know perfectly tbe First Catechism, and the greater jwrt of our Lord's Sermon on the Mount. BEt Towards the latter end of tbe following year, Mr. Hands deter- mined to commence a missionary tour through tbe Balagbaut ceded districts, and Mysore, to 8ering»> patam ; and, on the 14th of March, 1822, returned to Bellary with Mrs. Hands, having been married during bis absence. On their journey Mrs. Hands became seri* ously indisposed; and, after her arrival at her husband's residence, she grew much worse, and gra- dually declined, till the 2dth of May, when she bade an everlasting farewell to the partner of her aN factions — to the mission — and to the world. From the report of 1824, it seems that the number of schools was 16, and the number of scholars about 600. An evening school had ' been opened. The Canarese and Tamilese services were continued, and not without encouragement. One of the baptized had died ap- parently very happy. The enmity formerly mauifested against the converts had, in a great degree, subsided, and intercourse bad been restored between them and their relations. Instances of conversion occurred, from time to time, from the English services ; and the im- proved example of many Europeans, including civil and military officers, in the E.I. Company's service, had made a favourable impression on the natives. The translations of the Scriptures, and other works, were advancing: 6000 tracts had been distributed during the year, in many places, besides large sup- plies being sent to Seringapatam and Canaanore. Tbe number of tracts issued by tbe Bellary T. S. from its establishment in 181T, was 20,784. The contributions of the Bellary j4. M. S., for the year 1823, amounted to rupees, 627. IS. In consequence of the removal of some of his coadjutors, and of Mr. Reeve's visit to England, Mr. 64 1824, it [ schools seholan ;hoolhiid \ trese and Dtitinued, agement. died ap- le enmity linst the ,t degree, had been and their onveraion Ime, from the Im- luTopeans, ry officers, [rvice, had ession on ilatlons of er works, Itracts had the year, iarge sup- [ingapatam humber of [llary T. S. 1811, was ms of the the year 8,627. IS. emoval of ind of Mr. [land, Mr. 64 BSL Hands laboured for some time alone, but sucoessfully. The new chapel was opened in October 1824. Its total cost was more than 7000 ru- pees, or about £700 sterling. This debt, through the liberality of i'riends in India, was, however, soon liquidated. The Rev. Mr. and Mrs. Beynon reached Bellary at the, close of 1825, and Rev. Mr. and Mrs. Pain arrived in the course of the following year. ' The follow- ing statement will convey an idea of the state of the mission in 1826. Native Sehoolt. — These schools had been again increased to 20 ; tbe number of boys under instruc- tion was 864. Portions of the Scriptures had been introduced ns reading books into all the schools ; and as the boys usually made known to their parents what they learned, much scripture knowledge was thus indirectly communicated among the adult heathen. At most of the schools established at the villages in tbe surrounding country, the vil- lagers, when at leisure, attended to improve themselves in knowledge — sat down among the scholars- read in tbe religious books taught in tbe schools; and when the su- perintendent, on his inspecting tours, visited them, they asked for explanations of such passages as they had not been able fully to understand. The schools, generally speaking, connected with this station, as at many other stations in the East, suffered greatly from the want of Christian schoolmasters. A new school had been lately opened in tbe Pettah of Bellary, niid u spot of ground purchased for a school-house, for the erection of which funds nearly sufficient to defray the whole expense had been llbernlly supplied by friends at Bellary. Cluirity ScAoo/.— This institu- tion continued to be liberally sup- ported, and tg be attended with BEL useful results. Tbe number of scholars, on the Slstjof December, 1826, was 44; of whom 28 were boys, ana the rest girls. The re^ ceipts for the year thvn terminating, amounted to 12d8 rupees. Service* in the Native Lan- gttaget. — These services had been increased to 6. Those in Canarese were |)erformed > by Mr. Hands, those in Tamil by Mr. Walton. The number who attended the Canarese service on Sabbath mornings, was more than 100, but they consisted chiefly of boys belonging to the schools, and their masters. The largest attendance of natives here was at the Canarese service in tht; Pettah on Wednmday evenings. Two more native converts, making 0, one a Gooroo, and tbe other of t he merchant caste, had been proposed for baptism. Many privately ex- pressed their conviction of the folly of worshipping idols, and of the truth of ChrisUanity, who were de- terred by fear of persecution from openly avowing it. fFbrthip in Engtieh. — Many pious individuals belonging to the military had removed to other stations, but their place in the mis- sion ohapel had been filled up by others ; so that in. general, on the Sabbath evenings, there was a very respectable congregation. The in- crease of piety among the Euro- peans, at this and other i. part of the province of Allahabad. It contains the circars of Benares, Juanpoor, and Mirzapoor, and was ceded to the English in 1775. The manu- factures of this district are nume- rous, and the chief articles of pro- duce are barley, peas, wheat, sugar, salt, indigo, and opium. Benarea, a famous city, is the capital of the above district, and may be called the Athens of the Hindoos. It is celebrated as the ancient seat of brahminicai learn- ing, and is built on the left bank of the Ganges. Its ancient name is Casi (the Splendid) which the Hin- doos still retain ; and it is so holy, that many distant rajahs have dele- J^ates residing here, who perform or them the requisite sacrifices and ablutions. The shatters affirm, and the natives suppose, that whoever dies here will be saved. Several Hindoo temples embellish the high banks of the river, and many other public and private buildings are magnificent. The streets are ex- tremely narrow ; the houses high, with terraces on the summit, and some of them inhabited by different • .BEN ' ■■ ^-^ '• families; but the more wealtby Gentoos live in detached houses with an open court,*- surrounded by a wan. The number of stone and brick houses, from 1 to 6 stories, is upwards of 12,000; and of mud houses, above 16,000. The per- manent inhabitants, in 1803, ex- ceeded 682,000; and during the festivals, the concourse is beyond all calculation. Nearly in the cen- tre of the city is a considerable Mahomedan mosque, built by Au- rengzebe, who destroyed a noagni- ficent Hindoo temple in order to make room for it ; and from the top of the minars there is an ex- tensive view of the town and ad- jacent country, and of the nume- rous Hindoo temples scattered over the city, and the surrounding plains. The rajah of Benares re- , sides at Ramnagur, about 5 m. from i the cit}', on the opposite side of the R. Benares is 136 m. W. byS. Patna, and 460 W. N. W. Calcutta. E. long. 83" 10*, N. lat. 26« 30*. Some years since, a Hindoo Col- lege was founded here by a late Eng- liui resident,Mr. Duncan, to encou- rage learning among the brahmins, which has recently revived, and is becoming a very important institu- tion. Thegove' "^nt allows 20,000 rupees,or 1 1,1 1 . .ourse of study is 12 years, and students are admitted from 12 to 18 years of age. The first annual examination was held in 1820. In 1822, the number of students was 172, more than 100 of whom received no supi)ort from the funds. The C. K. S. has a valuable dep6t of books in this city. The Rev.W. Smith was appoint* ed to Benares by the Baptist M, S. in 1816, and pursued his work with much constancy and vigour. Se- veral Hindoos were reclaimed by his instrumentality, and baptized in the name of Jesus ; among the rest, a bsahmin of the name of 66 BEN Ram-dass, whose subsequent c missionary brethren from other societies) aU live in union, which is a great bless- ing. At the assemblies of the heathen, we all meet together, reading, singing, speaking, and giving away books to those who apply for them, or are able to read them." Voluntary drownings, he remarks elsewhere, are less fre- quent than formerly ; and it would appear, from an anecdote in Mr. Smith's journal, that even in this holy city, and among brahmins too, idols are falling into disrepute. " I asked a brahmin/' savs he, *' why they took no notice of some ls" ^ the re- Amidsuch ■at blessing Lfety,andto sad, though [ote, to the object wc Robeitwn to BEN arrived at Benares, to assist in the work of the mission. The native schools, S in number, containing 170 boys, and in all of which ChrUtian books were taught, were going on well. Some of the boys committed a catechism, pre- pared by Mr. Adam, to memory j and a considerable number made progress in reading, and it is hoped also, in the understanding of the Scriptures and other useful books. A pundit was engaged, at a mode- rate stipend, to visit the schools daily, and to prepare suitable school books. Mr. Adam prepared a Hindawee translation of Scripture Lessons, for the use of the schools. Such a work, as a school-book containing suitable selections from the sacred volume, he considered as peculiarly adapted to native schools similarly circumstanced with those at Be- nares, from which, on account of the great poverty of their parents, the children were taken away at a veiy early age. A Hindoostanee service was oc- casionally held at the mission chapel, whicb was sometimes per- formed by Mro Smith, the Baptist missionary, in conformity to a sti- pulation in the grant of the chapel to the sbciely, which provided that it should be open, according to the original plan, to the occasional labours of evangelical ministers of different denominations. In Conformity with this stipulation, application was made to Mr. Adam for the occasional use of the chapel for the purpose mentioned ; which he cheerfully granted. Though appearances, in reference to tke conveiisions from among the na- tives, were not such as might be wished, there was still> i/^r. Adam thought, no cause to despair of success; but, on the contrary, much to inspire hope and impel to zealous exertion. Services Ui English were per- BEN formed at the mission chapel every Sunday and Wednesday evening. The number of the congregation fluctuated considerably ; bui^ after- wards, much increased bytiie at- tendance of many seriously-disposed men belonging to a company of British artillery, stationed there. It is pleafting to add, that good was done by these services. Mr. Adam printed 1000 copies of his tract on the " Ten Com- mandments,'' and 600 of his Cate- chism. Beside the Hindawee translation of Scripture Lessons already noticed, he had, in prepa- ration, a tract under the following title— Jesua, the Deliverer from the fVrath of God. A considerable number of tracts are, from time to time, distributed by Mr. Adam and the teachers in the native schools, especially at ttie melas, held in and round Benares. BENCOOLEN, a sea-port town and fort, on the S.W. coast of the island of Sumatra, about 2 m. in compass, where the English have a settlement and factory. The town stands upon a morass, and is un- healthy. ' It Is chiefly inhabited by native Malays, who build their houses on pillars of bamboo wood. There are also some English, Por- tuguese, and Chinese ; but few of this class survived the effects of the climate, till fort Marlborough w: .> built on a dry and elevated situa- tion, about 3 m. distant, where these inhabitants repair during the rage of disease. The principal establishment of the East India Company on the island, is at this place. E. long. lOS^, N. lat. 3<» 49'. Mr. Nath. Ward, of the B. M. S., proceeded hither from Bengal in 1818, and was fol- lowed by Mr. Robinson. Here tl^ey found the press a very use- ful auziliar}', and formed schools under the immediate sanction of the government, A great number ^ 71 , . ;:;., ', BEN of Malay tracts were printed and «, circulated. In 1823, it was re- (lorted, that tLe progress of the ' schools was satisfactory— that 183 pupils were in regular atten^Mioe— that progress in Christian Instruc- tion was visible in many — and that 6 neighi}ouring villages had peti- tioned for the establishment of y schools. The richest blessings also f' >" seemed to have followed ue la- bours of the missionaries, warrant- ing the hope, that the spirit of God had commenced a worlc, where, for ages, all had been apathy and death. In 1825, illness obliged Mr. Robinson to remove, but Mr. Ward remained for a time; since which he has retired to Padang. BENGAL, a province of Hin- doofitan, on each side of the Ganges ; bounded N. by Bootan; W. by Bahar and Orissa; S. by the bay of Bengal ; and E. by the Burman empire and Assam ; 400 m. long and 300 broad ; between 86<* and 02** £.long., and 8 !<> and 8T<*N. lat. The coast between the Hoog^y and the Ganges, 18&m., is a dreary inhos- pitable shore, wl^ich sands and whirlpools render inaccessible to ships of burden. Bengal consists of one vast plain, of the most fertile soil, which, in common with other parts of Hindoostan, annually yields 2, and in some parts even 3, crops. The rainy season continues from June to September, but the inun- dations from the Ganges and Bur- hampooter continue only about a ; month in the latter part of July and beginning of August. After the ''' waters subside, diseases rage, espe- ' eiaily among those who are not accustomed to the climate. The presidency of Bengal in- ■.^ eludes several provinces, and yields an immense revenue to the British, ■'-' who gained possession in 1T65. The '^ population is estimated at more than 25,000 within the presidency are about -iUjOOOjOOO. It is peopled » by various nations, but the principal BER are the Moguls, or Moors, and the Hindoos, or Bengalese. The Ben- galese and Moors have each a dis- tinct language. The former are Idolaters; they generally live in hnts built of mud and straw, seldom use chairs or tables, but sit on the ground, and eat with the fingers. Among their horrid superstiticMis, is that of burning widows on the funeral piles of their deceased hus- band), of whom between 8 and 900 are annually sacrificed in the presi- dency of Bengal alone. TIhe Moors, originally natives of Tartary, are descendants of those who subjugated the empire of Hin- doostan 8 or 3 centuries ago, and are Mahomedans. There are also many English, Dutch, French, and Danes, who come here for the pur- pose of commerce ; of these, Eng- lish are the most numerous, and their chief settlement is at Cal- cutta. [See Barraekporey Barripore, BeerbAoom, Berhampore, Burdwan, Culcuttat ChinntroA, Chittagmg, CutuMf Dacca, Doergapwe, Dmn- Dum, Goamalfyf Jessore, JUatda, Midnapore, Moorshedabad, Seram- pore, SilAef, Tumlock.] BERBICE, a settlement, on a river of the same name, in Guyana, to the W. of Surinam. The land is low and woody. It was talcen from the Dutch by the British in 1TB6, and in 1803 ; and it was ceded to Britain in 1814. The R. enters the Atlantic in long. W. 32P 13' N. lat. 6" 26'. A new and wide door of nseful- ness appeared to be opening in this colony, in the year 1812. Several estates belonged to the British crown, and were under the direction of commissioners, who were dia< posed to encourage the instruction of the slaves. These gentlemen, who were well acquainted with the valuable services of the Rev. Mr. Wray, of the L. M. S., at Deme- rara, proposed to him to remove to 72 ■*' id tbe ! Ben* a dis- ler are live in seldom on tbe igeTS. gtitions, on the sed hus- and900 tie ptesl- latlves of of those BofHln- ago, and a are al>o encb) and irtheput- lese, Eng- eroos, and Is at Cal- Barriporf) ^Burdwan, ^hittagong, wre, Dtm- ,r'r Beard, for Berbice, in 1821, a de- ti potation of directors waited upon him, for the purpose of recom- mending the mission at New Am- > sterdam to his kind attention ; a <, recommendation which was most' promptly and liberally attended to. Nearly tbe whole of Mr. Wray*s ,.^ time, at this period, appears tohay^T^" been occupied in communicating f religious instruction ; including in this Statement bis visits to the celb of the prison, and the chambers of *,v sickness, with his occasional ad- ' dresses at the graves of tbe dead. Prejudices against the instruction of the slave population were sub" siding, and a great change, in va- rious respects, in favour of the mission was taking place. Several moxs fields of labour had been iipened witbin the colony ; among which were the estates of tbe Go- vernor and the Fiscal ; arid an aux- ' iliary M. S,, formed 2 years before, was prosperous. In 1822, the chapel needed a second enlargement — mah}- negroes were baptized — the comitnuiiicahts had increased to about 40 — the luimber of children instructed in the Sabbath-school exceeded 100, exclusive of many young persons who attended to read and learn the ■ ;.:% BER eh'tecbiuii— ftiul the occasionftl la- bours of Mr. Wray at plantations in the vicinity were attended with considerable success. On the 27 tb of January, I8S3, a very gratifying IMiblic examination of the school was held in conformity t9 the de- sire, and in the presence of, his E}xceUency> accompanied by other' persons of distinction. : For some time prior to the dis- turbances in Demarara, the pros- pects of Mr. Wray were brighten- ing, and his sphere of labour en- larging. Just before their occur- rence, he had received invitations from several respectable proprietors, to instruct the slaves on their es tates, one of which contained as many as 1600 j and he had just en- tered into these additional engage- ments, under highly promising cir- cumstances, when those events at once interrupted bis labours, and exposed him to much unmerited reproach. Mr. Wray was summoned^ on false and injurious charges, to ap- pear before the Governor. Here, in the presenj;e of the gentlemen who had brought them forward, he positively asserted his inno- cence, and requested his Excel- lency would direct the Fiscal to investigate the aftair, in order that his innocence might fully appear. With this request his Excellency complied, and the result was the entire vindication and most ho- nourable acquittal of Mr. Wray. Not much more than a fort-- night had elapsed, when he was again plunged into trouble, from a very difterei^t cause. His chapel, which had been a second time en- larged, was destroyed by Are, toge- ther with the school-house. This calamity happened on the 22d of September. The dwelling-house and furniture of Mr. Wray also re- ceived considerable damage. A very sdiort time before, the debt on the chapel was paid off, and the building BER itself secured to the society in cdn- formity to the regulations of the colony. Although Mr. Wray'i labours were thus greaUy circumscribed, he availed himself of such opportuni- ties as were afforded, to communi- cate Christian instruction both to the slaves and free people. The members of his church, although not increased in number, advanced in piety. On the 1st of March, 1826, the foundation of the new chapel was laid ; and it was opened on the 12th of June, when a lai^e and attentive congregation assem- bled. The collection at the doors amounted to about 162 guilders. His Excellency Sir Benjamin D' Urban, governor of the colony of Demarara, kindly presented Mr. iV^ray with a handsome. donation. The debt was reduced, in 1826, by the liberality of gentlemen on the spot, to about 600 guilders, or aJwut £55 sterling. The number of aduits baptized, during the year 1826, was 41, in the sincerity of whose religious, pro- fessions Mr. Wray has full con- fidence. 12, during the same pe- riod, were admitted to the Lord's table. The members of the church are highly spolcen of by the mana- gers of the estates on which they labour. The number instructed in the Sabbath-school, consisting of both children and adults, was, at the close of tl^e year, about 230 ; and many more, belonging to each class, have been admitted since that period. ^ In consequence of the great increase of scholars, Mr. Wray is desirous to fit up the school-room under the chapel, which will hold from 3 to 400. The cost of this would be about 1000 guilders, or jC90 sterling. The increase in the Sabbath* school is attributed in part to the encouragement given by his Ma- jesty's CantomnonerM of J$muiiy 74 BER to the crown slaves (about 80<> In number) to attend on the means of i religious instruction. Mr. Wray daily instructs about 40 negroes in religious knowledge, and) on every Wednesday, holds a catbchetical meeting with the chil- drM in the chapel. The thirst for knowledge amongst the negroes, and the con- sequent desire to learn to read, ap- pear to be greater than at any former period of the mission. Scarcely a day passes without ap- plications for spelling books and catechisms, from difi'erent parts of the colony. In consequence of this desire for instruction, an adult school has been commenced, which is held on Friday evenings. Mrs. Wray, as usual, continues to take an active part in the labours of the mission. BERDITSCHEW, a town in Poland, containing about 30,000 Jews, among, whom the agents of the Edinburgh J, 8, have la- boured in distributing and ex- plaining the Scriptures, and found many diligently inquiring after the truth. BERHAMPORE, a town of Hindoostan, in Bengal. It is seated on the Cossimbazar, 7 m. S. of Moorshedabad, and has a fine range of cantonments for troops. Rev. Micaiah Hill^ of the L. M, S.f removed to tiiis station from Calcutta in 1824. He calculated that a circle of 3 m. drawn around him would include a population of about 20,000. After encountering considerable opposition from the natives,- arising from a peculiar at- tachment to the superstitions of their forefathers, he succeeded in establishing 6 schools on the in- digenous plan (4 for the children of Hindoos, and 2 for those of Mahomedans; the latter being conducted by Persian moonsbees) ; and Mrs. Hill> after overcoming si- BER milariliinculties^efltablished anative female school, in behalf of which she appealed to the European residents at the station, and not without suc- cess. Mr. Gogerly recently removed from Calcutta, to assist Mr. HiU. Considering the formidable obsta> cles with which the missionaries have struggled— obstacles greater than tiiose occurring in the southern parts of Bengal — it is pleasing to find, by the last report, that the schools under the wing of this mis- sion amount to 8 ; of which, 6 are for bop, containing 280, and 2 for girls, containing 40. The latter are under the joint superintendence of Mrs. HiU and Mrs. Warden. Mr. Hill has 3 native chapels, and 3 stations out of doors, and preaches tilmost daily at one or other of those places. On every Sabbath dayv a congregation assembles in his conrt yard, consisting of aged and impotent persons, witiiwhom he converses, and to whom he preaches in Bengalee. The Hin- doostanee services are attended by 20 regular hearers. A native fe- male) formerly a Mabomedan, has been baptized, and 4 balf-caite females appear to be under reli- gious impressions. Mr. Hill oc- casionally attends the meioM (or festivals), on which occasions some thousands of tracts have been dis- tributed. At least 30 Europeaas, belonging to regiments successively stationed here, have given prac- tical evidence of having received the treth, from the Divine blessing on the English services. A cburcb has been formed, consisting of 13 members, into which it is proposed to admit the Mahoniedan female above-mentioned. ,«, BERLIN, a city of Germany, capital of the marquisate (rf Bran- denberg, and of all the King of PrussiSt's German dominions. It is 12 m. in circuit, surrounded partly by walls and partly by ptdli- sades, and has 16 gates i but within 75 B£tt this Hiclosare are numerous gar- dens, OTchards, and fields. The -streets are straight, wide, and long ; -and its large squares, magnificent <^palaces, churches, and other build- 'ings, are scarcely to be equalled. 'Berlin is seated on the Spree, from which there is a canal to the Oder on the E., and another to the Elbe on the W. ; so that it has A communication by water both with the Baltic Sea and the Ger- man Ocean. It was taken in 1760, by an army of Russians, Austrians, and Saxons, who were cAlig^d to .' evacuate it in a few days. In 1806, , soon after the battle of Jena, the r. French entered this city, and Buo- ^' naparte held a court in t^e palace. Vilt is 100 m. N. of Dresden, and 165 N.W. of Breslau. E. long. 13022", i/U. lat. 620 31'. In' 1818, including the military, tiie population was 188,485. The > Jews are also numerous ; among ;nd is under the immediate care of the Rev. Mr. Jcenicke, of Berlin. Many faith- ful missionaries have already gone forth from this, school of the pro- phets. BERMUDAS, or SOMMERS ISLANDS, four islands in the Atlantic Ocean, 500 m. E. of Ca- rolina, and surrounded by numerous rocks and shoals, which render them diificult of approach. They were discovered by Juan Ber- mudez, a Spaniard, in 1522 j but were not inhabited till 1609, when Sir George Sommers was cast away upon them ; and they have be- longed to Britain ever since. They contain above 10,000 inhabitants, who carry on some trade with America and the West Indies. The principal one is called St. George. In the beginning of 1799, the Rev. John Stephenson, a native of Ire- land, proceeded to these islands. On his arrival, it was quickly known that a Methodist missionary from Ireland was in the harbour ; and the report soon made an impression to his disadvantage. Coming from Ire- land, it was concluded that he must be a rebel, and, as such, sustaining the character of a missionary, it was instantly apprehended that he was about to introduce disaflection among the slaves. Full of these preposterous notions, many were unwilling that he should come on shore, and would probably have exerted themselves to prevent it, if an enlightened magistrate, then standing on the quay, had not dis- armed their momentary preju* dices, and dispelled the gathering storm. After waiting upon the Governor, and laying before his Excellency the certificate of his ordination, and the pass which he had received prior to his quitting Dublin, cer- tifying that he was appointed as a 76 igmeA , ler tbe V. Mr. rfaith- lyfone hepto- [MERS in the . of Ca- iimetous render . They in Ber- 22; but 19, when ast away lave be- ;e. They labitants, ide with t Indies, sailed St. ), the Rev. te of IW- ilandir. On nown that )m Ireland the report m to his Ifrom Ire- it he miut sustaining ilonary, It jd that he [isaifection II of these lany were come on lably have ivent It, if •ate, then id notdls- iry preju- gathering JGovemor, pxcellency ndlnaiion, i received jblln, cer- kinted as a 76 BER missionary to th« Mini of Bar* (nuda,'Mr. Stephenscyi commttnced bis ministerial labours; and though, at firsts his hearers were but few in number, and of those, the greater part ai^peared either hoetild or in- dift'erent to tbe subjects introduced to their notice, tbe violence of pre- judice and opposition soon began to subside; the congregation Visibly increased ; subscriptions were raised for the erection of a chapel ; and in the month of April, 1800, 74 whites and 30 blaciu had joined the society. The prosperity which now began to shine upon the infant mission was viewed with a malignant eye by tbe enemies of religion ; and as tbey found themselves incapable of cbecliing its progress without the aid of law, they procured an edict to be passed by the house of as> cembly, prohibiting all persons, not ordained according to the rites and ceremonies of tho church of Eng« liind or Scotland, from preaching, lecturing, or exhorting, to any col- lected audience, public or private, under a penalty of £60, and inonths' imprisonment for every uiTence ; and inilicting a similar punishment on tlie person in whose bouse the meeting should be held. Mr. Stephenson, considering this law as hostile to the spirit of tole- ration—as an infringement upon the birthright of every sulyeot — and as ditutnetrically opposite to the avowed sentiments of the reigning monarch— continued his ministerial labours as formerly ; but though be was suft'ered to proceed for a few weelcs without interruption, be was at length apprehended, car- ried before the magktrates, and oommitted to tbe common gnxA, to tal(<) bis trial at the n^xt asslaes. Mr. Pallnis, tbe person in whose house he had preached, was alw committed with him : Mr. S., how- ever, procured bail, and obtained bis liberatluu on the lAth day of BER his imprisonment, ashiscohiptaioD> had done some days before. In December, Mr. Stephensoa was brought to trial for the crime of having preached the Gospel^ or, as one of the principal evidences swore, of having ** read prayers from a book which he held io his hand, and song^ psalms to .a cont gregation." And for this high offbnce he was sentenced to be confined 6 months in the common gaol, to pay a fine of £60, and to discharge all the fees of the court. After he had been imprisoned about 6 weeks, the Governor offered to set him at liberty, on condition o| his promising to quit tbe island within 00 days; but, as he con- ceived such a proposition dis- hor .^urable to the cause for which he iiuA hitherto suffered, he de- din^ accepting it, imd remained a prisoner tUl the mohth of June, 1801, when the period of his in- carceration expired. Mr. S. continued on the island during the remaining part of the year; but his health was so se- riously impaired, that he was ' no longer equal to tlie exertions he had formerly been accustomed to make ; and, as the interdiction of the law precluded him from uniting in public or social worship with the members of tMs society, he was re- called from Bermuda early in 1802, and those who had formerly beard the w^urd of (lod with gladnesi!:, were left as sheep without a shep- hertl. Applications, in the mean time, had been made to his Majesty's government in England, to disallow the intolerant edict which bad driven Mr. Stephenson from the scene of his labours ; but though the request of the petitioners wa« readily granted, nearly S yeuii elapsed before the repeal of the' act was publicly announced. And even subsequently to that period, such a itpirit of determined hostility was H)l 77 BER Mbiibited against the introduction of the iGospel, that no miMionaries CQuld be induced, for some time, to venture among the inhabitants. At length, in the spring of 1808, Rev. Jowua Marsden sailed from New Brunswicic to Bermuda, with the .view of re-establishing the mission. After repeated inter- views with the Governor, Mr. M. was permitted to commence his ministration ; and though, at first, he was merely attended by 20 or 30 hearers, his congregation soon began to increase |^ and, in the be- ginning of September, he had the satisfaction of uniting about 60 persons in society, most of whom were negroes or people of colour, who appeared truly anxious for spiritud instruction. A chapel was afterwards erected, and some of the most respectable persons in the island became regular at- tendants on the means of grace, whilst others could hardly be re- strained by their relatives from uniting with the society. In 1811, a quantity of Bibles and religious tracts were sent to Bermuda, and the happy eliects resulting from their distribution are thus pleasingly described by Mr. M., in a letter dated Sept. 24th : — " The Bibles which you sent to this place were as the sun rising upon a darlc and benighted land. The poor blaclcs, who couid read, eagerly inquired for them ; and those who could not, began to learn, that they might peruse the word of God. To this new em- ployment, their intervals of rest, their Lieal-times, and their Sab- baths, were devoted. Passing through a field or a lane, with a spelling-book in their hands, they would solicit little boys coming from school to teach them ; and would frequently beg of me, upon the road, that I would stop a few moments, and hear them repeat their lesaons. To be able to read. BER was to them like being placed in a new world, a^ they J^held things in a different Ught, and a tnin cf new ideas sprang up in their minds. In a little time many of them un- derstood the word preadied, and a worlE of reformaUon was imme- diately visible among them. Pro« fane oaths and imprecations were now laid aside; — ^the polygamist left all his wives but the one who had a prior claim; — the evening worship called them from the li- bidinous dance, and the midnight theft; — the stupid and slothful be- came pliant and diligent; — mon- sters were transformed into men;— and the voice of religious melody sounded from huts and cottages, formerly blackened with the vilest pollutions.'' Nothing of particular interest occurs in the history of this mission, from the date of Mr. M.'s letter till the month of May, 1824, when the annual meeting of the auxiliary M. S., held at Hamilton, appears to have excited a very lively interest ; and the following observations were made by the Hon. J. C. Esten, tbb Chief Justice of tha island, who presided on the occasion : — " I will maintain that your mis- sionaries, in the scene of their operations of. all others the most interesting to iis, — I mean the West India colonies, — have entitled themselves to the thanlcs of the established church, which they cannot, without being calumniated, be accused of undermining. We see a splendid religious establish- ment, and not mure splendid than I sincerely hope will be useful, going out to our West India colonies ;— 2 bishops, 3 archdeacons, and a number of clergy. One of the 'principal objects of their appoint- n ' A new and more commodious school-house is being erected at this station. The attendance on the public religious services, both on the Sab- bath and on week days, is, in gene- ral, good. ,' That interesting feature of this mission, the Sabbath adult schoo), still continues to wear an encou- raging aspect. One of the missionaries sponds a considerable portion of his time in visiting the people at their owA dwelllng-honses \ when he endea- vours to impress upon their mindst the importance of attaining a r^ht understanding of the Scriptures, and of giving their children the benefits of education. « Stated services, and a Sabbath- school, have been commenced at Port Elizabeth, in the vicinity of Algoa Bay, for the benefit of the Hottentots and slaves. Messrs. Helm, Robson, and. Foster, alter- nately, preach there on the Sab- bath ; and it appears, from the testimony of respectable individuals resident at the place, that their la- bours have not been in vain. It is intended to erect a chapel, toward^ the expense of which a considera- ble sum has been subscribed on the spot. The committee of the Ca^? A. S. has granted 450 rix dollars in aid of tbe object. Mr. Robson and Mr. Helm also preach alternately, every Sabbath- day, to a body of Hottentots be- longing to tbe institution, who re- reside at a place a fe\v miles distant from Bethelsdorp. , Mr. Helm having completed the arrangements of a small prlnting- oflice, has begun to print elemen- tary boolis for the use of tliu mission. .tu;^" : I. ■ '^ . • . • Wvf> -'-^ ■> 'BET II The annitenaiy of Ibe BethtU' dorp A, M. S. was held on the 10th of May, 18S6, when leyeral Hot- tentots addressed the meeting with much good sense and feeling. On the 161h of the same month, Mr. Brownlee, missionary to the Caffires, was ordained at this sta- tion. More Hottentotfamiliescontinue, from time to time, to join the insti- tution. The number of couples married during the year 1826, was ST. BETHESDA, formerly Orloms Kraal, a settlement in the interior of S. Africa, on Great Orange R., about 600 m. N. of Cape Town, inhabited by Orlams, Corannas,and Bushmen, in a very rude, unculti- vated state. The Rev. Messrs. Sass and Helm, of the L, M, S.^ commenced a mission here in 1808, where many were soon after con- verted to God. More than 80 were baptized in the course of one year. Mr. Helm, however, was,^ at an early period, compelled by ill-health to remove to Griqua Town. Mr. Sass relates in his journal, received J818> many jpleasing instances of the power of divine grace in the hearts of the -poor Cormiuu, many of whom appeared to be truly pious. About SO adults were bap- tized in the course of the previous year, besides children. The converted people of this settlement, in their intercourse with Icraals of Bushmen and others, frequently took occasion aft^ction- ately to spealc of Christ and salva- tion to them, and sometimes appa- rently with much effect. In one place they found a large kraal of Bushmen, and were surprised to hear their obi^f speaking to them of the things of God, which he had occasionally heard at Bethesda, and conducting divine service in an orderly manner. They frequently suffered by the incursions of the wild Bushmen, BEY who stole their cattle. In one in- stance, they apprehended several men, who some months before had robbed them } but instead of pu- nishing them> as was expected, they ^ated them with kindness, and made them a present of several, sheep and goats. They were asUv nished and ashamed; and one of them, trembling, said to some others, " I shaU not believe they will spare mj^ life, until I get home in safety; for though tiiey deal thus kindly with us at present, they will certainly kill us as we return." They found, however, that the be- nign principles of the Gospel pre- vailed, and thus the Christians ** overcame evil with good." Unable to endure the excessive heat of the summer months, Mr. Sass removed, in 1820, from Be- thesda to Campbell. The Griqnas, who previously resided at the former place, followed him to the latter ; and of the Corannas on the Great K., whom he occasionally visited, sure some who were formerly ipMler ills ^instruction at Bethesda. BEUVILLE, a town in^France, contoiuing nearly 2000 inhabitants. Here the fF. M. S, bns a congre- gation in a stedftist and iwosperous state. BEYROUT, a city of Syria, at the foot of Mount Lebanon. ''It has a fertile soil, and is abundanfiy furnished with good water, by the springs which flow from the adja- cent hills. The houses are built of mud, and of a soft, sandy, crumb* ling stone ; and are dark, damp, and inconvenient. The streets are narrow and dirty; and during the winter, are seldom dry. On the W. and N. W, Beyrout is entirely open to the sea. At no great 4i8tiuu:e to the E. is Lebanon; which stretches forth to the N. and the 8., and atfords a pleasant resort for the summer, and, it is said, a safe re* treat in times of political disturb- ance. On the S. is a large and poor sam^ seized] kepthil now) BEY Vbeautiful plain, varied by small bills, covered with, olive, pabn,- Qrange, lemon, pine, and mulberry trees— especially the last ; enriched vith vines, and enlivened by nu- merous cottages. Beyrout was once the chief town of the Druses; and though it is now possessed by the Turks, yet it is still the great em- porium of all that dwell upon the mountains. Besides three large mosques and several small ones, tiie city contains a Roman Catholic, a Maronite, aGreeIc, and a Catholic Greek church. The whole popu- lation is supposed to be not less than 6000 souls. Here the American missionaries, the Rev. Messrs. Fisk and King, took up their residence in 1823, and others from the same Board hove since entered into their labours. The church missionaries, who Were going to Abyssinia, ar- rived at Beyrout, in February, 182T, and th^bave transmitted the fdlowing remarks on tiie state of the mission : — " Ithas pleased God 80 to bless the labours of the . bre- thren Bird and Goodell, that there are 10 (H* 12 persons whom they consider to be truly converted ; while many diligently search the Scriptures, to see if things be so as the missionaries say. But>it is hese as it is throughout the world — * He that is bom after the flesh, persecutes him that is born after ' the spirit.' ' The Greeks, in gene- ral, receive the missionaries well ; but the Greek patriarch of Bej-rout fulminates against them ; under the Influence^ it is supposed, of the Maronites and other Roman Ca- tholics. Not only are calumnies circulated against the missionaries, but the patriarch curses and excom- municates those who maintain any intercourse with, them, — even the poor who receive thei^ alms ( The sam^ Roman patriarch has also seized a young cohvert, and has kept him in prison in the convent now for more than &year i hQ oftep ■ m ■ '*■ ■ BOG cftuseg his victim to be beaten, and compels him to undress, and to ptass the night in the c(rid ; limiting his sustenance to the smalleat portion of bread and water which will prevent him from dying! He as- sembles the monks daily round the prisoner, to insult him, and allows ' him neither to read nor write. But when they smite Asaad on- the right cheek, he turns to them the other also; and when they tell him he has a devil, and curse him, he blesses ; when they interrogate him, he answers by a passage of Scripture,- whether they promise or tiireaten.^ The Mussulmans are tolerably quiet ; but they avail themselves of all opportunities to All their purses* This is the manner of eil'ecting their purpose : When any one begins to read the Scriptures^ or to visit the missionaries, those of his sect go to the Mussulman judge, doubt-i less with a present in their hands, and beg him to cause such an one to be punished : the poor man has no apprehension of the mischief, till a Turk meets him in the street, and tells him that he is condemned to buy, for example, 100 lbs. of soap, of the manufacture of the pacha, at 3 livres per lb., whereas the just price is but 1 livre : if he refuse, they put him in prison, and there beat him till he consents to pay. This Roman patriarch has given the missionaries and other Christians, the name of *■ Bibli- cals,'— a new word, which denote* a followerof the Bible." BIG SPRING, Upper Sandusky, Ohio. The Methodist mitaion- nriet in. Upper Sandusky have laboured here among the Wyandots with success. In 1822, many at- tended with much seriousness ; and, on one occasion, 10 oftered them- selves for admission as members of the society. BOGLIPORE, a town 240 m. N. by W. of Calcutta, and 2 miles S. of the Ganges. m-^tf «j!>^- ,^v*- *. Ak^- BOG Mr. Christian was placed here by Bishop Heber. " Boglipore, as an European sta- tion (says the archdeacon of Calcut- ta), is midway between Berhampore and Dinapore, the nearest stations where a chaplain resides. There are only about 20 European Chris- tians of all descriptions at Bogli- ' pore; but westward, Monghyr is little more than 30 m. ; northward, 'Fumeah, about 60 ; and eastward, Malda, from 10 to 80. At each of these stations are civil and military iiervants of government f and in these districts are many families of Indigo planters, who would occa- sionally visit Boglipore for the ser- vices of a clergyman; or these sta- tions might be visited^ with little trouble and expense, in the cold season, by a clergyman, to the great comfort of these residents and others." With A view to the superin- tendence e»f native schools, Bogli- pore offers considerable advantages ; there being no one large town in which the inhabitants reside, but several bazaars, within a circiiui<- ference of 6 or - 8 m., contaiuing about 15,000 people. . Boglipore is particularly inte- resting, 4s the head- quarters of the (Jistrict which incluxies the Raje- inahel Hills, containing a popula- tion of a totally diiferent kind from the inhabitants of the plains. These bills are a separate cluster, sur- rounded by a level ctUtivated country on all sides. , The Board, in their last report, gives the following views relative to the people and the mission :— " The people who inhabit these hills are distinct from the Hin- doos ', their customs, religion, lan- guage, and features, bear no re- semblHi.'^Q to tbose who live around them. 1? t have many religious racter; and all the aids t6 be ob> tained in that country, art very insufficient to remove tbtse diffl* cutties : he is engaged, at preiTOty in writing a vocabulary. H0 it anxious, if poesiblo, to go among these people in December, wkteo is the best time for visiting them ; when he purposes to establish 9cho<4s in di^rent parts of tbe hills, as aid» to his higher Views. He gets on so slowly with his woik of preparation, that he almoiit feai^ at that time he shall fall shor^. of the requisite qualifications j as It would be desirable to giv» them some portions of Scrfa>tur« in their own language, which be purpfwes writing in the Nagree character. He has been visited by some of their chiefs, to whom he men- tioned his wishes to (ommnnlcate better knowledge among theih tiitin they had hitherto received i they seem to be pleased with this mark of consideration; and observed, that they would forward his views, by directing the children of tiieir respective vill^es to attend ^e schools when efected, « The hills, from their insaluhrify, are only to be aiq)roached 8 inanus in the year ; and his residencle for the other months has been fixed at the civil station of Bo^lpore, with directions to pe ' hc- the clerical duties of it. TH :'• .i men of the station ha <• ^Jowr* on the kindest attentioii^j ana. being chiefly of the church of Ei^lan^ are regular in their attendance at divine worship. He has also re- ceived instructions to make occ&- sional visits to the invalid station at Monghyr: this station being destitute of tne services of a cler- gyman, the bisBbp directed him tai 8S J venirr by Ml Betgt cberit tidus the aui be 400 theibli "TJ govemi structii of the Rangei languai nrithme childrei that tb( expect culated of the to prom rude tri bodied, averages mtnatior (Jit imnnicate theihthan v«d j they this marlc observed, his views, n of their kttbBd the go fhmre once a jnonth. On leav- ing Calcutta, bfe proceeded, in the flnt instance, to Mongbyr ; when a regular attendance on the services of the church was observed by a number exceeding 70. But as the facilities which offered, to obtain an acquaintance with the Hill lan- guage, were greater at Boglipore, it made thatoi greater consequence as a .«?ttl; '1 residence.'' Tbe coitimittee of public in- i,i» .0 ' 1 fj) roprlated 3600 rupees jer f.inuiu to the support of a go- verr^ment school at Bhagulpore, or Bi>[:,Jlpore. In a volume published {^f^ by Mr. Charles Lushington, of the Bengal civil service, on religious, «hprituble, and benevolent institu- tions connected with Calcutta, the author states the allowance to be 400 rupees per montii, and giv^s the following particulars: — " This school was established by government, for the purpose of in- structing the recruitr. and children of the corps denominated Hill Rangers, in the Hindoostanee language, and the elements of nrittametic. It is also open to the children of the Hill chiefs; so that there is every just reason to expect that the institution is cal^ culated to strengthen the efficiency of the corps of Hill Rangers, and to promote civilization among the rude tribes from which it is em- bodied. Tbo number of pupils averages aboi^t 300 ; at a late exa- mination many exhibited a cre- dit4!b!e proficiency. Captain Gra* hatii, with whom the project of the school originated, has compiled a vocabulary of the language spoken by the Boglipore mountaineers, which is conjectured to bear a close affinity with tiiat of the Bheels.'* BOOUE TOWN, tt station of the L, M. S., in Taiarapu, or smaller peninsula, Georgian Is* lands. The Rev. Mr. Cirook settled here, BOM , at the request of the inhabitaits, i^theendul 1423; and soon had congregation of about 500, a church <)'' 47 members, and a Nourishing school. In lS2d, the number baptized, of adults, was 241 ; of children, 91 ; making a total of 388 adults and 170 chil- dren. Besides these, there were about 100 natives, who were bap- tized i prior to this station being formed. The candidates for bap- tism were 28 ; the church consisted of 00 men and TO women ; and the congregation had increased to upwards of 1000. A Female Be* nevolent S., superintended by Mrs« Crook and her eldest daughter, had also been in full operation for some time, with good effect ; and a similar society was afterwards formed among the men. The schools are still well attended, and both adults and children make en* couraging progress^ Mnny have been recently baptized, and tiie number in communion announced in the last report was 230. A new and commodious chapel was opened Sept. 2 1 , 1 825. The congregation keeps up, and has been joined by all the principal people, with many others from the opposite side of the peninsula* BOMBAY, a small island near the W. coast,Hindoostan, about? m. long and 1 wide, near the fort, con- taining a very strong and capacious fortress, a large and populous city of the same name, a dock-yard, and marine arsenal. It has a very spa- Qlous and safe harbour; was ceded to the English, by the Portuguese^ in 1002 ; and was chartered to the East India Company, who retained the possession, in 1668. Toleration is granted to persons of every re* ligious profession. The population has been estimated at 220,000 ; but a late census gives 161,550, of the following classes: — British, 4,300) native Christians, t. e. Portuguese, Catholics and Armenians, 1 1,500 ) % n-i BOM jTewS) 800; Mahomedans, 2S,000; Parsees, 13,150; Hindoos, 103,800. The Jews, Mahomedans, Catho" lies, Hindoos, and Parsees, are strongly addicted to their several superstitions. The Armenian Christians have little of religion but the name ; and very few of the English settlers manifest the power of it. The Hindoos generally speak the Mahratta; the Parsees the Guzarattee. The climate is unhealthy, and the water brackish. Bombay has an extensive com- merce with the neighbouring con- tinent and the fertile island of Salsette. , BOMBAY is a city at the S. E. end of the above island, and one of the three presidencies of the English East India Company, by which their oriental territories are governed. It has a strong and ca- pacious fort, a dock-yard, and ma- rine arsenal. Here the finest mer- chant ships are built, and all of teak, supplied chiefly from Bassein. The inhabitants are of several na- tions, and very numerous. This city commands the entire trade of the N. W. coast of India, and that of the gulf of Persia. It is 166 m. S. of Surat. E. long. 72« 55', N.lat. 180 58'. On the western side of this is- land, about 3 miles from the city of Bombay, is the celebrated temple of Maha Lnxumee, or the great Owldess of fVealthf to which an an - nual pilgrimage is made, principally by the idolaters of the island. In 1815, it was judged that 100,000 people were assembled on this oc- casion, who went individually into the temple — got a glaace at the idol — made a prayer about half a minute in length -presented a tri- fling oftering— and then retired. This is the seat of the British presidency, and capital of the British possessions on the-W. coast of Ilindoostan, as Madras is of the Coromandel coast, and Calcutta of BOM Bengal. E. long. 1V S8', N. lai. 18»58'. The Rev.GordonHall,THistitmary, «aAMr t James Garrett f printer,hom the American Board of Commia- sioriersfor Foreign Missions, com- menced their latours here in 1813. This was the first station esta- blished by the Board, The first missionaries. Rev, Messrs. Newell, Hall, Nott, Jttdson, and Rice, sailed Feb. 1813; and, after va- rious wanderings and disappoint- ments, Messrs. Hall and Nott ar- rived at Bombay in about a year, and were joined by Mr. Newell the year following ; before which time, Mrs. Newell died at the Isle of France. Mr. Judson and bis wife, and Mr. Rice, became Bap- tists in Bengal, and left the con- nexion ; and Mr. and Mrs. Nott returned to America, on account of his health, in 1815. About this time Messrs. Hall and Newell, the only missionaries at this sta- tion, began to instruct the natives in the principles of Christiar.ity, and to translate the Scriptures and tracts into the Mahratta language ; they also established a promis- ing school for European and half- caste children ; and, from the first, preached to such as undecstood English. Rev. Horatio BardxveH and his wife arrived Nov. 1, 1816: about the same time, a printing- press was procured from Calcutta, which he was competent to ma- nage ; and another valuable addi- tion was made to the mission, by the marriage of Mr. Hall to an English lady, who had acquired n knowledge of the Hindoostanee, one of the principal languages spoken at Bombay. In Feb. 1818, Rev. Messrs. Allen Graves and John Nichols, with their wives, and Miss Philomela Thurston, joined this mission; and, in March following, Miss T. «vai married to Mr. Newell. In Jan. 1821, Mr. and Mn. Bardwell left 90 . ;bom tiie stetlon, and embarked for Ame- rica, on account of his 111 health ; and Mr. If eweU died May ^iOtb of the «ame year. A few weeks pre- vious to this, Mr. Garrett arrived, who has married the widow of Mr. NeweU. In 1823, Mrs. Graves embarked for America for the reco- very of her health, and sailed for Bombay, with Rev. EUtHunU i>}rott and his wife, in Sept. 1823. Not- withstanding the numerous changes and bereavements of this mission, much has been done to irradiate this land of grost pagan darkness with the light ol the Gospel. Three important stations have been formed beside this one at MtUun, on the same island, and one at •Tannahf on the Ldand of Salsette. Bombay is the seat of the mis- sion; the 3 companies form but one church and one missionary association, subject to the same rales. The missionaries ha\'e translated and printed most of the New Testament and portions of the Old into the Mahratta, which is spoken by 18,000,000 of pngan idolaters in Bombay and the ad> joining country, amounting to 30,000 books and tracts ; nearly all of which have been circulated among the natives, and read, pro- bably, by several hundred tliou- sands. At each of the stations, luid on the continent, they super- intend several schools, which had increased to 25 in 1818, containing 1200 heathen pupils, who received Cliristian instruction ; but, for want of funds, the schools were reduced, in 1823, to 18, and th^ pupils to ut 900, many of whom make a gratifying proficiency in literary and Christian knowledge. Several children are supported in each fa- mily, and some whose expenses are defrayed by their parents. A Jew- ish school promises much good, In preparing teachers for the other Kbuols. The Female Jrw't So^ wty of Botton has contributed i. I." BOM liberally for ita support. Benevo- lent persons in Charlestown, South Carolina, and Savannah and Au- gusta, Georgia, have engaged to support 3 free schools in or near Bombay, to be named after those places respectively. Accordingly the missionaries have called the first school established at Bombay, Charlestown; oneatTannah,Savan- nah ) and one at Mahin, Augusts. The annual expense of a scImoI of 60 scholars, is estimated at about IJO dollars. The missionaries mingle with the natives, to communicate Chris- tian instruction and preach to such congregations as they oan collect, which are very irre- gular; but they are much en- couraged by the hope that the time of favour to this people is not far distant. At this place they have bought a valuable piece of ground, on which they have built a stone chapel, 60 feet by 35, which was opened on the 30tb May, 1823, in the Mahratta. This is the first house of public worship erected by protestant Christians to accommo- date the native.s in the vast region, extending N. from Cape Comorin to the Russian empire, and W. from the Interior of India to the Medi- terranean. A mission college is contemplated. Besides the schools at the sta- tions, /<9m6ay.AfaAi>t, and rannaA, the missionaries have established one at each of the following places : AUalntg,JituseeHf ChanUnee, Chmtb, Vuliian, Kaupt NagotneUt Pane, PanweUt and Rawaduada. The Bwubaji Education Society was formed in 1816, to rescue thin half-caste childrea of soldiers, and other Europeans, from profligacy and heathenism, in Bombay and the aiUoining country. The num- ber of scholars reported is more than 1000, who make very satisfac- tory progress. The SoQietu fw t/te Prmotim 91 f t^ii; ; A. i- ■■J"; BOM of Christian Knowledge commenc* ed operations here in 18}0, and has procured to be printed, at the press of the American missionaries, vast numbers of boolcs and tracts, which hire been furnished gratuitously to the schools of the Educatiofi So- ciety f and otherwise advantageously distributed. In 1816, a mission was begun by the fF. S,, but ill -health compelled its agents to retire. Since that period, the work appears not to have been revived. The Rev. Richard Kenney was appointed to Bombay by the C. M. SAi\ 1820. About 2 years after, he had 1^0 boys under religious instruction in the native schools. Upwards of 20 attended at his house, to learn Mahratta and English, and thus afSirded him an oj^ortunity of conveying to them a Icnowledge of the saving truths of the Gospel. About this time one of these youths, in a letter to Mrs. K., which was entirely his own uncorrected oomposition, thus wrote : — " Wo have visited the two Mahratta schools Saturday even> ing, and heard some of the children read Gospel and say the Ten Com- mandments perfectly well. We put them some questions, nantely. Who God is ? <&c. They seemed quite ignorant of Him and His will. They answered : * Sun, moon, sea, cow, and the trees, erfectly M'ell, and find gladness In it." Mr. Kenney has been recently comi>elled, by domestic indlsftosi- tion, to return to this country ; the R«v. Messrs. Mitchell and BOO Steward, with Mrs* Mitchell arid Mrs. Steward, have, tlierefore) been appointed to succeed himi. In Sept. 1826, a native female school was Opened, at which about 20 girls attended ; and early in October a second school was opened, in which there are about 15 girls. These Institutions, how- ever, soon experienced a heavy loss in the removal, by death, of Mrs. Steward. On Siuidays, the mis- sionaries employ some part of the day in giving instruction to some native youths. This is conducted in English ; and it is gratifying to find that several of those who were formerly instructed by Mr. Kenney, are tolerably regular in attending on these occasions. It is hoped the readiness to receive instruction of a decidedly religious nature, which appears, will one day be followed by beneficial resultM. The mis-* sionaries urge the erection of a mission chapel. An auxiliary M. S, has been established, the contribu- tions to which, during the last year, have considerably increased. The Londdh Jewt* Saoiety has a school here, which is conferring many benefits on the descendants of the house of Israel. BOOT AN, a province of northern Hindoostan, 900 m. long and 90 broad ; bounded on the N. by Thibet, E. by Assam, S« by the same and Bengal, and W. by Sikkim. It abounds in mountains covered with verdure, and rich with abundant forest trees: there is scarcely a mountain whose base is iiot washed by some tojrent \ and many of the loftiest bear on their sides populous villages, nmid orchards and planta> tions. The Booteas are much fairer and more robust than their neighbours the Bengalese ) with broader faces and higher cheek bones ; their hair invariably black, and cut short \ their eyes smaHtond black, witli long pointed corners | and their skins remarkably smooth. 9^ itefore) d hinii. female which id early sol was ■e about 18, how- savy loss of Mrs; the mts- ft of the to some onducted ;ifying to nrho were .Kenney, attending hoped the ruction of ire, which , followed The mis*' tlon of a llary M. S. contrlbu- last year, jed. \oiety has a conferring iescendants BOO The houses are built on posts, and ascended by a ladder: the lower part, closed on all sides, serves for holding stores, and accommodating hogs, cows, and other animals. The capital is Tassisudon. In March, 179t, Messrs. Thomas and Carey, of the B. M. S., set out on an expedition to the Bootan oonntry ; and, in about 4 days, ar- rived at that part of it which is be- low the hills. They then went to a place called Gopalgunge, and waited on a Bootea officer^ called ibejinko/, who received them very kindly, and appeared much pleased with the different articles which they had brought forhis acceptance. They found that it would be ne-, cessary to see some other officer, and to get a regular permission to ascend the hills. During the greatest part of the day, however, they remained in the jinlcof's house, which consisted of two stories, and was constructed of bamboos and mats, with pillars of what is called saul-tree. He offered them some bacon and tea, called runga, but of this they could not partalce. From Gopalgunge the missiona- ries went to Bote-Haut, to see^the soobah, who is a kind of viceroy, and the greatest officer in these parts. A letter having been for- warded to him by the jinkof, he sent two horses for them, and the jinkof himself accompanied them. " On our approaching the town," ««3rs Mr. (now Dr.) Carey, "a number of females met us, and made their aalaam, by putting tlieir hands to their head and gently bowing ; after which they ran be- fore the horses, and all the inha- bitants of the place, I should sup- |)ose to the number of 2 or 3000, joined the procession." In this manner the missionaries went to the house of the soobah, who received them with great po- liteness, and presented theni with tt white lilk scarf, in the name of BOO the grand lama, a red one in his own name, and another red one in thtf name of a friend. After receiving these presents, they ascended by a^ ladder to his house, which was something like that of the jinkof, but larger and more elegant ; com- prising four rooms in the upper story, which were entirely covered with mats. At the farther end of the principal room was the seat of the soobah, elevated about 2 feet from the floor, covered with red cloth, and hung round with cur- tains of thin gauze. Here the mis-* sionaries were seated by the side of the soobah, whose distinguished urbanity is said to have exceeded every thing which our European visitors could have imagined, and his generosity was equally striking. " He insisted," says Drw Carey, " on supplying all our people with every thing they wanted ; and if we did but cast our eyes on any thing in the room, he immediately presented us with one of the same sort. Indeed, he seemed to inter- pret our looks before we were aware ; and in this manner be pre- sented each of us, that night, witl^ a sword, shield, and helmet; also with a cup made of a very light beautiful wood, used by all the Booteas in drinking. " After eating, we talked about Bootan, and respectingi,the Gospel } and the nppelintion of lama was given to us, which appears to mean teacher, and which title is em- phatically given to the gxand lama. " We found that the soobah had determined to give the people a testimony of his friendship for us in a public manner; and the next day the performance of the cere- mony took place, in our tent in the market-place. • \, " When the ceremony was over, we were conducted to the ioobah's house, where we found anoUier officer, I believe, the vakeel, or 03 I if>'« 1 ; ^1 It BOO attorney of the- court below the hiUs. .This man was just the re* verse of all we had seen. He pro- posed to us various questions, but our aiiswers were very brief, and did not give him satisfaction. ** After exchanging a few angry words with the soobah, he took his leave abruptly ; and when he was gone, the^ soobah appeared trans- ported with rage, and threatened him dreadfully. He tore off bis upper garment, seized a kind of dagger, called a creve, stuck it into the table, beat his breast, and threatened to go after him and kill him. We endeavoured to ap- pease him, however, and were suc- cessful. '* Our people were now much afraid; for though the Hindoos bad hitherto expressed the greatest confidence in the gentleness of the natives, they now began to propa- gate a number of sanguinary tales, and nothing was talked of but the insincerity of the Sooteas. As for ourselves, we were not quite so timid, though we were not with- out our cogitations. We told them, however, to run away for their lives, if any danger appeared. For fear of wild elephants, we had taken a gun or two ; but we or- dered that no piece should be loaded, nor any additional precau- tion manif((g1ed ; though we were certain the people could not sleep much that night. We then com- mended ourselves to God in prayer, and retired to rest. " The next-morning, the soobah came with his usual friendship, and brought more presents, which we received, and took our leave. He then sent us away with every honour that he could heap upon us ; as a band of music, guides to ^ow us the M'uy, &c. In short, the whole of his conduct towards us was invariably as generous, polite, and friendly, as I ever wit- nessed. I suppose the conduct of BOO the vakeel arose from histhinkingf himself a gfeat man, and somewhat slighted in not receiving any pre- sent from us; but, in truth, we had nothing to present. The soobah proposed paying us a visit in a short time. ** So great a contrast I have: never before seen between two neighbouring nations, to the Hin- doos and Booteas. The former are a small, puny, timid people $ the latter athletic and fearless. They have a written language, and, I am informed, many books written in it. The names of the letters are the same as the Ben- galee, witti a few exceptions ; and are written in the same order, with only this difference, — tliat theBen- galees have five letters in a line of the alphabet, but the Booteas have only four. Bootan is subject to the dib-rajah. The lama-gorooy as they call him, is, I think, only considered as a representative of God ; and they have his image \a their houses, about the size of a large man's thumb. The soobah said, ' there was a greater object of worship, who could only be seen by the mind.' " In 1809, Messrs. Robinson and W. Carey, jun», accompanied by two of the native converts, Sebuk* ram and Ghorachund, made a second attempt at forming a set- tlement at, or near, Bote-W«nt, near the Bootan country, on the borders of Thibet. On the 25th of March they arrived, after a fatiguing journey on horseback, at Barbaree, where they passed the Sabbath ; and on Monday evening they anived within % m. of Bote- Haut. Here they were deniroiw of procuring an eligible spot of ground for the erection of a house, but coiUd find none that W8$i se- cure from inundation in the rninj season. On the S8th, a large mark(||l being heid at Bote-Hnut, they sent their two native con* 04 ji>i. . __ BOO banions thither, in quest of intel- ligence. These were treated with . the utmost civility, both by the Booteas and Bengalees; and the Aatma, or chief magistrate of the place said, that if the missiona- ries chose to write him a letter, expressing their wish to visit Bote- Haut, he would send them an invi- tation. This hint was of course attended to by the brethren, who addressed ft note to the icatma the following day ; and, in the course of a few hours, they received a reply, in which the magistrate in- vited them to " come and stay with him a few days, and tell him all their joys and sorrows." On tile 30th, after breakfast, they arrived at Bote-Haut, where tiiey met with a very cordial reception from the katma, and the next day were formally re- ceived into his frieiuUhip, by a peculiar ceremony ; and, after taking leave, they returned to Barbaree, where a spot of ground was promised for the erection of a habitation. Here, however, the two native converts were taken so ill, ttat Mr. W. Carey was nnder the necessity of returning with them to Dinagepore: and Mr. Robinson himself, in consequence of fatigue, and an imprudent ex- posure to ther sun, was afterwards seized with a fever, which en- dangered his lif6 ; though, by the divine blessing on the means pre- scribed, he was mercifully restored to health. On the 21st of March, 1810, Mr. Robinson returned to Bar- baree, from which he had, for some time, been absent, on account of severe indisposition ; and, in a letter addressed to Mr. Marshman, he says, <* Our situation here is pleasant and healthy ; we have a fine circulation of air ; and, on the whole, a good prospect, which is improved by a view of the moun- tuiiu. The weather, also, is much BOO cooler than at Serampore, in oon-' - sequence of the frequent breesses from the N.E. The surrounding country is not thinly peopled ; on the contrary, I suppose there mi^ be 2000 persons who attend our market twice a-week, and there are several other larger markets at no great distance. I have now had preaching at my house three Sab- baths. On the first, my hearers were few and inattentive : on the next, I suppose there were 40 men present, besides a number of women ; and some hoard with at- tention. Last Lord's day we had more, both males and females ; so that the house was filled, and, be- fore 1 had done, numbers had col- lected about the door." In January, 1811, Mr. Robinson returned to Barbaree, after a visit to Serampore (in consequence of the death of Mrs. R.), accompanied by Mr. and Mrs. Cornish, two members of the Baptist church at Calcutta. They arrived on Satur- day, the 10th; and during the fol- lowing Monday and Tue.^ay, they were employed in arranging various articles, and in writing to the soobuh of Chemerchee, requesting permission to pay him a vi It. The letter was to have been sent off the next morning, and they hoped, in about a fortnight, to have obtained an introduction into Bootan. " But," as Mr. Robinson lustiy remarks, " we know not what a day may bring forth !" On Tuesday night, about 12 o'clock, the house of the missiona- ries was attacked by an armed band of 50 or 60 robbers ; and the total loss, in property of dittereht kinds, was supirased to amount to 2000 rupees, or about £250. Dreadful and appalling, how- ever, as was this disaster, the pro- vidence of God was clearly mani- fested on behalf of his servants, who all made their escape from the bouse, except Mr. Cornish's / > BOO little apprentice girl, Jannetta, yrho concealed herself in the store- room. '' In addition to the loss of his property, Mr. Robinson had, on this melancholy occasion, received no'fewer than four wounds; one on his right knee, one on his left arm, one on the abdomen, and another on the breast; and had not the spear struck against the bone, the last of these would probably have proved mortal. The wound in Mr. Cornish's side might, also, have been fatal, had it not been for a similar circumstance. In this dis- tressed state, and with scarcely sufficient clothes to cover them, they set out on Wednesday morn- ing for Dinagepore ; and arrived there at the end of three days, after experiencing many difficulties. At this place they were received in the most affectionate manner by Mr. and Mrs. Fernandez, and other friends, who supplied their wants with the utmost promptitude, and exerted themselves unremittingly to sooth their distresses. Though the robbers for some time eluded the arm of justice, they were at length taken and brought to pu- nishment. Three of them were hanged; several were condemned to perpetual imprisonment, and 39 lashes with* the kora ; the others were imprisoned for a stipulated time, and scourged in the same manner; and all of them were condemned to hard labour. BOJIABORA, one of the So- ciety islands ; it lies about 4 leagues N.W.ofTnhn. W.long. 161«52', N. lat. 16" 32'. It has one harbour for shipping. In its centre is a very l:>fty double-peaked mountain ; its eastern side appears almost wholly barren, bu^ the western part is more lertile ; and a low border aroand the whole island, together with the islets in its reef, are pro- ductive and populous. The inha- bitants were formerly noted for BOR more daring ferocity than any of the neighbouring islanders, all of whom, at one time, they subjugated. This island renounced idolatry with the rest of the Society islands, in the year 1816, and many of the na- tives were long very desirous that a missionary should settle among them. To meet their wishes, the ReV. Mr. Osmond, from the L, M, S., left Raiatea on the 13th of Nov. 1820. The natives received him with much crrdiality, and soon after commenced the building of a place of worship, and also of better habitations. The chapel was opened in Jan. 1822. <' The spot selected for this settlement," say the depu- tation, " is unequalled by any other on the island. It is on the western side of the great central mountain, extending along its base, and is upwards of 13 furlongs in length, parallel with the winding shore. In front is a fine harbour;, in which several hundred ships might lie at anchor with perfect safety, in all weathers. On the west side of this beautiful bay is the long island Tobura, and two small coral islets ; where is an opening through the reef, with the island of Maiipiti in full view, at the distance of 36 or 40 m. A more beautiful and suitable situation cannot be ima> gined ; while a rich border of low land, and some valleys near, ailbnl sufficient garden-ground to tli« people for growing the food com- mon to the country. A Christian church was formed here in 1820. In 1824, it bad 3^ members, of whom were deacons. The number hoptized was, of adults 643, of children 440. Na- tive schools for adults and children were well attended. In the school for the latter were 140 boys and 139 girls, of whom about 70 could read the Taheitan New Testa- ment with fluency. An Aduit and Juvenile M, S. bad been formed. The contributions of the former 06 any of , all of |ug;ated. ,try vjith ands, in 1 the na- ous tbat ) among jhes, the he L. M. h of Nov. >iv.ed him ind soon ding of a ^ of better ras opened »t selected the depu- ' any other he western niovintain, se, and is , In length, g shore. In t, in which night lie at klety, in all side of this long island :oral islets ; hrough the Maupiti in ce of 36 or antlful and ■ot be ima- rder of low near, afford nd to tl.« food corn- was formed 4, it had 3fl ere deacons, was, of n 440. Na- und children In the school 40 boys and ,out 70 could New Tests- ,n Adult and M)en formed, the fonnei 06 BOR ttmoQlited to 2017 bamboos of cocoa-nut oil, and those of the latter to 39 1 . Excellent roads had been made, and a noble stone pier erected, which was carried out nearly 305 feet into the sea. The village consisted of a street ex- tending nearly 2 m. in front of the bay, composed of well-built bouses. A code of laws, which had under- gone a very careful revision, had been promulgated by the authority of the king and chiefs, and with the consent of the people. Although the mission was at this period in its infancy, it had bad the honour of sending forth three native teachers with their wives to Rimatara, two with their wives to Maupiti, two married and one single to the Friendly Islands, three to Navi' gatnrs Islands, and two with their wives to Harvey Islands. The Rev. Mr. Piatt removed to Borabora in 1824, to fill the place of Mr. Orsmond, on his talcing the charge of the academy at Eimeo. The number baptized during 1826, was 5 adults and 21 children. Total baptized, since the c6m- mencement of the mission in 1820, of adults, 618, of children, 589 ; members added to the church 48. 6,. during 1826, had died in the faith: S had been excluded from oommnnion ; of whom one, on re- pentance, had been re-admitted: 4 had incurred censure; of whom 3, on repentance, had been restored. Total number received into church- fellowship since Nov. 1821, 240. Many of the young people at this station have, of late, unhap- pily, manifested a very untractable disposition, and occasioned no small trouble to the missionary. An Increased quantity of land has been brought under cultiva- tion. The people display their ingenuity and industry in the ma- nufacture of a considerable number of chairs and tables, and other use- ful articles ; such as a press-mill for BRA ::^^._ the' sngar-cane, a turnery laihe, tfec. (fee. ■ Tefaaro, one of the two kingSf or principal chiefs, of this island, died during 1826, while on a visit at Tahiti. -r i BOSJESVELD, sometimes called Kramer's District, in the district of Tulbagh, about 40 m. from Cape Town. In 1817, the Rev. Cornelius Kramer, of the L. M. S., was em- ployed in preaching to the slaves, Hottentots, and colonists, who greatly needed his assistance. Mr. K., who is the only survivor of the first missionaries sent out to Africa in 1799, of whiob number was the late Dr. Vanderkemp, continues to labour to the present time with the same diligence and devotedness as have always charac* terized him. ' BRAINERD, formerly CAicka- maugah, in Chickamaugab dis- trict, a Cherokee nation, about 30 m. from the N. W. corner of Georgia, in an easterly direction, 2 m. within the chartered limits of Tennessee, on the western side of Chickamaugab creek, which is navigable to Brainerd, being 15 m. from its confluence with the Ten- nessee. It is. nearly equi-distant from the eastern and western ex- tremities of the Cherokee country, and perhaps 25 or 30 m. from tiie northern limit, which is the moutU of the Hiwassee. It lies 250 m. N. W. of Augusta, Georgia, 150 S. E. of NashvUle, 110 S. W. of Knoxville, Tennessee, about 8 m. N.E. of the road from Augusta to NashviUe. W. long. 86«', N. lat. 35<». The face of the country is un- even ; but there are few mountains. Lookout is about 6 m. westerly from Brainerd, and is supposed to be at least 2500 feet high. The woods are generally open ; but on the bottom-land, near the rivers, the timber is Uiick and h(9avy, ^'% m and the herbage luxoriant. The climate is temperate. Though the flays of summer are hot, the nights are very cold. The seasons ^faave a much greater resemblance to those of tile central parts of New England, than to those of Savan- nah or Charlestown. Snows some- times lie upon the ground a week or more, and the surface of the earth is occasionally frozen hard; yet, during the winter, cattle are f^dom foddered, and are, not un- ifrequently, very fat in the spring. In addition to these natural ad- vantages of the place, there is, at the landing, what is called a fish- trap, formed by a [Tartial dam« It was rebuilt in 1817, and is of great benefit to the establishment. The fish are caught as they pass down the stream in the night, and 150 have been taken out at a time ; the largest weighing 30 pounds, and a considerable proportion from 6 to 10 pounds each most of which are of.«\n excellbut quality. , the property of the mission was summarily estimated, as follows. In May, 1822 :— Dollars. Improvements of land 1360 Agn^lcaltural implements. . . . 550 Livestock... 2730 Saw-mill and grist-mill .... 4000 School'house for girls 1000 Otiieff buildings 1265 Mechanical tools 420 Iron, ste^, lumber, <&c 4S5 Household furniture, loom, •wheels, (fee 2500 tiibraty and globes 1000 Medicines, surgical instru- . .monts, «fec. 300 Provisions on hand 1840 • .'. ' 'J '•" — — — — ;i ^«fmi*>;i Total 17,390 • The niittion premises are in the midst of a wilderness, and were purchased for 500 dollars of a white man, who had cleared a few acres, and erected 3 or 4 I09 Bill cabins. There are now bSefweira 30 and 40 buildings of various descriptions, mostiy of logs, on a gentle eminence principcdly on a line from N.E. to S.W. , As you enter from the N.E. you pass the creek where are the saw^miU and grist'miU; thence you enter a lane, which extends across the clearing 80 or 90 rods, on either side of which are the principal buildings Nearly in the centre of the row is the mlssion-hiHise, two stories high, having a piaTjsa its whole length, with a pleasant court-yard in front. Behind it, and imme- diately connected witii it, are the dining-hall and kitchen for the es- tablishment. A few feet to the S.W» is a two- stoiy framed building for the fe- male school, well finished, ■' and built by the direction of the Pre- sident of the Utiited States, who called here in 1819, and was pleased to express his approbation of the plan of instruction, and of the deportment and improvement of the pupils. Before his departure, he gave the missionaries a letter directed to tiie United {States agent, and observed, <* I have written to him to pay the balance of your account, for what you have expended in these buildings, and also to repay the expense of the house you are about to build. Make a good house, having due re- gard to economy." Besides this, the American government furnished va- rious implements of husbandry and domestic manufacture. At the S.W. extremity of the lane is the school- house for the tx)ys> Urge enough to accommodate 1 00 scholsrsj-wbicb is used as the place of worship on the Sabbath. Most of the buildings are constructed of logs, having the interstices filled with mortar, . and make but a plain appearance. The ground on the S.E. sideof the: lane is divided into a gar'ien, an orchard, and several other lots, 98 BRA- whiclK«rd. neatly fenced, and pre- sent a pleasant prospect in front of tbe Imissidtt^house; Near the school-house for boys U the grave- yilrd, where lie the remains of the Rev. Dr, Worc€ater, late Cor. Secy- of the Boards wiio died on a visit to this station, June 7th, 1821. The American Board of Com- ndgaionsfor Foreign Misaiotu sent ihe following persons here in 1817 : Rev. jird HojftfmA MessntEtizur Butler, physician; Sylvester Ellis , schoolmaster; John Failj Henry Parker f Frederick Elswortht far' mers ; Erastus Dean and Ainsworth E. Blunt, mechanics; all married. In Nov; 1823, the following per-< sons arrived on their way to dif- ferent stations, assigned or to be assigned ;-^ Rev* iSomve/ Mdsley, licmsed preacher jmd missionary ; Mea&TSiDavid ffright and David Gage, se/ioolmasters ; all married : Messrs. fFm, Holland and Josiah Hemmingway, farmers^ with the wife of Mr. Holland; Mr. Ebenezer Bliss, mechanic;: together with Misses Electd May, Sophia Sawyer f and Philena Thatcher, About the middle of Jan. 1824, Mr. and Mrs. Gage were instructing the schools on account of the sickness of Mr. Ellis. At this time there were about 20 labourers, sotne of whom were expecting to open new schools. Many others have la^ boured here, who have removed to other stations, or, from various causes, have left the field. The Rev. Cyrus Kingsbury vi- sited the Cherokees with a view to a mission among them, in Sept. 1816; and, in the early part of October, presented thq subject to a general council of the chiefs of the Cherokees and Creeks, who were desirous that his plans for the in- struction of their children might speedily be put into operation, and appointed one of their number to go with him and to select a suitable place for an establishment. In BBA' pursuance of his instructions, he^ then communicated the designs Ofi the Board to th^ heads of diepbrt- ments at WasMngton, and s-> vided for in their families. Within' about a year the number had in-- creasedjto 46, and the year fol-' lowing to 83, which may be near ti^e average number since« In> Jan. , 1824, the number was con-' siderably reduced, in consequenica of a> prevailing sickness in tiie fa- mily. The pupils, generally, have made very satisfactory progress in English studies, and rapid improtinued until his death, which happe. \f 1 a few years after. At that time, the Indians here were all Christians, in distinction from pa< gans i and many adorned their pro- fession. Since then, their spiritual interests have not been entirely neglected. BRUSSELS, a city of the Ne- tiierlands, capital of Brabant, and of the other provinces, whrcb were formerly denpminated the Austrian Low Countries. It is 7 m. in circuit, contains 80,000 inhabit- ants, and has many magnificent squares, pubUc buildings, walics, and fountains. It was. bombarded by Marahal Villeroy, in 1695, by which 14 churches and 4000 houses were destroyed. It has been, sere* ral times taken since ; the last time by the French, in 1704. It is seated partly on an eminence, and partly on the R. Senne, 23 ni. S. Anwerp, and 165 N. by E. Paris. £. long, 4" 22', N. lat. 60° 61'. I 100 t, aMo- ive edu« cbarity m Long place In ret eived, ?irs vith Ke then e coUec- grhick he 1188, he L removed bis care is plaice, hi$ deathn >ars after, ftjere were jnfrooiptt- their pro- ir spiritual \\ entirely Afthe request of somi English residents in this city^ the /T. M. S. in 1815, appofaitcd Mr. iteier/*- to oommence a mission; and found so much encouragement, as In- doeed the appointment of a second, Mt,.Jie Ketpezdrottt wha could preach in French, English, and tferman, with directions to visit Antwerp. A large chapel has been built at Brussels, and considerable success has followed their labours. BUDDALORE, or^ BUDA- LOOR, a considerable tillage in the Camatic Mindoostan, 12 m. W. Tanjore, inhabited by CoUaries, 8 set of people infamous for theft and. robbery, as their name denotes. lo 1T77, tiiey were all heathens. The Rev. Mr. Swurtz, and other Danii^ missionaries, occasionally laboured here, and persuaded many to cultivate their fields, and abandon their plundering expeditions, which prepared the way for the establish- ment of schools and religious in- struction, in one day, TOGO men returned to their villages for the purposes of agriculture ; the rest of these inhabitants soon followed their example, and gave the following assurance to Mr. Swartz : — " As you have shewed kindness to; us, you shall not have reason to repent of it ; we intend to worlc nighi and day to sheifr our regard for you." To this resolution they seemed to adhere ; and, about the close of the last Century, in this country, through which a traveller could not safely i iss,no robberies were com- Aiitted, and many had embraced Cbristianitj. In 1800, the Chris- tian Kmwledge Society had, for some time, exerted a happy in- fluence at this place, by'their mis- sionaries, and the establishment of schools. A house for prayer was erected, in which a large congre- gation attended on the stated in- structions of Daw-asagayanif an able and faithful catechist; who received occasional assistance from . BUE this missicmaries at Tranquebar'.^ Duriligthis year, the following in-> create of the congregation is no^- ticed; 46 c^iUlren baptized, 94: heathens properly instructed and' baptized, and IT converts from tb^' Romish communion. Four schools- were regularly maintained. • Theso efforts have since bieen. successfully continued. ' BUENOS AYRES, so caUed on account of the peculiar salubrity of its climate ; a country of S. Ame-' rica : bounded N. by Peru; E. by- Brazil and the Atlantic;' S. by Patagonia; N. W. by the Andes, ' which separate it from Chili. It extends from 14° to 38<* 30' S. lat. about 1700 m. It is rich in mines of gold, silver, and other valuable' metals. Those of Potosi are the richest, and have yielded between^ 4 and 5,000,000 of dollans an- nually. in 18 IT, the oflRciat estimates of the population were 1,800,000, ex-t elusive of Indians, of-: whom it is supposed more than 700,000 are- civilized. Numerous wandering tribes OC"*- cupy the N. part of this country^ " Buenos Ayres was formerly ft; Spanish colony, but independence was declared July 0,1816. Thees- tablisbed religion is Roman Catlu)'' lie ; yet there are many advocates for universal toleration, and It is thought the time is not far distant when Protestants will be permitted to introduce their own forms of worship, notwithstanding the strong prejudices of the Catholics, and the violent opposition of the priests. Buenos j4yres, the capital of the above province. This city was founded by Mendoza, in 1535, but wa3; afterwards abandoned ; and in 1644, another colony of the Spa- niards came here, who left It also ; but it was rebuilt in 1582, and inba» bited by Spaniards and the native Americans. It is well fortified ; the streets are straight and paved ; and Kg 101 H hi KV BUE the houses built of hrtek or chnHc, generally of two 8torie8> with a tiled loof. It has about 60,000 inba* bitants. Buenos Ayres surren- dered to the £ngiish in 1806, but tiiey were obliged to abandon it soon after. In 1807, the English made an unsuccessful atvacic on tbis cify^ In 1810, a revolution toolc place, the viceroy was deposed, and a pro> visional government established, which still remains. The city stands on a peninsula, on the S. side of the Plata,. 220 m. from the ocean, though the river is here 21 m. in breadth. W. long. SS" 3)', S.lat. 34036'. . Me. James TAompson, agent to the JB. fy F. S. S. . arrived here from Edinburgh, October, 1818 ; %'hen he presented a memorial to tile government on the subject of education; at length obtained its sanction ; and was appointed,^ Sept. 1819, superintendent of schools, which he was. authorized to esta- blish, with a salary from govern- ment. He remftioed about a year, in whicb time he collected up- wards of 400 boys and 100 girls in the central schools. Having put these schools into successful ope- ration, he proceeded to Chili, where he was also successful ; thence to Peru ; and intended to visit all the states of S. America, with a view to promote the means of education on the British system. Messrs. John C. Brigham and Theophilus Partfin, from the Jme- rican Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions^ embarlced from Boston, July 26, 18:23, and landed at this city on the 24th of October following, where they found a wide sphere for usefulness. Here they were instructed to reside several months; then cross the continent to Chili ; pass along the coast, through Peru, to the isthmus of Darien ; visit Mexico ; and advance to the N. as far as Santa Fe. Their inquiries were to relate. to every BUI, subject which might have a'lieliN ing on the moral and rellgioui state of the people ; how far thie principles of religious toleration aiBi Ulcely to prevail ; and what are the most eligible plaoes for making evangelical exertiona of a per- manent character. Sltace then, this province has taken the lead in education as well as other things. The sum appro- priated to the purposes of educa- tion, for 182d> was upwards of 126,000 dollars, being about 40,000 more than in 1824. The schools are 106 ; and contain about 6000 children, of whom two-thirds are boys : of these sflbools, 30yat least, are free schools, and are taught on the British system, the expense being defrayed by the government; the others are private schools. On female education, to which the go- vernment pays especial attention, an American gentleman, who long resided in the province, sa}i — « A society of females of the first re- spectabilit>\ denominated ' The Society of Beneficence,' was lately established by public authority; and to it is committed the superin- tendence and direction of aU the public schools for females, the house of orphans, and other public insti- tutions intended for the benefit of young children and of tlie female sex. According to the latest htate* ments, this society had under its care 6 public schools, containing between 6 and 600 femcdechildren." The university had, according to the last printed statement, 419 students. BULLOM country, W. Africa, N. Sierra Leone colony. The BuUoms are a numerous people, extremely degraded and su- perstitious, and very much addicted to* witchcraft. Among, them tiie tyranny and cruelty of satanical delusions are most aflbctlngly di»> played. In every town are devil's houses 102 Ugioui ion MB t vn the making a p0T- M taken well as appro- [ eduoa- vardt of kt40,0(H^ , BchooU out AOOO ilrds are , at least, [augbt on expense ernment) ooLb. Ou :h the go- attention, who long %Ky% — " A e flrst re- ed < The was lately authority ) ,e superln- of all the ,the house iblic instl- beneflt of tlie female itest htate* under Its containing children." cording to neut, 419 r. Africa, numerous lied and su- ch addicted f;them the satanical Btlngly dls. /ll's houses lioa BUL to guard the place; and alaidst every BuUom-house has some re- presentatkm of Satan. Before the devil's houses, which are small thatched huts, 3 or 4 feet high, the blood of animals is sprinkled, a li- bation of palm wine poured out, and an oft'ering of fruit and rice ooeasionally made. The Bulloms believe in a state of existence after death, and erect huts over the graved of the dead, in which they place a jug or two to supply the spirits of the deceased with what they want when they come out, as they suppose they do, at different times. In 1818, the Rev. Mr. Nylander, having resigned his situation as chaplain at Sierra Leone, for the purpose of commencing a mission- ary station among the Bulloms, -had fixed his residence at a place ^willed Yongroo Pomoh, which is described, by the Rev. C. Bicker- steth, as *' pleasantly situated at the mouth of the Sierra Leone R., nearly opposite to Free Town, and about 7 miles from it." Here he opened a school ; and by the suavity of his manners, and the consistency of liis conduct, so eilectually con- ciliated the respect and esteem of the natives, that a considerable number of them were induced to place their children under his tui- tion. Even the king of Bullom entrusted one of his sons to the care of this excellent missionary ; but the young prince bad not been kuig in tiiie seminar}' before be died. " After he was dead," says Mr. Nylander, " the people were going to ask him, according to their custom, who hud killed him : but I was very glad that, after long rea- soning in opposition to their opi- nions, they were satisfied that he had not fallen a victim to the arts of any witch or gregree ; but that God, who gave him life at first, had now called him home, to be with him, in . a good and happy place : BUL and I assured his friends, that If they would begin to pray to Gody> they would once more meet him In that place, and rejoice with him hr ever. As I stated my belief that God had killed him, I wais allowed to bury him, in ' white man'a fashion,' and the king gave me a burying-place separate from their own. " It Is lamentable,*' says the same writer, in another communi- cation, « that the Bulloms should have been left so long without any religious instruction. They live in gross darkness, worshipping evil sp.rits, and dealing very cruelly with each other, on account of their superstjtious witchcraft ; which, perhaps, was encouraged by the inhuman trafiBc in slav^. If any slave ship had been per- mitted to appear . in the Sierra Leone R., about 16 or more witches would have been sold, and sent off for the coast, since I have been at Bullom. " The foUowing facts will exhibit some of their superstitions . in an affecting manner. ** A young man, named Jem Kambah, was employed by me, and attended pretty regularly on our family and public worship. Going one day to visit his mother, she gave him two small smooth stones, which she had laid by for that pur- pose ; telling him to wash them every day, and rub them with oil ; and tliat tiien they would take care of him, and be would prospeT~l>e- cause they were two good spirits. * Mother,' said he, ' these are stanes, how can they take care of me? I hear the white man at Yongroo Pomoh telling us that God alone can help us, and that all our gregrees (chanps) are good for no- tiiing. These stones can do me no good: I will, therefore, look to God, and beg him to take care of me.' Thus saying, he threw the stones into the fire, as unworthy of notice, ' . •: 103 -■U '- '^ This%ft« lit bertidttS 8«&8ri^g(f J* ' and, on his Mother ftcqbaihting her ffHends #tth it?th<*5f BharjUy reprov* ed him ; Vhd told^lm tMat, by thiis (tetlAg, he> wbrtog mfdehidf /' upon th6'inbi« ftitentldff to any of their customs, but would listen to what he'be*rd at 'YowgnMJ'Pomdi. ^ " ** One dabbathj after divine ser- vice, Jem again went to 'see his mothdr, and met tjhe people danc- lAg,- and trying some persons for MTttehcraft. He told them that it ytm the Lord's day, and that they should not dance, but go to* Yon- groo Pomoh, to hear what the wMW man hud to say. * And then, ' he Added, 'you will leave off all dancing end witch-palavers, which are nothing but the woric of the devi(.» This' ^eech, together with the throwing of the stoned into the Are, affironted thenl so much, that they threatened to punish htm ; and, the next morning, he was summoned before ttie king, and ao- and had some plantain leaves tied round' his waist. About two tea-spOOft- fuls of white rice hod been given to him in th^ morning ; and if this rice were thrown up with the red wpter, it Was to prove him innodeht. Jem now ascended the scaffofd, and drank 8 calabashes (about 4 quarts) of red water, which wAS administered to him as fast as he could swallow it. He threw all up agAin, with the rice which he had eaten in the morning ; but, as he fainted before he could get down from the scaffold, it was said that some witch-palaver must be left in his stomach, because the devil wrestled with him ; and he was re^- quested to drink the water again. This, however, he refused ; Ob- serving that he hAd merely drank it in the first InstAnce to please his accusers, and to shew that he wav no witch. A few days afterward he came to work again, and the business was dropped ; but Jem did not appear so serious, nor did he so teguiarlv attend on public wor- ship, as before." The poor creature whose cane is next narrated, had not the cou< rage of Kambah, but was teorifled into the confession of an imagi- nary crime, in order to save herself from the further cruelty of her per- secutors. " I WA« told," says Mr. Ny- eaif ously ill ; afterwards I went to the place where the supposed witch, name<< Dumfurry, was lying In diains, under a tree, In a high fever— the small-pox just coming out I begged the people to re- lease her, and to let her lie down comfortably in a house i but they said they could not do It, I must speak to the head man of the town, the king not being at home. I ap- plied to him, but he refused} al- leging that she was a bad woman, who had been in the Sbeerong(a sort of purgatory, where the evil q)iTits dwell, and whither the sup- Iiosed witohes resort), where she bought the smalUpox, and, by witchcraft, brought tiiie disease upon this woman. <> * If she be so skilful,* I said, < you can make money by h«tr. I^ose her, and let her go this night again to the Sheerong, and bring the small-pox. In order to witch the small-pox upon met k..)d If I catch the disease, I will pay vou ton bars.' One said that I had had them, and therefore she could not bring them on me. * Why,' said I, ' if she be a witch, she can cause a (tick to have the small-pox to- morrow ; and if she knew any thing of witchcraft, she would not stand before you to be flogged, but would bind you all, that you could not eatcli her. She knows nothing, however, about witch-iialaver, ana, in your dealing so hardly with her, you do extremely wrong, and dis* please God.' " As the iK)or creature could not be loosed without the consent of the sick woman's htuband, I sent for him ; and, after some time, he contented that she should be taken BUL ont of the stocks — and so I left them. But the relations of tbo person dangerously ill began to question the supp«^ witoh, and gave her a severe whipping} and the woman, at length, conCessed that she had bewitehed her. " The doctor was now called in to examine the sick person, and he, in his torn, by pretended witoh- craft, pretended to iaake out of the woman's head, L A worm, called, in Sierra Leone, the forty foot; 8. A small bag, containing the in^ struments of a witoh — such as a knife, a spoon, a basin, dec. ; 8. A snail ; 4. A rope ; and, 6, the small- pox ! I The witoh was then whipped a second time, and asked whether she had not put all these things Into the head of the woman, wdd> was now almost dead. She con- fessed it; and brought forward a man and two women, as having joined with her to kill Uiis woman* The man said that he krtew no- thing of witohcraft, and consented to prove his innocence by drinlcing the red water. The two females were whipped, and sent to work ; and the principal one was to be put to death, as soon as the sick woman should die. Till then, Dumfurry, the supposed witoh, was appointed to guard the siok E arson, and to drive the flies from er." « I oppose th^se foolish witeb acousatious,"$aysMr. N. "where- ever I ca*t ; and numbers of the Bulloms, especially the younger ones, see plainly that it is the power of darkness and ignorance which works upon the minds of the old people; but they dare nut say a wonl in opposition to this evil prac- tice, for rear of being theuiielvet immediately accused ofwitchcraft." Among these benighted people, Mr, Nylander continued to labour for a dbnsiderable time, with the most unwearied patience and ua- 106 i ^- BUR nmittlng leal ; and, iti^addHion to ther iiutraction of the children pjaced in bissthooU and the preach- ings, of; the t]ruth,r hei.translatBd the- fiour' Goapelsy the epistles of Str f Joho^ the mdrning and even- ing prayers of the Chnrch of Eng- land, some hymns, and several eielnentary books> into the Bui- lotn language. In 1§1S, how- ever, the pernicious influence of the slave trade rendered the prospect of success .more dsrlc- and distant than ever, and the mission was oonsequently abandoned;; Mr. N. mtiring into the colony with the gfaoterpart of Uie pnpils, who, at that time, were under his instruc- tion. ^ . ; BUjRDERS point, a station ia the* 'district of Atehuru, in the N. E. pdit of Taheite. : In ISSi, the Rer. Mr; Bourne jofaied Mr. Darling, who had com- menced a mission to the Orapoas ; thft infai^taiits of tills district, and the "Station nttimately formed, as- stinM^ the above-mentioned name. Publio ireligiotts services had been rieigulaTly kept up from the time ef Mr.^ Darling's arrlvaU About aOO^ ad^ittii had been carefully esamined, and iOO children bad been ta)itiased. Of the former, SI were admitted to the Lord's Supper, and the rest were under instruction as candidates for com- Buiiion. Schools had also been eetabllshed, both for adults and chMdven. They contained, at this time, of the former, 386 ; of the latter, S30. At another place, in the same district, there was a school, wbich contained about RO, chiefly •dnlts. A large and commodious place of worship, in the English ibrle, had been b«iilt, in the erection of which the natives ebeerfuUy as- sisted. The nati?es*were likewisu, in some degree, inured to industry. Mfti, Bourne and Mrs. Darling had tftugbt the females to make them- BUR selves honneti of a species of gtais' adapted to this |»urpose. Scarcely a woman was to be .seen in the 'cour gregation without a bonnet, or a man without a hat, of this, simple manu-. .facture. A printing-establishment was formed here, and 5000 coples> of the- Gospeliiby Matthew, and 3000 of that by John, in the Ta- heitan language, printed ; which were received by the .natives with the greatest avidity. Mr. Bouxne having, soon after, removed from this station, Mr. Darling continued his zealous exertions, attended, by the most encouraging success^ In the. middle of 18S3, the number of the baptized had increased to 761, of whom 4 i 1 were adults ; that of candidates for baptism was \5» The church consisted of 60 membeK,< and there were 10 candidates for admission. Among the latter was Q man named Maiohaa, who was formerly distinguished by taking the lead in acts of rebellion, and \dK^e otffice it was to recite all the ancient speeches of war. Others, once atrocious transgressors, had recent- ly died in the Lord. A striking proof of the peaceful influence of the dospel must also be mentioned. —During the early part of the pre- vious year, some mischievous per- sons having raised a report, tending to excite war between the people inhabiting the districts of Atehoru and Pare, those of the former dis- trict came to Mr. Darling, and de- clared that they would not take ui> arms — that they would not flgfat with their countrymen, as they had formerly done^ as they had now re- ceived the Gospel of peace, and were become brethren in the Gospel. The greatness oi the change willbff felt, when it is remembered that, before the overthrow of idolntry, the Atehuruans were notorious for violence, and had delighted in war and bloodshed for ages unknown. The ichooU, in July, 18i3, 100 conttoinecnae boys and 121 girli^J 45 natives performed the part oJF teachers in the schools, of whom 16 were women. Subsequent re* ports assure us that, in both a civil and religious point of view, the af- fairs of this station are prospering. From that of 1 827, It appears that an endemic had been- very prevalent. It had carried off 13 adults and 14 children. Among the deceased was a truly pious and devoted deacon of the church, who had wished to go as a teacher tosome of the surround- ing islands, but no opportunity bad occurred for that purpose . H e died in peace. Of the children who de- parted, two or three of the boys gave pleasing evidence of a spiritual change. Several of those who, after having professed Christianity, bad returned to their former evil ways, had given proofs of repent- ance. Among the rest was the father of a family, whose children attended the mission school. It seems that his compunction was awakened, by observing his chil- dren's attention directed to that which is good, while he himself was living in sin. The weekly meet- ings were numerously and regularly attended. The day-schools, for adults and children, were in a flourishing state. At the Sabbath- school the attendance was good, and the progress of the children was pleasiAg. Several boolts had been printed. The Tabitian public li- brary for the Windward Islandti, formed at this station, had been tnriched by many prei?enis. A new mission-house, a very commodious school-house, and several good dwelling-bouses, had been erected. A new roK(l bad been • made, and, throughout the district, the people were engaged in making plantations of taro, i — nafiili^f df adults^ baptfrnicl , Wu 427 ; of children, 416. Total num- ber of communicants, 141. Seven! more Vere candidates for chutvh fellowship ; 92 had been added to the church during the year ; 3 had incurred censure, but hone bad been exicludedn and, during the same period, 9 had been married. BURDWAN, a town of Hln- doostan in Bengal, capital of a di^- trict which is the first in rank for agricultural riches in all India. It is seated near the Dummooda, S% m. N.W. of Calcutta. E.' long. 87« 57', N. lat. 28» ly. At the close Of the year, W16, the Corresponding Committee at Calcutta, connected with the d M. S., received a communication from Lieut. Stewart, stationed at Burdwan, proposing an ektensivto plan of native schools at and near that place. Three scbool»— -Ia Biirdtuan, and at Lackoody, arid Ryan — wore accordingly taken under the society's care. With the concurrence of the committee, the plan was afterwards extende<^ and additional schools o^n'^di ' Of the state of the BurdwaA schools, an impartial observerMes- tiiies, under date of Aug. 28tb, 1817 :— " I am at Burdwan, In the house of Lieut. Stewart, an oflloer In the company's service. If every missionary did as much as he has done, and is doing, for the cause of civilization and religion, he need be in no fear as to bis reputatton With those who employ him. He has done wonders in this neigh- bourhood, in regard to education." The number of bchools was soon after increased to 10, in which about 1000 children were taught the Bengalee Itmguaspe, by ttie new method so successtully adopted In Europe, with judicious modifi- cations and improvehients,by Lieut. Stewart. The places at iM^ieh they were built, in addition to those - • - • lOT / BUR menticned, were — KotuAunnugur, Komilpore, Geituupore^ Pourut Ga- onpore, Mirzapore. and Coiigong. The most distant of these filiates is hot 6 miles from Burdwan, but the greater number are only from S to 3 m. distant. Though Lieutenant Stewart did not formally and regu> larly teach the Scriptures, he con> tinually distributed copies of the Gospels and religious tracts, which were eagerly sought after by the yoiing people when they had learned to read. Receiving an impulse and borrowing light from the plans and 0{>erations of the late active and excellent Mr. May, at Chinsurab, he still further improved his system ; ' and of its efficiency, Mr. Robertson and Mr. Thomason speak In the hi^ert terms. The latter says, after an examination he conducted — ** It was very pleasing to hear a simple and good account of the English government,the two houses of parliament, the army and navy, imd universities, of England, with its chief towns, cities, and rivers, from a company of poor Bengalee bc^, who, unless they had been brought under instruction, must have remained in entire ignorance, and stupid indifference to improve- ment." The Rev. Messrs. Jetter and Deerr were settled at Burdwan, on the 17th November, 1810, Captain Stewart having purchased a piece of ground,and built a house for the ac- commodation of the missionary fa- mily. The former took charge of the central school recently erected, 'in which the English language was taught; and Mr. Deerr super- intended the Bengalee schools. In July, 1880, there were about 60 scholars in the central English school, and 1050 In 13 Bengalee schools. Their attendance was in- terrupted by the frequentrecurrence of heathen festivals, and by occa> •ional labours in the field. Mr.J«t- BUR ter writes, on occasion of a visit paid them by a kind friend — ** We were much grieved that he could not see much of the schools, as the -natives had, just then, 2 holy-days^ if we may call them so, when all the schools were shut up. They wor- shipped, during those two days, paper, pens, and ink I By doing so, they say, they become wise." In 1831, an English clergyman being much wanted, the Rev. John Perowne proceeded to this station. His reception by the residents was most cordial : a subscription was set on foot for the erection of a suitable place of worship ; and, on application to government by the local authorities, an eligible spot of ground was assigned for the site of a church, and an order issued to supply the sum wanted to complete the estimate out of the public chest. The success of the schools was demonstrated by an interesting and extensive examination. Mr. Deerr, In addition to his ordinary en* gagements, took five boys into his house at his own expense, to Whom he gave religious in- struction. « I am sometimes de- lighted,^' he says, " with the an* swers which I obtain, when I ask these boys the meaning of a passage of Scripture. For instance, when I asked, ' What did our Lord mean, when he said, /Vkoaoeter teeth me, teeth the Father f* One who is of the brahmin caste an* sweredf * I think it may be under* stood thus: As the Father, the Son, and the Holy Ghost, are one, therefore whosoever seeth the Son, seeth the Father also.' At ono* thertime, when I asked how it wiu that David called Christ his * Lord,' though he was aUK> called the Son of David? the same boy said, * David had become acquainted, through the prophets, with thst great Redeemer who was to come ; and in that respect he called him dsitpaid ITe were i not see ) nativeft rs^ if we all Maa tiey wot- vo days, By doing wise." lergynren Lev. JoUn IS station, dents was ption was ition of a 'y and, on nt by the ble spot of the site of r issued to a complete iblic chest ;hools was resting and Mr.Deen, ■dinary en* I boys into I expense, ligious in- letimes de. Ith the an- when I ask af a passage mce, when our Lord fVhoaoever \grf* One 1 caste an- ^y be under* ^ather, the it, are one, ith the Son, » At ano- how it w«8 his ' Lord,' [led the Son boy said, acquainted, with that as to come ; called hhn 10§ BUR his Lord ; and because he became incarnate in the family of David, he is called his Son.'' In 1822, the Rev. J. Perowne and the Rev. W. Deerr (Rev. Mr. Jettar having suspended his la- bours at Burdwan from impaired health) were joined in the charge of the mission and sctiools hy the Rev. Jacob Maiscb. In April, a oj^urch was nearly finished. Di- vine service was held twice on Sundays. The first converUi in this mission were baptized on the .^th of May. An adult native received, on this interesting occasion, the name of Daniel, and a youth of 13 years of age that of John. Another promising youth was a candidate for admission to the holy ordinance. Mrs. Perowne, after many unsuccessful attempts, sue- (?eeded in forming a female Ben- galee school. Mr. Perowne ob- serves, "The remarks and ques- tions of the children in the schools evince that a foundation is laid for much future good. There is abun- dant reason to bless God for what has been done. Who would have expected, a year ago, to see 1000 Hindoo children reading the Gos- pel? Nay, so greatly are these prejudices removed, that those very boys, who, a few months since, disliked or refused to read any book which contained the name of Jesus, are now willing to read a professed history of his life and doctrine ; and, what is more, in some cases they have solicited the Gospel in preference to every other book." In 1823, the work appears to have increased and prospered. Two more adult youths were added to the church) and the blessing of God manifestly rested on the religious instruction afibided to the elder youths. To the schools on the western side of the town, under the more particular care of Mesan. Deerr and Maisch, Mr. BUR Perowne added two on the east-^ em ; one containing 80 boys, and the other about lOO. Attheaof. nual examination, conducted by the Rev. Mr. Thomason, there was a much wider range than on former occasions of subjects purely religious; the boys continued to manifest the same zeal and interest in the bocks they read, and their sensible and pertinent answers to the questions put to them were highly gratifying. The English, school, also, which had been la-, bouring undet various disadvan- tages, was in a more pleasing state than at any former period ; it contained 65 boys; about 32 of whom, at an examination in March, passed very satisfactorily. Four more schools were jopened for fe- male children; containing, with the one previously established, up- wards of 100 girls. The opera- tions of the missionaries were con- tinued with much energy in all the departments of their labours, until many of the school buildings were either seriously injured, or entirely swept away, by an alarming inun- dation, in the autumn pf 1823. All the houses of the poor Bengalees fell in, and the people were obliged to climb up the trees in order to save their lives. " There they sat, without sustenance, for four days," says Mr. Reichardt, then on a vi- sit at Burdwan, « crying to their gods, ' Hori ! Hori t save us — we are lost!' Brethren Deerr and Maisch, and myself, were togetlier in one house ; and if the water bad risen but one inch higher, it would have entered our rooms, and we should have been obliged to flee to the roof; for which purpose we kept a ladder ready : however, we were spared this danger, by the water decreasing. Many idols, and particularly those which they had prepared to celebrate the poo- iah« of the goddess Doorga, were broken to pieces, or floated away. L 109 . BUR I saw a heap of them, about 60 in number, lying broken near the road. The impotency of these idols was greatly exposed ; and many of the Bengalees began to ridicule them, saying, * Our gods are dead — they could not prevent the flood.* But, I am sorry to say, this impres< sion of the nothingness of idols, which tbey, during this awful catas- trophe, received, is already worn off; for, soon after that, instead of ifee image of Doorga, they wor- shipped a water-pot^ into which they had cited hev spirit." The injury sustained by this calamity was, however, repaired as soon as possible. In 1S25, Bnrdwan was deprived of two valuable missionaries. The death of Mr. Maisch took place, Aug. 29 ; and Mrs. Maisch's con- tinued ill-health rendered her re- turn to this country necessary. The encouraging prospects of the male and female schools continued. Of the examination of the latter, it is said, " The general impression seemed to be, that the children ex- ceeded the expectations formed of them. The order, regularity, and respectful behaviour, for which the Burdwan boys' schools are noted, were equally exemplified in those of the girls; there was no confu> sion, no improper conduct — but all conducted themselves in a modes^ and becoming manner. All read or answered the questions without fear or hesitation ; but nothing for- ward or presuming was seen in any of them." The most recent accounts are rery favourable. A small chapel was opened for native worship, on the mission premises, on the 18th of Dec. 1825. Divine ser- vice is held therein twice on Sun- days ; and daily morning and even- ing worship. Several persons seem to be thinking of their eternal interests: among these is a young man (a brahmin) brought up in the BUR English school. The pundit of that school also, and two friends of his, have, for some time, attended the means of grace i and two of them (both Coolin brahmins) pro- fess themselves desirous of embrac- ing Christianity. Three chapi^Ls have been erected in neighbouring villages: the average attendance at each of these is not less than 100 persons, often IdO or 200. On Mr. Deerr'sremovaItoCulna,some of the most remote and wOnt at- tended village schools were, of ne- cessity, given up. Still, hqwever, \6 schools remain under the direc- tion of Mr. Perowne and his assist- ant, containing about 11,000 chil- dren. These are collected from, perhaps, not less than 150 different villages. Mr. Thomason and Mr. Sherer were present, recently, at the examination of the boys of the central school, and speak highly of the r proficiency and religious kno>x^odge. The girls' schools, 12 in number, which are superintended by Mrs. Perowne, have been taken under the pa- tronage of the Native Female Edu- btttion Society. BURMAN EMPIRE. This is an extensive empire in Asia, to the E. of the bay of Bengal, contain- ing the kingdoms of Burmah, Cas- say, Arracan, and Pegue, and all the western coast of Siam. This and some adjacent countries have sometimes been termed Indo-Chi> nese nations, as situated between India Propet and China. The em- pire of Burmah, in its present state, is about 1200 m. in length, and 800 or 900 in the broadest part. It ex- tends from the 0th to the 88th deg. N. lat., and from the 91st to t£e 108th deg. E. long., and contains a population estimated at about 19,000,000. The kingdom of Bur- mah, frequently called Ava, from the name of ita ancient capital, has Pegue on the S., Assam on the N., Anocon and Camay on the W., and 110 ia,soine bWt at- j, of ne- iqwever, le direc- ,is assist- QOO chil- sd from, different and Mr. lently, at boys of )d speak jticy and rhe girls' which are I Perowne, the pa- mle Edu- This is sia, to the contain- mah, Cas- I, and all lam. This itrles have Indo-Chi- between The em- jsent state, th, and 800 irt. Itex- ) 28th deg. Ust to tlie id contains at about )in of But- Ava, from Icapital, has L on theN.) [the W., anil 110 BUH Chh)a and Upper Siam on the E. This kingdom was conquered in 1762, by the King of Pegue, who carried the Burofian monarch pri- soner to Pegue, where he was mur- dered in 1754. But Alompra, who was a Burman of low distinction, and continued by the conqueror as chief at Monchabon, a small place to the N. of Ava, revolted against the Peguese, got possession of Ava in 1763, and, after numerous battles, with various success, be- came the conqueror of Pegue in 1757. Thisdeliverer of his country continued in a state of warfare till his death, in 1760 ; and his succes- sors have added the other countries, which now form the Burman em- pire. The northern part of the country is barren and mountainous; but the plains and valleys, situated more southerly, are very fertile. The climate is considered salu- brious ; and the natives are remark- ably healthy and vigorous ; the sea- sons being regular, and the ex- tremes of heat and cold seldom ex- perienced. The soil is remarkably fertile, producing rice, sugar-canes, tobacco, indigou cotton, and all the tropical fruits, in perfection ; and on the banks of the Irawaddy, which runs S. through the whole country, is produced pure amber, and the finest tealc tinrber in the world. The kingdom of Burmab abounds in mir»erals ; it has mines of gold, silver, rubies, and sapphires ; and affonii amethpts, garnets, chrysolites, jasper, loadstone, and excellent marble ; it has also, nea;; Yanangheoum, colebrated wells of petroleum. The government is strictly monarchical. The Emperor is an absolute sovereign, 'and is re- garded as the sole lord and proprie- tor of life and property in his do- minions : and, without the concur- rence of any, his word is irresis- tible law. Like the sovereign of China, he acknowledges no equal. The prevailing characteristic of bis BUR court is pride. Four private minis* ters of ytate (called Atwenwoon), and four public ministers of. state ( Woongyee), are the prgans. of ad- ministration : the latter coippose the supreme court of the. eropii« (Tlowtdau), in the name of which all imperial edicts are issued. There are no hereditary dignities or em« ployments in the government ; for all honours and oflKces, on the demise of the possessor, revert to the crown. The Burman empire is divided into districts, each of which is go- verned by a viceroy (Myoowooh) and a court (Yongdau). The dis- trict courts are composed of a pre* sident (Yawoon), chief magistrate (Sitkai), collectors of the port (Akoukwoon), auditors (Narkan- dau), and secretaries (Saragyee). The members of the district courts, and the wives, relations, and fa- vourites of viceroys, have also the privilege of holding, private courts, and of deciding petty causes, sub- ject to appeal to higher authority. , The Burmans are boodhists, or a nai,tion of atheists. They be- Iiev6 that existence involves in it- self the principles of misery and destruction ; consequently there is no eternal God. The whole uni- verse, say they, is only destruction and reproduction. It therefore becomes a wise man to raise his desires above all things that exist, and aspire to Nighan, the state in which there is no existence. Re- wards and punishments follow me- ritorious and sinful acts, agreeably to the Nature of things, Gauda- ama, their last boodh, or deity, in consequence of meritorious acts, arrived at that stete of perfection whidh made him deserving of an- nihilation — the supreme good. His instructions are still in force, and will continue till the appearance of the next deity, who is supposed nam to exist somewhere in embryo; and who, when he appears, as the most perfect of all beings, will 111 BUR trttroduce'aiiev dispensation. The bdpdhist systenli of morality is pure, though it is destitute of power to produce purity, of life in those who profess it. ' ' In the empire of Biirmah, it is the practice to poy very extraordi- iiary honours to a white elephant, which Is considered peculiarly sacred) lodged near the palace, and attended with great d^votion^ even by the monarch himself. The fol- lowing account of this singular custom is extracted from the jour- nal of a traveller who lately visited Ava ; and ought to inspire deep fcpmmiseratibn for a whole empire sunk in such astonishing stupidity as thus to htfnoiir and reverence a mere unconscious brute ! • "The residence of the white elephant is contiguous to the royal })alace, with which it is connected )y a long open gallery, supported by numerous rows of pillars. At the further end of this gallery, a lofty curtain of blacic velvet, richly ^ embossed with gold, conceals the animal from ihe eyes of the vul- gar. Before this curtain the pre- vents intended to be offered to him, consisting of gold and silver mus- lins, broad-cloths, otto of roses, rose-water, Benares brocades, tea, ^ «fec. seeh, from Chunar, commenced his labours in this place in 1820> under the direction of the C. M. S. H§i was very useful in teaching the na- tive Christians to read the New Testament, and to repeat the ca- techism, as well as in leading their worship, according to the Hindoos- tanee Prayer-book. About 40 re- ceived instruction at this time, in various ways, and he has continued his efforts with some success. One adult was baptized by the Rev, Mr. Bowley, and, subsequently, Arch- deacon Corrie writes :— " The Bishop saw Kurrqm Mesa seeh's congregation, consisting oi aboul 30 women, young and old. He heard them read in the Hin- doostanee Testament, and ques* tioned them in their catechism. His Lordship expressed to me his entire satisfaction with the pro*; ficlency they manifested.'^ In a letter dated Sept. 25th> 1826j the Archdeacon says ; — '* I passed a Sunday at Buxar, when about 35 adults attended divine service. The people here are very attentive, and Kurrum Messeeh continues to enjoy theic confidence and esteem. The want of a place of worship has long been felt here. A circumstance o'c- l curred which led me to begin one, I l2 113 CAP Mary Carrol, a native Christian, haring obtained some arrears of (tension, as a widow of Serjeant Carrol, brought me 100 rupees, < as an -offering,* to use her own words, that even this feeble ray of light was obtained by means of their intercourse with the Dutch boors during several ages. They consider man as on a level with the brutes, with regard to the du- ration of his being ; so that when he is dead, there is an end of his existence. Like the Matchappees, they have circumcision among them, though ignorant of what gave rise to the custom. They perform this ceremony on their young men at the age of 14 yean, or more. Polygamy is very g^e- neral among them. The common people have seldom more than one or two wives, but their chiefs ge-^ nerally four or five. When a Caiiire is sick, they generally send for a person who is considered a physi- clan, who pretends to extract from the body of the siclc, serpents, stones, bones, <&c. At other times he beats them on the elbow, knees, and ends of their fingers, till, as the Hottentots express it, these are almost rotten : they sometimes, also, kill cattle in the way of sacrl> fice for the person : and at others the doctor pretends to drive out the devil, and to kiU him. The Calfres have a barbarous custom of ex- posing their sick friends, who, in their opinion, are not likely to re> cover. They bury none but their chiefs and their wives ; others are thrown out to be devoured by tb > wild beasts. Should a person ale accidentally in his own house, the whole kraal is deserted. Many of them are Very hospitable to strangers ; not waiting till they ask for victuals, but bringing it of tbeir own accord, and setting it before them, and always of the best tiiey 114 sickly ly any n pro* r gredt id made itarned, t. It Is s feeble y meant e Dutch , They tei viVAx t the da> at when id of his jhappeee, among of \vhat They on tbeir 14 yeaw, very j^e- I common than one chiefs ge^ n a Caffire send for a [d aphysi- tract from serpents, ther times BW, Icnees, rs, till, as it, these sometimes, ly of sacri- l at others ive out the 'he CaSfires m of ex- s, who, in [kely to re- but their others arc ired byth) person Jie hottse, the id. Many citable to lU they asli it of their It before ^ best they 114 CAP have. The riches of A Caf&e chiefly consist of his cattle, of which he is extravagantly fond. He Iceeps them as carefully as the miser does his gold. He does not use them as beasts of burden, ex- cept ^ hen he is removing from one place to another along with his Itraal, and then they carry the milk bags, or sicin bags which contain milk. He is never more gratified than when running before them with his shield, by beating on which the whole are taught to gallop after him. In this way he leads them out to take exercise, and those oxen which run quickest on such occasions, ate considered bis best ; of these he boasts, and treats them with peculiar kindneiss. The Catlres chiefly subsist upon milk ; but in part, also, by hunting, and by the produce of their gdrdens. They sow a species of millet, which is known in tL->) colony by the name of Cuifre corn. While grow- ing, it very much resembles Indian corn, only the fruitgrowsin clusters, like the grape; the grain is small and round, and when boiled is very palatable. They frequently bruise it between two stones, and make a kind of bread from it. To sow it is the wor^ of the women. They scatter the seed on the grass, after which, they push oiFthe grass from the surface, by means oi a kind of wooden spade, shaped something like a spoon at both ends, by which operation the seed falls upon the srround, and is covered by the grass ; from underneath which withered and rotten grass, it afterwards springs up. They also sow pump- kins, water-melons, have been finished. I am living in one, and Mr. Shepstone occupies the other : so that, compared with our own residence in the wag^n and tent, we are now quite comfort- able. The Caffres, both' men and women, rerdily work for us at any thing we have for them to do,- re- ceiving, as their wages, 6 strings of beads per day. A school-room, 40 feet by 15, has been com- menced, and will probably be finished by June ; when it will be 6aP useid for the double purpose of h school-room and chapel, untH it may appear desirable to tommence a larger building for divine won ^hip. At present, service is held in the open air, and, when excess sively hot, which has frequently been the case this summer, we avail ourselves of the shadow afforded by some large spreading trees." ** I am extremely anxious for the completion of the school-room, that I may be able to organize a school for the children, and such adults as may be anxious to learn. Thi« cannot be eftected until the build- ing is ready. Many of the chil- dren have, however, learned the Alphabet.*' " A four months' residence In e Pagan country hardly warrants my saying any thing as to the direct eftects produced by the preaching of the Gospel ; and indeed it is not at present in my power to speak of any true conversions: but I may state, that a considerable number of the natives have become regulat hearers of the word; arid I trust that some of them will prove it to be < the power of God unto salva- tion.' Much discussion on the sub- jects spoken of by the missionaries has been induced ; many contend- ing for, and many producing their strong reasons against, the ' Jnk» wadienkooloo' (Great Book), They are generally very attentive and decorous during service ; and one of the pleasing thing;' vbich I ought not to omit mentioning, is, that although in a heathen country^ the Lord's day is reverenct^d and ob- served by the inhabitants of Wesley^ ville and its immediate vicinity in a most gratifying manner. This is some encouragement, when it is considered there was no such day known, or observed, among these people previously to the commence- ment of the mission among them.'* " The three brother chiefs, Pato^ 117 t M m m m I- I w Cmgo, and KamUf are very sel- Tlom absent from divine worship. The last-named is particularly in* quisitive* very docile, and tells me he often prays to the Great God, that he may he guided into the truth. We haye great hcy^e of this young man, and should ne be truly converted to God, he will, no doubt, be a very useful auxiliary to us. Of his wife we have also great hope ; she is a daughter of JfoiAa." . " The obstacles with which we have to contend in this mission, arising from the extreme ignorance and wickedness of the people, are neither few nor small. In Eng* land, books are frequently pub- lished in defence of what is very falsely called the religion of na- ture, as opposed to the religion of the Bible. . I wish the authors of these speculations enjoyed the be- nefit of merely a 4 months' resi- dence in Caifreland ; it would give them a melancholy opportunity of beholding the folly and wretched- ness of man, unblessed with the light of revelation. They would behold in the Caffrea — those * sim- ple children of nature,' who daily appear in public, without shame, in a sta^o of complete nudity, and who profess no religion but that of nature — an exhibition of all the grosser vices. Here are liars, thjeves, adulterers, murderers, 'stem, in order that he might make himself acquainted with Sat method of teaching." CW/AVa A'ofi.— "There are about 30 acres of ground hi cultivation on this institution, and belonging to its inhabitants ; they hare just reap- ed an abundant harvest of maize, and Guinea or Caflre corn. We prevailed on a few of them last sea- son to try the plou^ ; and the c*ops on the ploughed lands have yielded so much better than those cultivated in the native manner, that an im- pression favourable to the plough appears to have been made." BuiltUngs, — " We have erected 2 additional cottages on account of the mission ; one is used as a work- shop, and the other affords store- room, tages ; so that the village now con- sistsx of 14 houses, including the school-house, which, as Insfore stated, is also used as a place of worsbrs, and have flat terraced roofs; but these are so thinly scattered, that fires, which often happen, do not, sometimes, meet with the ob- struction of a brick house through the whole street. But Calcutta is in part, an exception to this rule of building; for the quarter inha- bited by the English is composed entirely of brick buildings, many of which have the appearahce of palaces. The population has been variously estimated between 600,000 and 1,000,000 ; but it hu been recently ascertained, by an accurate enumerafion, that the re- sidents amount only to 179,917; viz. 13,138 nominal Christianfi; 48,169 Mahomedans; 118,203 Hindoos; and 414 Chinese: beside these, it is estimated that about 100,000 daily enter and depart from the city. The number of premises inhabited is 0T,610,— of which MSO are upper-roomed houses, 8800 lower-roomed hoiues, 16,792 tiled huti, and 37,497 straw huts. The city is said to be decreasing laa estern , from m tbe up tbe bdth, In !. Ge- ^tlon of ;>tlon of le plan, crooked amerous gardens, •e paved ise!* are th brick, K greater md mats : I fabrics, her, form Those of arlably of ithtbatcb; xoeed two iced roofs; scattered, happen, do Ith the ob- me through Calcutta is, this rule of krter inhn- cc . fngs, many Uarance of Ration bas •d between ' but it has led, by an that the re- lo n9,9l''» IChrlsllans; ; 118,203 [lese: besWe that about land depart 1 number oi 5T,6l9.-» Uer-Toomed [med houses, n,491 straw decreasing 180 CAL both in wealth and population. In 1802, the population, including a circiiit of 20 ra., was estimated at 2,225,000. Unlimited toleration is granted to all forms of religion. There are three churches of the establishment of the mother coun- try, one of which is the cathedral. There are also a Scotch, a Portu- guese, a Greek, and an Armenian church, several mosques, many Hindoo temples, and a Mahomedan college. The government-house is a most superb edifice ; here are likewise a coiirt of justice, a town- house, a custom-hoase, and a bank. In 1756, Calcutta was taken by the soubah of Bengal, who forced tlie feeble garrison of the old fort, to the amount of 146 persons, into a small nr'son called the Black Hole, oi;* ^h only 23 came alive the ' urning. It was re-taken tL^ .loxt yeq^ ; the vic- tory of Plassey followed ; and the inhuman soubah was deposed, and put to death by his successor. Im- mediately aftt Ibis victory, the erection of the present Fort Wil- liam commenced, which is supe- rior in regularity and strength to any fort in India, is supposed to have cost about £2,000,000 ster- ling, and is capable of containing 15,000 men. No ship can pass without being exposed to the fire of tlie fort, nor cim an enemy ap- proach by land without being dis- cerned at the distnnce of 10 or 12 miles. Sir fVilliam Jones instituted here, in 1784, the Asiatic S., de- signed to concentrate all the va- luable knowledge, which might be obtained in India. The '" Asiatic Researches" are the productions of this society, forming n noble and splendid monument of British science in a distant country. In 1800, the College at Fort Wll- linm was founded by the Marquis n'eHesleyy to initiate the English youth, who were to fill tbe (lllferent CAL departments of government, into the languages of the country, and also to' promote the translation of the Scriptures into those languages. Early in 1801, Dr. Carey was con- nected with the institution as teacher of Bengalee and Sung- skrita, with the design of rendering it the centre of all the translations of Eastern Asia ; and to facilitate these purposes, in less than 5 years, about 100 learned men, from different parts of India, Persia, and Arabia, were attached to it ; the translations of the Scriptures in 7 diflerent languages were in a pro- gressive state, and portions were printed in several. About tbe close of this period, the college con- tinued to aflford important aid to this benevolent work, yet the care of the translations devolved prin- cipally upon the Baptist missiona- ries at Serampore. In 1816, a HiMoo college was founded. This institution is re- markable as being the first which has been projected, superintended, and supported, by the natives, for the instruction of their sons in the English and Indian languages, and in the literature and science of Europe and Asia. The supreme government has resolved to establish and liberally endow another Hindoo college here) to encourage the study of the Sungskritn, and, through the me- dium of that language, of general literature. It Is to be placed under the superintendence of a committee of European gentlemen. A large sum having been placed by the Society for Propagating thefioS' pel in For-'ign Par* . it the disposal of the Rev. Dr. M idleton, while blsliop of Calcutta, 'lo established Bishop's College. The objects of this institution are ; — 1. To prepare native and other Christian youths to become preachers, catechists, and schoolmasters ; S. To teach the elements of useful knowledge M 181 CAL and the English language to Mus- sulman and Hindoos ; 3. To trans- late the Scriptures, the Liturgy, and tracts ; 4. To receive English missionary f>5, sent out by the so- ciety, ou eir first arrival in India, The bjpreme government was induced, in consequence of the late Bishop Heber's knovrn wishes on the subject, to make a large and extremely important addition to the land already granted to the college. The Society /(y *he Pro- pagation of the Gospel it is under- stood, has given instructions for 'he immediate completion of the bu>'i- ings according to their original plan, and proposes to enlarge them with as little delay as possible, to an extent which will admit of the reception of 40 students. The Society for Promoting Chrittixn Krunoledge has increased the number of scholarships found- ed by it to 7 ; and various amend- ments, originally suggested by Bishop Heber, have been intro- duced by the Society for tlte Pro- pagation of the Gospel into the statutes, from which it is expected that the funds and general useful- ness of the institution will reap material advantage. As a resi- dence for missionaries on their first arrival in India — as a seminary for native preachers and catechists— and as a source of accurate trans- lations of the Scriptures and tlie Liturgy into the Eastern lan- guages, — the college is now in ef- fectual operation. The attention of the public, both in this country and in India, more especially of that part of it which is employed i\\ promoting Christian knowledge according to the principle, of the Church of England, is steadily di- rected to this quarter ; and there appears every reason to believe, that the day is not far distant, when, in the glowing language of Its late visitor, « The college will present a spectacle illustrious to CAL Asia and the world, and the talents and distinguished learning of the profesi^ors will make themselves known, we will not say from the Indus to the Ganges, but, as ap- pearances now indicate, from Jeru- salem to the farthest limits to. which British arms, or commerce, or enterprise, have made the East accessible to us.'' The Rev. John Zack Kiemander, from the Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge, in 1766, was the honoured instrument of esta- blishing the first Protestant mission in Bengal. After labouring many years at Cuddalore, he came to Calcutta, in 1766 ; where he erect- ed a place of worehip, and formed a church, which was the only Pro- testant one in Bengal for about 30 years. About 1773, the com- municants were 173, of whom 104 were natives. In the two suc- ceeding years 30 were added, mostly Hindoos. Amidst numerous discouragements, he continued to witness many precious fruits of his labours, till 1787 ; when Mr. Grant purchased the house fordfiOO dollars, called it the Missionary Church, and devoted it to its original design. About this time, the Rev. David Brown, some years first chaplain of the Presidency and provost of the college at Fort William, among other zealous efforts for the pro- motion of Christianity in India, devoted much of his time to the spiritual good of this flock, till about 1811 ; when the Rev. T. T. Thomason took the charge, and continued to preach for many ye in in the mission church, to a large and respectable congregation which raised a fund for his support. About 1816, the society renewed its labours in the establishment of English and Bengalee schools, and the circulation of the Scriptures and tracts, under a diocesan roiO' mittee at Calcutta, who appointed district committees in diilvreDt 122 ilents f the selves n tbe OS ap- Jeru- lits to, merce, le East nander, nnoting 36, Nvas of esta- inission ig mauy same to \xe erect- d formed anly Pro- •or about the co-m- fihom 104 two suc- e added, , numerous ntinued to uits of his Mr. Grant iOO dollars, y Churcb, inal design. lev. David ii chaplain provost of lam, among ,T the pro- - in India, Ime to the flock, till Rev. T. T. jharge, and mawy yfif* to a laTge ration which [ppOTt. ^ety renewed Iblishmentoi schools, and .0 Scripture' \cewn CO™; ^o appointed In different 122 CAL parts of India, by which means its labours have become extensive and efficient. Mr. Fan Gricken is superintendent of the Society's prosperous schools hv^re. The native schools in the neigh- bourhood of Caicutta, which were originally established by Bishop Middleton, have also received a great accession of strength from the patronage of the late Bishop of Calcutta: 16 schools are now maintained in that district, and 1280 native boys are receiving the blessings of education, and imbibing principles of morality and religion. They are at present superintended by the missionaries residing in Bishop'g College; and as the number of missionaries increase, and new missionary stations are occupied, new schools will follow in their train. |The Rev. Thomas Robinson, se- cretary to the Calcutta district committee, states, '* That their native schools in Bengal hold out most encouraging prospects oi suc- cess, in converting the heathen to our holy faith. I have visited these seminaries," he says, " and am satisfied that no human means can be so eftectual in sapping the foundations of idolatry as they a*e. A beginning has also been made among the ^male part of the com- munity, on a limited scale, for want of funds to extend it. We require nothing," he continues, " but pecuniary resources and mis- sionaries, to assemble the whole youthful population of our Indian villages, wherever a tree can afibrd its shade, or a thatched roof give shelter. You may easily imagine the eft'ect of a Christian system over such plastic minds, and how impossible it is for a superstition, founded on ignorance, and abetting tlie most revolting cruelties, to vrithstand the dlifusion of light and truth." While the Bapt, M, S. was de- CAL liberating on its first efibrts, the committee learned that Mr. John Thomas, who had heen several years in Bengal, preaching the Qospel to the natives, was then in London, endeavouring to establish a fund for a mission to that coun- try, and that he was desirou» of engaging a companion to return with him to the work. On larti- culwr inquiry, it appeared that Mr. Thomas, after having embaced the Gospel, under the ministry of Dr. Stennet, went out, in the year 1783, as surgeon of the Oxford East Indiaman : that while he was in Bengal, he felt a desire to com- municate the Gospel to the natives ; and being encouraged to do so, by a religious friend, he obtained his discharge from the ship ; and, after learning the language, continued, from the year 178T till 1791, preach- ing Christ in different parts of the country. Of the conversion of three persons he entertained hope ^ two of whom were brahmins. Mr. Thomas was accordingly in- vited to join the Rev. Wm. Carey ; and havinglacceded to the proposal, he, with Mr. Carey and family, arrived in India in Nov. 1793. Severe trials, however, awaited them. Their remittances failed, and they were without support. Early in the following year, Mr. Carey accepted an invitation to take charge of an Indian factory at Mudnabutty, 200 \n. N. of Cal- cutta, and Mr. Thomas acceded to a similar appointment at Moypaul- diggy, 16 m. further N. Here their means were ample; ar.d at the same time they had charge of several hundred Hindoos, to whom they gave instruction, besides preaching to the natives, both at their places of residence and in various excursions. Mr. Carey's appointment, in 1801, to an important station in the new college at Fort William, prepared the way for the establishment of h 123 CAL mission in this city. InJan. 1803, a place of worship was opened ; a few only attended, perhaps 20. More attention was shortly afterwards awakened. A shed was taken in Lai Bazar, in which large con- gregations a^se^nbled ; and in Jan. 1809, a r ' c apel was opened. In a'fev »' .ts from that time, 6 persons were baptized; others were inquiring the way of salvation ; and 2 native missionaries were sent out. In 1811, an auxiliary B, S. was formed. Many persons, who .had lived in drunkenness, in profane swearing, and in gross impurity, laid aside their vicious practices. Not A comer was there in the fort wherein the Gospel had not /ound a reception : indeed, . a wider extension of truth took place during this year than in any one preceding. The word of God continued to prevail, and a con- siderable number of persons, Eu- ropeans and natives, were added to the church. Certain Hindoos, condemned" for an extensive rob- bery, were visited in the jail by a native preacher. They received his attentions with gratitude ; and two of them united in a request that he would attend them to the place of execution ; with which he readily complied. Among the laborious native preachers at Calcutta, Seiiv:!'r"*n was particularly distinguished for the zeal he displayed, and the re- spect in which he was held. On one occasion, in 1812, he was visited by nearly 300 persons at once, chiefly fishermen, from a town about 30 m. distant; who, having received a book they could not fully understand, cnme to him to have it explained. This proved to be a copy of the Scriptures ; on which he discoursed to them great part of 3 days, which was tlie ex- tent of their visit. On Jan. 11th, 1816; the R<)v. Messrs. John Lawson «nd £ustace CAL Carey were ordained co-pastors of the church at Calcutta, in con- nexion with the senior brethren. A new chapel was opened for English worship in 1821 ; the ex- pense, about 43000, was nearly defrayed by subscriptions on the spot. A chapel was also erect- ed at the charge of a pious fe- male servant. A benevolent in- stitution, and other schools in con- nexion with the mission, were use- ful. Indications of hopeful seri- ousness were observed in many of the pupils ; and one, who died, is said to have given undoubted evi- dence of conversion to God. Sick- ness and death invaded . the mis- sionary brotherhood, but other agents were raised up. That useful knowledge was mak- ing great progress at this period, is obvious from the following passage from a missionary's . journal : — " This morning asked my pundit, who has lately visited every school connected with the Calcutta School Society, to examine its progress, whether he had witnessed any ef- fects of the instruction now af- forded to children? He replied, ' Yes, Sir ; the effects are asto- nishing, both among the children and the parents. A few months ago, before your books were intro- duced, if I had asked a boy at school what was the matter during the Inte eclipse, he woulc} have replied, that the giant Kahoo was eating the moon, and would have joined in the beating of drums, &q. to frighten him, tliat he might let go his grasp. But now they all know better ; they see such an event \yithout alarm, know it to be produced by the shadow of tbe earth, and despise the foolish ideas and customs they formerly enter- tained and practised. A few montlis ago, had a snake bit a person, he would have done nothing but imme- diately call for a priest, to repeat a muntra (or incantation) over him ; \'2i e ex- learly n the erect- US fe- nt In- in con- re use- ,1 seri- lany of died, is ted evi- . Sick- be mis- t other ras mak- )eriod, is 5 passage lUtnal :— ly pundit, ty school fta Sehool progress, >d any ef- now af- _ replied, are asto- children .. montlis iere intro- a boy at icr during iul4 have iahoo was lould have ;tum8, &Q« might let they aW such an jw it to be [w of the jlish ideas .rly enter- iw months j>erson, he but imme- Lo repeat a over him 5 1124 CAL iad, if the snake were poisonous, die in the repetition : — but now, as soon as be is bitten, be puts no faith in muntras, but directly ties a bandage over the wound, and gets a hot iron applied to burn out the poi- son — and if he get it done quickly, there is great hopes of his reco- very, even though the snake were poisonous.' " In 1824, Mr. Kirkpatrick, a young man, bad discovered such aptitude and inclination to the work, that he was adopted as a missionary* He was educated in the Benevolent Institution, and thus affords unother striking proof of the utility of those exertions that had been made to instruct the chil- dren of the poor« The state of the mission is thus described in the last Report: — " The congregation in Lai Bazar chapel, under tbe care of Mr. Ro- binson, h^ been gradually i creasing, and 9 persons have b .n added to the church, 6 of whom are natives. Chodron and Gora- chund, the native itinerants, con- tinue to labour as usual, nor are their endeavours without eftect. Respecting the church in the Circular Road (say the junior bre- thren, in a letter recently received), we are happy to state that, since tbe death of^ brother Lawson, we have experienced a gracious revi- val. The Spirit of God has evi- dently been poured out on the con- (^egation. We have reason to be- lieve that it commenced with tbe dying breath of our beloved bro- ther. His solemnly affectionate admonitions to some of the young people proved effectual to their conversion. The firmness and happy frame of mind with which he encountered the Inst enemy, were greatly sanctified in reviving the drooping graces of several of his friends. He died as the pa- triarchs, leaving a blessing behind him. Hib luneral sermon, preach- ed by birother Yates, was also blessed to several ; so that, during the last year, 30 have been added to the church, most of whom are young people, from* the age of 13 to 20. Several of these are Por- tuguese young men, who speak the Bengalee language, and who per- form, to a certain extent, the work of missionaries among the heathen, both by their example and faithful addresses.'* From the annual Report of tbe Calcutta Auxiliary Bapt. M, 5., which was held in Aug. 1 826, when Dr. Carey filled the chair, it appears that there are 4 native places of worship occupied by tbe society, situated in the most public place.* in the city, and generally attended by many bearers. Mr. Kirkpatrick and Mr. Carapiet are principally engaged in this service, which not only c Cords them an opportunity of preacuing the Gospel to thousands, but also of distributing great num- bers of tracts. Gospels, and other portions of the Scriptures. On an average, it is estimated that not less than 20 native services are held every week in these Bungalow chapels } and frequently the whole day is spent in them, either in con- ducting public worship, or con- versing familiarly during the inter- vals with those who remain for that purpose). 3 members had been admitted into the native church, and a fourth was proposed for baptism, but was soon afterwards reffic.ed by death. The present number in connexion with this na- tive society is \6. The Rev. James Thomas renders assistance at the English chupel, while his principal attention is devoted to the Mussulman popu- lation of Calcutta, who are com- puted at 10,000 souls, without any missionary expressly engaged for their benefit. Mr. Thomas was prepared for this branch of ser- vice by bis acquaintance with the M 2 125 CAL Hindoostanee, acquired before he left England. The benevolent Institution, con- ducted by Mr. and Mrs. Penney, continues to be a source of much benefit to the indigent youth of Calcutta, The present number of pupils is 2^8 — among whom are to be found Europeans, Hindoos, Mussulmans, Portuguese, Indo- Britons, Chinese, Africans, Arme- nians, and Jews. Since the esta- blishment cf this institution, up- wards of 1000 children have been fostered under its benevolent wing, who would otherwise, in all pro- bability, have been doomed to a life of ignorance, wretchedness, and vice. Instead of this, many of them are now filling respectable stations in life, with honour to theniselves, and satisfaction to their employers; while in some there is reason to hope that effects far more pleasing have been pro- duced. Two brothers, who bad been educated in the institution, died lately, testifying their faith in the Son of God, and pray- ing for their relations, teacher^ and the whole world. Nor must it be forgotten that the Calcutta Ju- venile Socie^", who are zealously engaged in conducting prayer- meetings from house to house, distributing tracts, and establishing Sabbath-schools, is Composed of }'oung men who have been edu- cated here. It is gratifying to add, that the value of this institution is evidently appreciated by the pub- lic and the Government. For se- veral years past, a highly respect- able lady has presented each girl with a garment, on condition of her making it herself. The go- vernment have also made a gene- rous donation of 13,000 rupees, during the year 1820, in order to liquidate tlie debts and repair the school-room of the institution. T/ie Printing o^ce, conducted by Mr. Pearce, is becoming more I CAL and more important as a means of diffusing intellectual, moral, and religious truth. Besides many thousand, tracts and school-bookS) in various languages, and other miscellaneous works of a larger size, there have issued from it a Commentary on the Romans in Bengalee, by brother Eustace Ca- rey ; — a work on geography, with other small publications, in the same language,by brother Pearce; — with a Harmony of the Gospels, in Hindoostanee, a new translation of the Psalms, and an epitome of Natural History, with various other works, in Bengalee, by brother Yates. About 70 persons are em- ployed in various capacities in the office, among whom are several native Christians, thus comfortably supported by their own labour. A service is held for the benefit of all the office servants twice or thrice a week, which, it is hoped, may lead many of them to an acquaintance with the truth of the Gospel, and eventually, under the divine bless- ing, to an experience of its power. A Corresponding Committee, in connexion with the C. M. S., was formed at Calcutta, in 1815, to which the affairs of that institution in the N. of India were entrusted: •£1500 per annum were allowed to them by the society, and the Eu- ropean residents added to this sum several hundred pounds. The pro- ceedings of the committee were commenced by carrying into effect a plan which had been long in con- templation, viz. the education of native youths and half-castes, al- ready professing Christianity, in such a manner as might admit of their being afterwards ordained to the ministry, if they shoiUd appear suitable instruments. On the 6ih of June, 1816, the Rev. Mr. and Mrs. Greenwood and Mr. Schroeter arrived, and were gladly received by the society's friends, who had long U)S of I, and many bookS) other larger m it a lans in ace Ca- ly, with in the jarce; — spels, in inslation itome of Qjas other brother 1 are ern- es in the e several mfortably ibour. A nefit of all )r thrice a , may lead [juaintance ospel, and vine bless- ■ its power. imittee, in M. S., was 1815, to institution entrusted: allowed to [nd the Eu- to this sum The pro- littee were into effect long in con- sducation of f-castes, al- [istianity, in \\\t admit of ordained t« lould appear ,, 1816, the Greenwood lirrlved, awl ed by the had long 12« CAL been waiting their coming. They were placed, pro tempore, in a house just purchased at Garden Reach, about 4.m. below the city, where they were diligently em- ployed in learning Bengalee. Six native youths, the fruit of Mr. Corrie's ministry, were put under Mr. Greenwood's care, and were attended by Serjeant M'Cabe, their protector and provider. At Kidderpore, a village near Garden Reach, a native having given ground for the purpose, a school-room was erected, and a teacher was appointed to carry into effect the new system of instruc- tion. Some brahmins, who wit- nessed the opening of the school, expressed their approbation of this attempt to diffuse knowledge. The school commenced with 33 chil- dren, hut soon increased to 100. On the 6 native youths leaving Calcutta, first to return to Mr. Robertson, and finally to accom- pany Mr. Corrie to Benares, Mr. Greenwood devoted more time to the school; attended the Female Orphan Asylum, containing be- tween 20 and 30 destitute children ; and was enabled to establish divine service, in English, in the large hall of the mission-house every Sunday n^oming. On the 12th Oct. 18 IT, after the first discourse had been deli- vered, professedly with a mis- sionary object, from a pulpit of the established church in India (which produced about. £300), a native, from Bareilly, was baptized by the name of Fuez Messeeh, who had been a year under instruction, and had given satisfactory evidence of his sincerity. The native, who gave the ground for the erection of the school at Kidderpore, wished that those boys, who should become most proficient in Bengalee, should be taught Eng- lish. This was attended to, and between 80 and 30 boys received CAL instruction. Of the state of the' school Mr. G. reports very favour" ably, under date of Nov. 5, 1817. In consequence of a particular necessity for his services, he soon after proceeded to Chuniur, and the Rev. Deocar and Mrs. Schmid were appointed to the station . One chief object of Mr. Schmid's re- moval from Madras was the super- intendence of a periodical work, connected with the plans and exer- tions of the society, to which be had particularly applied his atten- tion. About the time of his arrival at Calcutta, a vacancy occurring in the situation of mistress of the Fe- male Orphan Asylum, Mrs. Schmid was appointed to that office, for which she was well fitted. The charge of the school at Kidderpore, and others lately opened, devolved on Mr. Sandys, son of Col. Sandys, of Cornwall, who was both well qualified and disposed for the task. Of Mr. Schmid, the Correspond- ing Committee observe in the fol- lowing year : — " His acquaintance with Tamul has, in some degree, facilitated his Bengalee studies, in which language he has just pre- pared a useful school-book, — being a collection of extracts of Hoty Writ, with the corresponding Eng- lish in the opposite columns, — de- signed, at once, to assist the scho- lar in his acquisition of English, and to enrich bis mind with Evan- gelical truth." They also remark : —"The school at Kalee Ghaut (one of the 4 lately under the charge of Mr. Greenwood) has been transferred to the Diocesan School Committee, in consequence of its having been judged to £aU most conveniently within the line of that committee's operations. Of the other 3 schools belonging to the Kidderpore station, 1 of them — the school erected on the ground made over to the com- mittee by Colly Shunker, a few years ago— has been lately changed 127 CAL iitto an English school, at the par^ ticular request of Colly Shuitker ; who expressed his regret that the English language had not been re- gularly taught at the school, and handsomely offered biniself to pay the monthly sum of 16 sicca ro- pees, for the support of an English schooltnaster. A suitable person has been found, it is hoped, in Mr. Parker, who has lately been put in charge of the school." On tiie subsequent removal of the Baboo, Colly Shunker, to Benares, the ex- pense of the school devolved again on the committee. About this time the B, 8f F. S. &'., in concert with some members of the Calcutta S. S., then in Eng- land, had obtained funds for send- ing out a suitable female teacher to India. Such a person was found in Miss Cooke, whose services, on her arrival in India, were surren- dered by her first supporters, to the Corresponding Committee, who were extremely desirous of promo- ting female education. The com- mencement of her exertions vas singularly interesting. While en- gaged in studying the Bengalee language, and scarcely daring to hope that an immediate opening for entering upon the work to which she had devoted herself would be found, Miss Cooke paid a visit to one of the society's boys' schools, in order to observe their pronuncia- tion. This circumstance, trifling in appearance, led to the establish- ment of her first school. Unaccus- tomed to see an European female in that part of the native town, a crowd collected round the door of the school. Among them was an inte- resting looking little girl, whom the school pundit drove away. Miss Cooke desired the child to be called, and, by an interpreter, asked her if she wished to learn to read ? She was told, in reply, that this child had, for 3 months past, been daily begging to be admitted to learn to CAL read, among the boys; and that if Miss Cooke (who had made known her purpose of devoting herself to the instruction of girls) would at- tend next day, twenty girls should be collected. On the following day. Miss Cooke, accompanied by a female friend, who speaks Bengalee fluently, at- tended accordingly. About 16 girls, accompanied, in several cases, by their mothers, assembled ; and the following few particulars of a long conversation which took place with them, will aftbrd some insight into the modes of thinking prevalent among them. On their inquiring Miss Cooke's circumstances, they were told that she had heard in England that the women of this country were kept in total igno- rance ; that they were not taught even to read or verite — ^that the men alone were allowed to attain any degree of knowledge : and it was also generally understood, that the chief objection to their acquiring knowledge, arose from their having no females who wonld undertake to teach them. She had, therefore, felt compassion for their state, and had determined to leave her coun- try, parents, friends, and every other adiwitage, and to come here for the sole purpose of educating their fe- male childrert. They, with one voice,cried out, smiting their bosonul with their right hands — "Oh ! what a pearl of a woman is this ! " f t was added, " She has given up every earthly expectation to come here ; and seeks not the riches of this world, but to promote your best in- terests." " Our children are yours — we give them to you," replied two or three of their mothers at one ^ After a while, one asked, " What will be the use of learning; to our female children ? and what advantage will it be to them ?" She was told, that " it will enable them to be more useful in their families, and increase their knowledge ; and 128 hat If icnown self to aid at- should Cooke^ friend, tly, at- [6 girls, ises, by and the f a long ice witiB ght into irevalent nquiring ;es, they heard in n of this tal igno- [)t taught t the men ttain any id it was , that the acquiring sir having undertalte therefore, state, and let coun- ;ery other ire for the their fe* ■with one eirbosomi Oh! what !» Itwas up every ime here; IS of this ir best in- . are yours I," replied tiothers at ine aslced, [f learning and what .m?" She lable them [r families, Ige ; and 28 CAL it is to be hoped, that it will tend ako to gain them respect, and In- crease the harmony of families." « True," said one of them, " our husbands now look upon us as little better than brutes." And another added, *< What benefit will you de- rive from this work?" She was told that the only return we wished, was to promote their best interests and happiness. *' Then," said the woman, '* I suppose this is a holy work in your sight — and well pleas- ing to God." As they were not yet able to understand our motives, it was only said in return, that ** God is always well pleased that we should love and do good to our fel- low-creatures." The women then spolce to one another in terms of the highest approbation. This developement of MissCooke 's plans seems to have prevented much suspicion from being entertained as to her motives, and the eflects of her intercourse with the children. Petitions were presented from time to time, from different quarters of the native town ; so that 8 schools were soon established, and more might have been begun, had time allowed. One instance, however, of the suspicion with which un- tutored minds are apt to view dis- interested labours for their good, it may be well to notice. The first girl who presented her- self, after having attended daily for some weeks, was withdrawn ; and, under the pretext of going to a dis- tance, was absent about a fortnight. Daily inquiry being made after her, the fatlier, one day, presented a paper, written in English, which he required Miss Cooke to sign ; and promised, in that case, to send his child to school again. This proved to be an agreement, by which Miss Cooke was required to bind herself to tnake no claim upon the child hereafter, on the score of educating her; and that her parents should be «t liberty to take her away when CAL they chose. Miss Cooke,. with the utmost readiness, signed the agree- ment : the child returned to school — nor has any further interruption, except what the ignorance and in- dolence of the parents occasion, arisen in any quarter. At the time of printing the firfth Report, there were 277 girls in the 10 schools; about .200 of whom were in daily attendance. It is pleasing to add, that several of the elder girls at the Asylum tor the Female Orphans of European parents, who had given evidence of having I)eeome truly pious, entered, with gladness of heart, on the stu^y ^ of Bengalee, in order that, under Miss Cooke's instructions, they might be prepared to act as teachers in the female schools. Other schools for boys were opened, and the various means of usefulness were plied with great activity. The visits of the Marchioness of Hast- ings to the female schools seem to ' have been attended with happy re- sults. "Certain it is," say the committee, " that since her Lady- ship's visit, the mistress of the Shy- am bazaar school (the only female teacher that could at first be found) has been called to instruct a re- spectable brahminee, a widow, with 2 other adult females, at her own house, during the hours not occu- pied in the school : and this wi- dowed brahminee, though herself still a learner, attends daily at the house of a brahmin to instruct his two daughters." On the 28th of August, 1833, an auxiliary M. S. was formed, and 3000 rupees contributed ; and a Ladies* S. for the promotion of female education was subsequently established, under the patronage of Lady Amherst. The total number of publications reported the follow- ing year, as issued from the so- ciety's press, was 55,200. From the last Report, the following particulars are extracted : — Th« 129 CAL death of Bishop I^eber ptoduced An impression highly honourable to his character and usefulness. At Cal- cutta, it was determined to erect a monument in the cathedral, and to appropriate any surplus in the fund to the founding of « Heber scholarships'' in Bishop's College. The sum of 8300 rupees was sub- scribed. The committee also, wishing to perpetuate the memory of their regard to the late Bishop, have directed the founding of 2 scholarships in Bishop's College to bear his name. The society, at its annual meetings, having repeatedly sanctioned the yearly appropriation, 10 long as the state of the funds would allow, of the sum of jglOOO to the use of Bishop's College, the committee have acted on that authority ; and have, at the proper seasons, voted the said sum for the years 18S3, 1823, 1824, and 183d respectively. In voting the grant for 1826, which was done unani- mously, at the monthly meeting of the committee, on the 111^ of pec, the committee have request- ed the committee of the Calcutta auxiliary to appropriate the said grant, in conjunction with such a portion of former grants as may be requisite for the 'purpose of form- ing 2 theological scholarships in Bishop's College, to bear the name of '* Bishop Heber's Church Mis- sionary 8cholarshij)s." A special meeting of the committee was held at Freemason's Tavern on the Idth of Dec. 1826, when the minutes of the previous meeting, relative to this subject, were confirmed. Re- (Mlutions were passed, expressive of the feelings of the committee oc- casioned by the death of Bishop Heber, and of their conviction of the inadequacy of one bishop to the due discharge of the duties of so vast a diocese ; and a memorial to government agreed on for . the ap- pointment of more than one pre- late to this arduous station. CAL Among the losses which Ihe cause of religion has sustained in India, it is impossible to overlook that which has been occasioned by the departure of the tried and zeal- ous friend of the society— the Rev. T. Thomason. The second anniversary of the Calcutta C. M. A,i was h«ld at the old church-room, on the even- ing of the 0th of Dec. ; the late lamented Bishop in the chair. The receipts of the 2d year amounted to 2586 rupees, and the payments to 3593. The annual sermon was preached for the society, at the old church, on Whitsunday, when about 800 rupees were collected. The annual meeting was held on tbe 26th of May, and a collection of 600 rupees made. The Rev. John Theophilus Rei- ohardt, and Mrs. Reichardt, with the Rev. Isaac Wilson, are more imme- diately connected with the direct objects of the mission ; while Mrs. Wilson (late Miss Coolce), attends to the native female school depart* ment; andtheRev. DeocarSchmid) and Mrs. Schmid, have the superin- tendence of the Female Orphan Asy* lum. The committee having been unable to send out a suitable per* son to succeed Mr. Brown as a printer, Mr. Reichardt, who con* ducts that department in addition to his other duties, is at present as- sisted by Mr. de Rozarlo. An idea may be formed of the extent of its operations from the following statement : — From June, 1824, to Feb. 1826, there were printed 53 diiferent books and tracts, forming a total of 123,344 copies: these works were of various sizes, from a tract of 4 pages, to a book of 438 ; and th^ editions varied from 80 copies to 6000, but pro* duced a total of nearly 6,000,000 of pages : of these pages, more than one-half consisted of single Gos* pels, the Acts, and the book of Isaiah, — printed for tbe Bihli &; ISO ned In rerlook tned by kd zeal> be Rev. of the held at e evert- the late Ir. The mntedto nents to non vru Lt the old len about ad. The id on the lection of hilus Rel- t, with the ure Imme- the direct g^hlle Mrs. e), attends )ol depart* ar Schmidt le superln- iiphnnAsy* avlnK been Itable per* "town M a vtrho con* in addition I present as> ned of the . from the From June, liere were a and tracts, 844 copies: [riou9 sizes, 1 to a book lions varied p, but pro* k,OOO,000of ] more than ilngle Cos* Ihe booic ol |e Bible S>} 130 CAL nearly one-twelfth of the whole were for other societies and individuals ; and the remainder were printed for the use of the society's missions. The Calcutta Committee thus speak of the missionaries' labours : — " The Rev. Mr. Wilson and the Rev. Mr. Reichardt are each oc- cupied 3 or 4 evenings in the weeic, in preaching to and conversing with such as choose to attend in the bungalow chapels of the so- ciety ; of which there are 2 in the native town, distant nearly 2 m. from each other. The attendance at these places is very encouraging, spmetimes amounting to 200 per- sons and upward, but usually from 30 to 80; many of these stay during the whole time of divine service. Some prepare questions in writing at home, and apply to tiie missionaries for answers : these questions relate chiefly to the per- son of Christ, the nature of the Christian religion, and what would be required of them on their be- coming Christians. Some will oc- casionally debate for a long while on controverted points of difference between Christianity and Hin- dooism, which ^nerally ends in their being left without any plau- sible objection to the truth ; and they conclude the argument with saying — ' Let the Baboos and Pundits first embrace Christianity, then all the other castes will fol- low.' " Besides the chapels at Mirza- pore and Potuldunga, Mr. Rei- chardt writes, in June : — " Another chapel has lately been erected in Semlya, in a very eli- gible spot. We opened, it only about u month ago, and have hi- therto had an attendance of from 100 to 200 hearers, who generally stay to hear during the whole time of the service. The chapel will hold 300 persons ; and, as numbers of the people constantly pa«s by, CAL and many Hindoos live around, a numerous attendance is secured." Of the services at Mirzaporei Mr. Wilson writes : — " Our little chapel at Mirzapore has been a great convenience and comfort to the few native Chris- tians whom we have collected about us. There are now residing with us 8 Christian families; making, in all, 18 baptised adults and 8 children. Within the last 12 months, 15 persons bc'.ve been baptized ; of whom 8 wcie adults, and 7 children." " The missionaries express the encouragement which ther derive from the present aspect o/ mings, and the spirit of inquiry which the heathen are beginning, in some degree, to manifest. With these encouraging circumstances, how- ever, they are not forgetful of the difficulties with which their work is attended." " There-nre, in connexion with this station, 1 English and 13 na-- tive schools: the native schools contain 812 scholars." Of the boys in the native schools, the committee report : — " They are instructed in all the elementary books published by the School Book S.; besides which, they read portions of the Chris- tian Scriptures, and a ^ instructed in a catechism, conn 1/ \i by the Rev. Mr. Reichardt, on the Evi- dences and principal subjects of Christianity. This they commit to memory with the utmost readi- ness ; and answer, on examination, to the questions, with a precision which would do credit to any Christian institution." The English school is thus spoken of by the committee, in their last report : — " In addition to the 13 Ben- galee schools, the English school on the society's premises continues to be regularly attended by about 131 i: CAL 50 youths ; among these are 5 na- tive Christian boys, whose atten- dance being more regular, they make greater progress than the other scholars, both in their Ben- galee and English studies.'' « The committee of the auxi- liary have it in view to establish a school for the instruction of the missionaries' children ; and also for tbe education of poor native chil- dren, preserving their usual habits in respect of food, in order to their being apprenticed out to house- holders who will watch' over them ; and thus they hope to raise a race of trustworthy and pious native sCTvants." With reference to native female education, the committee of the Ladies* S. remark : — *^ The subject of native female education in this country is be- coming increasingly popular among all ranks of society, and is evidently gaining rapid accessionsvf strength, both from the wisdom and zeal with which its plans are executed, and from the increase of its funds, which are annually augmented by the generous contributions of Eu- ropeans and native gentlemen." " We look upon facts as unan- swerable weapons in the cause of truth ; and to facts we can now appeal, as far as tbe work of fe- male education, under the care of the Ladiea* S., is concerned. Mm. Wilson commenced her labours under the patronage of the C. M. S.y in the year 1822. During the first year, 8 schools were opened, containing 200 children ; in the second year, they had increased to above aOO ; during the third, the number of children wns about dOO ; when the Ladies' S. was founded, and Mrs. Wilson was joined in her labours by Mrs. Jetter, who is now in England, and shortly after by Mrs. Reicbardt. Thus, in the space of 4 yean, above 600 native CAL females have been brought under a course of instruction, and have made fair progress in reading, writing, and needle-work." " The separate fund, which has been opened by the society, in support of the native female edu- cation in India, amounts to nearly £1800: of this sum, upwards of £400 has been produced by a sale of ladies' work. The opening of this fund, by a grant of £500 from the society, encouraged the Ladies' S. to begin the central school. For this object, 43,000 rupees have been raised: of these, 20,000 rupees have been contributed by a native rajah, Budinath Roy; 18,000 have been raised by the exertions of the ladies ; and the remaining JIOOO by the society's grant. Of the sum thus raised, 20,000 rupees were applied to tbe purchase of the ground, and tbo remainder appropriated to the re- quisite buildings. The foundation- stone was laid on the 18th of May, by the lady of the Governor-ge- neral ; and solemn prayer was of- fered by the Archdeacon of Cal- cutta for the divine blessing. Many natives, particularly women and their daughters, were present. The liberul benefactor of the school, Budinath Roy, addressed Lady Amherst, through his interpreter, in terms of deep gratitude for tbe obligation bestowed on bis coun- trywomen, and congratulated her ladyship, and the other Indies, on the success attending their exer- tions." The number of schools is thus stated by Mrs. Wilson, in Feb.:— " The society supports 30 pchools, with the requisite superintendents and expense of conveyances ; and it has taken charge of the Biird- wan schools, 12 in number, under the superintendence of Mrs. Pe^ rowne, at a monthly cost of 1*0 rupees. The Ladies* Associatim 138 inder a I have sading, ich has jty, in lie edu- j nearly ratds of y a sale ening of )00 from 5 Ladiet^ [ school, jees have 20,000 uted by a h Royi i by the • and the , society's lus raised, lied to the 1, and tho to the re- foundatlon- ,th of May, )vernor-ge- rer was of- on of Cal- ging. Many ;omen and esent. The the school, jssed Lady interpreter, :ude for the 1 his coun* itulated her , ladies, on their exer- Lools is thus [in Feb.:— L 30 pchools, lerintendent* lances; and If the Burd- Imber, uni*" of Mrs. Vt- cost of 110 GAL bai 7 schools, which will be in* creased to 10." The demand for tracts is thus noticed by Mr. Reichardt: — " After addressing tlw natives, ttracts are distributed to those who are desirous to olUnin tbeni. Tlio eagerness for them is sometimes quite overwhelming — a hundred hands lilted up at ' an instant ; while one cries, * I will have a book :' another, < I can rend ; let me have one:' another, * I wish to get one for my brother, who will read it to me :' thus, .10, SO, 100, or more tracts are occiuiiunnlly distributed." The committee further state, that on the society's premises a Puekah chapel is now erecting for the use of i-e missionary establish* ment and the neighhuurhood. This measure received the sanction of Bishop Ileber ; who, at the second annual meeting of the (\ At, -.-/., appropriated to this object the sum oi lOUO rupees, from a fund placed at his disposal by the Societi/ for Promoting Vhristian Knmrfe tidn, called Tally Gungey situated about 4 m. from the southern boundary of tbe city, in tbe midst of an extremely populous neigh- bourhood. In a circuit of about 20 m., reckoning 3 m. from Tally Gunge in all directions, it is cal- culated thnt there are not less than 100,000 souls. Messrs. Townley and Keith had continued to visit this place until the rains set in, and to preach alternately, some- times not only to attentive but to large congregations; availing them- selves of the opportunity of dis- tributing tracts as they passed along the road. A school-room was built here, and 30 or 40 chil- dren attended, who were taught to read the Scriptures. A gentleman of ([Calcutta Icindly accommodated the brethren with a substantijil brick-house, which they were per- mitted to occupy for 3 years, with- out payment of rent. In consequence of the arrival of Messrs. Hampson and Trawin, re- lit^lous services had again been established at the Howrah, where, fur want of assistance, they had been reluctantly discontinued. The brethren had obtained 2 plots of ground on the N.E. side of the city, for the erection of two bungalows, to he used as native chupeis. On the 21st Sept. 1820, the mission sustained a heavy loss, by tile dissolution of Mr. Hampson. During thnt 3'e)i I tlie missionaries Imil df\'ote(l themselves more ex- clusively to the preaching of the Gospel among the heathen. They estHbllshed for that purpose, 21 stnttons, at each of which they preached in Bengalee once every week. The largest bungalow chapel for native worship, erected by n memlier ol' the English con- gregation, and presented l)y him to the nengal //, AT. S., for the use of the mission, is situated at Kid- CAL dttpore. It was opened on the 5th of March, 1820, when about 150 itatives attended the service throughout. For the spot of ground on which another bungalow chapel was built, the brethren were indebted to the kind influence of a very eminent native, a brahmin. The proprietor of the ground, who was also a brahmin, had more than once at- tended the chapel, and, at the con- clusion of one of the services, so far expressed his approbation as to say, ** that he deemed it a good work to point out to his country- men the delusion of worshipping idols, and bowing down to gods which cannot save." Divine worship, in English, was regularly held at tbe Free Masons' Lodge, which continued to be gra- tuitously afforded to the mission, twice every Sabbath day. In the ntorning, about 120 assembled ; in the evening, about 140. Tbe church consisted of about SO mem- bers, who walked worthy of their holy vocation. Every Sabbath morning, chi'i!ren of all denomi- nations, wliost larents were dis- posed to send them, were, at the same place, instructed in the prin- ciples of Christianity. * printing-press was established in connexion with the mission at this station ; and was pliiced under the more immediate superinten* dence of the Bengal A, S. The Rev. Messrs. James HilJ, Micaiah Hill, and J. B. Warden, arrived, %-itb tlieir wives, atCnN cutta, March 5th, 1822. Mr. Trawin, shortly after, removed to Kidderpore with his family. The nativ<> schools gradually incri'iised, and one for native females, which had been under tbe care of Mn. Trawin, was in a flourishing stut% It was ascertained, that fenmW education was anciently prevalent among the Hindoos, notwith- standing it is, at present, so niucb 1J4 about lerrice which IS built, I to the iminent oprietor also a )nce at- the con- rices, so on as to t a good country- rsbipping to gods jlish, was s Masons' to be gra- j minion, ^ In the mbled; in 10. The t 30 mem- ly of their Sabbath il denomi- were dis- re, at the 11 the prln- CAL discountenanced by the brahmins, as being contrary to the institutes of Menou. To assist in further- ing this object, the M. S. placed at the disposal of Mr. Town* ley, the sum of 1000 sicca rupees. An institution, colled the Chris- tian School S., was also formed at Calcutta, the object of which is, to introduce Christian instruction into the indigenous, or native, schools, under the entire manage- ment of native schoolmasters. A Bethel S. was established at Calcutta, in connexion with the Baptist brethren who reside at Serampore and Cslcutta, in the same year ; as was also an auxiliary B. A. The station, however, was ealled to suffer a severe loss in the removal of Mr. Townley, on ac- count of health, ftrst to Chinsurah, and afterwards to England. In 1823 and 1824, success accom- panied the various efforts of the mis- sionaries. Union Chapel was well attended, and Mr. Hill was dili- gent in the discharge of his duties u pastor of the infant church. The Sabbath school was in a pros- perous state. Bengalee preaching was continued at the bungelow chapel, Mirzapore^ opened some time before, and the school at that place was under the superinten- dence of Mrs. Warden. A bun- |i;alow chapel had been erected for divine worship in the native lan- guage, on the main rood of Bho- paniptre. The station at Tally Gunge was occupied for some time, but was afterwards vacated at the request, and in favour of, the Dio- eeun Committee. At Kidderpore, Mr. Trawin's prospects were be- coming daily more interesting and encouraging. A chapel bad been erected, nearly the whole sum for wtiich (about 4400) had been sub- soribed. A Sabbath adult school hid been commenced, composed of the workmen of a gentleman at Kidderpore. A native school for CAL boys, and another for girU, had been commenced at Chitlah, a few miles from Kidderpore. At Howa- lee, a village nearChittah, a na- tive girls' school had been com- menced, called the Irvine Female School. A native bqys' school had been opened at BeaUtab, a large village situated about 3 m. S. of Kidderpore, under circumstances of extraordinary promise. The vil- lage, which is very ^populous, is situated in the midst of several other villages, and is inhabited chiefly by brahmins. One of these, a respectable and wealthy indivi- dual, named Haldam, publicly countenanced the school; and of the 100 boys' which composed it, he was instrumental in placing 80 under instruction. In the summer of lS2S,Mr.Trawiri performed a tour in Bengal, for the purpose of conversinp; with the na- tives on religious subjects, preach- ing, and distributing tracts. And in Dec. of the same year, Mr. Trawin, accompanied by Messrs. Hill and Warden, proceeded as far as Gour, the ancient capital of Ben- gal. At some of the places visited in the course of the joumey, the people remembered the illustra- tions used by the brethren in con- versations on a former tour, and requested that one of their number mi^ht remain among them, m a missionary. The proceeds of the Bengal A. Af. S. for the year ending 3 1st Dec, 1823, were, S. R. 3313 8 6 Calcutta Ladies' Br.S. 818 4 Chinsurah do 667 U The Rev. Mr. and Miss Piflard reached Calcutta at the close of 1826, and found the various means of retigiouB instruction vigorously employed. In addition to those al- ready mentioned, a new station at fVelleilejf'Mtreet had been taken, a bungalow bad been erected, and n I school commenced for both sexes. 136 CAL The bungalow was opened for worship in Bengalee, on the 27th Jan. 1825, and the natives listened to the Gospel with attention, and- Ihe appearance, at least, of appro- bation. Mr. and Miss P'.'ard took up their residence at Kidderpore, and proceeded to esta^jlisli addi- tional schools for the benef.i of the native population. The total num- ber of native converts baptized at ■Kidderpore, all of them fruits of Mr. Trawin's ministry^ was 8. The native convert, Ramhurree, had also entered into regular em- ploy at this station. On the 8th Jan. 1820, Mr. Warden departe(' this life. It being his earnest desire that Mrs. W. mi^ht, after his decease, con- tinue in India, and exert herself in promoting native female educa- tion, siiii removed, shortly after the melancholy event, to Berham-, l)ore, to assist Mrs. Micaiab Hill. Air. Ray, who had, soon after his return to India, joined Mr. M. Hill, settled at Calcutta. The fol- lowing; particulars will exhibit the piesent state of aft'airs at thi» im- portant station : — The schools infFellesley-sfuare, formerly superintended by Mr. and Mrs. Warden, were, after Mr. Warden's decease, placed under the direction of Mr. and Mrs. Go- gerl}-. The former had commenced a school in the bungalow chapel at Mirzapore, in which were 45 scholars ; the latter had opened a school in Sobty liagan Jaun Da- xuar, in which were 12 girls. These schools had, however, been suspended, In consequence of the necessity for Mr. Gogerly taking a vcjyage to Ceylon for the recovery ot his health. V/iioH Vhapel—Mr. James Hill preaches at this chapel every 8ah- bnth-dnv alternately with one or other of his colleagues, to the Eu- rojiean congregation ; and in the morning meets the young people CAL belonging to it, as formerly, to instruct them in the principles .and duties of Christianity. Additions are, from time to time, made to the church. Kidderpore Station. — Beside oc- ' casionally preaching in the streets and market-places, the following stated services are performed in the chapel: — Sabbath morning, Ben- galee worship — AftemooHy read- ing the sacred Scriptures, and sometimes preaching — Evenings English worship. — Tuesday even- ing, native worship. —Friday even.' ing, ditto, reading the Scriptures, conversation, and prayer. Large congregations are occasionally col- lectedatthe school bungalow, when the boys are catechised. By these various means the Gospel has been proclaimed to multitudes, and there is reason to believe not without good effect. Mr. Piffard assists Mr. Trawin in the English services, and ex- pects to be soon able to preach in Bengalee. Christian Seminary, — The mis- sionaries have determined to re- ceive into this institution, which is designed to provide a supply of na- tive preachers and schuolmastert, the descendants of native Chris- tians only, unless others should offer of unquestionable piety. They regard themselves u!;Jer anindis- pen.^able obligation to furnish the means of a good education, cuii- ducted on Christian principles, tu the sons of their Jiative convert."); and they trust this inipurtunt object will not be retarded by the want of funds. The number of native Christian youths at present in the seminary is 3 ; but the missionaries are looking forward to a speedy enlargement of it. Mr. Pilfard has, in connexion with this institu- tion, rendered valuable aid to Mr. Ttawin, in the work both of tuition and superintendence. Native Schooti. -- The school, 13U ly, to es .and ditions ade to side oc- streets llowing d in the r, Ben- H, reaa- BS, and 'Evening, ly even- lay even- iriptures, . Large nally tol- iow,wben By these I has been and there )t without CAL wbicb contJ»i— 50 boys, and ts irt a flourishing state, enju>s tile be- neflt <>! a teaeber vdio Is well in- struoted in tba Christian religion. 12 of Ube boys read the Scriptures, and give appropriate answers to questions relating to tbeir leading doctrines. Beside this school, there are 4 other boys' schools ander Mr. Trawin's superintend- ence. There are also connected with the Kidderpore station 6 bo}^' schools, which were raised by Mr. Pifiard, and are supported, and in part superintended, by hint. The number in each school is be- tween 60 and TO. Respecting several of these schools, some par- ticulars will be fonnd under ^ the heads of the re^ective out-sta- tions. Native Church. — The native converts who were baptized at this station in October, 1825, remain stedfast, amidst much opposition. Seven more have been since re- ceived into the church, which now consists of \6 members; all of Uiem Christian Hindoos, and af- fording satisfactory evidence of the sincerity of their profession. Of the 7 last-mentioned, 4 were bap- tized in March, 1*'^6, of whom 3 belong to the viliAge of Ram-ma- l{al- choke ; one a female of 80 years of age, and the mother of a con- vert baptized in October, 1825, by Mr. Trawin. For some time aftet the baptism of her son, she mani- fested a strong aversion to the truth ; but there is good reason to believe that God hath changed her heart, and she now speaks with thankfulness of his goodness in mving her at the eleventh hour. Ithowane twre. — Worship, in Benf(Klee, h ))erformed, as usual, in the chapel. Large congrega- tions are frequentiy present; and many, who come from a distance to pay their devotions to the idol Kalee, are here invited to « behold the Lamb of God, which taketh CAL away the sin of the wdrid." The number of boys in the school is 50, of whom 10 i^ad the Scriptures, and possess a Considerable know- ledge of them. C'hitlah, — Regular services are statedly performed on every Wed- nesday morning and Saturday even- ing, and the people are very atten- tive to the preaching. On the market-days, many also, who come from a distance, hear the word of God. At this place two native converts, at Ram-makal-choke, first heard the Crospel ; which event has led to the introduction of Christianity into that village. The attendance at the boys' school fluctuates between 10 and 66. The flnt class read the Gospels, and can answer questions put to them with readiness. ^ea//a.— The number of boys in the school is about 100, 16 of whom read in the Gospels. Many in the flrst class are youths from 10 to 18 years of age. Occasionall}', some adults may be seen reading the Scriptures with the boys. When the missionaries visit the school, it is usual for the brahmins to attend, for the purpose of cavilling. Some of the best- instructed boys are at times called upon to answer the objections of the brahmins, who are not seldom confuted by theni before the multitude, and silently withdraw. Much Christian know- ledge is now diffused through the village, and the missionaries ex- press confident expectation that the gross errors of the people will, eventually, be chased away by the light of divine truth which has been introduced among them. Ram-makal-choke." At this vil- lage a bungalow, designed to st'rve the purposes of a native chapel and school-room, was opened for Chris- tian worship on the 96th of Jan. 1836. On the SOth of the follow- ing month, the emblem of one of the forms of the Hindoo crod Seevd N 8 137 CAL was cast out of one of its tem- ples. This event \a represented by the missionaries to Imve I'Tuduced amongst the people of the vllage a great degree of constetnatior>. The proprietor of the ten pie afterwards presented the materials com^^osing it to the missionaries, to be used in building a chapel for Christian worship ; and he would also have l!3:iven the ground on which the temple formerly stood, had the situation been elicrible. The chapel was opened for divina service on the 7th ol* ^oY. Thf Deputation wereprci)' f on the occasion, and were highl, ^» atihr'3 with beholding the individtml who hnd hccn the proprietx)r of It.-' "';mple, sitting an attentive heiir^n" md devout wor- shipper of the Uvingand irue God. In th» beginning of the same month a school was established, in which are more than 60 boys. A youy-.g brahmin, M'ho had received instruction at Kidderpore, and pos- sesses u knowledge of the Gospel, is the teacher. A female native school has also been formed. The decidedly Christian aspect with which these schools have been com- menced, and the circumstance of other adjacent villages having since applied for instruction, together with the open rejection of one of the idols most generally worshipped by tlie Hindoos — ^the missionaries hail as among the indications of the dawn of a brighter day in this part of India. Ram-mukal-ohoke is distant about 8 m. from Kidderpore, and stands in the centre of a number of villages, the aggregate population of vviiich is at least i)0,UOO. Of these villages, 8 have been, within a short time, brought into the light of Christianity. Schoolmatfer' . — Tlie school- masters of the above-mentioned native schools assemble at the cha- |»tl«very Thursday aiuralng, where CAL they go through a course of Chris- tian instruction. The benefit thus obtained is communicat.t.'i i^ the boys of their respect} ,e .«cbooi?. Native Female t^hi„>h. Kidderporf Sohoo' v^as com- menced in 5 822. -A iht ..abi.; exdmi!) ition, n Feb. 1826, it con- ta'oeu 30 scholsirs, whi* '*, from va- rio;is o'uses, had, in the following June, been reduced to 1 3. It was, however, expected that iu a sbnrt time it'i fornser siuu^bwr would be restored. Chitlah Sihoo. was ;i»tabli „ ! about 4 years ago, and i\\% almost invariably aftbrdedsatrsfaciion. Irvine School was established in Oct. 1824, at the village of How- allee, and consi.its of 18 scholars. Bhowaneepore School was opened about (3 years sine;', and has adurd- ed great encoifriigement. The number in the sciiaol is about 20. Another school wu.? opened in a different part of this village in Jan. 1826, which contains 16 scholars. Cashee- Bagan ScUoolwas open- ed in Nov. 1825, and contains 25 girls. Dhopn-Paran School was open- ed on the 1st of Dec. 1825, and consists of 12 girls. Giral School was opened on the 21st of December, 1826, and con- tains 18 girls. Sonai School was opened in March, 1826, and contains 16 girls. JJhookaitosh School contains ' ! girls. The Scriptures ami other Chris- tian books are taught i.i all tiie schools — and the progress of th« scholars, generally speaking, in the several brnnches ol learning in which they me j: strui-tei!, reflect!! much credit Oii the female mem- bers of the mission tend, and on the have the immediate schools. Ou, the 1st of Vet)., 1826, 138 who superjii- teachers >%1jo charge of the Uie geogri in nu preced progre knovvh both tc Oft were U Mrs. 1 were f perintei latter, into tfa Mr. Ra is situat< tlie stipe female Kidderpc upon Ml Ittdy resi hood. Benga Society. iiistitutio April, Esq., M lection »00 sicca ut little from -those of Calvados. Use- fulness appears to have attended the effort^ that have been made*. CAMPBELL, a settlement among the Griquas, South Africa, 40 m. £. of Griqua town, and about TOO m. N.E. of Cape Town. The Rev. Mr. Sass, from the L. M. S., removed from Bethesda to this [dace in 1821, and divided his la- bours between the Griquas and se- veral l^rauis of Corannas on the Great River. Here, however, he was encompassed, for some years, with trials and discouragements ; and, in 1824, he removed to Gri- qutf Town. In about a year after- wards, a gratifying revival took place, by means of a catechist, who formed a Sabbath and a day school, instructing, in the former, about 100 children, and, in the lutter, about 60. He still conti tmes to be useful. A school-room is being erected, which is designed to serve uUo as a chapel. CA'NADA, a large covmtry of North Ame-icfl bounded on the N. by New Britain, E. by Labra- dor and the Gulf of St. Lawrence, 8. by New Brunswick and the United States, and W. by unknown lands. It was discovertd by John <"\i oebastian Cabot, of Bristol, in HQ7 ; and was settled by tbe . CAN French in 1608. The summer here is very hot, and winter con-» tinues for months very severe ; but the sudden transitions from heat to cold, so common to the United States, are not known in Canada, and the seasons are more regular. The uncultivated parts are a con- tinued wood, in which are many kinds of trees unknown in Europe ; but the land that is cleared is fer- tile, and the progress of vegetation so rapid, that wheat sowed in May is reaped in August. Of all the animals, the beaver is the most useful and curious. Canada turpen- tine is greatly esteemed for its balsamic qualities. This country abounds with coal, and near Quebec is a fine lead mine. The different tribes of Indians, or original na- tives, in Canada, are almost innu- merable ; but they have been ob- served to decrease in population where the Europeans are most numerous, owing chiefly to their immoderate use of spirituous liquors. Canada was co nquered by the Eng- lish in 1759 . and confirmed to them by the French at the peace of 1763. ir 1791, this conntry was divided into two provinces. Upper and Lower Canada, which have since nade great progress in population and agriculture. U/^er Canada is bounded N. by the territory of 4he Hudson's Bay Company'; E. by Lower Canada; S. by the United States: on the W. the limits are undefined. In 1783, the population did not exceed 10,000 souls; in 1814, it was 95,000; Upper Canada is deemed the gar- den of America, and not subject to the extreme heat or cold of the Lower Province. The chief pro- duct.^ for exportation are flour, wheat, potash, oak, and pine- timl":;r ; masts, staves, planks, and firewood. Tbe principal incon- veniences to which this province is subj;;ct, are the falU aud rapids of 141 mm M': CAN the St. Lawrence, which Impede the navigat^'on between Kin^on and Montreai. The prinoipol town is Yofk. Lower Canada is between 63" ^nd 810 ^, io„g.^ u]|^ 450 (ujd 520 N. lat.; bounded N. by the territory of thie Hudson's Bay Company } S. by New Brunswick and the United States; h. by the Gulf of St. Lawrence and part of Labrador; and W. by Upper Canada. It is divided into 21 counties, contain- ing a population of about 400,000 ; al>out 360,000 of whom are Roman Catholics, mostly of French descent. There are about SOO Catholic cu- rates and missionaries in Lower Canada, supported, in part, by re- yeuues arising from lands formerly granted for that purpose. Quebec is the chief town. The United Brethren, in 1798, founded a settlement in Upper Ca- nada,onthe R.RetrehchorThamts, which falls into Lake St. Clair, in the midst of numerous tribes of the Chippeways, to which they gave the name of Fairfield. The brethren were accompanied by their Indian congregations, who had been driven, in 1T81, from their settlements on the Muskingum. During that in- terval ttiey bad removed from place to place, and found no rest till they sat down here in peace, on a tmct of land, containing about 8J00 acres, aligned them by the British government. The settlement be- came a regular township, about IS m. long, and 6 wide, and was so well cultivated, that the wilderness was literally changed into a fruit- ful field. No striking succeu was granted in the conversion of the Indians ; but there was h grnduol increase of communicants, wbich 10 Fair- ■eiTiOved en tbeir peTfions. Indian is youth, iveterete ion&Ties, to God, the faith \ clrcum- as made, \ and the rwards led Dg in the 1822, Mr. Bt though a painful 5 missiona- ioice, that t of their be faith- and that lelp of the jvived and if his mercy mission' Ime, partly ,d that the cheerfully »WBrds the luneration. laveaywith- ,lng publicly I of baptism, pleasure of .nalesj one [2; a second l2S;andtbe le Epiphany. Jwoman> and 4 years old, \ preceding [pper MoDsy ' 142 CAN To;vn to New Fairfield, and hdfe their hearts wiere opened to the word of the Gospel. The other, who was sister-in-law to one of the female assistants, had resided 4 or 5 years in the settlement; and, during that time, had been a diligent attendant on the means of grace, but had not appeared to de- sire a closer connexion with the church. Now, however, she en- treated, with tears, that she might be baptized; and as she made a satisfactory confession of her faith, and avowed her exclusive depen- dence for salvation on the all- sufficient sacrifice of Calvary, her request was granted, and the divine presence seemed to be enjoyed by all who witnessed the ordinance. In a communicati: m, dated April 8tb. 1823, Mr. Luckenbach says — <'An Indian named Simon, who bad been baptized at Petquotting, but had afterwards left the con- gregation, and lived for more than 10 years among the wild heathen, returned hither this spring, and begged most earnestly for re- admission. He was in a rapid con- sumption ; and, as we believed he had sought and obtained mercy from Him who treats all returning prodigals with compassion, be was re-admitted, and assured of the for- giveness of the congregation on his sick-bed." " Many of tha boys in the school have made good progress, and are able to read their own language well. They even begin to under- stand English, and read tlie three KpisUes of St. John in that lan- guage. After hearing single verses 4 or /) times distinctly repeated, tbey learn them by heart, and ap- pear delighted with this mode of instruction." The most recent intelligence from this settlement is contained in a letter dated Oct. Id, 1S23, in which Mr. Luckenbach wrote as follows: — •* Since my last, the CAN number of our inhabitants has been augmented by Id persons from Goshen, 2 from among the hea- then at Sandusky, and 4 of the Monsy tribe. The latter is a family, consisting of an aged mother, who, four years ago, was baptized at Old Schoenbrunn, on the Muskingum, her son, grand- son, and great grandson. Her son is upwards of 50 years old, and has very indifferent health. Being asked why he wished to reside in our settlement, he replied, ' I have no greater wish tlian to lay down my bones in this place. All I long for is to experience the pardon of my sins, through the mercy of our Saviour, before I die, and to be received by baptism into the Chris- tian church. I now believe all which I formerly heard at Schoen- brunn, concerning our incarnate God and Redeemer, who died upon the Cross to save us from eternal death. In this place my poor soul derives comfort and good hope; and I am therefore come to dwell among the believers, and to die with them, because among the heathen I fiml neither rest nor peace.' ** " On the Tth of Sept. we had a true festival-day, when a heathen woman and her child were bap- tized ; 'and a person, baptized as a child, was received into the con- gregation. The husband of the former was baptized a year aid a half ago. Tbey removed hi the i* from the Upper Monsy Town, thst, as tbey said, they might believe, and be converted to Jesus. She is sister to a man named Simon, who departed this life last spring, re- joicing in the Lord. His end, as a believer, and that of her mother, who died among the heathen, made a deep and salutary impression upon her mind, insomuch that she began most seriously to be concerned about the salvation of her immortal soul. During her baptism, a power- ful sense of the presence of Jesus 143 }: 11'; CAN w«s felt by the whole congrega- tion. Thus one after another finds the way to our Saviour, and we have reason to rejoice that, by the power of his word, some small additions are made to bis church, and that the reward for the travail of his soul is increased from among the Indians. Painful occurrences ore indeed not wanting; but, in general, we have much cause for thankfulness, seeing that our la- bour is not in vain in the Lord." The ty. M. S. comprises the fol- lowing stations in the Canada dis- trict: the annexed extracts from tlie last Report of their agents will intimate their present condition : — Quebec Circuit. Mission. — " Several have been awaltened to a sense of their danger, and brought to a saving in, Fort Erie, Gaspd, Chimshif, Hamilton, Kingston, Matilda, Mo- hawks, Niagara, Perth, Peter' borough, Prescot, Queenston, Rich' mond, St. Thomas, Sandwich, H^il' liamsborough, Yonge, and York, At these places 32 missionaries, 2 catechists, and 2 schoolmasters, are employed. The stations of the society in Lower Canada are as follow:— Aubigny, Caldwell, Chambly, Drummondville, Dunham, Eaton, Gaspe, Hutley, Hull, Montreal and Lachine, Mai Bay Cove, New Car- lisle, Quebec, Rivikre du Loup, Stt Andrew's, St. Armand, St. John's, Shefford, Sherbrooke, Terre Bonne, fFilliani Henry, and Yamaska ; en« gaging the labours of 21 missiona- ries, and a catechist and school- master. CANOFFEE,. a mission station in Susoo country. West Africa, 3 m. higher up the Rio Pongas R. than Bashia, more than 100 m. N. W. of Sierra Leone, and some distance from any native town. The C. M. S. opened a school here in 1809, which continued to prosper for several years, and the missionaries preached to the na« tives in the neighbouring towns, where they were cordially received. In 1815, a house for worship was erected, and the prospects were very encouraging ; when the slave-trade revived, and blasted their fondest hopes. In 12 months, more than 3000 slaves were carried out of the Rio Pongas, and vast quantities of rum were introduced in exchange. The missionaries, however, con- tinued to labour in jeopardy of their lives, till 181T, when they removed to the colony of Sierra Leone. CANTON, or QUANG- TCHOO, a city and sea-port of China, capital of Quang^tong. It is seated on one of the finest rivers in the empire, about 80 m. from the sea, and is the only Chinese port o U6 1 r ;: CAN allowed for European maritime traffic. Within the bocca, or mouth of the river, is a small island, which, bearing some resemblance to a tiger couchant, is called Tiger island ; and the river is hence named Tigris, but the Chinese call it Taa. The city consists of 3 towns, divided by high walls, bnt so conjoined as to form almost a regular square. The streets are narrow, paved with small round stones in the middle, and flagged ttt the sides. The houses are only a ground-floor, built of earth, and covered with tiles. The better class of people are carried about in chairs ; but the common sort walic bevefooted and bareheaded. The river is covered with barits, which have apartments in them for fami- lies, where many thousands reside, and have no other habitation. The number of inhabitants is supposed to be 1,^00,000. The immense quantity of goods and money which foreign vessels bring to this city, draws hither a crowd of merchants from all the provinces ; so that the factories and warehouses contain the rarest productions of the soil, and the mostvaluable of the Chinese manufactures. In 1822, a Are broke out, which destroyed many lives, 1^,000 houses, and property to an immense amount. It is 1 180 m. S. by W. Pekinar. E. Long. 113" 18', N. lat. 2.3«7'. Tile person deemed most suit- able for this station, by the L. M. S., was the Rev. Robert Morrison, whose studies at (losport had been peculiarly directed to a preparation for so important an urdertaking ; and who was subseque .ly assisted, in Tiondon, by a native of China, ill learning the language, and in transcribing a Harmony of the ugh, in I to Ob- secrecy, ted him aled for e antic i- CAN of essential service to future mis* sionaries." In the course of his renciinK with bis assistants, Mr. M. embraceil every opportunity of (tpenlcing of the Lord Jesus, and salvation through him, as well as of the existence of tiie one only livinf( and true God. On this latter subject, he observes, " tlieir ideas are ex- ceedingly obscure. The Chinese people, according to what I have seen, have no idea of one intel- ligent, independent, and i^erfect being— ed in China, have been demonstrated. I am grateful to the Divine Being for having employed me in this good work; and, should I die soon, it will afford me pleasure in my last mo- ments." The Rev. Wm. Milne arrived at Macao, with Mrs. Milne, in July 1813, as a colleague to Mr. Morrison, by whom he was most gladly received. By the instigation of the Roman Catholic clergy, however, th«? Portuguese govern- ment ordered him to quit the island Id lU days. To this severe measure Mr. Milne was obliged to submit, and be removed to Canton, where, under suitable teachers, be n|)plied himself assiduously to the study of the language. As Euro- pean females are not permitted to reside at Canton, he was necessa- rily separated from Mrs. M., who continued with Mr. and Mrs. Mor« vison at Macao. Mr. Morrison, however, subsequently joined Mr. Milne for tlie season, which con-i tinucs 6 months. In Feb. 1814, Mr. Milne left China, in a vessel which conveyed nearly 600 Chinese emigrants, lor the purnose of distributing the copies ot the New Testament and the tracts which he and Mr. Mor- rison had prepared ; and he had the pleasure of seeing many, while on board, rending, in their own language, the wonderful works of (iod. He touched at the Island of Hanca, a new settlement, where the Chinese were landed, when, by permission of the oammanding offlcer, he distribut'^d his booLs. It having been dtmmed of greet important., to commence a mission at Malacca, Mr. Milne, at the urgent request of Mr. Morrison, re- moved thitlier in tiiesiunmer of 18 1/S. Mr. Morrison's lalxiurs among his domestics «'ere not in vain. One man was bupUzmt in 181.5, on a U7 i, ¥\ ■J ' 1$; CAN credible profession of his faith ; nnd some others were inclined to declare themselves Christians, but were in- timidated by apprehension of th« consequences. In a letter dated September 4, 3817, Mr. (now Dr.) Morrison says — " I have translated the morn- ing and evening prayers, just as they stand in the book of Common Pray- er, altering only those which refer to the rulers of the land. These I am printing, together with the Psalter, divided for the 30 days of the month : I intend them as a he/p to social worship, and as aftbrdfhg excellent and suitable expressions for indivi- dual devotion. Mr. Milne wished to modify them, so as to render them more suitable to our peculiar cir- cumstances J but as they possess here no auth'yity but their own general excellence, and are not binding on the practice or consci- ence of any; and as they are not nxcluaivey — I judged it better to preserve them iis they are. Addi- tional helps may be afforded, if they shall not be fully adequate. The heathen, af first, require helps for social devotion ; and to me it appeared, that the richness of de- votional phraseolog}-, tlie elevated views of the Deity, and the explicit nnd full recognitit)n of the Mork of our Lord Jesus Christ, were so many excellences, that a version of them into Chinese, ns tliey were, was belter than for ni»* to new model them. The chnrcli of Scot- land supplied us with a catechism ; the congregational cinirclies af- forded us a form for a Clnistian nssembly; and llie church of Kng- land has supplied us witli a manual of devotion, as a tielj) to tliose who are not sufficiently instructed to f'ondurt social worship without 5ucii aid. We are of no party. We recogni/e but two divisions of our fellow-creatures — the righteous find lh«' wicked- - those vho love our Lord Jeiu« Cliritttj and those CAN who do not." Other useful works were also executed. On the 25th of Nov. 1819, the translation of the Holy Scriptures into the Chinese language was hap- pily brought to a termination. On this interesting occasion, Dr. Mor- rison WTote to the directors as follows: — " To have Moses, D ivid, and the Prophets, Jesus Chri? i and his Apostles, using their own •• ,'ords, and thereby declaring to the inha- bitants of this land the wonderful works of God, indicates, I hope, the speedy introduction of a happier era in these parts of the world ; and I trust, that the gloomy darkness of pagan scepticism will be dispelled by the day-spring from on high; and that the gilded idols of Buddah, and the numberless images which fill this land, will one day assuredly fall to the ground before the power of God's word, as the idol Dagon fell before the Ark." In the annual Report, communi- cated to the general meeting of the L. Af. S., in 1823, the directors ohser^'e — " The completion of Dr. Morrison's Chinese and English Dictionary, (which has occupied more or less of his time during n period of ].'> years), ns well as that of the Chinese version of the Holy Scri|)tures, forms a kind of epoch in the histoiy of the mission. It is due to Dr. Morrison to ob- serve, that by means of his Chinese and English Dictionary, inc^njnqc- tion with the Chinese Grammil). I compiled by him, nnd publishw about 12 ye'-'s ago, he has furnished for the use of English Mudents of Chinese, highly valii '. '"••liiities for attaining a knovi , > of thig very difficult language ; and, at the sanu^ time, he has contributed to open mt)re widely the door of arreys to the stores of Chinese litermiire and philosophy. But his labours in this dcpnrt .nent are chiefly important, ns tli« supply the Chrivtiun missionary wilb 14» tie tm racj , a case, ik 'ompos entire p It ra referent of Dr. ]\ contribu the futij jwan lea the med ffnuge, a The iiitr empire, « first placf gradually would nat fetters of s to substitu more feigi respect am bitantj of ^^n^th, to t'o», on tJ q'lisitive o to the doc Christianit} Ever sin Gos|)el has ''•r'j' preacl Chinese, eJt Nor has thi CbristJaii m ii were, an "iwexlremit been who! J besides the J Uii'se religi,, and Anierica some Chines, o'" />r. Moni "''iences divi, 'in|iressi(»M." <^'i the Off) "r. Morris,, ''"•d, where Ii "'« 20th oi A rwir. l.r,.vi, 'frn Chip,,, J, "'"1 impe^,;|„ ••"nvort to ti; Jclist nniojig rorks , the )tures ; hap- , On Mor- jrs as [) ivid, if i and '. ,'ords, ! inha- nderful )pe, the )ier eta ; and I cness of ispelled 1 high; Buddah, ; which ssiiredly le power Dagon ammuni- ig of the directors n of Dr. English |o(!cnpie(i during a |l as that he Holy epoch in in to ob- Chinese |c5«inoc- )ramm|S^ ■ ^ ^)ublish*l iurnislied (idents of lf-iiltie» of this Id, lit tlif y,)iitpd to litent>>ir« , drpnrt , ns tli< luiry vii^li CAN the means of attaining with accu- racy, and, as far as possible, with case, the language of a people who compose about a fourth part of the entire populatio.i of the globe. It naay further be observed, io reference to the philological labours of Dr. Morrison, that they have also contributed to prepare the way for the future dissemination of Euro- ])ean learning and science, through the medium of the English Ian* guuge, among the natives of China. The introduction of these into the empire, as objects of study, in the first place to the more learned, anu gradually of education to others, would naturally tend to loosen the fetters of superstition and pi'ejudice ; to substitute for a contempt, perhaps more feigned than real, a degree of respect and veneration for the inha- bitants of Europe ; and thus, at length, to procure a candid atten- tion, on the part of the more in- quisitive of the Chinese at least, to the doctrines and evidences of Christianity. Ever since the year 1813, the Gospel has been more or less regu- larly preached, bolli in English and Chinese, either at Macao ov Canton. Nor has this snniU portion of the Christian ministry, thus insulated, as it were, and conthicteil almost to Hie extremities of the eastern world, been wholly destitute of eilecl. Bi'sides tlieadvantngi^s lierived from IJicse religious servictw by European and American residents, " there are some Chinese," to use the language of Dr. Morrison, *' on whose eon- sciences divine truth has made an impression." On the tMh of December, Ih Dr. Morrison embarked for Er)g- l«nd, where he arrived in safety on the 20tti of March, in the ensuing yeiir. Previous to his d -parture from Chii>a, he dediontrd, by prayer •mi impri^itloM of hands, a native convert to fl;v; worlt of an evan- gelist among his own couutry- CAN men ; securing to bim a small annual stipend for the duties to be p^formed in discharge of his sacred obligations, and, at the same time, permitting him to pursue his secular calling, as the principal means of his support. Shortly after Dr. M.'s arrivnl in England, he had the honour to be introduced at Court, by Sir George Staunton, Bart., as the first Pro- testant missionary to China ; and was presented to the King by the President of the Board of Control, the Kight Honourable Charles Wynn. Dr. Morrison was per- mitted to lay before his Majesty a copy of the Chinese version of the Holy Scriptures, made by himself" and the late Dr. Mili>e ; and also to present to the King an account of the Anglo- Chinese college and Singai)ore institution. In an official communication of Sir George Staunton, dated April 12, 1824, Mr Peel, the Secretary for the Home Department, stated, that, in laying the Chinese Bible before the King, he bad i.'Mitioned the very singultu* and .. itorious exertions made by Dr. Morrison for the promotion of relijjfion rnd literature in the East: and that he had it in command to conununicalo his Majesty's in..-!'"d approbation of that gentlemiiii's distinguished and useful labou:'. Another letter vns subsequently addressed to Dr. Morrison himself, by his Majestvs librarian; in which the writer observes — " I have received his Majesty's com- mands to convey to you hiii ac- knowledgment, and to express Ins sense of your attention in present- ing, through Mr. Peel, u copy of ^our Chine! CAN (services to the cause of mii^sions, and to thai of China in particular, Dr. Morrison left England in 1826, with his family, and arrived at Macao on the 19th of September. The first Sabbath after his arrival, he resumed the religious services he had been accustomed to perform previously to his visit to Europe. During his absence from China, Leang-a-fa composed, among other works, a small volume, in Chinese, containing explanatory notes on the epistle to the Hebrews. Of this work, considering the few ad- vantages Afa possessed, Dr. Mor- rison speaks favourably. Afa had nlso written a small Essay in favour of the Christian Religion, entitled. The True Principles of the fr'orld's Salvation ; in which he points out the necessity of a Saviou:, and shews that Jesus Christ has made an atonement for sin. He directs the attention of his countrjmen to the Bible, which, he informs them, European Christians have, at a great expense, caused to be trans- lated into Chinese, printed, and given to the people. He had like- wise drawn up a short account of several interesting conversations, held at different times, v itb certain of his countrymen, who had casu- ally taken up the Bible when he WHS himself present. Since Dr. Morrison's return, Afa has drawn up « brief statement of tlie religious progress of his own mind while under the tuition of the late Dr. Milne at Malacca, which, at length, isKued in his determination fully to embrace Christianity. The above accounts relative to Leniig-a-fa, however in themselves pleRHJug, derive additional interest from the almost univi rsal rejection of the Cospel by the inhabiliuits of China, witli which they stand con- trasted. An enipjre is here i)re- urnted to our view, containing l.)0 nnllions of xouis, involved In gross spiritual durkr.vsD ; while standing, CAP as it were, on its utmost verge, we behold a single individual of that empire defending the existence and perfections of the true God, the necessity and efficacy of our Lord's atonement for the sin of the world, and inviting his countrymen to read the Scriptures, which have been translated for their use, as contain* ing words by which they may be saved. May this light — small, indeed, and comparatively dim, — increase more and more, until it shall at length break forth in all the bright- ness of meridian day ! So fully persuaded is Dr. Mor- rison of the importance and utility of comments on the Scriptures, in reference to converted and inquir- ing heathens, that, while the present obstacles to preaching the Gospel in China continue, he conceives he cannot more profitably en)ploy bis time than in composing explanatory notes on the Chinese Bible. CAPE BRETON, an island In the gulf of St. Lawrence, 109 m. long ; separated from Nova Scotia by a narrow strait. Population about 3000. The Society for propagating the Gospel in Foreign Parts labours here. The principal station is at Sid- ney, where are a missionary and about no communicants. Several schools are supported on the island by the society. CAPE COAST, or CAPE COAST CASTLE, a British set tlement on the Gold Coast, W. Africa. Population 8000. The Society for propagating the Gospel in Foreign Parts com- menced its ellbrts here in i'tH. The principal design wa.s.to be- nefit the negroes in the vicinity; but it waii soon relinquished, and renewed in 1700, bytht Hppoirit- ment of the Rev. Philip Qua//ue, a native, educated by the societ) in Knglnnd for the purpose. He con- tinued to labour as a nii»:^iuuury, 160 catecb about ceeded chapla; who di( lowed I For sev< pany ha of abou stitions retarded and Cbri CAPE OF Tf HOPE, easterly f ni. to il breadth, f 200 to 3 district of taken by Dutch, in original ol U) the sea, of the cou proceed to mountains, cording to l«7,ol«,coi En.^Iisii, an The cf ^^ing actii slavery; an been openec slaves. Me recently ado born ministe are converse Dutch Jang promote the fie church colony there •Iwut 14 ] J"'j', 1822, „ schools nrriv< were also in; '«'iffuage, to public expens <«cilit«ting tJi E'lRhsh langi ""'•iPlv. .Soo "l»ro(lHni«fio " wu« orden IB, W© [ that ;e and 1, the Lord's world, to read 5 been ontain- nay be indeed, ncrease ihall at bright- r. Mor- li utility ;ures, in I inquir- e present } Gospel ;eives he II ploy his planatory 3. island In , 109 m. va Scotia opulation ating the \s labours lis at Sid- iimry and [ported on hr CAPE [ritish set Hoast, W. rating thf [rts corn- in I'iJ' |ii.s . to be- vicinity ; Ished, im^l I nppoiiit- societj ill 111- cim. liisiiouury, lluU CAP catechist, and schoolmaster, till about 1816. He was soon suc- ceeded by the Rev. fV* Philip, chaplain to the African Company, who died soon after, and was fol- lowed by the Rev. James Collins. For several years the African Com- pany has patronized a school here, of about 16 pupils ; but the super- stitions of the natives have greatly retarded the progress of civilization and Christianity. CAPE COLONY, or COLONY OF THE CAPE OF GOOD HOPE, South Africa, extending easterly from the Cape, about 700 ni. to the Keiskamma R. ; the breadth, from N. to S. varies from 200 to 315 m. Except the new district of Albany, the colony was taken by the British from the Dutch, in 1806; who were the original planters. The soil, next to the seti, is fertile, and the face of the country level ; but, as you proceed to the N., it vises into lofty mountains. The population, ac- cording to late official returns, is 107,5 16,consisting mostly of Dutch, English, and Hottentots. The colonial government is taking active measures to abolish slavery; and several schools have been opened for the instruction of slaves. Measures have also been recently adopted to employ British - born ministers in the churches, who are conversant with the English and Dutch languages, with a view to promote the established system of tiie church of England. In the colony there are 4 episcopal, and about 14 Dutch churches. Ju July, 1822, 6 English teachers of schools arrived from Englnnd, who were also instructed in the Dutch language, to be emiiloyed at the public expense, for the purpose of kcilitating the acquirement of the English language to all classes of wcieJy. Soon iillcr their arrival, n prorliinuHion whs issued, in which it wus ordered that the English CAP language shouM exclusltely supef- sede the Dutch in all judicial and official acts and proceedings, from the 1st of Jan. i827. These in- structors are placed at Caledon, George, Graalf Reynet, Stellen- bosch, Tulbagh, and Uitenhage. It is intended to establish similar schools at every principal place in the ' colony ; within which are se-^ veral missionar}^ stations. ' Cape Town is the capital, and it is situ- ated in E. long. 1 8«> 23', S. lat. 34" 6'. CAPE TOWN, the capital of the territory of the Cape ; a set- tlement founded by the Dutch. It stands on the W. side of Table Bay, and is a town rising in the midst of a desert, surrounded by black and dreary mountains. Here are two churches ; the great one used jointly by the English and the Dutch Calvinists, the other by Ger- man Lutherans : also an hospital for sailors, situated close to the go* vernor's gardens, to which there is free access. The mountains be* hind the town, are the Table Mountain (3315 feet high), the- Sugar Loaf, the Lion's Head, Charles Mount, and James Mount, or the Lion's Rump. From these mountains descend several rivulets, which flow into the dilierent bays, as Table Bay, False Bay, dfcc. Among these mountains, extend- ing along the valleys and rivuk'Ls, are a great nuniber of pluntatioiis ; and 10 ni. S.E. of the town is the celebrated farm of Constantia, yielding the wine of that name. This town, with its extensive co- lony, surrendered to the British in 1795, and was restored, in 1803, by the treaty of Amiens ; It again surrendered to the British In 1806, and was finally ceded to them in 1814. Cape Town is 34 m. N. by \V. from the ("ape. E.long. 18" 23^, S. lat. 30" 50'. " Mahoniedunism," sii>s the Rrv. J. Campbell, in 1H12, " is greatly un the iucrease iu (-ape Towu. 151 11 B- I CAP They have, I beUeve, /> mosques, where they assemble for their wor- ship. About 20 free Mahomedans club tojlaves are treatee Town, and apprenticed to masters for 14 years, who are bound by agreement to treat them well, to teach them a trade, and to instruct them in read< ing, and in the principles of the Christian religion — all which, in some cases, will be performed. I visited a school of 20 of these strangers, entirely supported by CommissiotwM- 8hiels. They all appeared io be from 1 8 to 24 years of ag"e. Several of them read the New Testament tot^ , ibly well, andrepeatedquestions liom Watts's Catechism. On .he Lord's-day they are w^ll dressed in a kind ol uniform, and attend the church. I have no doubt that their tempo- rary captivity will not only be a blessing to themselves, but also to their country, should they evw return." The Rev. Geo. Thorn, from tlie L, M. S., arrived at Ca|)e Town iu 1812, and laboured zealously tu promote the cause of relig'" • ■, not only there, but also in other parts of the colony, for several years; and afterwards accejjted the oHice of Dutch minister at Caledon, un- der the appointment of the colo- nial government. In lhl8, llie llev. Dr. Philip, who hud l>een a|)i)oiiited supeunteiident of the society's missions in that part of the < J^be, increased the congregHtion previously collected, and obUiineil pennlssion to build a chapel. Tliii ronmiodious place ol worship was o|)ened, Dec. 1, 1822. Throii?b Dr. Philip's Hgencj', premises imve also been purchased, to lie occu- pied, in part, as a dwelling-house by the society's resident agent, II nd ns a teniporary allude tor it* missionaries who nuiy touch at the Cape, dioemlmrk there, or occa- sioi\Hlly visit it from the interior. Tho building will also afl'ord Im- \6i lities in which ei the Sod seminati Africa, merly cc can M. S many ye feet, was and gratu thens wer ship, and Between i were unde instruction consisted ( succeeding cess attend ployed. Ii .«arj- for Dr his place is by the Rei iliary M. S. The IK veral of its welfare of t\ A building, and meetiri June 16, I! however, n connexion sions than _. opportunities ^e\v; and slaves, and children, hai of this class Christ, and b moral inflnen Tile Rev. sionary from Propagution ff'gn Parts, school to a St 1821, which s than 300 soli. He also preac at H'ynberg. Efficient Tr ties were formt "fejmtronized "ties, and are 'heir benefits in d Mo- tred by slaves rn, and I years, nent to them a in read- of the lich, in med. I of these irted by rhey all 24 years read the ly well, a Watts's ord's-day a kind ol J church, it tempo- jnly be a jt also to ;hey ever lities in aid of plaqs of education, which enter into the measures of the Society for promoting the dis- semination of the Gospel in South Africa. The Rev. Mr. Beck, for- merly connected with the S. Afri' can M. S., which laboured here, for many years, with considerable ef- fect, was at this time an important and gratuitous coadjutor ; 16 hea- thens were united in church -fellow- ship, and under bis pastoral care. Between 300 and 400,chiefly adults, were under his weekly caterbetical instruction ; and the Sabbath-school consisted of about 100. Through succeeding years, considerable suc- cess attended the means thus em- ployed. It being deemed neces- sary for Dr. Philip to visit England, his place is supplied, pro tempore, by the Rev. R. Miles. An aux- iliary M. S. has been established. The fF. M. S., by means of se- veral of its agents, has sought the welfare of this once destitute town. A building, designed for a school and meeting-house, was opened, June 16, 1821. This mission is, however, more important in its connexion with the interior mis- sions than in itself. But still the opportunities of usefulness are not few; and the preaching to the slaves, and the school for slave children, have conveyed to many of this class the knowledge of Christ, and brought them under its moral influence. The Rev. Mr. Wright, a mis- sionary from the society for the Propagation of the Gospel in Fo' reign Parts, restored the national school to a stale of efficiency, in 1821, which soon increased to more than 300 scholars, mostly Dutch. He also j)reached to a congregation at Wyiiherg. Eifiru^nt Tract and Bible Socie- ties we re formed here in 1 H20,which are patronized by the local autho- rities, and are designed to extend Iheir bonefits throughout the co- CAtt lony. The B. S., within about it year of its formation, declined a grant of about ^£200 from the Pu' rent Institution, in consequence of the sufficiency of its pecuniary re- sources. CARRADIVE, a small island of North Ceylon, about 4 m. from Bat- ticotta. Here are several thou- sands of people, mostly Roman Catholics, among whom the AmC' rican Missionaries in Ceylon have frequently laboured and distributed tracts and portions of the Scrip- tures. The influence and opposi- tion of the priests are the most dis- couraging circumstances against the prevalence of truth. CAREY, the mission station of the American Baptist Board far Foreign Missions, among the Pu- tawatomie Indians in Michigan. This station was so called by the Board as a token of fraternal affec- tion and respect for the Rev. Dr. Carey, missionary at Serampore. It is situated on St. Joseph's R. in- tho southern part of Michigan ter- ritory, 100 m. N. W. Fort Wayne, about the same distance from any white inhabitants, and nearly 200^ m. from any compact settlement. The Rev. Isaac M^Coy, who had been for several years at Fort Wayne, removed here in the latter part of 1822 ; encouraged by the generous offer of the Indians, that, on condition of his settling among* them, they would give him a mile square in the heart of their settle- ment, in addition to 1000 dollar!* s year I'or Ifi years, .secured to them by the government of the United States, to support a teacher and blacksmith. A school-house and a dwelling-hou^e, containing 3 apartments, have been erected. A school was commenced, .Ian. 27, 1823, which contained .^3 native pupils at the close of the year, i'he Indian* appear very friendly, and are ready to commit their chil- dren in greater numbers to the care ;l' m iTi GAR uf the missionaries, than their means will enable ihera to sup- port. The pupils are instructed in the arts of civilized life, and ac- customed to habits of industry. A considerable farm is cultivated, which has been mostly stocked by individuals in the neighbouring States. Before the end o; i j23, Mr. M*Coy had several associates in his labours. Their prospects are very encouraging. CARMEL, formerly Talone^, a mist^ion station of the American Board of Commissioners for Fo- reign Missions, among the Che- rokees, 62 m. S. E. Brainerd, and 30 S. E. Spring Place, on the di- rect road from Augusta to Nash- ville, near a small river, called Talking Rock Creek, and 5 m. from the Cherokee town of Talo- ney, which lies off from the road, in a north-easterly direction. Mr.- Moody Hall removed his family l^ere from Brainerd, and opened a tchool, May 0, 1820, in compliance with the earnest solicitations of the principal men of the village and its vicinity : previous to which, suitable buildings had been erected. About 90 entered the school the first week ; and the number soon in- creased to 50. The average num- ber may be about .30, who generally are eager in the pursuit of use- ful knowledge, make goo^l profi- ciency, and cheerfully submit to wholesome regulations. The agricultural prospects of ihis station are pleasing ; and it is expected that provisions for the mission family will easily be fur- nished from the land here culti- tivated. The labours of Mr. Hall have been blessed to the spiritual good of many. He has given religious instruc- tion \n a small conj^regation on the Sabbath, when the scholars are re- quired to attend, who are cate- chised in iiie presence of the con- gregation. Early in the spring of CAR li<^23, a church was organized ^ when 6 Cherokee converts were admitted to Christian fellowship, and with their households, 21 in number, were baptized. The scene was witnessed by a nume- rous assembly from different parts of the ntition, and excited great interest. The seriousness, which then prevailed, continued in the early part of 1824, and gave in- creasing hope tl)at many would become savingly benefited by the Gospel. Previous to tbat time, 3 more Chetokees and a white woman, wife of a Cherokee, had been admitted to the privileges of the church ; and several now gave evidence of a saving change. The Ro" Daniel S. Butrick, who has laboiued as an evangelist in almost every part of the nation, has be- stowed much attention on the con- cerns of this mission. CATARAUGUS, an Indian re. servation in the State of New York, on the eastern shore of Lake Erie, about 40 m. S.W. of Buf- falo. It comprises about 26,000 acres of land, and 450 inhabitants, a large majority of whom , are pa- gans, and opposed to the introduc- tion of the Gospel. They belong to the Seneca tribe, except a few families of Munsees, so called from the name of the place where they formerly resided . The Rev. fFm. A, Thayer y assistant tnissionary from the United Foreign M. S. (United States), commenced labouring bere in 1822. Mr. T. was appointed to this station in compliance with tiie earnest solicitations of 22 chiefs and 2 interpreters. Of the chiefs, 7 belonged to Cataraugus, 3 to Allegany, and 12 to Builalo. He arrived, with his family, in Muy, 1822, but found the opposition of the pagan party so violent, that he judged it inexpedient to settle on the reservation, and procured uc- conmiodations for his school in the immediate vicinity, which lit 154 opened . end of t who wei mily. ' h:^hiy ;; and t):' in thf'r ■ to allbrd their scar j)ie<'e of ] boi )iJed c 24 m. ;■< bouse, or been ereci Thayer ha Christian ings with In the lat Bradley ar were assigi CAWNf portant mii bfibad, Him of the Ga Lucknow. 26" 30'. Early in 1 Henry Mart napore to \h his faithful 1 diers and na of the follow *i'ne, he inc Ininslation < Hindoostane procured the for worshij). In conseq some pious quartered at one of the B»ptist miss, was sent hith "ery useful. A Free-Sc Wfifanized by I'Pan resident l«"i, ]S21,t(, '^'riipfion If) R orphitn chlhli "s vif inity, a "'■e destiliite. "'ws, the nunl lized ; were wship, 21 in The :iunie- t parts 1 great which in the ;ave in- 1 would . by the time, 3 1 white iee, had ileges of low gave re. The who has in almost , has be- i the con- Indian re- of New re of Lake . of Buf- }ut 26,000 ihabitants, I are pa- introduc- ley belong [ept a few lalled from here they \iutryfrom i. (United .mring here [ppointed to le with the 22 chiefs the chiefs, igiis, 3 tfl [iffalo. He , in May. .position of ,nt, that he [o settle 0" •ocvired ac- school i" which lit 154 CAW op<>T)ed Jan. 14, 1823 ; and at the end of the year he had 27 piipiH, who were provided for in his Ip.- mily. T'ue C^hr'-iian party ar-. h:.(hiy ;,iiitifiOd witii the school, and t) ' pleading' change effected in the 'v children, anrl seem ready to afford <'very assistance which their scanr reans will allow. A piece of land has been purchased, boi ided on the reservation, about 24 m. '.om the Seneca mission- house, on which buildings have been erected fcv the mission. Mr. Thayer has been very useful to the Christian party by holding meet- ings with them on the Sabbath. In the latter part of 1823,' Mr. Bradley and Miss Ltiey Beardsley were assigned to this mission. CAWNPORE, a town and im- portant military station in Alla- habad, Hindoostan, on the W.bank of the Ganges, 49 m. S. W. of Lucknow. E. long. SI**, N. lut. 26" 30'. Early in 1809, the lamented Rev. henry Martyn removed from Di- napore to this place, and continued his faithful labours among the sol- diers and natives till the latter part of the following j'ear. At the same time, he indefatigably pursued the translation of the Scriptures into Hindoostanee and Persian ; and procured the erection of a house lor worship. In consequence of the zeal of some pious soldiers who were quartered at Cawnpore, Nriputa, one of the natives assisting the Baptist missionary at Allahabad, was sent hither in 1818, and was very useful. A Free- School Association was orafanized by the principal Euro- lienn residents at this station. May 19th, 1821, to afford gratuitous in- struftion to European and Hindoo orphiin children in Cawnpore and I's vicinity, and to support such as «re destitute. Within »«boi;t two ^ears, the number of beneficiaries CEL amounted to 158. The funds are supplied by AV.bscriptions and sa'^' cramental collections. The Di»- >ict Committee of the Christian Knowledge S., furnish books for the children. They have also es- tablished a Lending Library. This is an encouraging field for inis' sionarj' labour. The C M. S also labours here. The following account, given by Archdeacon Corrie, is from the last Heport : — " The native con- gregation^ commenced last cold season, has continued to increase, under the steady labours of the na- tive catechist (Peter Dilsook), who is now e;icouraged and supported by the presence of the Rev. Mr; Torriano. The number attending on Sunday worship is now about 30, and a separate place of wor- ship has become necessary for their accommodati'ni. There are se- veral candidates lor baptUm." CELEBES, or MACASSAR, an island in the Indian Ocean, to the E. of Borneo. It is 560 m. from N. to S., and divided into va- rious port ions by large bays, so that the breadth is c jnmionly not above 60 m. The E. s^ide of the island is sometimes called Celebes, and the W. Miicassar ; but, in general, the former name is given to the whole island. The inhabitants are Malays, consisting of several na- tions or tribes, and the best soldiers in these parts. The most power*- fill tribe are callt'pointed the Rev. Mr. Kellendroon to Ma- cassar, the capital, having a po- pulation of 100,000, in 1820. This island is also occasionally visited by the Rev. Mr. Kam, of the L.M. S. CERAM, one of the Molucca or Spice Islands, in the East Indian Ocean, near the N. E. coast of Amboyna, 190 m. long, and nearly 40 broad, belonging to the Dutch. The inhabitants, including 3 small islands in the vicinity, are estima- ted at ld,000. The Rev. Mr. Kam's occasional visits have been instrumental of much good to the native Christians, and recently a mission has been established here under his direction. The inhabitants of two villages in this island, where the Rev. Mr. Starnink then laboured, have de- stroyed their idols. The children were summoned to attend, with their parefKS; iv. witness the spec- tacle, ih :x 'hf ' might keep the «venti»" liionj jrauce. The people tf the u v;ik.,-es were formerly notorious kn* •^'-ickedness ; but since they have emoraced Christianity, a great improvement in their con- duct has taken place. CEYLON, an island in the In- dian Ocean, separated from the S.E. point of Hindoostan, by Palk Strait, and the Gulf of Manaar. The natives call it Cingala, whence they are called Cingalese, and by the drabs it is called Screndib. it is 2T0 m. long, and 140 in its greatest breadth, nearly resembling a ham in shape, the narrow part to the N . ; and hence the peninsula of Jaftha- patam was Citlled Hiinisheel by the Dutch. Th*^ flat track around the coast, covered vith rich fields of rice, are boundad by groves of co- ooa-nut trees ; and the prospect is usually terminated by woods, which cover the sides of mountains. The woods and mountains completely surround the kingdom of Kandy, and form a strong natural barrier. CEY The climate on the ? and E. coasts is more temperate uh'm on the con- tinent of Hindooj '.aii , but, '.n the interior of the country, the heat is often extremely sultry and un- healthy. The most considerable mountain is called Adam's Peak, in the S. part of the island, and is visited by numerous pilgi-ims. It it of a conical form, about 7000 feet in height ; and, in the area, on its top, is a rock of iron stone, with an impression on it in the shape of a man's foot, but considerably larger: the Cingalese have a tradition that Budha, the great author of their religion, left the print of hjs foot on this rock, when be ascended into heaven. The only consider^ able river in the island is the Ma- hawelle ; but there are many other fine ones, yet few of them are na- vigable, even for small boats, higher up than 16 m. from the sea. Be- side the rivers, with which the is- land abounds, there are many lakes, tanks, and canals, communicating with them ; also many natural sa- line pools, some of great extent, from which much salt is produced. In some places there are rich mines, whence are procured rubies, sap- phires, topazes, and other stones of less value ; also iron and manga- nese. Colombo is the capital. E. long. 79«50' to 82", N. lat. 5" 50' to 9" 52'. The inhabitants are divided into Malabars, Cingalese, Portuguese, Dutch, and English, and have been e.stimated at 1,500,000; and by some between 2 and 3,000,000. They are mostly pagans of Hindoo origin, or, as they are often deno- miuated, a nation of atheLsts. There are, however, many natives who bear the Christian name; amounting, it is estimated, to 200,000, one -fourth of whom an Catholics. In the northern part of the island are about 7000 Matio- medans ; and, in the interior, is a race of wild, independent savages, 15Q who ha either to to the E graded, h civil gove TheJi language religion. N. part gombo on on the E., na oil the people, nil g-alese, an( ierior-to i dia. At forced to pi tJienism, m of Christii never radic gion ; nor, tlieir custoi: been broke burning of ^ and some such as the in all essent are the san as they evi tlie British j liberty to m temples wei those who fession of i tlieir former nimously rt Tlie brahmin a most dec ei rapn, who su the minds oi absurd tenets The C/ng' the ancient inhabit all southern par lese languag i/?norant,anc They seem judices again the follower- system, chiei lerence about .coasts [je con- f.n the heat is ,nd un- iderable s Peak, i, and is IS. It is 000 feet a, on its , with an ape of a y larger: tion that of their h|s foot ascended consider- 1 the Ma- lany other iin are na» ats, higher sea. Be- ich the is- [lany lakes, (lunicating latural sa- at extent, produced. ■ich mines, •ubies, sap- ir stones of ,d manga- ,e capital. lat.5'»5tf CEY who have never been subjected, either to the native Ciiignlese or to the Europeans ; and aw so de- graded, as to be incapable oi" any civil government. - The Malabars speak the Tamul language, and profess the Hindoo rt'ligion. They occupy all the N. part of the island, from Ne- gombo on the W., and Batticaloe on the E., to the extremity of Jaf- na on the N. They are a manly peopli', much superior to the Cin- galese, and are said to be not in- ferior -to any of the tribes of In- dia. At times they have been forced to put off the forms of hea- thenism, and to take the semblance of Christianity; yet they have never radically changed their reli- gion ; nor, to any great extent, their customs. Some barriers have been broken down, such as the burning of widows, and polygamy ; and some have been weakened, such as the rights of caste ; but, in all essential respects, the people are the same grovelling idolaters as they ever were. As soon as the British government gave them liberty to worship their idols, the temples were rapidly rebuilt ; and those who had assumed the pro- fession of Christianity to please their former masters, almost una- nimously relapsed 'into idolatry. The brahmins are of the first caste, a most deceitful, treacherous set of men, who succeed in imposing on the minds of the people the most absurd tenets. The Cingalese, supposed to be the ancient possessors of the island, inhabit all the interior, And the southern parts — speak the Cinga- lese language — are indolent and ignorant, and worshippers of Budhu. They seem to possess fewer pre- judices against Christianity, than the followers of the brahminicnl system, chiefly from tlieir indif- ference about all religion. They, CEY having no hereditary priesthood, nor division of caste, are more ac- cessible than the Malabars or Hin- doos. Their temples are nume- rous, in which are gigantic images of Budhu, 30 or 40 feet high. Their priests aiiiount to about 1500, who ditl'er so much in their sentiments, to ascertain gious systei habrachmeii that he dwel ven, but does nui > i is very difficult m.s their reli- that Na- God, and ^hest hea- 1 'rn himself with the affairs of this world. Be- side him, they have gods, whos© names they can mention, to the number of 30,000 ! They deny the existence of a Creator, and main- tain that the worl I owes its being to chance ! They hold the doc- trine of the transmigration of the soul, for a certain time ; and when that has elapsed, they suppose it is totally anniliihited. Budhu is the object of their worship, because they think he superintends the af- I'airs of men. Throughout the island, devil' worship prevails, but the Cingalese are most dreadfully devoted to it. Devils are regaided us the authors of all temporal evils ; to avert which, they have temples aiiJ prieits de- dicated to them. This is entirely distinct from Budhism ; and, in many districts, is rapidly gaining the ascendancy. It leads to the most inhuman sacrifices and prac- tices. When the Portuguese made inroads upou tiie island, in 1505, they brouglit their artillery to, bear upon the heathen temples, and levelled them with the ground ; and thus thousands, through fear, were induced to acknowledge the supremacy of the Pope. In 1658, the Dutch took possession of the island, and introduced the protes- tant religion ; yet their policy M'as calculated to make nominal Chris- tians, rather than real converts, by p 157 ^r t ^ 'Vv2i IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) ^O ^ «*% <- ained> with I, and bas to the na- own of llbe< palish of St. W. Africa, its amounted ere were 816. 1819, sent Ta^/or and taoheis, and Jve assistant Ion was pleas* [try have been fchool-houN, and was used [but was soon IsslonaryAs- and 6 native rhofaithlully of their of- in suggested rvoeived iu thels of €«»• [nthe course amount o( wasiESettt. hool, et the ,re:— BojV l> day-*cbooii ath their (M* jning "cbool, [ce that tiOM. 168 CHA Mr. Taylor has died, but other la* bourershaTe been sent. At pre- sent the church serrices, on Sun- d«ys and week-- keringy of Salem, Massachusetts^ has, with the assistance of Mr. JDo- vid Brown, a Cherokee, neariy pre- pared for the press a Orammar of the language, which will render important aid in systematizing ihe kindred dialects of the Choctaw, Chickasaw, Creek, and several others. Many of their religious rites bear a striking resemblance to those of the Jews, and, some think, forcibly argue that the aborigines of Ame- rica are the lost ten tribes of Israel. They believe in the existence of the Great Spirit, aM can form no com- bination of words in their language, by which they can profane the name of God. They are said to have a tradition among them, that the Great Spirit has made provision for the recovery of bad men by pro- mising his Son, which is yet to be fulfilled. By their intercourse with unprincipled white men, they had become, generally, divested of re- ligious principles and moral re. straints ; but, by the introduction of schools, their situation is rapidly improving, both in morals and ci- vilization ; and it is not chimerical 160 m • CHE to cAleulate, that, at a period not far distant, they will become English in their language, Christian in their religion, and civilized in their gene- ral habits and manners. . In 1799, the Rev. Abraham Stei- Her was sent out by the United Bre- threrif to ask permission to establish ' a school in the nation. He pressed the subject in the national council, and was seconded by the officers of government, but was utterly refused. In 1800, he renewed his applica- tion, and was again refused : but, be- fore the close of the council, two in- fluential chiefs agreed to patronize the school, which was soon opened on land cleared by one of them ; and shortly after, the mission and school were commenced at Spring Place. At this time no waggon- road had ever been cut in the terri- toT}', and no one was permitted to own a waggon. The objection was, if waggons were owned, roads must be made, which would ailbrd faci- lities for the whites to come among them. . In 1 824, the work of God was pros- pering — new iostances of usefulness occurring from time to time. Bro- ther, 'Schmidt says, in a letter dated May 26th: — " On Whitsunday, one young person will be baptized, am', two confinned for the first enjoy- ment of the Lont's Supper. In this manner the Lord encourages us, and strengthens our faith. He also grants the children in our school to give us much pleasur*. We have at present 13 scholar.'^ viz., 10 boys and 3 girls ; who all shew diligence and obedience. They all board with us, and, out of school- time, assist us in our housekeeping. The girls conk and wn.sh, and the hoys are very serviceable in the garden and the farm." The mis- sionary hiui recently procured 2 Cherokee children for their school, who were to be educated at the expense of certain friends of the brethren at Boston, and to bear CHE ■their names. His congregation con* sisted at this time of baptized adults, of whom 6 were communicants. A chief, and several natives, residing at Oochgeelogy, ^0 m, from Spring Place, Georgia, the central point of the national Go- vernment of the Cherokees, having been converted by means of the missionaries at Spring Place, a new station was formed there in 1881. Divine service is attended in the house of a chief; and, in May, 1824, 8 persons belonged to the Society. The Rev. Gideon Blackburn, under the auspices of the Gene' ral Assembly of the Presbyterian Church, instituted a mission among the Cherokees in 1804, which be conducted in person, and with very inadequate assistance and support: and within about 6 years, between 4 and 500 young persons, of both sexes, were so instructed as to be able to read, with a good degree of facility, in the English Bible; were proportionably advanced in spellhig, writing, and arithmetic ; and, at the same time, were taught the principles of the Christian religion; and several became hopeful and exemplary Christians. They have now public roads, and t'8 made astonishing advances in . iculture, domestic manufactures, and the mechanical arts ; and hare made a liberal grant of about 100,000 acres of land for a perpe- tual school- fund, to be applied, under the direction of the President of the United States, to the educa- tion of their children. They have instituted a civil government, nnil their legislative proceedings are marked by integrity and patriot- ism. They have divided their coun- try into 8 districts, or counties, laid a tax on the |)eopIe to thuild a court-house in each of these coun- ties, and appointed 4 circuit judges. Their incipient jurisprudence ap- pelirs to secure tlie respect of the people. 160 - Not raging is not things, Gherok piored. edness ; ticularlj almost) law, an need to people , proper immorta: already c municati though I such indj ^irituai 1 ment oi y a mere sp agency, ^ tended, m the Chen the Indiai and to all t [See Ar tuel, Ch Oreek Pati Valley. Toi CHIAU •wlonging t Indian Oc equator, in The Rev. A lUM extende occasionally Sfegatlons. pious man, promote the devotes muc tlon of his si « '«rge boust one visit Mr *W» persons CHlCKAi. country lies n tered limits o •""ces a smi "»} bounde( }' by part we Choct^iwl ^1 the Missis >n con- adults, nts. aatives, ria, the lal Go- , having of the Sf a new in 1881. I in the ay, 1824, society. 'ackbHrn, le Gene' fsbyteriaji on among A'hich he with very 1 support: , between s, of both i as to be I degree of liblejwere in spelling, ; and, at ^aught the ^ti religion; ipei'ul and CHI Notwithstanding these eiicofi- raging appearances, however, it is not to be disguised, that many things, still remaining among the Gherokees, are greatly to be de- plored. Much poverty and wretch- edness ; several gross vices, — ^par- ticularly drunkenness, and an almost total ignorance of God, his law, and the plan of salvation ; — need to be chased away, before the people generally can reach the proper standard of rational and immortal beings. What has been already done in the way of com- municating evangelical instruction, though of inestimable value to such individuals as have received spiritual benefit, and as an experi- ment of what may be done, — is yet a mere specimen of that benevolent agency, which needs to be ex- tended, not only to every part of the Cherokee country, but to all the Indian tribes in N. America, and to all the heathens on the globe. [See Arkan$€U, Brainerdy Car- Mel, Chattooga, Cootawaytee, Creek Path, Haweis, High Tower, Galley- Towns, F^ill»tmvn.\ CHIAUW,or ZIAUW,an island l)elonging to the Dutch, in the B. Indian Ocean, situated near the equator, in E. long, about 1280. The Rev. Mr. Kam, of Amboyna, has extended his labours here, and occasionally preaches to large con- gregations. The King is a truly pious man, is much promote the spread of the devotes much time to the tlon of his slaves, and has a large house for worship to Gospel, instruc- erected During one visit Mr. Kam baptized about 2000 persons. CHICKASAWS, Indians, whose country lies mostly within the char- tered limits of Mississippi, but em- Inraces a small portion of Alaba- ma; bounded N. by Tennessee, E. by part of Alabama, S. by the Choctaw country, and W. by the Mississippi ; about 120 m. CHI long, and nearly the same in breadth. The population, accord- ing to the return of the United States' agent, if few yean since, was 6466. In 1823, it was esti- mated at only 4000 : and of this number, it is supposed, 300 are resident whites and negroes. Like their neighbours, the Che- rokees and Choctaws, they are considerably advanced in civiliaa- tion. They are said to possess m(Nre than ordinary capacity for learning, are naturally good-hu- moured and afiable, and exceed- ingly fond of mirtii and ornaments. Their territory is divided into 4 districts ; over which are 4 here* ditary princes, wtfo are under the direction of a hereditary prince or king. The succession of these is in the female line of the family. Beside these officers, they have a chief counsellor and speaker, and, in every district, a chief warrior, with some other subordinate chieft. These are all elective. They are governed by laws of their own; but almost all their regulations are very defective. They have, how- ever, passed an act against the introduction of ardent spirits into the nation, which has produced a salutary restraint, and rendered the vice of intoxication less fre- quent than formerly. The spirit of civilization is evidently advancing, and they are more and more con- vinced of the importance of educa- tion, and of the necessity of a dif- ferent mode of life from that which they have hitherto pursued. Their previous dependence for subsistence is becoming more precarious, and the only alternative left is to alian- don the pursuit of game, and to turn their attention to the culture of the soil. Such a state of things is peculiarly favourable to the in- troduction of the agricultural and mechanical arts, and the Gospel at the same time. A school was established among p 2 161 CHI his people by the Cumberland Bi. S. in 1821, containing between 20 and 30 scholars. The govern- ment of the United States allows 400 dollars annually to this institution. The M. S. o/the Synod of S.Ca- rolina and Georgia also selected a station, in 1821, situated within the chartered limits of the Mississippi, about 50 m. from its eastern boun- dary, on an elevated spot of the di- viding ridge between the waters of the Tombeckbee and Jazop, 2 m. S. Mackintoshville, about 30 W. of Cotton-gin- Port, and 70 N. W. Columbus. This station is called Monroe. Eighteen months were occupied in clearing land and erecting buildings. In 1823, about 40 acres were under cultivation. In May, 1822, the school com- menced ; the average number of scholars, who are orderly and in- dustrious, is about 50. Religious meetings are well attended, and several persons have hopefully em- braced the truth. Local schools are contemplated in the vicinity. CHILI, or CHILE, a country of South America, extending, on the coast of the Pacific Ocean, from lat. 25" to 45" S. from the desert of Atacama to the River Biobio. Its length is 1400 m., but it varies in breadth from 140 to 310, to its eastern boundar}', which is the great chain of the Andes. It was go- verned by a Spanish oflticer, who held the title of Captain-general of the kingdom of Chili, and was the president of the royal audience, established at St. Jago and Con- ception. But, in 1810, a revolu- tion took place among the inhabi- tants of this coi'ntrj', who separated themselves from the Spanish mo- narchy; and, on Jan. 1, 1818, the Chili government issued a procla- mation from the directorial palace at Conception, declaring Chili and iti adjacent islands an independent state, and for ever separated from the monarchy uf Spain. By the CHI constitution of 1818, the Republic was governed by a Supreme Direc-^ tor and a CiHigress, The former possessed all the executive power, but his acts must have the sanction cf the latter. • The government is, however, still in an unsettled state. Chili, though bordering on the tor- rid zone, never feels the extremity of heat, being screened on the E. by the Andes, and refreshed from the W. by cooling sea-breezes. The fertility of the soil corresi)onds with the benignity of the climate, and is wonderfully accommodated to Euro- pean productions. Chili is not in« fested by any kind of insect, except the chiguas, or pricker ; nor by any- poisonous reptile. In the wobds and fields some snakes are found, but their bite is not dangerous ; nor does any savage or ferocious beast excite terror in the plains. The chief rivers are the Maule, Biobio, Canten, Tolten, Valdivia, Chaivin, Riobueno, and Sinfondo, which, with many others, rise in the An- des, and flow W. into the Pacific Ocean. The population is 600,000, exclusive of Indians. It is divided into the three intendencies of Co- quimbo, St. Jago, and Conception. St. Jago is the capital. Mr. Eaton, from the B. Sf F. S. S., became superintendent of schools here in 1821. After suc- cessfully establishing schools on the British system, at Buenos Ayres, Mr. Thompson also proceeded to this country, and was no less pros* perous in the objects of his misiion. He was followed by Mr. Heaton, who arrived at St. Jago, the capital of the country, Sept. 1821 ; was favourably received by the Supreme Director of the government, and was immediately engaged to super- intend a school for 150 boys. An- olher school, on a larger scale, woi soon opened, in rooms provided by government ; and several more were in progress to be established in the Literary Institution. 162 Th warde( nisbB which and the by the CHJ the gr( separate to the C and abo the P perhapj Wly ages, by the livin lued by a tbe inhabit possesses n which has b the constan China ; wh( high degree elegant con of classical » that the 'earned is ii( the plain la» M that of ar modern diale language, the «arth in its I posed to be iMowledge of Europeans, to 'earned men necessities c [course, has public Oirec- foTmer power, inction [lent is, A state. the tor- emityof e E.by rom thie i. The nds -with e, and i» to EUTO- s not in- t, except BT by any le yvomi re found, rous; nor ious i)easti ins. The e, Biobio, , Chaivin, jj ^hich, 1 ibeAn- le Pacific [s 600,000, is divided Ees of Co- [onception. .cm The /f/nmcan B. S. has for- warded aconsiderablenumberof Spa- nisb Bibles and Testaments to Chilis which have been gladly received; and the traniflation has been approved by the Ronoian Catholic clergy. CHINA Propter, extends from the great wall on the N., which separates it from Chinese Tartary, to the Chinese Sea, about 1.300 m.; and about the same distance from the Pticific Ocean on the E., to the frontiers of Thibet on the W. ; lying between lOO^and V2Qf B. long., and between 21* and 41« N. lat. The territories of the empire embrace Thibet, Mandshuria, Mongolia Proper, and the whole of central Asia, between Hindoostan and Asiatic Russia. On the W. it is separated from Independent Tartary by a chain of mountains. The populntion of China Proper has been estimated at 333,000,000 ; but is generally supposed to be about 150,000,000. The language is not only one of the most ancient in the world, but is, perhaps, the only one of the early ages, which is still spoken by the living. It is supposed to be used by about one-third part of the inhabitants of the globe. It possesses much ancient literature^ which has been, for many centuries, the constant study of the literati of China ; who have polished it to a high degree of what they deem an elegant conciseness, and richness of classical quotation and allusion ; so that the written style of the learned is nearly as different from the plain language of the people, u that of ancient Rome from the modern dialects of Europe. This language, the most singular upon Hurtii in its construction, and sup- posed to be so difficult, that any iuiowledge of it was limited among Europeans, to the curiosity of a few learned men and to the imperious necessities of commercial inter- course, has been conquered by 162 €m Christian missionaries ; and is luWr rendered tributary to the diffusion of Gospel light among this immenae portion of mankind, notwithstand> ing the violent opposition that It made to Christianity. The government is patriarchal. The emperor is absolute ; but ex- amples of tjnranny are very rare, as he is taught to regaixl the people as his children, and not as slaves. The first principle instilled into the people, is to respect their prince with so high a veneration, as almost to adore him. All places of honour or profit are at his disposal, as well as the lives and property of hts subjects. He is seldom seen, and never addressed but on the knees. Of the officers, or mandarins, there are 9 classes, from the judge of the village, to the prime minister. The national pride, and exclushre claim to pre-eminence, of the Chi- nese, derives most powerful support from the vain idea that their go- vernment is formed on the model of nature ; and is a transcript of the noblest of its visible parts, — viz., the heavens. The form of their cities — the regulation of the palace — the duties of prince and people— the evolutions of their armies — the order of their standards — the make of their chariots— the ascent and descent— the arrangements at their feasts— and even the very shape attd fashion of their garments, (fee. d;c« — were all anciently, and still are In a good degree, supnosed to bear a resemblance to something in the visible heavens ; to some star or constellation — to some motions, supposed or real — to some grand ter- restrial objects, or to some recon- dite physical principle. They often judge of the intentions of Provi- dence with regard to the events of war, and the destiny of nations, from the appearances in the hea- ' vens. Of old, they sent forth their armies — they overturned thrones^ — they punished oppressors — they 163 CHI ' seized on territory ; ail in obedience) as tliey supposed, to tlie aspects of celestial phenomena. If to these erroneous conceptions be joined their antiquity, tiieir vast popula* tion, their immense riches, their defect in scientific improvements, their want of sound principles, and, especi^ly, the depravity of the hu- man heart, which they hAve in com- mon with others, — we can hardly wonder at the high and exclusive tone which they assume; or at their extravagant claims to supe- riority over the nations of the earth. The r«/t>ion of China is a strange mixture of superstitions, of which every one receives or rejects as much as he pleases. From time immemo- rial, peculiar homage has been paid to the memory of the dead by the Chinese. What is known of their religion previous to the time of Confucius, is fabulous and uncer- tain. This most celebrated ancient philosopher of China, was born about 450 years before the Christian era; and seemed designed to re- form, in some measure, the corrup- tions which prevailed in the civil and religious establishments of hL naan, of Egypt, of Greece, of Rome, of Chaldea, and of India, are all to be found here, though with some slight variations. China has her Diana, her .^lus, her Ceres, her Esculapius, her Mars, her Mercury, her Neptune, and her Pluto, as well as the western pagans had. She has gods celestial, terrestrial, and subterraneous; gods of the hills, of the valleys, of the woods, of tlie districts, of the family, of the shop, and of the kitchen! She adores the gods who are supposed to pre- side over the thundcHr, the rain, and the fire ; over the grain, over births and deaths, and over the small-pox. She wonhips *< the host of heaven— the sun, the moon, and the stars." She also worships the genii of tbe mountains, rivers, lakes, and seas ; together with birds, beasts, and fishes. She addresses prayers, and offers sacrifices, to the spirits of departed kings, sages, heroes, and parents, whether good or bad. Her idols are silver and gold, wood, and stone, and clayycarv^or molten, the 161 worko are on under fiet up j street?, ways, boats, < divinati mancy, and ch( they ar stitched to the b doors ; < ^ci>">ns, goods, s emperon her mere philasopl: With tions, the cius prof( come, but and poste hence the in this the to terminn The El; the follow such as th an Asiatic Fortified j producing water, yiel large as showers of a land the i gold— myri exquisite pi of gold, wi and ravishii thousand k their paradj with the CO which the i throughout «JI wpnien, . Pation there have acted ^ transformed mitted into t The suilt which their souttbe s intro- ime \ras supposed idoostan. many of r system, but this Chinese, »m being the oppo. nsm. In jferred or ent. At is are, to le sect of . e. " In of Hang ns of my* y figure in 9r exist in it indecent endency to B been cut incient Ca- e, of Rome, I, are all to with some na has her Ceres, her Mercury, Pluto, as lagans bad. terrestrial, of the hills, jds, of the jf the shop, She adores to pre* te rain, and over births small-pox. fof heaven— the stars." ,'enU of the J, and seas ; beasts, and »rayers, and ,e spirits of heroes, «nd irhad. Her 1, wood, and molten, the CHI work of men's bands. Her altars are on the high hills, in the groves, under the green trees. She has set up her idols -at the corners of the streets, on the sides of the high- ways, on the banks of canals, in boats, and in ships. Astrology, divination, geomancy, and necro- mancy, everywhere prevail. Spells and charms, every one possesses : they are hung about the neck, or stitched up in their clothes, or tied to the bed- posts, or written on the doors; and few men think their ^crs^ns, children, shops, boats, or goods, safe without them. The emperors of China, her statesmen, her merchants, her people, and her philosophers also, are all idolaters. With regard to future retribu- tions, those of the sect of Coni'u- cius profess to know no life to come, but that which their children and posterity shall enjoy on earth : hence their views rise no higher ; in this their fears and hopes seem to terminate. The Elysium of the West, which the followers of Fuh look for, is such as the deluded imagination of an Asiatic would naturally paint. Fortified palaces — groves of trees producing genfc — pools of fragiant water, yielding the lotus flower as large as the wheel of a cart — showers of sweet odours, falling on a land the dust of which is yellow gold — myriads of birds, of the most exquisite plumage, singing on trees of gold, with the most harmonious and ravishing notes, of a hundred thousand kinds, (fee. &c. Such is their paradise ; but, in conformity with the comparative contempt in which the female character is held throughout the east, they exclude all women, ns such, from a partici- pation therein. Those females who have acted well on earth, are first tran.sfurmed into men, and then ad* mltted into that palace of delights. The suH'erings of the Tartarus which their terrified imaginations CHI have figured, are represented in pictures, as the punishments in purgatory and Tartarus were exhibited in the Eleusinian and other heathen mysteries : with this difference, however, — that these are exposed to public view ; those were seen by the initiated only. Lakes of blood, into which women who die in child-bed are plunged ; red hot iron pillars, which the wicked are^ caused to embrace ; devouring lions, tigers, snakes, ven raised .ree of re- [; and henc« lit to COIJ' lI turpitude leir parents, t men, have .d. Chinese [are thrown digested a , but super- 1 the Ian- jf the Chi- ;ee itiuch to jly, little to igame time, r oppression \rts are ftUf^d stice •, their 103 » CHI markets with cozening and deceit ; their houses with concubines; their monasteries with ignorant, in* dolent, and filthy ascetics, " who, to use the words of a Chinese writer, " are not worth the down of a feather to society;" their schools and colleges with high- minded, self-sufficient literati, to vrbose proud and sophisticated minds the humbling doctrines of the Gospel will be uo less ob- noxious than they were to the sar- castic pride of a Celsus ! Such is the state of China ! Such, after enjoying the philosophy of Confucius for more than 2000 years! Such, after Roman Ca- tholic Christianity has existed in it for upwards of two centuries ! &ich it was, when the mission to China was proposed, and such it is at the present hour ! — [See Can- ton'] CHINSURAH, a town of Hin- doostan, in Bengal, with a fortress. It stands on the W. bank of the Hoogly, 20 m. N. of Calcutta. The principal houses are built of brick, with terraced roofs, in the Moorish style. In consequence of a convention entered into on the part of his Britannic Majesty with the King of the Netherlands, it was ceded to the English in ms. The Rev. Robert May, who was sent out by the L. M. S., with a view of aiding the mi-^ion at Vizi- gapatam, especialljr in Ihe tuition of children, for which be had a peculiar talent, was enabled, after a long detention in America, to proceed to India. He landed at Calcutta, Nov. 21st, 1812, and, by a peculiar concurrence of circum- stances, was led to settle at Chin- surah. Soon after entering on his labours, he y/an bereaved of Mrs. May. In 1816, the number of schools nnder Mr. May's care was 30, in which there were more than 8600 CHI children. The Rev. Mr. Pearson, who was highly qualified for the work, was afterwards sent out to bto assistance ; and he was also joined by an European, Mr. Harie, who was fully approved by Mr. Townley and himself, to assist in the super- intendence of these seminaries. In the benevolent eflbrt still further to extend the means of instruction, Mr. May finished his earthly career. Mr. Pearson received from the in- habitants a written request to per- form the duties of the settlement church, which he accepted. WiUi vigour and success, he, with his colleague, Mr. Harle, carried on the schools; and into one ortwe of them the British system was introduced, in which it approached the perfection exhibited in Eng- land in schools conducted on the same principle^ Mes«rs. Townley and Hampson, who visited the schools at Chin- surah and it» vicinity in 1810, re- ported, that they were in the most prosperous state ; and, of the schools at Bankeepoor, under the particu- lar superintendence of Mr. Harle^ their account was equally favours- able. In addition to these engage- ments, the missionaries were vari- ously occupied. Mr. Pearson establi^ed a print- ing press, partly under the patro- nage of the Calcutta School S., the profits of which he designed to devote to the Bengal A. M^ S. During the summer of 1821, his health suffered interruption, but a short voyage in the Bay of Bengal was the means of his restoration. During his absence, his place was filled by Mr. Trawin, of Calcutta^ In the previous spring, Mr. George Mundy arrived at this station. At this period the Bengalee boys in the school manifested a laudable and highly useful spirit of emula- tion. There was also prevalent among them a strong desire te 16T CHI team English; and, in order to attain this object, they appeared to be willing to read the Scriptures, or any other book. Mr. Pearson, aware of the importance of meet- ing this disposition, compiled a grammar and vocabulary, in Ben- galee and English, with a view, when they were printed, to open a» English school, in w^hich the reading of the Scriptures should be indispensable ; and, by this method, he hoped to pave the way for their introduction into all the native schools.. The native schools at this sta- tion were visited by many respect- able individuals of intelligence and liiscernment, who highly admired their economy ; and regarded them as models for all schools of this description. The manner in which they were conducted, met also with the entire approbation of his Excellency, Mr. Overbeck, the Dutch governor of Chinsurah, by whose liberality, on the part of his government, they were supported. The Chinsurah schools were gra- tuitously supplied with books by the Calcutta School Book Society, who ordered 1000 copies of Mr. Pear- son's Bengalee and English Gram- mar to be printed at their sole ex- pense. Religious books, in Bengalee, were extensively circulated, and scarcely a day passed without nu- merous applications for them at the Mission-house. Connected with the circulation of religious tracts, the brethren sent copies of the *' Gospel Magazine," published at Calcutta, to between 200 and 300 respectable natives of the town ; and they intended to pursue the same plan every month. It was understood the magazines were very generally read. . . In 1820, a bungalow chapel was erected on the outside of one of the gates of the town. Here, or on the road-side, the missionaries CHI daily took their stand. Mr. Pear- son thus describes the plan pursued in the evening native service at the bungalow chapel, which he con- sidered as replete with important advantages. " On a raised part of the floor we place a table, a stool, and a candlestick; one of us sits down, and the people coming in, take their seats also on stools and benches, in front, and on either side. The missionary opens the Bible, reads, expounds, and prays; then, sitting down again, converses with his hearers on what has been considered. Afterwards tracts are distributed among those who can read. Often," continues Mr. P. " do I think I could sit and con- verse thus night and day ! All is, as it were, clear gain. Indepen- dently of the good which, by the blessing of God, we may expect will accrue to the people, here is rapid improvement in the language; in the knowledge of popular ob- jections, with the mode of refutinjf them ; and, best of all, in the ex- ercise of faith and love ; for we find that hard words, or hard,arguments, if alone, will do just as much as hard stones towards making men Christians." Mr. P. adds, " Mr. Townley is now looking out for another spot of ground within the gates, where it is intended to pur- sue the same plan of native instruc- tion." In 1821, an additional native school commenced at a village called Khonnian ; the expense of which was defrayed by his High- ness the Rajah of Burdwan. The active exertions of Mr. Pearson, in this department, also received tlie express approbation of his Excel- lency the Marquis of Hastings. Mr, Townley, who had removed from Calcutta in consequence of ill- ness, now assisted the missionarieii in their labours, and a native fe- male school was opened in a room 168 of the Dutcl under Town andM of the Mrs. ' soonaf andarr 1823. prosper attendei Gospel ' galow c school ] preparec creased i of the Calcutta amountec The Pearson's this coun arrived, or Atthm John Edn arrived at Mr. Munc aid in the and was d( loss of Mrs this life af 30th of th( pleasiire w duration. Incapable Mr. E. waj return with J'jey reach Mr. Pearsoi return to Im arrived safe «umed the s flative schoo The Rev. merlyof the f^ commii oeemed it e ">eir mission ^orld, was r connexion w: )^«, for the m concert wi Pear- rsued at the 1 con- ortant B floor and a down, I, take lis and either lens the I prays; 3nverses las been racts are who can Mr. P. and con- All is, Indepen- h, by the vy expect e, here is language*, opular ob- pi refuting in the ex- for we find arguments, [s much as iking men ids, " Mr. ing out for [within the [ed to pur- ,ve instruc- anal native r a village [expense of ' his High- Iwan. The Ipearson, in leceived the This Excel- T Hastings, id removed |uence of ill- nissionarie* native fe- in a room 168 CHI of the fort, kindly assigned by the Putch governor for the purpose, under the superintendence of Mrs. Townley and Mrs. Mundy. Mr. and Mrs. Townley, in consequence of the very unfavourable state of Mrs. T.*8 health, were, however, soon after compelled|to leave India ; and arrived In England, April 17th, 1823. In 1824, the mission was prospering — the schools were well attended — the preaching of the Gospel was continued in four bun- galow chapels, and the number of school publications in Bengalee, prepared by Mr. Pearson,- had in- creased to 12. The contributions of the Chinsurah branch of the Calcutta A. M. S., for one year, amounted to rupees 773. 2. 3. The indifferent state of Mr. Pearson's health rendered a visit to this country necessary, where he arrivedon the 8th April, 1824. At the close of the year, the Rev. John Edmonds and Mrs. Edmonds arrived at Chinsurah, to the joy of Mr. Mundy, who greatly required aid in the business of the mission, and was deeply suffering from the loss of Mrs. Mundy, who departed this life after a short illness, on the 30th of the preceding July, This pleasure was, unhappily, of short duration. Mrs. Edmonds being incapable of bearing the climate, Mr. E. was reluctantly obliged to return with her to England, which they reached, March 29, 1827. Mr. Pearson, who embarked on his return to India on the 20th of June, arrived safe at Chinsurah, and re- sumed the superintendence of the native schools. The Rev. A. F. Lacrdix, for- merly of the Netherlands Stifiieiy, the committee of whidh had deemed it expedient to relinquish their missions in this part of the world, was recently received into connexion with the L. M. S., and will, for the present at least, act in concert with its missionaries at CHI this station, ttrhere he had for se- veral yeanr previously laboured. The ATesent number of the schools supported by the Bengal govern- ment is 16 ; and that of the boys instructed in them upwards of 2000. They are in a state of great ef- ficiency. The mission schools, which are three in number, contain 295 boys, who make encouraging progress. Besides the preaching in the mis- sion school-rooms (of which another very commodious one, eligibly situated, was lately built, and opened for that purpose), the peo- ple still continue to be addressed whenever congregations can be col- lected. During the cold season, numerous visits are made to the surrounding villages by t?i;< mis- iiionaries, who on these tours, preach to the natives and distribute tracts. The people listen with apparent attention} sometimes propose se- rious inquiries, and even manifest much earnestness in the investiga- tion of truth ; but, in general, ihey evince an awful indifference to the claims of Christianity and the wel- fare of their souls.' Every Sabbath morning the chil- dren of the mission schools . are collected in one of the school- rooms, when they read the Scrip- tures, which are explained to them in a course of catechetical instruc- tion. A considerable number of the natives attend on those occa- sions, and listen with surprise to the deflnitions (frequently express- ed in an admirable manner) which the boys give of the doctrines of the Christian faith. This mode of communicating instruction is fre- quently employed when the schools are visited by the missionary, who usually addresses the people that assemble at such times. During the year 1826, great suc- cess attended the preaching of the Gospel to the Europeans at this station, a considerable number of a 169 CHI whom appear to be decidedly pious. A church was formed, consisting of about 20 members. Mr. Mundy was ordained to the office of Chris- tian minister in Nov. 1 825, on which occasion the Rev. Dr. Carey gave the charge. The following observations are extracted from we printed Report of the Bengal J. S. for 1826. ** In this branch of labour the ex- ertions of the missionaries (at Chin- surah) have been rendered pecu- liarly useful ] and we are convinced tiiat it will be considered as a great honour confened on the society, that its missionaries have been use- ful in preserving the influence of real religion during the last 20 years, in this place ; the inhabi- tants of which, wltbout their gra- tuitous labours, would have been destitute of the ordinances of pub- lic worship, and would, doubtle5S, resemble others who, in similar circumstances, have manifested a fearful indifference to pure and un- defiled religion." The Xethfriandt M. &'., through the means of their late agent, the Rev. Mr. Lacroix, succeeded in forming among the Dutch inhabi- tants, an auxiliary to the society at Rotterdam. CHI PPE WAYS, a tribe of In- dians in North America ; the scat of whose country is about Mackina, Lake Huron, Sault de St. Marie, and the S. side of Lake Superior ; 1)ut, within a few years, many have emigrated to the extensive country 1>etween Lake Superior, and the N. W. end of Lake Winipek. They are very warlike and superstitious. They believe there is one Supreme Being, and many subordinate gods, whom they usunlly invoke \ sup- posing that they have considerable power and influence over mortals. Their population is very variously cstlmnted. Mr. Harmon, the nitthor of a volume of travels in tlie N.W. parts of the continent of America, CHI states — "When the white peopii? first came among them, they were a numerous and brave nation, who could turn out 20,000 or 30,00D warriors ; but now they have dwindled down to no more than 800 or 1000. *> The Rev. Mr. Laird, the missionary among them, whose information must be mostly derived from Mr. Schoolcraft, the United States agent at Sault de St. Marie, and who deserves much credit, says, in 1823, "The Chip, peway tribe is one of the most con- siderable in North America. The usual computation makes them more than 20,00t) in number. Their language is spoken from Montreal to the Rocky Mountains." Mr. Schoolcraft has made diligent re- searches into the language, and has formed a grammar and dictionary, which he proposes to publish, or to resign the manuscripts to any mis- sionary who may desire to use them. These will alTurdvery Im- portant facilities to missions among them. The language is said to bear a very striking resemblance tu the Hebrew. [See Fort Gratiot, Mackinaw, Sault de St. Marie,] CHITPORE, a village in the north part of Calcutta. The C. K. S. has recently established a promising native school here. C HITTAGONG, adistrict in the S. E. part of Bengal, Hindoostan; extending 120 m. by 26 average breadth; separated from Burman, E., by a range of mountainous fo- rests ; the Buy of Bengal is on the W., 230 m. E. Calcutta. It was ceded to the British in I7d0, who have here a military force, and « civil establishment. The inhabi- tants are Mahomednns, Hindoot:, and Mugs, with a few Portuguese, amounting in all to about I,t00,000. The Mugs fled from the tyranny of the Burman government. They resemble the Burmans in language and nianncrs; have mi caste ; and are intelligent, frank, 170 and iri tryS. 10. to (own of the Cbitta^ Bay o; N. lat. the to^ tugaese chapelsj FOporti and the while tli The tbd Bapi iMuring eneonrag among tl My of so an evil ej from his | bad long sition, an way little whom Mr his house, ing reprov conduct \ usual, Sah sidns of that seizii it into th( and friend j day and an e'er, befbi jadgeoftht deed of his ing that he Although fered so grt entirely des named Re among the Bniyn, exe possible to until the ai in 1818, wh ■• "uperlnte 'M the early ]J«nl, fron Chlttagong, peopU! y were a, vrho 30,0(^ ' have e than jv. Mr. >g them, 5 mostly raft, the lit de St. )s mvich le Chip- aost con- ca. The lem more . Their Montreal IS." Mr. ligent re- ;e, and has ilctionary, )Ush, or to 3 any mis- re to use rd very im- ions among lis said to mblance to ,rt Gratiot, Marie.] aj^e in the Lta. The stablished o here. (strict in the lindoostan ; 26 averBRe m Burmaiii ntainous io- gttl is on the ita. It was 1160, who iorce, and « The inhabi- i8, Hindoof. Portuguese, lit 1,800,000. le tyranny o[ nt. Burmans in ■s; have no laent, Irank, '*1T0 CHI and kind. They odcirpy tlie coun- try S. of Chfttagong, for about 100 ni. to Ramoo. Chittagongy or Islamabad, a town and capital of the district of the same name, on the rivet Chittago'ng, about 12 m. from the Bay of Bengal. E. long. 91« 46', N. lat. 22f iff. Two divisions of the town are occupied by Pot- tugnese catholics, who have two chapels, but are very ignorant. The proportion of Mahomedans is large, and their mosques are numerous, while the Hindoo temples are few. The Rev. Mr. De Bruyn, from thd Bapt. M. S., commenced la- t)Ouring here in 1812, with very eneonraging success, especially among the Mugs. The j^-eat ene- my of souls, however, bohJd with an evil eye these attempts to rescue from his grasp those over whom he bad long tyrannized without oppo- sition, and meditated a blow in a way little expected. A young man whom Mr. de Bruyn had talcen into his house, and treated as a son, be- ing reprm-ed by him for improper conduct with more severity than usual, Satan so inflamed the pas- sions of this headstrong youth, that seizing a knife, he plunged it into the side of his benefactor and friend; who, after languishing a day and a night, expired ; not, how- ever, before he had written to the jadgeof the court, excusing the rash dteed of his murderer, and entreat- ing that he might nut be punished. Although the infant church' suf- fered so great a loss, it was not left entirely destitute. A young man, named Rereiro, who had been among the ftrst baptized by Mr. de Bruyn, exeicted himself so far as possible to supply the deficiency, until the arrival of Mr. Peacock, in 1818, who was chiefly employed 81 superintendent of the schools. In the early part of the year, Mr. Ward, from Serampore, visited Cbittagong, and baptized 7 con- CHF vetts, which raised the number of meMbehrto 100. On the death of Bfr. Pea>- cock, in 1820, Mr. Johannes, wh<» was educated in the Be- nevol^t Institution, proceeded to this station. At this period the church consisted of 160 members, residing in four or five villages. The care of it subsequently devolved on the Rev. Mr. Fink. He was aided in his efforts by 6 native iti- nerants, but considerable opposition arose. One chieftain, in particu- lar, was so hostile, that he would neither suffer Mr. F. to enter his petty domain, norallow his people to leave it for the sake of hearing him. War, with all its attendant evils, has been permitted, since that time, to ravage the district of Chitta- gong, and to disperse the nume- rous church formed there among the Mugs. Still they have re» tained their attachment to the means of grace; and, since the conclusion of peace between the Burmese and our Indian govern- ment, these poor people, who were originally refugees from the neigh- bouring province of Arracan, now ceded to the British, have returned thither in a body, with their pastor at their head. Thus, in a must unexpected way, a new and easy access is obtained into the Burman empire ; and, from the relative po- sition of that country to China, it seems not at all improbable that, ere long, the extensive frontier of that vast and populous region, may be laid open to the Gospel. At present the church is very small, and contains no native mem- bers. The station is, notwith- standing, exceedingly interesting, chiefly from the promising charac- ter of the Benevolent Institution, under the care of Mr. Johannes. This school, which is on the Lan- casterian model, furnishes the means of a plain English, and a Christian education to about 140 in CHI poor children, principally of low Portuguese families, which abound in Chittagong. The temporal be- nefits which the children receive from being educated in the school, are so great and manifest, that the people continue to send them, in spite of the warnings and solicita- tions of their priests. And the spi- ritual benefit received witiidraws many from the dark and miserable thraldom of popery, and makes them spiritual worshippers of the living and true God. An interesting society has been formed among these youths for prayer and mutual exhortation on religious subjects, and they have, by subscription, raised a conveni- ent house for holding their meet- ings, and are collecting a small li- brary for their improvement in knowledge. Mr. Johannes preaches in his school-room every Lord's day, first in Bengalee, and then in English. At the former service the masters of several native schools, and a number of their scholars, at- tend, with many other persons ; and at the latter the children of the Benevolent Institution, with a number who have formerly been educated in it, and some families connected with the army. Mr. Johannes also goes out to different places to preach the Gospel pub- licly, both on Sabbaths and on other days of the week, and meets gene- rally with a respectful reception ; and instances frequently occur of persons, who have been his hearers on such occasions, calling for fur- ther conversation. He receives no emolument as a missionary, but draws his salary from the funds of the Benevolent Institution. The C. K. S. has established a lending library here, and has also n depot of books. When the Burman emperor re- pulsed the American missionaries, in 1820, Mr. Colman removed to this place from Rangoon, and took charge of the mission; but, in CHO 1821, provision having been made for his establishment at Cox's ba» zaar, where the Burman language is spoken by a numerous population, he removed to that place, and died soon after. CHITTOOR, a town of Hin- doostan, on the W. frontiers of the Carnatic, chief of a strong hilly district. It is 82 m. W. by N. Madras j E. long. 79" 10', N. lat. 13" 15'. The Rev. Mr. and Mrs. Jen- nings have recently been appointed, by the L. M. ., Lt and Upf are divii tbey sole to the V\ were to Aually fo made tht of this an mission s« tier the pt Boaitl: I itoUars a j Towns lOi 17 years; |j«slon 'xllicted abcl Tbty iiav( made 's ba« lagels [aUon, kd died f Hln. i of the by N. N.Ut. s. Jen- pointed, station. lave en- gfteldof ; months, isionaiy. Ihese pe- [y part of ,', formed, own re- ,ve Chtls- lace (con- Mahome- n church, them the h occasion L)} preach- Christians entsj bap- ilng chil- li native Ive schools, other for ilshed, and irge of f*" ilents, who |lr sole ex- nissionary. fr.lhe thnp- I. .S'.), ««• schools fur jremoval to lerwise i»« id. , ibe of In- lies S. of within the lisslppl. hut |e river In is fertile, na CHO espeei&T: he extensive prairies, with WJiub the country abounds. The population is scattered over a large extent of country, and is estimated by some at 15,000, hy others at 25,000 ; a medium be- tween these is probably nearest the truth. They have made consider- able advances in agriculture and the arts of civilized life. Their country is divided into 3 disfiicts, tix., Lower Towns, Six Towns, and Upper ToWns ; and these i^ain are divided into clans. In 1816, tliey sold a portion of their country to the United States, for which they were to receive 6000 dollars an- nually for 17 years. In 1820, they made the fbllowing appropriation of this annuity for the benefit of the mission schools in the nation, un- der the patronage of the American Beard: the Lower Towns 2000 (toUars a year for 17 years ; the Six Towns lOOOdullarsfortheschoolloT n years ; and 1000 dollan:, for the $aiae period, for a blaclcsmith's .shop ; and the Upper Towns 2000 (iollars for 16 years, for the school atEIIiot : malcing an amount of 6000 dollars, annually, fov the time spe- cified. In several clans, in the S. E. part of the nation, laws have re- cpntly *.)een made to prevent drunlc- enness, infanticide, and other gross rices. The introduction of whis- key has been, and still is, very destructive to the morahi and im- provement of the Choctaws. The liractice of infanticide has pre- ndled among them, from time im- memorial ; and parents have pos- :uis to- by and k June^ tie town menced i'j but, onsider* brethTen ir under- tprietoTSy ipel Nvas in 1784» establish- ) number sded 40. purchased establish- nent, and rhich they iumerousiy ) spacious lispensably tccordingly e believing ted in the T, but also ntributlons iration, !8 and 3, who id to other idmitted as The num- [j8, at this ;70, besides low Icindled ontinued to iTse of a few ... consisted .endance on I numerous, 16 week-day [ould be ac- »bath, when the habit of istantplanU- ere obliged air around in CHR In 1793, the town of Basseterre was visited by a dreadful inunda- tion ; and a hurricane which raged in the ensuing autumn, proved ex- tremely destructive ; but, on each of these occasions, the missionaries were mercifully preserved, though their premises sustained consider- able injury. The work of the Lord also continued to prosper, and, in the course of a short time, tbey obtained the privilege of preaching to the negroes on no less than 50 plantations. The invasion of St. Christopher's by a French fleet, which had pre- viously been anticipated, took place on the 5th of March, 1805 ; when General Balbot fixed his head- quarters in the neighbourhood of the missionaries, and stationed a guard of 4 privates and a corporal at the entrance of their burial- ground. A capitulation, however, being agreed upon, the enemy quitted the island, after levying a contribution, burning six vessels, spiking the cannon, and destroying the powder-magazine ; and the brethren were enabled to resume their labours without further fear of interruption. For some following years, no occurrence worthy of particular narration marked the progress of the mission. Those who were em- ployed in it, however, persevered in their interesting worlc with un- remitting zeal and faithfulness: the vacancies occasioned by the death of some of their number, were soon supplied by other de- voted servants of Christ; and, in every year, some of the negroei were received into the church by baptism, whilst others exchanged worlds, rejoicing in the grace of God, and in the atonement of Christ. lu the year 1819 a new settle- ment, called Betheada, began to be formed on the Cayon estate; and on the 85th of Feb. 1821, the CHR church at that place wa^ solemnly consecrated for the celebration Of divine worship ; — a circumstance which appeared to excite the most fervent gratitude in the breasts of many aged and infirm negroes, who, on account of their distance from Basseterre, had previously enjoyed but few opportunities of attending, on the Sabbath, to bear the word of God.. In 1824, one of the missionaries at Basseterre says : — "It aflbrd» us, indeed, great comfort and en- couragement that our church is ge- nerally filled with attentive hearers,, and that the presence of our Lord and Saviour is powerfully felt when we meet in his name. The number of this congregation is about 2000, besides about 500 new people. Those also who were formerly ex- cluded on account of transgres- sions, constantly attend the public worship. A great proportion of the congregation give evidence that they are children of God. On the first Sunday after Easter, those who had attained to different privileges in the church, had, as usual, a particular meeting: 133 were baptized, or received into tiM» congregation since Easter, 1823, and 72 admitted to partake of the Lord's Supper. At the close of 1825, the congregation consisted of 001 communicants, 737 bap- tized adults, 554 children, 404 can- didates for baptism ; 248 were ex- cluded for a time, but most of them still attended worship, and begged for re-admission ; and 370 new people; — in all, nearly 3000 souls. At Bethetda, during the year 1825, 23 adults and 79 children were baptized, 131 persons were received into the congregation, 17 were re-admitted,00 were admitted to the holy communion, 149 were candidates for baptism and recep- tion, 42 had departed this life, and 31 had been excluded. The number of the congregation at the close of 175 CHR the year wag 360 communicants, d09 baptized adults, 276 children imder 13 years of age, 313 can- didates for baptism, and about 400 excluded and new people, — in all 1858 ; 168 more than at the close of 1821. In Jan. 178T, the Rev. Dr. Coke, accompanied by the Rer. Messrs. Baxter, Clarke, and Hammett, of the W. S., visited this island. Their intention, it seems, had, by some means, been communicated to the inhabitants, by several of whom they were received with great cor- dialityand respect, and encouraged to commence their labours on the very evening of their arrival. After a few days, indeed, both the doctor and Mr. Hammett were in- vited to preach in the court-house at Basseterre, and 6 or 7 of the principal gentlemen in the town, including the clergyman of the parish, politely asked them to their res|)ective houses ; where they had a very favourable opportunity of eommunicating tiieir intentions and •xplaining the objects which they had in view. These proved fully satisfactory; and as it was finally arranged that Mr. Hammett should be stationed on the island, a house was immediately taken for his ac« commodation in Basseterre, and a gentleman at a small town called Sandy Point, promised to use his •ndeavours for preparing a place in that neighbourhood for the oc- casional dispensation of the word of truth. «« In Feb. 1789," says Dr. Coke, " I again visited St. Christopher's, and had the satisfaction of being personally convinced of the great benefits which had resulted from the introduction of the Gospel into this island. The labours of Mr. Hammett had been unremitting; and, in the space of two years, through the divine assistance, be bad raised a society of 700 mem- ben, the greater part ol whom, I CHR had reason to believe, were mem- bers of the mystical body of Christ. The great Head of the Church had also raised up in this society two preachers, qualified to impart in- struction to others ; and to these he had communicated a willing, ness, eqpal to their ability, to de- vote themselves entirely to the work of the ministryi" From this period the mission continued to flourish, under the superintendence of those ministers, who, from time to time, visited the island, on the itinerating plan adopted in the Wesleyan con- nexion. Many Of the white resi- dents treated the missionaries with the utmost kindness ; — the negroes thronged to hear the word of God ; and as a proof that many of them had really profited by the instruc- tions which they received, it was found that they might be safely entrusted with arms for the pro- tection of the colony, when an attack was anticipated from the combined forces of France and Spain. " Nothing, '*^ says Dr. Coke, "but the power of divine grace could induce the negroes to offer themselves for the defence of a country in whieh they were held as slaves ; and to protect their masters, many of whom, doubtless, had treated them with severity. And nothing but this persuasion could incline their masters to place in them a degree of confictonce which they felt reluctant to repose in others." In the spring of 1802, the mem- bers in the society at St. Chris- topher's amounted to 2687, and a great blessing appeared to rest on the general atTairs of the mission. In tlie month of April, in the same year, Messrs. Debill and Bradiiacic, two pious and zealous young men, arrived to the assistance of Mr. Brownell, who had been previously stationed there ; and, on the same day that they landed, one of them 176 preachei gregatio astonish] dance on increase( precedinj Brownel strained ment of says this aisles of : with whit miscuousi seat upoi: with numi former d brought t same placi ledge that and it is m From tJ historical c state of thi plier's, tili Messrs. \^ Wiiitebousi of the year the islands] we feel pli though mai oiir societie death, yet, they witnes During the mas), at wl lation have disposal, sue for prayer ai nstonishing. (hen saw, w by them at t to the intro nmong them |fl'iim,*Wha "In Sept. I ?n«ss, " th( island were « hurricane, I "lere has bee nork of any and every art herjdearind iiioneday,aft innn* Christ, ch had ety two »art in- these wlUlng- , tode- to the mission ider the linisters, sited the ng plan an con- tiite resi- ries with 8 negroes i of God; f of them B instruc- ed, it was be safely f the pro- when an 1 from the ranee and says Dr. of divine negroes to defence of were held atect their doubtless, severity. persuasion Brs to place confidence to repose CHR preached to such a crowded con- gregation as struclc them with astonishment. Indeed, the atten- dance on the means of grace had increased considerably during the preceding 12 months ; so that Mr. Brownell observes, he was con- strained to pray for an enlarge- ment of their borders. " When," says this missionary, " I see the aisles of the chapel closely wedged with white and black people, pro- miscuously interspersed, without a seat upon which to sit, together with numbers in the yard, who, in former days, could scarcely be brought to worship God in the same place, I cannot but acknow- ledge that this is the Lord's doing, and it is marvellous indeed." From this period we have no historical documents relative to the state of the mission in St. Christo- pher's, till the year 1816, when Messrs. Whitwortb, Raby, and Whitehouse, observe — " The fall of the year in this, and in many of the islands, has been sickly ; but we feel pleasure in stating, that though many of the members of our societies have fallen victims to death, yet, in their last moments, they witnessed a good confession. During the late festival (Christ- mas), at which the negro popula- lation have a little time at their disposal, such multitudes assembled for prayer and praise as were truly nstonisbing. Contrasting what we then saw, with the conduct pursued by them at this season, antecedent to the introduction of the Gospel nmong them, we were led to ex- claim, * What hath God wrought ! ' " "In Sept. 1819," says Mr. Gil- mss, "the inhabitants of this island were dreadfully alarmed by I A hurricane. Since the hurricane there has been very little trade, or Uoricofany kind, for /rec people, (ind every article of food has become verj- dear indeed. Flour was raised in one day, after the gale, from 7/. is. CHR to 10/. 16«. a barrel. Some of our people have unavoidable fasts two or three times a week; whilst others have no other alternative than that of dying with famine, or of begging their bread from door to door. Many also h&ve not a shed of any kind to screen them by day from the beat of the sun, or by night from the heavy dews ond torrents of rain." Notwithstanding the aflBictlons which the missionaries and the people of their charge were thus called to endure, the word of God continued to be promulgated with success ; and the chambers of sick- ness and death sometimes exhi- bited scenes well adapted to sup- port and comfort those whose' pa- ramount wish was, that they might be made instrumental in the con- version of sinners. " A coloured boy, about the age of eighteen, be- longing to our school," says Mr. Pinnock, " was taken ill of a fever, of which he died. In his affliction, he sent to request that I would visit him. Accordingly I I went; and on my approaching his bed-side, he laid hold of my hand, and pressed it to his bosom with apparent gratitude and de- light. On my speaking to him re- lative to the state of his mind, he told me he was happy, and that he longed to be with Jesus. He then requested me to sing some of the hymns which I had taught in the school, and he occasionally joined with me. At his funeral all the scholars attended, and followed the corpse to the grave ; each of them having a piece of black crape tied round the arm, as a badge of mourning. This was a new and interesting sight in this place, and I doubt not it has had a tendency to establish the reputation of our school." On Saturday, Jan. 1st, 1825, IVesley Chapel, belonging to the 1 society, from whose founder it HT T, r ! ! ,1 ' CHR takes its name, was dedicated to the solemnities of religion, before A verj crowded and attentive con- gr^ation, at which were many persons of the first distinction. The ebapel is an oblong square, 81 feet by 66, and 30 feet in the elevation, ft is a substantial building of stone, with a slated itx>f ; and, when completed, will accommodate, it is supposed, about 1500 persons. " After the close of the opening service," says Mr. Morgan, one of the missionaries, " we waited on his Excellency at the government- house, to express our sense of his kindness, in contributing to the erection of the chapel, and in at- tending at its dedication. He ex- pressed, with much feeling, his sa- tisfaction as to the chapel and the services} and said, that our well oi^anized school had given Mrs. Maxwell, as well as himself, much pleasure; and that our labours diouid have, as they justly merited, bis countenance and support." The following account of the various stations on this island, the number of which has of late greatly increased, is given in the last Re- port. Sandy Point. — "A variety of pleasing circumstances in combi- nation, induce the hope that the state of this society is improving. Still we roust lament the superficial religion, and consequent incon- sistency, of many among us. The piety of some of our members has, however, obviously deepened during the past year. Solid religion, we believe, is extending among us, though not rapidly. Number in society, 623 ;— 2 Whites, 94 Free Coloured and Blacks, 527 Slaves, and 41 on trial." Deep Bay.—" The condition of the society connected with this place excites our warmest grati- tude, and presents a most joyful contrast to its state a few years CHR ago. The society, including those on trial, has been more than dou- bled since Dec. 1824 ; and those who have been united to us have almost invariably brought forth fruits meet for repentance. The chapel has been too small for us since May. Our classes are fre- quently obliged to stand on the outside. Catechetical instruction continues to augment their Scrip- tural knowledge. Number, 302;— a Whites, 20 Free Ct^oured and Blacks, 280 Slaves, and 34 on trial." Palmetto Point.— " It gives as great pleasure to report that the work of God in this place is in a prosperous state. Number in so- ciety— 8 Free Coloured and Blacks, and 105 Slaves. Total, 113; and 9 on trial.>' Old Road.—** The state of so- ciety, in this place, is by no means so prosperous as we could wisb. Latterly, the congregations have greatly increased, and we hope we shall yet see good days in this place. Number in society — Whites, 50 Free Coloured and Blacks, and 192 Slaves. Total, 248. On trial, 11." Half' fVay Tree.—** During the past year, this society has suffered a small declension in numbers, and the want of sufBcient diligence in some of the remaining members gives us great pain. Not many have come forward during the year fbr admission into society. The congregations, however, have re. cently increased,and we hope that we shall soon see our exertions crowned with success* Number in society— 24 Free Coloured and Blacks, and 72 Slaves. Total, m. On trial, 1." Basseterre.—** On reviewing the circumstances of the past year, we have cause to acknowledge with gratitude, that the good hand of the Lord has been with us. With regard to our society, though we have not witnessed a great increase ' 178 ling those than dou- and those jo us have ght forth ice. The tail for us !8 are fre- [h1 on the instruction heir Scrip- »er, 302;— loured and ind SSA on It gives us rt that the ace is in a ailier in so- und Blanks, il, 113; and of ImailtiiiA, jr6t imk M^b n^ tdita to tta^ hoM, vfho •pt&nam h\t t6 be itfyiian&ents lb tlr« tfilus^ tiiey havie «#afi(«ied'; attdSK^e Uftve ritbkih t6 bofiie Ibdt Md»t of our taiembers axb fpHiir^g in ^it^e, and in 19ie khbWiddgb of diir Lotd and SaviOut, J^suil Christ. NiuA-i tier in society — 24 HVliitels, M^ h«e Ooloured) and 4^6 SIftT Aiid tliat of Nichola town, alternately, as ^e have no hbusb t6 preach ih tit thle Istter i^ace. We cannot but re- gret thbt so prtitiiising a Spot of the tnissionaiy Add shodld have so little tiultivbtloh. Our pre&cHitig Is generally lArell attehded, espe> cially on the Sclbbath, Number Ih ^iety — 19 Free Coloilred alld Slacks, and 36Y Sl^Tbs. Tbtal, 8B6. On {rial, d/> Sc'AmZ};— Extract from the Fifth Annudi Report of the St. Chtisto- pher's Wesleyah Methodist Sunday School Institution : — Baaseterre. — " The children be- longing to this s6hOol have ctih* tinned to reWdrd the labour be- stowed Upon them, both as it re- gards regularity of attendclnce and general iniprOTeiheAt : 4 boys and 6 girls hftve, during the ytfar, been admitted into the society. Several of the children have received cloth- ing daring the year. The present number in this school is 284—203 girls and 81 boys. " The Country Children* s School in this town effeyds some ettcottrage- ment to perseverance ; although the limited attendatace of the chUdren, owing to their various occupations on the estates, materially impedi^s their improvement tit reading. There are ih this school 139 cfail- 4ren'-^4iT bovtf lihd H5 girls ; and 6 teachers, who also belong to the otter school." Palmetto Point.— ** The stttte 4i ' tffiH bt tfift sdt&lk, we irtogret to iajr, Is quite dIdcOiiMgtng. 41li6 iitiii» ber on the daas-paplevi^, jit pfttten^ IS dl— 16 girts and 15 boyi(.»» Old mttd—f* The ««doI to thtf plaee is ih te in»proving sttiie. Tbd ntatiMe ttf sehdlars, «t ptesniitf ft 1 18—76 fftify and 8T boys." . Hal/'fray Tree.—" It give* ttt great pain to state, tiiat the sthbol in this place is neti^ry distRnved; The number of children, at present, is only 14^10 ghrls i^d 4 boys.'» iSdmnTy Fothf .>-<'' Thronghont tbd past year, this school has much im- proir^, ahd yielded ns mul;h gra> tiftcation. Number of chilcfren^ 259—103 bbys and 156 girls. The aveiri^e attendance is 121. ** Our Friday-night school wal originally estaUishied for thei be^ heftt of adiilts ; hot as fenlr h&ve availed themseltes of its advan- tages, the ybiih^ hietve beeii ai^ mitted; ana iii present condition affords uS no ordinary decree of satisfaction. It is composed of adults and childr^ii; and through the present year has been so to- larged, that we nnmb^ is now ^5^. Abont 50 of these are ^ults. SohMi of our children attend otir Stindlay- s<;hool Also ; bnt th6 mtijdrtty ate youths of both sexes, who hate no instruction elsewhere, or at any other time. The application and advancement of the scholftrs axe subjects of grateful reflection." ** About 60 children, from a few of the neighbouring estates, re> ceite catechetical instruction in the chnpeil, on Thursday after- noon.*' Deq^ Bay.—" God has blessed the school in this toWn in a very especial manner. The number en scholars is 249—99 boys and 1A6 girls, under the care of 13teacheit. The average attendance fs 131." Cb^h. — < 1: < I ■■^" €HU yeeXf^hwt beea 86 boj« and 64 ^rls. with only 3 teachen.*' , Nichob^ Tinm.^" The children mentioned as being under cateche- ]Uoa^ instruction in this place, have, dudiig the year, been formed into E school, in which there are 18 oys and 30 girls, whose improve- m«nt, idthougli they have been under the care of but one regular teacher, has been satisfactory. ** There are, at present, in the kbools of the Institution, 1388 children, being an increase, during abe year, of 446.'' Adult Schools. — " The number in each school is as follows: — ]3asseterre, 20; Palmetto Point, 8 ; Old Road, 62 ; Half. Way Tree, 42; Sandy Point, 60-, Nichola grown, 10. Total, 192." CHUMIE, a mission station, in South Africa, among the Caflres, fituated on the Chumie river, in the midst of a fertile and populous country. The village is laid out on a regular plan, to which all the Caflres submit who build on tbe premises. I In 1821, the Rev. J. Brownlee, andtV. R. Thompson, missionaries, and Mr. John Bennie, assistant, commenced labouring here. The colonial government supports the two missionaries, and the Olasgoio Missionary Society the assistant. This mission was commenced in compliance with the earnest solici- tation of Gaiica, one of the princi- pal chiefs of the CafTres, for a Christian instructor, and one to teach him and his people the most useful arts of civilized life. A small congregation of attentive worshippers has been collected, and of the piety of many hope is indulged. Tbe missionaries are extensively gaining influence with the Caflres, and tbe way is rapidly preparing for the introduction of the Gfospel and the arts of civilized life. Mr. Brownlee has lately re- moved to Tzatzoe's Kraal. 7CHUNAR, or CHEMARGUR, CHU a town and fortress of HMoostan, in Allahabad, chief of a district which is fertile to the north, and mountainous to the south. The fort, buUton a rock, was unsuc- cessfully attempted by the Britidi in 1764 ; but in IT72 it was ceded to them by tbe Nabob of Oude. It is seated on the right banlcof the Ganges, 15 m. S. S. W. Benares, and 68 E.S.E. AUahabad. Mr. William Bowley, a young man born in the country, and con- nected with the C, M. S., was set- tled at this place in 1816. From the timb of his arrival, he was di- ligently occupied in forming and superintending schools for the na- tives. To one central school he attached others in the surrounding villages, at convenient distances, so as to admit of stated or occasional visitation. He also conducted the assemblies of native Christians. At the end of 181 T, the state of hi^ schools was as follows:-^!. An English Free School, contained 24 boys, chiefly of European extrac- tion, or sons of native Christians: all read the Scriptures, many of them wrote, and a few learned arith- metic. 2. j4 Persian and Hindoos- tanee School, had 33 scholars, 26 of whom were native Christians, and 7 heathens : all the native Christians, and 3 of the heathens, read Martyn's Translations. 3. A Persian School in the town, had 26 Hindoo and Mussulman children, 2 only of whom read the Persian and Hindoostanee Gospels. 4. j4 Hin- dee School, had 35 boys, learning writing and arithmetic; of these 20 had learnt, from a tract, tbe Teit Commandments, in verse. Beside these, a Sunday-school was opened for the native Christians, for the repetition of passages of Scripture, and catechising. The Rev. Mr. Corrie, on visiting Chunar at the commencement of 1818, says,— " Tbe usual number of Europeans who attend Divine service regularly 180 oostan, district Ui| and , The unsuc' Britisb IS ceded { Oude. nkofthe Benares, a young and con- was set- I. From e was di- ning and it the na- school he mounding stances, so occasional ducted the istians. At title ofhisi totained 24 an extrac- Christians: , many of irnedarith- d Hindoos- cholars, 26 Christians, the native heathens, ons. 3. A iwn, had 26 children, 2 'ersian and 4. A Hin- i, learning J of these ict,theTeu M. Beside [was opened Ins, for the if Scripture, Rev. Mr. mar at the |18, says,- Europeam ;e regularly 180 CHU is about 40, and that of native Christians, who attend worship in Hihdoostanee, about TO or 80. The number in both congregations has been gradually and regnlariy increasing, and testifies, of itself, to the diligence and exemplary conduct of Mr. Bowiey, and of the blessing attendant on his labours. I conversed with ten Hindoos, who appear to be fully convinced of the truth of Christianity, though not yet prepared to encounter the con- sequences of an open profession. Some of them even join Mr. Bow- iey occasionally in prayers. One of them, on being asked what he considered the great peculiarity of the Christian religion, answered, that in every other system of reli- gion, works were made a condition of justification, but in Christianity only faith in Christ is required; while, wonderful tb say, it pro- duced more exemplary holiness than any other system. The whole congregation almost were in tears during a sermon in which Mr. Bow- ley set before them the Saviour's sufferings V and, during the commu- nion, the greater number appeared deeply affected, and all of them exceedingly serious and attentive," A Convenient spot of ground for the erection of a church having been fixed on, Mr. Turnbull, the proprietor, on being requested to dispose of it, generously ottered it as a gift, for the purpose intended ; and the Marquis of Hastings was pleased to aid the collection by the very liberal donation of 1000 sicca rupees. In the month of July a brahmin nnd a moonshee were baptized. At this interesting service, after the regular worship, and an .address from Mr. Bowiey, they both came foris'ard. The brahmin then ad- dressed the hearers : — "Behold! I declare before all, and let Hindoos and Mussulmans pay attention to my words : I have been on pilgrim- CHU age to Jugger-nauth, to Dwarka- nauth, to Budee-nauth, and to the different Teruths (or PHgrUnages) ; but, in all my travels, I found not the true way of salvation, till I came to this place, and heard the Gospel, which by Go committee, on the 15th of Dec. 1826. On the 17tb of Feb. 1827, b* upened one of the schools, wbicli is in the bazaar, for public worship, ■ for the special benefit of the hea- then, int^'Dding to hold Hindoos- tanee service there twice a week, in addition to the services in the church ; about 60 were present.. The novelty soon attracted great crowds, especially of the higher class of the natives; and a subscription-, was, in consequence, opened for., the erection of a chapel and school- , house in the bazaar. Several of the natives appear to have already felt he/e the power of the Gospel : > 8 adults received baptism in the course of a few mot ths ; of these, 3 were devotees, 2 of whom were deeply learned in all that belongs to the tiiiuluo system. Besides his usua^ ministration in the church, Mr. Bowie} has, since his return to Chunar, opened a chapel in the midst of the native town, where he is attended, on the evenings when he ofiRciates, by a considerable number of natives of respectability, who would not, for fear of incurring reproach, enter the church. He is heard with much attention ; and only on one occasion has any one offered tb ' dispute on the points of controversy. An adult, somewhat advanced in life, and a youth, have, in onse- quence of this service, proposed themselves as candidates for nap- tism, and been admitted. The last report of the Calcutta auxiliary states, that there are 6 schools at Chunar,— one for Eng- lish, one for Persian, one lor Oordoo or Hindoostanee, on^ for Nagree Hinduwee, and two fur Kytbee Hinduwee. The number of boys generally attending is 180 ; uo return of the girls' schools has 183 CHU been received. Nearly 100 per- sons partook recently of the com- munion. Archdeacon Corrie, after his visit to this station, gives the fol- lowing acc'iont of it : — " The congregation of Hindoos- tanee worshippers is rather on the increase : the day I was there, up- wards of 200 attended, of whom at least 50 were unbnptized natives. I conversed with some of the recent converts, who appeared to be really sincere. Among then)> some are natives of villages in the neigh- bourhood, who, at first, were greatly opposed by their relatives ; but, retreating to Chunar, con- tinued to receive renewed strength and encouragement by attending on the means of grace. By re- peating their visits home at in- tervals, they have at length over- come prejudice so far as to be heard with attention on the subject of their change ; and in one case, the convert, who is one of several brothers, brahmins, who are the principal cultivators of the village, has been acknowledged by his fa- mily, and allowed to resume his place among them. These circum- stances atVord much encourage- ment to Mr. Bowley. They have made the subject of Christianity much talked of; and he finds him- self more and more attended to by the people generally. He hos purchased a house in the bazaar, which he is fitting up for a school- room, and for the purpose of preaching : the cost of the whole will be about 700 rupees, which Mr. Bowley has received from va- rious friends in the neiK-hbourluKKl. Of those natives who attend Chris- tian worship, one whole family have become candidates for bap- tism. The first of the fnniily who b«'i nme impressed with the subject of religion was the oldest son. About 2 years ngo, he proposwl himself for baptiam ; but his father COC entreated Mr. Bowloy to delay, and be also would consider whe- ther he should not join with his son. Mr. Bowley, on this, re- connmended delay to the son : he has continued steady; and the father and mother, and some other members of the family, are now resolved to embrace Christianity. CICACOLE, or CHICACOLE, a town in Bengal, about 60 m. N. of Vizagapatam, and capital of a clear of the same name. By the establishment of schools, the dis- persion of the Scriptures, and the occasional labours of the mission- aries at Vizagapatam, the folly of idolatry begins to be felt, and many are making promising advances to- wards the religion of Christ. CLAN WILLIAM, a town in Cape Colony, S. Africa, about 250 m. N. Cape Town. The Netherlands and S. Africwn M. S. have aided missionary opem- tions here since about 1817, which have been followed by pleosinif fruits among the colonists and slaves. COCHIN, a province on the \V. coast of Southern Hindoostan, lying between those of Malabar and Travancore, 80 m. long and 70 broad. Nearly one-third of this province is attached to that of Ma- labar. The remainder, which con- tains extensive forests of teak, is governed by a Riyah, who is tribu- tary to the British, and generally resides at Tripontary. The white and black Jews, who had 7 synngogties, were estimated, by Dr. Buchanan, at 16,000. The Dutch inhabitants, who are nume- rous, were formerly Christian in I their religion, but they have, ge- nerally, relapsed into idolatry or I Mahomedanism, or becomt^ Roman | Catholics, for want of protestnnt in- struction. The native and countrj- born Portuguese population is ver]i| large. Cochin, a aea-port of the abuvfi 184 -'0 children I liope, wi «nil the pi other schoo lOOO childn The ./<>;o established under the di •'ewishschol '" 1S23, to "We obstaclt wisen, wbict '•> impede th buiiror. COLD Sf ■^'•eca fndi,, '""«", in till ;o delay, ler whe- vdth his this, re- son : he and the ome other are now stlanity. :acole, jat 60 m. i capital of e. By the 5, the dis- ■s, and the le mission- the folly of t, and many idvances to- hrist. , a town in ;a, ahout 250 d S. African ionaryoperti- ; 181T, which by pleasing solonlsts and rince on the Hindoostan, of Malabar In. long and third of tWs that of Ma- r, which con- U of teak, is who is tribu- ,nd generally ;k JevFs, who .re estimated, 16,000. The ho are nume- Christian in 1 ley have, fff- to idolatry ot ecom«'!Ro'""''l protestantifl- J and c<)»ntr}- lulutlon is verjl of the »bov>' m COL province, situate on a low island, lormed by a river which, a little below, enters into the sea. Here, in 1503, the Portuguese erected a fort, which was the first possessed by them in India. In 1663, it was taken by the Dutch ; and taken from them, in 1705, by the British, to whom itwas ceded in 1814. The traffic of this place is considerable, and the chief exports are pepper, cardamoms, teak, sandal-wood, co- coa-nuts, coir cordage, and cassia. It is 97 m. S. S. E. Calicut. E. Ion. 76" J 7', N. lat. e"57'. The missionaries of the C. M. S. at Allepie and Cotym have success- fully laboured here, as opportunity offered, principally among the Jews and Dutch, who speak Eng- lish. A respectable congregation of tills class has been collected, who have repaired a large church, which was found in a very decayed state. A Malayalim schoolmaster has been appointed to this place. The Her. Sam. Ilidsdale, who has also been fixed at this station, gives the following account of it : — ** I have t'u! use of a noble church — a con- gregation of about 200, who un- derstand English— and immediate prospect of establishing n native service. I have also a school of '20 children, the number of which, I liope, will shortly be doubled; (inJ the prospect of establishing other schools, amounting to about lOOO children. Tlie .fi'ws* Society at Madras established schools here in 1821, under the direction of Mr. Michael Sargon, a coJiverted Jew ; the Jewish scholars In which amounted, in 1823, to 116. Some consider- able obstacles, however, have lately iirisen, which, for a time, are likely to impede the progress of this la- bourer. COLD SPRING, a village of I Seneca Indians, Alleghany Iloser- I vatioM, in tlie S. VV. part of New COL York, in the midst of a numerous Indian population. The Society of Friends has, for several years, supported here a flourishing school. COLOMBIA, in the N. W. part of S. America, including the coun- tries of Caraccas, or Venezuela and New Granada. These two coun- tries separately declared their in- dependence, and were united in a republic by a law passed Dec. 17, 1819. It is bounded N. by the Caribbean sea, W. by this Pacific Ocean, S. by Pern, and E. by Guiana ; extending from S. lat. 4" to N. lat. 12°. The population, in 1822, was 2,644,600 ; a very large proportion are Indians. The pre- vailing religion is Roman Catholic. Schools are authorized by law, and supported by the public funds. Colleges have been built, and uni- versities endowed, by the generosity of individuals, or by the grants of government. The Lancasterian system of instruction has been in- troduced in some places, with its usual success ; and provision has been made at the several colleges, for the education of native youths at the public expense. The inter- course between the Republic and the United States is becoming more easy and frequent. A passage is ordinarily made from La Guira to New York in 15 days. Such has been the policy of the Spanish government in keeping their subjects in ignorance, that vary few can read ; consequently the distribution of the Scriptures must be very limited for some time to come. The American li. S, has forwarded Bibles and Testa- ments to Colombia ; many of which hav»» been sold, or gratuitously distributed. COLOMBO, the capital of Cey- Ion. It was built in 1638, by the Portuguese, who, In 1656, were expelled by the Dutch ; and the R S 185 ii ii»k\ I 1! I COL atter surrehdered it to the British in 1796. The fort, upwards of a mile in circuit, stands on the ex- trettiity of a peninsula, and is strong both by nature and art. The city is built more in the European style than any other jj^arrison in In- dia, and is nearly divided into four equal quarters by two principal streets, to which smaller ones run parallel, with connecting lanes be- tween hem. The Pettah, or Black Town, w^thoutthe wallsof the city, is very extensive ; and in the street next the sea is an excellent fish- market. On the rivers in the vi- cinity of Colombo, there are about 300 flat-bottomed boats moored, with entire families on board, who have no other dwellings. The in- habitants amount to above 50,000. Colombo is the chief place for the staple trade of the island, and is situated in a rich district on the W. coast, toward the S. part of the island, 65 m. W. S. W. of Kandy. E.Iong. SO" 2', N. lat. 6« 53'. In and about Colombo are thou- sands of half-caste people, who un- derstand the English language, and need instruction as much as the heathens. Two long streets are almost exclusively inhabited by Mahomeduns, who are firmly ri- vetted to their wretched delusions. They view the Christian religion with contempt, and will hear nothing on the subject. There are many who bear the Christian name, hnt they are awfully deficient in Christian knowledge and practice. Sinci' 1817, Colombo has been the seat ()' an archdeaconry for the whole island, under the direction of the Bishop of Calcutta. In the year 1740, the Flev. Messrs. Rller and Nitschniann, jun,, of the //. //., visited the island of Ceylon. On their arrival at Colombo, every thing appeared auspicious to their undertalls that had been formed ; and in the situa- tion to which he was thus Intro- duced, has better opportunities than ever of being serviceable to \\» missionary cause. In 1812, the Rev. Mr. ('hater, of the Bnpt. M, S., was reconlmelld^l to attempt the establishment of n missionary station in this city. Unr Into the rhe Cin- ulll^M8ed , very re- >f having th«m, M ere com* absurdity ctune suf- ley began »cts; ami, iith'es ap- hoth with But it un< this June- tired from ne persons ,o hold de* elr houses, trsuaded to removal of ttie island. I their stay (leasing in- M, through ti surgeon, asbrouD^ltt with d|. Is removal [»s E«roi>e«n ;tl by a Ma- istrueted In lo hU em- jis admlttetl Isni In IHB. S. sent out Ceylon; . Mr. Palm. Inl'ter, to the lombot. The brahmms in the vicinity ap- pear verj' friendly, hear the Gospel, and subscribe to the schools. CONGO TOWN, a town of liberated negroes, Sierra Leone, W. Africa, upon an inlet of the bay of Sierra Leone, about 2 m. W. Freetown, formed in 1811. In 1819 the number had increased to about 400, exclusive of children. The inhabitants are in an advanced state of improvement. 1'he fFies- leyan missionaries have a chapel here, and several members. • ' In 1817, the Church missionaries attempted to unite this with Bassa and Cosso Towns, under the name of Wilberforce Town ; but such is the distance of Congo Town from the other two, that it is thought ^he union of this to them will exist only in name. CONJEVERAM, a populous city in the Carnatic, Hindoostan, W. Madras, divided into Great and Little Conjeveram. The city is very ancient, and has 2 pagodas, which bear the marks of great antiquity. The people are blinded by the grossest superstitions ; yet many'listen to Christian teachers. The Church missionaries at Ma- dras established schools here under native teachers, in 1817, whiclj have been highly useful. They often visit the schools, and give much religious in^ruction to these benighted Pncans. CONSTANTINOPLE, the chief city of the Turkish empire, si- tuated on the W. side of the Bos- phoru?, between the Black Sea and the Sea of Marmora. E. long. 2S»5«', N.lat. 41". Including the CON suburbs, it is upwards of 30 ro. in circumference, and presents a grand appearance. The number of in- habitants is by some estimated at 1,000,000, but it is comhionly com- puted at 400,000; of whom 200,000 are Turks, 100,000 are Greeks, the remainder are Jews, Armenians, Franks, and various other nations. The Turks are Mahomedans. Its public edifices are very numerous and splendid. There are 14 vast and mugniftcent imperial mosques, richly endowed witli ample reve- nues, derived from the rents of real estates, long ago devoted to their support. The revenue of the grand mosque of St. Sophia is more than 1,000,000 piastres per annum, equal to 135,000 dollars. Attached to these are colleges, called Medarses, de- voted to teaching the principles of the Mahomedan religion and juris- prudence : and imareths, or hotels, where the students are supported free of expense. At these hotels, more than 30,000 souls are daily fed. There are also upwards of 200 mosques ; and 36 public libra- ries, each containing from 2 to 6000 manuscript volumes, which are attached to the mosques ; and about 20 Christian churches. Here are also about 2050 schools, esta- blished and endowed by the wealth; men of the Ottoman Empire, iii which the children are instructed gratuitously in various branches of literature, and in the principles of their religion. Such liberal and sij'stematic measures to perpetuate IVIahomeilnnism should awalten the zeal of Christians to extend the knowledge of the Saviour. The Rev. James Conner, from the C. M. S. was stationed here from 1819 to 1821, during which time he was usefully employed in proctiring the translation of nearly the whole Bible into modern Greek, and in opening channels for the cir- culation of the Scriptures throupfh- out the islands of Candia, Rhodes, 192 and Cy Syria. In ft suits hai labours < A spirit very coi the Jews great nui brew Ok been ad The Rab vain attei circulatio to the dis tuiually U of Christ Mr. Wolf] of the rt pleased Gi Jerusalem stantinoph himself to their colic th^ impr( name and , qmring the he had bee atJerusale had writte and had ( where the away raanj the ancien him that th who were i his errors, rejoiced to testimony t pel from t Jews, and am delight* that I sha number." the Gospel until his c Several app but, at the British anl complying quest, feori excitement Constantuic in. in 1 a grand r of in- nated at nly com- 200,000 jeks, the menians, nations. Eins. Its tinmerous B 14 vast mosques, pie reve- rts of real 1 to their the grand more than mm, equal led to these larses, de- inciples of anojuris- , or hotels, supported lese hotels, I are daily upwards of iblic llbra- from 2 to »es, which sques; and ches. Here lools, esta- le wealthy impire, in instructed ranches of rinciples of iberal and perpetuate ftwaken tbe extend the nr. nner, from tioned here rinp; which jmployed in n of nearly dern Greek, for the cir- res throupfh- Ha, Rhodes, 192 CON and CypruS) and in all parts of Syria. In this city, some important re- suits have followed immediately tbe labours ofihfJAndon Jews' Society. A spirit of inquiry prevailed to a very considerable extent amongst the Jews of Constantinople, and a great number of copies of the He- brew Old and New Testaments had been actually purchased by them. The Rabbis took the alarm, and in vain attempted to put a stop to the circulation of the sacred books, or to the discussions which were con- tinually taking place on the subject of Christianity. It appears that Mr. Wolft" was by no means awiare of the result with which it had pleased God to bless bis labours at Jerusalem, until bis arrival at Con- stantinople; when, on presenting himself to the Rabbis assembled in Uieir college for teaching the law, they imprecated curses upon his name and his memory. On his in- quiring the cause, he was tbld that he bad been disseminating his errors at Jerusalem ; and that certain Jews had written down his arguments, and had come to Constantinople, where they had already turned away many of their brethren from the ancient faith. They informed him that there were about 300 Jews who were more or less affected with his errors. The zealous missionary rejoiced to receive such unexpected testimony to the power of the Gos- pel from the lips of unbelieving Jews, and immediately replied, " I am delighted to hear it, and I hope that I shall soon add you to the number." He continued to preach the Gospel to his inquiring brethren until his departure for England. Several applied to him for baptism ; but, at the recommendation of the British ambassador, he declined complying with their earnest re- quest, fearing lest, in the political excitement which then prevailed in Constantinople, his motives should be CON misconstrued, and he should be ac- cused of improper in^ "erence with the subjects of the C man Porte. The committee are at this time anxiously looking out for a duly qualified missionary — a man of warm piety and sound discretion — whom they might send to Constan- tinople, to strengthen the hands of Jewish believers, and to prosecute the good work thus happily begun. The BritiaA and Foreign B, S. has recently employed two agents here and in the vicinity, viz. Messrs. Leeves and Barker, who are still industriously promoting the circu- lation of the Scriptures. This is a very commanding post for ob- servation and labour, owing to its central situation, its extensive com- merce, the great influence of foreign merchants and travellers, and the facility of communication with the N. of Europe, the shores of the Black and Caspian Seas, and the most interesting countries of tbe Mediterranean. For many years, however, the disturbed state of the country has greatly retarded bene- volent efforts. In a letter, dated Dec. 27, 1826, Mr. Leeves says : — *' I cannot close, without men- tioning that an important event has taken place among the Jews of this capital. Several Jews had come to Mr. Hartley, of the C. M. 5., and myself, professing their belief in Christ, and desiring baptism. This coming to the knowledge of the Jev/ish Rabbis, two of the num- ber were seized, bastinadoed, and thrown into prison. Three others secreted themselves, and were bap- tized by Mr. Hartley. They were subsequently discovered, and the Jews demanded of the Porte the execution of one of them, which was refused by the Turks ; but they w^re all condemned to the bagnio for six months, with an Armenian, in whose house they were found. Here mey still are, and hitherto 8 193 CON firmly maintain tlie faith, which, under the view of death, they had boldly professed, when brought be- fore the Grand Vizier and other authorities. Since they were in pri- son, they have suffered much ill- treatment, stripes, 40'. In 1819, the Ionian B. S. was established here. The Rev. Isaac Lowndes, from the L. M, S., removed from Zante in 1822, with the design of making Corfu the seat of the mission. He commenced his labours with fa- vourable prospects. In addition to preaching on the Sabbath, and on Wednesday evenings at his own house, Mr. L. prepared some works in modem Greek. Permission having been granted to him to print tracts at the government press, between 4 and 5000 were printed, in pursuance of this privilege, and many copies of the Scriptures were also circulated. In the Report of 1825, the fol- lowing particulars of his labours were given : — " Mr. Lowndes continues to preach in English, as usual. The attendance is encouraging. His ministry has been blessed to seven young men, who exhibit satisfac- tory evidence of genuine piety. A Sabbath-school has been formed. It is superintended by Mrs. Lowndes, and is in a promising state. A C/taritjf-achool, established through the instrumentality of Mr. and Mrs. Lowndes, has been attended with considerable success : it meets with the countenance and support of the leading British residents at Corfu. Mr. L.'s Modem Greek and Eng- lith Lexicon is in the press ; the edition will consist of 2000 copies ; and he purposes to translate into that language the Rev. Mr. Scott's Essays, and some other approved English works. Several tracts of the Religious Tract Society have been translated into Albanian, and COR some are in course of printing. A translation of Mr. Wilson's Mo- dern Greek Spelling-book is pre- paring in the same language. Dur- ing the past year, Mr. Lowndes has been instrumental in putting into circulation the following tracts and copies of the Scriptures: — Tracts in Modern Greek, 4843 ; Italian, 782 ; English, 680 : total, 6305 : Copies of the Scriptures in various languages, 1232. Among other places to which the Scriptures and tracts have been sent is Missolonghi ; of the Scrip- tures, to the extent of 500 copies : Mr. Lowndes understands, that they were received with much eagerness by the Greeks, who, while encamped and waiting the approach of the enemy, were often found reading the word of God. He has supplied with tracts many of the Ionian schools, in which they are regularly read as school- books. He has engaged a person to itinerate for the purpose of re- tailing tracts, as he did formerly when stationed in the island of Zante. Mucbofhis time has lately been employed in correcting the proof-sheets of the Albanian Fer- sionofthe New 7V«to»ten/, printing at Corfu, for the British and Fo- reign B, S. He cannot ascertain that any book was ever before printed in the Albanian language, and thinks it probable that the volume containing the Gospel of Salvation will prove to be the first. He has performed two missionary tours in Corfu, for the purpose of distributing the Scriptures and tracts. In these tours he has met with considerable encouragement. At CanisadeSt during his second tour, he gave public notice that be had bool» to distribute, and the Greek Primate instructed the peo- ple to attend, which they did ac- cordingly, in considerable num- bers : so that Mr. L. was not able to meet the wishes of all the 195 m COR applicants. At Peruladet, he bad the satisfaction of learning that the tracts left* there on his first tour had been read by the people. Be> side distributing, during these tours, many copies oT the Scriptures and tracts, and disposing of school- books, copies of his translation. Ma- son on Set/- Knowledge, fyc, he en- deavoured to make himself useful by sometimes preaching to the people in their own language, on which Occasion he had many auditors. A Misericordia Society, commenced by Mr. and Mrs. L., is much encou- raged by persons of rank in Corfu ; and in the female branch of it Mrs. Lowndes takes an active part." " On the approach of winter," fsays the last Report, " Mr. Lowndes resumed his Greek Lec- ture, and had a very pleasing at- tendance . He was happy to observe, among others, some who had at- tended during the preceding sea- son. The Greek Sabbath-tchool still contains about 40 scholars, who commit to memory portions of the New Testament, and the Cate- chisms of Dr. Watts. The attend- ance on the English services has been more encouraging during the past year, and Mr. L. has reason to hope that he has not laboured in Vain. The English Sabbath-school is in a more promising state, and is better supplied with teachers. The printing of Mr. Lowndes's Eng- lish and Modern Greek Lexicon is finished; and that of the Greek and Albanian Testament, carried on under the superintendence of Mr. Lowndes, has advanced as far as the first Epistle to the Corin- thians. Another Albanian tract, making the fifth, has been sent to press. Portions of the New Tes- tament in Albanian, have been forwarded to Constantinople, for dis- tribution. Dr. Watts 's Catechisms, In Italian, have been printed." " The translation of the Rev. Mr. COR Scott's Essays into modern Greek is finished, and will shortly be sent to press. The translation of the Rev. Mr. Bickersteith's Treatise en Prayer is in progress. Mr. Lowndes has been amply supplied by Mr. Wilson with tracts, ele- mentary, and ether school books, for sale and gratuitous distribution ; and he has introduced Mr. Wilson's Greek Spelling-book into several schools. He has also received books, for distribution, from the Rev. Mr. Jowett, of the C. M. S. The lamented fall of Missolongbi closed up an important channel for the distribution of books in Greece. Mr. L., however, has been enabled to open a communication with it, through the medium of a gentle- man resident in the Morea, who has engaged to take measures for putting into circulation copies of the Scriptures and tracts, supplies of which have been consigned to his charge for that purpose. Mr. L. has again visited Cephalonia and Zante, and has made arrangements for promoting a constant and ex- tensive circulation of the Scrip- tures, and the mission publications, in both of those islands. He has also performed another tour in Corfu, during which he preached in Greek to the nat^es, and on one occasion had more than 300 hearers. The people were, in general, anxious to obtain books. The Misericordia Society, established some time since, goes on prosper- ously. The sum expended in the relief of objects in distress, during the past year, exceeded £80.*' CORNPLANTER'S VIL- LAGE, at Jennesadaga, on the Allegany R. within the limits of Pennsylvania, among the Seneca Indians. The fVestem Missimtary Society, New York, established a school here in 1815, at the urgent request of Cornplanter, which has been 196 very useftil ration. COKNWA Litchfield coi the £. side oi m. N. W. Lii 1062. In 1816, Scfiml was in May, 1817, ui the Americai simers for b\ Kev. H. Dag, John H. Preni object of this i catti heathen y( ner as, with sional instruc them to become physicians, surg( or interpreters i cate to the heat Icoowled^e in a arts, as may pi promoting Chrii zation. The co vides, that Ame^ knowledged pie into the school pense. In 1823, the was 36 ; of whoi different tribes c rigines, 9 fror Islands, 1 from Irom Malayan Ai the Portugal, 3 iirom the Greek and 3 young m( States. Since tli ufthe school, a of the pupils ha pious J and many theirnative lands, viour to their benij The governme States has paid 400 tur}', a Christian bishop, from An- tioch, accompanied by a small colony of Syrians, emigrated to India, and settled on the coast of Malabar. The Syrian Christians enjoyed a succession of bishops, appointed by the patriarch of An- tioch, from the beginning of the Sd century, till they were invaded by the Portuguese. They still retain the Liturgy anciently used In the churches of Syria, and employ in their public worship the langiiaije spoken by our Saviour in the streets of Jerusalem. The first notices of this people, in modern times, arc foun(l in the Portuguese histories, In l.'>03, there were upwards of 100 Christian churches on the coa^ of Malabar. As soon as the Portu- guese were able, they compelled the chunhes nearest the const to 198 Q Gospel an by tbe 5 at Cran- rom Aden I received I country, baptized, d deacon. time at he coast of >d the Gos- lally at St. r Madras, eath. His 1 object of man enter- >n, that we to believe nas died in ostle Peter ted in India, a fact fully of India was name at the i. The next consecrated lanaslus, of jnded many the 6th cen- )p, from An- )y a smnll !mli?rated to he coast of n Christians of bishops, larch of An- ting of the 3d re Invaded by sy still retain used In thf nd employ in the lanffiinge III the streets Irst rtotlces o( srn times, are uese blstories. ipwnrds of 100 n tbe const of as the Portii- ley compelleil the const to lOH t COT acknowledge the supremacy of the Pope ; and in 1599, they burnt all the Syriac and Chaldaic books and records on which they could lay their bands. The churches which were thus sub(*ued, are called the S^ro-Roman d ristians, and, with tbe converts from other tribes, form a population, of nearly 150,000. Those in tbe interior would not submit to Rome; but, after a show of union for a time, fled to the mountains in 1653, hid their books, and put them- selves under the protection of the native princes, by whom they have been kept in u state of depression. These are called the Syrian Chris- tians. About 10,000 persons, with 63 churches, separated from the Catiiolics; but in consequence of the corrupt doctrines and licentious manners of their associates, they have fallen from their former state, and very few traces of tbe high character which tbey once pos- sessed, can now be discovered. With regard to the actual number of these people, it is difficult to arrive at any exact conclusion. It appears, however, most probable, as well from the reason of the case, as from the accounts of AnquetU, Da Perron and others, that they were a much more numerous body of people in former times than they are at present. They now themselves reckon up 88 churches belonging to their body, of which 55 have maintained their Inde- pendence of the Roman Pontiff. According to the most accurate estimate that can lie formed, tbe number of families belonging to these 66 churches iiniounts, at tbe lowest computation, to 13,000 ; the majority of these are poor, and stip|H)rt themselves by dally labour ; otiiers employ thenwelve.<; In mer- chandize and agriculture. Though many among them are most highly respectable, especially those of tbe COT class termed Tarragan, yet there are none who can justly be styled men of property; there are very few indeed among them possessed of property to the amount of 6000 rupees. The number of oiliciatlng priests, commonly called Catanars, is 144. These are wholly supported by the offerings of the laity, on festival days, and on tbe administration of the occasional rites of the Church, which, for the most part, aflbrd but a very scanty support ; and in very few instances do the monthly offerings received by a Catanar ex- ceed five rupees. They are gene- ,rally of the best families, and con- sequently upon their character, as* to morals and information, depends, in a great degree, that of tbe dis- tricts in which they reside. The Syrian Christians are, in themselves, awfully sunk and de- graded. The total disregard of the Subbath, the profanation of the name of God, drunkenness, and, to a considerable extent, especially among the priesthood, adultery, — are very prevalent among them. In 1800, this people was visited by tbe late Dr. Buchanan, who presented their case to the pub- lic. In his Christian Researches, since which much has been done to meliorate their condition. He commenced a translation of the New Testament Into the Syrian language, which has been com- pleted and published since his death, and copies sent to each of the churches. Some account of other means adopted for their welfare remains to be given. Colonel Monro, the Company's resident In Travuncore, having erected a college at Cotym, for the ethicatlon of the Syrian priests, wished to |)lace an English clergy- man on the spot. Accordingly the Rev. Benjamin Bailey proceeded, 190 ^T'^ m COT with Mrs. Bailey, overland to Tra- vancore, and they were fixed at Co- tym about the beginning of 1817. All the measures planned by Col. Munro were cordially approved by tlie Syrian clergy, and aided by them so far as it bad been practicable, to carry the arrangements for their accomplishment into eifect. For the translation of the Syrian Scrip- tures and Litirrgy into Malayalim, the vernacular language of the countrj', a number of learned Ca- tanars were assembled by the Me- tran; and at this period they had advanced in their labours as far as the First Book of Samuel in the Old Testament, besides the Boolcs of Psalms, Proverbs, and part of Isaiah; and in the New, to the Epistle to the Philippians. The execution of this work was super- intended by the Rev. Mr. Bailey, and the expense of it was borne by the Calcutta Aux. B. S. The Col- lege also was comhiitted to the charge of Mr. Bailey, for whom a house was erected adjoining that institution. In the course of 1818, her High- ness the Ilannee of Travancore presented the College with 20,000 rupees, which were laid out in land; besides a previous gift of 1000 rupees, for erecting a chapel, and furnishing the buildings of the Col- lege. She also annexed to it a tract of land in the neighbourhood of Quilon, at least 7 m. in circum- ference, with several subsidiary grants, in order to render it pro- tluttive; and, lastly, appointed a monthly allowance of 70 rupees from the state, for the support of a hospital, to be attached to the college. The Rajah of Cochin, ulso, emulous of her ilighness's bounty, presented fiOOO rupees for the benefit of the Protestant mis- nlons ; the whole of which wjw ap- propriated by the resident to the support of the southern mission, COT under the Rev. Mr. Mead, of the L. M. S. Till the end of 1818, at which time Mr. Fenn arrived, Mr. Bailey was the only missionary resident at Cotym ; and the number of his oc< cupations prevented his making so much progress in tlie arrangements of the college as he wisiied, and, consequently, this accession was of great importance. In Dec. 1810, Uic missionaries wrote : — " The year has Iwen uu anxious one. The departure of th« late resident depressed our spirits at its commencement ; and u con- stant succession of events, |)er> plexed in their connexion, and im- portant in their consequences, has kept our minds on a continued stretch, and occupied much of our most valuable time ; while they have been as a dead weight upon our spirits. The efficiency of the missionaries, in the past year, has therefore been small." Of the College they say: — ** The number of students receiving instruc- tion is 25 ; their studies are the Syriac and the English : 3 of the students are surpassed by ver)' few of the catanars in their knowledge of the Syriac. Their progress in tbei English is small ; the pronun> elation they are gradually acquir- ing, and or 7 of them can read any book with tolerable ease : be- yond this, their knowledge of the language can scarcely be said to extend. Besides the students, there are 18 children receiving instnic- tion in Ejiglish. The diil'erenoe of these from the students coukists in their having received no ordina- tion, by which the students are ir- revocably sot apart to the clerlcnl ollUe." There was also a school at this time in Cotym, the srUoltin of which varied from Utt to 60 in number ; and another on the oul- lege property in Calada, ha\i:i!( 1() scholars, the instruction being fiUO 1> of the at which r. Biiiley esideat at of hisoc> uaking so ngeinents hed, and, ion vr OS of issionnries IS been uu Hire of the our spirits md u con- ents, i)er« u, and im> ences, hdia Britannicn; and, with the instru'^tions which he derivinl frtmi this and another snmller work or two, a common carpenter, and two silversmiths, he succeeded so completely, that he srnl a specimen of liis types, in print, to the Resident, who much admired their beauty and correct- new, and complimented Mr. B. on his success. Mr. Bnilt?}' counted upon being able to prepare a suffi- COT ciency of types for the printing of the whole Scriptures, in little more than a quarter of a year. Besides the correctness and beauty of his types, noticed by Colonel Newall, he afterwards so reduced them in size, that they could be printed at one -half of the cost 6f the old types. A permanent reduction in the expense of printing also took place, involving another interesting circumstance in connexion with Mr. Bailey. The printer, sent from Madras, was dismissed. In the mean time, a youth, adopted ^ome years ago bmkHt. Bailey as a destitute orphan child, had acquired the art of printing sufficiently to succeed as head printer, to which office he was appointed on a salary of 7 rupees per month. This little incident added singularly to the completeness of Mr. Bailey's work in the edition of the Malayalim Scriptures. The translation was entirely his own — the types were formed by himself from the very mould — and the printing was exe- cuted by an orphan boy, reared up by his charity. About this time Mar Athanashis, a metro|)olitan front Antioch, paid a visit to the Syrian churches. At the time of his arrival, the retired metropolitan, Philoxenus, had re thens, have given considerable sa- tisfaction by their diligence in teaching the catechisms and other religious books. The press, which continues un* der the superintendence of Mr. Bailey, is still in active operation. CRANBERRY, a town in the central part of New Jersey, from N. to S. In May 1746, the Rev. David Brainerd removed from Crossweeks to this place, with the whole body of the Indians under his care, and in less than 12 months tbey had cleared about 40 acres of land. Here he continued till March 20tb, 1747, when, owing to the ravages of pulmonary consumption, hU labours, as a missionary, were ter- minated, and be bade farewell to 802 CRE his beloved church and people, and died at Northampton, Massachu- setts, Oct. 9th, 1747. He was soon succeeded by his younger bro- ther, Mr. John Braineid, under ^vhoni the afi'airs of the mission continued to flourish for several years. The school was also in a prosperous state. Many of the In- dians, in advanced life, were very anxious to learn to read and under- stand the Scriptures. The number of Indians increased to about 200, and many were hope- ful subjects of renewing grace. CREEK PATH, a town of the Cherokee nation, on the S. side of Tennessee river, in Alabama, about 100 m. W. S. W. Brainerd. The Rev. Wm. Potter, from the American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions, came here Id 1820. In consequence of an urgent request from the principal Cherokees in this place and its vi- cinity, the Rev. D. S. Butrick, and John Arch, a native convert, left Brainerd in March,1820, and visited Creek Path, to inquire into the ex- pediency of establishing a school. Such was the zeal of the Chero- kees oii the subject, that, in a very short time, they erected two school- bouses, in which schools were soon opened, and the scholars in both amounted to 80. One for girls was under the care of Catherine Brown, n native convert, who devoted her- self to the advancement of this mission until her death, July 18th, 1823. Soon after the commence- ment of this mission, a considerable awakening prevailed among the people, and numbers were the sub- jects of salutary convictions. A church was soon drganized, which consisted of 10 native mem- bers in 1823. A Female Benevo- lent Society was formed in 1821, consisting of 14 members, which forwarded, the first year, six dollars to an education society in W. Ten- neiiee. CRE CREEKS, Indians hihabiting the W. part of Georgia, and E. part of Alabama. Their country is extensive and fertile. The po- pulation is estimated at about 20,000 souls. They are a warlike tribe ; have a general idea of a Supreme Being; but observe no religious days, nor any religious rites, unless the green corn dance be one. Confidence and generosity were formerly their characteristic virtues ; but a desire of gain, caught from the whites, has chilled their liberality ; and abused credulity bos taught them suspicion and deceit. The introductim|^f whiskey has produced a very pernicious effect. The more reflecting are fully con- vinced that, with respect to their future destiny, it is a question of civilization or extinction ; and a question, the decision of which cannot long be postponed. They have, therefore, become verj- soli- citous for the establishment of schools, and the introduction of the various arts, from which the whites derive their superiority. In some of these they have made consider- able progress. In 1735, the United Brethren attempted a mission among the Creeks, which was soon relin- quished. In 1807, they made another effort on Flint J?., about 60 m. from Milledgeville, the seat of go- vernment in Georgia. Here their prospects were flattering at first; but the mission has since been abandoned. The American Baptist Board has a station among the Creek Indians, named fVithington, in tlie town of Tuchahanchee, Georgia, on the Cliatabooche R., in the neighbourhood of the late Big Warrior. Suitable buildings having been erected, the school was com- menced. May ISth, J 823. The number of scholars soon increased to 37, which was about 50 at the 203 CRE commencement of 1825. In less than a year, previous to Sept. 1823, nearly 3000 dollars had been for- warded to this station ; 2000 dol- lars from tlie Board, the remainder from individuals and associations in the vicinity. This is called the Withington Station, as a tribute of respect to the late Mr. John fViihington, of New York, who bequeathed 40,000 dollars to dif- ferent benevolent institutions. — [See Aabury.l CRBMEN, a town in Livonia, where the United Brethren super- intended an institution for the edu- cation of schoi^ffiasters, for several years, which was sanctioned by the Ecclesiastical Court of the empire in 1T39 ; in consequence of which, the number of pupils soon amounted to70. These measures extensively ex- cited a desire for religious knowledge in difterent parts of the country. CRIMEA, a peninsula of Euro- pean Russia, in the S. part of the government of Taurida, formed by the Black Sea on the W. and S., and the sea of Azof on the E., about 300 m. long and 124 broad. The population is estimated at 300,000. A large portion of these are native Tartars,who are rigid Mahomedans. There are also many Jews, Arme- nians, and Greeks. This is becom- ing a very interesting fleld for mis- fiionary labour, and much attention has been excited on the subject of Christianity, especially among the Jews, by the distribution of Bibles and Testaments, furnished princi- pally by the B. 8r F. and the Rtu- sian B. S. The TauridianA.B. S. hax become very efficient. The Sultan Kategerry has taken up his abode at Stfmpheropote, the modern capital of the Crimea, and mani- fests a deep interest in the spiritual welfare of his countrymen. He has a school under a Tartar teacher, who uses the Scriptures, as a school book, instead of the Koran. On the west side of the Crimea, CRO about 20 m.from the soulli coast, is the town of Baktcheserat, which is regarded by the Tartars of the Crimea as the seat of learning, and has contained 31 mosqoes. The po- pulation was formerly 20,000, but,in 1800, the number was reduced to 6776 ; of whom 3000 were native Tartars, 1 1 62 Je ws,and the rest were principally Armenians and Greeks. Here the Rev. Dr. Ross, of the Scotch M. S., laboured for some time, but afterwards removed to Astrachan. The Rev. J. J. Car* ruthers, of the same society, having become suflBciently master of the language,began to itinerate through the Crimea. At first he was very favourably received ; and copies of the New Testament were readily accepted, but were afterwards, in many instances, returned. The Greeks were hostile from the first, and represented him as an infidel, and his books as impositions. But, in the midst of these difficulties, the work of conversion began to appear. Mebmed, a Tartar, the first-fruits of the mission, was bap- tized Aug. 6, 1823. Soon after- wards, three other Tartars requested to be taken under Mr. C.'s care, with the view of being instructed in the principles of Christianity ; and as, after some time, they not only renounced the delusions of Maho- medanism, but appeared to give evidence of true piety, he baptized them also. It is painful to find that various difficulties subsequently arose: that Mrs. C. was prevented from pur- suing her endeavours to instruct the Tartar females ; that Mehmed con- ducted himself inconsistently ; and that Mr. C. has recently retired from this benighted part of the earth. ■ CROIX, ST., one of the Virgin islands, 20 m. long, and 7 where broadest, lying 40 m. S. by E. of St. Thomas. It belongs to the Danes. The chief town is Chris- tiunstadt, on the N. coast, with a 204 Lh coast, is 'at, iwhich ars of the lining, and s. Thepo- ,000,but,in reduced to rere native tie rest weie nd Greeks. Loss, of tlie id for some removed to J. J. Car- ;iety, having aster of the irate through he was very nd copies of jvere readily fterwards, in irned. The "rom the first, IS an infidel, litions. But, e difficulties, ion began to k Tartar, the ion, was bap- Soon after- tars requested Ax. C.'s care, jr instructed in Istianity; and ihey not only [ons of Maho- lared to give ,he baptized CRO fine harbour, defended by a fortress. W. long. 65" 28', N. lat. 17" 45'. In 1733, this fine and extensive, but long neglected, island was sold by the crown of France to the banish West India company; and the Lord Chamberlain Pless, having purchased six plantations, applied to Count Zinzendorf, for some of the United Brethren to go out as over- seers of his estates, and at the same time to employ themselves in the religious instruction of the slaves ; accordingly, 4 married couples, and 10 unmarried brethren quitted Herrnhut, in August, for these purposes. After a tedious and dangerous voyage, the colonists arrived at St. Croix in June, 1734; but the insa- lubrity of the climate, added to their incessant labour in clearing the land, bad such an ettect upon their health, that they all sickened ; and before the expiration of the year, 10 of their number were re- moved to the world of spirits. Their places, indeed, were supplied, eairly in the ensuing. year, by a second company of 1 1 persons from Herrn- hut ; but these were soon attacked by the same diseases which had prwed fatal to their predecessors ; and, as the colony did not answer in other respects, the few who sur- vived, either went to St. Thomas, or returned to Europe, and the idea of a setl'.ement in St, Croix was for a time abandoned. The negroes, however, were not left wholly des- titute of instruction, as the mission- aries in St. Thomas visited them occasionally, and were successful in awakening their attention to tlie important truths which were thus sounded in their ears. The first persons who succeeded !!i estnblishing themselves' on this island were Mr. George Ohneberg and two other brethren, who were joyfully received by the Christian necjroes ; but both they and the slaves in their neighbuurhoodwere for some CRO time'kept in a state of constant atarm by the repeated attempts of some wicked incendiaries to burn their houses. In some instances, the fire was discovered and exting\iished before it had done much mischief ; but, in others, the huts of the ne- groes were completely consumed ; and Ohneberg's house was eventu- ally destroyed, though his furniture was happily rescued from the con- flagration. Nothing, however, could shake his resolution of remaining at his post; and when his inflexi- bility on this point became known, the torch of persecution was extin- guished, and the mission began to assume such a promising aspect, that the brethren, who had previously resided on one of the company's plantations, purchased an estate of 4 acres, to which they gave the name of Friedensthal, and erected a church and dwelling-house upon it. The number of persons who attended the preaching of the Gos- pel also rapidly increased, and up- wards of 100 negroes were annu- ally received into the church by the rite of baptism. In 176S, a new mission-house at the west end of the island was un- fortunately destroyed by fire. But in the course of a few years, in ad- dition to the rebuilding of this edi- fice, a second church was erected, and, in 1771, the settlement in this district received the name of Frie- densberg. The ensuing year was a piiriod of severe trial. By a hurricane which occurred on the 31st of August, the church, the dwelling- houses, and all the offices of Fried- ensthal, were completely blown down ; the newly erected house at Friedensberg was removed from its situation, and materially injured ; and the brethren and their families, who bad sought an asylum in their cellars, were, for several hours, kept in constant expectation of death. The famine and epidemic T 205 CRO sickness which followed the tempest swept off many of the slaves, and diminished the number of the mis- sionaries. Amidst the general dis- tress, however, the cause of Goii continued to flourish ; the negproes appeared more and more anxious to ascertain the way of salvation ; and such was the spirit of hearing among them, that, notwithstanding the public services at Friedensthal were held fur nearly 12 months in the open air, the auditory frequently consisted of more than 1000 persons, and many were every month ad- mitted to the privilege of Christian baptism. Such, indeed, was the rapid progress of the mission, that it soon became desirable to obtain a third and more central situation j and, in 17T8, an estate was pur- chased for that purpose, to which the brethren gave the name of Friedensfeld. In 1793, Colonel Malleville, for- merly the Commandant of St. Tho- mas, and a kind patron of the mis- sionaries, was appointed Governor General of the Danish West India islands, and took up his residence in St. Croix, which had been consti- tuted the seat of the government. Butthe joy which this event di£fused among the brethren was of sboft duration ; as this excellent friend was seized with a fit of apoplexy which proved fatal. In compliance with his own desire, his remains were interred in the burial ground of the missionaries at Friedensthal-^ n funeral oration having been pre- viously delivered by the incumbent of the Dutch Calvinistic church, in which he had been educated. St. Croix, together with St. Tho- mas and St. Jan, was spared the horrors of bloodshed by the capitu- lation of the Governor in 1801 ; but the brethren at Friedensberg were severely trieks In tliiM place. DEl.AGUA BAY, situated on the E. coast of S. Africa, and ex- DEL ,..ii tending from about 260 ^ 27° S. lat. It presents to emigrants, su- perior advantages to any in Africa; it is spacious, and extends about 60 m. from ^. to S. and 20 from W. to E., and is much frequented by whfdes. Three large rivers fall into the bay : Manica is the most north- ern ; Machavanna, on the S., and Delagoa, the central river, is na. vigabie for nearly 200 m. by large boats, and for more than 40 m. by vessels which draw about 12 feei water. The following countridsi are in the vicinity of the bay. Inyack lies S. of the cape and island of that name, and contains about 10,000 inhabitants. The na- tives are a naked, timid race : they have no religion ; yet use circum- cision, and are under the influ- ence of witchcraft. Their king is tributary to the king of Mapoota, which is bounded N. by Delagoa Bay, and contains 20,000 inhabit- ants. These people are a fine race of CailVes, and warlike. In reli- gion and manners tliey resemble those of Inyack. The people ol Tembjf are tractable and industrious, and, including Paiiyelly, aniomit to 8J,000. These countries are nil tributary to tbe king of Temby. The language of the people is only a ditl'erent dialect to that spoken by tbe Caffres, the Bootchuannas, and the inhabitants of the Comoro Islands. A large tract of land, in the vicinity of tbe bay has re- cently been ceded to the British by tbe natives, on condition that they should be supplied with Chris- tian teachers. Accordingly n mis- sion was commenced here, in 1823, by the /F. M. S. The Rev. lit. Threlfall, in his praiseworthy zeal, but contrary to the intentions of tbe comnuttee, went from Cape Town alune, and fixed himself n«;ar the cou.it, which is exceedingly unhealthy. He v«hs, in cc iisequence, soon attacked by 212 DEL disorders incident to the bay, and after great sufferings, was at length talien off by a vessel. The inten- tion of the committee was to form a regular mission^establisbment inland of the bay, on the higher and more healthy parts ; and for tills purpose Mr. Whitworth was sent out to join Mr. Threlfall. On his arrival at the Cape, however, he found Mr. T. on board a ves- sel there under strict quarantine, in a distressing state of sickness ; and as permission could not be ob- tained for bis landing before the e^fpiration of a long quarantine, the crew being also sickly, Mr. W. went on board to afford con- solation to his afflicted brother, under an engagement to remain until the time of quarantine should be expired. The mission thus sus- pended, is, for the present, vacant. DELHI, a province of Hindoos- tan, 240 m. long and 180 broad, bounded on the N. by Lohore, N.E. by Serinagur, S. E. by Oude, S. by Apra, and \V. by Agimeer Having been the seat of continual wars during the 18th century, it is almost depopulated; and though it pos- sesses, in general, every advantage that can be derived from nature, it is but little cultivated. The prin- cipal rivers are the Ganges and Jumna, which enter on the N. E. border. The country having en- joyed a state of tranquillity since 1800, it may be expected to improve in cultivation, victions of the truth. For all this, however, he was prepared { ami by sustaining the whole in the spirit of genuine Christianity, he in a trrent measure disarme~ing i excited ,s populous , held in >n amoniK lis attain* mature, and the Shas- Gospel for renounced tandlng all allure and nose, openl) Christ, and iiomasintiie tators. On Rinpore bie- renunciation I that part of w thing, has [ion to tbf . It seems things, the Istlanity may [larkest parte Atened oppo- [m profession II in a few dislike from |ii account of :en, and his led then* ami irvanoes, by |hl«owncon« For all thK iredj and by \\ the si^lrit of le in a Jtrest resentment icquniiituno*"- were th»'j, DEL indeed, in the expression of their dislike, that not only virajs there no reference to any European (at the time of his baptism ),but the attention of the lowest person in the native police was notofficially called to the transaction.'* The church at present consists of 11 members in full communion ; of whom, however, only 2, Kiaba and Sookha Misr, are natives. The latter is actively engaged in spread- ing abroad the knowledge of the Gospel in the neighbouring coun- tries, and seems to meet with great acceptance among the people. His own character is much improved, and be gives pleasure and satisfac- tion to all who know him. Mr. Thompson's labours are abundant and highly interesting. In English, he has regular worship on Sabbath morning and evening at his own house, and the same on Wednesday evening; and, except >n the first Monday of the month, u'hen he holds a missionary prayer- nteeting at his own house, he has a prayer- meeting on Monday even- ings at the house of one of the nieinbersof the church. The usual congregations, at these times, amount to about 20 persons. Hin- iloostanee worship he has at his own house every Sabbath afternoon, which is very variously attended ; and, indeed, on every afternoon he has worship of this kind, varying in some degree according to the number and circumstances of the visitors he may have. He also fre- quently conducts worship in Hin- doostanee, with a number of Chris- tian drummers in the militar}' lines, at some distance from his house. To preach the Gospel to the heatlien, he continually frequents several places which are the bend- quarters of some Hindoo sects, and also some ghats, which are places of great resort. In addition to these, he attends many religious a^sem- bU«^ in the city and neighbourhood ; DEM and, in spring, he travels to the great annual assembly at Hurdwar, and in November, to that at Gurrmook- teswar. On all these oCasions he finds opportunities of circulating the- knowledge of the Gospel to an unu- sually great extent, and of marking the progress which is made in the work of missions. Many resort to him for instruction, and he has now several very promising inquirers. The C. M. S. sent Annud Mes • seeh, a native teacher, to Delhi, in 1822. His time is usually em- ployed in reading and conversing with the Hindoos, brahmins, and others, who seek him for the sake of information in the Christian Scrip- tures, and, as is sometimes the case, in the hope of confounding him and entangling him in his talk. He is under the eyes of Mr. Fisher, the chaplain, and with him pursues bis scriptural inquiries. "He is as warm-hearted and regular in the good cause," says Mr. F. " as he ever was." DEMARARA, a settlement in Guyana, on a river of the same name, contiguous to Essequibo. The river is 2 miles wide at the mouth, defended by a fort on the east bank, and navigable upward of 200 miles. The country produces coflee, sugar-canes, and the finest kinds of wood ; it was taken from the Dutch by the British in 1796, and in 1803 ; and it was ceded to them by the Dutch in 1814. This settlement and that of Essequibo form one government, and the ca- pital is Sturbrock. In December, 1807, the Rev. John Wray was sent hither by the L. M. S., in compliance with th« solicitations of Mr. Post, a pious and respectable Dutch planter on th east coast of the colony. He ci nmenced his labours on the plan- U. ion of Lg Hesouvenir, belonging to Mr. P., who had upon it about 600 slaves, under the most encou- raging circumstances. A few months 215 DEM after his arrival, he announced the conversion of more than 20 negroes — that upwards of 200 had learned Watts's First Catechism— that he had baptized 4 adults, and several children— and that his congregations were large and attentive. Thissuc- cess increased during the year 1 808; so that early m the ensuing spring the number of slaves admitted into the church by baptism amounted to 24, and not less than 160 appeared to be seeking the salvation of their souls. Nor was this all — the truths 'they had learned they were anxious to communicate to others, " I am informed," says Mr. W. " that some, at thd distance of 20 m., who , have never seen our chapel, have learned Dr. Watts's First Cate- chism ; and 10 of our people, who best understand it, have taken 8 each under their care, to instriJct them, to watch over their conduct, and to settle disputes among them. The mjuiager of these slaves, who attends our place of worship, is ostonished at the change wrought among them. Before they heard the Gospel, they were indolent, noisy, and rebellious; but now they are Industrious, quiet, and obedient." Whilst Mr. W. wps rejoicing in tiie blessing which thus rested on his labours, he was called to endure a severe trial, in the removal of his friend and patron, Mr. Post, who fell a-sleep in Jesus, amidst the sin- cere and bitter lamentations of his slaves. Desirous tluit the privileges of Christian instruction should be enjoyed after his decease, ho had secured to the use of the mission, the chapel and the dwelling-house of the minister; and generously uf^- signcd 100/. sterling, as an annual , contribution to his support, so long as one shoidd be provided by the society to preach the doctrines of the reformed church. Other friends, however, were afterwards raised up, among whom were some plant- ers, whose prejudices bad been re- DEM moved by the advantages which they beheld accruing from mission, ary labours. In the early part of 1811, Mr, Wray was introduced to Mahaica^ a village upon the coast, about 25 m. from town, and in the vicinity of several estates. The gentlemen residing here not only expressed a desire that a missionary might la> hour among them, but actually subscribed 1000/. towards the erec- tion of a place of worship. Mr. W. afterwards remarks, with respect to the mission tiiLe Resouvenir, "One of the negroes told me that 1 1 3 had come to him to be instructed; and I am sometimes astonished to find how correctly they learn the cate- chism from one another. About 200 attend public worship regularly, several of whom can conduct the singing without the assistance of white people ; and many begin to pray, in our social meetings, with great fluency, and very often in scriptural lani^uage." The colonial government having, on the 25th of May, issued a regu- lation which was found to operate almost to the total suppression of the religious assemblies of the ne- groes, Mr. W. visited England ; and a representation of the restriction being made to the government at home, the evil, whlcli had thus ori- ginated, was removed. Shortly after his return, a proclamation was made, recalling the previous one, and stating, among other things, that instructions had been received from his lloyal Highness the Prince Regent, to give every aid to mis- sionaries, in the conununication of religious knowledge ; an announce- ment which was accompanied by the most friendly and liberal con- duct on the part of th» governor. The eflectof this was very apparent, In the Increased attendance of the slaves — or 700 of whom frequently assembled. Socui after, the Rev. Mr, Dovies, who had been sent out 216 » which [nissiou- 11, Mr. ihaica^ a tut 25 m. clnity of mtlemen pressed a night la. actually the erec- . Mr.W. respect to ttr, "One it 113 had cted; and ;d to find the cate- r. About regularly, induct the ;istance of y begin to tings, with y often in t)EM previously to the death of Mr. Post, opened a large and commodious chapel at George Town, towards the erection of which the inhabit- ants contributed upwards of 600/. ; and about (50/. was subscribed by the negroes — each of whom gave half a bit, or twopence halfpenny. About the same time an j4. M, S., including people of colour and slaves, was formed at George Town, and the subscriptions raised in the first instance amounted to 80/. Mr. W. subsequently removed to Bcnrbice, amidst expressions of af- fectionate regard, and poignant regret on the part of his people. In December, the Rev. Mr. Elliott, who had for some years laboured at Tobago, paid a visit to Dema- rara, and was highly gratified at witnessing the success of his bre- thren. " Some thousands,-* he re- marked, ** know that Christ is the Son of God, and the Saviour of sinners ; and I doubt not that some hundreds believe in him to the saving of their souls.** For nearly two years, the directors were un- able to obtain a resident successor to Mr. W., though during that time tbe chapel was supplied by Mr. Davies, and other missionaries. Mr. Elliott also appears to have laboured with equal zeal and suc- cess ; in the first instance at George Town, and afterwards on the west ooast, where his services were so abundantly blessed, that a striking improvement was visible in the mo- rals of great numbers } and scarcely 1 Sabbath elapsed without some of- fering themselves as candidbtes for baptism. Immediately after the arrival of the Rev. John Smith, in 181T, at Le Resouvenir, the attendance was much increased, and in a fhort time the chapel was found insufficient to accommodate all the people that flocked together. Some of tbe planters would not sutfer tbfir slaves to attend, but others DEM found it most conducive to th^ir OMm interests to give ther^ permis- sion. In one of Mr. S.'s letters, he says, " The white people attend much better than they have hitherto done, and express themselves much pleased with the decent behaviour and clean appearance of the ne- groes, who are usually dressed in white. With respect to the 'reli- gion of these poor people, I believe it does not consist in outward ap^ pearances so much as in the ho- nesty and siniplicity of their con- duct. Their masters speak well of them in general ; nor have I heard (though constantly inquiring) more than one complaint made by any planter or manager in consequence of religion.** The exception al- luded to is worthy of notice. One of the planters said, " that the man concerning whom inquiry was made, was too religious ; and that, not satisfied with being religious himself, he was in the habit of sit- ting up at night to preach to others. In every other respect, however," said he, ** he is a good servant ; so much so, that I would not sell him for 6000 guilders, which, according to the present exchange, would be about 460/. sterling." In June, 1819, the church mem- bers are stated to amount to 107 ; and Mr. S. mentions his having baptized 249, of whom about 180 were adults. Among various in- stances which might be adduced of the happy effects of his ministry u|>on many of the negroes, the abandonment of a custom may be mentioned, which they had long considered, not only as innocent in itself, but as in important source of profit to their families. The plantation slaves, comprising nearly seven eighths of the whole negpro population of Demarara, are usual-, iy allowed a piece of ground, which they are expected to cultivate, for the purpose of furnishing themselves with such necessaries as their other V aiT DEM means do not provide for tbem ; but the only time they have for carrying their produce to market is the Sabbath, that being the market- day. "Although/' says Mr. S., " this practice is a shameful viola^ tion of the Lord's day, and ex- tremely fatiguing to the negroes, who are often compelled to carry their saleable articles, such as yams, Indian corn, bananas, dec, to a dis- tance of six, eight, or even twelve miles ; yet the trifling profit they derive from their labour, and the pleasure they find in going to the market in town, strongly attach them to it. With pleasure, how- ever, I see many of our baptized ne- groes abandon this practice — a prac- tice so specious in its appearance to them, and so deeply rooted by cus- tom, that nothing but the power of religion could cause them volunta- rily to relinquish it. Many, very many, now neither go to market, nor yet cultivate their grounds, on the Sabbata ; and yet these are the persons that make the cleanest and best appearance, and have more of the comforts of life than most others. The reason is obvious — they are diligent in raising live stock, fowls, ducks, turkeys, ninicluus articles; and by a little economy, such as the Bible teaches, they make their money go further than others." In the autumn of 1820, as many of the negroes resided at a consi^ derable distance from Mr. S.'s plac^ of worship, it was proposed to build a chapel at Clonbrook, about 15 m. from Le Resouvenir, and that the Rev. Mr. Mercer, of the L. M. S., \hen in the colony, should instrut^t the negroes in that i|uarter. And, with a view to in- terest the gtmUemea of Clonbrook DEM in this object, a reconmiendatory certificate of the good eii'ects of religious instruction was given by Messrs. Van Costen and Hamilton, the attorney and man^gec of its plantation Le ReSouvenir. After stating that the number of adult negroes baptized during the preceding year was 320 ; that the number' admitted to the Lord's table, during the same period, was 61 ; that the total number of mem- bers of the church was 203, and that of marriages 1 14 ; — Mr. Smith observes: — "We have now many candidates, both for baptism and the Lord's supper: our average congregation is 800 persons. We have certainly much cause to be thankful to the great Head of the Church, for the success that attends our labours. We behold, ever;; Sabbath, an overflowing congrega- tion, behaving with praisewoi^ decorum ; and we see then zealous for the spread of Christianity. They are fast abandoning their wicked practices for more regular habits of life, as is evident from the number of marriages, few of which (not as one in Jifty) have hitherto been violated. A great proportion of them are furnished with Bibles, Testaments, Dr. Watts' First or Se- cond Catechism, and a hymn boolc ; and these being their whole library, they usually bring them to chapel on the Sabbath. Our congregation, young and old, bond and free, are catechised every Sunday ; first in- dividually, in classes, and after- wards collectively. This depart- ment is managed by Mrs. Smith." Mr. Smith at the same time added, that the Mission Register contained the names of about 2001 persons, who had professedly em* braced the Gospel at Le Resuuvenir and the adjoining plantations. Hiit subsequent labours, and those oi Mrs. S., who took an active purt in the instruction of the female no* groes, were attended with the inoft 218 gnrtijjp their ( sanctic civil ai Individ they hi tend wi 9cts of ven by miltoD, of the mber of Ing the that the Loxd's lod, was of mem- i03, and [r. Smith w many tism and average »ns. We ise to be ad of the at attends Id, every congrega* liseworUiy im zealous iristianity. ling their re regular t from the IT of which re hitherto proportion th Bibles, •"irst or Se- ymn book ; ole library, , to chapel igregation, I free, are ' ; first In- and after- lis depart- Smith." same time In Register labout «00» issedly em« RtKuuvenir itions. Hit 1(1 those ol stive part la female na- ith the oMXt 21S DEM gratifying results. But, instead of their efforts meeting with that sanction and countenance from the civil authorities, and other leading individuals, which they merited, they had ih many instances to con- tend with increasing opposition and reproach. This, however, was not universally the case. Some of the white inhabitants candidly acknow- ledged the advantages resulting totiie negroes from the labours of the missionary ;, white several re- ^ctabld genttehien, in the neigh- bourhood of Le Resouvenir became subscribers to the Deniarara A, S. ; and gave their testimony to the im- proved character and good beha- viour of the negroes who had re- ceived the benefit of religious instruction. llie contributions of the Le Re- souvenir branch of the Demarara A. S. for 1822, amounted to about £300. To enter tnt'^ dataits of those transactions which afterwards oc- curred, is r present impossible: suffice it tc .jserve, as the report for 18S4 states, that Mr. Shiith, who, ** at the period of the pre- vious anniversary, was peaceably and usefully labouring in the midst of an extensive slave- population, by whom he was universally re- spected and beloved, was, on the 81st of August, 1S23, taken into custody; his private Journal and o^er papers seized; and himself and Mrs. S. lodged in the Colony-house. After a painful imprisonment of 7 weeks, during which period he was refused all communication with his friends, Mr. Smith, a minister of the G^pel, was sqmmoned before a court-martial, to be tried on a charge of conspiracy against the peace of his Majesty^ government, and for abetting the late disturb- ance among the slaves of the co- lony. Being thus made amenable to a military tribunal, he was deprived of those ordinary civil rights and DEM privllegfes which belonged to hin> as a British subject. An immense mass of evidence was brought for- ward by his accusers, which, in- stead of establishing his guilt, served, on the contrary, to show the general excellence both of his per- sonal and ofilcial characters. The court, nevertheless, thought proper to find Mr. Smith guilty of death ! and he was accordingly sent as a felon to the common gaol of the colony. The sentence of the court Was referred home for his Majesty's decision. His Majesty was pleased to remit the sentence ; but Mr. Smith was required to quit Demarara, and to enter into his re- cognizance not to reside, in future^ in any part of the British West Indies. Before, however, fhese determinations of his Majesty's go- vernment reached Demarara, his happy spirit bad ascended to that place where " his judgment shall be brought forth as light, and his righteousness as the noon-day.'* The congregation of Mr. Davies suffered greatly from these distress- ing events: it, however, revived i(t the course of 1824. The last report states, that the average at- tendance at the chapel on the Sab- bath, is about 400 : but as tiie con- gregation consists chiefly of ne- groes from the adjacent country, the fluctuations in the attendance, arising from the seasons of the year, are considerable. Those who at* tend the Wednesday evening ser- vices, amount to about 140. The number in church-fellowship is 130, of whom upwards of 60 have been admitted since Mr, Davies's return to the colony in 1823. Mostofthem had been his hearers for many years. Beside the setvices above men- tioned, there are, during the week, two catechetical meetings, and two meetings for religious conversation and prayer. In the Sabbath-school there are 300 adults and 100 children. Must 219 DEM of the teachers, who were educated by Mrs, Davies, are well acquainted with the principles of the Christian religion, and are regular attendants at the chapel. Some of them have been lately admitted to communion. The children of the Sabbath ^school are also instructed on other days during the week. A distressing bereavement was, however, in reserve for this sta- tion; — Mr.Davies departed this life, after a comparatively short illness, on the 20th of April, 1826. The IVealeyan missionaries have also laboured for some years in Demarara. Their cause greatly suffered from the events to which allusion has been made. The exist- ence of martial law for some time prevented their evening meetings ; and a hostile spirit against missions of every kind prevented the at- tendance of the slaves, and many others, on the Sundays. The cha- pels, especially in the country, were for some time nearly deserted — the societies were greatly scattered,— and though the two missionaries escaped the hand of legal violence, they were exposed to many oblo- (luies and insults. One of them, indeed, but narrowly escaped a base attack from certain white people, who waylaid him on his return by night from his duty in the country. The clouds began, however, afterwards to disperse. In 1824-5, there was much cause for gratitude ; and in the last re- port the following statements are made : — ** In George Town, our course has been unobstructed, nor have we been without considerable en- couragements. Our congregations throughout the year, and at each of the different services, have been large, attentive, and orderly ; they consist of persons ot all the varie- ties of grade and station of which the colony is composed ; but chiefly of slaves and free coloured people. DEM Nor has the regular administration of the word and ordinances among this people been in vain in the Lord. A considerable number have been added to the society, chiefly young people of both sexes ; and it is a matter of great joy to several of our old members, and to us also, to see their children, for whose conversion they have long apd ardently prayed, giving themselves to the Lord. During the last year increased exertions were made among the slaves belonging to this station." Mahaica. — " Here many are in- quiring their way to Zion, with their mces thitherward. Since the repeal of martial law, and the res- toration of religious ordinances, the congregations have much in<- creased, and a considerable addi- tion has been made to the society : many more are anxious to be added; but the want of chapel-room obliges the missionary to refuse them, or to put them off and onlj select a few. " We continue to preach at GU{' zier's Delight, about 5 m. up the coast, and there we have an in- crease in the congregation, and also of members to the society. " The little place fitted up as a chapel at Mahaicony, continues to be well attended ; the society has increased, and several are on trial. Numbers in society — 9 Whites, 182 Free coloured, and 1392 Slaves. Total 1683." Schools. — " There are, in the Sunday-school in George Toum, about 126 scholars. Most of them are free children, attending the or- dinary week-day schools, which ore very numerous here. We direct the children, without exception, to remain in the chayel durii^g our Sunday forenoon service. The visitor for the day also catechises them ; and this is done likewise more largely by the preacher in town on two mornings of the week. 220 tfe b9V< quite de teaching, pleasing e pbalia. In with a fo N. W. Pa Here is Aszion wil operatioq < tions of tb Blomber;g. the missioi; been recefi and contro] been ibr so but, upon t] of Baron mittee have be again i *here he i the one han work alrea( fl>e ie^s i] and on the afresh the zt professing C their Jewish Mr. Petr this commei the Westphi are the prop mldSociefv' DIGAH, Bahar, Hin bank of the i tensive cantt 320 m. N.W Two nativi with the Ba hither seven 1818, Mr. Ch station J and •Inted Jan. 3- evenlng to hi Clare what G< souls. Their interesting ani of these pers Bhurutpore, j He was on h gunnath, but DET tTe li«tve several young people quite devoted to the work of teaching, of whose piety w^ have pleasing evidence." DETMOLD, a town of West- phalia, In the county of Lippe, with a fortified castle. It m. N. N. W. Paderborn. Here is a Jetof* Society, in con- nexion Mth that at Berlin, kept ii^ operatioq chiefly through the exer- tions of the venerable Baron von Blomberg. Mr. Petri, formerly the missionary of this society, has been received under the patronage and control of the L. S. He has been for some time at Hamburgh; but, upon the pressing solicitations of Baron Blomberg, the com- mittee have resolved that he should be again stationed at Detmold, ^here he may be the means, on the one Iiand, of carrying on the work already commenced amongst tile Jews in that neighbourhood, and on the other, ,of awakening afre^ the zeal and the energies of professing Christians on behalf of their Jewish brethren. Mr. Petri has probably before this commenced his tour through the Westphalian provinces, which are the proper sphere of the Det- m$l(l Society's operations. DIG AH, a populous town in Babar, Hindoostan, on the S. bank of the Ganges, near the ex- tensive cantonments at Dinapore, 320 m. N.W. Calcutta. Two native brethren connected with the Bapt. M, S. were sent hither several yeare since. In 1816, Mr. Chumherlain visited the .station ; and says in his journal dated Jan. 3— "We assembled this evening to hear four natives de- clare what God had done for their souls. Their declaration was very interesting and encouraging. One of these persons is a native of Bhurutpore, a town beyond Agra. He was on bis way so far for Ju- gunnath, but here divine mercy DIG shone upon him; he was picked up by the native brethren by the way side. Another is a native of Joypore, which is still further beyond Agra. He was arrested by divine grace on his return from Jugunnathi by meeting with the brethren Brindabund and Kureem. Two others were Byiraggees from those parts of l^e country; one of them was a Gooroo, who had made many disciples. He had been under a conviction of his sins for some time before he heard of Jesus and his salvatioiii. He told us, that he had, firom the pressure of his sins upon his conscience, been accustomed to go out into the fields, and call upon God to shew him the way of salvation. Upon which he declared, that, at a certain time, he saw, in a vision, a form much like a European, which told him to go to the Euro- peans, from whom he would learn the true way to obtain safety. This wrought so much upon his mind, that he told his disciples what he had seen and heard, and that he had determined to aot accordingly. Many of them en- deavoured to dissuade him from his purpose, but he invited bis dli;- ciples to a farewell feast before he left them. A few attended to his invitation : and these were very urgent, persuading him not to act so rashly. The result was, that he, and one who cleaved to him, left all, and came to Dinapore in quest of salvation to be gained from the Europeans. Here they, at different times and places, met with the na- tive bretliren, who proved the way- marks to conduct them to the ful- filment of their wishes." Mr. C. afterwards sat down with 23 ])er- sons, 9 of whom were natives, at the Lord's Supper. After this the Rev. Mr. Rowe was appointed to this station, and native schools were opened. The missionaries procured the discL .rre' v2 221 ./^ from the army of a serious young man of the name of Stewart, who assisted Mr. Rowe in his school, and made mucii progress in the Hindoostanee. "Of late, "says Mr. R. in 1810, <' we have had three or four inquirers, who examined the Gospel message with considerable attention ; but there is not one among them of whom we can say, ' Behold, he prayeth !' I was lately visited by a rich Mussulman of Patna, into whose band I put an Arabic Bible, which I had for sale on account- of the Bible Society. He was much pleased with the printing, read the first chapter of Genesis, aod was so delighted that he immediately purchased if In 1820, female education was making progress. Mrs. Rowe had compiled a Spelling-book and Grammar of the Hindoostanee language, which were published by the Calcutta School Book So- ciety. The station had sustained a lass by the death of Mr. Stewart, and some other circumstances had occurred to exercise the faith and patience of the missionaries; but still they met occasionally with incidents, such as the following, adapted to cheer them with the hope that their labour would not be in vain in the Lord. " Some- time ago,'* say they, "a man of the name of Narion came from Chand- pore, a village about 60 m. N. of us. He was then very anxious to be baptized, and appeared to be equally anxious to obtain a salary, and to be emploj'ed as an itinerant. We thought his latter request rather premature, and could not help doubting the sincerity of his pro- fession on account of it. We therefore advised him to return to his village, to follow his occupa- tion — a smith,— and to do all in his power for the good of his neigh- bours ; and promised that one of our native brethren should visit bim in the course of a few months. DIN. to see how he was going qxi, aftes which we would consider the pro- priety of his baptism. A few days ago, two of his relatives came hither. They say Narion works at his trade, and reads and ex- plains the Scriptures to some of his relations and neighbours daily. From their account there are 10 of his family who have renounced idolatry, and are of one mind re- specting the Gospel. He is per- secuted by many, and especially by those of his own caste ; but he is determined to persevere. He wishes to be baptized in bis own village, that he may make a public profession before those who know him.'* In the following year, the num. her of schools under the direction of Mr. and Mrs. Rowe, was 7, C(»itaining in all 178 boys and 46 female pupils. After continuing his labours and superintending those of native itinetants with still greater success, Mr. R. wai re- moved by death in 1823. Mr. Bur- ton was appointed, since that pe- riod, to this station ; the schools having been superintended in the interim by Mrs. Rowe. Several members of the native church hav- ing left the neighbourhood, the number, according to the last ac- counts, is reduced to 4. This in-^ eludes the 2 itinerants, who are constantly engaged among their countrymen at fairs, and other places of public resort, besides re- gularly preaching at six places, in- cluding the city of Patna, every Sabbath day. Mr. Burton, while acquiring the language, is not without more congenial einploy- ment ; preaching at Dinapore to a number of Europeans, chiefly sol- diers, and superintending the schools, which were under ^the di- rection of Mrs. Rowe, who has lately found it necessary to return to this country. DINAGEPORE,acityof Bengal, 222 capital 9{ name, 240 tBining40,fl close of 18(1 was formed members wt bourhood, v were dismiss church for ti the Rev. M pastor. Sch established ; of reading tl hands ; and 1 the mission v In 1821, Q to have been any other st The number and the whole bad renounce* latry, indeed, among the na district J manj by former Ra^ to ruin ; and t snce allotted the native govc and annually station contini derable share c The members communion, i whom 12 were to tfle church c »iz. 7 men an ciJurch is nea into two porti upon premises Fernandez, ant house atDinag tion of the disti on a factory, tl F'> at Sadamahl Dinagepore. ' ers reside at Sac conducting won the Christian cc '1 proclaiming market places i vicinity. Throi several of the U been made. Mi DIN capital ef a district of the same name, 240 miles N. Calcutta, con- taining 40,000 inhabitants. At the close of 1805, tmew Baptist charch was formed here. Several of the members who resided in the neigh- bourhood, with Mr. and Mrs. Biss, were dismissed from the Serampore church for this purpose, who chose the Rev. Mr. Fernandez for their pastor. Schools were subsequently established ; the children were fond of reading the tracts put into their hands ; and the general aspect of the mission was very encouraging. In 1821, more persons were said to have been baptized here than at any other station of the society. The number in the church was 7i, and the whole number of those who had renounced caste was 16T. Ido- latry, indeed, was visibly declining among the natives at large in that district ; many large temples, built by former Rajahs, were hastening to ruin ; and the pecuniary allow- ance allotted for their support by the native government was reduced, and annually decreasing. This station continues to enjoy a consi- derable share of the divine blessing. The members of the church, in full communion, amount to 85; of whom 12 were baptized and added to toe church during the year 1 826, viz. T Tnen and 5 women. The church is nearly equally divided into two portions : one residing upon premises belonging to Mr. Fernandez, and close to his own house at Dinagepore, the civil sta- tion of the district ; and the other on a factory, the property of Mr. F., at Sadamahl, about 24 m. from Dinogepore. I'be native preach- ers reside at Sadamahl, and besides conducting worship regularly with the Christian congregation, labour in proclaiming the Gospel in the maricet places and villages in the vicinity. Through these labours, several of the late accessions have been made. Mr. Fernandez visits DIN Sadamahl as frequently as ponibld,' but resides at Dinagepore. Here^ on every evening during the week, he conducts family worship in Ben- galee, at which from 20 to 40 ot the Christian people generally at- tend. After singing, he reads the Scriptures, gives an exposition and suitable address, and concludes with prayer. On Friday evenings ar prayer meeting is held in the house of one of the native brethren in rotation ; and a prayer meeting is likewise held amongst the sisttn every Wednesday morning, in the' same manner, in their own houses. On the Sabbath there are two r^n- lar services — one at half-past 9- a. m., and the other at 4 p. m. The morning service, being attend- ed only by Christians, is held in the hall of Mr. F.'s house ; but that in the afternoon is in a commodious, bungalow chapel, and is attended by the servants, the masters, and some children of four schools esta- blished by brother F., and a few people from the town, as weU as the Christians. There is also, as at all the other stations, a prayer meeting on the evening of the first Monday of each month, for the spread of the Gospel. It is necessary to observe, that all the expenses of this station are de- frayed by Mr. F. himself, except that some gentlemen contribute to the support of his schools. He has expressed an earnest desire that the B. M. S. should take Sadamahl un- der ' its care, and supply it with a missionary ; and he has generously ottered to make a present of the factory there; which perhaps might be made, without improperly inter- fering with the missionary's spiri- tual labours, to furnish all the ex- penses of the station. The arrange- ment is not without difficulty, but its accomplishment is hoped for be- fore long. In Oct. 1826, the Rev. Mr. Mack had an opportunity of visiting 223 k'' ti 111 Dm . Dinagepord and Sadamabl (at the latter he had the pleasure of bap< tizing four young men), and was grea% delighted with the humble and aflfectionate deportment, and indeed the whole appearance, of the people. Their revered pastor seemed to rule them all by love. DINAfK)RE, a to>fvn in Bahar, Hindoostan, on the S. bank of the Ganges, U m. from W. Patna, for thexfefence of which an extensive military cantonment has been con- irtiiicted by the British. E. long. *5«, N. lat. 25» is'. In 1800, the lamented Rev. Henry Mattyn was stationed here lb chaplain, missionary, and trans- IttttMT, and laboured with uncon- querable perseverance and zeal for some time. He was very active in the establishment of schools ; and, through his instrumentality, a large house for worship was erected at lAtc expense of government. l*he missionaries at Digah have emterdd into his labours. mNDEGAL, or DINDIGUL, a fortified city in Mysore, Hin- doostan, the capital of a district to which it gives name. E. long. 78* 5', N. lat. 10" 23'. The Society /of Promoting Christian Knowledge takes this within its field of labour. Here a chapel was erected, at the expense of a Malabrian and Portuguese congregation, about the year 1800, Which has been occasionally visited by missionaries and catechists. DtNGLE, a sea-port and bo- rough of Ireland, in Kerry county, where the fVesleyan Society has a missionar}'. DIX COVE, a British fort on the Gold coast, W. Africa, 40 m. S. W. Cape-Coast Castle, where T%e African Institution has re- cently opened a school. DOMINICA, one of the Carib- be islands, which lies about half way between Guadeloupe and Mar- tinico, and is 28 m. long, and 13 DOM broad. The soil is thlii, hut it is well supplied with rivulets, and the sides of the hills bear the finest trees in the West Indies. It was taken by the British in 1761, and confirmed to them in 1763. The French took it in 1778, hut restored it in 1783 ; and in \i^5 they made an unsuCi cessful attempt — for all the French^ men that landed, were either killed or take;) prisoners. The capita;l Is Charlotte Town. In the month of Dec. 1788, the Rev. Dr. Coke, accompanied by a few missionaries, visited Dominica, and met with a very cordial recep. tion from some of the inhabitants, particularly from his Excellency, Governor Orde. After spending a few days there, Dr. C. determined on leaving Mr« M'Cornock on the island. The missionary thus appointed, imme>' diately commenced his labours with great zeal. Multitudes flocked \o hear him ; and his preaching Airas attended with such success, that in the space of a few months, about 150 individuals appear to have been deeply impressed. But whilst the work was thus prosperous, the de- voted missionary fell a martyr to the cause he had espoused. Those who had been benefited by his ministry were now left without a pastor, and several years elapsed before another missionary could be sent to supply his place. Many, however, to whom the word of God had been blessed, re< tained their stedfastness, and con- tinued to shine as lights amidst the gross darkness by which they were surrounded. In 1794, Mr. Cook was appoint- ed to take charge of the mission ; and he continued to labour with unremitting assiduity till 1 796, when another missionaty was sent to suc- ceed him. Under the instrumen- tality of this person, the congrega- tions began to increase both in number and respectability. The 224 preaching < dently prodi many indivk prosperity a long enjoyet lering, howe seemed, thej lusive : the I preaching to spire them w began to spre and gave rise sition ; and I Oct. 1706, h sionary receiv pear in the fi Sabbath, toU Surprised at i call, he waitec nel who had afterwards upo whom the mea and petitioned exempted from order that he i ministerial dul however, was tempt} and, a he was considei clous character pernicious doc slaves, he wasp to quit the islan After the h years, Mr. Du to Dominica, v society in a ver prejudices of means removed of a recommen an English no the Governor wi mise him his pre thepeople percei assemble for relij out molestation were rapidly aut fore the end of Sregation had derable. Prejud subside; and, in ti individuals, who tested against tl DOM pieacbing of the Gospel was evi- dently productive of real benefit to many individuals ; and peace and prosperity appeared likely to bJB long enjoyed by the society. Flat- tering, however, as these prospects seemed, they were found to be de- lusive : the haclcneyed notion, that preaching to the slaves would in- spire them with ideas of equality, began to spread among the planters, and gave rise to a determined oppo- sition; and before the month of Oct. lT9tf, had expired, the mis- sionary received a summons to ap- pear in the field, on the ensuing Sabbath, to learn the use of arms. Surprised at such an unexpected call, he waited first upon the Colo- nel who had summoned him, and afterwards upon the President, with wliom the measure had originated ; and petitioned that he might be exempted from military service, in order that he might attend to his ministerial duties. His petition, however, was treated with con- tempt ; and, after being told that lie was considered as a very suspi- cious characteir, who disseminated pernicious doctrines among the slaves, he was peremptorily ordered to quit the island. After the lapse of about two years, Mr. Dumbleton proceeded to Dominica, where he found the society in a very low state, and the prejudices of the planters by no means removed. In consequence of a recommendatory letter from an English nobleman, however, Itie Governor was induced to pro- mise him his protection ; and when tiie people perceived that they could assemble for religious worship with- out molestation, their numbers were rapidly augmented, and be- fore the end of the year the con- gregation had become very consi- derable. Prejudice began now to subside ; and, in the year 1800, many individuals, who had formerly pro- tested against the residence of a DOM missionary in the colony, were ready to contribute towards the erection of a new chapel. Mr. Dumbleton was succeeded by Mr. Boococlc ; but this mission- ary was much debilitated by the ettlects of an unpleasant passage, and preached but twice after m« arrival. His death plunged tho society and congregation into a state of deep distress; as no preacher was on the island to supply hiy place, and many months necessarily elapsed before any assistance could be procured from England. Mr. Shepley arrived at Dominica in February, 1803, and had th« satisfact :m of re-uniting those members of the socit:ty who had been scattered whilst destitute of a pastor. He hud, also, invitations to visit severb' of the ; states; ' ;d on some of these he found tl ^ the negroes, with the consen t >., iheir masters, had erected wooden huts for the celebratio. >f divine wor- ship. Mr. Shepl >y w ts afterwards joined by Mr. Ricaardson, as there were now two principal establish- ments formed in the island ; the one in the town of Roseau, and the other at Prince Rupert's Bay, about 30 m. distant. The marshy situation of Prince Rupert's Bay, however, proved so extremely unhealthy, that Mr. Shepley was repeatedly seized with an intermitting fever, which brought him almost to the grave ; and Mr. Richardson, after an illness of 5 iays, was called to his eternal rewji. In i/ «rated it, they take it home, aia charm against evil spirits and thieves, and as a pledge of good fortune." " When an African is baptized by a priest, and admitted into ti» Romisii church, should he be afteN wards robbed of his property, in- stead of going to an Obeah man, to get him to perform certain magical tricks, in order to put the thief to excruciating pain, until he die or restore the stolen goods ; he bringi a number of candies to burn in tke church, and is told that as long as those candles continue burning, the depredator will be in torment." The following account exhibits the last reported state of the mil* sion : — Roseau. — "Our members how have long been remarkalde for steadiness; evincing to all the sin* cerity of their faith, by a conoiit* ency of character becoming the Christian name. The pn^ year DOM (1826) has been one of general prosperity. The work of God has continued to advance in tiie same progressive manner which has al- ways distingiushed our society in this place." " Prejudice has likewise yielded to the force of truth in the minds of many respectable individuals formerly belonging to the church of Rome." Saint Josepk. — " Here we have had to contend with serious diffi- culties. Our proceedings have been regarded with jealousy, and oar minds w:>unded by a spirit of opposition j yet, under every disad- vpntageeus circumstance, our so- ciety has prospered, and the in- fluence of religion is evidently ex- tending among the slaves in Layon- Valley. The conduct of those \vho belong to us is such as merits the highest approbation. '^ Calihdut. — " Here wo have no society ; but pleasing prospects pre- sent themselves." Prince Rupert's. — " Here we have suftWed considerably from the want of a chapel. The situa- tion of the people calls loudly for Christian sympathy. Visited only once a month by a preacher— des- titute of a chapel — poor in their circumstances, and unable to build one,— they can only wait till Chris- tian liberality comes forward to their relief. Here we have up- wards of 100 members, with the prospect of increasing usefulness." Latoye.-^—" Here the same want meets ua. This society is visited ooce in two months ; and, consider- ing the little influence we have over them, continues to prosper. Here ve have the largest congregation in the whole island: the people hear with attention, and the gene- ral testimony borne in tneir favour h)' those who are competent judges, BMures us they have not received the grace of God in vain. Number DOO in society — Whites 12, Free colour^ ed 177, Slaves 374; total 463." Se/iools.—" The stateof the JDo-, niinica Sunday-school is such as, calls for our gratitude. In number, , we have increased somettung; in, regular attendance much. We. have also been favoured with «. number of teachers, who appear to take great interest in the si.hool. Those children who can mike it convenient to attend, an also taught three mornings in the week, and catechised by the missionary. The blessed effects of religious in-- struct'on have been seen here, as. well as in other places. We have many young persons, of both sexes, who were brought up in the school, who are now steady members in the society, and adorn their profession by a useful ife. Others are teach- ers in the school ; and several of the larger girls are met in class, preparatory to their being admitted into the society. Number in ttM school — boys 60, girls 78, teachers 16 ; total 163." Mr. Dawes, agent of the C, M. S., opened a school at Roseau in. 1823, and procured the organiza- tion of an auxiliary society, which: is cordially patronized by the most distinguished and respectable per- sons on the island. DONEGAL, a town of Ireland, where the ff^. S. has a missionary. DOORGAPORE, a town in. Bengal, Hindoostan, 4 miles from Calcutta, in the midst of u nume- rous heathen populdtion. In 1819, a station was formed here by the liapt. M. H. ; where a neat place of worship now stands by the side of the public road, in a , very favourable situation for col- lecting a congregation. It has been visited by several labourers. In 1 826, it was stated that a number of poor natives of the lowest class, whose conduct had always been so , riotous and disorderly as greatly to 887 fa DRE vnnoythe missionaries, bad come forward of their own accord, to re- quest that a service might be held once a week for their accommo- dation ; and even oftered, out of their own pfoperty, to defray the expense of lighting the chapel on the evenings when they assemble. DRESDEN, a city in Germany, on the Elbe. Population, in 1811, 45,000, many of whom are Jews. It contains 1 1 Lutheran churches, 2 Catholic, and 1 Calvinist. The L. ./. S. stationed Mr. J. P. Goldberg, a converted Jew, in this city, in 1822, to instruct his bre- thren according to the flesh. He has opened a school for Jewish children, and his labours have been much blessed. An institution has been formed, under the patronage of many distinguished men, for promoting true biblical knowledge among the Jews; and a Ladies' Association also, under equally dis- tinguished patronage. The greater partof the J ews begin to inqu ire into the truth of Christianity ; and the New Testament, and other works, are read with avidity by multitudes. DIJM-DUM, a military station, about 7 m. N. E. of Calcutta, oc- cupied by the E. L Company's a. tlllery. The Serampore missionaries have long preached the Gospel to the European sol(*>ers here, as circumstances woulu allow ; and have employed a native brother to preach it in Hindoostnnee and Bengalee to their wives, who, in general, are either natives, or the daughters of European soldiers and native mothers; and therefore speak the native languages. From these labours a church has been raised, of a very pleasing rhnracter. Ill members are liahlr to be scat- tered over all parts of the country ; and though this subjects their re- ligious principles to rather severe trial, yet tiiey frequently are made DUS the means of doing good, and of spreading the knowledge of sttl>>a. tion where it was unknown or un- attended to before* The number of members in communion at pre- sent cannot be less than 30 ; these are all females, with the exception of 4 soldiers, and the native preach- er, whose ministry has been greatly Messed ; and there is now a good work going on amongst the Euro- peans. During the year 1 8i6, nine women were baptized, and added to the church : there was, also, one soldier ; but be has fallen awny. Soobhroo devotes much of his time to the instruction of his flock, and the remainder to the superin- tendence of two native schools, and the preaching of the Gospel both in them and in the btusaars and vil- lages around the station. DUSSELTHAL, an asylum for Jews, near Dusseldorf, at the junc- tion of the Rhine and Dussel riveni, in the Prussian dominions. E. long. 6». 46', N. lat.fil". 14'. In 1810, Count Von Der Retake erected an institution here for the reception of orphans and the chil- dren of criminals; and in lNi2, enlarged his original plan, so as to embrace such Jews as may deslrv a knowledgeof the Christian religion, and wish to be colonized. Accord' ing to their dispositions and talents, instruction is given in agriculture, the mechanic urt«, or manufacture!!. This Is intended as a preparatory school for the American Jewish colony ; and there is much reasuii to hope that there will soon h«< gathered, by this means, a people of the Ixird from among the d«- scendants of Abraham. In April, 1823, the Count states, "We nn' already pretty numerous hen', about 80 Christian children, uuiun^r whom the grace of (i(>>l ih richljr displayed, llvn h«p|)lly and content- ed in our asylum. With the .lews of the institution, we are «oniethiiu[ like 12 of the Early i leamini log sp Jews f receivec sake of beyond tion. The( sum of s of40ac a mona passed b, the peri incaae o TheR sited it ] its impro workshof I was d( the prose but also t pressions change th B wander useful ind have still snce, am laws of st tion of p( an access inprovem exU«s, in ' are broug] tian charll cleanliness ting to ru which, a would ha^ •od, unde (elves to ed, and listening U and evfi^jf " On W most intei place; -8 into the C lisoi, in a Mr. Tre and of lOT uu- number i at pra- 0; these xception » preach- n greatly K a good he EuTo- g;i6, nine ,ml added , also, one i away. ;h of his [ his flock, « superin- shoots, and pel both In rs andvll- Der Rwke ere lor the td the chil* a In IW3, 'an, so as to imy desire a ,un relinlon, il. Accord- land talents [RgrlcultHif, linnfactures. preparatory jan Jewish luich reason \\\\ siwn Ih> DUS like 120 persons, to whom the band of the Lord gives daily bread." Early in 1824^ young Jews were learning different trades, and press- ing applications were made by Jews from different parts to be received into the institution for the sake of Christian instruction, far beyond the means of accommoda- tion. The Count has purchased, for the sum of 20,000 rix- dollars, an estate of 40 acres, with buildings used as a monastery, the w^ole encom- passed by a wall } and provided for the permanency of the institution in case of bis decease. The Rev. Mr. Treschow, who vi- sited it in 1826, was gratified by Its improved state. He says, •* The workshops are in full activity, and I was delighted, not only to see the proselytes cheerfully employed, but also to hear from their lips ex- pressions of gratitude for the happy change they have experienced, from a wandering life to regular and useful industry ; but the workshops have still a very humble appear- ance, and all is regulated by the laws of strict necessity. An addi- tion of pecuniary means would be an access of neatnesi?, and many improvements. An institution here ezUtS, in which 24 adult Israelites are brought up, by the aid of Chris- tian charity, in habits of regularity, cleanliness, and Industry ; submit- ting to rules and privations, from which, a few years back, they would have shrunk with horror; and, under rebukes, suffer them- selves to be Instructed, reprimand- ed, and corrected, like children, listening to the sound of the Gospel, and every rf(iy bowing their Atue$ it/ore a crucified Hedeemer," " On Whitsunday, in last year, a DKMt interesting occurrence took place',- 8 converts were received uto Uie ChrUtlan church, by bap- Usau In a very solemn manner." Mr. Treschow la^s in a suhse- DUS quent letter, — " I rejoice to say that the institution still goes on well ; se- veral of the 8 proselytes, who were baptized on Whitsunday, came ori- ginally to Dusselthal, with no other intention than that of working for a short time as journeymen, and were far from intending to be- come Christians. A few of these still remain in the institution, others of them have left it to exercise their trade in other places, and all of them have continued to do ho- nour to their profession by their Christian conduct." "A young Jew had been admitted into the institution, where he fre- quently annoyed the assembled con- gregation by bis irreverent beha- viour; but on the last Sunday, when the Rev. Mr. Schmidt, in his sermon, was led to speak of persons whose glory is in their shame, who boast even of the crimes they have committed, in cheating or defrauding their neigh- bours, this Individual was Visibly affected, turned pale, and fell into fits. He was carried to his bed- room. After the service was over, he was visited by the minister; on seeing whom, he exclaimed, * I am lost — lost without remedy!* In the course of the conversation which ensued, he confessed his having cheated a widow of 1000 dollars; said that his whole life had been a serie^i of crimes ; add- ing, that even here he had con- tinued in his wicked course, by assuming a false name, after hav- ing robbed a sailor of bis passport. The minister did not palliate the guilt of the penitent, but, as he appeared to be of a contrite heart, set forth the atoning power of the blood and the death of theRedeemer, and encour'iged him to seek par- don through the Lamb of God, which takolh away tho sin of the world. This at length melted the guilty conscience of the sinner, •nd he felt it his duty to go to I' H EIM the place where the widow re- sides, to make an open confes- sion of his crime, and to suffer for it what the law requires. He was seUing out for this purpose, when I left Dusselthal. He has a letter from the superintendent of the institution to the widow, and alsr to the^ authorities of the place, explaining the reason of his comii^ ; and without presuming to inten'ere «vith public justice, the supei ntendent has, in consequence of his conscientious motives in thus giving himself iip to the rigour of the law, recommended him to a favourable consideration. If the widow does not prosecute him, he is determined to pay his debt by working for her. May the /Lord guide and strengthen him to per- SLvere!" I'his account may be properly closed by a letter received from Count von der Recke, dated Jan. 4, 182T. "Your kind letter of the 17th Nov. last, containing the in- formation that an unknown friend bas presented my institution with £50, arrived just at a time when an urgent payment was pressed upon me ; and thus I have expe- rienced once more how the Lord truly and mercifully provides for those who serve him, putting their dependance entirely upon him. " I rejoice in having to give you nothing but favourable accounts respecting my proselyte institution. The advuntuges of the method I buve adopted towards them, are more and more apparent every day." E. s EIMEO, one of the islands of the Pacific Ocean, more com- monly called by the natives Murea. It was formerly independent ; but having been snlijected by the late King, it ail'orded a seasonable re- fuge to his son, when expelled fruiu hii proper dominions. It is EIM said t» be 10 m. or more in length from N. to S. ; and about half as much in breadth. It has a very narrow border of low land along its coast, from which the hills rise in steep acclivities, ex- cept on the N., where a capacious harbour, called Talu, is sheltered from the prevailing winds, and the land has a gradual ascent to the interior. This harbour is situ- ated in 17» 30' S. and 150» W. of Matavdi. In form Eimeo varies greatly from Tahiti, having spa- cious valleys, and several land- locked narbours on its coast. The lower hills are fertile ; but the air is tiiought less salubrious than that of the greater island. Several missionaries of the L. S, having been driven from Tahiti, commenced an establishment on this island, at Papetoai, in 1811. Pomarre showed them much kindness ; and, in the summer of the following year, he gladdened their hearts by declaring his en- tire conviction of the truth of the Gospel, his determination to wor- ship Jehovah as the only living and true God, and his desir^ to make a public profession of his faith by baptism ; but notwith- standing many pleasing appear- ances, they deemed it prudent to defer this ordinance until he should be more fully instructed in the truths of revelation. During the yean 1813 and 1814 an fjbundant blessing was poured out on this station, so that the mis.-ionaries could report that no less than 60 of the natives bud renounced their idols, and desired to be considered as the worship- pers of the Most High. At the commencement of the year 1815, the congregation was considerably increased by nn In- flux of strangers from other islnnu whose earnest desire to receivj re- ligious instruction prompted them from time to time to visit ihh 230 place* ' neral, c the mil ;c^"estt ten dovi oi: the t upwards schools, were ad those wl: to be in Jehovah; and 3 M about th Papetoai brethren Christian and publi the flami speedily f( natives ; former ob^ ship cast niorais an and even ^ place. The congregation, in ge- neral, consisted of about 300, and the number of persons who had xc^nested their names to be writ- ten down as professed worshippers of the true God, was increased to upwards of 800 ; the pupils in the schools, of whom the major part were adults, were about 260, Of those who had desired their names to be inscribed as worshippers of Jehovah, 4 individuals, (1 man and 3 women,) died very happy about this time. The priest of Papetoai (the district in which the brethren resided) also embraced Christianity, renounced idolatry, and publicly committed his god to the flames. His example was speedily followed by many of the natives ; and not only were the former objects of superstitious wor- ship cast into the fire, but the niorais and altars were destroyed ; and even the wood of whi^ they were composed was used to dress common food, of which different classes, and both sexes, partook in- discriminately, in direct violation of ancient customs and prohibitions. The brethren at Eimeo having heard that the attention of some of the people in Tahiti had been drawn to the subject of religion, some of them went over to ascer- tain the truth of this report. Upon ^' vir rrrival, they found that a prayer-meeting had been esta- blished in the district of Pare, with- out the knowledge of any of the missionaries. It originated entirely with 2 of their former servants, named Oitu and Tuabeine.who had enjoyed the means of religious in- struction long before, but remained, according to their own language, among the " greatest and moK^ har- dened tinners in the place." Oitu, having felt strong convictions of guilt, ill consequence of some ex- Sressions which had fallen from the ling, applied to Tuaheine for in- ftrttotion^ knowing that he hud lung EIM lived with the missionaries. This was a means of deepening his con- victions. Both these men now agreed to separate from their heathen com- panions, to converse and pray toge- ther. Thisconduct speedily brought upon them the scoi& and derision of their idolatrous acquaintance ; nevertheless, several of the young people joined them. These formed the prayer-meeting above-mention- ed ; and they had frequently as- sembled, amidst much contempt^ prior to the visit of the missionaries. Two of the brethren, alter having made a tour of the larger peninsula of Tahiti, for the purpose of preaching to the people, returned to Eimeo, and brought over with them Oitu and Tuabeine, and their com- panions, that they might be more thoroughly instructed in the know- ledge of Christianity. In this island the Gospel had now been embraced by abou^ 1200 per- sons ; and in every district a place had been built for Christian wor- ship, in which the people held prayer-meetings three times every Sabbath day, and once every Wed- nesday. Almost every house had family worship daily, and most of the people retired for private devo- tion twice and sometimes three times a day. On the 13th of May, 1818, general meeting was convened in imitation of the meetings held in London, when about 2000 of the natives assembled, and agreed to form an Tahitian A. M. S., to aid the parent society in England in sending the Gospel to other nations. Mr. Nott preached on the occasion to this large auditory, who were very attentive ; after which the King delivered a sensible and interest- ing auu^'tiss of considerable length, on the propriety of forming the proposed society. Withaviewtoex- cite the people to emulation in this good work, lie adverted to the for- mation of similar societies among ff : the Holttentots in. Africa, and to ttieir coQtdbutions of slieepor other property, in places where they had no money. He also reminded them of the labour 'A:hich they had per- formed, and the pains they had taken ioi their false gods, and showed how trifling the olKsrings tltey were called upon to make to iVa true God were, in compKrison with those they formerly oli'ei. d to their idah<; observing futber, that even theiv lives were i;flcrificed to the Gfxl, tbai was inu»;r>l no Got), being nothing but a piece of wood or cocoa-nut husk ! He the n re- commended thwt they shculd coUeci a little property for the spre;:J ot the' Gospel in other islands, v. 'leiv it was not yet enjoyed. He ob- 5i<^rved, ihit although they had no ir*oney, \hsy might give pigs, arrow root, cocoa-nut oil, and cotton, to briy vi^isy with. ** Yet," said ht, « let it not be by compulsion, but voluntary. He thatdesires the Word of God to grow where it has been planted, and to be taken to countrlet.; miserable us ours was before it ' came here, will contribute freely and liberally towards promoting its ex- tension. He who is insensible to its call, or ignorant of its benefits, will not exert himself with this view. So let it be. Let him not be called an illiberal man, neither let the chiefs, his- superiors, be angry with him on that account." Such was the substance of the King's speech. When he drew to the close of it, he proposed that all per- sons present, who approved of the plan, and were willing to unite in piomoting it, should hold up their right bands. A most interesting sight ensued, when in an instant every hand in the assembly was raisi'd, to signify their readiness to unite in the glorious work of spread- ing the Gos|>el of Jesus Cbrisi among the unenlightened heathen, j'omarre then read the rules of the proposed society ; persons were ap- pointed as treasurers and secretaries £IM in the several districts of the island | and the people dispersed appa. rently highly gratified. In 1 823, a new chapel, of coral rock, was commenced at the sta- tion ii> tijis istHJid, now called Rom bt;>6 Fiace^ Blejt Tc'^^n. A cotton rjuinu? ictoiry wusalsj f erected. The i!«fti\j i..?sof He coiUr/butions dur< iv >irt^ie y.«ar were — JO, "^"^l bamboos I ■ .»i. — b Ij>g 78 t,, 105 baskets of cotton wool, and 17 pigs. Ttie Deputation paid their official visit to this island in 1824, and on tls ot. ;bsion thus yTTote :— '' The c^^lrch w&t was orgapized here in 18i . 'las gicatly increased, and liow^ nunibers i^itnong it3 con)> municunts no fewer than 210, who appear to be truly pious and con< sistent professors of the Gospel, living in great peace and harmony with each other, while their spirit and deportment adorn the doctrine of God their Saviour. Often have we surrounded the table of the Lord with this worthy flock, with inex- pressible delight, while we have H.ssisted in the administration of the Holy Supper. Difl'erence of clime and of colour from ourselves seemed but to endear these our Christian brethren and sisters the more to our hearts. So long as life lasts, we shall remember these sacred sea* sons, both with this and all the other churches in these islands, with the noblest feelings of Christian afivc* tion ; while sorrow fills our hearti that we shall breal: bri.ad and drinit wine with the *• ' to more, till we sbidi drink it new in our Father's kingdom, While we have reason to think well of tht piety of the members of the church, a irenernl air of seriousnen WHS t'ver api'arent in the whole con> gregation, who crowd the place on Lord's days, and on other occasiomi and the greatest decency of dresii is seen throughout among both sexes, many of whom dress in European clothing." 232 island) I appa* of coial the sta- lled Ro» A cotton ted. Tbd ions duT- bamboos than the ofarroMv ton wool, (itlon pidd island in Lsion thus organized increased, ; its com* i210, who s and con- he Gospel, kd hannony their spirit the doctrine Often have of the Lord with inex- J we have ration of the [)ce of clime elves seemed iir Christian more to oui e Isusts, we sacred sea* all theothet ids, with the [ristian affec* is ourhearti ,ad and drinit •e,till we shall [ht's kingdom. to think well imbers of the f seriousnen le whole con- the i)laceon ler occasions) cy of dre«K Is Ig both sexes, in European S32 e In the following year, the build- ings and various apparatus of the cotton factory were completed. On the 1st of March, Mr. Armi» tage, its superintendent, received the first supply of native cottt>n, collected by members of the Tahi- tian Ai S. On the 6th of July, the operation of carding was com- menced ; on the 26th of Sept. that of warping the first web ; and on the 30th, the process of weaving. The natives, who were incredulous as to the possibility of producing cloth from cotton, were highly gra- tified by receiving ocular demon- stration of the fact. Since that period, the adult and children's schools have considerably increased as to number, and Improved as to diligent application . All die lee rn- ers are divided into classes, and ranged under proper teachers. Both the schools are now under Mr. Henry's superintendence j Mr. Armitage's engagements, in con- nexion with the cotton factory, having rendered it necessary that he should relinquish the boys' school. Mrs. Henry has taken the girls' school at Bunnell's Place, under her immediate charge. The number baptized at this sta- tion is 10 adults and 38 children. Members added to the church, 31. The whole number in communion, in May, 1825, was 270: in 1825-6, five of the members removed by death ; i^o of them were very bappy, and the others with a gfood hope. During the same period, 3 of the members were excluded j of whom I, on repentance, has been restored. A Raiutenn, who, about two years ago, had acquired undue influence over the minds of some of the judges in Eimeo, and had begun to use it to the prejudice of the mis- !iionaries, has become, Mr. Henry hopes, a sincere convert. He came voluntarily to the missionary, and acknowledged his criminal conduct, professed repentance, has been EIM since baptized, and, as far as ap. pears, behaves consistently. A Bg~ nevolent Society, superintended by Mrs. Henry, has been instituted among the native females, with whom she keeps up her conversation- meetings as formerly. — A good mis- sion-house, 60 feet by 31, has been built by the natives for Mr. Henry, who receives, from time to time, many proofs of their attachment and affection. The people here, urged by the privations and sufferings they have endured from the scarcity of the preceding season, have fenced a considerable extent of ground, and brought it into cultivation. — The cotton factory is still under the di- rection of Mr. Armitage. It has met with many difficulties, arising from local circumstances; but, under more favourable auspices, no doubt as to its success is enter- tained. A quantity of strong calico, preferred by the natives to that brought by vessels touching at the islandr has been manufactured. There is another station of the L. M, S. on this island, at Bogue's Harbour, called Griffin Town, where the Rev. Mr. Orsmond la- bours. In 1825-6, the buildings of the South Sea Academy were com- pleted : 17 pupils were received ; all, with the exception of the young king Pomarre, then about 7 years of age, children of the missionaries, for whose benefit the institution WHS founded. The natives also erected a chapel, which was opened on the 8th of May, 1825. Two native schools, one for adults and another for children, were likewise formed, and placed under the care of native teachers. — In 1826, the number of youths in the academy, including the young king Pomarre (who departed this life on the 11th of January, 1827, after a few days* illness), was 27. The result of an examination was satisfactory. Mr. mid Mrs. Blossom, with the X 2 233 ELI full concurrence of tbe missionaries, removed from Blest Town to Bogue's Harbour, to take the general superintendence of the ex- ternal afiairs of the academy; by this arrangemmt Mr. and Mrs. Orsraond have been enabled to de- vote much more of their time and attention to the work of t lition. Notwithstanding some instances of exclusion during the past year, the church under Mr. Orsmond's care is in a flourishing state, Me preaches 3 or 4~time3 during the week, and the congregation at- tends with commendable regularity. Mr. O. continues, as far as hid duties in connexion with the aca- demy will allow, to engage, beside his public ministry at the Station, in general missionary services. He has prepared a Catechism and a small book of Exercises, in Tahi- tian ; also a dictionary of that lan- guage, which is nearly finished. He has also translated several por- tions of the Bible into Tahitian. The people of the station are laud- ably engaged in building dwelling- houses, and making gardens tor themselves } in which labours they would have made greater progress, had they not latterly employed a portion of their time In the erec- tion of the chapel at Blest Town, of which they have performed a moi'-ty of the stone work. Tbe marriages, at the two mis- sionary stations in Eimeo, during 1825-6, were 10. ELIM, first called fogelatringa- kraal, a settlement of the United Brethren on New Year's River, near Cape Aiguallns, 10 or 12 hours' ride S. E. from Gnadentbal, ^ E. from Hemel en Aarde, which last Is 7 hours S.W. from Gnndenthal ; the 3 settlements thus iormlng the points of a tri- angle, each being a day's journey, on horseback, from the other. The fir'^t ndult heathen was baptised here on Oct. 9, l%26. About 200 ELL strangely celebrated the foUowfiig new year's festival. In the begin' ning'of Feb. 1826, the settieinent had TO inhabitants, and the gar- dens were in a flourishing state : the third crop of beans, within 8 . months, was in forwairdness pn the same piece of ground. Brother Luttrlnghad greatly improved their nilU, wliich was resorted to from all quarters. He also attends to p .ally school for the children of, the settlement, and to a Sunday- school for those of slaves, Hot- tentots, and farmers. Of the state of this mission he gives tbe follow- ing account;-^ "Our neighbours are friendly and well disposed to- wards us; externally we have no cause for complaint. As to the spiritual course of our small con- gregation, we may with truth as- sert, that the blessing of God our Saviour attends our labours ; though it cannot be denied, that Satan also endeavours to set his snares in the way, when souls are awakened by the Gospel, fearing to lose bl8 prey." ELLIOTT, a station of the American Board of Commiasioneri for Foreign Missions, among the ChoctawN, within the chartered limits of Mississippi, about 100 m. from the northern line, and near tbe middle of the state from £. to W, It is near the Yalp Busha Creek, about 40 m. above its junc- tion with the Yazoo ; 400 m. W. S. W. Brainerd, and 145 N. E. Walnut Hills. W. long. 80« Stf, N. lat. 33" 30*. By means of the Valo Busha, Yazoo, and Mississippi, it has a communication with New Orleans. The Rev. Cyrus Kingsbury and Mr. L. S. Williams commenced this station In an entire wilU<>rnes.^, in 1818 : they were soon joined by others. In April, 1819, a school was opened, which consisted of about 60 pupils at the end of the year j all boarded in the family. 234 In Mi it was school i terian j generalj progress made to ment oi average dollars k InlSS of 70 a0] stocked, buildings lars. ^ March 21 Mr. B: time in r raents of This stati honour ol who, in tl England, salvation ( lated the languages, EMM^ Long Prt easterly fr which sef Alabama, white sett E. side among tbe populous Messrs. ter, A. Dy son, mech Board of ( 1822. AiU ings for th was op^nt vourable ENGL Bengal, n N. of Calc ■About 1 convert of moved fror and labf)ur ^''i'i and •I'd vlijage i begin'' ;Ueitnent lie gar- g state : i^ithin 8 is on the Brother ved their to from ttends to lildren of . Sunday- ?s, Hot- the state te foilow- eighbouis posed to- I have no .s to the mall con- truth as- f God our rs ; though hat Satan s snares in av«rakened to lose hi8 n of the imiasioneri [imong the chartered out 100 m. and near Tom E. to alp Busba ir(« its June- 400 m. W. 145 N. E. 89" 50*, N. of the Yalo Ississippi. it with New igsbury and commenced wlld'Tnesa, >n joined by 9, a school consisted of end of the the family. S34 2MM h tS22 ttie number was SO ; but it was diminished in lSt23. The school is conducted on the Lancas* terian plan, and the pupils havei generally made very satisfactory progress. The annual allowance made to this school by the goverii- ment of the United States, may average 1000 dollars ^beside 2000 dollars for the erection of buildings. In 18^2, the property, consisting of TO acres of improved land, well stocked, and having convenient buildings, amounted to 15,'490 dol- lars. A church was organized, March 28th, 1819. Mr. Byington has devoted much time in reducing to four the ele- ments of the Choctaw language. This station was named Elliott, in honour of the Rev. John Elliott, who, in the first settlement of New England, laboured much for the salvation of the natives, and trans- lated the Bible into one of their languages. EM^fAUS, sometimes called Long Prairies, about 140 m. S. easterly from Mayhew,near the line which separates Mississippi from Alabama, and about 2 m. from the white settlements at the S., on thi E. side of Juckatunnee Creel., among the Choctaws, in the mo't populous clan in the S. E. district. Messrs. M. Jewell, schoolmas- ter, A. Dyer, farmer, and A, Gl' a- son, mechanic, from the American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions, were stationed here in 1822. A iter erecting suitable bulld- jnc^s for the establishment, a school was opf ned, July, 182.3, with fa- vourable prospects. ENGLISH BAZAR, a town in Bengal, near Malda, about ITO m. N. of Calcutta. About 1815, Kflstnoo, a native convert of the Bapt. Mission, re- moved from Goamulty t*> this place, and laboured with some success in this and the neigl".bouring towns «i?d villages. END ENNIS, a borough : Ireland^ capital of Clare county, in which the fV. S. has a missionary. ENON, a station of the United Brethren, upwards of 500 m. E. of Cape Town, in the district of Uitenhagen, Cape Colony, S. Africa, near Algoa Bay. The brethren commenced their efforts, in 1818, for the benefit of the Hot- tentots, with the best prospects 0f success; the government having assisted them in procuring Iqnd for a settlement; but early in 1819, the predatory Caffires came upon it, and drove off 235 head of cfittle. Not content with this, they bar- barously murdered 9 of the Chris- tian Hottentots, and the station was broken up. Most of the stock was, however, retaken, and mis- sionary labour was resumed. Of the rapid and interesting improve- ments subsequently made, an accu- rate idea may be formed from the following remarks of the Rev. H. P. Hallbeck, contained in a letter dated Nov. 30, 1821 :— " What I felt at the first sight of this village of the Lord, no lan- guage is able to tlcccribe : I had, indeed, been informed of the changes that had taken place here since I first witnessed its begin- nings ; but even the lively descrip- tions given in brother Schmidt's letters, presented things much more faiiiily than I now saw them with niy own eyes. The wilderness and the impenetrable thicket of 1819 were still present to my imagina- tion. Judge, therefore, of my surprise, when I saw that wilder- ness transformed into fruitful gar- dens ; that thicket extirpated, and a fine vineyard planted in its place ; the lurking places of tigers de- stroyed, and in their stead the com- fortable habitatioiis of men erected. ' Imagine my heartfelt pleasure, when on the spot where two yeats ago wu knelt down in the fresh track of an elephant, and offered 235 m m lENO K)g our first prayer, I now found a beautiful orange tree, adorned at once with ripe fruit and fragrant blossoms ; and when, shortly after niy arrival, I was invited to tea under the huge yellow tree, in the shad'; of wL and I told hini that if he would suffer me to preach to his negroes, it would save him a great deal of trouble. I went to .the robberi conversed with him, and left him apparently sorry for his past wick* edness, and purposing to act very difterently in future. The maatet otfered me a large warehouse for worship, and has since fitted it up for that purpose. I preach in it to all his negroes, who, with his own family, and many other8> attend from the neighbourhood. The late robber himself. I am happy to state, manifests a real change of life and heart, to tbd truth of which bis master bears a pleasing tesUmony. He has been recei^^d as a scholar into our Sunday •scflool, and has since requested to be admitted on trial as a member of society. Our excellent governor lately visited, with his secretary and a member of the council, the Sun- day-school ; and expressed his high satisfaction with the improve- ment of the children. 23T Ji m n In 1S23, the missionaries say, *' We have much pleasure in being able to report the spiritual pros- perity of the society in this island, although the past year has been to our people a year of distress and trial, arising from the want of many of the common neces- saries of life. They have, how- ever, manifested the sincerity of their faith by their Christian obe- dience, and their love for the ordi- nances of the Lord's house. Our prospects of future usefulness are of an encouraging nature ; our con- gregation is large, and very atten- tive during divine service, and we receive great encouragement from the ruling authorities.'' The missionaries observe, in their last accounts, that 'Ube at- tachment of the members to the cause of the Lord Jesus, unites the two characteristics of ardency and constancy, which they display by thfeir exertions to promote it. The congregations continue as large as they have ever been, and are deeply attentive. At the £. side of the island, a place for preaching has been recently ob- tained, and is visited three times a week^ The congregation, though small, is regular, and very atten- tive. Number of members in Town Society— Whites, 13 ; . Free Coloured and Blacks, 76; Slaves 135. E. side do. 20. Total 244. At present there are belonging to the school, 115 girls and 58 hoys. Total, 173." , FIJI ISLANDS. These islands lie between 16" and 19" S. lat., end between 177° and 180" E., and 177" and 180" W. long. Soon after the return of Mr. Davies, of the L. M, A., from a visit to the islands of Raivavai to Tahiti, the members of his church fiJ were r vevicd for the purpose of considering the propriety of send- ing out two of tlieir own body, as teachers, to the island of Lageba, one of the Fiji islands, as the Minerva and Macquarie were on the point of sailing again, in that direction. It seems that several months before, two strangers, from New South Wales, came to Tahiti, with the hope of procuring a passage to the Fiji Islands. What they had seen while in the colony had given them an unfavourable idea of Christianity ; but they acknow- ledged that the new religion, as they called it, had eftected much gooid at Tahiti. They had seve- ral times expressed a wish that teachers might accompany them, on their return home, to instruct the Fijians, and had proposed, as a suitable place for an experiment, the island Lageba, which is not disturbed by wars as Takaunove and Bau, and the other larger islands, are. They also added, that Tuineau, the chief of Lageba, is a quiet and friendly man. At the meeting of the church at Papara, to which allusion has been made, the two strangers being present, it was decided, not in the first instance, to send fa- milies, but that two single men should accompany the strangers, as teachers; and provided they were well treated, and a prospect of success presented itself, that one or two families should follow. Mr. Davies had himself visited the Fiji islands, in the year 1809-10, and had then made some pro* gress in the language. During his short stay there, he wrote down many words and sentences, which, with the assistance of the strangers who were now at Tahiti, he was enabled to revise. He has also compiled a small spelling-book, <&c. in the Fiji language, which has been printed. In this little 238 FOR book, the strangers, before they quitted Tahiti, had made consi- derable proficiency. On tiie 27th of January, the Tabitian teachers, whose names are Hape and Tafeta, were so- lemnly set apart to their work; and, on the 2d of March, accom- panied by the two strangers, sailed in the Minerva, Captain Ebrill, who was bound to the co- lony of New South Wales. Presents were 'given to the strangers, partly for themselves, and partly for the chief of Lageba. FORT GRATIOT, a military post, Michigan territory, on St. Clair river, which defends the en- trance into Lake Huron, and is about a miln below the outlet. In 1821, the Northern M. S. of New York opened a school here for the instruction of Indian children, which was transferred to the United Foreign M. S. (United States) Sep- tember, 1823. Early in 1824, the school consisted of about 15 chil- dren, living in the family. The Rev. S. Hudson is the assistant missionary. FRANKFORT, a large city'in Germany, on the Maine, 20 miles above its influx into the Rhine. E. long. 8". 30'. N. lat. 50". Popu- lation 41,500, of whom about 9000 are Jews. Here are 2 churches for Calvinists, 7 for Lutherans, and 9 for Catholics. Mr. J. D. Marc, a converted Jew, from the L.J.S., has for several years laboured suc- cessfully among the Jews, princi- pally in this city. Many have been baptized ; the prejudices of others against the Gospel are much weak- ened ; multitudes seek opportunities to converse with Mr. M. on the sabject of the Christian religion, and appear desirous to kpow the truth as it is in Jesus. He now resides at Offenbach, which is only a short distance from Frankfort. Thebrotherof the sovereign prince, Christian, who is president of the FRE Darmstadt B. S., has kindly inte- rested himself in his favour, to secure to him the undisturbed exer- cise of his office among the Jews, under the declared protection of government. An auxiliary society has been established, but its funds are very low, and its eiibrts much circumscribed : Jews who apply for Christian instruction receive it; but none have been baptized for a long time. Such as appear to be in earnest, are sent to Dusselthalf with a moderate sum of money, just sufficient to reach that place ; and this is the chief use the society can make of its scanty income. FREETOWN, a seaport of Gui- nea, capital of the colony of Sierra Leone. The harbour has three wharfs, and is protected by a bat- tery. It stands on the S. side of the river Sierra Leone, 7 m. above its entrance into the Atlantic ocean. W. Long. 12» 56', N. lat. S" 30'. Some missionaries from the 0^. S. took up their abode here in 18 16 ; and in 1820, so successful were their efforts, that in Freetown and its neighbourhood, there were in society upwards of 1100 persons, almost exclusively blacks and peo- ple of colour. Some misunder- standings afterwards arose, but the prospect was soon more favourable. A chapel, built by the Maroons at Freetown, was opened, and others at fFest End, Congo Town, and Portuguese Toum, were regularly supplied. The chapel at the latter place was destroyed by a fire, which almost consumed the whole place ; but one of stone was subsequently erected. Towards this work, and the rebuilding of the town, many of the Europeans very handsomely subscribed, among whom were the Governor and the Chief Justice. In 1 823, a painful dispensation of provi- dence deprived this mission, in rapid succession, of both its labourers, i The society was consequently be- reft, for a time, of pastoral care, and ' . 839 i ■■'2 PRE of public ordinances. Two heroic men were at length found to give the preference to this post of danger. One of them, Mr. Pigott, wrote :— " Through the Icind providence of God, brother Harte' and myself arrived here on Friday, March 10, 1894, after a voyage of five weelts. Never could two missionaries be more joyfully received. The news of our anivd soon spread { and to see the poor blades running from one house to another to inform their brethren and sisters~ lifting up their eyes and hands towards heaven — uianlcing and praising God, was such a scene as we never witnessed before ; and we could not for a moment regret having left home to preach salvation to those of whom it may be said, * the fields are white already to harvest." On Saturday, the SOth, I examined the class papers, and met the lead* ers, and was hBpj>y in flnJing that the society bad been wonderfully preserved. On the Stibbsths the leaders have had service in each of our chapels. In the Maroon cha- pel some one regularly read prayers every Sunday morning ; nnd occa- sionally one or two of the leaders gave exhortations. The number of members in i?;,ciety is 81, and there are several on trial. We have called upon several gentlemen, and they promised us every assistance." in little more than 18 months, how ever, Mr. Harte was no more. In 18S0, Mr. Pigott says— " A little after the death of brother H., I began to urge tbr^ friends to get the chapel finished, but was in- formed that nothing more could be done till an old ri<)bt of 93/., which was due for the slates and copper on ^he roof, was paid. I called a trv J6e meeting, pro|NMed to pay the shares in Rmait sums, nnd un- dertoc^ to collect it myself; and I am happy to sav, that during the year, not only has the debt been discharged, but more than that sum FRE again has been coUecte 1 and spent upon the chapel. Concerning Por- tuguese Toivn, we have tried our : utmost to get the chapel finished, but ttad we try in vain, unless we receive help from home. In rela- tion to the circuit, the Lord conti- nues to visit us with his blessing. Out of 20 members that form the class at Portuguese Town, I believe 18 clearly ei\joy the pardoning love of God. Our ch'tpels ar6 pretty well attended ; and our number of menibers this quarter (June) is 84. Since 1818, the colonial schools at Freetown have been comraitted to the care of the C. M. S., and of the chaplains, who have super- intended tb<~ schools, and have faithfully la ^ured to promote the best interests of the people. In 1823, benevolent efforts were much interrupted by the death of both chaplains, and several of the teach- ers. Other labourers were sent out, but bereavements still occurred. The Rev. John Raban, assisted by Mr. George Fox and his wife, who have the management of the schools, had, for some time, the charge of this station. Mr. Raban continued the exer- cise of his ministry till June 1820, when an attack of dysentery, fol- lowed by fever and ague, disabled him from attending to his duties. The usual services at the Court. room had, till Mr. Raban's sick- ness, been regularly performed ; and an increased attention had been manifested by the European part of the congregation, Few interrup* tions had taken place, till the same period, in the services at (iibraltwr Town, on Sunday and Wednesday evenings. A small chapel waji opened there on the Btli of April : from 60 to 70 persons generally attended, with mucu devotion ; and severnl adults had been baptized, or were candidates for baptism. At Michaelmas, Mr. Raban'i disorder, though much abated, iitiU 240 prevented active dut Wellingto; Regent, h tions, kepi Court- houi tar town I left, excep: l)eople the no prospect diate resun; was agreed remove, wi acting gov< FRE prevented bim from resuming his active duties. Mr. Metzger, from Wellington, and Mr. Betts, from Regent, had> with some interrup- tions, kept up the services at the Court-house ; but those at Gibral- tar town had from necessity been left, except in one instance, to the j)eopIe themselves. There being no prospect of Mr. Raban's imme- diate resumption of his labours, it was agreed that Mr. Betts should remove, with the consent of the acting governor, from Regent to Freetown, and be there stationed as second rector ; and that he should visit the mountain villages for the administration of the sacraments. At Christmas, Mr. Betts reports, that the number of baptisms during tlie quarter then ending, had been 23 ; of these, two were adults, who had previously received instruction, and who, tl)ere was good reason to hope, were sincere in their profes- sion of faith. By the returns of the school, it appears that there was an Increase in the number of the scholars. The Colonial school-rooms, which had been occupied by the military as a temporary hospital for about 12 raontlis, were restored, in July, to their original occupants: the supe- rior jiccommodPition afforded by these rooms, immediately increased the attendance. The numbers at Christmns were — boys, 344 ; girls, 19.5. The number of adults in the last quarter, with boys occasionally attending, was 27. In the h«ginning of May, public meetings were held in support of the Auxiliary Bible, Church Mistion- ary, nnd Prayer Book Societies, which were attended by the acting Govornor. With reference to this circumstftnce, Mr. Raban wtites — •* Though ail that zeal was not witnessed on these occasions which was nrdonliy to he desired, yet fnoiiKh was seen to nIFord encou- mgement to future exertions, and to call forth thunicfulness to Uod, who / FRI put it into the heart of the chief magistrate of the colony to counte- nance these benevolent institutions, in a manner so public and decided." FRIED ENSTADT, or Town of Peace, formerly a settlement of the U. B. among the Indians in Pennsylvania. About 1T70, the Christian Indians at Gosh- goshuenk removed here, and at- tempted to form a settlement ; but the outrageous persecution of the heathen Indians induced them soon to remove to GnadenhutteUf on the Muskingum. FRIENDLY ISLANDS, a large collection of islands in the Pacific Ocean, so denominated by Captain Cook, from the apparent disposition of the inhabitants. These islands, of which there are 188, including the Harpies and Vavaoo, are generally very low, not exceed- ing from 10 to 20 feet above the sea. They are all skirted round by a reef of coral rocks, and present a beautiful appearance from the ocean, being almost covered with trees, the most plentiful of which is the cocoa- nut. The soil is generally fertile. Medium E. long. 125", S. lat. 20». The natives have no knowledgw of God, but seem to entertain some confused notions of the immortality of the soul. Their views of this subject are, however, so indistinct and corrupt, as to produce no salu- tary influence on their conduct. Nivigators who first visited these islands, represented the inhabitants as possessing many social qualities, and much gentleness of character ; but subsequent visitors have shown them capable of the greatest ex- cesses of cruelty and revenge. Of the 3 teachers lately sent by the L. M. S. from Rornbora to the Friendly Islands, 2 only appear to have reached the place of their destiflation. These settled in Va- vaoo, one of ih*^ islands of that group; but their labours do not ap- pear to have been attended with any visible benefit to the inhnbitants. n« I FUT; One of them, after the decease of his wife, having fallen into immo- wility, ceased to bear the office of teacher. His colleague has since removed to Tongatabu, and has taken up his residence with one of the chiefs of that island. [See Tons^atabu.] FUTTYGHUR, a town in Agra, Hindoostan, 90 m. N. N. W. of Luclcnow, and adjoining Fur- ruckabad. A Baptist missionary has la- boured here since 1821. Some of the natives have been baptized, and hope of much usefulness has been awakened. A brahmin, named Porundas, on hearing th« Gospel, threw away his poita, and renounc- ed his caste ; and another acknow- ledged that for 9 years he had been anxiously seeking, but all in vain, a solid ground of hope. GALLE,or POINTDE GALLE, a sea- porton the S. coast of Ceylon, in a rich and beautiful district, with a strong fort and a secure harbour. It is populous, and in point of trade ranks next to Colombo. The chief branch of its traific consists in the exportalion of fish to the continent ; but a great part of the products of the island are shipped here for Eu- rope. It is 6H m. S. by E. Co- lombo, E. long. 80" IT, N. lat. 02°. On the arrival of several /res- leyan inis:-ioiiuries at Ceylon, the Rev. Mr. Clougb was appointed to this pliice, where he comlucti'd an English service in the Dutch church every Lord's day, and, by the joint subscriptions of some of his hei'^ers, n private liouse in the fort was fitted up for a weekly lecture, and for the purpose of conversing on spiritual subjects with such persons ns ap- peared to lie under serious Impres- sions. The infant cause whs also essentially benefltetl by the decided patronage of Lord Molesworth ; GAL who frequently appeared In goiik pany with the missionary on public occasions, and was seldom absent from the cottage where the reli. gious meetings were held. On the European residents, this conduct, csi the part of his lordilup, proiiuced the most pleasing e£ft5cts ; and the military were not only induceH to attend to the word of God, but se- veral of the private soldiers united in society, and though a few re- turned to the world, the residue remained stedfast, and some of them died rejoicing In tbe salvation of Christ. Amidst bU the encouragements which he received, and the pleasure which he felt in the prosecution of his present avocations, Mr.Ciough's attention was anxiously directed to the natives of Galle, as the umre immediate objects of his mission. Such, indeed, was his desire to commence his work among them, that he formed the idea of resid- ing entirely with them, in order to study their language, and to exert himself unremittingly for their spj. ritual welfare ; and an event soon occurred, which enabled him to carry this favourite sclienie into execution. He was one day vlsitnl at the government house by tile maha, or great moocieliar of Gidle, a man of good understanding ami n liberal mind, who, from his rank, was possessed of unlimited influ- ence throughout the district. Alter the 'isual compliment.'!, he addressed Mr. Clough in English, and said, " I am come, reverend Sir, toolRr my chil<u; to me ; and wl" renuer vou all tii' «ssistan< for such come pi tened to he found tired am mile froi stone's t kind prof cepted t friendshij moodelia tnce on t Mr. C.'s by some boys in t was so sti Ttsited by sons of VI to inquiff which he through t preter, h« nitiesofc faith in C stances, h them dep with the r Attenda aflbrded A meeting w Budhist Panditta be had acd iience, an marks of resided fo king of tion as a |t (wn eleph tvrMlly ct with them others, un elapsed, w conviction Cbristianit to profess i flees he w( the pari Is posed, Mr Ihe goverr 'iJnt If the <^biiiced Gal . «ssistance in my power.'' Grateful tor such an uneypected and wel- come proposal, Mr. Clough has- tened to visit the premises, which be found situated in a sweetly re- tired and romantic spot, about a mile from the fort, and within a stone's throw of the house of the jdnd proprietor ; and, of course, ac- cepted the generous offer. The friendship and patronage of the moodeliar hud an astonishing influ- ence on the surrounding population. Mr. C.'s school was soon attended by some of the most intelligent boys in the island ; and curiosity was so strongly excited, that he was visited by learned priests, and per- sons of various classes, who came to inquire respecting the religion which he professeu. With these, through the medium of an inter- preter, he had frequent opportu- nities of conversing concerning the faith in Christ ; and, in some in- stances, had the pleasure of seeing them depart, evidently impressed with the result of their inquiries. Attendance at a grand festival aflbrded Mr. C. an opportunity of meetJng with a learned priest of the Budhist religion, named Petrus Panditta Sehara. The reputation fae had acquired raised him to emi- nence, and secured for him various marks of high distinction. He had rraided for ii long time with the icing of Kundy : at his inaugura- tion as a priest he rode on the icing's nwH elepliant, and was indeed uni- vofMlly celebrated. His interview with the missionary was followed by otliere, until about two months had elapsed, when he expressed his first conviction of the divine origin of Cbri.stinnity, and his wish p^iblicly to profess it. Aware of the sacri- fices he would have to mafce, and thf |»eTils to whlc^ he would he ex- {XMeti, Mr. C I. ' his case before Use governor, who liij)dly stated, that If the priest, from '•onvlction, enbittced tha Chti:;tiQn religion, GAL protection should be afforded, and a small allowance granted. In con- sequence of the unavoidable absence of Mr. C. for a short time, this con- vert was placed in much danger: 14 of the head priests w«re sent by the high priest to reason with him, aiui their number in the course of the interview increased to 57. To their arguments, to the tears and threats of destruction by which his family assailed him, and to large presente brought by the head men of the district, Petrus was immovable; and he retired for safety to the house of an European in the fort of Galle, till he received directions to proceed to Colombo. On his arrival at that city, he experienced every Icind and christian attention ; and, though affected by the continued entreaties and remonstrances of his relatives, he steadily adhered to the cause he had espoused. On Christmas-day, 1814, he received the ordinance of baptism, in the presence of a large congregation. This newly converted Christian had received from Mr. C. the va- luable present of a New Testa- ment in Cingalese ; which not only caused him to read it through- out with a mind bent on the search after truth, but induced him, at a numer > meeting of priests of Budhu, M take the Testament with hin, and lecture them, during a whole night, from the Gospel of Maithew, 'vbich they heard *Tith no less astonishment than atiention. The literary qualiflcations of this convert procured lor him the situation of Cingalese translator to the government at a certain salary ; and as his return to Galle would have exposed him to the Insults of those who were most violrntly enraged at his renuncia- tion of Budhism, it was deter- mined that he lehoiild renr.ain at C'olombo, under the cure of Mr. Armour^ the master of the principal •;;?^v GAL school in that city> and that his studies should be directed with a view to his becoming, at some future period, a preacher of the Gospel among his own country- men. At the sfune time, as the change which his sentiments had undergone was likely to produce a peculiar influence on the minds of both natives and Europeans, Mr. C. was requested by the go- vernor to draw up a connected statement of the case; to which his Excellency condescended to prefix an appropriate introduction, and ordered the whole to be in- serted in the Ceylon Government Gazette. The circuit afterwards formed, extended, in one direction, over a tract of country of upwards of 30 miles ; and in addition to the ser* vices conducted in the chapel in the fort, in the English, Portu- guese, and Cingalese languages, there were- in 1.824, 12 places sup- plied with at least one service a week. A considerable part of this work was done jy native young men, whom God had raised up on the spot, and who laboured with great acceptaricc and success. At this time the fort school con- tained 50 boys and 27 girls: 30 boys and 5 girls read the English Testament, -and all of them wrote on paper or slates. The missionaries remark, in a recent communication : — " Among the few who com- pose our little society in Galle, b or 6 profess to enjoy a sense of the favour of God, and their con- duct in general is such us to give satisfactory evidence of their sin- cerity. Tlielr attendance at the class meeting, and other means of grace, is very regular ; and they seem, upon the whole, to be much attached to our discipline. The members of our congregation in the fort, sfem to be generally improvinjf in religious knowledge ; GAM and in many, an outward refomta- tion of conduct has been effected. We hope, however, as they become more alive to the privilege of Christian communion, they will avail themselves of it, and be more decided. As it respects the Cin- galese, we do not feel at liberty to speak with much confidence, as we have so often, been deceived by what we thought promising apr pearances amongst them. There are some, however, concerning whom we are not. without hope; but trust that the kingdom of hea> yen, like a grain of mustard-seed, is taking root in their hearts. Time alone will prove whether our hopes are well-founded. It is our inten- tion, by God's help, to continue to watch over them, and minister unto them with all care and dili- gence, trusting eventually that they will bring forth fruit unto perfection." The C/iftrch, LondM, andBap' tiat missionaries, have laboured here at difterent times, hot have made no permanent settlement. GAL WAY, a borough and sea» port, capital of Galway, a county of Ireland. W. long. 9« 80' ; N. lat. 35<»ir. The IV. M. S. has a missionar) here, who labours also at Conna- mara. GAMBIER, formerly a mission station of the C. M. S. among the Bagoes, West Africa, on the Rio Dembia river, at Kapparoo, a very considerable native t"wn, about 10 m. N.W. of Sierra Leone. The Rev. J. S. Kieiii came here about 1813, and removed to hies de Loss, in 1819, with a view to a more extended field of labour, de- signing at the . A salutary impression was mode on the minds of the children ; several of the girls became hope- fully pious; and the missionary enjoyed the confidence and affec- tion of the natives. GAMMAP, a village ofachief of tbat name, in G. Namaqualand, S. Africa, in the vicinity of Angra Fiquena Bay, more than 300 m. N. of Great Orange R. The bay is frequented by vessels employed in the fishery, and thus occasional intercourse' is maintained between the Europeans and the natives. The Rev. J. Archbell from the ff^. M. S. commenced his la- hours in 1821, with a Hottentot assistant) he endured many discou- ragements and hardships, yet h^d some pleasing fruits of his eilbrts, till 1823, when the disturbed state of the country induced him to re- move. GAN.TAM, a very populous town, in Orissa, Hindoostan, ca- pital of the district of Ganjam, 369 m. S. Calcutta. The Rev. Wm. Lee from the L. M. S, re- moved from Vizngapatam to this place in 1 813,with the pleasing pro- spect of usefulness, espec iaily as oflB- ciating chapluiii of the settlement. A bouse for public worsljlp wa.> erected by the assistance of govern- ment, in whiclt a considerable con- gregation attended, and n native school was established. Mr. L. continued to labour with accept- ance and some success till 1810, when the prevalence of a malig- nant fever among the people, and tile state of Ills own health, ren- dered it expedient for him to retire. GAYA, a town of Hindoostan, in Bahar, and the capital of the Bahar district. It consists of two parts: the old town, on a rocky eminence, wholly occupied by priests ; and the other part on a plain, the residence of tradesmen V GIB , and others, called Sahebguhge» It is a celebrated place of worship ; the last is now visited by numerous pilgrims, and stands on the left bank of the Fulgo. 55 m.S. by W, • of Patna. E. long. 86", N. lat. fl4" 49'. Mr. Forbes, a native of India, resided here on his own estate, which comprised several villages, and laboured In connexion with the Baptist M. S. for several years. His efforts appear to have been useful. GEORGIAN, or WINDWARD ISLANDS, four islands in the South Seas, so called in honour of our late king. Through the in- fluence of missionar-ies, idolatry has been renounced, Christianity intro- duced in its stead, and the temporal and moral state of the people has been impro\«d almost beyond any former example. (See Burder's • . Point, Bogue Town, Eimeo, Hawei$ Town, Hidda, and Tahiti.^ GIBRALTAR, a town in the S. of Spain, between the Atlantic and Mediterranean, on the N. W. .«i ie of the promontory, belonging to the British. In the bay, it is said, more than 3000 sail of shipping anchor annually, a considerable part of which are English or Ame- rican. The town is large and .strongly fortified : the population, exclusive of the garrison, is about 12,000, combining British, Spa- niards, Italians, and Jews, all attracted by mercantile enterprize. The Jews amount to nearly 2000. W. long. 6" 10', N. lat. 37" T. The Rev. Wm. Croscombe, from the fV. M. S., laboured here for sonic time, and the station for a long period has been highly bene- ficial, especially to the soldiery. Within a year, including part of 1821-2, 60 members were admitted into the society. Considerable exertions were also made to supply the neighbouring parts of Spain with copies of th© Y 2 -J.\5 \v Sciriptures in Spanish, tt tiumbelr of Which have, at ditterent times, been kindly furnished by the British and Foreign B. S., and useful tracts were distributed among the Spaniards. F. U. Tripp, Esq. Cap- tain in his Majesty's 26th regiment, \(ras one of the fruits of this mission. In token of bis regard, he left by will £50 to the funds of the society, and £600 to liquidate the debt on the mission chapel. The Rev. Messrs. Dixon and Barber succeeded Mr. Croscombe in 182S. Not only are the English congregation, the society, atid the school, at present in a state of re'' - gious prosperity, but the preacLiiig and other services in the Spanish tongue, still promise to be useful to many of the Spaniards, occasionally or permanently resident on this station. The Scriptures atid useful tracts in that language continuu to be circulateu. and are received with great eagerness \ and in many in- stances are conveyed into Spain, notwithstanding the vigilance of the priesthood. GLOUCESTER, atown of libe- rated negroes, Siena Leone, W. Africa, situated between Free Town and Regent's Town* The Rev. H. During, from the O, M. S., commenced his labours Dec. 1816, and found lOTmiserable beings, almost entirely without shelter, who had recently been released from the f'hains of the slave-trader) and sent ijito this ''i rest with an European to manage them : many of them, by want and sickness, were '•educed to mere skeletons. Reside super- intending the tempo; •■ concerns of the settlement) Mr. and Mrs. D. Mton opened schools, and under their fostering care a flourishing settle- ment arose from the most unpro- mising materials. In 1823, there were about 150 communicants, and 4ifi pupils in the schools. In Aug. of that year, Mr. and Mrs. D. Miiod fur England, but the vessel GLO and all on board are supposed iti have been lost at sea. William Tamba, the i^ative teacher, laboured diligently, after this most distressing event, and the Rev. Chas. Kniglu, was sent to his aid, but was re- moved by death within a few weeks after he entered on the duties of his station. The former reported, at Lady-day 1825, that the schools had been kept regularly, and spoke well of the progress which both the bojs and girls were making. There were in the schools, at Christmas, 59 boys and 95 girls. The Lord's Supper had been regularly admi- nistered every month, with one exception — when circumstances prevented the Rev. Mr. Gerber's atter'fhmce. The number of com- municants residing in the parish is l;^8. The Sunday and week-day services are well attended; tlie number^ on the Sunday averaging 400, and on the week-days 170. The people conduct themselves on Sundays in an orderly and quiet manner, and go to church cleanly and neatly dressed } a few only ex- cepted, who still follow their coun- try fashion. The lives of many of the communicants afford hopeful evidence th''' they are true Chris- tians; con. citation at the Saturday evening meeting is often edifying ) and many fervent petitions are of- fered up at prayer meetings, for their countrymen, for the society, and for more labourers. The surplus produce brought to sale during 1825, was — £ s. d. Cocoa, 225T bush, at I*. 112 17 Cassada, 2285 bush, at 9d. 85 13 £198 10 9 After the death of Mr. Knight, Mr. Lisk had the care of this sta- tion. He continued in charge of it till the Rev. Alfred Scholding was placed here, at the enJ of February, nnd afterwards assisted In the duties of it, till his depurturo Sltt GNA for £ igland about the beginning of April, 1826. It pleased God, soon after Mr. Scholdinjf's anival, to visit Glou- cester M^ith a series of aJBSictive events, which entirely deprived its inhabitants of any regular Euro" pean instruction. From these losses, it is obvious that Gloucester is in a very destitute condition t Matthew T. Harding, a native assistant, has now the charge of it ; while Wil- liam Davis, from Leicester, renders what assistance he is able. In August, Mr. Beits' reports, that the place looked deserted ; the church had scarcely a whole win- dow in it, and the dwelling-house and school were much out of repair. Attendance on the means of grace has, however, since been on the increase. GNADENHUTTEN, or Tents of Grace, formerly a settlement of the if. B., in Pennsylvania, about 30 m. from Bethlehem, near the junction of Mahonj' and Lecha rivers, which was com- menced for the benefit of the Christian Indians who were driven from Sheicomelto by the whites, in 1T44, and soon became a regular pleasant town, with a place for worship and a school. The congre- gation increased to 500, and the mission produced salutary impres- sions on many heathen Indians. During the war with France, the brethren were called to peculiar suiTerings: not only were they obliged to pay a sort of tribute to the Iroquois, as an acknowledgment of their dependence on that war- like nation, but a new and singular message was sent to them, to the following effect: — " The Great Council of the Iroquois, in Onon- da^, speak the truth and 'lie not. They rejoice that some of the be- lieving Indians have removed to Wayomik ; but now they lift up the ramaining Mahikans and Dela- \Y<\res, and set them down in GNA Wayomik also ; for there a fire fs kindled for them, and there they may plant and think on God i but if they refuse to hearken to this mes- sage, the Great Council will come and cleanse their ears with a red hot iron (implying that they would burn their houses), and shoot them through the head with musk«t balls. ' * This menace induced some of the congregation to remove, but the majority resolved to con- tinue Vrith their teachers ; some of them observing, in reference to the threat of the Great Council, •* The God who created and redeemed us, is also able to protect us \ nor need we dread the displeasure of man, since not a hair can fall from the head of a Christian without the di* vine permission." The missionaries at this station now began to resume their itinerant labours among the heathen re- siding at a distance ; and, though the journies which they performed were attended with many inconve<- niences and dangers, they considered themselves amply remunerated for all their toils, when, through the instrumentality of their preaching) converts were added to the church, and those who had already cast In their lot with the people of God, were seen to continue in the faith and hope of the Gospel. Little did some of them suppose, whilst thus rejoicing over their occasional visits, that so terrific a catastrophe awaited them at home. On the commencement of hosti^ lities between the French and English, an Indian war broke out, accompanied by its usual horrors, and spreading consternation and dismay through ali parts of the country. The flrst outrage was committed in the vicinity of Sbo- mokin, where three of thu Moravian missionaries resided ; but by the overruling providenc** of Gov!, they were m«rcitully preserved. The bre- thren at Gnudi'nhutten, however, SIT viho had resolved to remain af thefr { post, notwithstanding the imminent danger to which tliey were exposed, as friends oftte British government, iWere doomed to drink the cup of bitterness, even to the dregs. In the evening of Nov. 24, 1756, whilst the brethren in the mission- house were sitting at supper, they heard an onusual barking of dogs, fol- lowed by the report of a gun. Some of them immediately wesir to the door, w.ien they perceived, to their unspeakable terror, a party of French Indians, witii their nmskets pointed towards the house ; and in the space of a second they fired, and killed Martin Nitscbman on the spot: his wife and some others were wounded, but they precipi- tately rushed up stairs to the garret, and barricadoed the door so firmly with bedsteads, that their savage pursuers found it impos'^iVie to force it open. Resolving, however, not to be dis- appointed of their prey, the san- guinary monsters set fire to the house, which in a short time was completely enveloped in fiames. Two of the brethren had pre- viously eftected their escape by jumping out of a back window, and now one of the sisters and u boy saved their lives by leaping from the burning roof. One cf the missionaries, named Fabricius, attempted to follow their example, but, being discovered by the In- dians, they dispatched him with their hatchets, cut away his scalp, and left him lifeless on the ground. All the others, who had fled to the garret, were burned to death. Mr. Senseman, who on the first alarm bad gone out at the back door, hmi the heart-rending anguish of beholding his wif^ perish in this dreadful manner. When literally surrounded by the devouring eie- ment, this excellent woman was heard to exclaim, in the true spirit of a Christian martyr, "Dear Sdviow'! (fit all well. *^ No tes» than 11 pfrsons perished on this melancholy occasion, viz. 7 mis- sionaries, 3 of their wives, and a female child only 15 months old ! The inhuman savages having completed their work of butchery at the mission-house, set fire U, the stables, and thus destuyed all the corn, hay, and cattk They then regaled themselve with a hearty meal and departed. They afterwards returned, how- ever, to bum the town and ravage the plantations; but the wide of the congregation providentially escaped, having fled to the^ woods as soon as they saw the mission- house in flames, and were apprised by one of the brethren of the trngicol catastrophe. Dreadful and disastrous as were these events, they became the means, in the hand of Divine Providence, of averting a much more extensive calamity : a de- termination having been formed that such a carnage should be shortly made In all the Moravian settlements, as had never pre- viously been heard of in North America. A station was afterwards formed, about a mile from Bethlehem, called Nain; and the members soon increased, so as to render it expedient to form another. With this view, the brethren purchased about 1400 acres behind the Blue Mountains, whither several repair- ed, and built a town culled f^Fech- quetank. During the war in 1763, the brethren and the Christian In- dians were forced to abandon these settlements, and the Indians were taken under the protection of go- vernment at Philadelphia. Even in these circumstances, the fur/ of the mob could scarcely be restram- ed ; for the whites were inveterate against all Indians, however peace- able or friendly. After the ces- sation of hostilities, u settlement 24ti GNA vas formed on the Susquebannah, gnd called Friedemhut/en, or "Tents of Peace." Here they erected 13 Indian huts, and more then 40 houses in the English style. The settlement was frequented by heathen Indians from all quarters ; schools were f.iu;>>li.shed, and the j;vt»';ching of the i ^spel appeared tc oe blessed to tnt* conversion of many. The treachery of the Iro- quois, however, in selling to the Engliih the land which they had formdly ceded to the Christian Indians at this place in 1765, com- pelled the congregation, consisting of 241 persons, to abandon that settlement, and thoy removed to Gnadenhutten on the Muskingu> i. GN A.DENHUTTEN, formerly a mission station of the U. B. in Ohio, on the Muslcingum, commenced in 1712, by the Rev. David Zeis- berger, together with 240 Christian Indians, who were obliged to abandon Friedenshutten. These were soon followed by the congre- gation at Friedenstadt. The Christian Indians were all DOW collected at 2 settlements on this river. The other station, formed a short time before about 10 m. up the river, was called Shoenbrunn, or the Beautiful Spring. Here, as at their former settlement, they were at first ha- rassed by Indian wars ; but peace was at length restored, and their prospects of usefulness, among the neighbouring Delawares, were flat- tering. Several became hopeful converts. In compliance with a request Lvm the Delawares, who voted in full council to receive the Gospel, another settlement was commenced in the vicinity, and called Lichtenau ; and at the end of 1778, the converts in the 3 set- tlements amounted to 414 pefrsons. While the mission was thus hap- pily prospering, it received n fatal check from tlie war between Great Britain and the Colonies. To add GNA to these trials, a party of apostate! was formed in S/ioenhrunny wiio were ready to murder or impriscm the missionaries; on which account the faithful abandonded the place, and removed to the other statioiU They, however, soon after formed a settlement on the opposite side of the river, and called it SaUm, In 1781, they received orders from the governor of Detroit to remove, and were permitted to go to Sandusky, where they suffered extremely from cold and hunger during the winter. In the springs, a company of them re turned to gather the corn on their former settle« ments, when they were attacked by a large body of soldiers, who threatened them with instant death. They pleaded for their lives in vain; but a short space was reluctantly granted to prepare for their fate. Immediately after singing and pray- ing to God for mercy, 96 defence- less Christian Indians were mur- dered, and the settlement was burnt. After this the remnant were driven about from place to place, a!>d, in 1792, was settled on a tract of land assigned them by the British Government in Upper Canada. See Canada. GNADENHUTTEN, formerly a r appears to have been productive of much benefit, both in a spiritual and temporal sense; as the bre- thren were animated to proceed in their arduous labours with increas- ing zeal and diligence ; and v^ious disorders, which had formerly oc- curred at Gnadentl^al, were effec- tually prevented, for the future, by the introduction of several salutary rules, and the establishment of a rci^ular police, consisting princi- pittly of fathers of families in the tiement. f he beginning of December,' bitants were suddenly In- i distress, by the descent of t from the mountains, which overNv .lelmed great part of < their premises with destructive violence. " On this occasion," the mis- sionaries observe, "we are much pleased to see such willingness and diligence as are not always met with among the people, and are by no means natural to the Hottentot nation : and when we spoke with them of the damage which had been done to their grounds, they replied, that they had cause to thank the Lord for his mercy, that notwithstanding their great deme- rits they had been chastised with so much lenity." On the 29th of January, 1817, the governor. Lord C. Somerset, accompanied by his two daughtera^ Captain Sheridan, and Dr. Barry, paid a visit to the settlement at Gnadenthal, and ex- pressed the highest gratification, whilst surveying the various im- provements in that district. In the evening, the whole party at- tended the celebration of divine service in the church, and appear- ed much pleased with the singing of the Hottentots ; and the follow- ing day, his Excellency and suite visited the school, the smithy, the cutlery, and the joiner's shop ; and before they departed, his lordship presented the brethren, in the 8^61 ifixkr.'-',; ■Mm IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 I.I m m ■■■ ■ 2.2 2.0 L25 i 1.4 UN Imli 1^ Photographic Sciences Corporation 33 WIST MAIN STMIT WltSTM.N.Y. MSM (716) •73-4S03 C^ \ ©NA ' - ' ■■'••' names of himself and his daughters, . with 300 Tix-doUan, for the u^ of the school; an ejample* which was geinerously followed by Captain Sheridan. In 1828, the rains and floods were excessive. One of the bre- thren wrote: — '< Though none of the buildings belonging- to the mis- sionaries have fallen, our poor Hot- tmtols have sufiered most severely : 48 houses have been so materiaUy injured as to be rendered uninha- bitable, for some time ; and, of this number, upwards of 20 lie in ruins. The rivulets which irrigate our valley have overflowed, and' da- maged some of the gardens; but the river Sonderend rose to an enor- mous height. All the boats be- longing to the farms higher up the river Were carried lnway, and piclc- edup by OUT Hottentots. Great quantities of trees, bushes, roots, and trunlcs, were also brought down the stream, and collected at the foot of the bridge, the wood-worlc of which Was now dislojged, and some of the beams and planks carried to the distance of several English miles. ''Besides the loss sustained by the falling of houses, our Hotten- tots bhive also lost a great many cattle, by wet and cold. I have this morning made a Ust of all the oxen which remain, and by this means have discbvered, that, of 400 head, which thev possessed on the 86th of May, one half are either oonramed, in consequence of fa- mine, or have perished by the se- verity of the weather, in the short space of S months. In fact, we are ruined outright; and all the fond hopes of progreuive improve- ment, which once cheered the spi- rits of the missionaries, will be entirely blighted, unless Ood dis- pose the hearts of benevolent friends to grant us their assistance. Often have I used that expression, ema- cittleii wi(h hMnrvr, but never did GOL I feel the force of the phrase so powerfully as in these days, when my door is incessantly besieged by women and children, who present to my eyes the frightful reality of what was formerly only a faint picture In my imagination." Enabled to surmount the diffi. culties of such circumstances, by benevolent aid; and the btessing of the Lord, discouraging circum- stances again appeared at the close of 1825, as to^the subsistence of the Hottentots, — the wheat at Giiadenthal having been entirely destroyed by the wet. Theworlc of God, however, continued to prosper. At this time, 1200 Hot- tentots inhabited this place, of whom 305 were school children; besides which, a number of young people, who had left the daily school, were instructed once a weelc. As far as possible, the Bri- tish system had been adopted. GOAMALTY, a town in Kin- doostan, near the ancient city of Gom, which was formerly the cb> pital of Bengal; between Cutwa, and Dinagepore, about 200 m. N. Calcutta. The Bapt, M. S, has a station here. Mr. and Mrs. Mardon, with Kristna Dass, and several otiier native converts, were formed into a church in 1808, and Mr. M. super- intended the Bengalee schools, which had been before introduced. Kristna, who waa afterwards ap- pointed to this place, laboured with diligence and assiduity among hii countrymen, and distributed larn quantities of Bibles and tracts. In 1818, this station was removed to Hhtgiiih Bazar, near Malda. GOLD COAST, a countir in W. Africa, which extends from Cape AppoUonia to the Rio Volta, where European settlements have been formed, and trade has been carried on more extensively than in any other part of Africa: Tbe setUements on this coast have 858 ■±. GOR fecentlvbe^n annexed to the gmexn- ment of Sierra Leone. Chaplains ^ve been appointed to the chief ^tions, and other important mea- gures have be^n talten, to introduce and enfoi;;w the principles of Chris- tianity ; but it will require vigo- lous and persevering efiTortN to banish the superstitions by which the natives are oppressed. — [See Accra, jitmamaboe, Cape Qtoft, pix Cove.] GOR£E,a small island of Africa, OD the south side of Cape V^rd, of importance for its good trade, and defended by a fort. The French furrendered it to the British iq 1800 ; it was retaken in 1804, by the French, who were soon con>- pelled to surrender it again; but it was restored to them in 1816. W. long. 17« 26'. N. lat. 14» 40'. The town, which includes the ha* bitable part of the island, contains about 6,000 inhabitants, chie% Jaioofs, who are crowded together in a deplorable state of ignorance and superstition.' Mr. Robert Hughes, from the C, M. S.f succeeded in establishing Khoolshere, which contained more than 100 pupils; but, after a few years, the number was much dimi- nished, the island having been restored to the French, and the sta- tion WAS relinquished. Since that time the Education Society of Paris bu stationed a teacher at this place. GORRUCKPORE, a town of Hindoostan, about 100 m. N. of Benares, having about T0,000 in- habitants. Some leading members of the European Society in this place having long desired the presence of an English missionary* and havUig engaged to provide a bouse, and also to supply a considerable portion of the necessary expense, the Rev. Mr. Morris, of the C. M. S., proceeded to it in March, 1823, With a view to ascertain, from ac- OQR tual experience, the openinga fn iis^fulne^. Amidst the ordinary diiftciUties arising from the rais- apprehensipo of the natives, he succeeded In establishing a boj's' school, and Mrs. M. 'Mllected around her a few girb. A severe attack of fever, however, greatly debilitated Mr. M. soon after iho oomroeneement ol his efforts, which required a temporary ces- sation from all labour. The Rev. Michael WiUchMon and Mrs. \Vu- kinson were, therefore, appointed to the stationj where Mr. W. still continues ; bpt repeated attacks of Ulness have so weakened Mrs. W, as to compel her to return home. The church was opened on the first Sunday in August, 1826 ; and» since that time, there have beea two English and two Hindoostaoee services on Sundays. "My niore general labours," says Mr. w. " consist of a regular service among the Romish Chris- tians twice on Sundays; bt^sides which, a number attend my house at o'clock every morning: the Scriptures are read and expounded, and this exercise concludes with prayer. Some good, I think I may sfy much, has already resulted from this daily attendance. ** I have administered the Lord's Supper to 3 persons: 2 were for- merly of Mr. Rowley's congre- gation,— a converted brahmin, and a brahminee, his wife ; she is a recent convert, and apparently very humble and sincere : the tihird was of the Romish communion, and I trust is now a Christian indeed." Some of tt^e native Christians of Beteah and Crowree having shewn a di«K)sition to settle here, profeuedly ijorthe sake of religious advantages, a range uf tiled houses has been built, where they have taken up their quarters, to the number of 26— men, women, and chiklren. Mr. W. has found it diflcult z 863 COS lb obtain native assistants in tiie schools; and this lias led him to conpaence a seinii)aT7 for training jroatbs as cat^chiste and readers of the word among their covintry- nen. There are at present 6 stu- dents ; of whom 2 are of Christian, S of Mahomedan> and 2 of Hindod, parentage, There are 3 hcys* schools ; 1 called the upper school, consisting ef 68 boys ; a second foriped for tile sepoys, in which the numbers are not stated ; and a third on the mission premises}— of which Mr. W. gives an encouraging account. Before the establishment of a female school, Mrs. Wilicinson had some girls under instruction, some of whom read very well in the Pentateuch and Testament ; but a schoolmistress having been ob- tained from Ctranar, a school was commenced, and from 6 to 8 girls attended. GOSHEN, li^tely a station of tiie Vmied Brethren, among the Delawares on the Muskingum, Ohio. After peace was restored be- tweep the Indians and the United States,Congress grantedthebrethren 12,000 acres of land to renew their s^ttlepients on the Muskingum, which had been destroyed during the war. In 1798, after a lapse of IT ye^Ts, about 30 of the sur- vivors of the old mission, under the ffuidance oJf th^ venerable David Zeisberger^reinovedfrom Fairfield, Upper Canada, where they had taken refuge, «nd commenced building a new town, qefir the site where Shoenbrunp once flood, which they called Chshen. Here a large number qf Indians were gathered into the church, many of whom adorned their pro- fevlon ; but the thinness of th^ Indian population, and the influ- ence of abandoned whites, induced the brethren to remove with their congregation in 1888 higher up ORA the river to New Fairfield, [Stee Canada.} GOSHGOSHUENK, formerly a settlement of Indians on the Ohio R. In 1T6T, the Rev. D. Zeisberger, one of the United Brethren, who established a mission amo^g these most abandoned natives, was soon joined by several others, and tbey lalx)ured with very pleasing suc- cess for some years. Driven, however, from this ground, by a war between 2 na-' tions of Indians, they removed to Friedemtadi, and afterwards em- barked with their congregation in 16 canoes, and rested at Beaver Creek, where they were joined by tiie congregation from Sus- quehannah, and both emigrated to the Muskingum, where they formed the station called Gnadeih hutten, GRAAFF REYNET, an ex- tensive district in the ei^m part of Cape Colony, S. Africa. Tlie population is upwards of 15,000; nearly 9000 of whom are Hot- tentots. In 1822, there were 6000 heathens, not under the care of missionaries. The town of Graaf ^-^^net is situated on the Zondag ^r, and contains nearly 2000 in „ J ^nts. The Rev. Dr. Vanderkemp, witli Messrs. Vanderlingen and Read, from the L. M. S. attempted a settlement here in 1801. Mr. Vanderlincen took charge of tlie colonial church; wbiie Dr. Van- derkemp and Mr. Read laboured successfully for a short time among the Hottentots. The colonists soon raised a persecution in consequence of this, which induced the mis- sionaries to remove with such as adhered to them to Fort FrederH, near Aigoa Bav, in Feb. 1802, and finally to form a settlement at Bethelsdorp. About 00 of ttie Hottentots were left under the care of Mr. Vanderlingen, on about i6i i6 ttCtes of land, given by Com- missioner Marpuier to the Mis- gionaiy Society. Mr. Kicherer, who had laboured with gpreat suc- cess at Happy Prospect Fountain, near Zak river, toolc charge of the Dutch bhurch at this place, about 1804, but retained his connexion with the "mission, and was followed by the remnant of his native con- gregation, in 1806. Here he con- tinued to labour with considerable soecess among the Europeans and Hottentots for more than 10 jears. The Rev. A. Fanre, now i)utch toinister at this place, is zealous in promoting missions and the instruc- tion of the slaves. He has recently established a mission among the Bosjesmans, to be supplied with 'native teachers. ORAND river, which rises N. of lake Huron, and falls into the St. Lawrence above Montreal, after a course of 500 miles. It forms the boundary line between Lower and Upper Canada. The number of Mohawks on this river is estimated at 2000, among whom the Genesee Methodist Conference iiBS two missionaries. This mis- sion has been eminently blessed. In the latter part of 1828, there were 30 converted natives, an equal number of converts among tile white population, and a Sab- bath school for Indian youth. GREEN BAY, a town on the yf. side of Michigan lake, Michi- gan territory, United States, on Fox river, li ni. above its en- trance into Green Bay, 184 m. S.W. Mackinaro. The inhabitants tme formerly French Jesuits ; but by intermarriages with the Meno- minee Indians, ther are almost without exception of mixed blood. A little below the town is Fort Howard, a military post of the United States. The number of the garrison is about 000. W. toig. 8&», N. lat. 45». ■ *fK-" GftE The Rev. E. Williams, now ih connexion with the Domettie and Foreign iR$tionary Society of the ProtMamt Bpitcopal Chweh, ( United Statet), oas laboured here for several years, and has employed a teacher, who had, in 1823, 9% children of the Menominee tribe under his charge. The pupils have mide consider- able improvement. Th6 tribe is represented as very interesting^ and extremely anxtouA for in*- stiruction. GREENLAND, an extensive regidti toward the N. pole, which, whether continental or insular, is regarded as belonging to North America. This counti^ was disco- vered in the year 983, by some Norwegians, from Iceland; and it was named Greenland^ from its superior verdure to Iceland. They planted a colony on the eastern coast -y and the intercourse between this colony, Iceland, and Denmark^ was continued till the beginning of th« fifteenth centuty. In that century, by the gradual increase of the (.x'ctic ice upon the coast, th6 colony became completely inac- cessible ; while on the W. a range of mountains, covered with perpe- tual snow, "precluded all approach. I'his settlement contained several churches and monasteries; and is said to have extended about $00 m. in the S. E. part. In more recent times, the western coast was chiefly explored by Davis, and other English navigators ; but there was no attempt to settle a colony. The country is said to be inhabited as far as 760 N. lat., but the Mora- vian Settlements are chiefly in the S. W. part. The people have some beeves, and a considerable number of sheep, for whose winter sub- sistence tiiey cut the grass in sum- mer, and make it into hay. The short summer is very warm, but foggy ; and the northern lights di- versify the gloom of winter, which ORE ii v^ry severe. |t is said tbat the H. W. 6oa«t of Ghreenland i« sef^ nied from 4Jn«i4«A by a narrow strait ) tl|at tbe natifes of tbf two couptfi«9 bare foine inteirpoarse } piud that tbe Esquimaux of America ixerfeetiy resenble the Greenland- en, in their a^wct, direcs, tnode of living, and language. Cape Faire- srelljthe 9* W. point, is in W. long. 420 42'^ ^^ lat. 59P 38\ Tbe Danish Mittion was com- ipeneed in lT|il, by tbe Rev. Hans Egede, of Norway, who felt an anxioos desire to become acquaint- ed with tbe situation of bis coun* trymen in Greenland, and to convey to them the truths of the Gospel. After struggling 13 years with (diflSculties seemingly insurmount- »ble, be succeeded in getting a small colony fitted out. At first tbe Kipg of Denmark patronized the mission, and appointed Mr. £gede pastor of tbe colony, and milbsionary to tbe heathen, with a salary of 60/. Soon after this tbe mission was patronized by tbe Da- nish Mission College. When tbe Greenlanders became convinced that Mr. £. intended to malce a l>ermaBent settlement, they were alarmed, and fled into tbe inte- rior ; but at length be allayed their fears, and in some measure gain- ed their confidence, though for a long time few became hopeful converts. Other missionaries and colonists afterwards came to his fwslstance, who endured almost in- credible hardships and privations, and sometimes their hopes gave way to despondency. The Danish settlements now ex-^ tend on tbe W. coast, from about 690 ^ 749 If., lat. a distance of more than 1000 miles. Tbe population was estimated, in 180d, at 6000; though tbe rambling life of the natives renders it difficult to ascertain the exact number. Tbe following ore tbe principal ORE settlements, or cdtonies^ fcmned hf, the Danish missionaries on tUv coast. The figures shew tbe time of their establishment, and about tbe latitude in which they are si- tuated; viz. JuUmuhaahf or Jw liana* 8 Hope, about 1780, ^l".... Frederickshaaby or Frederiek'g Hope, 1T42, 6i<» 30*.— l?i>ifcer»iacM, 63\—Godhaab, or Good Hope, on fall's river, 1721, 64i\-^ Haabet, 1 721 , t4P.—Sukkert<^, or ZUkkerl top. \16&,m.—Hol$teinberg,\iS9. 670. — Chriatimahaaby or Chrit» Han*8 Hope, 1734, 68° 10'; n. moved a few miles N. to Clan- shaven, 1752. — Egedesminde, lag Egede*t Memorial, 1159, 680 30'.—. Jacob's Haven, 1741, 680 40',>~ Godkaven, or Good Haven, 690.-. Rittenbenki 1166, Q9P 40^. Tbe six last mentioned settlements are in tbe vicinity of Disko Bay.— (7ra^ nak, n\-^Upema«ik, 1799, 78*, It is now more than a century since tbe truly apostolic Egede ftnt attempted to'introduce Christianity into Greenland ; and, if we except the northerly colony, Upemavjk, and tbe most southerly, Julian- shaab, there are scarcely any hen- thens left in tbe known parts of Greenland, and these but a few old people. Formerly there were nine Danish missionaries, but lat> terly tbe number has been much diminished. Beside the missiona- ries, the number of catecbists h«s been considerable, — in some of tbe colonies, no less than 6 or 8. The Danish missionaries have trans- lated tbe New Testament, which has been circulated; they have also printed a hymn-book, a cate* chism, and a spelling-book, in the sauie language. Since tbe year 1733, the U. S, have laboured in this inbospitaUe land: their first 8 missionaHei were, Matthew Stach, Christiaii Stacb, and Christian Darid. la about 2 years they were joined by two others. For nearly six year% 860 v ihfty laboured Dvithout gaining a iconvert td the Christian faith. Tbey, however, formed a settle- taient, situated a short distance from Oodshaab, the residence of Mr. Egede, in N. lat. 64**, land called New Hermhut. The year 1740 was rendered re- ta&rlcable by the change vMch toolc place in the brethren's mode t)f preaching ; which is most hap- pily described in the following nar- ration of an encouraging itastance in his name, and believest in him, as a sacrifice for thy sins, thou ^alt be heard, and saved, and he will give thee a crown of life^ and thou shalt live with hind in heaven, for ever.' " When he had finished his dis^ course, he lay down upon a board in my hut, fatigued by his journey^ and fell into a sound sleep. I thought within myself, what man» 26T GRJ5 ner of mm is this? There he lies, apd sleeps so sweetly } I might kill hiiD) and throw him out into the forest— ^d who would regard it ? But he iis unconcerned ; — this can> not be a bad man; he fears no evil, not even from us, who are to savage, but sleeps comfortably, and places his life in our hands. Jlowever, I could not forget his words, tiiey constantly recurred to my mind ; even though I went to sleep, yet I dreamed oif the blood which Christ had shed for us. I thought — this is very strange, and quite different from what I have ever heard ; so I went and inter- preted Christian Henry's words to the other Indians." As the i-etiult of the preaching of the csos6y an extensive awakening took plAce. One of the baptized Greenlanders informed the mis* sionaries, that he had found his (countrymen many leagues N. so anxious to be instructed in the things of God, that they urged him io spend a whole night with them \n cohversation ; and after he had retired, oh the second night, some of them followed him, and tion- i^rained him to resume the subject. £ven one of the angekoks, or ne- cromancers, was brought under sbch serious impressions, that he Wept almost incessantly during two days, and asserts that he had dreamed he was in hell, where be witnessed scenes which it would be utterly impossible for him to describe. At the close of the year )748, no less tha^ 230 Greenland- i^» resided at New Hernnhut, of whom 3^ had been baptised in the icourse of that year. The unusual intensity 6i cold, tome years after, was piroductive Df all the horrors of famine. In an account of one of their visits to the heathen, at thin awful erisiv, the inissionaries observe — " Near a habitation, which had ncwilong since ibrsaken, we found 16 perscms half starved, lying Iq such a small and lovir piovisioQ. house, that we could not stand up. right, but were forced to creep in on our bellies. They lay upon ooe another in order to keep themsdves warm ; having no fire, northeleqit morsel to eat ; and they were so emaciated that they did not care to raise themselves, or even to speajc to us. At length a man brought bi a couple of fishes ; when a ^^ who looked pale as ^eath, and whose countenance was ^roly ghastly, seized one of them, row as it was, tore it in pieces Mih her teeth, and devoured it with the utmost avidity. Four chil^n hsd already perished with hunger. We distributed among them a portion of our own scanty pittance, and advised them to go to our settle- ment; which, however, they seem- ed rather reluctant to do, as they evinced no incliiiation to hear the Gospel, and carefully avoided all intercourse with our Greenlanders." To the horrors of famine weie now superadded the calamities of disease. No less than 35 of Uie Greenland converts were carried off; but whilst the bretiiren wept over so extensive and unexpected a bereavement, they were excited to rejoice in the success of that pre> cious Gospel which had suppcffted these poor creatures in thehr moit trying circumstances, and had even enabled them to exchange worlds with serenity and holy composure. They had also the most pleasiag and substantial prbofs of the veilify of divine grace in many of tbei^ surviving disciples, when tiHey mw the readiness with which tb^ un- dertook toi BssM In the support of the widows and orphans of tile deceased ; and they were especially grateful for the triumph of divine influence, when they ftaw such ol the female converts as were Inotheh alternately suckling the helplen infants, who must have perished 26% trttbout tlieir timely aid, and vho, if . left iB similar circumstances anong tbe heathen, must have been iuried alive with their parents ; as oQtbing is so abhorrent to the feel- ings of a Greenland womtm, unac- quainted with the Gospel, as the idea of nourishing, with her own milk, ^e child of another. « Another pleasing instance of the power of Gospel truth, in expand- ing the heart and exciting to sym- pathy and active benevolence, is tfattt related: — *' It was customary with the brethren, at some of their meetings, to read to their flock the accounti which they received from their congregations in Europe, and specially such as related to missions unong the heathen. These com- miviications were generally heard witb a considerable de^ee of in- terest; but no intelligence ever affected them so deeply as that of the destruction of the Moravian settlement among the Indians at Gnadenhutten. When they were t»ld that most of the missioharies Were eitiier shot or burnt to death, by the savages in the interest of France, but that the Indians huA escaped to the settlement at Beth- lehem, they burst into tears, and Immediately prepared to raise a little contribution among them- selves. * I,' exclaimed one, * have a fine rein-deer skin, which I will give.' ' I,' said a second, * have a new pair of rein-deer boots, which I will cheerfully contribute.' ' And I,' added a third, * will send tbem a seal, that they may have sotaie- thing both to eat and to burn.' Such contributions could not fail to be highly appreciated by the miflsionaries, and the value of them was faithfully truismitted accord- ing to the wish of the simple- hearted and benevolent donorsi'^ In 1T6S, a new station was form- ed, which tbe brethren called LtcA- im^lt, at which the settlers were «empelled to endure many priva- GHE ti(NM, from the scarcity thatpre^^ vailed. in the district, during the continuance of which many pf tlie savages died of absolute want; even the Greenland families were at last reduced to the necessity of feeing principally upon muscles andseuc weed, and tiie missionaries were often brought into the m who are almost wholly ignorant of the English lan- guage, and spealc a corrupted dialect of French, without proper words and phrases in which to receive ade- quate instruction. In addition to thisv they are under the influence of the gross superstitions of popery, and also of those derived from their African ancestors. In their last communications the missionaries say : — " In the town of St. George, the Lord has lately owned his word, and rendered it effectual to the sal- vation of many. Several respect- «ble young men of colour have united themselves to us, who are all zealously engaged as teachers in the Sunday-school, and of whose perseverance we have pleasing hopes. In addition to these, 4 whites, 2 males and 2 females, have cast in their lot among us. On two of the estates we visit, there is some good doing; several members having . received on both of them. Upon the others we icarcely dare to say we see any good, except that the negroes ip. pear to be a little more serious and attentive while we are speaking to them. Upon the whole, we trust that things in this department of our work are more hopeful than before, which we can attribute only to our more frequent visits to them : but, as most of them are Roman Catho- lics, bur hopes Of their being bene* fited by ouir labours, are not san* guine. Holy water is their God, which they purchase of the priest, and upon which they entirely depend for salvation. In refer- ence to the windward part of the island, we have to observe, the labour bestowed upon it has been immense^ but the fruit of it ali- most nothing. We have a few members there who were in society in Antigua. These we visit once d quarter, when on oUr toUr to tbb hie Rhonde. Numbers in society— 11 Whites; 168 Free coloured and Blacks; end 199 Slaves. Total 370. The order of the school has been recently improved, and by its means the demoralizing influence of evil example has received a check. Number of children— 83 males and 124 females ; total 817. GRIQUA TOWN, formerly Klaar JFater, a station of ttie L. M. S.f South Africa, N. of the Orange R., 700 m. N. E. Cape Town, in the country of the Gri- quas, formerly called Bastard Hot* tentots^ Population about dOOO. When the missionaries, Messrs, Anderson ahd Kramer, first arrived in 1802) they found the Griquas a horde of roving and degraded m- vges; but after travelling about with them for several years, they induced thetn to settle at Klaar Water, the place where Griqua Town now stands. Agriculture w&; introduced, a school established^ and a church built. In 1805, 184 persons were under the care of tbe missionaries ; of whom about 80 were taught to read, and 30 gav« 260 GIU eHdeoce of piety. Soon after this^ 0e wiBgw of tile imalUpoXf and the hostility ipf the natives^ threat* wed tiie destrHiction of the settle- ment. The missionaries^ however, (xmtinued to labour with diligence and success. In 1821, the church consisted of about 200 members, many of whom evinced tiie reality of their Christian principles by cor- tesponding deportment. A number of Griquas, called 3ei^enaar8 (or Mountaineers), from their having stationed them- selves among the mountains, com- mitted, a few years after, many •ets of depredation and violence. The Griqua chiefs had, on several oeeasions, comraendably exerted themselves to disperse and reclaim these marauders, but without efflect. In reference to one of their principal efforts made with that view, the following statement ii extract^ firom a letter from John Melfill, Esq. government agent at Griqua Town, to the editor of the SmiA^ Aftican Chronicie (written for the purpose of obviating certain misstatements of a communication iflterted in a preceding number, of tittt paper), as it beautifully illus- trates the moral and civilizing ten- dency of Christianity in relation to the Griquas :-t- " The Griqua chiefs proceeded to the station of the Bergenaars, to take such measures as might put a stop to the system of depredation they were carrying on againtt the tribes around them. Instead of showing any disposition to alter their conduct, they set the com- mando at defiance, and maintained that attitude till night came on with rain, when they made their escape. The commando returned to Griqua Town with 4000 head of cattle, followed by some hundreds of the people of the plundered tribes, to whom a considerable |wrt of these cattle belonged; and. I ORI contrary to the practice of savagii tribes, a scene of justice took plaea which would have done credit to any civillted people. The chief* restored to these poor people i^ their cattie, without reserving a single hoof to themselves to Wblcli any one of those people could esta- blish a right. When the people had got their cattle, they were t^ that they might go to their own place of abode ; but they were so struck with the juirtice of the Gri* qua chiefsi, that they begged to be allowed to put theinselves under their protection, and follow them to Griqua Towni" The following paragraphs from the same letter, exhibit pleasing evidence of missionary influence in promoting peace ajid securilgf among uncivilized, or partly civi- lized tribes :•— " Finding it necessary to visit Cape Town, (says Mr. Melvill), and to bring the chiefs and some of the leading people with me, in our absence the Bergenaars came against Griqua Town, and having attacked a place in the vicinity,: they killed two people and burnt a woman in a house, to which they set ftre. After this they proceeded to attack the village, but hearin|f that there was a missionary still residing there, they retired to a distance and sent for him, and he brought them to terms of peace. Here we see a missionary, fO> far from beiv:g the cause of war, has so much respect attached to his character, that even the Berge- naars would not attack the place because he was there : the pretence of Mr. Sass afforded a protection to the whole people." Indeed, there is good reason for believing tiiat the missionaries, either directiy or indirectiy, have been for many years instrumentiKl to the preservation of peace be- tween tiie colonists and tlie tribes 861 I ii Ml m i beyond it; by promotiAg, in the Ibnneiv a sense of justice { in the lattery a spirit of forgiveness, ^ben the fprmer have violated thi^ prin- ciple. ^'During the past year,'^ says the last report, "great improve- ment has taken place both in the state and prospects of this mtaiion. The religious services are more numeroudy and more regularly attended. On the Sab- batii, the place of worship, which is large, is well filled. While the missionaries endeavour to awaken the people to a concern for their own salvation, they are careful to urge upon them the obligation they are under to promote the religious instruction of their chil- dren, and these endeavours have not been ineffectual. A Sabbath- school, devoted entirely to the re- ligious instruction of the children, ha^ been commenced. It excites considerable interest among the people, and has been already the means of. effecting great goodi Many of the parents attend the school, and one of the mission- aries usually gives an address on the occasion. The attendance at the day-school, which had declined to about 40, is now increased to 180. The children make good progress. ** The number of Becfauanas who have settled at Griqua Town, chiefly in consequence of the Man- tatee invasion, is upwards of 800. The missionaries are active in pro- moting their religious instruction) through tbe medium of an inter- preter, whom they have engaged imr. the purpose. The children of the Bechuanas regularly attend the school, and mttke good pro- gress. The missionaries consider U not improbable that some of these youths may be the first to convey the Gospel to their own countrymen. • '< The Bei^enaars are desirous to tfaare jigain in tbe religious and 6R0 civil prlvilegei of Oriqna Town^ and many of them have retoriied there for that purpose. " The Griquas are becoming moitt sensible of the advantages of pro* curing the means of their sub^ sistence on the spot, and are, in consequence, paying greater at. tention to agriculture, whidi wiU^ of course) l>e favourable to industry^ and the formation of settled habits." GROENEKLOOP) a station of the United Brethren in South Africa, about 40 m. Ni of Cap« Town, among the Hottentots. This station was commenced in 1808, under the patronage of the Barl of Caledon, the Governor of the Cape. The brethren were assigned about 6000 acres of land^ on which they permitted none to build, but such as engaged to live regular lives; and on these prin- ciples a settlement was soon formed. In 4 years, 03 were bap> tized. The number of inhabitants in 1822 was 400. About this time a large and handsome chapel, that had been erected, was much damaged by the rains and floods, from which tlw whole settlement sustained great injury. In the following year this, though still felt, was in a great measure repaiicid ; the hearts of tbe brethren were animated by maQy proofs of the Divine regard ; and the harvest was, providentially, very abundant. At tiie close of 1825, also, this stetion enjoyed much ^ tbe blessing of God. The B. and F. B. S. has made valuable donations of Bibles and Testaments to this mission. HANKEY, a new station of the L. M. S. in S. Africa, named aftef its Treasurer, in a situation pe^- culiarly beautiful, near tbe Cham*: loos R., between Pacaltsdorp and 203 HAR Betbelfidorp, The Rev. W. Foster proceeded to Africa, to take charge gf a seminary to . be formed here {or the education of the children of tb6 misstonartes in that coun- try, and for the preparation of Clirlstian natives for instructing tbQir own coqntrymen. This place, bowever, is deemed by Mr. F., for many important reasons, ineli- gible. The attendance c^t tfaie school, which is represented as in a prosperous state, is uqu^lly t^bout 80. HARMONY, a station of tbe V. F. M. S.f commenced in 1821, among ihe great Os^ges of the Missouri, situated on the Marias do Cein, a good mill-stream, 6 m. above its junction with Osage river. Mm. from the largest of the Great Orage villages, and ahout 80 m. S.W. Fort Osage, on the Misisoyri. The Qsages of the Missouri are very similar in their habits and ciifiiacter to those on the Arkansas. They are divided into Great and Little Osages,this distinction being merely nominal, and till recently they lived in two separate villages, on the Osage river, about 360 m. (rom its junction with the Mis- souri ; but they wander about like the wild game they pursue. Their villages are nothing more than what they con remove upon the shortest notice; one horse being capable of carrying house and household furniture at one load, From the commencepient of the winter to the titqe of planting their com, they usually reside in one place, which they call their village- The remainder of the year, they separate into parties, and stay but a few days in a place, according to the abundance or scfir^sity of game where they set up their lodges. In summer the men go in a state of nature, except a cloak about their waists; and in winter, when the therniometer is HAR below Zero, most of their little children are seen naked. They are divided into 7 clans, whicb, bear the following namen :-—Buf' /alo, Elky Deer, Bear, Eagle, Fith, and Atmosphere. In 1823, the great body of this tribe removed about 60 or 70 m. south-westerly, to the grand river. The tract of land given by the Indians for the use of the mission contains about 1^,000 acres, which are very fer- tile, and well supplied with ma- terials for building. Dwelling - houses, a school- house, a grist-mill, a saw-mill, and other suitable buildings, have been erected for the accommov dation of the mission family ; and in the course of the summer of 1822, 5 fields, embracing upwards of OQ acres, were enclosed, a corn- field of 40 acres planted, and the farm stocked with 100 head of cattle. Sickness at first retarded the progress of the mission; but the confidence of the chiefs has been secured, and the prospects of extensive and increasing influence in the tribe continued to be en- couraging, in the early part of. 1824, The school, in the latter part of 1823, consisted of 18 Osage children, who make such profi- ciency in acquiring the English language, and in domestic and agricultural arts, as to render much service to the family,, and to promise extensive usefulness to the mission and to their nation. The government of the United States contributes to this work. The Rev. Messrs. Pixley and Montgomery have devoted their time principally to the study of the language, and are cheered with the prospect of soon preach- ing the Gospel in the Indian tongue. In pursuing this object, Mr. Pixley has lived several months with the Indians, accompanying them in their hunting tours, voA. 263 HAR depending for subsistence upon their precarious sources ior sup- port. The mission family, fitted out in this enterprise, consisted of 41 persons; 20 married, 6 un- married females, and 16 children ; but several have died. HARVEY ISLANDS, a name adopted as a general designation of the gproup, from one of the eight islands of which it consists being called Harvey Island, and because that island is better known in geography than any other of tlie group. One of them is unin- habited. [See jiitutttke, Atuiy Mungeea, Mitiaro, Maute, Raro-, tonga.] HAWAII, called, accordin{^ to ancient orthography, OWHYHEE, an island in the N. Pacific Ocean, the laivest of the Sandwich islands, 9T miffs long by 78 wide, contain- ing 4000 square miles. It lies S. E. of the group, the N. point being in W. long. 155« 58', N. lat. 20" 10*. Capt. Cook discovered this island, Nov. 30, 1778, and was killed by the natives, Feb. 14, 1779. It is divided into 6 large districts. In the N. E. part of this island is the mountain Kaah, the top of which is continually covered with snow ; the height is estimated to be 8400 feet. Many parts of the island are very fertile and populous. In the southern part the ground is covered with cinders, and intersected with many black streaks, which seem to mark the course of lava that flowed from the mountains some ■ages ago. The population is esti- mated at above 80,000, by some at 100,000, and formerly at 150,000. The following stations have been formed on tlie island :— Kairua, on the western' coast, nearly equidistant from its N. and .8. points. The inhabitants amount to about 3000. Kairun is the seat of government, nnder Tamehameha I. ; and . the residence of Kuakim^ the HAW Go veinor,known among Amertcatu by the name of " John Adams." The Rev. Mr. Thurston, of the j4, B. C. F. M., removed hither from HonoruTu in Oct. 1823, and v as assisted for some time by the Rev. Mr. Bishop. A place of worship was built by the Governor, the size of which is 60 by 30 feet. Two services have since been held in it on Sundays. •* The congie- gation," says the Board, " usually consists of from 600 to 1000 souls, who listen to instruction with a good degree of seriousness. The Governor uniformly attends, and re< quires his people to observe the Sabbath in the strictest manner. At his particular request, also, Mr, Thurston conducts family worship at his house, morning and evening; and, in imitation of his example, this practice has been introduced into the families of the inferior chiefs." In August, 1824, the usual at- tendance at public worship, wag about 400. The missionaries ob- serve — ** In addition to preaching, we have the daily charge of two schools : one at the king^s home adjoining our dwellings, consisting of nearly 50 scholars, and con- ducted by Mr. and Mrs. Bishop; another in a house lately erected for the purpose in the Govfemor's inclosure, consisting of the chiefs and principal persons of the place, and conducted by Mr. Thurston and Honorii. Mrs. Thurston has, likewise, under her care a class of girls, whom she is instructinji; in needle M'ork. *' We have distributed in this village, since the comnx^ncement of instruction, about 400 spelling books, and 100 hymn books, to nearly as many ditterent ijidl'l- duals ; nearly all of whom may be considered as under a course of in- Mniction, though not all are regular attendants at our scho(»ls. Tbey 864 HAW Are in the habit of uniting in com- panies to read their lessons aloud, as with one voice. Though this inethod of learning to read is not desirable, where a better can be pursued ; yet we are persuaded that many more individuals' than we could instruct are, in this way, qualifying themselves to read the boly Scriptures, whenever we shall be able to put them into their hands." Kaavaroa, about 16 miles S. of Kairua, on the western coast. Keopuolani, the late mother of Riuorino, lived here when Mr. Thurston settled at Kairua ; and would go to that place to spend the Sunday. Kamakau also, the dis- tinguished chief of Kaavaroa, did the sune. Of him one of the mis- sionaries writes — " He forbids his pei^ple working or bathing on the Sabbath ; and regularly assembles them twice, to pray and converse with them on religious subjects: this has been his jpractice for many months past. Of late, he has ex.' tended bis exertions ; crossing the Bay, and there meeting the people, and conducting religious services. He has received but little instruc- tion from the missionaries ; yet there are few natives on the islands who have more correct views on religious subjects. He seems to have been searching for truth as for hidden treasure. I once heard bim pray in his family; and was much surprised at the simplicity, fervency, nnd ajpparent sincerity which were manifested, as well as with the correctness of religious sentiment which the prayer con- tained.'' The Rev. Mr.Ely, of the J. B, C, F. M., it appears, ik stationed here, at the ver)' sp'it where Capt, Coolc was killed. He sees the rock on which that great navigator fell— the ruins of the temple in which Oboo- Idabonce worshipped an idol — the bones of human beings which lie ^n HAW the sea-shore. Yet his prospects are very animating. Of their own ac- cord, the chiefs have built him u house of worship f which was dedi- cated on the 28th of April, 1824) and a dwelling-house. They have made laws, forbidding any disturb- ance, or sleeping in the house of God : the monthly concert is well observed : the house is crowded on the Sabbath, and the assembly is very solenm. Mrs. Ely has a Sab- bath school of 40 children ; and, on other days, more than 100 are taught the rudiments of knowledge. In a recent communication of the Board it is said — ^- > ,»«>•., maitiiiest ' f6^ their re^6' grid punctual attendance. Oct* I2tt, 1823, a church was formed, con- sisting of 6 persons, belonging to the mission family ; a revival took place, and, as its miits, 16 natives were received into Christian fel- lowship in April 1824, and 25 of their children were baptized. ' HINDOOSTAN, or INDIA, a region of Asia, which e^^tends from Cape Comotin to the Himaleb mountains, by which it is sepa- rated on tile N.' from Thibet and Tartary. The northern part ex- tends from the R. Sinde, or Indus, on the W. bordering upon Persia, to the mountains which separate Bengal from Cassa]^ and the Bur- man dominions; in the southern part, the Bay of Bengal lies E. and the Indian Ocean' S. and W. It is situated between N. lat. 8' and 350 ; and £. long. 66^ and 92^. Its greatest length is about 1890 m. ; its breadth 1600. The cUmaie and seasons are considerably diver- sified by difference of latitude and local situation ; but through the regions of Hindoostan there ii Some similarity of climate. This vast country consists chiefly of large plains, fertilized by nu- merous rivers and streams, and Interspersed with a f(^w ranges of hills. The periodical rains and in> tense heat produce a luxuriance of vegetation almost unknown in any other country on the globe. Hindoostan has been known to Europeans for three centuries^ The Portuguese, at that time the S;reate8t naval power in the world, brmed the first commercial eS' tablishment in the country. The Spaniards, the Dutch, the French, the Danes, and the English, have since been attracted by commercit'l interests ; but it was reserved for the last-mentioned power to gain almost unlimited sway. The population has been vari* ously estimated, from 100 to 270 iV7.V ftl!^ •i'K- \n'- -..ii »INf 120,000,000, wbo are, j^rihcipaO^^ iddlateis; and about half British subjects. Mahomedahs, Christians, and Jews, are numerous. Among the Hindoos there is a remarkable distinction of catte. Caste is a Portuguese word ; Jati, ihe Indian term, signifies a genus or liind. The different castes of the Hindoos are, therefore, con- sidered as so many diflbrent species of human beings, and it is believed tbat different forms of worship and babitsof life are necessarily adapted to each. Originally there were four castes, which are supposed to have sprung from different parts of Brah- ma's body, and from such parts as to establish their different ranks. The 1st were theologians, or the brah- mins; the 2d were Idngs and sol- did^ ; the 3d, merchants and hus- bandmen ; the 4th, mechanics and servants. This distribution is of remote antiquity. In process of time, the original distinction ex- tended to a subdivision of em- ployments. There are now about 100 different castes, all of which are included under the general denominations of brahmins and sooders. Subdivision has been added to subdivision. The lowest caste of sooders, for instance, ad- milts of many suliordinate castes, extending to persons of the most servile occupations, and each inva- riably follows the occupation of tiis forefathers! From generation to generation the same family fol- low the same business, and hold the same rank; a circumstance which, while it suppresses eveiy aspiring aim, has greatly contri- buted to perfect the ingenuity of Hindoo artisans^ The brahmins, however, reserve to themselves the right of descending to secular em- ployments, and even to those which are menial. According to the rides of caste, those of one may not in- termarry, ndr even eat or drink, with those of another. It is said none of the high castes will even MUk water in the family of a white man ; and in those countrleir where Europeans are their nUers, thehtiiath^n rank them under tiie lowest castes. The distinction of cagte ir interwoven with every cir- cumstance of life; adherence to it is viewed as a matter of reli- gion, and the castes become so many religious sects. If one vio- lates the rules of bis caste he is excommunicated, which iii cAlled losing caste. From that time his nearest relations abandon him j and he can selddm recover his former standing, andN only by a large fee to the brahmins. In this way hb may generally be restored, but not always. Dr. Carey inen- tions the case of a man, who had lost Caste by means of a woman in his family ; who, while the Ma- homedans had possession of the firovlnce, had been compelled to ive With a Mussulman. He offered £10,000, or about 44,400 doilais, for the recovery of his caste, but he could not regain it. As to religion, three of the six schools of philosophy, once famous in India, were atheistical. The doctrines of these atheists were estoblished for a considerable pe- riod, and they are still taught in the systems, which prevail through- out China, Japan, the Burman empire, Siam, Ceylon, Ac. These philosophers, of whom V^dvas, the compiler of the V^li, was one of the most distinguished, taught, that ever}ihing we can see, or form any conception of, is to be referred to one or other of two princi- ples ; it is either spirit 'or matter, tfince, beside these, nothing else ex^ ists ) that all spirit is God ; and that God exists without attributes, in a state of eternal repose, intangible and unconnected with any of the forms of matter. They also teach, that the spirit of man is individuated deity ; that in thto connexion with S71 HIN teatter, spirit is degraded and im- {Hrisoned; and that the great and only business of man on earth is to seeic emancipation, and return to the blessed source from which, he (that is, spirit, for T, thou, and he, .are referrible only to spirit) has been severed. The mode of ob> taining emancipation, is by the practice of ceremonies denominated Joguef airof which are connected with bodily austerities and tortures, having for their object the annihi* iation of all conscious connexion with the body and with ipaterial things. Sucba deliverance^ it is supposed, will leave spirit, even while in the body, in a state of divine tranquillity, resembling that of God — for the passions alone are the sources of pain; and will fit the individuated spirit for reunion to God — for the passions are the sources of life and death ; and confine the individuated spirit to a continued course of transmigra- tions, and rivet its union to matter. These speculations form the be- lief of all the Hindoos ; and there are still a number of mendicants in India who imitate the jogees. The people at large do not become jogees, because these austerities are incompatible with the existence of human society; but they make constant allusions to this doctrine of spirit ; to the subjugation of the passions, and ;to transmigration as inevitably attaching to men, till perfect abstraction and absorption are obtained. The popular superstitiona of the Hindoos are deeply affecting. While they verbally admit the doctrine of the divine unity, they «>eak of 330,000,000 of gods. They prostrate themselves before dead matter ; before the mon- key, and, the serpent before idols, the very personifications of sin ; and this animal, this reptile, and the lecher Krishnfi, and his con- cubine Radha, are among the HIN favourite deities of the Hindoo*. Having no knowledge whatever of the divine government, they suppose the .world to be placed under the management of beings ignorant, capricious, and wicked } that the three principal deities the creator, the preserver, and the destroyer, having no love of righteousness, nor any settled rules of government, are often quar- relling with each other, and sub- vertingone another's arrangements; and thus they know not whom to obey, or in whom to confide. Equally ignorant are they of the laws of God, and of sin as con- nected with a disposition different from the Divine mind, and as a moral evil. Hence they attribute to the waters of the Ganges ex- I traordinary virtue; the whole po- pulation residing in its neighbour- hood crowd morning and evening to the rivpr ; the holy water is carried for religious uses to the most distant parts ; and the dying are hurried, in their last moments, to receive their last purification in the sacred stream. Under the delusion that sin is to be removed by tlie merit of works, others undertake long and dangerous pil- grimages, in. which thousands perish ; or inflict on their bodies the most dreadful tortures; or sit through the day and through tbe year, repeating the names of tlieir guardian deities. As to the real na- ture of the present state, tbey la- bour under the most fatal apjprehen- sions ; they believe the good or evil actions of this birth are not produced by the volitions of their own wilb, but arise from, and are the una- voidable results of, the actions of the past birth ; that their present actions will inevitably give rise to the whole complexion of their characters and condutt In the following birth ; and that thus tbey are doomed to interminable trans- migrations, to float as some light 272 y V HtJI giibsttiiice onthebosomof an ine- jjgtible tonent. Witii xeference to ft futute state, their ideas are Maalif erroneous and pernicious. By this tbej coHimonly under- itsnd, nothing more tiiantransmi- giation, and they die witii the expectation of immediately rising into birth again in some othef body ^n that of a dog or a cat, or a worm feeding on ordure; and if tliey have committed some dl«ad- fiil crime, they expect to falll, for B time, into some one of the dread- hl states of torment de^rlb that through bfe* male Ihe succession to the <;rown would pass out of the famjily'' Alt the tribes have since followed the toyal example ; and now not one female child survives — ^ihe parents^ it is believed, ato themselves the murderers. The boys marry In the tribe next in rank to them. A bramhin froni one of the westeiitt provinces,'' says Mt. Ward, of Se-' ratepore, (from whose statemehts this article is conipiled), "gdvO me this relation : — A rigpoot, forsome unassignedreason,spa^ his female child, which grew up in the fatber'si house to tile age in whitih girls in India are married. The sight of a girl, however, in the house of a rajpoot was so novel, and so con- trary to the custoins of the tiribei^ ' that no parent sought her in mat* riage for his son. The father, su£. ' fering under the frowns of bis own- tribe, and trembling for the chas<< tity of his daughter and the honouf of his family, was driven into a state of phrenzy ; and in this state, taking his daughter aside, he ac-* tually put a period to her exist-* ence.'' To the Hindoo female all education is denied by the positive injunction of the Shastrfi, and by the general voice of the population. Not a single school, therefore, for girls, is found all over the country* With knitting, sewing, embroidery, - painting, music, and drawing, they have no more to do than with hit* ters ; even the washing is done by men of a particular tribe. The Hin-< doogirl,therefore,8pehds the first 10 years of her life in sheer idleneasi ' immured in the hOuse of her father; Before she has attained to this age, however, she is sought after by the ghutuks, men employed by parents to seek wives for their sons. She is betrothed without her consent ; n 2U HIN Ugal agreement, which binds her for life, being made by the parents on both sides, while she is yet a child. At a time most convenient to the parents, this boy and girl are brought together for the first time, and the marriage ceremony is per- fQrmed ; after which she returns to the house of her father. Before the marriage is consummated, in many instuices, the boy dies, and this girl becomes a widow ; and as the law prohibits the marriage of widows, shi^ is doomed to remain in this state as long as she lives. The greater nuinber of thes«^ unfortu- nate beings become a prey to the seducer, and a^ disgrace to their fa- milies. Not long sincd, a bride, on the day the marriage ceremony was to have been performed, was burnt on the funeral pile with the dead body of the bridegroom, at Chanderna- gore, a few miles N. of Calcutta. Concubinage, to a most awful ex- tmt, is the fruit of these marriages without choioe. What a sum of misery is thus attached to tiie lot of woman in India before she has attained even her Idth year! In some cases, as many as 60 females, the daughters of so many Hindoos, are given in marriage to one bram- hin, in order to mdce these fami- lies something merer espectable : and that the parents may be able to say, we are allied by marriage to the Icooleens, the higheist ranic of bramhuns. Supposing, however, that the Hindoo female is happily married, she remains a prisoner and a slave in the house of her husband. She knowsnothingof the advantages of a liberal intercourse with man- kind. She is not permitted to speak to a person of the other sex, if she be- long to a respectable family, except to old men very nearly allied in blood; she retires at the appear- ance of a male guest ; she never eats with her husband, but partakes of what he leaves. She receives no benefit from books or from so- HIN ciety ; and though the Hindoos do not affirm, with some Mahomedans) that females have no souls, they treat tiiem as though this was ttieir belief. What companions for the^ husbands !— what mothers these! Yes; it is not females alone who aie the sufferers. While such is the mental condition of the sex, of how much happiness must husbands, children, and society at large be deprived ! What must be the state of that country where female mhid^ and the female presence, are things unknown ; for the lowest orders of females alone are seen in numbers in the streets I This vacuity of thouglit, these habits of indolence, and ^is total wadt of information, of prin- ciples, and of society, leave the Hindoo female an easy prey to the greatest evils. Faith&ilness to mar- riage vows is almost unknown in In- dia'; and where the manners of, the East allow of it, the females mani- fest a more enthusiastic attachment to the superstitions of the country, than even the men. The religious mendicants, the priests, and the public shows, preserve an over- whelming influence over their minds. Many become mendicants, and some undertake long pilgrim- ages ; in short, the power of su* perstitioa over them in India, has no parallel in any o^her country. But the awful state of female so- ciety appears in nothing so much ai in dooming the widovv to be burnt alive with the putrid carcase of her husband. The Hindoo legiskttors have sanctioned this immolation, shewing herein a studied detenni- nation to insult and degrade wo- man. She is, therefore, in tlie first instance, deluded into this act by the writings of these bramhins; in which also she is promised, tbet if she will offer herself, for the benefit of her huabandy on the fuiie« ral pile, she shall, by the extraor- dinary merit of this action, rescue him from misery, and take him and 374 HIN fourteen generations of his and her family with her to heaven; where she shall enjoy with them cjBlestial happiness, until 14 kings of the gods shall have succeeded to the throne of heaven (that is, millions of years) ! "!' have seeli, " says Mr. Ward, " three widows, at dif- ferent times, burnt alive ; and had repeated opportunities of being pre- sent at similar immolatlpns, but my courage failed me.'' The funeral pile consists of a quantity of fog- gots laid on the earth, rising {n height about three feet from the ground, about four feet wide, and six feet in length. .A^er the fe- male has declared her resolution to 'i'r.\;osed HIN to perish on these journeys ; and some of these places, the resort of pilgrims, become frightful ceme- teries; to one of which, Jugunnaut in Orissa, Dr. Buchanan bos very Sroperly given the name of Goigo- ia. " I once, saw,** says Mr, Ward, " a man making succes- sive prostrations to Jugunnaut, and thus measuring the distance between some place in the north, down to the temple of Jugunnaut, which stands nearly at the soutiiern extremity of India. The Hindoo writings encourage persons afflicted with incurable distempers to put an end to their existence, by casting tbemselve&'under the wheels of the car of Jugunnaut, or into some sacred river, or into a fire prepared for the purpose; promising such self-murderers, that they shall rise to birth again in a healthful body, whereas, by dying a natural death, they would be liable to have the disease perpetuated in the next and succeeding births. Multitudes of lepers, and other children of sorrow, perish annually in these prescribed modes. Mr. W. Carey, Hi Cutwa, the second son of Or, Carey, states, that he was one moriiing informed that some people had dug a deep hole in the earth, not far from his own house, and had begun to kindle a fire at the bottom. He immediately prO' ceeded to the spot, and saw a poor leper, who had been deprived of the use of his limbs by the disease, roll himself over and over till, at I^t, he fell into the pit amidst the flames. Smarting wi^I franx ^ h'- sc mams became most drpa/iiu' ;I called upon his fam'.. v'l.i s. rounded the pit, and euUkutcdthem to deliver hipa from the flames. But he called in vain. His own sister, seeing him lift his hands to the side, and make a dreadful etfort to escape, pushed him back again; where, these relations still coolly gazing upoD the suiTerer, be 276 petisb^d, endnring indescribable agonies. Every Hindoo, in tbe hour of death, is hurried to the side of the Ganges, or to sooiQ other iacred river, it near enough to ons i where he is laid, in the agonies of death, exposed to the buruing sun by day, and to the dews^wd cold of the nigbt. The vater of the river is poured plenti- fully down him, if be can swallow it; and bis breast, forehead, and urns, are besmeared v ith ibe mud of the river (for ta^vArymudof the Ganges u .«:^ . >s. i to have purifying \. ' o; )erf ii's). Just before the soul qv'tg '^hti body, he is laid on thu eartl4, miKl then immersed up to i;' "i middle in the stream ; v:\ni.k'. his relations stand around him, tormentin,:; l^im in these his i|is^ moments with supersticious rit^, and increasing a buudred<-fold the pains of dying. Very often, vhere recovery might be reasonably hoped for, these barbarous rites brirw. on premature death. It is pre^ certain, that many private murders, in using these rites, are perpetrated. Human sacrifices, also, are enjoined in the vedu, and certainly made a part of the Hindoo superstition in very early times, aor are they unknown at the pre- sent daj'. The v^du describes tbe rites to be observed at the sacrifice of a man ; and the Kalika pooran declares the degree of merit at<- tashed to such a sacrifice, compared with the oifering of a goat, (fee. . And while Hindooism is thus cruel, its immorttUity is fully at- tested. The writings of the Hin- doo? *:very oluiiis of them, even thei. tvorks on ethics, are full of abominable allusions and descrip- tions ; so that they are to-day , what they \frere ages ago, — a peoj)le un- rivalled for impurity. Maiiy parts of the works, called the Tunus, of the poorans, and of their pueticoi writings, are so indelicate, tliat they cannot possibly be trauiiated ; they can never see tbe light. But HIN what is a mil lion-fold more> atro« clous, the olnjcct of worship ap- pears as tbe person Jtication of sin itself. One *;' two of the fl'ndoo objects of wuisbip cannot possibly be named' but iu " acts of Hindoo woi.^hip tbe sante lic«?n- tiousness prevails. In the song» and dances before tbe idols, at tbo periodi(Cal festivals, impurity throws away her mask. The respectable natives themselves are absolutely ashamed of being seen in their temples. Gopal, a brambin, ac- knowledged that he never witnessed these spectacles without hiding himself behind one of the pilian of the temple. Tbe scenes ex« hibited in the boats on the Ganges every yeiar, at tbe festival of the goddess Doorga, in the presence of hundreds of spectators, are grossly impure ; and at tbe annual festival of the goddess of learning, tbe con- duct of tbe worshippers is intole- rably oifensive. The figures painted on the car of Jugpnnaut, which is exhibited to the public gaze for jtileen days together, at the festi- tivals in honour of this deity, are equally licentious* And, as might be expected, the priest» and the religious mendicants, under this profiigate system, are tbe very ringleaders in crime. Tbe whole country is, indeed, given up to abomination to that degree, that, according to the opinion of one of • tile oldest and most respectable residents in India, delivered in Mr. Ward's hearing more than once, there is scarcely a chaste female to be found among all these myriads of idolaters. Such is a brief account of Hin- dooism as it still exists. Thanks be to God that the efforts of various bodies of Christians in England add America, made in his strength, have already obtained a rich re- ward. Several hundreds of Hindoos tiare renounced theif gods, the (langes, and their priests; and Lave shaken from their limbs the BB 277 ^^^B m¥> mm B Hk| ^^B 1 ^B' fa '\imk ^^K^^ u HON iron chain of caste. A large number of converted natives have become in some sense missionaries, and have been the instruments of " turning many to righteousness/' Anxiety has been generally awalcened for instruction, which promises the lisppiest results; and a vast band of agents, too numerous and too various for recapitulation, are car- rying forward the work so auspi- ciously commenced. May He, to whom the heathen are to be given for an inheritance, still send pros- perity ! HONDURAS, a province in Mexico, North America, bounded N. by the Bay of Honduras, E. by the Caribbean Sea, S. by Nicaragua, and W. by Vera Paz. It is 390 m. long from E. to W., and 150 from N. to S. Its soil is rich and fertile, producing, in great abundance, most of tbe tropical fruits ; It has a few English settlements, but the principal inhabitants are Musquito Indians. In consequence cf an urgent request of the Rev. J. Annstrong, chaplain to the English settlement, seconded by the bene- volent wishes of the Commandant, Col. Arthur, the C. M. S. sent to their assistance the Rev. J. Bitchier, Sd chaplain, Mr. and Mrs. Moore, teachers, and Mr. Moore, printer. The principal design of this reinforcement was to promote more extensively the good of the settlement, and also to dif- fuse the blessings of Christianity among the Mtisquito Indians, who inhabit a country from 1000 to 1200 m. in extent,' on the southern shores of the Bay of Honduras. They are characterized by the general maric$ of Heathenism, beii.g indolent, ignorant, qnd supersti- tious ; tbot^ not so st. angly ad- dicted to viciow habits as many barbarous nations. They are much attached to the English. Thefr king, who has received his educa- tion at the expense of the British # HOW government, avows himself a Cbtii. tian, and has promised his suppiitt to any efforts to Christianize his subjects. Many of his chiefs wish their children to be instructed, and various circumstances combine to recommend'thoserude natives to the attention of the Christian world. The B. M. S. stationed the Rev, J. Bourne at Belize, in 1822,' which is situated on a river of the same name ; who, on account of some difficulties attending a mis- sion among the native tribes at th« time, turned his attention to the disbanded African soldiers, who, with their families, resided near that place. In his labours he derives much assistance from one of hit friends, a man of colour, who it acquainted with the French and Spanish languages, as well as with the Indian spoken on the coast, and ii diligently employed in preaching and holding prayer meetings among the people in different parts of tlM neighbourhood. The numb«r of communicants has recently in* creased from 4 to 12, and the at' tendance at the chapel is good. HOWRAH, a populous suburb of Calcutta, on the opposite side of the Hoogly, in which reside many Englishmen, and thousands of na- tives. Since 1821, the Bofiui Misiionaries at Calcutta have la- boured here with encouraging suc- cess. The Rev. Mr. Statham woi fixed at this station, and a chapel built, at an expense of 10,000 ru- pees defrayed by subscriptions m tbe spot, was well attended. A school was also formed, and tracts were distributed in great nuniben, which were carried to different parts of the country, A second chapel was afterwards erected. Here a Mussulman moonshee, or teacher, was baptized; an event which occasioned great surprine among that class of natives, and led to much inquir)'. Am6ng other pleasing incidents, Mr. S. men- 278 ♦ HOW tioiw the following.— << A poor old woman was sick, and sent iat me) she appeared to be very ill indeed, yet calm and re> signed. On my asking her how she felt with regard to entering on SB eternal world, she said, * It will be a happy change for me.' I asked flie grounds of such a hope. She clasp«l her Bengalee Bible, wfaibh lay by her cot, and said, ' I find Christ here, Christ in my heart, and Christ is in heaven. He dted for poor sinners like me ; I know he is able to save me. I be- lieve he will:' and then she prdyed so sweetly, that I could not forbear ciying out, * Oh, that my latter end miybe like hers 1'" In another communication, he observes, " There is, and none can ieiiy it who know any thing of these matters, a far greater pros- pect of the establishment of the Redeemer's kingdom among the Hhidoos than ever presented itself before. I well remember the time, ^en if I offered a tract, or Gospel, te a rich Baboo, he woidd reject 11 in scorn ; and now the same cba« ncter is continually inquiring for moretookt. Not two years ago, female education was looked upon by the rich natives as a thing dero- gatory to their caste ; now they are desirous to get female teachers for their wives and daughters. I recol- lect, when in Sulkea Btizaar, the imtives would not let myself and the native with me get a place to {WHch in ; now t^ey sny, ' Come often — tell us more about these things!' I have ut this moment 36 bojrs, the sons of natives of good estate, reading the Scriptures in my Temndah,wbo some time ago were Hfraid to touch a book. Depend on it, that the Lord is fulfllUiig his promises quicker than our thoughts surmise." Mr. Statham was subsequently compelled to intermit his Inlraurs for a time, and «eek, by revisiting HUA his native land, for a renewal of that vigour whic^ long continued exertions had materially impaired. Durbig his absence, the services he has hitherto conducted will be chiefly maintained by Mr. George HUAHIN^, one of the So- ciety Islands in the Pacific Ocean, 30 leagues from Tahiti. It is 21 miles in circuit, populous, and fer- tile, and has a commodious harbour called Owharre, W. long. I51<> 6' S. lat. 16»44'. Here the L. M. S. has a statioftl Previous to its formation, idolatry had been abolished through the in- fluence of the efforts made at Tahiti; but the missionaries, on their arrival, were received with apparent coldness by the body of the people, >vho manifested little desire to eiyov religious instruction. The tone of feeling, however, soon changed i — the missionaries were treated with the greatest deference and respect, and every exertion was made to facilitate their object. In 1822, it was stated, that the con- gregation on the Sabbath-days usually consisted of from 1000 to 1400 persons; that 72 adults had been baptized, and 38 children; that 400 candidates for baptism were receiving preparatory instruc- tion; that a Sunday school had been formed, containing about 230 boys and 180 girls ; that the average number of adults and children in the native schools was about 450 ; and that the contributions at the Third Anniversary of the Huahin^ ^. M. S. amounted to 12 balls of arrow root, and 6340 bamboos of cocoH-nut oil. Civilization was also rapidly advancing. Some time after this, a code of laws was drawn up, approved by the king and chiefs, and adopted by the people ; some works were prepared for the press ; and a society for the relief of the sick and disabled was e^itablished by the natives. After 270 I': describing the particulars of the cbanjare produced by this misiiion, Ihe Deputation proceed as follow$ : — "In fact, the improTenaent of the people in industry, and their ad- ^vaucement in' the «cale bf society are so evident, that every foreigner "yrho comes here is stniclc with ■surprise and delight. We seemed irather to be in an English town than in a countrj' so lately in a bar- 'bnrous state. That all this ni h^hty change should have been effected in so short a tinie as six years, -would appear almost incredible, did we not witness the fact with our own eyes. But it is the work of God and not of man. The inter- vention of an Almighty agency can alone account for the effects produced. At the satne time, we will not withhold our meed of praise from those who have been made the honoured instruments of effecting this great work." The Deputation conclude their report as follows: — ** On a general and minute view of both the temporal and religious condition of this mis- sion station, there is every reason for gratitude to God, and encou- ragement to that society which has bad the honour of conferring so many blessings on thispeople. Had nothing more been done by the L. M. S. than has been effected in this one station, all its labours and expenses would have been most amply compensated." The children's school, which contains about .SOO, and that for the adults, which comprises the chi«f part of the inhabitants of the station who have arrived at years of n»ituri sists of from lioo to 1400 persons^ whose attendance is regular, and many of whom afford proof that they do not hearthe Oospel in vain. The week-day tneetings for exhor- tation, religious conversation, (uid prayer, in which a very Hteiy in. tetest prevails, Are attended Witk profitable results. Mrs. Batff every week meets the female memben of I the church, about 200 in number, I for religious conversation and prayer. The chapel, which has been rebuilt on an enlarged scale, wiQ hold about 2000 persons, and con* tains a gallery that accommodiit^ 400 children. Mr. Barif has in hand a transla* tion of the prophecy of Jeremiah. Civilization continues to advance. Several new houses have been lately erected, and many more are in progress. More ground has also been bri^ngfat into a state of cultivation. After these pleasing statements, it is the more painful to add, that a calamitous event, which happened nigh to this station during the year 1820, has been made an occnsion, on the part of some of the natives, for acts highly discreditable to their character. It seems thot an Ameri- can vessel rnllcd the /(yj?ffo, com* munded by Capt. Coffin," on the 81»t of November struck on the reef. JAF !Fb* fKK^Ie belonging to the ves^l> coBsidaring their situation perilous> A^ndoned it to a body of ioatives, who were requested by the. captain to make eveiy possible effort to save the property on board. These natives haying, during the night, found A quantity of spirits, and drank of thi^m immoderately, pro- ceeded to appropriate to their own Use a number of articles belonging to the ship. They afterwards re- stored a part of this property, Ibut not the whole. Mahin^, the prin- cipal chief of tluahin^, who was at the time on the opposite side of the island,' on being informed of What bad taken place, acted in a most commendable manner. He made a present to the captain, as some ccppensation for the loss he had sustained, adopted measures for the protection of the remaining pro- perty, and eveti himself personally engaged in watching it. The greater part of the natives who were involved in the guilt of the above-mentioned transactions, had M comuncioH with the tuiasion ; but it is painful to state, that some of them made a profession of reli- gion. With few exceptions, these have since manifested repentance, and have been restored to their scoustomed intercourse with their fellow Christians. A spirit of holy jealousy and self-examination ap- pears to have been excited very generally among the people of the itntion by these occurrences, and a more diligent attention to the means of grace has been the result. /.VMf t iSi"rfj: »<.. JAFFNA, or .JAFPNAPA- TAM, a peninsula, in the north- ern part of Ceylun, connected with tbti ixland by an isthmus. It is 40 ro. lung, and 10 wide. The whole district is one continued plain, no JAP part of it rising higher than 30 feet above the level of the sea ; and is considered the most healthy, fer- tile, and populous part of the island. The population, variously estimated from ISO to 200,000, consists, principally, of Malabars, Who emigrated from the continent : they ore a brave people, and far superior in energy to the Cingalese, the original inhabitants. With the exception of a few thousand Roman Catholics, a small number of Mahomedans, and 2 or 300 nominal Christians, the whole population of this district are heathens. While the Dutch held possession of the island, considerable effort Was made to infuse into their minds the principles of Christianity. As no one was eligible to any of- fice of government, unless he pro- fessed the Christian faith, the great mass of the people, probably from motives of interest, were baptized : but a change of masters produced an alteration in their religious prac* tices ; for no sooner was permission given by the British government, than they, almost with one consent, threw off their profession, and re- sumed their former superstitions. They havo not, however, given their sanction to some of the more appalling customs of heathenism, such as those of burning widows, and polygamy. Their religion is that of the brahmins, though they are not so devotedly attached to their peculiar rites as are some of the devotees of that system ; and they have feebler prejudicesagainst Christianity. A few miles from Jatlhnpatam is a famous Hindoo temple, at whose shrine they pay their de>-otions. They speak the Tamul or Malabar language, which is spoken by 8 or 9 millions of people on the adjacent continent. A considerable part of the sacred writings, together with other books of a religious nature, were trnni- Inted and published in the Tamul B B 2 'Y-,r.,- . JAP ■ language by the Dutch: but soon aift«r their departure, the district was enveloped in ignorance and superstition, and remained in that condition, with little exception, iili I8I», when the Rev. Messrs. Richards, Meigs, Poor, and War- ren, from the j4. B. C. F. M. arrived, and established them- selves in the district of Jaffna. Application was immediately made to government, and liberty was soon granted them to occupy the ancient church buildings and glebe- lands in several of Xae parishes. Having determined upon Tillipally and ^a///coMa, as suitable places to commence their operations, they repaired immediately to Jaffna, and proceeded to make the neces- sary repairs. In June, 1810, the Rev. Messrs. Winslow, Spaulding, and Wood- ward, together with Dr. John Scud- der, sailed from Boston tostrengtiien this mission. Next to t^eir prin- cipal employment, viz. the^acoulsi- tion of the Malabar language, was the establishment of free -schools. iSuch natives, therefore, as wished to be employed as teachers, were sent out into different parishes to collect scholars, whose immediate Instruction was entrusted to them, under the superintendence of the missionaries. Boarding schools, also, were established at each of the stations, in which children were supported by the bounty of benevolent individuals, or societie. in America. These schools are under the immediate care and in- struction of the missionaries or their wives. At their first opening, 12 dollars was considered a sum adequate to defray the expenses of one scholar a-year; but after a thorough trial) this sum was found insufficient to cover the contingent expenses, and in 18fll, the sum was raised to 80 dollars. The number of pupils in the bourdhig schools in 1883, was 170, JAP^ ;-,-::■■-' the whole i^umber of day-sehools attached to the mission was 42, containing 1300 children, who daily attended. Owing to the superstitious tieim of the people at the commencement of the mission, boyt only were suffered to receive the beineftt of instruction ; but their prejudices have been so far removed, that day schools have been recently opened for«the benefit oi fematet. A plan is now contemplated, and will probably be shortly executed, of establishing a native College. Such an institution, it is thought, will tend to a more general drnii* sion of Christian knowledge, and^ by connecting the study of the sciences with Christianity, will raise the standard of education, and strike with power at the root of idolatry. Here, also, native preach* ers, translators, teachers, and u* sistants, can be well qualified for each of these departments, who will ultimately render important service to the mission. An Academy y also, is abont to be established at BatHcotfa, as a school preparatory to admission into tiw college. Soon after the arrival of the first missionaries at Colombo, they were organized into a Church. After their removal to Jaflfha, though sta* tioned at different places, it was thought best to act in concert, and have but one church, with which ail the mission family might be united* Since the establishment of the mission, 84 natives have been n- ceived into Christian fellowship; and. With the exception of 2 or 3, have uniformly adorned their Chris- tian profession, and exemplified the beneficial eflects of missionairy b' hours. Three individuals have been licensed to .reach the Gospel to their deluded brethren. Thew, together with some of the more forward scholars in the boarding* schools frequently itinerate into 888 JAL. diflJerent parts of the district, and, by reading the Scriptures andcon* venations \rith the natives, uifi>rd essential aid to the mission. Some of the scholars, not belong- in; to the xhurch, are believed to be pious, and many more are seriously disposed. The missionaries st this place, by means of their lehools, the distribution of tracts, couversations, and preaching, are continually exerting a powerful and happy influence on a large popula* tion. In addition to the stations occu>> pied by the American missionaries^ the freiteyan and C. At. S. have each stations in Jaffna, and their missionaries have laboured with considerable success. Jaffita, or Jajffnajmtam^ a large dttd very populous town, capi- tal of the district of Jaffna, si- tuated 'several miles from the sea, on a navigable riven It is the se- cond town in the island, and the residence of the superintendent of the district. The inhabitants are principally of Mahomedan extrac- tion. E long. 80" 18^, N. \aX. 9° 48'. The Rev. Messrs. Carver and Bolt, and Mr. J. Hunter, assistant missionary, from the fV, M. S. came here in 1614. The miiision- aries preach in the Tamul language to a large and attentive congrega- tion, in a new chapel, towards which a very handsome subscription of not less than SOOO rix dollars was raised; and also itinerate in the neighbouring parishes, and preach with much acceptance to numerous crowds of people. In addition to these labours, they have the care4>f 18 achook. Pu- pils, 683 $ catechists and school- masters, 11 ; members in society 88. In Dec. 1881, a branch B. S. was formed, the funds of which have since much increased. JALOOFS, a people of W. Africa, inhabiting the country be- tween the low«r part of the Gam- JAM bin and th6 Senegal* They arejet black, are divided into several classes or castes, ard very expcArt in war, and are, therefore, dreaded by other nations. Many of them pro* fess the Mahmnedan religion ; but their extreme ignorance,, and ridi- culously absurd prejudices, are be- yond conception. The Society of Friend* has madf^ some advances towards diffusing the light of divine truth among this people. Han' nah Kilham, one of their number, has made considerable progress in learning their language, and in re- ducing it to order, with the design of translating into it the Bible and other religious books. JAMAICA, an island of the West Indies, discovered by Colum* bus in 1494, and occupied by Spain in 1669. It was attacked by the British, and ceded to them in 1 666. It lies 80 leagues W. St. Domingo, nearly the same distance S. Cuba, and is of on oval figure, 170 m. long and 60, broad. It is divided into 3 counties, Middlesex, Suney, and Cornwall, and contains upwards of 4,080,000 acres. A ridge of hills runs lengthwise from £. to W« whence numerous rivers take their rise on both sides, though none of them are navigable. In the valleys are sugar-canes, and such a variety of fruit-trees, us to make the count try exceedingly beautiful. The year is divided into 8 seasons, the wet and dry ; but the rains are not so frequent as formerly, which is supposed to be owing to the cut- ting down of the woods. The pro- ducts and fruits are in great variety and plenty. This island is nu^ the most valuable of the British West India colonies. In nOd, the Maroons, or original natives, who inhabited the moun- tains, rose against the English ; they were not quelled for J months, and by cruel means. St. Jago de la Vega is the seat of government, but Kingatou is the mart of trade. 883 ^.r^-i.:^U i, JAM Mfil this 'island the U,'S,}aKe laboured amidit Many trials and . .,4Ufficulties, since the year 1754. ^It V In 1604, 60 years from the com" taeneement of the mission, the In^tbren observe : — ** Though we ,, cannot exult over an abundant .• in-gathering of souls> or even over ' cwr present prospects, yet we have sufficient cause of gratitude to the Lord, for having preserved a seed in Jamaica, which, in his own good ■time, may grow up into a rich bar* , 'vest. It appears, that from the be- ginning of this mission to the pre-* tent period, 938 negroes have been 4»ptized." New stations were afterwards lAmnlenced, which appeared to be the scenes of a very serioos end pro^ssive awakening. The following accounts' will describe •the state of the various departments of the mission, at the dates affixed. A<7ur Afefi, May, 1828.- '< When I came to this place, 12 years ago," says Brother Becker, " I found very few who knew any thing more than that they had been formerly baptized by a missionary. Not long after, I perceived, that by the power of bis word, preached in simplicity, the Lord caused convictions to arise In the minds of the negroes, and their blind eyes to be opened : many came to inquire what they must do to be saved. At present this is still more frequently done. Our new church is too small to hold the con* gregation. About 600 may find room in it, and our auditory is ge- nerally 900. April 27th being our prayer day, IS persons were bap- tizea, and 22 added to the candidates for baptism. From Easter, 1622, to Easter, 1623, 99 adults have been baptized, or received into the con- regation, and 52 have become par- taken of the Lord's Supper*" Irwin, September?, 1625, Bro- ther Light remarks : — " During the ten years of my residence here, I have baptized, on the estates of Messtk. RdU and Irnvmritti, T4d adults, and 162 children; ttndr^^ ceived 63, baptized by others, into church fellowship. The congre- gation at Irwin (ionsisti of 11 g persons ; of whom 40 are comma-i nicants, 19 candidates, and 59 bap^ tized adults, not yet communicants: to these may be added 32 baptized children, under 12 years of age: in all 150. At Musquito Cooe-et- tate, in Hanover parish, 20 nu off^ which I visit every 9 week8> there are 26 adults, and 14 children, bap- tised at the special request of the proprietor." Fairfield, February 14, 1828, Brother Ellis announces the finish- ing a.id opening of a new church at this place, and observes : — " In the year 1825, the number of per- sons at Fairfield who attained to further privileges in the chnrch^ were as follows :-^admitted can- didates for baptism or reodptkm, 110; baptized as adults, 22; re- ceived into iht congregation, 74 ; admitted candidates for the holy communion, 91; communicants, 90; re-admitted to the congregation, 9 ; children baptized, 31 . In the course of the year, 27 persons, exclurive of Europeans, have departed this life. At the end of the year, the congregation consisted of 328 com- municants ; 97 candidates for the communion; ll 35 baptized adults, not yet communicants; baptized children, 130'^ candidates for bap- tism and reception, 125 ; new peo- ple, 375 :->-in all 1190; 143 more than last yeur." In 1789, the Rev. Dr. Coke oi the ff^. M. S. visited Jamaica, and preached a few times to increas- ing congregations, and with but little opposition. Mr. Hammett, however, who was aftemards ap- pointed to labour in Kin^toni where a commodious chapfei vas erected, experienced so much persecution, that his life was fre- quently endangered, and be was 284 abdltitely eomp^ed to refimiii ftom preaching by candle'^ligbt. Some (tf the members were under the {leeeatty of guatditig their place of worship, le«t the outrageous mob diould demolMi it ) and one night, between II and 12 o' dock, some penons actually broke down ther gates of the court leading to the chapel, and would probably have committed stiU greater outrages, luid they not been checked in their iKvless proceedings by the arrival of the town<^^rd. Through the remonstrances of a gentleman of influence in the towtt) the magis> tretes were induced to publish an advertisemeKt, which, for sotne time, kept the rioters within tole- lable bounds. "But the hews*' papers/* says Dr. Coke, "were med, for several months, with Mtetis for and against nst Every tUiig bad was said of Mn Hammett, and every disgraceful name was given to him. WHh reject to myself, they published an anecdote of iny being tried in England for horte-atealing, and flying to Ame^ rleato esci^e (rom Justice, though few persons, if any, I believe, credited the report* Some of the rioters were prosecuted, but the jury acquitted them, against the clearest evidence. Harassed with persecution, opposition, and fatigue, Mr. H. was compelled to relinquish his'labours ; and as I was shortly to visit the continent, I determined to take him with me, as two other mis- sionaries were sent to the island. " The flames of persecution, which had hitherto raged so furiously, now began to sulfide, and the bre- thren who were left in Jamaica were soon enabled to extend their ministrations to Port Royal,- Mon- tego Bay, and several plantations in the country ; and ihey had the pleasing consciousness of knowing that their labours were not in vain. In April, 1802, some of the local preachers, belonging to the society JAW at Kingstoli) paid a visit to d vilMgd called Mtrant Bittf, and found many of the inhabitants disposed to join in public worship. They were se- conded in their endeavours by Messils. Fish and Campbell, then residing in the island; and In a short time a small society was formed. The enemies of religion, however, viewed these proceeding^ with indignation, and resolved, if possible, to crush the rising cause; They accordingly presented the houses in which divine service wa^ performed as nuisances, at Ihe quatter sessions ; but, as they coidd substantiate no charge, th^r ma- lignant attempt proved unavailing i and tile meetings were continued with every appearance of increasing prosperity. Severe trials and impri- sonments still awaited the labourers^ and at length the house of assembly thought proper to pass an act^ Which, whilst it professed to rec6m<« mend the instruction of the slavet in the doctrines of the established church, strictly prohibited the Wes^ leyan missionaries from presuming to teach theih, or even to adhiii them into tiieir houses or places of worship, uHdel; the penalty of fiine or imprisonment. The situation of the missionaries was now painful indeed. *' Fre- quently," says Dr. Coke, "before the chapel Was completely shut, while men of free condition en- tered, to hear the preaching, the slaves crowded- about the doors, which the edict forbade them to enter, with looks of the most ex- pressive sorrow, and words of the most penetrating eloquence. In- deed, we do not envy the feelingi of that man who could hear un- moved these pathetic expressions, accompanied with tears ; — ' Massa, me no go to heaven now. White man keep black man from serving God. Black man got no soul. Nobody tench black man now!' If ever the woids of Sterne had 885 -»(*e*s Q'lne^ning^) when he/ says, ' I heard his ehains, and the Jron entered ittto hfssoul!' it must have been on this occasion ; and the man who stood at the chape) doors, to forbid the entrance of the slaves, must have felt them in all their force." the intolerant act passed by ihe house of assembly was no sooner transmitted to England, than it was set aside by his late Majesty. But though the ene- raioi of religion were thus frus-> trated in their attempt, they con- trived, by temporary ordinances, to tbr^w insuperable obstacles in the way of the missionaries, whose chapel was, in consequence, shut up for a succession of years. In Iteoember, 1815, however, it was re-opened by Mr. John Sbipman, who succeeded, after several un- successful applications, in obtain- ing a licence to preach the Gos- pdK The same privilege was fdierWards obtained by other mis- fioAjBties) and in 1818, a second 'dbftel was opened in Kinp' iOn, and the magistrate? in Moucego day consented to licence a new place of wondiip in that part of the island. In succeeding years the mis- sionary work was greatly extended, fM wiU appear from the following particulars of ibe Jamaica dis- trict, recently furnished by the missionaries: — Kingaton Circuits Kingston.-^ y Here large congregations conti- nue to attend our ministry, many of whom have found the Gospel to be * ibe power of God unto salva- tion.* Number in society— Whites 68; Free Coloured, 1862; Slaves, 2136. Total 4064." Port Royal.—** This Infant so- ciety is in a very pleasing state. Number in society — Whites, 5 ; Free Coloured, 86; Slaves, 49. Total, 140." Spanish Town Circuit, Spanith JAM T^tum.—** The present sttit^ 4tf Ihe society is encouraging.** ". .? , Old /farktun— "At this-plaee, the small society is in a very pros> perous state.** Halse hallf Clttrend«n.—"'Flik estate has been visited with 'as much regularity as circumstances would possibly allow ; but our work here labours under great disadvantages, on account of its distance from the mission station. Number in society — Whites, 8; Free Coloured, 243 ; Slaves, 10B« Total, 363. . " Our Sunday-school at Spanitk 7Wn is at present in a very Unr state, and the hopes of its friends have been greatly disappointed. It is, however, a very enconraging circumstance, that several of tbe scholars, both male and female, have become members of the so- ciety, and. there are several now on trial." Morant-Bujf Circuit, Mmml* Bay.— "The society during tlte past year l|f» iHot . iilor«asfid- U number. ■ "At Yaltahat the society ooA^ tinues to increase in number, pielgr, knowledge, and zeal. Number In society'^ Whites, 4; Free Cok>ured> 90 ; Slaves, 1646. Total, 1T40. « The school at Marant Bay hit sufiered much for want of proper books; but the children, to tKe number of £0, attend well, and are making improvement.** Bath ami Manchioneat Circuii, Batfi. — " The society and congre- gations are acquiring a considerable degree of stability and character, and aftbrd very great encouragements to their future piety and usefulness." " At Manchioneal the congre>> gations are very large and respec^ able, and an excellent spirit pit- vails amongst them. Number ih society — Free-coloured, 07; Slaves, 1928. Total, 2025.'* Grateful Hill Circuit. Orattful- Hill,— " Tbe congregation and 286 y-^ JAM. soci«^' 9i!9,rapidly incniasing at this place." V^tltf — "Here alio both the CQ^gif gation ai)d society are in- ci^ng; and, with very few ex- 4!eptions,the members evidence their ffocerily by the correctness of, their nKural conduct.?' HigAgate,—" This place, which \a§ been but recently opened, alords ground for much encou- ngement. Number in society — Whites, 6} Free Coloured, 138; Slaves, 696, Total 740." Stoney-Hili Circuit. StoneyHill. • •^*AX this station the spiritual st»te of the 80(:iety is very encou- raging." Red MilU,— "This infant society hoJds out much encouragement; a net increase of 146 members has b^H made to the society in the course of the year. Number in society— Whites, 4 ; Free Coloured, 63; Slaves, 408. Total, 565." At St(mejfrff*tl a Sunday-school 'wif commenced in February, 1826, under rather auspicious circum- gtances ; but the severe rains which have fallen in|tb9 course of the year have greatly iretarded its pro- gress, as the children have often been prevented . from attending, the teachers have been most di- ligent in their work, and a few adiUts have been taught to read the Scriptures.— Scholars, 3d. Montego Bay Circuit. — " We are happy to say that the work of the Loid at this station is prospering, and that, there is .a prospect of increasing prosperity. The number in society is 411, making an in- crease during the year of 76. " Our Sunday-school has not prospered so much as we could desire. Nevertheless, we are happy to be able to state, that those children who have shown a better conduct, have made very consi- derable progress, and several pro- mise fair for. fn^tfulness in the vio^yard of our God. Number .| g^% JAM in th^ school— -Boys, 24 ; 31. Total, 66. "The negroe children on the estates Biue-Hole and Spring are very interesting. . " At the comroeneeniMit of the year we made an attempt to ests« blish an evaning school for adults, in which we succeeded. The pro- gress has exceeded our most san- guine expectations." > Fatmouth Orctiit.—" The so- ciety in this place, though small, is prospering. The number in s»> ciety is «6; 34 have been added during the year." Saint Ann' 9 Circuit. Saint Atm** Beof. — « The word of God appears to make but slow progress among the people of thia town, who are exceedingly igno- rant of divine things, and manifest but little desire to attend the means of grace. The members of society, however, both free and slaves, are very stedfnst and consistent ; and several have been added duringrthe past year." » Beltemont. — <* This station pre- sents encouragement. Number in society— Whites, 6; Free Coloured, 25; Slaves, 188. Total, 219." In compliance with the sollcltao tion of a mulatto Baptitt preacher, named Moses Baker^ who had for some years laboured among the negroes in Jamaica, the Rev. John Rowe, of the B. M. S. arrived in February, 1814. In April, he took a house at Falmouth, and opened a school, with the hq)e of lessening the expenses of the com- mittee on his account. He also opened a gratuitous Sabbath school, for the children of poor people, and slaves whose owners would permit them to attend. Preaching was subsequently commenced ; and the persons who assembled to hear the word of life, both negroes -and white people, conducted themselves I with the utmost decorum and ap|)a< rent attention. ; though a spirit m 287 -rl JAM ■un jpenecQtion had, for several years previous, raged in the island, and nmnbera of the inhabitants were said to be strongly pr^ udiced against the Baptist denomination» On the 21st of Nov. 18J5, Mr. Lee Compere, accompanied by his wife and two of the members of Dr. Ryland's church, in Broad- mead, sailed from Bristol to occupy other stations in Jamaica, with an ^special view to the instruction of the slaves, and the children of slaves, under the sanction of their re- spective proprietors. On their arri- val, they at first fixed their residence near Old Harbour, St. Dorothy ; butafterwardsremovedto Kingston, lat the pressing invitation of the negro Baptists, who are said to amount to some thousands in and near that place. Here Mr. Com- pere obtained a license from the .Mayor ; and be had the pleasing prospect of becoming useful. Mr. liowe, mean wbile» was removed from his labours by the hand of death. As assistance was much needed, the Rev. James Coultart arrived in Kingston harbour. May 9, 181T, and in less than a fortnight suc- ceeded in obtaining a license to preach among the negroes. Both he and Mrs. Coultart were, how- ever, much grieved on finding Mr. Compere in such a debilitated state, from repeated attacks of the ague, that he was scarcely able to wallc across his apartment ; and when he partially recovered, he judged it advisable to quit the West Indies, and remove to America. Thus unexpectedly deprived of his fellow-labourer, and left to sus- tain the whole weight of the mission in which he bad merely anticipated employment as an as- sistant, Mr. Coultart was doomed to encounter still more serious diffi- culties, and to submit to a loss much more afflictive. He was for wme time severely exercised in hii ■'■ JAM own person ; and towards the clow of September, the partner of his affections was seized wUb a vie, lent fever, which, in a short tune, put a period to her mortal ex- istence. Subsequently to this, Mr. Coul* tart's indisposition increased to such an alarming degree, that it became indispensably necessary for him to return, at least for a season, to England. The Rev. Messrs. Kitching andGodden were, therefore, -sent to Jamaica, the former of whom proceeded, in the autumn of ISl.S, to his place of destination, and the latter sailed ' from England early in the ensuing spring. Their reception appears to have been extremely kind ; ami they wer« encouraged, by the cir« cumstance of the congregatior^ increasing so rapidly, to enlarge the place of worship, so as to accommodate 350 persons mon than had ever previously attended. Scarcely, however, had they en* tored fully upon their labours, and congratulated the^nselves on the promising aspect «f the mission, when Mr. Oodden was deprived of his amiable and exc^lent wife ; and within less than two montiis after that afflictive providence, Mr. Kitching, \7ho had transmitted ^e " heavy tidings " to England, wot himself numliered with the d^. Mr. Coultart, in the mean time, having derived much benefit from a residence of several months in England, and having entered a second time into the conjugal state, returned to Jamaica, and resumed his labours at Kingston. In bis public ministrations, how- ever, he appears to have suffered severely from the confined limits of the place of worship, and tlie heat arising from an overfioMring congregation. At Spanish Town, the , scene of Mr. Godden^s labours, a most brutal attempt was made, in Jaly 288 JAM 1820, to bum that deroted ter- fant of the Redeemer in hit bed ; aiod tbough thjs barbarous design was proKidentially prevented, the bouse in which be resided was re- duced to ashes, and his health, wbich had been prefiously in a delicate state, was inuch afibcted by the alarm connected with so lunentable a catasitrophe. The j»Uowing anecdote affords an afiect' ii^ instimce of strong attachment to a spiritual instructor:— On the T^ht of the fire, a female slave, viho had been previously baptized, exerted herself greatty in carrying jirater iirom the river, in order to auist in extinguishing the flames. Wben her strength was nearly ex« hausted, she Eagerly inquired of the by-standers, " Where my minis- tei'2" A person answered, ** He hai been burnt in his bed." The poor creature was so affected by tbis dreadful intelligence, that she jfell down and expired immediately without uttering another word I At Kingston, Mr. Coultart had, IB the mean time, commenced Qie erection of a neat, substantial chapel, situated on lofty ground, near the entrance into the city, and calculated to hold 3000 persons. He had, also, many enoouraging evidences that the power of God at- tended the dispensation of the word of truth, as nearly 200 persons had been admitted into church fellow- ship within the space of 12 months, Botwithiitandlng the utmost discri* mination t^peais to have been exercised. Mr. C. relu.es the following proof of high estimation of reli- gious privileges : — ** A^ve wished lus owner to give him permissicm to attend with God's people to pray: his answer was ' No ; I will lather sell you to any one who will buy you.' * Will you,» said he, 'suffer me to Imy myself free, if Qie can ?* < If you do, you shall pay dearly for )rour fjreedQiaj aa you 4kW - ' JAM are going to pray, two hundred and fifty pounds is your price. * * Weil, massa,' said the negro, who knew that the common price for a slave was about 140/. < it a great deal of money, but me must prvof^ / If God wiU help me, me wUl try and pay you.* He has been a hmg time working hwrd, and at last sold all himself and his wife bad, ex« cept his btamketj to purchase liberty to pray in public, or, in other word^ to meet Mith those who love Jesus Christ!" Towards the close of the year, Mr. Coultart was induced, by the pressing invitation of a friend, to pay a visit to the parish of Manchio- neal, and make an excursion to Montego Bay, where he found the venerable Moses Baker blind with age. He was much gratified with the interview, and received from the proprietor of the estate on whiefa Mr. Baker resides^ a most satisfactory testimony to the moral improvement which had taken place among hia negroes, in consequence of the pious instroctions of that ex- cellent man. So convineed, indeed, was this gentlenuui of the advan* tages resultteg from an attendance upon the Gospel, that he expressed an earnest wish for some person to be sent thither, under the sanction of the B» M, S.J who might take charge of the congregation, which Mr. Baker was now unable to supply in consequence of Lb years and attendant infirmities. The Rer. Mr. Tripp was afterwards araoinied to this station. In January, I8SS, thenew chapel at Kingston was opened, and was both numerously and respectaUy attended. Upwards of 2000 per- sons were numbered within the edifice, and above 500 were ac* commodated with benches on the outside. Mr. Coultart having of- fered some remarics on the reports and other statements of the society, 8<»ue unknowa gentlemen WMrt^ c e S80 ^. i\' / • 'JAM - •■■ induced not only to espouse but to advocate the cause, and to solicit the public to support an institution which appeared " so likely to be advantageous to the genoral wel- fare." On the first Sabbath in March, the Lord's Supper was ad* ministered, in the new edifice, to about 1600 communicants, and Mr. Godden came over from Spanish Town to assist in the pleasing solemnities of the day. In a letter dated March 1 8, 1822, Mr. Knibb, who had recently ar- , rived, wrote — r" You have, perhaps, been informed tbat we have opened a house at Port Royal, about 5 m. from Kingston, on the opposite side of the harbour. It is a very wicked place ) a short time ago, it could vie with Sodom and Gomorrah in wickedness. Once it was wholly swallowed' up by an earthquake; and, in 1811, almost the whole town was consumed by fire. — 22 persons are received as candidates for baptism." In the course of the year 1823, some hundreds of members were added to-the churches in Kingston, and from that time, notwithstanding various personal and relative afflic- tions, the missionaries have had much cause of rejoicing. The last Report says — " The increase of members in the first church' at Kingston has been considerable ; and though Mr» Coultart has been constrained, on account of Mrs. C.'s continued indisposition, to leave his important charge for a season, the worship of God has been regularly maintained among theni by the united efforts of Mr. Tinson, Mr. Knibb, and Mr. Flood ; the last of whom left England shortly before the last anniversary, with Messrs. Mann and . Baylis. The school conducted by Mr.Knibb appears to be of growing utility. A public examination of the pupils was held in December last, when many persons of respectability at- JAM tended, and expressed moch pleiy. sure and surprise at the progress of the pupils. It is highly encou. raging to add, that many who were educated in this school have be- come members of the church, and others are candidates for the same privilege." '' The chapel hitherto occupied by Mr. Tinson's congregation, hav- ing been found, in point of situatioa and otherwise, inconvenient, pre- mises better adapted for their use have been engaged in the city. They were opened for divine wor- ship, after the necessary repairj and alterations bad been completed, on the 24th of December. . " Ap- pearances," says Mr. T. " are very encouraging." " The exertions which have for several years been made at Port Royal, the ancient capital of the island, have issued in the fmrmatioD of a church there, of which Mr. Knibb has taken the ' charge. About ISO members belonging te Kingston have been united to it; and at the date of the last accounts the number of converts had consi- derably increased." *' At Spanish Toum," Mr. Phi- lippo writes, " our prospects are indeed cheering; the number of our stated congregation nearly doubles what it was last year. Not less than 400 young persons have been added to itwiUiin the last two or three months, almost all of whom seem earnestly inquiring the way to Zion, with their faces thi- therward." Mr. Philippo has been laboriously engaged, for seve- ral months past, in superintending the erection of a new chapel ^ and such is the interest taken by the people in this service, that many free persons of colour, both in the church and in the .congregation, submit to the greatest drudgery, solely that they may present the fruits of their labour as an offering to the house of God." 290 JAM ' « At Old Harbour f Postage Fort, li^d several otheir places in the neigbbourhood, which are supplied fcy the joint exertions of Mr. Phi- Ijppo and Mr. Baylis, the prospects are equally animating; and scarcely a week passes but deputations are sent dqwn to Spams fi Town, from the contiguous parishes, reiterating the Macedonian cry, " Come over and help us." « Although the vacancy at Anotta Bay, occasioned by the decease of Mr. Phillips, has not yet been sup<- plied, the worlc of the mission Iras uot been altogether at a stand. Mr. Flood has occasionally visited the station, andhad the pleasure to re- ceive upwards of SO members into the churcii at'the tlose of 1826." • " The churches both at Montego B9y and Crooked Spring are in a very pleasing and prosperous state. The exertions of Mr. Mann, dur- iag Mr. Burchell's visit to this country, had been unremitting and successful; and on the third Sab- bath in March, 75 persons were Imptized. Mr. Burchell has com- menced preaching at the town of Falmouth, where for a long time hundreds have eagerly desired his visits. Arrangement have also been made for occupying a station at Ridgland, in the parish of West- moreland." " But while so encouraging a statement of < the progress of reli- gion in Jamaica may be made, in- telligence has lately been re'ceived of a nature to excite serious appre- hensions for the future welfare of tiie mission. A consolidated slave law passed the House of Assembly on the 22d of December last, in which, among many other enact- ments of a widely different charac- ter, several clauses are inserted of t tendency equally injurious and unjust. Repeated applications have been made to government upon the subject, and it is earnestly hoped tl)e. representations will not be in JAN vain. May He by whom kings, reign and princes decree justice, graciously interpose, to defend his cause in this important island from the danger which threatens it I " The C. K. S. has several schools on this Island, which are in a pros- perous state. A correspondence having been entered into with the Bishop of Ja- maica, by which it appeared that~ openings of usefulness presented themselves in the establishment of schools- in the island, the com- mittee of the C. M. S. have placed the sum of £200 at his Lordship's disposal, for that purpose. "* An opportunity having occurred for the beneficial employment of the society's funds in the pariish of St. Thomas in the East, the cbin- mittee have granted the sum of £100, to be appropriated at the du- cretion of the rector. With this sum a catechist has been provided for the district of Blue Mountain Valley, containing a population of 5600 persons, who have hitherto- bad no means of spiritual instruc- tion. ' Mr. Taylor and Mr. Jones, with their wives, pursue the worlc of education on the estates of Salt Savannah, and Papine. In the school under Mr. Taylor's care there are 83 scholars, consisting of adults and children ; and in that of which Mr. Jones has the charge, 8 1 . "JAN, ST. one of the Virgin Islands, W. Indies, about 36 m. E. Porto Rico. In 1T41, a pious man,named Jens Rasmers, an overseer of one of the plantations, who had formed an ac- quaintance with the missionaries at St. Thomas, began to preach to the negroes under liis care, and occa- sionally invited some of the U, B. to come over to his aid. Great at- tention was thus excited among the slaves ; and in the course of a few years, it was so evident that the , word spoken was attended with a 291 ^' si*" JAN dlvioe blessing, that a small estate wa$ purchased as a missionary set- tlement, and called Bethany ; and in November, 1754, Mr. Brucher, from the island of St. Thomas, took up his residence there. In 1766, the church, which had been unfortunately blown down by a tempest, was rebuilt ; and in 1 782, the brethren purchased a house and a piece of ground, in another part of the island, for the accommoda- tion of those negroes who were precluded by distance from, regu- larly attending the worship at Be- thany. In this settlement, which was called EmmauSf a new church was erected and a missionary was settled; two circumstances which appeared to gratify the white inha? bitants of the neighbourhood, as well as the peculiar objects of the mission. In August, 1703, a dreadful hur- ricane occurred in the West India islands, and proved particularly de- structive to St. Jan. Of the two missionary settlements, Bethany and Emmaus, the former was most exposed to the fury of the tempest, nnd there the scene was truly ap- palling: the storm commenced in the evening of the 18th ; and before morning, the brethren and many persons, both Europeans and peo- ple of colour, who had fled to them from different parts of the neigh- bourhood, could scarcely find shel- ter in any part of the buildings. AbQut 8 o'clock the wind suddenly reered to the S., when all the bouses of the negroes were swept away in an Instant ; and soon after, the church fell with a tremendous crash, and its ruins were whirled into the air, and carried to a con- siderable di.Btance — boards, beams, rafters, and shingles, flying in all directions. The mission-house also, was in the most imminent danger. Providuntially, however, this was preserved, together with the church and dwelling-hous* of the brethren JER at Emmaus, though all the soro rounding buildings were completely, destroyed. In the year 1813, the congrega. tions of the brethren on this island consisted of 1461 baptized persons, including children; and of this number 677 had been admitted to the holy sacrament. The hurricane which was felt so severely in St. Croix, in the autumn of 1819> also visited the island of St. Jan, and did considerable da- mage to the missionary settlements, JERUSALEM, a city of Asia, capital of the ancient Judea and of modem Palestine, situated about 25 m. westward of the Jordan, and 40 E. Mediterranean. E. long, 35« 20', N. lat. 3P 48'. It is sup. posed to have been founded by Mel- chizedeck, and named ^alem ; but when the Israelites entered the land of Canaan, it was called Jebug, from the Jebusites, whose capita} it was. It was the capital of Da- vid's kingdom, under its present name. Here Solomon, his suc- cessor, built his magnificent tem- ple, which was dedicated 1004 years B.C. About 418 years after, the city and walls were demolished by Nebuchadnezzar. It has beea several times destroyed by the ene- mies of God, and rebuilt by bis chosen people. In the reign of Tiberius, it was rendered memo- rable by being the scene of many of Christ's miracles, and especially of bis death and resurrection ; and was taken and destroyed by Titus, A. D. 70. At the siege, according to Joseph us, 97,000 were taiten prisoners, 12,000 perished with hunger ; and the whole number of slain and prisoners, during the war, was 11,000,000. It wassoon rebuilt; has since been often plundered aai partially destroyed ; and, for several centuries, has been annexed to the Turkish empire. It has long been an object of much veneration, and the resort of numerous pilgrims, of 2U .varioas denominations and coun- tries, who pay an immense revenue to the Turks. file city is built on several hills ; viz. Zion, at the S. W. part ; Cal- vary, at the N. W. ; Moriah, at the S. E. ; and Bezetha, at the N. E. It is nearly square, and little short of 3 m. in circnit. The population is estimated as follows : — Mussul- inans,10,000— Jews,6000"Greeks, 2000— Catholics, 1500— Armeni- ans, 500.— Total, 20,000. Some think the Jews are more numerous than the Mussulmans ; they occupy, however, a much smaller part of the city than the Turks and Arabs, nnd have 5 syna^i^gues in the quar- ter where they live. There are also 11 mosques, and 20 monaste- ries, belonging to the different denominations of Christians. All that remains now of this ,once splendid city, is n Turkish Walled town, enclosing a number of heavy, unornamented, stone houses, with here and there ruined heaps and vacant spaces, seated amid rupfged hills, on a stony and for- bidding soil, — " a cemetery in the midst of a desert." Jerusalem is, in fact, no more ; what exists on its site seems only to mislead topo- lO'dphical inqnirieii. Not a monu- ment of Jewish times is standing, the> very course of the walls is changed, and the boundaries of the ancient city are become doubtful. Jhn monks pretend to show the site« of the sacred places ; but nei- ther Calvarj' nor the Holy Sepul- fthre, much less the Dolorous Way, the house of Caiaphtis, dire, has the slightest pretensions to even a prolmhle identity with the real lo- cality to which the tradition refers. The general aspect of the country in the inimediale neighbourhood of Jerusalem is blighted nnd barren : '< the hare rocks look through the Manty sward, nnd the grain seems ill doubt '.vhi'ther to come to ma- turity, or to die in the ear." On JER approaching the city from the W. toward the Jaffa, or Pilgrim's gat^, little is seen but the embattled walls, and the gothic citadel, — the greater part of the town being con- cealed in the hollow formed by the slope of the ground toward the E. But, from the high ground in the road to Nablous and Damascus, where the distant city first bursts on the traveller, the view is ex- ceedingly noble and picturesque. Amid a seemingly magnificent as- semblage of domes, and towers, and minarets, it is said, the eye rest'* with delight on the elegant propor- tions, the glistening gilded crescent, and the beautiful green blue colour of the mosque of Omar, occupying the site of the temple of Jehovah ; while, on the left, the lovely slope of Mount Olivet forms a soothing feature in the landscape. The ge- neral character is a sort of forlorn magnificence ; but the distant view is all. On entering at the Damas- cus gate, meanness, and filth, and misery, soon reveal its fallen nnd degraded state. The traveller is lost among narrow, unpaved, de- serted streets, where a few paltry shops expose to view nothing but wretchedness : the houses are dirty and dull, looking like prisons of sepulchres ; scarcely a creature Is to be seen in the streets, or at the gates ; and throughout the whofp city, there is not one symptom of either commerce, comfort, or hap- piness. " How doth the city sit solitary, that was full of people ! How is she become as a widow ! she that was great among the nations, and princess among the people ; how is she become tl'lbutnry ! From the daughter of ZIon all her beauty Is departed. All that pass by, say, Is this the city that w«w called the perfection of beauty, the joy of the whole earth ?" But even that distant view of the modern town, which has been pro- nounced so exceedingly beautiful, c c a S09 n \S>^, •! 1 id r^'wHnBll • Mn r^.^'j i'V' ^•j B i 't JER liTOToUingto the minid; for what can reconcile -the feelings of a protestant Christian to the mon- strous incongruity of Turkish domes and minarets towering over the site of tlie temple, and the triumphant symbol of the Mahom- medan imposture glittering amid the towers of convents and churches dedicated to fraud and idolatry ? The features of nature, however, possess an unchangeable interest; and it is on these, not on tbe pre- tended holy places, and intrusive shadows, that the eye reposes with complacency, — ^wlth these it is that the heart communes. ** The beau- tiful gate of the temple," remarks Dr. Clarke, " is no more | but Si- loa's fountain haply flows, and Kedron sometimes murmurs in the Valley of Jehoshaphat.'' A few gardens still remain on the sloping base of Mount Zion, watered from the pool of Siloam. The gardens of Gethsemane, the vale of Fat- ness, are in a sort of ruined culti- vation; the olive is still found growing spontaneously in patches at the foot of tbe mount to which it has given its name ; there, too, the road to Bethany still winds round the declivity, and Mount Olivet itself retains a languishing verdure. To Jerusalem tbe attention of various societiee has been directed| as furnishing the most favourable opportunities for tbe distribution of the Scriptures ond of tracts. In 1818, tbe Rev. C. Burckhardt irisited Jerusalem, as agent of tbe Afalta Bible Society, and distributed the Scriptuies in 12 languages, during the festival institute hlbit. The purpose of the com* mittee, thoud^b still kept in view, has not, m yet, been accomplished. JESSORE, or MOORLEV, a 294 JES iown of Hindoostan, In Bengal, capital of the district of Jessore, which extends into the Sunder- bunds. It is 02 m. N.E. Calcutta. loDg. W. 89« 16'., N. lat. 23» 7'. A church was formed at this place through the instrumentality of the Bapt, M. S. in 1807, and visited monthly by one of the native teachers. Not only were many converted, but one individual was happily restored, and his wife and mother were baptized. In 1810, the church consisted of four branches, each about 30 miles dis- tance from the other ; the whole comprehending an extent of coun- try of little less than 100 miles in diameter. At this period 4 native brethren were stationed at these different branches, to assist Carapeit in bis indefatigable labours, which bad been the means of greatly in- creasing the church. The Rev. Mr. Thomas afterwards occupied this station, in connexion with the natbes. Additions were niade to the number of believers, but some the brethren were compelled to exclude ; who, happily, retained a uiificient knowledge of the Gospel to keep them from relapsing into Idolatry. One of them, in his last sickness, declnred that his depend- ence for salvation was on Christ alone ; and calling his wife, pressed her in (the most earnest manner to renounce every other hope, — en- forcing this, indeed, with so much aameitness, as almost to make it a condition of her inheriting the little property he possessed. Every year additions are reported as being made to the church; and, in 18S4, the district in which it is situated, is described as "one of the best cul- tivated flelds in Bengal;" Mr. Tho- mas, and his itinerants, being per- petually employed in traversing thto numerous villages, flelds, and roads, and in visiting the bazars, gfaati, and other places of public resort, through ^a considerable extent of JES coantry. The church, at thisthno, consisted of nearly 80 members, in* habiting 10 different villages. At Neelgut^', in this district, a school was formed at the expense of the Serampore School Itutitution. 3 native youths were sent by Mr. Thomas to the Serampore college ; and the distribution of the Bengdee Testament in this quarter was very considerable. The present state of this mission is rather discouraging. As great alterations have lately taken place in the residence of many members, an exact statement of their num- bers cannot be given : it is feared the members in communion do not exceed 30. The whole population, nominally Christians, amounts to about 100. Mr. Thomas resides at Sabebgunj, which is the civil station of the dis- trict. Formerly the greater part of his flock were situated at Chris- tianpore, 16 m. N. Sahebgunj ; but, during the year 1826, they have been brought into Sahebgunj, that they might enjoy the benefit of his con- stant instruction and care. Other portions of his people are situated at Bakuspole, a village 12 miles to the south of Sahebgunj, and at several villages scattered in difl'erent directions through the district, and some at great distances. Mr. Thomas conducts regular ser- vices on the Sabbath, and on several days of the week, chiefly for the edification of the native Christians. He likewise visits different parti of the to>m and neighbourhood, to preach he Gospel to the heathen and the Mussuimen, and be super- intends 4 native schools, which are supported by funds lor that purjMMe, by gentlemen formerly resklent at the station. In the schools the Scriptures are read, and Chris- tian cntechisnM tat:ght; and one of the gentlemen, now at the station^ takes a deep interest in their welfare, and promotes it both by bit 895 ntrS m •JEW visits bnd liborality ih rewarding the cbildren. A considerable portion of Mr. Thomas's time should aiso be spent 4n visiting those parts of the district where Christian families reside; .but interruptions continually occur in this part of his duty, from wea- 'ther and other circumstances. There has been an addition of one person, a female, to the church •during the year 1826. JEWS, in the most extensive sensjs of the word, is a term com- prehending all the descendants of Abraham ; but, in its more re- stricted sense, it includes those who belong to the tribe of Judah, and who inhabited Judea. This -name was given them soon after the Babylon'sh captivity, when the tribe of Judah became the most considerable of what was left of Israel. In preceding times, they were called Israelites, or, more commonly, Hebrews, According io ancient prediction, the Jews be- came subject to the Romans at the dtifitruction of Jerusalem, A. D. 70, were persecuted and dispersed through the earth, and have ever «ince ceased to be a distinct na- tiont They still remain a monu' ment of the truth '>f Christianity, iinbicorporated among the inha* bitants of the countries in which they reside. They profess to pay a regard to the worship and cere- monies ehjoined by the law of Moses ; to which they have added many rites, that are merely of tra- ditional authority, and entertain the unfounded expect [ ^''m nil'. ■ [ E. N. E. Colombo. E. long. S(fi 41', N. lat. 1^ 18'. The directors of the C. M. S. having determined on sending four clergymen to Ceylon, the Rev. Mr. Lambrick was appointed to Kandy. In a letter dated Oct. 27, 1818, he Says, " I have had full employ- ment for tl»e exercise of my mi- nistry among the numbers of our countrymen here, both civil and military, and especially in the Crowded hospitals; but hitherto I have been precluded from any public missionary exertions. The town, indeed, has been r.lmost de- serted by the native inhabitants ever since the rebellion broke out ; but we have the greatest encou- ragement to hope that (rod is itiMUt to restore the blessings of peace, and with it the people will t6turn. I cannot, at present, be permitted to preach to the natives ; but I have obtained authority to open schools, and have engaged two of the priests to be the masters of them, as they have promised to conform to my directions. A few days ago, the 'Governor, in the prospect of the rebellion being speedily terminated, pro- posed returning to Colombo, and desired that I might be asked whether I would remain here after he had left. And, on my signi- fying my assent, his Excellency conierred upon me the appoint- ment of a.«sistant chaplain to the forces in Kandy; which, as loa^ as I retain it, will save the society my personal expenses." ' In this situation, Mr. L. had' 'Continual calls of duty among his countr}'men, and the best oppor- tunities of studying Cingalese in its purity. He also established a large «chool on the national system. The Rev. Mr. Browning joined him in 1820 ; and on the arrival of an additional chaplain, Mr. L. re- hired from the office he had held to Cotttt, on which occasion he re- KAk ceived the thanks of the govern^ ment for the exemplary attention which he had paid to the Europeans. Mr. B., however, continued his eftbrts at this station, — conducting Cingalese services, visiting the gaol, in which from 60 to 70 pri. soners were confined, and actively superintending 6 schools. A school-house vv^os opened with divine service, on the 19th df Jan. 1826: besides Sunday services, Mr. B. has a Cingalese service on Wed- nesday evenings, and one in Por- tuguese on Thursday evenings. The attendance at public worship had previously been small; many of the scholars w«re kept away by their parents; few adult heathen could be prevailed on to attend; and of the prisoners, though some listen to the word, others are indilFerent and callous ; but he continues to avail himself of various opportu- nities to make knov:n the Gospel. Sickness having agat t disabled 'the chaplain, it devolved on Mr. Browning, early in the year ]826y to take such part of his duty as could be done without material in? jury to his own. At the annual meeting in Sep- tember, Mr. Browning reported that the service in Cingalese was somewhat better attended than it had been a few months before, and particularly by the females; and that there were 5 schools, with an average attendance of 105 licholars. It is gratifying to learn, that the sons of the Kandian chiefs, who attend to learn English, have lately, of their own accord, come forward to purchase the Cingalese and English New Testament, to read and compare at home. HARASS, a large village in Asiatic Russia, situated near the source of the River Cuban, at the northern foot of Mount Caucasus, between the Black and Caspian Seas, and a short distance from Georghiersk. : . 298 KAR : The Rev. Messrs. Jack, Patter- son, and Galloway, from the Scot- tish M. S., commenced exertions here in 1802, with a view to intro- duce the Gospel among the Tartars. Though for some time they had niany difficulties and discourage- ments to encounter f yet they ex- perienced evident tokens of the divine favour and protection, atKl great good has resulted frqm their persevering efforts. Soon after they bad established themselves at Ha- rass, the Russian government, in consequence of an urgent solicita- tion, gave a grant of land, of more than 14,000 acres, for the benefit of the mission, with certain ioimu- nlties flattering to its future pros- pects. Native youths, slaves to the Circassians and 'Cuban Tartars, were early redeemed by the mis- sionaries, and placed in schools, where they receiyed instruction in the Turkish and English languages, and were taught the useful arts and the principles of Christianity. Among those who early embraced the Gospel, was the Sultan, Kata- gerr}', who has rendered essential aid to the mission, and advocated its cause in the metropolis of En- gland. In 1805, a reinforcement of missionaries, with a printing- press, was sent to this place. The New Testament, which had been translated into the Turkish lan- guage by the assiduous labours of Mr. Bainton, together with some tracts written by him against Ma- homniedanism, were immediately printed, and circulated among the people. Some, perceiving the great superiority of Cbristianitv, re- nounced their former superstitions, to embrace it; while the confidence of others in the truth of their sys- tem was greatly shaken, among whom were some effendis, or doc- tors. One priest is said to have exchanged his Koran for the New Testament. : The German M, S. has also a g.i-4f^ KAR station at Karass, which is is-. creasing j and, in consequewe, Mr. Fletnit?er was removed from the neighbourhood of Odessa, to assist Mr. Lang. The latter hqs la-i boured with success in the German congregations committed to him, and has itinerated with Mr. Gal- loway among the Tartar tribes. Speaking of these visits, he says :— " In general, the more sensible among the«n acknowledged, that, on our side, there is more truth than on theirs; but also among thenti it is said. What is truth? Their indifference toward every serious thought is almost unbear- able. There is not one that un- derstandeth: there ia none that seeketh after God. The mission- aries have, however, lately .con- templated the trial of a schopl among these people." Of Mad- chary a second German congre- gation of which Mr. L. has the care, he writes :— " With feelihg* of great delight do I turn to roy dear congregation : with sure hope I am waiting for the day of their salvation. At my last visit to this people, I examined more parti- cularly into their, real state ; and oh, how delightful was it to my soul, to find many a precious plant in this garden of our God — in this otherwise bt^rren field \ What feel- ings of adoration and thanksgiving filled my breast, when I heard, during divine service, the sacrifices of prayer and praise rise with deep veneration to God Almighty, from this newly awakened people I How lovely sounded the voice of the little children ! And how many a heart exclaimed, O Lord hear us ! O Lord have mercy upon us ! The zeal among the school-children is very great. The spelling-book sent from Bisle is already com- mitted to memory ; and it is with difficulty the parents can keep the children from school. The Lord's- day is kept holy ; dedicated to the \ ■ '299 f I. - ''< 'm ft HI If 1 I KAU exclusive worship of God our Sa- viour, and to the building up in ourlK^y faith and religion. The defaults of a few members of the congregation were noticed by the Elders of the chapel ; and reproved in Christian love, according to the Gospd. The flourishing state of this church is the more interesting, as it is surrounded with numerous tribes of Tartars, to whom their Christian conversation, by the grace of God, may become alight toguide tbeir-feet into the way of peace." KAUNAUMEEK, fonnerly an Indian settlement between Stock- bridge, Massachusetts, and Albany, New York. Here the Rev. David Brainerd commenced his missionary labours among the Indians, April I, 1743, under the patronage of the C» K, S. in Scotland ; and laboured s year, when he persuaded the Indians to remove to Stockbridge, 8nd attend on the ministry of the ReV. Mr. Sergeant. Mr. Brainerd was ordained as a missionary at Newark, New Jersey, June 12, 1744 ; and on the 22nd of the same pionth entered on his labours at Sakhauwotungf within the Forks of the Delaware. He visited, for the first time, the Indians on the Snsquehannah, and commenced bis labours at a place called Opehol- hatgntngyOci. 5, 1744 ; whence he removed June 19, 1T45, to Cross- weeAs. KENT, a town of Africans, in the parish of St. Edward, at Cape Shilling, about 40 m. S. Freetown, Sierra Leone, W. Africa. Popu- lation, in 1823, 418, of whom 318 were liberated slaves. This station was commenced by the C. y government dur*- jRg tbe ia^t two quarters, has been 30i!Q bq^eis; which, contrastiad witit the stnte in which the settie- ffmt W9S yrben I first cume, gives me much satisfaction ; « budiel qf i;«5siwjia, not qiiite «S years since, »Rs not to be found throughout id| Cepe Shilling.'* Xhe number oif (;«rnmum«aBi^ wss 13, The Rev. Mr. Gejrher at present Id^ors at thU place. Besides tive Sunday services, he has others p« Wednesduy ^nd Friday evenings. The ftversge attendanw »Si at the former about 120, and e^t the letter (tbout 14. At Midsnmmev, )826, tb^rp wer$ 10 communicants, but At MiehafilvMs he had felt it his duty to exclude 3. The heavy rains w>)i«h had fallen between Mid- stumer and Michaelmas, and fre- quent indisposition, bad prevented iim from regularly visiting the ufighbouring stations. At Mi- cbftvlmas there were in the i^chooi 146 boys and W girls, « The increased fiverage number," says Mr, G. ** inclusive pf children, is, en Sundays from 369 to 419, »qd on week'^diiys, from 329 to '^39. Our present place of woi-ship bos become too small to contain so Urge a number, so that nu^ny have tQ sit outside in the piaaza." Mr. G. hail also 80 persons preparing for baptism and the Lord's supper, «Bd n>etttions the following inter- esting case of one of them :^— " A woman at Housa, who was a strict worshipper of two idols made of wood* in the figure of n man and woman, whom she call- ed Baeumbagee,^ and to whom she frum tine to time sacrificed a fowl ; when convinced by the Spirit of Ctod that she was thus ignorantly wershlpping tb« devil, cut ^er KHA idoLs to pieces suad threw them away, and is now worshipping God in spirit and truth." Two day? '-fter Mr. G. setUetl at Kent, one ^ theCommisisioners of Inquiry visited the settlement, and wished an ei^aminatioQ of the schools to take place. In conse- quence, 166 hoys and 75 girls were examined : of the boys, only could read the Scriptures tolerably well, and U could read the New Testa- ment imperfectly ; of the girls, Jl could read the Scriptures fluently^ and well very well, and 1 3 t^ould read the New Testament imperfeetlj, ajui were incorreet in spelling. The commissioners, on seeing the state of the schools, advised Mr. G. to obtain assistants more ade- quate to the proper instruction of ^ liirge a number of scholars, Wil- liam Neville and his wife having been placed at Kent with that view, and the boys being withdrawn froni that labour which had for a consi- derable period left them far top little time for instruction* Mr. G. was enabled to report at Michael- mas a remwkable impovement in the schools. Examinations art^ now held eveiy quarter-..^whieii plan acts as n great stimulus tQ the children, I toc^n. KONIGIBERO, a city and capital of Prussia, 4 m. from the mouth of the Pregel. E. long, 20<> 30', N. lat. 64'* 40'. Population 5.5,000, of whom 8000 are Jews. A university was founded here in 1544, which has 18 professors and about 300 siudents. A wide field of useful exertion has been opened here among the Jews, upon which much successful missionary labour has been be- stowed. KORNEGALLE, the chief town in the Seven Korles, or dis- tricts, of the Kandian territory, about 25 m. N. W. of Kandy, and 60 N. £. of Colombo. Early in 1821, the Rev. Mr. Newstead, of the fr. M. S., was enabled, by permission of the Lieutenan^go- vemor, and by the friendly ofiices of Henry Wright, Esq. the Resi- dent, to commence here a mis- sionary '^stablishment. On the first Sabbath day after his arrival, be preached in an unft- KOR nished bungalow intended for a temporary hospital. Sir E. Barnes having unexpectedly arrived, he was waited upon by Mr. N., who was informed that he might build upon anyplace he deemed eligible; and a piece of ground about 600 feet in circumference was therefore allotted for that purpose. " Here is," siMd Mr. N. «' a garrison of 200 soldiers, many offi- cers and European children ; houses are building, and streets forming, every day ; a rest-house is also to be immediately built, and new barraclcs ; hence it is easy to see the station is one of growing im- portance. Schools have been Opened, and we have gained ad- mission on a very frienSy footing to two Budbist temples in the neighbourhood. The most inte- resting fact, however, is, that a small company have begun to leam the English language in the house of a Budbist priest, contiguous to his temple; himself being one of the scholars, and at his own request! The temple-school arose from a conversation with the priest, who solicited instruction ; I, of course, assented, and proposed a small school at his house, which our teacher should virit every day. In the afternoon of the same day, I had the priest's house ornamented with large English alphabets, spell- ing and reading lessons, ' coarse, and their hands and feet are remarkably small : their dress is made entirely of skins : their food consists chiefly of seals, deer, fish, and Urds. The men are ex'bremely indolent, the women are mere drudges. Constant dread of the Mountaineers induces them to live near the shore. In summer the natives occupy tents, made circular with poles, and co- vered with skins; and in winter they live in caverns and snow- houses. Before the arrival of mis- sionaries, the Esquimaux believed in the existence of an invisible Being, influencing botli the good and the bad, which they called the Toruflrak. 5k»rcery and witchcraft vrert- universally practised ; and stealing, perfidy, and murder, were common crimes. Their number has not been accurately ascertain- et7v"... ,! " LAB the V. B>, and severdl other Inef" ehantS) for the purpose of trading on the coast of Labrador. Four missionaries sailed from London on the 17th of May> talcing with them the frame and materials of a house, H boat, various kinds of seeds, and different implements of agriculture ; and, on their arrival in a iine bay, they went on shore, and fixed on a spot for their future residence, to which they gave the 'lame of Hopedale ; but some pain* ml circumstances occurring, the mission was for a time abandoned. Jens Haven, however, sailed for Labrador in May, llOd, accompa^ nied by C. L. Drachart, formerly me of the Danish missionaries in Greenland, and 8 other brethren. On this occasion they penetrated farther into the interior of the country; and un their return to the coast, they had an opportunity of addressing several hundreds of the natives, who seemed to listen to them with profound attention ; but on several other occasions they either evinced a total indifference to the truths which were sounded in their ears, or spoke in a way which demonstrated the hardness of their hearts, and the blindness of their understandings. A tract 01 land in Esquimaux Bay was afterwards granted, by an order of council, for the esta- blishment of a mission \ and a brig if about 120 tons burtlien was purchased, with the design of an- nually visiting Labrador, and tra- ding with the nntivest In the month of May, 1770, Messrs. Ha- ven, Drachart, and Jensen, sailed from England, in order to explore the coast, and to fix on a conve- nient situation i'or a settlement. On their arrival they availed them- selves of the first opportunity of preaching \ and, notwithstanding the grant which tliey had previously obtained, they deemed it advisable to purchase from the savages the piece of grouhd which they tnteflcl* ed to occupy as a rtlistionary sta* tion. They then returned ib Enw gland, to make further preparation for the accomplishment of their benevolent design i The interest excited by an at* tempt to introduce the cheering light of revelation among the wretched and benighted Esqui* maux was very great, and several members of the Moravian church, both male and female, avowed their ^willingness to abandon all the cooi'- forts of civillMd society, ttnd to expose themselves to every species of incoitvenience and privation, for the furtherance of so important ui object. Accordingly, in the spring of 1T71, a company of 14 persons, comprising 3 married couples, a widower, and seven single brethren, sailed for Labrador ; add after a tedious and hazardous voyag^e, ar* rived on the fl>th of August at their place of destinationi The day after their arrival, they took pos* session of the s[)ot which had b«eA purchased in the preceding sutamer, and gave it the appellation of Nain. They also immediately commenced the erection of a mission-house, the frame and materials of which they bad brought from England) but great exertions were required to complete it before the com* mencement of winter, which, in these northern regions, is so in> tensely cold, that rum, placed in the open air, freezes like water, and rectified spirits in a sliurt time become as thick as oil. In this situation the brethrett could obtain but few of the necei- sarles of life ; and as a considera* ble delay occurred in the forward* Ing of supplies from England in the ensuing year, their prmisions were Almost entirely exhausted; bnt, happily, deliverance appeared. The conduct of the Esquimaux had been uniformly friendly townrdi them from their Aist arrival ; and u ' 300 •LAS die btetfaren acted, ujioti all odca- siotu, in ^e most open and ingo" nuous miuiner, entire conildenCe WM soon estaUisbed between ttienik In fdrmer timeS) no Euro- pean could bave passed a nisfht amoQp^ these savages, then cba* racterized aa tbieTes and murderers, without the most imminent dan^ gev, but now tb6 missionaries, ttfgardless of the inclemency of the season, travelled across the toe and snow to Visit them in their winter bouseii« and were hospitably entertained fot* ieveral days and nights succesfiivelyi Theie visits Were afterwards rtturned } and in consequence of the friendly inter- course thus openedj the natives not only dsked the advice of the brethren in all difficult cases, but even chose them as umpires in their disputes, and Invariably sub< mitted to their arbitration. They Alio listened with silence and atten- tion to the preaching of the Gos- pel; and, in a fe# instances, the hope was enttrtained that impres- sions were made which mighty at a subsequent period, be productive Of some fruit to the honour of the Redeemer. Generally speaking, however, they vt^re too little ac- quainted with their own guilt and wretchedness to discover the ne- cessity of salvation, or the suitabi- lity and preciousness of that Sa- viour who was represented to them m the only refuge ffom the wrath to come. Though devuted to the gratification of the most brutal passions, and habitually commit" ting the grossest sins with delight, they vere never destitute of ex- cuses and causes of self-grntuta» lion. The angekoks, or sorcarers, alto, as might naturally be ex* pected, employed all their, arts to prevent thetr cotmtrymen trom receiving the Gospel. A man nainrd Anauke, how- ever, who had been formerly a ferocious and flesperata character. LAB wwl tit length induced to iittD*!d the preaching of the brethren ) and, after hearing them repeatedly, he pitched his tent in their settle- ment in 1772, and remained there till the month of November, when he removed to his winter house. Even then bis anxiety for further instruction in the things of Gk)d Was so great, that he actually returned on foot, for the purpdse of spending s few days more With the heralds of the cross; though the Esquimaux were never accus- tomed to travel in that manner) as in summer they pass from one place to another in their kajaks^ and in winter Ihey perform their journeys in sledges. From the time of his second depafrture, the mis- sionaries heard nothing of him till February, 1773, when his Wife came to Nain, and stated that be had died, calling on the name of the Lord Jesus. Though no Chris- tian friend was present to direct or influence him, he would not per* mit one of the angekoks, who are considered as the physicians of the Esquimaux, to come near him ) but committed himself unreservedly into the hands of that great Phy siciun who descended from heaven to bind up the broken hearted, and with whom be was enabled to hold sweet communion even when heart' and flesh vhik failing. After his demise, thli; pr^on was Invariably spoken of by the natives as ** thd man whom tbe Saviour took td himself." The brethren now resolved to select from among their hearers such as appeared.the most scriunsly inclined, and to form them into ii class of catechumens, in order to prepare them, by suitable instruc- tions, for tlie holy rite of baptism. At the same time they determined to erect a church capable of con« tnining some hundreds of personi, as the apartment in the misikion- houie, which had been hitherto 307 m LAB Used for the celebration of divine service, could no longer hold the congregation. In the summer of iTTfi, in com- pliance with the instructions which they had received from Europe, Messrs. Haven and Jensen set out with the design of cwnmencing a new settlement at a place called Okkaky ^about 1^9 m. to the north- ward of Noin. As this spot ap- peared peculiarly eligible for the purposes of a mission, being abundantly furnished with wood and fresh water, contiguous to an excellent haven, and surrounded h>' a numerous population of the heathent the land was immediately purchased from the Esquimaux ^ and as soon as the ensuing season permitted, the missionaries took up their residence here, and began to preach the glad tidings of Eal<- vation to the natives in the vici- nity. At first they met with much discouragement ; hut at length some indications of success began to appear; and in 17 8 1, they had the satisfaction of ministering among 38 persons who had been baptized in the faith of Christ, besides 10 others, who, as catechumens, were receiving particular instruction. In the month of August, 1788, the brethren proceeded to form a third settlement, at a place to the southward of Nnin, to which they gave the appellation of Hapedale. I'his spot had been formerly re- connoitred, and considered parti- cularly suitable for a missionary station ; and it was now hoped that great numbers of the Esqui- maux would rejoice in the oppor- tunity of receiving religious instruc- tiun. This pleasing anticipation was, for the present, disappointed ; and for several yean the preaching of the Gospel on this spot appeared to be attended with so little suc- cess, that both the missionaries and the directors in Europe felt inclined to relinquish such an un- LAB* 1 profitable station. The greki Head' of the church, however, liad other- wise determined, and Hopedale, in the sequel, became the scene of an awalcening which afterwards extended its blessed influence to tlie other settlements, and con- strained the friends of the Re- deemer to exclaim, « What hath God wrought!'' At the commencement of 1804, the missionaries were much dis- couraged on a review of the small success which seemed to have at- tended their faithful ministrations among the heathen in Labrador; but before the end of that year, it was their privilege to behold the dawn of a brighter day, and to witness eifects which they Mere aware could only have been pro- duced by the agency and influences of the Holy Spirit. In former times it had been a subject of deep regret tiiat the instructions received by the Esquimaux in the dilTerent settlements, during the winter, were too generally for- gotten in their summer excursions, when, by associating with their heathen countrymen, they laid themselves op<>-i to temptation, and in many instances relapsed into their former practices : on the return of the professing natives to Hopedale, however, in the year to which allusion is now made, the brethren were abundantly gra- tified to find that their souls were prosperin^^, and, by tlieir means, many who had previously itossessed nothing more than tlie form of religion, were awakened to a sense of its vital importance, and began earnestly to inquire how they might be delivered trom their oft'ences and received into the divine favour. The awakening, so happily com* menced at Hopedale, soon com* munieated its sacred influence tu Nain. On the 0th of August, 1880, 308 f« > 'sgiving • in the - joyed with them many rich bles- sings whenever we met in Hi6 name. It gave us peculiar satis- faction to perceive, that all those who had for some time past been excluded from the congregation, returned with true sig^is of repeh- tance, bemoaning their sins ami transgressions, and cf>-*ng to the Lord for mercy. We could, there- fore, at diflerent opportunities, ra- admit them all to fellowship With the believers. Several ))er8ons ad- vanced in the privileges of the church ; two girls nnd eight chil^ drcn were baptized; four persoftif, baptized as children, were received into the congregation ; seven be- came candidates for the holy com» munion } six partook of it for the first time I a youth v^as added to the class of candidates for baptiitm. One child departed this life. The Esquimaux congregation at Hope- dale consists of 65 commu'-i ants, 35 baptized adults, 83 b' ,)tized children nnd youths, 7 canuldateH for baptism, and 2 children yet un> baptized ; — in all, of 108 persons ! " In extefnnls we have cause to thank our heavenly Father for his 309 M-y l!;, l.i I-.- 1 LAB tNMb of bin poor cftiidreB. ' Tbaugh few seals were catlgbt oy oar Ei- gospel, and to give honour to Him wiio has ' replied that wood and reeds were at hand, and that we nUg^t buili where we pleased.*' Mateebe's mind was deef^y af- fected by a defeat he experienced about this time ; and be not only, acicnowledged that he had done^ wrong in refusing to listen to the advice of the missionaries, who attempted to dissuade him front' war, but declared that, in futurett he would be guided by their di-t rections. . > ■. On tbe Siith of Apra Mr. ami Mr^;. Hamilton arrived at Lattakooy and were very kindly received by the king, who told them that they must consider his country as their own, and spend the remdnderof their lives with his people. « On tbe 4th of June the mkiion« aries, in compliance with the wish of the king, removed to the Kroo-. man R. ; and on the 8th arrived at the place of their destination, which appeared to be well situated for a permanent settlement. ." The plain," saj's one of the brethren* '^ is as large as the city of London, and surrounded by lofty trees, which ai&rd a delightful shade in the summer, and give it a very pleasing appearance." On this occasion they were accompanied by ; Mateebe and sweral of his chiefs, who went with them in or^ der to determine on the spot where tke new town should be built. Many o£ the chiefs were extRmely ' 311 . LAT orenei both to Hi* King^s rono^ val and ta his proteettfm o/ the mi^iMirtes. Mateebe, ho««T«r, daclaiwd bi>det«rmlnation of fietiing ao«m)tng to the dictates oJF bla«WB jtM^^iQent; and obieived, that the ovethYen bad evinced their attach- ment toRMurds J;ia; ^y reguUriy at* tepdiogtof^ Is woitfids, after hb own ca( . .r had left him «ick and wuundei in the field, to he de- voured I9 the liifAs of prey, Iq a letter, dated New Lattakoo, March 9, 1S18, one of the mij|« stonarles otaMmreay'^" Thlngi are going on better here than we ex- pected in so short a tifne, as we have no longer any oppositioivfiKNn the Bootchuaeas ; but, on the contrary, some of them are thank- ing God ftir sending his word among them, and pra}'i9g that we may mevf r leave them. Some of them begin to see the vanity of their lEcmner ways, and to entertain a de- sire for the 'one thing needful}' and last Sabbath I counted AS in attendance on the preaching of the Gospel." In a commnnicatiQa, dated Sept. 14, 181 8, it is stated that two of the natives, who had obtained some knowledge of the Gospel, had re- cently taken a long jouraey^ ; and in every place through which they passed, they toU all tbey knew of Jesus Christ to the inh«d)itsAts, who, for the most pari, listened m them with attention and pleasure. In one place, Indeed, they met with violent opposition, and their lives appeared to be- in daap^er. Undis- mayed by this cirouKiktanoe, bow- ever, they continued to apeak on their iavourite subject, observing to their pereecutors, << You may kill us, if yQu please } but we are deter- mined «lo tell you all tliat we know." , On two occapioBs, the interpoaltion of God's special pro- vidence was atiikiiigly maniiested on their behalf, when thejp were almoet ready to peibh wlth-hupger. LAT Once they found an elkwUchhad been killed by a lion f and at'sa^. ether time a hnn which had been caught by a tlge^. Thus tbey ob* tuined a suf^ly of food in tba hain of eytreaitty, and thus thek &itb in the providenoe of God waaabua* dantly irtrengthened. . In March, 188^ t^e Rev.J[0bD Campbril paid a vj jt to New Jail takop, and had tlvs satjdaction af finding that a commodious plaoaahi worship had been erected, eapdi^ of containing about 40Q fiwmti, and a long row of misidaoaijN bouses, with exoeUeat gardens \>tx hind; a neat fene«^, composed of reeds, had also been placed inftoat of the houses, which tended te iim prove tlie general appearance { and the naaoe of Burder^t Bma wsi g^ven to the new bttildings, as a tokenof respect tc the late respecM* secretary of the X<. if. iS. Among the iaipioveflaenta eflcctt ed by the laborious and unwearied exertions of the mtesionaries, a canal most be noticed, whkth, wiiii the assistance of the i^yi Hottaa« t(yts attached to the missioQ, thay had dug from a distance of S niils« above me town, iat the purpose of leadlog the waieia of the Kmon man into their fields and gardsm. Ma. Campbell wient, one nuvntef; after breakfast, to view this useful work, and fpund extensive fields oi Calire corn, belanging to the iui»f Uvea, on both sides of the caaal I whilst eimllar cultivation extended two miles hifj^' up the nivei in the same direotiaa. Thoi^ the Krooman bo emptied bfr the caaal, it soon becomM larger than befeie, in consequence of 18 or U ftnu* tains ifsuing from the ground, alwut a quarter of a mile lowar deiin than the dam, and. ditcbaiginf[ nearly an eqaal quantity of watrr at all seasons of the year. •' CNd and New Lattalmo," ssgrt Mr.CampbeU, '< are about«Om.fHi' tant from each oUieiv arid coatato 318 ■ LAT neaily the same ^tmriier of inha* bitantft, perhaps 4000 each. The houses and cattle-kiaal are of the flune form, and arranged in a simi- lar manner." '< We visited 3 of the public en- dbsares, inr here the men usually spend the day together, at work, or in conversation. Each enclosure bos what may be called a summer- bouse, which is generally in the eastern corner; and to this they ntire when the beat of the sun becomes oppressive. It is com- posed of strong branches of trees, » bent as to form a toof, which rests upon a pillar placed in the middle of the house ; and the whole is neatly covered with thorn- branches twisted together," Tbe Matchappees, who constitute one of the most numerous tribes of tbe Bootchuanas, are extremely fond of potatoes; but they have never been induced to plant any, because nothing of the kind ap- pears to have been cultivated by their forefathers, to whoro customs and manners they are as strongly attached, as the Hindoos or the disciples of Mohammed. It is pos- sible, also, in this case, thatindo- letice may be united with a bigoted adherence to ancient practices ; as Mr. C. observes, that on Mr. Mof- iat requesting two strong Mat- chappees, who were walking with him in Mr. Hamilton's garden, to assist in gathering some kidney- beans, they complied with his soli- citation; but in less than 10 minutes they desisted, and complained that "their arms were alnrost broken vith the labour." The exertions of the mission- vies to form a school had hitherto been attended with little success ; IS the children seemod to consider that they were eonferring an obligation on them by attending to their instructions, and that ^eir attendance ought to b« remuner&ted every day, either by a supply of LAT vietoak, or presents of beads, Ae„ The same feeling, also, pre- vailed among many of the adults, with i^pect to coming under the sound of the Gospel ; so that when a captain was ordered to attend regiriarly for a short time, who bad not previously been in the habit of hearing the word, the missionaries generally anticipated an early application for the loan of tiieir wi^gon, or their plough, or smne- tfaing which he particularly wished to<£tain. Notwithstanding these discou- ragements, however. My. Campbell found that some of the young people had paid considerable attention to the instructicm of the mission- aries, and had evidently profited by them. Previous to his final departure, a poor female Matchappee called on hir?, and said, that when she first heard of the Bible she did ot thii.k it was true, but w' I she found it describe her heart so exactly she could not but believe what it said. She was de- termined, she added, always to live near some place where the word of God was preached, and where she might hear about a crucified Saviour, even though she might starve. After the removal of Mr. Camp- bell, the missionaries continued their labours among the ^ootcbu- anas, preaching, catechising, am} conversing with them. The at- tendance on public worship, how- ever, fluctuated extremely; the number of bearers being sometimes very considerable, and at other times very small. Mr. Moflbt occasionally itinerated among the neighboiniiDff kraals, where, as in the town, Im congref^tioas varied censtdeiiabfy as to niimbers, and ihe people listened to his OMSsage with more or lets attention. A defeat of the Mantateee was afterwards ov •mkd Dor good, la BE ais ;:f. M LAT the report of 1824, the Directors observe, "The expulsion of the Mantatees from the Qootchuana ooiintry, effected, under Provi- dence, ^ chiefly 1>y the courage of the Griqilas, and the promptitude and intrepidity of Messrs. Moffat and Melville, has given an entirely new aspect to the mission at New Lattalcoo. Mateebe and his people, aware that they owe their safety to the missionaries, are far more disposed to listen to their counsel. The King has consented to remove the town to a neighbouring valley, where, it is expected, many ad- vantages will be obtained, and many evils obviated. Of this val- ley he had formerly ceded a portion for the exclusive use of the mission. The chiefs, who formerly revolted from Mateebe, observing that New Lattakoo, where the missionaries reside, has been protected from the invaders, wblle the old town, where they themselves remained, has been destroyed by the barba- rians, have again submitted- to his authority, and engaged to remove with their people to the Krooman. Thus the inhabitants of Old and New Lattakoo will be re- united, under the same government ; and all of them, inr)re or less, with impressions favo. .able to the mis- sionaries, naturally resulting, as to each party, from the late events. '^ The Bootchuanas, it appears from the last report, manifest in- creased attachment to the mission- aries, and listen to the preaching of the Gospel ; but no spiritual change is, as yet, apparent. The Sv^hool, which has been placed under the care of Mr. Hughes, is chiefly confined to the children of Ihose natives who are connected with the mission'. 2000 copies of a spelling-book and catechism, in Bechuan, prepared by Mr. Moffat, have been, during the year 1826, printed in London, and, in part, forwarded to Africa. ^ A missioa- LEI house has been completed. Several gardens have been formed by ttie Bootchuanas for their own use. Mateebe and his people have at length removed to the fine vaU«y in which the missionaries reside, where they purpose to erect their new town. During the year 1820, the surrounding country was visited by swarms of locusts, which des- troyed all vegetation. Jt is re- markable, that while these insects seemed to threaten nothing n are thereby greatly impeded. LEICESTER MOUNTAIN,ln the colony of Sierra Leone, W. Africa, about 3 m. frqm Freetown. Soon after the commencement of a mission by the C. M. S. in 1816, a grant of 1100 abres wns made to the society, on which a Christian institution was esta- blished; where negro children of various tribes, re-captur^d from smuggling slave-afaips, have been supported, and received relii^iout instruction. The number of pu- pils, in 1817, was 886. Tbs original design of the institution being, however^ soon after changsd, 311 it waste when mi tributed] in^ a pi their at negroes i LEIC of libera from Fn the olde having b( ,In 1811 here by . sionaries evening ai building ui and a schc but anothj The peop attentive, sick in tt Mountain the town, decreased excluded scholars 1626, were anx inhabitant culUvatior LEOPC Africans, Sie^a Le This stati J818,byt following 300 perso care of tbt scholars, mechanics ShorUy much augi young, in vagyery LEI it was remoTed to Regent's Town ; when most of the pupils were dis- tributed in the'neighbouringschools, an^ & part .of the teachers turned their attention to the liberated negroes inhabiting Leicester Town. LEICESTER TOWN, a hamlet of liberated negroes, nearly 3 m. from Freetown, W. Africa. It is the oldest , of those settlements, having been form^ in 1809. ,In 1816, a school was established here by the C. M. S. and the mis- sionaries have laboured with some success. The station remains under the care of Wm. Davis, a native teacher. Divine service is held twice on Sundays, and three times in the week. In the latter part of \^25 and the beginning of 1826, the Itev. Mr. Lisk, from Gloucester, assisted Wm. Davis on Wednesday evening and Sunday afternoon. The building used as a place of worship, and a school, has fallen into ruins ; but another is about to be erected. The people continue to be very attentive. Wm. Davis visits the sick in the hospital at Leicester Mountain, and those who live about the town. The communicants have decreased to 4, — several having been excluded for sinful conduct. The scholars were, at Michaelmas, 1826, boys and 4 girls : they were anxious to improve. The inhabitants are very industrious in cuiyvation. LEOPOLD, a town of liberated Africans, in the parish of St. Peter, Siei^ra Leone. Inhabitants, 1083. This station was commenced in 1818, by the C.JU. S.; and in the following year, there were about 300 persons collected under the care of the Rev. M. Renner. The scholars, of whom about 60 were mechanics, amounted to 103. Shortly after the i)opulation was much augmented ; and among the young, in particular, the prospect was very promising. A missionary LEO association was formed here June 20, 1820, and 6/. 0t.9d. collected. At this period, there were 40 com- municants. . Cultivation was also happily advancing. In ] 823, there were 213 scholars ; the place of worship was 'undet* enlargement, so as to receive up>- wards of 1000 persons ; contribu- tions to the society amounted to 111. 12«. 6d, i the people had sold Id government during the year, 6112 bushels of cocoa and cassada, for which they received 296/. 18<. T|(/. ; and the Rev. Mr. Davy, their sih- perintendent, gave pleasing proof of the right use which some of hhi people made of the Word of God. In the accounts of the year 1826, it is said : — " The attendance at public worship increased in the early part of the year, but after- ward somewhat declmed. 4 adult« were baptiised by Mr. Raban ; and the number of communicants bad increased to 14. The average number of persons attending divine worship was, at Christmas, 100. The following were the numben in the Sehools at Christmas : — boys 166; girls, 188. The secular business in which Mr. Weeks is engaged (having had, since Mr. Raban's removal to Freetown, the charge of Regent in addition to Gloucester and Leopold), has pre- vented his attending to the boys' school so often as he wished. Not- withstanding this disadvantage, be reports of the boys at Michaelmas — ' I think that, on the whole, their progress is satisfactory: 16 of the larger boys have been sent to pre- pare farms, and build houses for themselves ; most of them attend evening prayer during the week, and all on Sundays.' " Of their spiritual state, Mr. Weeks remarks: — " I cannot say any thing with respect to the love they have to the ways of God ; yet charity leads me to hope, that, while they continue to be in tb« m LIB ynjoi heariag and leceiving spi- ritual instruction, they vill find Cbrist, as many o^ben have found HfDy to be the way, the truth, and the life." At Michaelmas Mr. Weeks gives the followbg aatisfiactory statement relative tothe giils^ school:—" The greater part of the girln in the school con read tolerai)ly well; tiie first and second classes are very worthy of notice, for the pro- ficiency which thi^ have made in sewing, reading, and the under- stantiag of the Scriptures: this has not been attained by any rapid progress, but is the residt of many years' labour bestowed on these girls by one Mrs. Davey, whose name remains dear to them all; 3. of her girls,;, who were baptized by Mr. Raban, just before her de- partvffe for England, are, I believe, sincerely following Christ.'' LIBERIA, a small territory on the & W. coast of W. Africa. TlUa territory was piurchasedj in 1831,,by the^fli«rsra» CttlomzaHon Sooietyy for the establidimeat of a cohmy of free people of colour from tiie United States. It is situa- ted on the western extremity of the Gold Coast, on the river Mesuradi^ and includes the whole of a cape of the same name. The tract ori- ginally belonging to the Society was about 40 miles square, exclu- sive of one or twoi small istontk in the mouth of the river. Distant from Sierra Leone, about 250 m. \^. long. 15», N. lat. 6". The climate is said to be salu- brioua and healthy, especially to the Uaeics. In the hottest season^ the mercury in Fahrenheit's scale never rises above 90. The sun is seldom visible at noon, being ob- scured by a dense vapour. The toil is exceedingly rich and fertile ; and all plants and trees, peculiar to a tropical region, have an astonish- ingly rapid and luxuriant growth. Rice, indigo, cotton, coflbe, and LIB sugar-cane, are produced in groat abundance. The forest-trees, \j,tit' ticulariy on the cape, are Icrfty, resembling the sturdy foreste of N. America. The siti^tioil ofttte cape is ope'n and somewhat, ele- vated, and commands a large and commodious harbour, wbichj offent advantages for coiinmerclal enter* prise si^erior to any on the AfHcan coast. The territory is weU wa- tered, and seems to posse^ every necessary requidte fOr the accom- modatioa and convenience of aa increasing colony. The natives In the vicinity are exceedinglv ignorant and superstitious, though mild and inoffensive for rude chil- dren of nature. In the early part of the year 1819, a vessel, chartered by the society, was dispatched to the African coast, with about 80 co- loured people for forming the intended colony, together wi& the Rev. S. Bacon and MK John P. Bankson, as agents from: the American government, and Dr. Crozer, as agent from the CbUmi- zation Society. The first location of tiie colonists, on their arrival, which was at the %erbro cOuntiy, unhappily proved to be, in every respect, disadvan- tageous. The 3 agents, together with about 20 blacks, were within a f|pw weeks carried off by a ma- lignant fever ; but notwithstanding this distressing and melancholy event, the society did not relinij^uish the object in view, nor de^air of ultimate success. In Jan. 1821, a second expedition was sent out, consisting of 40 blacks ; the Rev. J. R. Andrus and Mr. C. Wilt- berger went as agents on the part of the society, and Mr. John B. Winn and Mr. Ephraim Bbcon, as agents on the part of government. This reinforcement, with the sur- vivors of the first dispatch, were put under the protection of th« English government at Siem aid LIB Lflone. The society and friends of humanity, were, however,, soon oalled to mourn the eariy renioval of two more of the zealous and inde- fatigable friendsof Africa— Mr. An- dnis and Mr. Winn — hoih of whom diedinJulyofthesameyear. Asthe firstplace designed for the permanent gettleinent of the colony, was found to be unhealthy, it was relinquished, and a compromise was soon after made with the natives for a small territory in the Bassa country, lying between the rivers Bassa and St John's. This also was soon relinquished, and another territoiy, called Liberia, purchased imme- diately after by Dr, Ayres, a dis- tinguished agent of, the society, and Lieut. Stoclcton, of the United States navy. To this place the colonists were removed from Sierra L^ne, in April, 1821, and the foun- dation of a settlement was laid at the town called Monrovia^ in honour of the chief magistrate of the United States, for the distinguished serrices he rendered the infant colony. A second reinforcement^ of about 50, arrived at Monrovia in August, 1822 ; Mr. Ashmun, agent. About this time some dissatisfaction arose on the part of the natives, who threatened the destruction of the feeble settlement ; but the colony, after one or two successful strug- gles with them, settled down in peace and safety. The misunder- standing which at first existed between them, was satisfactorily adjusted, and every thing seemed propitious to the growth and per- petuity of the establishment. The society has formed a constitution and code of laws for the govern, ment of the colony, to which every emigrant is required to subscribe his name, and to take an oath that he will support them. The settlement, in 1823, consisted of about 240. The A. B. C\F. M, appointed 2 coloured missionaries to W. Africa, LIB in 1821 ; viz. Messrs. Collin Teague and Lot Carey, who commenced their labours on the island of Yonce^ in the vicinity of Sierra Leone, with> favourable prospects of success. Mr. Carey has since removed to Liberia, and has the care of a Baptist church, which has been; formed in the colony and has re- cently been joined by the Rev. Mr. Waring, a coloured preacher from Virginia. The Protestant Episcopal Mia- aionary Society, (United States,) has also appointed Mr. Epbrainr Bacon to this station. The effect of these missions has been most happy. Should this in- fant colony proceed as it has begun, it will become a powerful auxiliary, in the cause of African conversion, and civilization. " The mana* gers,*' says the last report, " are happy to state ^that the efforts of the colonial agent to enlarge the territory of Liberia, ahd particu- larly to bring under the govern- ment of the colony a more extend- ed line of coast, have beeU; judi- cious and energetic, and, in nearly every instance, resulted in complete^ success." Two hundred and twen- ty-four plantations, of from 5 to 10 acres each, were, in June last (1826), occupied by the settlers; and most of them are believed to be at present under cultivation. 1 14 of these are on Cape Mesurado ; 33 on Stockton Creek, denomi- nated Halfway Farms, because nearly equi-distant from Monrovia and Caldwell, the St, Paul's set- tlement ; and 77 at the confluence of Stockton Creek with the St. Paul's. Between the 1st of January and the 15th of July, 1826, no less than 15 vessels touched at Monro- via, and purchased the produce of the country, to the amount, accord- ing to the best probable estimate, of 43,980 dollars, African value. The exporters of this produce. KB 2 317 LIB ffei^Ee, on the sale of the goad« given In barter for it) a profit of SI, MO (MlMTSf and on 1^ Arelght, of 8786 ; making the total pnrfit of 30,TT« doUars. Much progreM has been made, during the last year, in the eon- itruetion of public buildings and vorks of defence; tiMUgh, witii adequate supplies w lumber, more might dottb^eiH have been accom- plished. Two handsome churches, erected solely 1^ the Colonists, now adorn the village of Monrovia. Fort fih>cktoH has been rebuilt in a style of strength and beauty. A receptacle capable of accom- modating 150 emigrants is com- pleted. The new Agency-house, Market-house, Lancasterian school, and Town-bouse, in Monrovia, were, some months since, far ad- Tanced, and the finishing strokes were about to be given to the go- vernment house on the St. Paul's. The wing of the old Agency- house has been handsomely fitted up for the colonial library, which now e tiers proved genuine : but im* mensely changed as have been their circumstances, and severely tried their faith, most have pre- served untarnished tbe honour of their profession ; and to tbe purity of th^r morals, and the consisteacjf of their conduct^ is, in a great measure, to be attribute! the social order and general prosperity of flie ootony of Liberia. Their example has proved fiiost salutary; and, while subsequent emigrants have found themselves awed and re- strained by their regularity, seri- ousness, and devotion, the poor natives have giveit tbeir confidence, and acknowledged the excellence of practical Christianity. Mr. Ashmun writes — " It de- serves record, that religion has been the princ^ml agent employed in laying and confirming the founds* tions of tbe settlement. To this sen- timent ruling, restraining, and ac- tuating the minds of the colonists, most be referred the whole strength of our civil government." Examples of intemperance, pro« faneness, or licentiousness, are ex- tremely rare ; and vice, wherever it exists, is obliged to seek con- oealment from the public eye. The Sabbath is universally respected; Sunday-schools, both for tbe chil- dren «f the colony and for the fll8 ut mtiTet, hn eatabliaked ; all clasies attond fegulaorly Oa tiie worship of God; some charitable aaiocia- tkHur have been formed for the benefit of the heathen; and, though it most not he concealed that the deep concern on the soh* ject of religion, which resulted to- Afraid the conclusion of the year IdiS, in the public profession of Cbristianity by about 60 colonists^ has in a measure subsided, and some few cases of delinquency since oc- curred^ and though there are faults gtowing out of the early ccmdition «nd habits of the eariy settlers, vbich require amendment, — yet the managers have reason to believe that there is a vast and increasing prepanderarnce on the side of cor- rect principle and virtuous practice. LILY FOUNTAIN, a station of tbe /r. M. S. in Little Namaqua- land, near the Khamiesberg. The Rev. B. Shaw, who has long labour- ed at tills place, was joined in Aug. 1825, by Mr. Haddy. The mem- bers in society are 83. Mr. Threl- fall, who came hflher for the reco- very of his health, having attained this object, set forward at the end of June, 1825, witb 2 native Chris- tians, on a journey towards the coast, in search of a suitable place for a mksion; but they appear to have met a melancholy end by as- sassination, in the bloom of life,-^ not one of them being, it is be- lieved, 30 years of age. Of tiie influence of the Gospel on the people at this station, Mr. Haddy gives an animating view:—** The number of persons who regard Lily Fountain as their home, is between 7 and 800 ; and though the Nama- quas are naturally addicted to wandering, ydt now they seldom leave the institution, unless cir- oumstances compel them : the Gos- pel, the means of grace, their pro- perty and friends, — all tend to give them an interest in the place, and to unite them together;— a rare LtL sight this, in this thinly Inhabited and barren partof the globe! Tbe^ have derived another great advan- tage— the absence of those hosti- lities, which none of the tribes ^ Africa, yet discovered. In a purely heathen state, are ftee from. Be- fore Chrtitianity was introdnced, their neighbours the Bosjesmahs were frequently making atteteks ott them, andsteaUng theiF Cattle j the consequence of which was, that much blood was shed: but 'since they have been concentrated info a body, and have had A missionary residing amohg them, they hd^>^ had n^ing to fear, either froni enemies without, or from any vvho might be ^safibcted within'; for the Bosjesmans dare not ventur«f to attack the Namaquas now, and the Namaqiias witl not attack the Bos- jesmans-^having been tatight by the Gospel to regard them as the off- spring of the same common pareht. Their spiritual and moral improve- ment is seen in their regard to truth and sincerity in their intercourse with one another, and with all men. While enveloped in darkness, having no fear of God before their eyes, but little, if any, regard was shewn to honesty; but, on the con- trary, he who most excelled in deception, judged himself thd most praiseworthy. Their veneration of Jehovah, as the God of Providehoe, and tbe Sovereign Dispose)* of all things, is great and affe* held. They rarely rob one another, but are very in- genious in devising means to im- pose upon their employers. Chris- tianity was introduced among them in the twelfth century, by the Ger- mans and Danes; yet there are many remains of heathenism c they live in a miserable state of igno- rance and degradation { but edicts have recently been issued, to miti- fpte their vassalage, and provide or their instruction. About 1739, in compliancp with a request of sevenil noblemen and clergymen, the (7. B. commenced an institution at Cremen, to educate schoolmasters to be employed among the Estbonians and Le(tu- uiaoi. The influence of these LIV teachers was soon apparent among the natives: a desire for rellgiou; knowledge was manifested, and a general seriousness spread through the country ; which was follo\in!d by a visible reformation in the mo. ral deportment of many. In 1744, however, a persecuting spirit arose, and the brethren were prohibited intercourse with the natives : some of them were imprisoned, others were banished, and the people were not permitted to meet for social edification. Ip 1764, the brethren resumed their labours here, by per- mission of the Empress Catherine ; and the harvest has been great. Their labours have been particu- larly blessed in and near Pebalg, Reval, Seswegen, in the district of fVeiiden, and many other places. Beside their seminaries for edu- cating schoolmasters at Cremen^ lAiidheim, and Balgten, in Cour- land, they have 2 schools for girls at Netmoelke; 1 for Germans of lower stations, who are trained for domestic purposes, and 1 for thorn of higher rank. In 1818, the num- ber of Lettonians and Estbonians, united with the Brethren, was 33,000; the number of Germai: brethren, at that time, was only 10. The misiiion is principally conducted by native assistants. The Lettonians and Esthoniani associated with the Brethren are very active in promoting the cir- culation of the Scriptures. In 1817, an Anxilinry B. S. wa« formed for a few parishes. On the first day 200 members entered their names ; and their number soon in- creased to 1000, mostly Lettonian petisants. Within 6 months of its establishment, 400 l'estament« were gratuitously distributed to tlra poor, and such children as hat! made the best proficiency in read- ing. The success of the Bretliren'i labours has been universally ac knuwledged by the provincial gu- iren, was LUC veraments,, and they have eminently enjoyed the favour and protection of men in power. LUCKNOW, a city in Hindoo- Stan, and capital of Oude, situated OB the S. side of Qoomty, a branch of the Ganges, about 127 m. N. AUa- habajd. It is very ancient, and of Qonsiderabie extent; it was for* meriy the residence of the Nalmbs of Oude. The houses of the mer- chants, are constructed of briclc, iofiy, and strong, but the greatest part are in the native style. The streets are narcpw and filthy. Po- pulation, including the vicinity, 500,000. E. long. 800, q^o^ ^, j^^^ 8tf»5r. Mr. Hare, superintendent of schools, who has resided in India 40 years, had opened a school hate at his own ch trge, when he was recommended to the corre- sponding committee of the C. M. S. at Calcutta. They have allowed bim ^0 rupees monthly, for the em- ployment of native teaehers, a|id other chntges necessary to give efficiency to his school. Children of ad classes and descriptions, I^ro- testant. Armenian, and Romah Ca- tholic Christians, with Mussulmans and Chinese, appear on the list of schools. About 85 children of Christian parents, who would other- wise be wholly destitute of educa* lion, are^ taught. The children attend Mr. Hare's family worship. The C. K. S, has a depot of boolcs here. M. MACHINAW, or Makimw, a fortifled village on the island Mt- chllimacbinaw, in the straits which connect the lakes Michigan and Huron, within the limits of Micbi- m territory, 813 m. N. Detroit. U is pleasantly situated on the S.E. lidj iif fka Island^ on a snail cave, MAD which is surrounded by a steep «ilff 160 feet high, on which staiMR thai fort. Half a m. dis^nt from ih\», . on another cliff, 300 feet above thi». level of the lake, is Fmi H<4met. ; From this* spot there ia an extensiv» prospect of the lakes. During the' summer, Machinaw is the reswt o|| ; many fur traders, and 4 or 6Wi Indians, many of whom belon^.ttf the Chippeway tribes. > The Rev. W. M. Ferry, from th» . U. F. M. S,, Miss Omar, and Mi» E. M'Farland, commenced a lak* sion here in 1883. Previous talta location, Mr. Ferry spent a yew i» Machinaw, during which he or- . ganized a church, and persuaded . tiie inhabitants generally to aban^ don secular emplnyments on the Sabbath, and to attend public wor« ship. In October, 18S3, he com-' menoed a mission for the benefit o| the Indians. Within a few montha aAer his arrival, SO children were received into the mission family |» 4 others were soon added, and fL considerable accession was expeet^ ed« The children have all been accustomed to habits of order and diligence in their studies. It ia intended, that, in addition to a mi- nister of the Gospel, the family a^ this station shall ultimately coni:^ prise one male and two^femahl teachers, a farmer, and a man and woman to conduct domestic con<» cems. MADAGASCAR, a large Ulaml in the Indian Ocean, discovered by a Portuguese, in 1402. It lies 40 leagues E. of the continent of Africa, from which it is separated by the strait of Mosambique. !t extends 000 m. from.N. to S., and is from 800 to 300 broad. The inhabitaiiti*, amounting to more than 4,000,000, are divided into a num- ber of tribes. They are commonly tall, well-made, of an olive com- plexion, and some of them pretty black. Their hair is black, but not wooUy, and for the moit. part » 381 ►•1. i MAD curls natomlly ; their nose is small, ihpugh oot flat ; and they have thin Vim. They, have no towns, but a great number of villages, a small distance from each other. Their houses are pitiful huts, without windows or chimneys, and the roofil covered with reeds or leaves. Those that are dressed in the best manner, have a piece of cotton cloth or silk wrapped round their ariddle ; but the common sortliave still less clothing. Both men and women are fond of bracelets, neck- laces, and ear-rings. They have little knowledge ofcommerce, and exchange among themselves goods for goods: gold and silver coins brought by Europeans arc imme- diately melted down for ornaments, and no currency of coin is estab- lished. There are a great many petty kings, whoHe riches consist in ca^ tie and slaves, and they are always at war with each other. There are only some parts of the coast yet known; for both the air and the soil are destructive to strangers. The Madagasses believe in one only true Go3, the Creator of all things, and the preserver and su- preme Ruler of the universe ; whom they call Zangahara. When they speak of him, they do it with the greatest degree of solemnity and veneration. Though they consider him so infinitely exalted, that he does not stoop to notice the con- e«ms of men ; yet he has delegated the government of the affairs of this world to four inferior lords, whom they denominate lor ' of the North, South, East, and West. One of these only, they consider the dis- penser of ihe plagues and miseries of mankind ; while the other three are engaged in bestowing benefits. The souls of all good men, they believe, will, after death, ascend to Zangahara, and enjoy perfect hap- piness in his presence, while all bad men will be tormented, ac- cording to their demerits, by the MAD evil spirit, which they call Ang- gatyr. f The four great lords, are regarded by them as having great influence with Zangahara. Each family has its guardian angel, who conveys their prayers to the four lords, who are the only medium of access to the Deity. Some appear? ances of Judaism are seen among these islanders. They practise cir- cumcision, and offer the first-fruits of harvest. Of a Saviour tbey have no knowledge. The langt '%ge of the Madagasses is very melodious, and is said to be copious ; though it had never been reduced to a written form till since mission- aries resided among , them. . In the interior are some Arabs, who in- troduced into the island many of the arts of civilization. It is pro- bably owing to the influence of these emigrants on the neighbour- ing tribes, that many of them exhibit evident marks of a slate of improvement considerably removed from barbarism. The Rev. Messrs. Jones and Bevan were sent by the L. M. S., in 1818, to this island, and com- menced their misf.ion auspiciouily. These devoted laboi' "^rs were soon called, however, to experience heanr afflictions in their persons and families ; which were followed by th' death of Mr. Bevan, and by Mr. Jones's removal from tii« station to the Mauritius, from a decline in his health. In the autumn of 1820 his Ex- cellency R. T. Farquhar, Esq. Go- vernor of the Mauritius, concloded a treaty with Radama, King ol Madagascar, having for its object the total extinction of the slave trafllc in that island. With the full approbation of the Governor, Mr. Jones, being 8uiTicient.y re- covered, accompanied the agent, Mr. Hastie, to the court of Ra- dama, by whom he was received with much cordiality. The King, being satisfied with the views sod 328 MAD objeetx of the society, which were explained to him by Mr. Jones, vrote to the Directors for mis- lionttries to instruct his people in Christian icnowledge,^nd also in the useful arts. -It was Mr. Jones's intention to have returned to the Mauritius, after the conclusion of the treaty ; but in cohsequencp of s formal invitation from tiie King, ho consented to remain at Tana- nitrivou, when the. King allotted to bim one of the royal houses as his residence, with servants to at- tend upon him.. According to a ^stipulation of the treaty already alluded to, 20 Madagasse youths Time to be instructed in useful a/ts, with a view to promote civiliza- tion in their own country ; of whom 10 were sent for this purpose to thv Mauritius, and 10 soon after trrived in England, and were placed in the Borough school, to be Instructed in the English language on the plan of the B. and F. S. S. In the mean time, the King placed under the care of Mr. Jones, to ftcehe an English education, Id native children ; of whom 3 were children of his own sister, and one of the three was heir apparent to the crown ; — the rest were chil- dren of diflerent nobles. The Rev. Mr. Gritfiths arrived in the spring of 1821 ; and in June, \%'2i, the missionary brotherhood was increased by the arrival of the Re». Mr. Jett'reys, accompanied by Mrs. J. and four missionary' artisans. 'Hie valuable patronage oi the King jemained uiidiniinisbed. After pro- tiding for Mr. Jones a dwelling- house contiguous to the royal Khool in wiiich were upwards of 40 children under his care, he af- forded cnnsiderable assL^tance in the erp< lion of a commodious ha- liitatiua for Mr. Griffiths, together with a Nchool-hou.«e attached, ca- pable of containing about SOO children ; and also allotted a houxe for tb« U89 uf Mr. JeffVeyi and MAD his family. Allowances were felso ordered for each of the misston- aries, by Governor Farquhar, a* well as for the artisans. On the arrival of the latter at TananarivDu, the King gave them a piece of ground for tiieir residence and Ibr the carr}-ing on of their respective trades. About 2000 of the natives were employed to prepare the ground for the erection of the re- quisite buildings. By direction of the King 3 Madagasse 3routh8 wer« placed with each of the artisans ; two of them respectively as ap- prentices, and the other as a ser- vant, of whom very favourable reports were made. One of the artisans, Mr. Brooks, was, how- ever, suddenly called from his earthly engagements. At this early stage of mis- sionary efibrt, good effects ap- peared; among which may be noticed the suppres$>ion ofcommon swearing; though it should be stated, to the reproach of multi- tudes- called Christians, that it was the custom of the inhabitants of the kingdom of Ovah to swear by the name of the King and by the name of the Queen, not by the name of the Almighty Creator and Benefactor of mankind. The B. and F. B. S. made a grant to the Madagascar mission of 50 English Bibles and 200 Testaments. The kingdom of Radama, now called Imerina, is divided into 4 provinces ; in all of which, during 1824, schools were established, with the sanction, and under the patronage, of the King. At tb« close of the year they amounted to 22, and the number of children to above 2(K)0. The three school* successively formed at Tannnarl- vou were united into one, which ihe King denominated the Iti/jful Voile gf. From this seminary, containing about 810 boys, 50 of the highest gifted and best in- siructed were tvot to take chary* 323 ' I;, MAD ftf tke schools in the tioutitry. PuUie examinations of the 4ioys' *«tid girts' schpssrs. #ones and OriiRtlv commenced preaching in Mttdagasse in I jbrurtry of the same year} their co-^gtcga^' /tions -consisting usually oi about IMO, but occasionally of as many as S and even^OOO. SeveiHl ptrts of the Scriptures bad also been trans> lated, and some books were pre** pared and preparing for publication. On the aist of April, Mr. Jeffreys removed to Ambatoumanga, a large village situated about 20 m. from Tananarivou, where he com- menced a school for boys, and Mrs. ^. another for girls, ami conducted stated services in Madagasse. It having be«n judged expedient that the artisans should superintend the schools, Mr. Canham removed to a village about 18 m. from the ca« pital, where he had a school of 110 bo}ii ; and Mr. Rowlands to another village about 15 m. distant from thd ■t riti, where he had a school con- taining 100 boys. Each of them mperintended apprentices, who learned their respective trades; and Mr. Chick was diligently em- ployed on the Sabbath in cate- ehising children ; and on the week 4ays bi his trade. In the following year, the labours of the mission- tries were continued ; the transla- tion of the Madagasse New Testa- nrat was completed ; a printer, a eotton-spinner, and a carpenter, vera sent out ; and the mission was deprived of a valuable agent by the ieath of Mr. Jeflyeys. About this time some of the Madagasse youthi, one of whom had been at his own earnest request baptized, ar* lived at the capital. ^ Tba last reportsays :->" The Rev. Mr. Johns, and Mesin. Cameron MAD and Cuininiihgs, missicfoary artiM'as with their wiveis, accompanied by Roloun Boloun, another of the Madi^asse youths who bed also been baptized, arrived at Tananari- v6u on the 11th of September. Mr. Johns will reside for a time in the cajntal. During a part of the day he will instruct some of the boys in the school in Engligh,andin the other lipply himself to thestudy of Madagasse, wifil the assistance of Mr. Griffiths. He takes his turn in English preaching with the other missionaries." Native Schools.—*' The number of these is 88, containing UOO boys and 460 girls, making a total of nearly 8000 ; of whom, on an average, about 1 700 ore regular in their attendance. These schools are scattered over the country, within a circuit of 30 m. around the capital. His Majesty, Radama, has signified his pleasure that 12 of the more promising boys in the central school (or Royal College) should be instructed in Greek and Latin. In this school there are about 100 boys. " Two of the best instructed boys assist as ushers in the cen- tral school, and another has the sole charge of a large school in the country, with some of his late school- fellows for ossistantR. Many more boys are capable of taking a similar charge, fcitould the enlargement of the school-fund enable the missionaries to increase the number of schools. ** The result of the Public Bxa- mination of the schools for 1886-6, which took place at Tananarivou, in March of the latter year, vni highly satisfactory. His Majesty, Radama, was present, and person* ally engaged in the examination. Tba mtoionarles exercise a general saperintenyoMrab?^ circuirstances wijich atvcided lite commencement oi his labo irs, in- duced Mr. S. to se:tie, with a view of estebiish- .ig a permanent mission. He was soon received unc.er the immediate care nf thi" society; pni prosecuted ^iis iubours with unwearied diligcace, nnd •y\ih much success. In i'':J8, ht,' suc- ceeded in organizing a chiuth, which consisted of 17 members. The following year, 140 were added to it, and considerable ac- cessions continued to m made for a number of years. In i 736, a house for public worship wm erected. In 1746, the city was ♦ aken by the French : the mission premises were destroyed, and the station was abandoned. It was, however, re- sumed in 1750, and a chwrch built by the Roman Catholic Portuguese, was offered for the accommodation of the missionaries. From the commencement of the mission to the year 1760, no less than 14T0 were united with the church. The number of communicants in 1800, was 143. About this time the mission began to decline ^ but, within a few years, effectual measures were adopted to restore it to a state of efficiency. In 1820, a depdt of books was established, which has been of gfreat ser''ice. A printing press has been re- established, which i&sued, during the first year, 4,000 books and tracts. In 1822, about 3008ciioian were regularly instructed in the mission-schools, and the congre- gation was rapidly increasing. in 1805, the benevolent attention of the L, M. S. was directed to this •A2K 1 Rev. B. ; mission . He vi- >atTon8!re /wrv fme >ivbir. ;<, /■..'is ' thi.'i Tiis- riVOMrab]!' be ITS, in- ith a view )t mission, uin.er the society; DiiTS with ',nd '.viii; , hv suc- a cluiith, members. 140 were arable ac- made for a i6, a house } erected. cen by the mises were ition was wever, re- in rch built 'ortuguese, iimodation From the mission to than 1470 urch. The ts in 1800, time the line ; but, effectual to restore In 1820, established, at ser''ice. been re- led, during books and )00 scholars ted in the he congre- ;asinpr. nt attention icted to thii 32t MAD ithportant city, and in it the Rev. Afr. Loveless laboured for several years, particularly in a new chapel at Black Town, which was sup- ported by the liberality of his con- fuut hearers. Here the attendance t' I (Europeans' and natives was con- Md-mble; and 2 free schools ad- jvidH J the chapel went on well. ;'(! l;{uidate the debt on the latter, an individual, who would not suffer his name to appear, contributed 700 pagodas. A small church was hrrrM, and a " Missionary Fund Socir.ty" established. In 1816, the Rev. Mr. Knill arrived as a fellow- hbourer. Two years after, 147 nnaes were on the books of the Aree schools for boys ; a free school for girls had been commenced, in which there were about 40, while ihe iichools for natives contained about 400, and the New Testament was learned and repeated. When a short time had elapsed, the schools were increased to 1 1, and afforded great encouragement ; and there were 4 congregations, viz. 3 English, and 1 Tamul, or native, all of which were now in a pros- perous state. Mr. K.'s declining health, however, compelled his relinquishment of his impv^rtant exertions, and his pursuit of a colder climate : other agents were therefore sent forth. In 1819, a new chapel was opened at Pursewankum, iicar Vepery. In 1820, John Apavon, ■^hn had some time before been ^taptized, had the charge of a Tamul congregation ; and the va- rious schools which had been opened, together with the religious institutions which had been esta- blished, as well as the sacred services which were conducted, were all flourishing. Fresh labourers arriv- ing, the inroads made by removals and death were Med up, and new designs were accomplished. In 1823, a native female school was established, under the superin- MAD tendence of Mrs. Crisp ; and a central school was also opened for qualifying native youths, of pro- mising character and talents, for the office of schoolmaster; into which about 30 were admitted. The following extracts from the last report, will show the effect of this and subsequent efforts : — " CentreU Sohool. — We are con- cerned to state, that this institution, the object of which was the train- ing of promising native youths for the office of schoolmaster, has not hitherto been so productive of be- nefit as the missionaries anticipated. A new plan of arrangement and organization for this seminary has, however, been prepared, which, it is hoped, when curried into effect, will be attended with more pro- mising results.'' " Native Schools. — These schools, in number 1^, contain about iBOO boys. At a public examination, held on the 17th of April, 1826, gratifying evidence of proficiency .was exhibited. The Hindoostanee school at Royapettah, has been dis- continued, and a seminary for Mussulmen children, under the im- mediate superintendence of Mr. Taylor, commenced." "Native Preaching. — The Tamul services are continued as usual in Black Town. At Pursewankum, where there is a prospect of forming a native church, an additional Tamul service has been commenced. A Tamul service has been also commenced at Periamoattoo." '' A place of worship has been erected at Uoyapooram, which is supplied alternately by Mr. Crisp and Mr. Nimmo. We regret to state, that the missionaries have not found the opening for the Gospel here so encouraging as they had been led to expect. At Tri- passoor, a church has been formed, and a school commenced, contain- ing nearly 80 children." « In the early part of 1 820, Messrs. 32T i 'M I '.!'! ^;l "Mt MAD Crisp ahd Taylor alternately per- formed missionaiy tears, during which they visited Chtttoor, Tri- passoor, Wallajah, Jkc. ; and there is reason to believe that beneflcial effects have resulted from their visits to these places. Mr. Taylor has translated into Tamul, Ayliffe's Catechism on the Evidences! of Christianity, abridged from Dr. Bogue's Essay.*' <* English Preaching. — The English services at the chapel in Blacic Town are performed as usual. TheEnglish servlceat Pnrsewankum chapel has been discontinued, and another Tamul service substituted, as already intimated. The atten- dance at the prayer-meeting at Pursewankum, we regpret to ^ay, is not encouraging." ** Madras Auxiliary Society. — The amount of the contributions to this Institution, for the year 18id-6, was 1000 Madras rupeeis. At the anniversary meeting, held on the 11th of July, 2 sermons were preached, — one in Black Town, by the Rev. R. Carver, of the fV.M.S. ; the other by Mr. Taylor, at Purse- wankum chapel. The united collec- tionsamountedtoaboutOSOrupees." " This mission is advancing with a Arm and steady, though gradual, progress." A corresponding coram 'tee was formed at Madras, in connexion with the C. M. 8. in 181d, and the Rev. Messrs. Schnarr^ and Rbenius were $oon after appointed to labour in that city. The society placed IdOO/. at the disposal of its friends there, and the mission commenced under circumstances truly auspi- cious. In 1816, the missionaries had so far advanced in the acquisi- tion of Tamul, that they began to preach in Dr. Rottler*8 chapel, in Black Town, where their services were liighly acceptable both to Dr. R. and his '.tongregatioci. A school was formed for native children in the mission-garden, within a few MAD months after the settlenoent of the missionaries in the Black Tovlm, and four others were successiveiy raised. A fbtal epidemic, whieh, like a pestilence, "htA rava^d the N. of India, found its way to Ma- dras in 1818, ^nd awakened the superstitions if the natives. An extract of a letter written at the time, gives an affecting picture of the state of the native mind under this calamity : — " Alas ! it is an awful and depressing monient. We have heard that the natives, affrighted and trembling, have of- fered, what has not been done here these many years, a living sacri- fice I — an idiot boy, to one of their gods : and to-morrow there are to be a procession and feast, which will cost 1500 pagodas, to appease a goddess who has been neglected for manyyears, and whotbeysay has, in offended anger, sent this scourge." During this year the schools hid increased to 13 in number, at which the average monthly attend- ance throughout the year was 364. In the following year, the missiona- ries wrote: — "The congregation remains much as before. Alas ! so far as our knowledge reaches, we must say that their hearts are still, in general, like the stony-ground hearers. The Christian >thool« masters, with the catechists, and a few other members of the congre- gation, are a salt among the rest, and have been our encourage- ment. Some others, who seemed to awaken, and to give us some hope of a thorough purification of their minds and conduct, have not realized our hope, and hardness of heart seems to have again seized on them. One of two grown per- sons preparing for baptism, disco- vered wicked and worldly designs, and is no more in preparation ; ibf> other, a young man, has been bap- tized—the first- fruit of the mission. Two men and two women are n«^ preparing for baptism. An o^ 82« at of the k To«B, xessive^ c, wbieh, 'a^d the y to Ma- ened the ves. An ;n nl the picture of ind under it is an monieht. Q natives, , have of- done here ing sacri' le of their ere are to ist, which I appease a fleeted for say has, in scourge." shook hid amber, at bly attend- T was 364. I misstona* ngregation , Alas! 80 eaches, we is are still, )Dy-ground in Nthool- lists, and a he congre- g the rest, encouTBge- > seemed to some hope on of their have not lardness of yain seized grown per- ;him, disco- ily designs, pattort ; the J been bap- ;he miMion> ifttv are no*' An aged 32» MAD , woman, the second heathen ad- mitted into the Christian church, was subsequently baptized." Tn March, 1819, the missionaries re- moved to the new mission -house, on the premises purchased by the society} and on July the 20tb,.the foundation of a new church was laid, which was to be erected at tbe expense of the government. About this time -a printing press sent out by the society, arrived, and wais set to work on the revised version of the Scriptures in Tamul, by Dr. Rottler and Mr. Rhenius. Mr. Harrington, of Calcutta, had made the society a present, before he left India, of a fount of Tamul types. This liberal benefaction, with tiie types, lishment of the seminary, 8 of : the elder youths have been placed in diftiBrcnt situations, according to their qualifications. Mrs. Kidsdale has the charge of the female schools ^ of which 3 are Tamul, and 2 English> and contain 233 scholars, with an ave- rage attendance of about 190. Th'^re is a steady advance in this interesting field of labour, and many encouraging circumstances, by the blessing of God, attend it. The Rev. Mr. Carver, of the fF. M, S. wrote, from Madras, March 22, 1820 :—«* We have upwards of SO members in society, at this place, chiefly pensioners, with their wives and offspring — men who have seen great trials, and have little hope of revisiting tiieir native land. Our prayer to God for them is, that tkiey may be saved. We have sometimes preached to them in the open air, but they hate commenced a subscription, and are erecting a room for worship, which may cc ^t perhaps 601, sterling : a piece of ground, on which the Rev. Mr. Hough once had a native school, hdb been kindly granted for this purpose by the commandant. On I MAD i\i6lt list I see nearly 200 subscrip* tions of 1, 2, or 3 fanams, (I^.) mostly by poor females : their mites will not be despised by the Loi'd. The school department has bben increased a I'ittle ; not, however, according tC' the numerous ai>pli. cations made by natives to be in* strUcted, bv '; as our limited means of supportii g schools would allo"'. We were entreated, repeatedly, to establish schools in a very populous part of Black Town, and at length, with some fear on account of our funds, we did place one school more upon our list, which contains now upwards of 100 children ; but we were under the painful nec«^- sity of refusing admittance to upi> wards of 300 children, who might have beeii formed into schools in the neiglhbourhood Of the other. This school, which is a bungalei«r chapel alto, giveis the people an Opportunity of hearing the word of God preached. This point is also very'suitable frotfl whence tc dis- tribute the holy Setiptures and' re* ligiOiis tracts, which the people have solight virith considerable eagerness. Some thousands of se- veral publlciitions bare been dis- persed, we hope usefully, among the pieople during the past4 months. The Madras Jews Societif was founded Feb. 23, 1821, to aid in the dissemination of the Scriptmres snd religious tracts among the learned Jews inbabfthig A^a ; and to trace the respective histories of the Jews catlM "Bieni Israel," and the black «id white Jews. "*' The missionatries who have la- boured at this place, have always been greatly assisted and encou- raged in their efforts, Iw the ready services and counsels of the ch»l)- lains of the East India Company, who have manifested a deep soli- citude for the moral improvement of the natives. MADURA, a p6pulou# and fortified towri in the Carnatic, 330 td ■e prosperous supported b; in Augusta, the Augusta of 1822, M compassioni destitute ch their observ into their were prom dear to their >n Bocessio however, thi declined; a pedient for America, were recelv Billies at B( MAH Hindoo8tiui,Bnd capital of a province of tbe same name. It was sunen- dered to the British in 1801 ) it is 80 nr.S.S.W. Tanjore, and j)36 S.S.W. Madras. E. long. TS' 14', N. lat. 00 62^. The C, K. S, has esta- blished a mission here. Since tiie British toolc possession of the town, efforts have been made to introduce tiie Gospel, principally by native teachers and catechists, who, in addition to their other labours, liave distributed the Scriptures and tracts, in considerable numbers, among the Portuguese and Mala- Imrs. M AHIM, a town on the northern part of the island of Bombay, about % m. from the town of Bombay, containing a compact population of about 20,000 heathens. Th9 immediate vicinity is also very po- pulous. The soil is sandy, and the place is a complete cocoa-nut forestr— as much so, indeed, as if ibere were no inhabitants. The Rev. A. Graves, from the A. B. C. F. M. arrived at Mahim in 1818. Previous to this, Mr. Newell spent several weeks here, preaching the Gospel to many who had never heard it before. Two schools were established in Mahim, and 2 in the vicinity; they have since increased to 7, and are in a prosperous state. One school is supported by benevolent individuals in Augusta, Georgia, and is called the Augusta school. In the spring of 1822, Mr. Grave? and his wife, compassionating the wants of some destitute children who eame under their observation, tooic 20 of them into their family. The children were promising, and became very deartotheir instructors. Undersuch sn accession of care and labour, however, the health of Mrs. Graves declined ; and as it was deemed ex- pedient for her to. take a voyage to America, some of the children were received into thie mission fa- milies at Bombay and Tanriah, and f \3' the remainder returned to their parents. Soon after Mr. Graves entered on liis mission, he com- menced preaching in the Mahratta language, and has faithfully em- braced opportunities which have offered for instructing tbe nativM. A large portion' of his time has te^ cently been spent in itinerating at a distance ; and though there havto been no special instances of convic- tion and conversion^ the influence of the Gospel on the minds of the natives is apparently increasing. [See So»ibaif/\ MAIAOITI, one of the Society Islands. The mission in this island is under the immediate care of two native teachers, of the L. M. &, sent there by the church at Huaheln^. The church, consisting of 33 members, «11 of whom are regarded as traly pious, i» under the pastoral care of M)r. Barfij who visits th«» as often as his other engagements will allow, when he administers the ordinances of the Lord's Sapper and baptiain. In his absence the teachers conduct the public worship, and explain the Scriptures to the people ; they also superintend the schools, which em* bi'ace, infants excepted, the whole population of the island, which consists of 210 souls. A ehapel has been built> 60 fedt by 30, which was entirely, the work of the natives. They have also built and furnished a house for tb« accommodation of Mr^ Barff, when on his occasional visits. ' The deputation could hear of no crimes in this island; and tbif judges, as to criminal cases, were consequently withodt employment. They suppose a happier people than those of this island do not exist. MAJABURAM, a pq>ulotM town in the vicinity of Tranquebar, Hindoostan. The Danish mission' aries at Tranquebar formerly la- boured here, and occasionally gain- ed many converts. 331 i Si maL -; Their ' congregatioUi in 1747, 4imouiited to upward of ,1400. • MALACCA, or Malaya, a pe- .ninsula at the southern extremity of Asia, connected with the Icing- dom of Siam by the isthmus of Kraw, bounded W. by the Indian Ocean, and E. by the Chinese Sea. It extends from about l** to about 1:1° N. lat. It is computed to be 775 m. long, and its average breadth about 1^0. The surface of the pe- ninsula is delightfully variegated with plains, gentle hills, and lofty mountains. Its soil is, generally, highly Tegetative, producing rice in abundance, and various other tropical fruits. The climate is fa> vourable for its latitude, there being a constant alternation of land and sen breezes, which render the air pure and healthy. The whole country was formerly subject to the *government of Siam, but the south- ern part has become emancipated from the yoice of tyranny, and the northern pays but a small tribute. The inhabitants of Malacca are principally Malays, though there are many Portuguese Moors, and Chinese. The Malays, as a people, 5 re exceedingly ferocious and vin- ictive, faithless and treacherous, fond of conquest and plunder, much addicted to habits oi piracy, and dreadfully cruel to enemies and strangers. They are, however, in some measure, intelligent and ac- tive, and exhibit evident marl(s of advancement in the arts of civiliza- tion. Their language has been compared, for softness and harmony, to the French and Italian. It is peculiarly adapted to poetry, of which the Malays are passionately fdod. It is extensively used in mercantile business in all the islands of the Malayan Archipe- lago, and in all eastern India. Malaccoy the principal town on the peninsula above described, is situated near the W. coast, on the Straits of Malacca. E. long. 102'' MAL ]6', N. lat. 2° 13. The foundaUon of this town was laid by the Moho. medansy in the 13th centuiy, and was subject to the Portuguese till 1641, when it was captured by the Dutch, and.remained in their peg. session till it was taken by the Bri- tish forces in 1795. The English restored it to the Dutch at the peace of Amiens; recaptured it, end again restored it, Sept. 1818. From its peculiarly favourable si. tuation it has, in a commercial point of view, become a place of great interest and Importance. A ready naval intercourse subsists be- tween it and all the Malayan Ar- chipelago, Siam, China, Cochin- China, India, and Madagascar. This circumstance renders it a fa- vourable place for the establish- ment of a mission, from which the Bible and religious tracts may be diffused through all the adjacent countries. The inhabitants are variously estimated, from 12 to 15,000; the greater portion of whom are Malays. The principal religions are Mahomedanism and Paganism. In January, 1816, the Rev. Mr. Milne, of the //. M. S., paid a visit to Penang, when he waited on the Honourable the Governor and.mem- bers of the council, who readily granted him, at his request, a piece of land at Malacca, on which to erect a missionary-house and other needful buildings. The Chinese scholars under the care of Mr. M. soon amounted to 70, and his coad- jutor, Mr. Thomson, commenced a day-school and an evening-school, for the instruction of the Malays. Partly in consequence of illness, Mr. M. subsequently paid a visit to Penang. Here he met with'^Sabat, a man of talent, who some years before renounced the religion of Mahomed, and professed to em- brace that of the Gospel. The religious public formed sanguine expectations of his extensive 338 MAL useMness. But he became an apostate, and wrote against Cbris- tinnity. He professed, however, to repent, and again to receive the Gospel. He wrote an affectionate letter to Mr. Milne on the subject, which commenced thus : — ** Sabat, the corrupted, turned, and lost servant of the Lord Jesus Christ, to the man of God, the Rev. W. Milne," »5r. The shore Is, for the most part, abrupt and rugged, there being but two convenient hurbuurkj one called MAi. Marsa, the other, on the W. side of the island, called IMarsa Musciet. The island is strongly fortified by garrisons and bulwarks ; to man which 30,000 men would be requi- site. Faletta, the capital, stands at the N. end of the island, is built entirely of stone, and contains 20 or 25,000 inhabitants. Malta was given to the Knights of St. John of Jerusalem, by the Emperor Charles v., in 1530, to whom it was subject till 1798 ; when it was forcibly taken from them by Buonaparte. In 1800, it was be- sieged and captured by the British, to whom it was confirmed in the treaty of 1814. The surface of the island is, ge- nerally, level, with a soil naturally unproductive, but much improved by cultivation. The island is divi- ded into about 20 lasals, or town- ships—a losal including a village and the surrounding country. The inhabitants, with those on Gozo, a small neighbouring island, are estimated at 110,000. They are generally miserably poor, and de- plorably ignorant. It is thought, that among a population of 100,000, not more than 1000 were uble to ^ read or write ; and in one village, containing 6000 inhabitants, only 30 had ever been instructed in the elements of knowledge. Their language is a dialect of the Arabic ; though, till missionaries visited the island, it could hardly be said ever to have been reduced to a written form. The principal literary insti- tutions are, the library of liif Knights and the Jesuits' College, or University of Malta ; both now under the regulation of tbe British government. The ll^ ry con. tuins 50 or 60,000 volui nostly ancient Latin works, thu ^n there are many Italian and some French Looks. The library is open for the reception of the literati, i i others, at stated hours ; hut no bool(s are permitted to be corrietl from the room. Connected with thu .13d MAL University are from 15 to 20 profes- sors, and in 1822, BboQt200 students. Tiie religion of the Maltese is exclusively Runnan Catiiolic. Tlie eoBrmon people are designedly kept by their religious instructors in a state of ignorance, and readily believe whatever their infatuated priests tell them is true. The con- ditions of the late treaty secure to flie people an undisturbed pos- fession of their favourite religion. The Inquiaitien at Malta, which a few years ago was in full force, Uas been, under the present Administration, converted into a hospital. The island of Malta, from its central situation, and the protection granted to all individuals of different nations, has become a place of vast importance and interest to the Christian world. It is a kind of focus, or rallying point, of mis- tionaries from different countries, who wish to perfect themselves in the languages of the adjacent na- tions, and the head-quarters of all the various missions destined to the itaores of these inland seas. From this place there is a ready commu- nication with Europe, Asia, and Africa, with all the islands of the Mediterranean and Levant, and Tith those particular countries whicii have been distinguished and rendered memoruble by the grandest moral movements in the history of mankind, — the first establishment Rmi subsequent promulgation of Christianity, the dispersions of Ciod's chosen people, and the diffu- lion of Maiiomedanism, nonrly coincident with the rise of l*/'pftcy. Here Jews, Mahomeduns, and Pagans, nmy be addressed by the jiidicinijs, pious, and learned, upon rabjects connected with Chris- tianity, and the unyielding claims it has upon the obedience of nmn- kind. Malta is visited yearly by mnl- titiulps from all the circumjacent ■lanils and cov ntries, and is the MAL resort of many men of literary distinction. In 1810, and somct years before and after, not less than 40,000 foreigners resided there, of whom 12,000 were Greeks, and 6 or 7000 Jews. The Rev. Mr. Blomfield, who was sent out by the L. M. S. iii 1811, to promote the knowledge of the Gospel among the Greeks, was directed to reside for a time at Malta, where he might have an opportunity to learn the Italian language, and to perfect himself in the modern Greek, as well as to obtain the best information concerning the places to which he might afterwards direct his cour&cj. While faithfully fulfilling his trust, he preached to a number of Englishmen resident at Valetta. and, it is believed, with spiritual advantage to many. He was also active in distributinof copies of the Scriptures, of Dr. Doddridge's Rise and Progress in Italian, and of religious tracts, some of which were sent to Sicily, . ^mentof 1810; in consequence of w»dch Mr. L. left that pluce, to carry into ettect the various objects of his .iMssioii : lie II flerwnrds settled at Znnte, and ultimately at Corfu. Mr. W., in addition to vnriou* m uo 33- MAL engagements, prepared several books for publication in modern Greek. In 1823, his congregation had increased to about 250 bearers, of whom a considerable number gave satisfactory evidence of ge- nuine piety, and many othtrs of most promising moral qualities. The number of communicants was increased to 50. In the Sabbath- school there were about 30 English childr<^n ; 20 Greek boys and girls also attended, who learned Mr. Wil- son's Greek catechism, and passages of Scripture both in Greek and J't^lian. Mr. Wilson resumed his Greek services ; the attend- ance, including children, was about 60. During his absence in Eng- land, the American Brethren commenced a small school for Greeks; an English young Indy, whom Mr. Wilson formerly in- structed in modern Greek, had the charge of the female department of it. The boys were taught by Mr. Temple, assisted by Mr. Wil- son. The latter devoted a portion of every day to the instruction of u few Greek bo3s, from Scio, in undent Greek, English, and Ita- lian. One of these boys translated a considerable part of Turner's " Arts and Sciences," and pro- ceeded with the work under Mr. Wilson's direction. After his return to Malta, he printed, in modern Greek, at the American mission-press, about 10,000 books and tracts ; other works wore in progress ; a lUiigiuvs Tract Soritly, formed yome time before, in connexion with the English chapel, doubled its funds ; about 700 tracts, of which a portion were sold ; and about 60 Bibles and Teslanients, in Greek, French, Italian, English, and other langnajfi's, were circulatetl; some of them were given to poor Greeks jTOceeding lo tlie war. A *' yv>r'j» fror/rin/s' Sociefy," established by Mrs. Wiiion, cora- MAL posed of several respectable ladies* produced about 161. per annum ; and, during one winter, furnished clothing to about 40 persons. The last report says;— " The English congregation goes on well, and the Sabbath-school is in a prosperous state. Mr. Wilson con- tinues to preach once a week, in Italian ; and the services are at- tended with encouragement, as regards both native Maltese and Greeks. The ministerial labours of Mr. Wilson continue to be at- tended with spiritual benefit to bis hearers. Several works have been printed, during the past year, ai the mission printing-ofiice. The printing of Mr. Wilson's modem Greek translation of the Rev. Mr. Border's Village Sermons has been commenced, and is rapidly ad- vancing. A collection of hymns, translated into Italian by . Mr- Wilson, has been printed at Corfu. A Catechism on the Sacrament, by the late Rev. Mr. Brown, of Haddington, translated into Italian by Mr. W., is also in course of printing at the same place. Mr. Wilson has engaged, as an appren- tice in the printing-office, a Greek youth, to whom hn has given some instruction in languages, and finds him a great acquisition. Of the Greek Spelling-book ond Dr. Watts's Catechism, 1000 copies each have been sent to Constun- tinople, and 600 of each sold, for the purpose of being sent thitlier. School-books have also been sent to Cerigo, for the use of the ciiil- dren of Greek refugees from Mi;;- solonghi. The elementary school- books and tracts, in modern Grecit, prepared by Mr. Wilson, hove bfien widely dispersed. In caseof the libe- ration of that country,— nil cveot, it is to be hoped, not fur distant, - n)any of tlio natives M'iil be nndy to go immediately into difterent parts of it, for the purpose of organizing and conducting schools 338 on the L have dcriv< selves wer* of their jBti the school by Mr. Wil The La> Society, cor son, contin indigent ai Malta ; and of providin decent clotl their admis: Schools. T for the year 1828, was uj The attei having been terranean a: of labour, i send thither Rev. Wm. J for this servi( paration, pr( 1815, to Mai able place society had gestion of Buchanan, literary repn of this natu sionarj' labo cable ; anc benefit of mi with that di had himself an admirab 'i-.tting of '''he objects establishing Mediterranei sition ot in the state of with the be omtioM, and Christian l0. of iiis ub«ei MAL on the Lancastsrian plan, vrho have derived, while they them- selves were under tuition, much of their fitness for the work from the school publications furnished by Mr. Wilson.*' I'he Ladies* Malta Charitable Smety, commenced by Mrs. Wil- son, continues to afford relief to indigent and infirm persons in Malta ; and by affording the means of providing their children with decent clothing, is instrumental to their admission into the Normal Schools. TXvi amount of receipts, for the year ending 31st December, 1828, was upwards of £5T. The attention of the C. M. S. having been drawn to the Medi- terranean as an important sphere of labour, it was determined to send thither a representative. The Rev. Wm. Jowett offered himself for this service ; and after due pre- paration, proceeded, in the year 1815, to Malta, .is the most suit- able place of residence. The society had adopted, on the sug- gestion of the late Rev. Dr. Buchanan, the plan of sending a literary representative to a spliere of this nature, where direct mis- sionary labours were not practi- cable ; and Mr. Jowett had the benefit of much friendly conference with that distinguished man, who had himself led the way, and given an admirable model, in the con- 'i..uting of Christian researches, '''he objects of the society, in establishing representatives in the Mediterranean were— the acqui- sition oi information relative to the state of religion and of society, with the best means of its mell- otatioii, and tliii propagation of Christian knowledge, by the press, by Journeys, and by educution. Mr, Jowett returned, with his fiimily, to this country, for the rt'iiovatinn of his health, in the year 1820. During the 5 years of his absence, he ha'.l been resi- MAL dent chiefly in Malta ; but he had spent a considerable time in Corfu, and had twice visited Egypt and some parts of Greece. The results of this visit to the Mediterranean have b^en in many respects highly imporiant; the«? he has since given to the public, in a very interesting and valuable volume, which has awakened a lively interest in behalf of the sphere in which his energies have been engaged. Mr. Jowett sub- sequently returned to Malta, and has since been variously occupied in benevolent exertions. The J. B. C. F. M. commenced a mission here in 1820, with the design of benefitting the mingled inhabitants of Palestine. The first missionaries, sent by the Board to the Holy Land, were the Rev, Messrs. L. Parsons and P. Fisk, who arrived at Smyrna, Jan. 15, 1820, and were cordially welcomed by the chjiplain and other gentle- men. After obtaining the requisite information for the government of their future measures, they em- barked for the island of Scio, where they spent some time in the study of the modern Greek, and soon after visited the 7 churches of Asia. Mr. P. then went to Jeru- salem, where he spent some months in distributing the word of life, and religious tracts in 9 different languages. In Jan. 1822, in con- sequenct? «»f his declining liealth, he sailed with Mr. F. for Alex- andria, where, on the lOlh of Feb., he yielded up his spirit to him who gave it. The Rev, D. and Mrs. Temple arrived at Malta, Feb. 22, 1822. A printing estahlishmi^nt w«is also sent ; which lias been, and will probably continue to be, a powerful and useful engine in promoting the designs of the mix- sion : this press was procured, and is to be kept in operation lor thn term of 5 years, by benevolent individuals in Boston. It wnn aaii MAL calculated that in about two yean there were printed by it more than two million and a half of pages of religious tracts. The Rev. Messrs. Goodell and Bird, with their wives, arrived at Malta, Jan. 21 , 1823. These mis- sionaries were under the direction of the American Board ; but were supported by a benevolent associ- ation in the city of New York, entitled the Palestine Mitnonary Society. After their arrival, they continued at Malta Jtiil October ; v.hen, in compliance with the wishes of their brethren, they sailed for the Holy Land, where they expected permanently to be settled. On their removal they re- mark : — '' Agreeably to our instructions, ve have devoted our principal .ime and attention to the attain- ment of the language ; and, in the mean time, have assisted in j)reaching several times a week, in English, to very attentive hearers ; in conducting vaiious religious meetings with different classes of society, in different stages of reli- gious knowledge and experience ; and in managing a Sabbath-school, consisting chiefly of English and Greek children and youth of both sexes, who have committed to me- morj' about 40,000 verses cf Scrip- lure and hymns. We have been happy in possessing these imme- diate moans of usefulness, whUe we have been engaged in study ; and we trusi a future day will shew that the labour bestowed upon Malta, by other missionaries and by ourselves, has not been in vain." The Rev. Mr. Fisk, in com- pany with Mr. Wolff, of the L. J.S., and Mr. King, of the /'r«?wcA Protestant Miasiovary Society at Paris, left Malta, Jan. H, 1823, on a tour to Egypt and Jerusa- lem. While on their way, at Alexandrifi, they pri'nchiui in 6 different languages to saiall assem- MAL blies, and distributed the Bible^ or portions of it, in 10 languages. On April 25, they entered the Holy City, where they spent some months, labouring for the spiritual good of its mingled inhabitants. Though the missionaries of the American Board, in commencing a mission to the land of promise, have been called to endure many hard- ships and deprivations, and to expe- rience numerous discouragements; yet there are many circumstances calculated to encourage and ani- mate them to more persevering diligence and fldel<^y. Greeks and Armenians mani^3;1 an increasing eagerness to obtain the word of truth, and Jews and Mahomedans are disposed to listen wii.'^ can- dour to arg^uments in favour of Christianity. Dr. Naudi haf^ also been an efii- cient and active. iLigent in promoting the cause of truth, and the inte- rests of the Mediterranean mis- sion. He was educated a Roman Catholic ; but was induced to change his views in consequence of reading some religious books, sent to Malta by the B. and F. B. S. As early as 1812, he suggested to the society the propriety of est . blishing a permanent mission at Malta, and offered to accompany a missionary under their auspices on a tour of investigation. While engaged as a ph}'sician in the island, he was very active in ex- tending the knowledge of a cru- cified Saviour. In 1S17, be wns received under the patronage ol thesrjety, and employed in com- piling and translating into the eastern languages ; in which oc- cupatioil be has been emineiitl.v useful. The society has a pointing esta- blishment at Malta, at which the Scriptures and religious tracts huve been printed in several languages. The Reverend J. King, from the French Protestant Mimonaiy 34U MAL Society at Paris, commenced his labours here in 1822. Mr. King, a native of the United States, but then residing in Paris, was induced to join the Palestine mission for a limited period, in consequence of the urgent solici- tations of Mr. Fisk, soon after Mr. Parsons' death. The circum- stance of his going from Paris awalcened in a few individuals a spirit of missionary enterprise, which resulted in the formation of this society. Mr. K. was received under their patronage, for at least one year, but was to be under the direction of the American Board. He laboured, in conjunction with their missionaries, since his arrival, which was November 2d, 1822. With Mr. K. the society sent 2 founts of Greek types in aid of the mission. The following are among the important institutions that have re- sulted from missionary efibrts at Malta and its vicinity. The Malta B. S. was organized in 181T. Though, on account of the disturbed state of Greece, the society has been considerably em- barrassed in its operations in that quarter ; yet, through various chan- nels, the Italian, Greek, Arme- nian, Arabic, Syriac, Hebrew, and French Bibles and Testaments have been distributed in mostof the other countries bordering on the shores of the Mediterranean and the Levant. The vital interests of this society have been greatly promoted, and the sphere of its operations much en- larged, by the American, Church, niul London S. missionaries. In their itinerations into the adjacent countries they have been fjiirnished with Bibles by this society, and have obtained subscriptions to aid its future progress. In 1818, (I school was established at Cnstlt Zsilun, by Don Lugi Cummilleri, a Koman Catholic MAN priest. This enlightened man com- menced his school in a private house, at his own expense, with 30 boys. Having received his educa- tion in Spain, the Spanish Consul, on being made acquainted With his design, seconded his efforts by con- tributing upwards of 3000 dollars for the erection of a commodious school-house. In 1823, the number of pupils in this school was 100. A female school was attached to it in 1822, which, in 1823, contained 50 scholars. Mr. Cammilleri's instructions are gratuitous, and he expresses a strong desire to have his countrymen become more en- lightened and les5 superstitious. The Malta Jews' Societtf was commenced May 9, 1823. The object of this association is to form a centre of correspondence and communication for all societies which may wish to send missiona- ries into these parts for the conver- sion of the Jews. A School Society was formed at: Valetta, in 1819, through the efficient exertions of Mr. Jowett and Mr. Wilson ; and a convenient room was soon appropriated by the government to the use of an in- creasing school under its direction. Lieutenant-governor Power is the President ; and his Lady Patroness of a female school, which was esta- blished by means of the unremit- ting efforts of a few benevolent ladies. The number of pupils in both these schools, in 1823, was about 320 ; and the whole number that had been ailmitted, from their commencement, was 006 boys and 330 girls. These schools are con- ducted on the Lancasterian system, and exert an extensive and salutary influence. A school has been re- cently commenced on the island of Uozu; and preparaiions are making to open them in several villages ia Malta. MANAPAR, a town in the a 'i 3 341 itl ir , if 'H> MAN CarnatiCj Hindoostan. Tbemission- aries of the C. K. S. have laboured here with considerable success. In the latter part of tbe 18th century, there was a chapel, in which a catechist officiated, besides superintending a school. MANEPY,, a parish in tbe dis- trict of Jaffna, Ceylon, 4^ miles N. by W. from Jaft'napatam and 4 from Batticotta. Within 2 m. rf 'the church and mansion-house be- longing to the mission are 10 idol temples, where heathen ofl'erings are daily presented. The Rev. H, Woodward, of the j4. B. C. F. M., commenced a mis- sion here, in the early part oi 1821, but was soon obliged to remove, in consequence of ill health ; and the Rev. Mr. Spaulding immediately succeeded him, as resident at the station, and superintendent of its concerns. Before tbe establish- ment of the mission, the missiona- lies from Batticotta occasionally laboured here, and opened schools. The first school was commenced in December, 1818, and soon con- tained more tlian 60 boys. In 1822, there were 5 schools con- nected with the mission, containing about 260 pupils. During the same year, a boarding school was begun, which, in June, 1 823, consisted of 16 boys and 8 girls, who had re- ceived names in compliance with tbe wishes of benevolent individuals by whom they are supported ; and 6 others were on trial. The children have, generally, made satisfactory' progress, and many of them have manifested considerable anxiety for their spiritual welfare. Tbe native preachers, ititerpretere, servants, and larger bo} s in the iiiission, hold a meeting once a month, for the purpose of acquiring religious in- telligence. JSee./a^wrt.) MANGEF.A, or Manaia. Da- vida and Tiere, two native teachers, were left at tiiis, which is one of MAN the Harvey Islands, by the depv.'^. tion from the L. M, S. Diuiiig the first two months of their resi- dence on tbe island, a few embraced tbe Gospel ; — th»t number has since increased to 120, " These were easily distinguishable," says Mr. Bourne, ** among the crowd that collected on our going on shore, by the neatness of their dress uiul their orderly behaviour. We pro- ceeded to the teachers' house, wb'ch we found equal to any, nnd superior to most, of the houses of the natives at the Society Isluiuls. Not far from the teachers' house, is the chapel, round which the dwellings of the Christian converts are scattered. The number of in habitants is from 1000 to 1600 ; the people who Jiave embraced Chris- tianity r.rf^ diligent in their learning; a few ar<' beginning to read the Scriptui't;^ ; and family and private prajer are strictly observed among them. They pay great respect to their teauher; and although the King and the principal part of the people are still idolaters, yet they are all upon friendly terms with Davida, frequently visiting him, and bringing him presents of food. All idolatrous distinctions have been abandoned by those who have em- braced Christianity. Infanticide Ibeing here unknown, the children are numerous. There is little sickness among tbe people, and the diseases are few. They displny great ingenuity in the fabrication of their cloth, canoes, stone axes, and ear-ornaments ; their heads are profusely covered with figured cloth, red beads, and sinnet, ot beautiful work nanship. The teach- ers have been industrious in culti- vating yams, pumpkins, and nielons, all of which were before unknown here; fowls aho, and hogs, have been introduced, and are upon the increase. We left some sweet po- tatoes for seed, which will form a 342 MAQ Ya[uaM« addition to their stock of edtablei"/' MAQ( ASSE, a town in the Bootcliuajja countrj'j S. Africa, near the Maquasse mountains, about 120 m. from the Great, or Yellow River. I'his pia'^-^ is well supplied wiih --Ht«r, ami th.tairis salubrious. ' .. J §123, Sitbunol, the (liief, with hii people, removed irom Yattaba i > Maquatse, to escape the fury ci tL<3 Ma;itatees ; and here he intended to form a permanen' settlement as soon as the country wns relieved from the confusion that had arisen. There are about 500 houses in the town, and a number of consideiable vil- lages in the neighbourhood, with a vast population in the vicinity. The inhabitants are an interesting hea- then people, believing in the ex- istence of a good uiid an evil being, superior to themselves; they seem, however, to be entirely igno- rant of a future state of existence. As far as the missionaries have been able to ascertain, they have not the smallest vestige of religious wor- ship among them. The fV. M. S. sent Messrs. Hodgson and Archbell hither, in 1823. Their mission was, how- ever, broken up by the invasion of the Mantatees and other native tribes. With great courage, and in the spirit of Christian enter* prise, they afterwards proceeded to its re-establishment. They have en- dured, in consequence of the dis- tance, and the state of the country, many privations and dangers, but tbey are hopeful as to ultimate success. Mr. A. took with him a press and types from the Cape, and they have printed an elementary school-book (the first book, ever printed in that language or country) which bears the impress " Ma- quosse, 1626.'' It is in the Sichuan language with the Roman character. MARQUESAS, five islands in MAR the Pacific Ocean, named Chris- tina, Magdalena, Dominica, St. Pedro, and Hood. The first foUr were discovered by Quiros, in 1505 ; the laat by Cook, i;^ 1774. Domi- ii:c> is much the largest, being abov t i% m. in circuit. The prot ducts of these islands are bread- fruit, bananas, plantains, cocoa- nuts, scarlet beans, paper mul- berries (of the bark of which their cloth is made), casuarinas, with other tropical plants and trees. The Marqoesans are of large sta- ture, well made, strong, and active, of a tawny complexion, but look almost black iv being tattooed over the whole body. Some of the women are nearly as fair as Europeans, and among them tat- tooing is not common, and then only on the hands and arms. Their langua^^e much resembles that of the Society Islands. Two Tahitian teachers were stationed by the Rev, Mr. Crook, of the L. JIf. 5 / % MAR Ittembers of his church and con- gregation have furni<;hed them abundantly with artich of apparel and food, useful impi inents, (fee. Ench of them presented some gift on the occasion ; they have also, jointly, presented to Capt. Ebrill about half a ton of cocoa*nut oil, as a compensation for the passage, (fee. of the teachers. Mr. Alex. Simpson, one of the missionaries who have accompanied Mr. Nott on his return to Tahiti, is ap- pointed to labour in this group. MARSHPEE, a town on the sea-coast, Barnstable County, Mas- sachusetts, near Plymouth. The Rev. R. Bourne, wishing to eftect the civilization of the Indians in this neighbourhood, purchased, at his own expense, a small territory at Marshpee, and gave it to them, by deed, about the year 1060. His son soon after obtained |in entail- ment of the land to them and their cliildren for ever. Mr. B. had previously laboured among the Indians here, njd vas permitted to witness in tl I'm thn happy eliect of his iustriK' 'i>i)s. About 1666, an Inc'an chatli was organized, and Mr. B. orduirjen pastor of it. In 1674, there were at this place and in the immediate vicinity upwards of 600 Indians, of whom 90 had been baptized, and 27 were in full communion. Many hnd made considerable progress in the elements of knowledge. After the death of Mr. B., an Indian, named Simon, was settled over his brethren, who laboured among them above 40 years. In 1693, there were 214 cate- chumens here, and at two neigh- bouring villages. During the 1 8th century, the number of Indians continued about the sane as at the close of the 17th. They were all professed Christians, ehd many ex- hibited the spirit of the Gospel. Mr. Hawley commenced his la- MAR hours among them about 1757, and continued till 1807, when he was removed by death. He was for- merly supported by a C^-Tporation in London for propugaii.'g the Gospel in New England ; but this society having withdrawn its support, he received some assis- tance from a society in Boston for propagating the Gospel among the Indians and others in NortJi America. The present number of Indians is about 150, over whom the Rev. Mr. Fish is settled as a minister. MARTHA'S VINEYARD, an island S. E. Massachusetts, about 8 miles S. of Falmouth, and 12 W. Nantucicet Island, which is 21 m. long, and from 6 to 7 wide. Popu- latibn about 3200. Indians 400. The Rev. T. Mayhew, jun. esta- blished himself here in 1642, and commenced learning the Indian language, with a view to the Christian instruction of the natives. Hiacoomes, who after- ward became a preacher of tiie Gospel, was the first fruit of bis labour. This convert, though op- posed and derided by his brethren, manifested so much boldness and intrepidity in the cause of Christ, that many were induced to re- nounce their former idolatrous practices and embrace the Gospel. In 1650, such was the anxiety of a considerable part of the Indians to hear the word of life, that Mr. Mayhew, to accommodate them, preached weeldy at dilVerent parts of the island. About this time, schools were established among them. In 1674, there were sup- posed to be 2 or 3000 Indians on this and a neighbouring island, of whom 1600 were praying Indians, and 50 were regular church mem- bers. Soon after, the number of Indians began to decrease; so that in 1792 the whole number amounted only to about 440. 344 - MAR WI: ?c Uie Indians vere fast verging toward annihilation, the zeal of the Mayhew family, in bringing them to a Icnowledge of the truth, !id not abate. Five successive gene- rations have been indefatigable labourers on this and the neigh- bouring islands. The Rev. F. Bailies, under the patronage of the Sodeiy for propa- gating the Gospel among the Indians and others in N. America, has laboured for several years here and in the vicinity. The Indians manifest an increasing desire to bear the Gospel, and to have their children receive instruction. Mr. B. extends his parochial duties to Christiantuwn, Farm Neck, North Shore, and Oay Head, and also to the small island Chahaquiddick ; at some of which places he in- structs or superintends schools. The Dumber of pupils in the several schools, in 1823, was 141. MARTIN, ST., one of the Caribbee islands, 44 m. in circuit. It has neither harbour nor river. It was long jointly possessed by the French and Dutch ; but was taken by the British in 1810. The W. end is dm. S.of Anguilla. W. long. 63* 8', N. lat. 180 4'. Here the agents of the fV. M. S. have for some years been engaged. Recently they observe : — ** On this station we have had reason to thank God, and taice courage ! Three estates have been, within the last 3 months, opened to our labours : these being the first instances of the kind, two of them are visited once a fortnight at noon, and the slaves are cate- chised and preached to alternately, in the proprietor and manager's house. The other is visited at night; and being in a populous neighbourhood, is likely to be well attended by persons of all descrip- tions. On each we have members ; and from the serious and earnest attention given to the word, there MAR is every reason to expect good wiU be done. From Coie Bay (where our week night as well as Sunday congregations are from 80 to 100, chiefly coming from 4 or 5 of the neighbouring estates), several, in the course of the last year, have joined our society in town. Many have been baptized there, and 2 or 3 more added to the communicants ; but the want of a chapei evidently retards the work. In town the stated hearers are b '■^ and 300 who are, for the truly serious and devo* ore have, during the ^6), established family \ ad a considerable number iiavi been added to the communicants, and to the society. Upwards of 40 have been admitted in the year, but 16 or 20 have been excluded or have withdrawn: of those who have died, 2 especially left this world in the joyful assurance of entering into the rest that remaineth for the people of God. Number in society — Whites, 95 ; Free coloured, 53 ; Slaves, 151 : Total 229.'' There are 179 children now on the class-papers of the schools; the average of their attendance, in the former part of the year, was from 130 to 150 ; but during the latter part, the attendance, from various unavoidable causes, has been only from 100 to 120. Many of the children have made a marked proficiency in reading and other attaiuments ; several of the oldest girls have been dismissed, with credit to themselves and their teachers; two or three of them still frequent the school, and act as assistants in teaching the ju- nior scholars, when their help is required. In the week morn- ing school, there have been from 40. to 80 children attending throughout the year. '< Concern- ing the fVomen*s Sunday School, kept at the missionary's house, the 345 IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 I.I 11.25 Li 128 |2.5 lu Ui 12.2 IWUw U III 1.6 Photographic Sciences Corporation ^/ ;./^ 4. ^•v \\ 13 WIST MAIN STRUT WltSTIR.NY USIO (7l6)t7»-4»03 6^ / MAR superintendent reports, ' that it has been unceasingly carried on, though the attendance has often b m small ; some of the most diligent, how- ever, have, in the course of the year, attained to reading the New Testament with tolerable ease.' In this school there are 6 teachers and 30 learners.'' MARY, ST., a small island at the mouth of the Gambia, N. Africa, separated from the main land by a creek, between 13*>and 14<>N. lat. The inhabitants are from differentpartsof the continent, and many from the heart of Africa. The island is well situated for commerce, and the settlement is , flourishing. Bathurst is the prin- cipal town. Here the fF. M. S. has a society and a school, both of which are attended by pleasing circumstances. [ See Bathurst. ] MATURA, a smaU town and fortress near the southern extremity of Ceylon, at the mouth of Melipu river, near Dandra Head, 100 m. S. E. Colombo, 30 m. S. Galle, and 110 S. Kandy. E. long. 80", 3T, N. lat. 5<» 55'. The surrounding country is wild ; but well supplied with provisions of all kinds^ parti- cularly game. The inhabitants are mostly Cingalese and Portu- guese, who are extremely super- stitious, and profligate to a proverb. The place is famous for budhism, priests, temples, and Cingalese learning. Intellect, and even ge- nius, are very strikingly manifest in the children at this station. The Rev. Mr. Errhardt, from the L. M. S., arrived at Ceylon in 1804, and was soon after directed, by Qovernor North, to settle at Matura ; where he laboured amidst much opposition, and many dis- couragements, with Christian for- titude and prudence, more than 10 years. His congregations, how- ever, were small, and his labours at- tended with little success. During sW MAU the latter years of his residence, he was supported by government ; and, about 1815, he removed to Caltura. Mr. W. H. Lalman, assistant missionar}' from the /V. M. S., commenced labouring here in 1814. The Matura circuit extends 6 m. E. and 14 N. W., comprehending 14 places to which missionaries itinerate regularly; others are oc- casionally visited. In 1820 there were connected with this station 14 schools, con- taining T20 scholars ; but for want of funds, the schools have since been reduced to 9, and the pupils to about 500, with 12 masters and catechists. A chapel was opened in 1822. The missionaries have preached in Cingalese, Portuguese, and English ; and notwithstanding th^ forbidding appearances of the peo* pie, and the numerous embarrass, ments under which they have la- boured, several of the natives have enrbraced Christianity; and the missionaries are encouraged to hope that their labours will be extensively useful, especially to the rising generation. In 1823, the society had 25 members. The number of the schools at present on this station is 8, of children 370, and of persons in society, 89. Several schools in the district are supported by government. Mr. Errhardt, formerly superin- tended them; they have recently been under the care of Messrs. Mayor and Ward, Church mium- ariea at Galle. MAUI, one of the Sandwich Islands, 48 m. long and 20 broad. Population 2500. At Lahaim, on the N. W. coast, there is a misiion station. The Rev. W. R«ls at present of children n society, 89. the district government, lerly superin* have recently of Messrs. urch mittioH- he Sandwlcti and S9 broad. t Lahaiwiy on Ire 1h a mission hards, and C. iaey Stocltton, assistant from ., commenced e, Ann. 31it, 340 1823, in houses built by the Queen dowager for their use, in the native style, lined with the leaves of the fugar cane, and thatched vrith grass, without floors or windows. Mr. Pitt, the prime minister, gave tbem a small plantation, with men to cultivate it. Adjoining the in- closure of the missionaries, a chapel was immediately erected, 100 feet by 40. The houses stand upon the open beach, so near the sea that the surges break within a dozen yards of the doors. Soon after their arrival, the mis- gionaries wrote : — " Pigs, hogs, fowls, and goats, have been sent constantly, by some person or an- other; in fact, no Christian con- gregation in Anerica could, in this respect, have received a clergyman, coming to administer the word of life to them, with greater hospi- tality, or stronger expressions of love and goodwill." " It is literally true," say they, "that hundreds have committed the books to memory, and probably will uo so, faster than the mission can possibly furnish them. Indeed our prospect of usefulness is limited by our own strength, and not by the circumstances of the people.'' The death of Keopuoleni at this station was the occasion of intro- ducing Christian marriage among the people. Her husband Koapini wishing to take another wife, they were united with great solemnity. At Lahaina, not long since, scarcely any thing could br kept from the rapacity of thieves, who were as numerous as the inhabi- tants themselves : locks, guards — the utmost vigilance — every pre- caution, were ineffectual; but so great has been the moral change, that for successive months, although erery thing mbs exposed, and no- thing was guarded, and hundreds of natives were entering tue mission- a^'s habitation ever>' day, nothing, abiolutwly nothing, was lost. A MAU new church, 94 feet by 24, was - opened July 10, 182/>, when two adults, the first-fruits of the mis- sion, were baptized; from that time the church has been completely filled. " Not a day passes," sayi Mr. Richards, " but what we see evidence that the Lord is hewJ' [See Sandwich Islandt.] MAUPn I, one of the Society Islands in the S. Pacific Ocean ; ;0 m. W. Borabora. About 1822, two native teachers were sent here from the L. M. S.'b station at Borabora. In 1823 the deputation visited Maupiti, in compliance with the earnest request of the King. They witnessed the rapid progress which the people had made in the know- ledge of the Gospel, and were pre- sent at the baptism of 74 persons, 201 having been baptized— in all, 365. They assisted also in the formation of an j4. M. it the name of the Isle of France. In 1810 it was taken irom them by the British, to whom it was ceded in 1814. The island i# 150 .m. in circuit, and the cli- mate beidthy, but the soil not very fertile } there are many mountains, some of which have their topr co- vered with snow ; but they produce the best ebony in the world. The valleys are watered by rivers, and mode productive by cultivation, of which coffee, and indigo are the principal objects ; and there are a great number of cattle, deer, goats, and sheep. The town and spacious harbour, called Port Louis, are ftrongly fortified $ but in the hur- ricane months the harbour cannot i^rd shelter for more thaneig^t vessels. In 1816, a fire consumed 1517 houses in the most opulent part of the town ; and in 1818, the island suffered great devastation by a tremendous hurricane. Port Louis is situate on the B. coast. E. long. 61^ 38', S. lat. 80° 10'. The Rev. Mr. Le Brun, an agent of the L. M. S. arrived here in June 1814, and immediately commenced bis important work. In 1817, Governor Farquhar, in addition to placing at the disposal of Mr. Le Brun a spacious building, weU adapted to the purpose of edu- cation, wrote to the directors in terms of high approbation of his labours. Twenty-five persons were about this time united in a Christian so- ciety. In 18S1 these had increased to 43 ; the congregation was con- siderable ; 118 boys, and 80 girls ware under instnietioB, Governor ' MAU Farqvbar ordering an allowanoeof 30 dollars per month towards the support of the former \ and a school at Belombre continued in'apto*. perous state. Success has attended mlssioimiy efferts to the present time; ** Mr. Le Brun," says the Report of 1827, *< still continues his lav hours, chiefly among the colouivd people, of which numeroas ■ class his church is chiefly composed. The number of children in tfab Sabbath-school is increased to 100. The day school is also on the in- crease: there are now under m. struction about 180 boys, wbe attend with tolerable regularity. About 70 liberated negroes and slaves are instructed by membea of Mr. Le Brun's church ; some of them have expressed a desire to be baptized. The favourable change wrought in their charactor by the Instruction imparted, has been at^ tested by their masters. " Mr. Forgette, in April, 1826, took charge of the religious in* struction of the slave population at Riviere du Remparty where a snooli chapel has been built. A Sabbath school has been commenced, in which are "*«out 85 children. A day schd > has been establish* ed. Mr. , Jrun visits Riviere da Rempart every month, when he preaches to about 40 or 50 coloured people. A few French families^ resident in the neighbourhord, usudly attend. His Excellency Sir L. G. Cole has afforded all possible facilities for the disiemi. nation of Christian instruction at this place. " Mr. Le Bran has commenced another school, at a place railed Cetmp Yohft, inhabited by several hundred negroes, who were before entirely destitute of the means of religious instruction. FroniMtn' 30 children attend, some of whortr are able to read in the New Testa- menti Once a week Mr. Le Brun 348 MAU gives an- address to the people tbere< <looking men, dressed In cotton shirts, cloth jackets, and a sort of petticoat of very fine mat, instead of trowsers. ** When the teachers had satined their curiosity in surveying the ship, at the size of which, and with almost every thing on board, they were much astonished, his Lord- ship and suite accompanied them, as their guides, on shore. ''We embarked on the 0th of August, 1885^ in two boats, taking one of the missionaries in each; but we found the surf on the beach so violent, that we got into the natives' canoes, and trusted to their experience for taking us safely through : this they did with admi- rable dexterity; and our passage in the canoes convinced us that no boat of oars could have effected a landing. The coral bank at the landing-place extends 50 yards from the land, at about 8 feet under water ; when we reached it, the natives carried us ashore on their shoulders. When arrived, it appeared as if the whole male po- pulation had assembled to greet us ; the only two women, however, were the wives of the missionaries, decently clothed from head to foot. Each individud of this ntunerous assembly pressed forward to shake hands, and seemed unhappy till the sign of friendship had passed ; and this ceremony being over, they con- ducted us towards their habitations, which were about 8 miles inland. Our path lay through a thick shady wood, on the skirts of which, in a small open space on the left, 8 canoes were building. They vrere B ■ 840 '/:0. e§cb 80 feet long ; ,U^, lowei; pai;t, as usqalj of a single trOQt holipwed ou;!; wi|fb, greaj; skUl^ T^e food was rough, py«^ tM /ragn^^nLM of conn! | but ii wonA4 ^flpre^ably tbiough the g^y^, , which improved in beamty as we, advanPVd, ^nd pit leqgtl^ to. our si^j^il^e , and plctasqre, ter- muiAtfid iA a heautiful gi;ejBn lawn, whrne^th^re w^r? two of the pret- ti^St' whiter washj^d cottars ima- gi^hle — ^the dvrelUngs of the mis- sioiuii;)es, /'The inside of these habitations corresponded with their exterior neatness. The floojcswere boarded; th^re w?re a sofa and some chairs of native wqrkmi^nsbip : v^indoyirs, wjth Venetian shutters, rendered the apartments cool and agree-, able. The rooms, were divided from each other by screens of tapA } in one there w(m a bed of white tap(i, ^nd the floor was covered wi^ coloured, varnished tapa, resembling oi|-cloth. We w^re exceedingly struck with the appearance of elegance and clean- liness of all aroMn4 us, as well as with the modest and decorous, behaviour of the people, especially the wpm^n. f' After partaking of the refresh- ment offered us by our hostess, which consisted of baked pig, briead-frvit, and yaips, we accomr panied the missionaries to their church. It stands on , a rising groqnd, about 400 yards from the cottages. A fence, composed of the trunks of cocoa-nut trees, sur- rounds the area in which it stands. Its form is oval, and the roof is suppprted by 4 pillars, which bear up tne ridge. It is capable of con- taining 800 persons. Two doors anid |s windows give it light and air; the pulpit and reading-desk are neatly carved and painted, with (i variety of pretty designs, and the benches for the. peqple are arranged neatly round. Close to the church is the burying'place,, which is a MAY (nound, of ooi^thy covered with green sWard ; and the whole has an air of modest simpUcity which delighted no less. than surprised us. As Mauti has nol^ bei^n laid down in , any chart| or described by any navigator, wet u^ the privilt^ of discoverers, and nailed it Parry's Islapdr It lies in W. loog. Ifil^ SO*, S. latitude 20** V. " On our return ^o the beach, one pf the missionaries attended us. As we retxace(^,our steps through the wood, the warbljyag of the birds,, whose plpmage was as ricii as it was new to us— the various tinted butterJQies that fluttered across our path — the delicious cli- mjater— the magoi^cent forest-trees — and, above all, tiie perfect union and harmony existing among the natives, — presented a succession of agreeable pictures, which could not fail to (leliffht us." Mr. Bourne baptized, during his visit here, 42 adults and 39 children. MAYAVEHAM, a large town of about 10,000 it^habitants, 21m. N.E. of Combooconum, and 10 W. Trahquebar. The C. M. S. has had a school at this place since 1810, which was visited with many others from Tranquebar. The head quarters of its school establishment had been at Tranquebar from the year 1816, but they are now re- moved to Mayaveram. The mi^ sion premises lie between this town and the village of Coinadop : the foundation-itone of the build- ings was laid June 10th, 1825. The Rev. Mr. Biirenbruck had spent the greater part of 1824 at Combooconum, not without a hies- sing on his labours : in April and June I82tf, he admitted to bap. tism, before he left Trapgu^bar, 9 adults, most of whom were the fruits of his labours wfien at Com* booconum, and had coofie to him at Tranquebar for baptism^ On one of these occasions, some children also were baptized, in reference : 350 \''- I with ole has ^ which i«ed us. id down by any ilege of Party'* I beach, nded us. through of ti^ \ as rich I various fluttered :ious cli> rest- trees ict union long the ession of :h could uring his children, xge town ts, 21 m. nd 10 W. B, has ace since , ath many 'be head lishinent from the now re- The ml^ ^een this 'oinadop: be build< tb> 1825. ruck bad 1824 at tut ables. April and : to ba|>. rap^u«;bari were the \ at Com* I to him at On one ) children reference 3^0 MAY to xirbotai he feelingly says:— "I was very much afifected, during; tbe act of baptism, on seeing two of these dear Uttle ones, 4 and 6 ' years of 4ige, kneel down before the font ; and though some of the bystanders -wished them to stand up, they were not to be. moved, but held their folded hands up- waiMb, appatentty witb much de- votion, #bich aflected noeto tears.'* At Michaelmiis M2d, the schools linder Mr. B.'s suiwrintendence v^ere' 32 Itt riumbe., nnd contained 1623 scHolars; Cinn'sthig pf 118 Protestant Christians, 61 Brah-; mins, 1388 Sbodras, 51 Mahome- dans, tind 6 ParriUrs. 'the semi- nary for training hative teachers had 13 youths; from 12 to 21 years of ^Se. l/navbtdable sttehtion to 'the btairdihgs at ' M«iyavei>am had interrupted hfs regular visitation of the schools. MAYHE7W, a mission settle-i ment of the;^; B^d F. M. among the CUoCUtlvsj In'Hhe lower towns district, v^ltbin the stale of Mis- sissippi, 35 miles from its eastern 'boondSity. It 'Is situated on the S. side of the'Odktibbeha creek, 12 m. ' ttbttve Its Junction with the Torabeckbee, and 100 m. E. Elliott, W. tong. 88« 16', N. lat. 83» 2^. The name ttt Mayhew was given to it in remelmbnnce of the dis- tinguished family of Mayhews, who laboured among Ifae Indians in Martha's ririeyard. This site and the scenery around are thus vividly described by the R^v. Mr. Goodell, misstohanrto Palestine. "As I drew near the loi^ wished for spot, there opened unexpectedly to my view an extensive praiHe, Which c6n- tains several thousand acres, and vrhich appeat^ to be 'without a single stone, or tree, or fence, ex- cept the ratling Whicb enclosed the fields of Mayhew. These fields are ontheN. side of tiie prairie, and di- rectly in fitont of the'tnisSion-hoase. Casting your #yes over the prairie, ^'mAy Tou w^U ' discolvvr,' here did there, herds of cattlej of hones, and of wild deer, all ^raztng ahd happy. This Is certainly the ' IbvCIttist i;ppt my eyes ever saw. Tte ymrie has very gentle" devatibhs and de- pressions, which containf 6ach from 100 to 1000 acres, and whibjl^ ft^ a little distance, ratable theared' to be not more than a few hundred Irods, I found fo be not l^ss thaa2 miles. Butthoogfa the distance v^ so j^eat, and though my Ifhlbs, throng ex- cessive fatigfte, could scarcely pet- form their oflice, yet In contem- plating' this lovely scene, with all its interesting associations, my soul, ere I was aware, ** made' me like the chariot of Ammlnadib." The Rev. C. Kingsbury, and A. Wright, missionaries; Mr. Wm. Hooper, Miss A. Bornham, teach- ers ; Mr. ^. CHishman, faiMer ; Messrs. S. Wilson, P. P.Stiewart, mechanics ; and Miss V. fivetett, tailbr6ss,are atpresentai this station. Mr. ICinjHbury commenced pre- biiraCi6ns for building Feb. Sdd, 1820, atrd femoVed with his himily (n !(4ovefnbCr fblloWihg. Mr. Wright, Mrho htts bafai con- sfd^rfllble attentibnto the X)hoctaW language, Joined him the next year. I A school was opened with 12 ■•■■f^'' ^-^ •MAY ':' tcbolan* April 30, 1822; at the close of one month, it contained 34. On pec. 80th, of the same year, a ichopUhouse, constructed on the Lancatterian system, was opened for the reception of the school. . > The schools at the station are in a flourishing state, and contained, in 1824, 60 pupils. Many of the sdhfdan have received English names, and are supported by tiie munillcence of benevolent indivi- duals or associations. A church was organized May £th, 1821, cofnposed principally of the mis- sion family. A pleasing woric of grace has since been experienced, and as fruits of it, several have Professed tiieir faith in Christ, 'he property belonging to the station, consisting of lands, build- ing% live stock and utensils, was estimated, in 1822, at 9305 dollars. Mo&thooldtu^ef one of the chiefs of the Choctaw i^ation, residing about 20 miles southerly fnmi Mayhew, has been a steudy friend of the missionaries, and, in compliance with his request, a school was commenced in his house in June 1823, for the in- struction of his family, and such other children as may conveniently attend. This mission is under the patronage of the j4. B. C. F, M. Adin C. Gibbs, schoolmaster. At J-iA'Aun-nahf there is also a Choctaw settlement of about 2& families ; it is about 20 m. W. Mavhew. It has been formed, within 3 or 4 years, through the influence of Capt. Folsom, an en- lightened chief. Most of these families, previous to their coming together, were wanderers, without property, industry, or character. Since about the commencement of 1823, they have excluded whiskey entirely from their settlement, have builtcomfortable houses, and possess fields in which they raise a good sup^y of com and otiier vegetables. The A. B, C. F. M. has recently MBE commenced a mission at this place. [See Choetawt.] MEERUT, a laree town in the province of Delhi, Ilindoostan, 22 miles S. E. Delhi, having one of the most important mUitaiy establishments in tiie Presidency of Bengal. E. long. Tl' 52^. N. lat. 29». 10'. The Corresponding Committee of the C. M. S, at Calcutta, flrst employed 2 native Christians at Meerut, to read the Scriptures and superintend schools; but in 1815, the Rev. H. Fisher arrived as chaplain of tiie military department, who has since been active in pro- moting the spiritual welfare of tiie heathen around him. He has been instrumental iit bringing several natives to the knowledge of the truth, and of collecting a small church and congregation to which he statedly preaches once on the Sabliath in Hindoostanee. Several schools have been established in the vicinity, under the superia- tendence and instruction of native Christians. Alluding to a conversation which Mr. F. had with the native Christians, according to his usual practice on the Sabbath, he says:— " Last Sunday we were conversing on the universality of the feeling that prevails in all nations, that some atonement for sin is neces- sary. 1 related ixy them what my three sons had seen as they re- turned with me from Hiirdwar. A fakeer was observed by the road- side, preparing something extra- ordinary; which, having never observed before, excited a curiosity to draw near and examine his em- ployment. He bad several Hindoo Pilgrims round him, all on their way from the Holy Ghaut; who assisted in preparing the wretched devotee for some horrible penance, to which he had voluntarily bound himself, in order to expiate tbe guilt of some crime which he had 352 I place. In the ioostan, ng one nUitaij iency « N. lat. nmittee tta, flnt tians at uresand in 1815, rived as Brtment, Bin pro- re of the haHbeen aevenl i of the a small to which e on the Several »lished in superia- of native iversation he native lis usual says:— onversing feeling ons, that s neces* what my they re- lurdwar. tiieroad- ig extra* ig never curiosity e his em* il Hindoo on their aul; who wretched penance, rlly bound Siate the the had committed loi^ agp. Ilis aiten- i dahts lit(Bra»y -^rvhlpped hlttij| kitfsing his iee^ «aUing hiHi Qbd, ima lOvolcing ttis^ldteiag. 'A large > Ane wte >1d&AM tthdieir the ex- tendad brahdh of an did tree; to this branch theiUk^drfaatentod tiir6 litrong ^mpissy hating ^t the lofwer end of ^h a itdmd nooile, fftio which he Introduced ttta f6et; knd thds bding'susptHdftd'wltli hil Uead dOwnwatd wet, 'the fii^/a third iope'(at a dlstahcie towhrd'the lend of the braneb) Wiis*flxed,1)y whicli he gacceeded Ivith One band to kei himself in a awiHglng niotion baelcward dnd fo^ard thrbtig^ the smolce and Ihiinfi^flire, 'wbich^Koas kept blazihg by h con^fit nippier ofitiel, minlstefed'l^ nianyof fai^ foUowers; vi^th the' dtlier h(^d, be tounted a string of bisads a fiktid numbeir of tiiiiteS) sb ds to ascertain the termtna^on of the four hbum, f6r which he hfttl dOtiMeid Itiintelf daily to endure this ekercii^ for H years, 9 of >g^h{ch isure neatly expired^ A narrow baridage is over his eyes, aftd i^other over his niouth, to guard against the itiflb- catbtg eflfibcts of we imfolde.' By this means, he says, h^ shall atone tor the guilt of his sins, and hp made holy Ifbr'ev^r. The lest fialf hoar of the fotfr hours, his people i siy, be isfands upright and Swings in a oiriBUlmr tndtioA round the fire. , Ota coming doti^, he rblla hiMnelf in the hot ai^s of the JSre. 'the boys vr^t to see Mhi^hgain in the evening, when he ii^as engaged in his prayers, btit to 'what or Whom tbey could bqt tell. '< I askM'% little ebngVegatidn what they thought of all this.' They rat slt«nt,, With their eyes cast down, and sighed heavHy. At length, Anufid turned to Matthew Phiroodeeh, hnd, ptolng his arms iroand his lieclc, ei(claimed> M'fth the most touching expre^ipn of alfcction ai 'v^^M as of gratitude to God— ^' Ah, vny brother ! my brother ! iueh deviU ohtfe' werie we f but nowf ai)td Ve lifted ^j^ hhetes tb'faeaTen, tuid'dli^vated hit <«vhole peMdb) Jkmi Jeftus! % God! ihir)SaVIbUi['!» It^asveryklBctiilg!*' Mr. P^er *wKrte at tfie ^loMe of 1820:— <* Our tnlisidtiaTy^ t« imib^dhite t)6^M occitpa- tltH^s dre extensive aiid IdBtirloJUfu The idfatfriib, the hospital, ai^d oth^r occaaloiiAl duties, enthrely enjgj^e a chapMinV'tiihe til a plilde Uke this, and a ihftbful heig^)t ^uld be ablbssing. Behadnr Mea^eb. ii$ usnal, -rfaiiites on iaj ddinpowid: !l ihm him sitifikte, fhlthfu], and dillgehi He at^l ddts as my cleric aihoi^ tihr htttiVe flock, aind teadhes tU6 diffeta catechni^ehs. Onie df mem ihii^ iir in aVtiry fhtefreisting state yutiAj 1 ti^, ;eie loi^g, th^t I shall hatfe it hi in^ power to iiom- ^uniicate his iritnry, li'hen Ills nkrii0 isball be ehVolfed alnc^g the ^[JldUfi, and eohirittc^t Chrf^tifAi. The ydahg profeslor, Jacob' Joyptd, has ab- sented Hihttetf, itipa we know lio^ing of lim. Mopheef, tbp, is said toliave rethhiedtoliisbrtfdiier, and, bf course, to fails Yoi^'er pjro- fdssion, tiiof^^ I tia^e nr ii^rU- colars." A lending libr^ ahd debctr df books, have been e^bHshed,tierc» ^ the I^iocesa'n Cdtnitjiittee of th\!> v. K. S.', under tihe diriectfon oif the chaplain. ' i!^EKAl!>0, dne of the Molucca islands, in the £. Itadiah ocejAi^ whosie inhabitants the Rev. M'r. |Cam, of Amboyna, has occ^; sionidl^ visited; and where, ak early as lSt2, he stationed oiie o( his fellow-labourers. ' MENlbLAGOMEKAH, ft>r; merly An IndiaTi town, about ft day's Journey from Bethlehem, Pennsylvania. About tte ml^dlb H H 2 363 ' m z MID of tl^ 18th century, ibe U.B. formed a regular establishment of Christian Indians at this place, and settled a missionary among them. MER, a town in France, con- taining 4,300 inhabitants. The Rev. Mr. Kerpezdron, a fFetle^tm missibnary, has laboured here with eneonraging success for several years. He has opened a Lancas- terian school, and formed a Bible, Missionary, and Tract Society. MIDNAPORE, a town in the province of Orissa, and capital of a district of the same name, 70 m. W. by S. Calcutta. It is a populous place, through which multitudes of pilgrims pass on their way to visit the temple of Juggernaut, and where the Rev. Domingo D'Cruz, a Portuguese missionary, and Muden, a native assistant, com- menced a mission in 181 T. By means of Mr. D'C, who itinerate into the neighbouring region, many have heard the- tidings of the Gospel with joy. The inhabitants of one village in the vicinity, who had formerly, through the instru- mentality of a Roman Catholic priest, renounced caste, and become proselytes to the Catholic faith, received the Scriptures with glad- ness, having never before seen them, and requested that a house for religious worship might be erected in their village. Where a few years ago religious boolcs and tracts were refused by the people, many are anxious to peruse the Sacred Volume, and appear to be zealous inquirers after the way of eternal life. In 182?, Mr. D'C. bad distributed about i 200 Orissa and Bengalee books, and persons had been baptized, of whom 6 were Hindoos, 1 was a Mussulman, and 2 wate Roman Catholics. But as these were all, in the course of pro- vi , removed from tiiat neigh- bourbuud, and he had recently experienced many discouragements, be proceeded to another station. MOH MIRZAPORE, a large town hi the district of Chunar, Allahabad> Hindooftan, on 8. banic of the Ganges. E. long. 82<* 35', N. lat. 25«10'. It U ode of the greatest io- land trading towm of Hindoostan, and consists of handsome European houses and native inhabitants, with clusters of Hindoo temples, crowd- ing the baukf of the Gangee. Since 1818, the Rev. Mr. Bowley^ missionary at Chunar, has visited it at the annual HliKioo fair, on which occasion it is estimated that 40,000 people assemble, among whom he distributes the word of life' with the cheering hope that many will be savingly benefitted. Previous to his visits, the seed of the Gospel had not been sown ia this most extensive field for mis- sionary labour. MITIARO, one of the Harvey Islands. , This island is barren: the inhabitants, although they do not exceed 100, find it diflScult to subsist. They are attentive to h»> struction, diligent in their reading, and kind to their teachers, sent them by the L. M. & They have erected a neat plastered chapel, and several have offered themselves as candidates for baptism. Mr. Bourne baptized, during a vitiit, 22 adults and 24 children. M0BAT3E, the most northerly Corannatown in the Bootchuana country, about 100 miles N. E. New Lattakoo, S. Africa. Cupido Kakkalab, a native visitant from the L, M. S., labours at this place. He removed from Malapeetze with a portion of the inhabitants, about 1820, and assembles the people morning and evening fat instruction and prayer, and also three times on the Sabbath. Tlie influence of his labours hta been very apparent in the moral change among the people both here and in the vicinity. MOHAWKS, one of the six nations of Indians, celebrated ia 354 MOH the hiitovy of Ameriea. Thejr were fonnerlj Teiy powerfiily and resided on Uie Mohawk river. Alwut ITTd, a part of them eml- Sted to Upper Canada, with Sir in Johnson, in consequence of a strong previous attachment to the Johnson Family. Having lost their possession on the Mohawli, during the revolution, they settled on a tract of land on the Grand River, purchased for them by the King of Great Britain for their loyalty and attachment during the revolutionary war. They were sAerwards joined by their brethren. This tract 100 m. long, and 18 wide, is intersected by the river. The liturgy of the Church of England, and some parts of the Scriptures, have been translated faito the Mohawk language ; and •ffi>rts to introduce the Icnowledge of Christianity among them have been crowned with the Divine blessing. At M»httwk vUlagef they have a chapel and school- house, where public worship is attended and children are in- structed. They have eiyoyed the Isbours of several school-masters end catecbists, and the occasional visits of missionaries. Two churches hsve been organized, one by the fVetleyan mittivnarifa, and the other by the missionaries of the Sodetjft prop. 6. F, P., which, in 1S23, sent out the Rev. Mr. Morley to continue as a missionary smong them. MOHt^GAN, formerly a power- lol tribe of Indians in Connecticut, only a small remnant of which remains, in a village of the same name on the N.bankof the Thames, 4 miles S. Norwich. Through the iostructions of missionairies, and other means, many have been brought under the influence of Christianity. Different dialects of tbe Mohegan language are ipoken by all the Indians in New England, and by many other tribes. BION The languages of the Delawfirw in Penni^lvania, the Penobscots oa the bordiers of Nova Scotia { ttn Indians of St. Francis in Canada ; the Shawanese on tiie OhiO{ the Chippeways to the westwavd of lake Huron; the Ottaways, Meno- minee*, and many others, are radi- cally the same as the Mohegan. A portion of this tribe of the Narragansetts, 400 in numb«r» removed with the Rev. Samson Occum, in 1788, to land given them by the Oneidalake, which was confirmed to them by the State of New York. The U. B. also laboured among this people at Shekmmoko, formerly an Indian town, about 26 miles easterly from Ponghkeepsie, New York, and near Sharon. Tbe Rev. C. H. Ranch commenced his labours here in 1T40 ; and, amidst numerous sufierings and discouragements, he witnessed some fruits of his toils. Many of the most notorious of this abandoned clan were awakened. In 1T48, and soon after, several were baptized, and reinforcements arrived. At the first communion season, 10 1 ndians were admitted ; at the second, 82. At the close of 1743, the number of baptized was 03. By tbe blessing of God upon the labours of tbe brethren, the Gospel made rapid progress in several neighbouring towns, parti- cularly Pachpatgoch and fVachm. ptatnaeh. In 1744, they vrere charged with being in alliance with the French, and were brought before the Governor: on being finally banished from the province, they removed to Bethlehem. The whites, at length, became ao in* censed, that they drove avray the Indians, who sojourned, for a time, at Bethlehem, and the brethren formed a settiement In Penn^rl- vahla, which they called Gnaden- hutten. MONGHYR, a populous eity I and capital of the Monghyr district ^ 356 MON :iii' ibe firoHnce of Baliari HihdbM- tan. E. long. Seo ^8', N; M.-iS" ' 4il^ Itis situated on the S.ibtek of the Ganges^ 950 n. N. W. Cal- cttttai and has ai station for the in- valids of the British- rt?ny. The Rev. Jotm Chamberlain, of €b6 B. M, ^ete add^, during the yoks,'the tise of wbiiih hefetofdre wds an «^tU(U bar tb their enter- ing the sdhools. ** The ohukhcon^ists;'^ toys (he last RbpOHi, " of 35 members f fh^ wondiip of 6od fis Xi^ell attended, and'thie schools for 'nafhr^ le pnrttons of Watts'^ Oat«f Misstsdppi, nbout 50 m. froni'its •astern- honndhiy, on an devated spot bf the dividing iridge between the Watera of the Tombeckbee Jsnd YA^oo, B m, S. M'ackintoshville, kbbut SO W. Cotton-gin "port, and 70 !N. W. Columbus. In 18^1, the Rev. C. Stuavt^ H. Wilson, W.C. Blair, and 2 tanile and 4 female as- siitaMts, iidirmtida mission here. Mr. Stuart commenced the station, and wuemjAoyed about 18 montiisiq cleaning land, and i^retting ixA^ Me bttildtngs for the misslori. In 188S, about 40 «cres were timler eulttvatibri. tn May, 1822^^^ school oommencied> and the aV^raji;^ numberof scholars, >Krho are brderiy and hidtistrious, is bbont 50.' Their prbglress is gibtifylng, and the pros- peetii of the misdlDn are hiji^y ej;- conraging. Religious meefifi^ aite «r«)ll attended, and seveMll liave hopefully embrhced. Dm) trbtli.^ 350 MON Local sehooli are contemplated In tbeTlclnihr. MONTSERRAT, oneof the W. India islands under British autho- rity. It is about 86 m.. in circuit, snd contains a population of about 11,000, of whom 10,000 arel>lacks. W. long. e2« n,', N. lat. Id* 45'. There are more than 40 estates on this island. The Rer. J. Maddock, from the IF. M. 5., visited it, and opeded a ichool with 103 scholars. May S8, 1880. In I S32, 281 pupiU belonged to the schools, who, generally, made pleasing improvement. Many own- en of the estates encourage mis- lionary eflforts, and contribute li- berally to the mission. One or two chapels have been erected, which are crowded with persons famishing for the bread of life. The labours and instructions of the missionaries hare produced a visible moral change among the inhabitants, some of whom have become, itUs bop^, Mibjects of divine grace. Where habits of dissipation and rioting fonoerly prevailed, decorum and good order now predominate. In 1624, there were in society 5 whites and 44 blacks. An A. M. S. was formed August 6, 1823, under the patronage of the most influential characters on the island. At its formation about 130 dollars were contributed. « Throughout the year 1R26,'> the mlssiunaries remark, "the gooid hand of our God has been upon us. 36 have been admitted into the so- ciety, 2 have been added to our number from Antigua, and 3 re- main on trial. Two new estates have been thrown open ; and a small class has been formed at the N. part of the island. The increase to the society is not so rapid here as in some places. The people ponder well the matter, and are (low to take a step of so much importance. This was formerly a '^'^ MOM RoBMn Catholic country ; andi no doubt, one great cause of their de- liberation is the fear of what is called by Roman Catholics chang- ing their religion ! From this fear, however, about 60 souls lyive been happily delivered, who are now members of our society. Muchgood is doing in the island by the mission, and the prospect is very cheerily. A blessed spirit for reading reUgiont books is prevalent. The number in society are — 8 Whites ; T2 Free coloured and Blacks, and OT slavies ; making a total of 14T ; and an in- crease, during the year, of 88." Schools. — The following are extracts from the Montserrat School report: — Pfymouth Sunday-»ehool.-'**Tbe number of children in this school, after striking out all who have been long absent without cause, ^c. is 107 bdys and 167 girls ; making a total of 876, and a clear increaae for the year of 38 scholars.'' jiduit Male Sunday-tchooL — ** There are in this school 88 me&; increase in the year, 3. Tha average attendance has been 18 ; which is, upon the whole, good, qs they are all country negroes, and many have far to come. Sixteen advances have taken place to higher classes, and all seem animated with a desire to read the word of Life.»» Adult Female Sunday-teAool. — " This school has increased during tbe year 16 scholars, and now con- tains 53. Here, too, the averags attendance, which is 18, is asgi^at as can be well expected. M^ of them are country negroes, who haye afiairs of a domestic nature to at- tend to on the Sabbath day. The improvement in many has been very pleasing ; and several who canie to the. school ignorant, can now re^d the word of God. To facilitate the progress of two, who complained of their sight, Mn.llyde bfd ^ctacles * ■«< Mot? IVom England,' foi^ wMch they paid a trifle, and ^ere very thankful.*' 'Ptynunak Maiming SehooL— This school has continued to prore a powerful auxiliary to the Ptynnonth Sunday^sehool. It con- tains 4« boys and 61 girls. Dnring ■the year, 6 scholars have been raised •to the rank of teachers ; 36 hatre ^ne into vai^ious employments, or become ttsJafVil at home ; and ^0 have be^ advanced to hi^er classes.*' Sunday Sckooi at the Notih.— "'There are here iS boys and 29 girls i having increased 3. The at- tendance of the' children,' teachers, and superintendent, has been re- gular." moo JUv^g SUnde^'tehool.— «( Thift lMsho6l, which 'was opened on the IMh of Aug. 1624, now "isontains 81 seholarv— 7 boys and '14 girls." LitUe TbtPd iSSffAoo/" contains 11 boyi, girls, and 3 tefachers. "The increase for the year has been '4 Mholan: they have acquired considerable knowledge of the catechisms. The average attend- 'sncehasbeenlS." BttderieJk** wtate Sundajf" '#c%(m/.— "Them are now in tbis ' «ehoot 24 boys' and 23 girls, a de-; 'erease of 6 having tdcen place in thwvear." frehb*» Ettate Strndajf-scKool.-^ ~" The numbers 4i1 this school are 9 ' hoys, 9 girls, and3 adults { behig an 'Increase 6f 8. It has been regu- 'larly attended to." Whit9>»atMteSundtty'»th6ol;"^ ' *' This school was opened ' by the 'missionary, on Friday, 12tbof Aug. 'last, With M children. Itnowcon- ' tains 21 boys, 15 girls, and 2 adults J When opened, only one little glr^ ■ could read ; all the reftt were igno-' rant of the alphabet." 7Vrr Ri«er Sunday-tchool. — i " This school was o}rened on thej tame day as White's : 42 children: MdO were then admitted, and there are now 22 boys, 22 girls, and U adiflts." EieaininaHon of the Children,-^ ** On Tuesday, Dece^nber the 3Tth, 1S25, being Christmas Tues- day, the exattina^ton of the Town Sunday and Mormng School cfail- dren took place Mn the chapel, before the largest ^^^ ^^ irespect- able cbngregation ever assembled here for that purpose. "JThe chil- dren on that occasion displayed great capacity, and a strength of 'memary'^^ich aittniished many of the hearers. ■ Two of the honourable members cf his Majesty's Coun- cil were pireseht, and kindly tddk part in the examination. The gratification expressed by all, was felt by the committee and t^acben, as very encouraging to their fattne labours." MOORSHEDA6AD, a very large and popular town, and for- inedy capital of Bengal, extending 8 tot. on both sides Of the noost Sacred btantb of the Ganges ; ISO. m. N, W; Calcutta. The Population is es- timated' at aboftt 200,000. Mr. J. W. Rickietts, of the B. M. S. com- menced missionary efforts here, by opening^hooli for native children, in 1816. Mr. Sutton, who Icomed," says Mr. Massie, ** by a young disciple, who, with, all his^ family, was lately baptized by the native preacher, Samuel Flavel ; he ^ is one of the medical attendante of the rajah. We met for worship in a bungalow, which the Hon. Mx. Cole, the British Resident, has most kindly given for this purpose. There were.nearly 30 present. N. ,i NAGERCOIL is the head- quarters of those missionary opera- tions in S. Travancore, ef which . Magilady waa formerly the centre. J Here, in 1882, was a female school , of 14 pupils, a bazar school for heathen children of 40, and a cen- tral school, design^ed to prepare the more forward scholars, from all the other schools, for future use- fulness. In this, above 60 pupil* . were maintained. A school of in- dustry was also established, which supports itself. A large chapel and dwelling-house were presented to the ihiuion, principally through the liberality of the Queen of Travan- core and Col. Munro, who have ren- . dered important ai^ to misiloiufjr I ' Stf0' '' ' NAG efibrts in this quarter. In 1822, Ihere were 36 schools at this place, •hd 26 out-stations, at several of which chapels have been erected. More than 6000 people, re- mrancing their heathenish super- stitions, have become nominally Christians, and are enjojing the Messings of scriptaral instruction. Several hundreds have been bap- tiated. A printing-press hts been established, the influehce of which is extensively felt ; and a Tract so- ciety has been recently formed. This mission is in part supported by the produce of lands granted for ite nse by tiie native authorities. The following are the last accouiits fully instructed by Mr. M., wiUi special reference to this important work. Instances now and then occur, of boys, who have been pre- sent at such seasons, returning home so strongly impressed with the folly of idolatry, as to entreat their parents to renounce it, and become Christians. " Some of the schools snfTer greatly for the want of properly qualified schoolmasters, and some have been suspended, during the past year (1820), on that account. " The progress made in the know* ledge of the Scriptures, by the boys in the schools which are under good management, demon* strates the vast Importance of edu- cation in the prosecution of mis- sionary undertakings; and indicates that it is likely to become a power- ful instrument, in -the hand of Vn- vidence, in christianising India. '* Native Female School.^ln thb school, which is under the superin- tendence of Mrs. Mault, upwards of 40 girls are receiving a religiooi education. The good conduct of most, and the serious attention paid by many to the instruction Im- parted, plainly evince that the labour bestowed on them has not been in vain. Several, during the past year, finished their education, and their places have been filled by t S60 others. T done in th part, to its s "Cmgrt The attend has, in a s during the j satisfactory been done school haa females belc tion, of whoi senior girls i the teachers, great deligh '* The n about SO oi supplied witl " Printing reral portion) tracts, in Tai during the pa "Theconj the extensive are, generall} crease ; 2 or during the pa people are m intheknowlei PRwfs of the from time to keniog the coi the evil and lOffle are led t mut do to be coniially emi and live cons oUigatio/is. progressively cieiit instrut forward the v A few of the j begin to feel i ptgation of th ffiiritual welfi boun, and devi time and pro tbeir instructi( ^bolara in th increased, and irom the insti wore apparent native females I kAG others. The profits the work done in the scbool JOi'tribute, in part, to its support. " Congregation at Nagercoil. — The attendance on the Sabbath has, in a small degree, increased during the past year, and there is satisfactory proof of good having been done. A Sabbath adult school has been commenced for females belonging to the congrega> tion, of whom about \5 attena. The senior girls in the female school are the teachers, and they appear to take great delight in the employment. <* The missionaries have also about SO out>stations, which are supplied with various success. « Printing Estabiiahment. — Se- veral portions of the Scriptures and tmcts, in Tamul, have been printed during the past year. "The congregations throughout the extensive range of the mission are, generally spealcing, on the in- crease ; 8 or 3 have been raised during the past year. Many of tbe people are malcing rapid progress in the knowledge of the Scriptures. Proofs of the power of the Gospel fifom time to time appear, in awa- kening the conscience to asense of the evil and danger of sin; and lome are led to inquire, what they must do to he uave:^ f Some have cordially embraced the Gospel, and live consistently with its holy obligatiojfis. The readers are progressively becoming more effi- cient instruments in carrying ibrward the work of the mission. A few of the people, of both sexes, iMgin to feel interested in the pro- pagation of the Gospel, and in the ^iritual welfare 0/ their neigh- tours, and devote a portion .of their time and property in promoting their instruction. The number of stholars in the native schools has increased, and the benefit derived from tbe Instruction imparted is more apparent. The number of native females under Christiau in- NACf stmction, including the dut-sfa.*- tions, is not less than 100. A great desire to learn to read is now pre- valent among the adults, both heathens and professing Christians : and several evening schools have^ been fondkl by themselves, which they support and regularly attend. This issupposed to be chiefly owing ' to the circulation of tracts, and the curiosity felt to know their con- tents. By these' various means, though, in some cases, the motive may not be pure, knowledge is un- questionably increasing, more or less, throughout the country. Those who are considered as real converts have renounced caete, on the ground of its being incon- sistent with the exercise of certain Christian virtues, such, for example, as humility ; and among the re- strictions imposed by the Hindoo code, is the forbidding of widows to marry. This prohibition forms a considerable barrier to moral and civil improvement, and continually leads to crimes of the most appal- ling character. In Travancore, however, this barrier has been, at length, assailed. A Hindoo widow has been united in marriage, by Mr. Mault, to a member of the congregation at Agalesurum. Both of the parties are considered to be sincere converts. They were first baptized, and afterwards married, in the presence of an immense mul- titude of heathens. Inhere are many other indications, in this part of India, of the decline of prejudice and superstition. The following instance is peculiar: About thirty persons, who reside in the vicinity of Cape Comorin, have applied to tbe missionaries for instruction, not because they, at present, attach a ju.it value to the Gospel, but became, as they them- selves state, they are tired witli idolatry. NAGOTNEA, a town in the Mabratta country, about 24 m. E. I I 3ttJ ■/ NAN AlUbag; containing 7 or $00 inha» bitanfs. The Amtrican. muiotM' riet at Bombay established a school here in 1821. NAMAQUALANB^ GREAT. 1^9 Africanerfft Kraaly Bethany.] NAMAQUALANP, LITTLE. [See iCkamitahBergt JUfy Foun- tun, Peiia, Reed Fountain, SteinXiopJ,] NANTUCKET, an islandin Mas- sachusetts, about lU m. £. Martha's Vineyard, and about 16 long. The Messrs. Mayhews and Mr. Elliott laboured with much success among the Indians, who resided h^re, in the early settlement of this country. Ip 1674, the number of Indian fa- milies was estimated at 300. Among these were about 30 members in the church, and about 300 who prayed to God, and observed the Sabbath. They had meetings in 3 different places, and 4 Indian teachers. NARRAGANSET, formerly a numerous tribe of Indians in Rhode Island. They have been scattered and reduced to about 400, who re- side at Charlestown. In 1733, the Rev. Mr. Paries was sent, by the Commissionere of Indian affairtf to preach to this tribe, and to such of the English as would .attend on his instructions. After some years, several of the Indians were seriously impressed with the truth ; and, in 1743, the power of God was most remarkably displayed among them : the greater part were impressed with a serious concern for, their souls, a^id many gave convincing evidence of a saving change. They have since greatly degenerated ; but there are still the remains of a Christian church among them. At C7tarleat'/wn, a town in Rhode Island, on the sea coast, 19 m. S. W. Newport ; there are about 400 of the Narraganset tribe of Indians, who have a nttptist church and a .school. The Society for Propagating the iioepel among the Indians and NAZ others, in North America, erected a school-house, and established a school here in 1612, which has been maintained, with occasional intenuptions, and has been highly beneflciai to the natives. NATICK, a town of Massachn* setts, on Charles River, 18 vL S. W. Boston. In 1661, a pumber of Indians, who had embraced the Gospel under the laboifrs of the Rev. J. Elliot, united in forming a settlement, which. they called Na- ticic. In 1660, the first Indian church was organized at this place, which consistwl of about 45 mem- bers in 1670. It continued for many years with little variation ; was reduced to 10 members in 1698 ; and was extinct in 1751, when the Rev. O. Peabody commenced his labours ; which were continued for about 30 years. During that period a church was organized, 180 Indians were bap- tized, and 422 white persons, 35 Indians were admitted into the church under his ministry, and 130 whites. Since that time the In- dians have gradually diminished in numbers, and are nearly extinct. NAZ RAN, a mission station among the Inguish Tartars, on the River Soundje, near Vladiiiavkas, Russia. Within a short distance of this place are about 30 villages, containing about 10,000 inhabi- tants ; some of whom are Maho- medans, but a greater portibn nialw no pretensions to any religion. The Rev. G. Blythe, from the S. M. S., commenced a mission in 1821 ; and having gained the respect and confidence oi the Inguish, be applied himself to the aciiuisition of their language : but in 1822 he was unexpectedly ordered by govern- ment to quit the province, and a termination was suddenly put to his plans of benevolence. It is be* lleved, however, ids labours among this people were not altogether fruitleu. 362 NE6A1 MUff, a «ea mandel c« Hindoostai having a j habitants, imtnorality nles, where a miisibn, collected a < ed a school and their f been, gener cess. In 11 19 Malabai church. Ii , communicai there had h crease of tfa teTOchildre tar instruct Since decre< direction of The Rev. Katts, assist arrived in 11 of that year visited this { Tamul to c( Other missii cupied the li hu been es raging pros( ciety, in 182; the circums have much i *' The pro sents," says 22, 1826, «i ing than evi of Mr. Ml there U Itttle means of gr tuguese an( habitants. T preached in was crowde< number atoo one who, a peared amor man Catholi of course, to tionand Igo NEC NE6APATAM, or NegawHa- iuiin,ti sea-port town on the Coro- mandel coast, In the Carnatlc^ Hindoogtan, 49 miles E. Tanjore, having a population of 30,000 in- habitants, who are notorious for imtnorality and idolatrous ceremo- nies, where the C, K. 5. established a mission, in 1737. Their agents collected a congregation, and open- ed a school soon alter their arrival, and their persevering eftbrts have been, generally, crowned with suc- cess. In 1800, 05 Portuguese and 19 Malabart were memlMrs of the church. In 1815, the number of communicants was about the same; there had been a considerable in- crease of the congregation, and 00 Or TO children were receiving regu- lar instruction. The school has since decreased, and is under the direction of the C. M. S, The Rev. J. Mowat, and Mr. J. Katts, assistant, from the fr,M,S., arrived In 1821. In the early part of that year the Rev. Mr. Squance visited this place, and preached in Tamul to considerable assemblies. Other missionaries have since oc- ciqiied the station. A native school has been established, with encou- raging prospects. — Members in so- ciety, ilk 1823, SO. Since that period the circumstances of the mission have much improved. " The prospects this station pre- sents," says Mr. Mowat, February 82, 1820, " are to me more ch<$er- ing than ever. The appointment of Mr. Martens to Negapatam, there is little doubt, will prove the means of great benefit to the Por- tuguese and Roman Catholic in- habitants. The first Sunday Mr. M. preached In Negapatam, tie chapel was crowded to excess ; and a gteat number stood at the outside to hear one who, a few years since, ap- peared among the people as a Ro- man Catholie teacher. We have, of course, to endure a little opposi- tion and Igoorant slander Arom the NEG Roman (^athol^s ; but I have rea- „ son to hope, from the interest ex- cited, that hb appointmient to Negqpatqm will be the means of extending the influence of real reli- gion among tliat class of people, while it will aflbrd me greater lei« sure to labour among the;native8.'' NEGOMBO, a populous towii on the W, coast of Ceylon, 20 m. N.- . Colombo. Population estimated at lfi,00O. Missionary operations were commenced here hy the ff^. M. S, about 1815. In their last accounts the mission- aries remaric : — " Upon a general view of the work of God on this station, there appears to be cause for gratitude mingled with regret. , The interests of vital religion are very low in the town of Negombo »' audits immediate vicinity. The con- ' gregations are exceedingly small^ and the numbers of those who from the commencement of the mission were regular in their attendance upon the means of grace, havtf been gradually reduced by death ; yet we rejoice in knowing that they have been removed to the chuiteh triumphant. But although there is not much prospect of im- mediate usefulness in that part of the circuit, an indirect beiveftt has been conferred; a higher tone of morals has been induced, and the rays of divine light spread over the Catiiolic population through th* medium of our flourishing schools, cannot fail, by the gracious influ'^ ences of the Holy Spirit, of pro^ ducing some good. At present, in sever^ Instances, the Holy Scrip*- tures are carefully read in private, by individuals who are deterred from attending our ministry by th« menaces of the priest. The most interesting and encouraging part of our work is in the village of Sedua. Though a(]yoining schools had been esteblished in that neighbourhood for several years, and had difthsed a sancti^'ing influence, yet the 303 / WH^gxegatioQs remained genetalljr exceedingly small. Daring the year 1826, efforts have been made, with succes^ to introduce evening preaching, both on the Sabbath ana week days. The congregations have been considerably increased, the Word is received with tiie deepest attention, and, in that nfpighbourhood, 21 souls have been gathered from the world, within the last 6 or 7 months, who are with sincerity seeking salvation through Jesus Christ. With one exception, they have received their religious convictions by attendance upon the word preached. Service has also been introduced into two new villages, the majority of the jnhabitan^ of which are professedly ^otestants. No classes have yet been formed in those places, the preaching having been but lately introduc^. The general state of the classes is encouraging — no ex- ercise of discipline having been ne- cessary in the course, of the picece- ding year, although we have 7 clawes, and 72 members ; and we have every reason to believe that the work of grace is deepening in the hearts of the members of so- ciety; and we trust that, by the power ^f the Holy Spirit, there will be an extension of the work in the ensuing year." NELLOR£, aparish near Jaflha- patam, in the district of Jaffna, Ceylon. Population 6 or 6000. The Rev. J. Knight, from the .C.M,S.f and a native master of schools, removed from Jaflfhapa- tam to Nellore, Nov. 1818. <?s?dj( indeed, the Catholics and Cren^Ms seem to vie with each other, who shall make the most splendid show ; while many look on with careless indifference, or are even amused with what they witness.*' Among the proofs aflforded of the influence of superstition, it is stated that a person who had done some work for Mr. Knigl^t came to ask for his money, saying that he wanted it to buy rice for the devil. This, it seems, was in consequence of the approach of an annual ceremony, when the deluded heathens endea- vour to ascertain their fato for tin ensuing year. On this occasion, each person, however poor, coq- trives tojpurchase a little rice, which is boiled, with much superftitioui veneration, in an eartbon dish, used only for this purpose, and . then broken, or laid aside till that day twelvemonth. They profess to discover their destiny by the man- ner.la wMcb,the;ri«efint begins to 804 pOM tiM deyil is pl^ftsed, Aid they expect phMperity} Irat if otber- wlM) tin ntost dhnstroiB conse- quencek we onttetpHted. Soen after bis retooval t6 tiiis stetton, Mr. Ktiigfeit opened his beuM for prenebit)^) end "Mts ocoa- afonaUy assisted hj i!be Rev. Cbris> tian David, of wbom Dr. Buchanan drakes honourable mention. He also went oot into the adjaitent viUaffes, and edhreftidd with the people wherever be eouM ftnd tbem ^n their tempIes-'-at their houses •Mir by the way sMe. And, in addition to these exertions, he opened a sehooi for the purpose of instructing boys in readingthe Holy Scriptures; and bad, in a short time, the pleasure of collecting twenty-four pupils, who evinced an excellent capacity, and made a pieiasing progress in their studies. Iri the midst of an Uiese exertions, however, the cholera morbiis ap- peared in the district; in conse- qnmce of which his labours were Moessarily suspended, the school wasUroken up, and ^e state of thei natives, under this afflictive visitation became truly distressing. His labours were, however, sub- sequently resumed. From the Report for 1((86-7, it appears thatthe work of the Mini** iif has been continued ; and a new service^ on Wednesday afternoons, iMsbeen added. Of the eiTect of missionary la- ixMirs, Mr. Adley writes:—" The itavt month of this year (1886) has been atime of special mercy. Four persons connected with the station Bie among those who have been awakened ; they have continued to manifest soeh a knowledge of their need of Christ u the only Saviour, with such a deep concern for the salvation of their souls, that tiiey have been admitted as candidates for baptism. 8 or 10 of the elder boys, also, who evincn anxiety re* NfiL a|)ecting llieir eternal w«ifai«, ail!i assemUed) onee a week» for fur- ther instruction and prayer." One of the eandidates for bap^ tisai being cook to the Ixrai in tM Family l«;hooIs, Mr. Adley re^ marks •.•^** I need searcely say, that it is truly delightful to see a pwrtof Oar cobk-hoinie, which, firam the trials that we have had with somtt of the servants, may ahnost HteiaBy be said to have been a den of thieves^ now converted into a house of prayer: four or more of the ser- rants meettiiere two or three even- ings in the week, to read the Scriptures, and for conversatioA and prayer.*' Three penKms were admitted into the church on tiie 13th of Marek. Mr. Knight writes in January : — << The cholera has been agldtt raging in this district, from about the time of our return fitim Co- lombo. Most of our schools havo been broken up again; happily it has not yet attacked any on the mission premises.*' The number of schools is 8, and the average number of boys who attend is from 280 to 300^ and about 25 or 30 girlsii In the Fan^ily School, which continues under the care of Mr and Mrs. Adley, there have been about 20 scholars throughout the year ; and they appear te afford Mr. A. much encouragement. ' On Saturday evenings he meetsi the boys and the servants Of the mission for religious instruction and prayer, especially reminding them of the prayers continually oflfered op by their friends in Eng^d on their behalf. Mr. A. allows a few boys, sons of some of the chief natives, ttf learn with the different classes in the schools, on condition of their'- attending at church, and commit-' ting Scripture lessons to memory. The Lord's supper was adminla* tared, for the lint time at this 1 1 2 S65 NEV fltation, on tbe fint Sunday 'in February. Four nativ^S) who had been previously baptized at St. John's Church in Jaffna, commu- nicated. The whole congregation were allowed to stay, ^t they might witness the solemn and. edi- lying ordinance. : The PfVMhas been employed in )[>rinting tracts; some thousands of which have been distributed. ■>■ Go- vernment granted to the mission an old church, with a piece of land, upon which' a new chapel, and buildings for a printing establish- ment have been erected. In 1823, 9, schools were connected with the minion, containing about 300 children, whose advancement in knowledge was considerable. Be- tween 60 and 70 females were vnder regular instruction. NEVIS, one of the West India ishinds, W. long. 620 40', N. lat. W %'. The island \& a gradual eleVation of land, being about 23 m. in cir- cuit. It is well watered, and fer- tile, and is divided into fi parishes. Charlestown is the principal town. Population, 10,600. The Rev. Dr. Coke established the first mission on the island, in 1T§8. Tbe plant- ers, however, greatly opposed his exertions ; but their prejudices were soon removed, and they them- selves listened to the glad tidings of the Gospel. Very happy effects followed the labours of tbe mis- sionaries among the negroes. From 1803 to 1810, the average num- ber of members in society was more than 1200. Members in society, in 1823, 26 Whites and 936 Blacks. The recent circumstances of the stations are thus given : — C/utrlettown. — "In this part of the society, we have had, to lament some painful events in the last year, which have caused our hands to hang down. Our congregations, how- ever, on the week days, are, we hope, improving ; and on the Sab- bath day morning our chapel i»too NET smalllbrthe congregation.— WbHe% 13.; Free-coloured, and J^clo, 54; Slaves, 666« Total 683. Gingerhmdi — '< Our chapel hero is too small for the ccmgregatioii. There,; have been a few added to the society, and a few excluded. Great attention has been paid to the Sunday school ; and the peo^e show an eager desire to hear Uie word.— Whites, 6 ; Free-coloured, 6; Slaves, 66. Total, 77.'' New Cattle. — "Here we. have had great satisfaction. This infwt society have shown great punctu- ality in their attendance. We hove lately opened a place of public wor^ip on Tobin*$ Estate, where we have a large congregation ; this has lately become one of the most promising parts of our mission. The manager has fitted up a large boiling house as a chapel ; it is w«ll lighted with lamps, and is crowded with negroes — 3 Free-coloured and Bhicks, and 24 Slaves. Total, 27." Schools. — Charlettown. — " In reporting the state of this Sunday and morning school, we cannot give that favourable representation which we anticipated. In the commencement of the year, our numbers increased from 25 to 150. At this period, 4 respectable characters freely offered themselves as teachers, whose infiuence and instructions contributed consider- ably to the improvement of tbe scholars, and the enlargement of the school. J ust then a free school had been formed, under the pa- tronage of the Bishop of Barba- does, which received a large pro- portion of the best of our male aad female scholars, under an injunc- tion not to return to the chapel again ; or, if they did, they must forfeit their privileges in that school. These circumstances reduced our school in town to abouttbe number of 50, including male audl'emal«, who are free children, and live in or near tbe town.'' 306 1 ■ r NEW . etng^rimd.—" This school has Ilri>ounduud«r««iiy disadvantages. The children, however, ««idaice an attachment to the schooli aBd^ua earnest desire to improve. There are now on the list about iST names, and Sll regularly attend." New Outk. — " This infant school labours under many embar- rassments. There are, on our list <.-B Menbcat in society, 848. NEWFOUNDLAND, an IslaiMl on the £. coastiif Nortt) America* lying between 470 aflil-«8*>^.lat. It ^as discovered by Set>astian GMkiii^ inud49T, in an English squadron fitted out by Henry the Seventh ; and in 1588, it was formally talien possession of, by. Sir HumiAMgr Gilbert, in the name of Queen Elizabeth. .After many disputes with the French, it was ceded to the English in IT 13. It.has na«; merous, bays and harbopurs; and i» a mountainous, wcody country* and very cold, being covered with snow 6 months in tiie year j The inhabitants of the interior are ft savage race, called Red Indians, from their skins being daubed or stained with that colour ; but they are now supposed not to be nu- merous, for though often ^ heard* they are rarely seen. A few Mio- mac 1^ other Indians are scattered along the coasts. About 600 Bri- tish families continue here lUl th^ year, beside the garrison of St. John, Placentia, and other forts. In the fishing season for cod* which begins in May and ends ia September, many of its bays and harbours are resorted to by at least 10,000 people ; for here they cure and pack the fish, wUch aM sent not only to England, but to the Mediterranean and the West Indies, in immense quantities. In winter the chief employ of .the iidiabitants is to cut wood; and the smallest kind, used for fuel* is drawn by their large dogs* trained up and harnessed for t&t purpose. St. John is the principid settlement. The fF. U. S, haa bad several labourers here since 1883. The missions continue to exert a most beneficial and cheering in- fluence. The settlers and fishermen 367 NEW oh tbeM cdve> *nd barbodn 6«ve been soogfat out woA visited ; tfiie wonhip of God has bMn es* tablished among those who would otherwise have sunk: into entire ignorance and uncheclEed vices) and the misBion-sehools have pro- / vided for their children the means of a religious and useful education. The following are extracts from the Minutes of the Meeting of this district for 1828. St. Jokn*$ Circuit* — Mitaioiu — *' The past year has heen a pro8> parous one ; and we have cause to rejoice in the increase of our con- gregations, and the general im- provement of the mission.'' Scaoou. — Day-achtol ai, Por- tugal Cotw.— " We have visited this scQool frequently during the last year ; and can bear testimony to the diligence of the master and to the improvement of the children dntii^ that time. The number of scholars at present is 60 ; average attendance, 6&. These are taught reading, writing, and arithmetic." Sundaif'schooi at St. John**. — " This school has greatly improved during the past year. The present number is, — boys, 30; girls, 36. Total 66." Carionear Circuit. — " The cause of trutii is here, though slowly, yet progressively improving. Our num- ber is a little increased, and our members'axe more spiritual." Schools. — '* During the past year our school h&s been a good deal neglected, on account of the want of proper teachers. The opening of the New/Bundland Societif's school also toojc away a number of our children ; so that we had little more left than a meeting of the children to be catechised. About 40 attended this instruc- tion, and made considerable pro- gress. There is every reason to hope, that this summer our school , will be brought up to, at least, its former state." NEW Wtrioiit tfrace €V>«)«iV.-^*The woirk of Ood in this circuit af^n almost at a stand ; yet the fields are white to the harvest. Many of our regular hearers are deq^ convinced of the truth, uid often weep under the word ; but I fear that many of them are in danger of losing their impresskmsi^ Some of our memlMnrs are, however, eml- nenUy devoted to Cksd, and in* creasing dafly in knowledge tmi holiness." Black Head and PTnttrn Bat/ Circuit.— ** In this station, while we feel cause for sincere regret there is not more real piety and more abundant prosperity, yet we have cause to rejoice that our la* hour has not been altogether in vain in the Lord." Schools. — " The number of scholars in this school is IIT; of which 75 are boys and 42 are girls." "Broad Cove School. — Th« number of scholars who have attended through ibe winter> hat been 60 by day, of whom 23 vnn boys and 27 girls; 30 at niflfht, all boys. That benefit has resulted alread^ from the school, tiiere b not the least room to doubt ; sooie of the cbiMren having manifested a degree of seriousness and atten* tion vdiich promises much future good. A great change has already token place in their moral conduct^ and we trust that this proceeds not merely from the exercise of the master's authority, but from a de* gree of the fear of God." hkmd Cote and Pelican Circuit, — ** At liland CovCy although we have not augmented our numbers, I trust the work of grace has deepened ; and there has been an increase in the congrevation : some who had not attended the service of the sanctuary for some time now attend with tolerable regu* larity; and the whole seem to hear with increased interest." " At Pelican, there are a few 868 t«bo truly lo the light oi increase in prayer met been well j that those provement i " At A5 much the pious person who would read to then the class, dtt "At Grt Nciety of20 "AtJoi'i rally preache In our returi] We have noi fniit; yetoui hih said, < tile waters, f after many da Schools. — ntnces to the schools are, cold f for we i «h«pel), wblc keeping open winter seasoi nwre able a yet, with the children have •hie progress "At leta, consists of 2 who are atten reading." "At PeUci consisting of 4< veralofwhom< Port De C ,- , .,,, "At English Harbour we hav^ a society of 35 persons, who, as. far as we knQw, are Christians in e^ perience." NEW ' Schools. — ** Our ichool at Englith Harbour Is In a state of ptroiiferity." Sonavistm Ciremif.—Bamnitta. <~>« Iti consequence of this geneiral poferty vho have been able to attend, have made such proflcieiicy as is highly satis- factoiy, and as reflects great credit upon teachers and children. Our present number is M.*' Grand Bank Circuit.—" In this vj' c:iit ^ine-tenths of the popula- >xibia nr hearen sit our chapeb, and 9i-)fA of tl^ese s*e very constant In ttsi'* attendance, both on preaching NEW Old at prayer meetings. But in order to make a proper estimate of the benefit which a place like this has derived from missionary la- bours. It is right to compare it not with large and long (>st3blidic>d societies at home, but with itself inrior to the coming of Mr. Knight, the first missionary, and with those places which are in its immediate neighbourhood. In this comparlsm the inhabitants of Qrand Bank stand on advantageous ground. Indeed, the condition of the greater part of the inhabitants of Sis hay (for the missionaiy can attend only to a small part of it) is one ujf great moral destitution ; tlif>re b»> ::>,«; no example of piety, no prcrxiiiiii^ of the Gospel, and scarcely 1 in 50 persons that can read the Bible, Hermitage Cone, Senbt^se Cove, Brunety and many other places, might he adduced as instances. It is worthy of remark, that in Uiii place, those who were addicted to drunkenness, are generally perwnt advanced in life ; which factaflfords evfaience that the habit of drunkett* ncas has not been acquired in tbe same proportion, since the Goqid was Introduced among them, is it was before." Schools. — " The schools in this circurt, are 2 ; the number of scho* iKK-^'Orand Bank, boys, 24 ; giil^, 96. Total SO. Fortune, boys, 16 ; girls, 20. Total 35." Burin Cirbtii.—" It is rather dif- ficult to report the real state of the society at this station, at this sea- son of t" ; vT'ii Fat, as far 88 ire canjudr?. '' i-^st, if not ««U cf them, ..i / "; » » < v • d, not o : ..v iiot fallen iiuii^i b>jd,.but deeply thuikfid to him for bis goodness to them during their dispersions, and his eare over Ihem in saving titem from tte perils of the sea in gofaig hom and returning to their habi- tations. But still we are pabied to Inform you that we have no increase in the nnmber of memben; 3T0 NEW jret it !• our opinion, that in Ibis place the prospects of doiny good are briglitening daily.'' Ha$it'$ Harbour CnimH.—Hant*» Hurhour*--** The worlc of God on this extensive station gives us con- sliterable encooragenient. The congregations are generally large, and remarkably attentive while bearing the word of life. In New HarbouTt and its vicinity, where Iberp is n population of about 400 iitfafib>irji:9y a class has been <- 3cb&oui. — TheSonday schools nn this station are only 2 in number, ^ ; i rith whom they removed, in 1784, to a tractuf land, about 6 miles square, given them by the Oneida Indians^ to which they gave the name of New StockMdge. I'bese Indians are sometimes called Moheakunnuks. In 1882, the total number amounted to about 300, many of whom have made considerable progress in the arts of civilization. Mr. Sergeant is supported by the S./orP. the 0, among tbe Indians and others in N. America. Through his faithful labours many are enjoying thti con- solations of the Gospel. The church, in 1822, consisted of 'ii members. Schools are muintoined and instructed by the Indians. NEW ZEALAND, 2 large islands in the S. Pacific ocean, £. of New S. Wales. The northern island is about UOO m. in length; its average breadth is 150; andtlie southern is nearly as large : It ii separated from the other by a strait 372 I NEW IS or 15 ID. broad. These iiilands Ue between S. lat. 340 and 480, E. long. 166» and 1?9*. They ap- pear to have been first visited, in 1642, by Abel Jansen Tasman, a Dut<;h navigator, who sailed from Batavia for the purpose of making discoveries in the Pacific Ocean. The land in the northern island is, generally, good,' and in many parts very fertile. The New Zealanders are supposed to have originated from Assyria, or Egypt ; the overflowings of the Nile, and the Argonautic expedition are evi- dently alluded to in their traditions. Id their persons, they are above the common stature, and are remartc- able for perfect symmetry of shape sod great muscular strength. They possess strong natural affections, and, like other savage nations, are grateful for favours ; but they never rest satisfied till they have revenged an injury. War is their glory, and fighting the principal topic of their conversation. They are cannibals, and devour their enemies when slain in battle, and not unfrequently make a repast upon their slaves. They are exceedingly superstitious, and their religion is constituted of rites the most offensive and dis- gusting. Pride, ignorance, cruelty, and licentiousness, are some of its principal characteristics. They believe in the existence of a Supreme Being, or the " Immortal Shadow," whom they call Atua. Their language is radically the nme as the Tahitlan. The popu- lation of the two islands has been variously estimated, and is sup- posed by some to exceed .'S00,000. The Rev. Samuel Marsden, prin- cipal chaplain of New S. Wales, who had become acquninted with the character and disposition of the people, and considered them the nohlflst race of heathens known to the civili/^d world, proposed to the C, M. S. the formation of a settle- ment for their civil and religious NEW improvement. The proposal having been adopted, a mission of 2A per.> sons was fitted out, which arrived at Port Jackson in 1810, on their way to New Zealand ; but their ob- ject was defeated. Having gained the confidence and affection of seve- ral of the chiefs, Mr. Marsden pur- chased a ship called the Active, for the benefit of the mission ; and, in 1815, Messrs. Kendall, Hall, and King, with their wives, and some niechanics arrived, accompanied by two New Zealand chiefs, who had visited England, and were fixed at Ranghee Hoo, in the Bay of Islands, on the N. E. coast of the northern island of Ne^ Zealand, where a transfer of land had been made to the C, M. S. of about 200 acres in extent, for the consideration of 12 axes. The g^antwas signed in a man- ner quite original ; the chief, named Ahoodee O Gunna, having copied, as his sign manual, the marks tatooed upon his own face. The missionaries endeavoured to instruct the natives in various useful arts; but though the New Zea- landers are naturally both active and ingenious, their improvement was materially retarded by their predilection for a roving life. Partien of them, indeed, were wil- ling to make rough fences, to cul- tivate the ground, or to perform any work which required but little time to learn ; but they had not patience to wait for future profit, — immediate gratiftcution being their permanent object. Hence it ap- pears, that ttieir predilection for iron, sometimes induced them to cut a wheel-barrow to pieces, to cut up a boat, or even to pull down a house, for the sake of trotting at the nails. Mr. Kendall also ob- serves, in respect to bis scholars, when he first gathered them out of the woods — '* While one child is repeating his lesson, another will be playing with my feet— another taking away my hat— and another 1 ft iiT6 im NEW cariying off my books ; yet all this in the most friendly manner, so that I cannot be angry with them. During the first 4 months, indeed, my UtUe wild pupils were all noise and play; and we could scarcely hear them read, for their incessant shouting, singing, and dancing." After some time, however, the distribution of provisions and re- wards among the children was productive, of verv beneficial ef- fects; and many of the adult na- tives began to acquire a tolerable knowledge of some of the more necessary arts of life. In January, 1819, the Rev. J. Butler, with Mrs. Butler and their two children, Mr. Hall, and Mr. and Mrs. Kemp, sailed from Eng- land ; and, soon after their arrival at Port Jackson, they were accom- panied to New Zealand by Mr. Marsden ; who, during his second visit to the island, purchased from Shunghee a tract of land consist- ing of 18,000 acres, about 18 m. distant from Rangbee Hoo, for the purpose of a new settlement. The selection of this spot, called Kiddee Kiddee, however, gave consider- able umbrage to Korrokorro, a chief, commanding a large extent of the coaiit on the S. side of the Bay of Islands ; and some of the other chiefs evinced much disap- pointment that none of the settlers were inclined to take up their resi- dence with them. ** One of them, named Pomarre," says Mr. Mars- den, " told me he was very angry that I had not brought a blacksmith for bim ; and that when he heard there was none lur him, he sat down and wept much, and also bis wives. 1 assured him he sbouid have one a.s soon as posisibie ; but he replied it would be of no use to him to send a blacksmith when he waH dead, and that he was at pre- sent in the greatest distress. His wooden spades, he stated, were all broken, and he hud not an axe to NEW make any more ; his canoes were going to pieces, and he had not a nail to mend them with ; his po^ tato-grounds were lying waste, as he had not a hoe to break them up ; and for want of cultivation, he and his people would have nothing to e^t. I endeavoured to pacify him with promises ; but he paid little at- tention to what I said, in respect to sending him a smith at a future pe- riod. I then promised him a, few hoes, (fee. which operated like a cordial on his wounded mind.'' On the 8d of March, 1820, Mr. Kendall sailed from the Bay of Islands, in company with two na- tive chiefs, Shunghee and Whyka- to, and arrived in the Thames oo the 8th of August. After Uieir re- turn from this country, the mission- aries at Kiddee Kiddee were exposed to various insults and injuries, in consequence of the altered temper of Shunghee, who had . recently committed acts of appalling atro- city. Early in 1822, Shunghee and his adherents recommenced the work of destruction, and the nis- sionaries were frequently «oin* pelled to witness scenes of dreadful cruelty. " I'his morning," says one of the settlers, ** Shunghee came to have his wounds dressed ) htjving been tatooed afresh upon bis thigh, which is much inflamed. His eldest daughter, the widow of Tettee, who fell in the expedition, shot herself through the fleshy part of the arm, with two balls, £ytie evidently intended to destroy her- self, but we suppose that, in the agitation of pulling the trigger with her toe, the muzzle of the musket was removed from the fatal spot. Yesterday they shot a poor slave, H girl of about ten years old, and ate her. The brother of Tettee shot at her with a pistol ; but, as he onlywounded lier,one ol Shunu:hee'l little ohildren knocked her oo the head! We had heard of the 374 girt being fe to dress the dow, we i They toW i were hungi and ate her toeft j and t little conoei shown had killing of a "On the Mr. Hall, *- the war, br bodies of 9 c] ed by the up< heavy sea. great destruc «iny prisonc been alread There isaroi oholy din. \ fiieir decease prisoners are I bondage ; w jolcing at tbtf relatives and Is in high spirl one place, on ' eoto, his partj 1400 individui of the 7th of Shunghee's s moved, and me drive away the Intention to w hot we were ghee had shot about to have ill-fated victin together, with their approac Shunghee leve Ing to shoot th( the unhappy wounded, atter was soon caugl bbr brains i out! I" On the following wpecting the hind. 0tb part NEW ^hrl teing killed; and when we went to dress tiie wounds of Tettee's wi- dow, we inquired if it were so. They told us, laughingly, that they were hungry, and that they killed and ate her with some sweet pota- toes ; and this they stated with as IltUe concern a^ they would have shown had they mentioned the killing of a fowl or a goat." "On the 29th of July," says Mr. Hatll, " a party arrived from the war, bringing with them the hodies of 9 chiefs, who were drown- ed by the upsetting of a canoe in a heavy sea. The tribes have made great destruction, and have taken mftny prisoners, two of whom have been already killed and eaten. There is around us a most melan- choly din. Wives are crying after ttreir deceased husbands, and tbe jpnrisoners are bemoaning their cruel bondage; while others are re- joicing at the safe arrival of their relatives and friends. Shunghee Is in high spirits, and says that at one place, on the banks of the Wye- coto, his party succeeded in killing 1000 individuals ! In the morning of the 7th of August, the bones of Shunghee's son-in>law were re- moved, and many guns were Ared to drive away the Atua. It was our intention to witness this ceremony, bat we were informed that Shun- ghee had shot two slaves, and was ibout to have them eaten. These ill'fated victims were sitting close together, without any suspicion of their approaching destiny, when Shunghee levelled his gun, intend- ing to shoot them both at once, but the unhappy female, being only wounded, attempted to escape ; she was goon caught, however, and had hter brains immediately dashed out!!" On the 6th of May, 18S4, the following particulars are stated, Kitpecting the stations in New Zea- land. 4 NEW Of Ranghee Hoo, Mr. Leigh, one of the Wesleyan missionaries, remarks— « It is near a large and populous native town, ealled Tapoo- nsh : within 7 m. there are 8 or 10 villages, all of which a missionary may visit by a pleasant walk ; and in every village a number of chil- dren and adults may be daily col- lected for instruction. The natives about this settlement have made considerable advances in civiliza- tion ; and I consider the place to be a grand station for active and extensive missionary operations." Of tbe second missionary station in New Zealand, the same writer observes, — "Kiddee Kiddee resem- bles a neat little country village, with a good school-house erected in tbe centre. When standing on a contiguous eminence, we may see cattle, sheep, goats, pigs, and horses — houses— fields covered with wheat, oats, and barley, — and gar- dens richly filled with all kinds of vegetables, fruit trees, and a va- riety of useful productions. In the yards may be seen geese, ducks, and turkeys ; and, in the evening, cows returning to the mission fa- milies, to supply them with good milk and butter. Indeed, the settlement altogether forms a most pleasing object, especially as being in a heathen land." Since that period other stations have been formed. The following are the last accounts of this mission : — Ranghee Hoo— Mr, Shepherd la- bours here. Mr. King visits the natives on the Sunday, and on the Wednesday makes excursions to the neighbouring places, for the purpose of imparting religious instruction^ At the quarterly meeting in Jnly he reports — " During the last S months I have attended to the school as u.tual : the scholan are improving in their learning and behaviour: from 7 to 10 bo}'s have 87fl NEW ' attended the school, and 7 girls> and 3 adults." ^ In November he writes — ** The natives here continue to behave quietly towards us: the scholars, and those who live in our houses, are increasing in know- ledge ; they attend divine service, -and are fond of singing hymns. Their parents are much pleased to see them write, and to hear them read^' and say that they are mis- sionaries, and employ them to write .to me for anything they may want. It is pleasing to visit the other set- tlements, and see so many natives, young and old, a^emble together 'to sing and pray with their teachers. In past years, they stood without, pelting our houses with stones, driv- ing and killing our goats, stealing our fowls, breaking our fences, and iMsing all manner of obscene and cruel language. There is evi- dently a great change in their out- ward behaviour. Kii/dee Kiddee. — This station is occupied by Mesrs. Kemp, Clarke, Hamlin, and their wires. Mr. Kemp and Mr. Clarke are employed on the Sunday, and at every other convenient opportunity, in imparting religious instruction to the natives resident with them, who seem from time to time to pay increasing attention to the great truths which are proclaimed to them. Of the services at the sta- tion, Mr. Clarke gives the follow- ing account : — ** The religious instruction of those ahout us Is especially attended to, twice on the Sunday, and one eveninuf in the week : and every morninur and evening all the na- tives ill the settlement are assembled together for prayer in oiir little chapel. Some of our natives seem fully convinced that they are sin- ners ; hilt the same obstacles pre- vent them from closing with the oilers of mercy, as prevent multl- NEW tudes in our own and every other country : they want to go to hea- ven, they tell us, but they want also to live after the course of this world.** Mr. Clarke reports, in July^ that the attention of those Who are under instruction has been pleasing during this and the preceding quarter. There were then in tha boys' school, 14 boys and 6 adults; In the girls' school, 13 girls; some of whom were living in his house, the rest in Mr. Kemp's : the total number under instruction, biisides several working natives who attend, was 33, residing in the two fami- lies. Several had left during the quarter, of whom he entertained a favourable opinion : they could read and write their own language with propriety. Of those who were under their care in November, Mr. Kemp remarks — " It will afford you great plea- sure to hear that we have consi- derable encouragement from the rising generation, to persevere in the work of the Lord. The na- tive adults who live with us are verj- regular in their attendance on thn means of grace : some of them, i hdpe, begin to feel some concern for their souls. Their conduct in general is pleasing." He adds — ** We do not meet with much encouragement in visiting the native villages ; but we hope, if they will hear what we have n.- .?ay, our labours shall not be In vain. We hope to visit the villages more fre- quently, which, I trust, will be at- tended with good." The outward improvement of the natives is considerable. Pyhea. — Besides the Sunday ser- vices for those who are immo lintely connected with the mission, the Rev. Messrs. Williams and their associates make excursions In va- rious directions among the na- tives. Mr. Henry Williams has also 370 NEW eonmenoed a service on board one of the ships in the Bay, for the benefit of the sailors. The want of a room sufficiently large for the natives to assemble in for prayers, has induced the mis- sioniries to commence a building 40 feet by 20, which will serve for this purpose, and as a school. There were in the schools, in July, 84 men and boys ; and in the girk' school, 10. Mr. H. Williams writes, with reference to them, in October : — " The schools malce considerable progress, and the chil- dren are anxious to be taught. We have many men and women under instruction— indeed, all who are in our employ. We could enlai^ the schools considerably, but we want the means to instruct and feed the scholars." At Kamakaua ten acres of land had been purchased, which Mr. R. Davis was employed in getting into cultivation ; there appear, however, t» be some obstacles in the way, which were not at first contem- plated .« Intelligence of a distressing na- ture was more recently receivea. Disturbances having been renewed snong the natives in the vicinity of the Wiesleyan settlement at Whan- garooa, several of the Church mis- lionaries, with a party of natives from Kiddee Ktddee, went thither to the assistance of their friends. They soon returned, accompanied by the Wesleyan missionaries, one of whom, Mr. Turner, was to pro- ceed to Port Jackson. Mr. W. Williams gives the following par- ticulars, under date of the 18th of January, from Pybea : — " The wliole of the premises at Whanga- rooa, which have been put up at a great expense, are now destroyed, eltlwr by fire or in some other way, ami the property has been carried nbroad, to any place within distance. Intelligence was then received NEW that Shnnghee was killed ; and the natives belonging to Kidded Kiddee said tiiat the missionaries would certainly be stripped of every thing that they possessed, according to the New Zealand custom ; and recommended them to do the best for themselves. In addition to these things, we have every reason to be apprehensive for the safiety of this settlement; it being pro- bable, that if one part of the mission is broken up, the natural disposition of the natives would lead them to complete thehr work in the destruction of the whole. Mr. WiUiams adds, on the 22d, —*< Since I finished my letter on the 18th, we have received news which leads us to suppose that Shunghee is either dead, or very near his death, from the wounds which he received at Whangarooa. If this be true, all that we have anti- cipated respecting our settlements is likely to come to pass." The support which God mer- cifully granted to his servants on this trying occasion is abundantly shewn by the sentiments which they express. Mr. H. Williams writes : — " About o'clock, a mes- senger from Kiddee Kiddee brought a letter stating that Shunghee was dead, and that they hourly expected to be turned out of doors, and plun- dered of every thing. Our boat was sent up immediately to fetch Mrs. Clarke, as she was not well ; the re- mainder purpose to stand to the last. We felt thankful to the Lord that our minds were preserved free from that anxiety which might be ex- pected, believing that, be it as it might, he would overrule all to the glor> of his m^esty." Dispatches since received have been, however, of an encouraging nature ; and from some dated chiefly in September. 1827, a few extracts are subjoined. — " The natives around us are, at present quiet, but a K 2 877 h^ l-l ■^''.'S^/ • NIC I do not.expect that they will con- tinue so long; there is much ill will existing Hoiong the tribes at this partoi the. island. Sbunghee is much recovered, and will proba- bly resume his operations in the spring, if he can assemble a force : but there is no calculating on their movements ; for those who are acting in alliance one month, may the following be at war, and the third month acting in conjunc- tion against a common foe. Our prospects are more pleasing than they have been ; and we now hope to go out regularly among the na- tives who live within our reach, so that the greater number may be vi- sited once a fortnight; we have made the attempt, and find it prac- ticable, with a few exceptions. We all continue in health and peace. On a review of the whole mission, I think I may say that all our operations are proceeding de- cently and in order; for this we may praise the Lord of all. We need daily the renewjng influence of the Holy Spirit; and that we may obtain il, we would beseech you to bear us up by your supplica- tions; — that you have done so is manifest, and it has encouraged us greatly." [See fVhattgarooa.] NICKERY, a settlement on a river of the same name, Guiana S. America. The Rev. F. A. Wix, missionary from the N. M. S, com- menced his labours in 1823. He discharges the duties of a chuplain to the garrison, and devotes the remainder of bis time to the in- struction of the Arrowack Indians and the negroes. NOACOLLY, a town in the district of Tipperah, India, N. Chit- tagong, near the Burman domi- nions. In this place and the vicinity are the descendants of the Portu- guese, who settled at Chittagong about a century ago. I'hey are of the lowest class, extremely poor, NOR and but little removed from Pagan- ism ; many of them are so entirely incorporated with the natives, a» hardly to bear a distinguishing mark, except in the name of Feringees, or Christians. They profess the Roman Catholic religion, but are generally ignorant of its tenets. Through the instrumentality of T. C. Piowdon, £sq. resident at Noa- coUy, schools have been established by the C. K. a. for the benefit of the children of this long-neglected people.. A faithful missionary is greatly desired, and might be emi- nently useful. NOGAY, a race pf Tartars in- habiting the Steppes on the N. side of the Caucasian mountains and Black Sea. Mr. D. Schlatter visited tbb place, in 1823, at his own expense. He found the people entirely desti- tute of religious knowledge; and that he might instruct them in the truths of revelation, he subjected himself to privations and hardships almost un beard of. Though no fruit has hitherto crowned his self- denying labours, he yet cherishes the hope of ultimate success. NORFOLK ISLAND, an island in the S. Pacific Ocean, about 16 m. in circuit, which was discovered, uninhabited, by Captain Cook, in 17T4. It is well wooded and fertile, and has been used as a place of banishment for refractory convicts from Botany Bay. The settlement was made, in 1788, and contains at least 10,000 inhabitants. £. long. 168" 12', S. lat. 29" 4'. The S. P. G. F. P. has employed school-teachers on this island. NORTH AMERICAN IN- DIANS, aboriginal inhabitants of N. America, a remnant of whom remain among the white popula- tion in several of the States ; while the great body are roving through the forests, and obtain a precarious subsistence by the chase. In their 378 NOR rude state, they almost univer- sally believe in the existence of a Supreme Being, whom they call the Great Spirit, and whom tiiey worship as the Creator and Preserver of all things. 1 heir no- tions of him are, however, very obscure, and their belief has very tittle practical influence. They are remarkable for paying a debt of gratitude, and also for revenging Injuries. Dr. Morse has lately tra- velled very extensively among them, on a commission from the govern- ment of the United States, with a view to asce^ain their numbers and condition ; and the following is an abstract of his official re- |)ort to the Secretary of War on the subject of their population. 1. Those E. of the Mississippi amount to 120,625; 2. Between the Mississippi and the Roclcy Mountains, 179,592; 3. W. of the Rocky Mountains, 1 7 1 ^200. Total 471,417. The details of the 1st di- vision are as follow : Maine, 956 ; Massachusetts, 750 ; Rhode Island, 420 ; Connecticut, 400 ; New York, 6184 ; Ohio, 2407 ; Michigan and N.W. Territory, 28,380 ; Indiana and Illinois, 17,006 ; Virginia,Caro- Hnas, and Florida, 5407 ; Creeks, 20,000; Cherokees, 11,000; Choc- taws, 25,000 ; Chickasaws, 3625. Of the 2d division, the following is the estimated population, in districts : viz. W. of the Mississippi, and N. of the Missouri, 33,150; between the Missouri and Red Rivers, and the Mississippi and the Rocky Mountains, 101,072 ; and between the Red River and Rio del Norte, 45,370. The whole number of tribes and branches dispersed over this vast tract of country is about 260; of which about 70 are in the 1st division, 90 in the 2d, and 100 in the 3d. Between 1784 and 1821, the go- vernment of the United States purcba.«ed land of the Indians amoiuiting to nearly 192,000,000 NOR acres. In consideration of aoch land and under treaties, at the last date, annuities were payable to the Indians by the States to tte amount of 154,275 dollars : of this sum, 73,600 are annuities for dift ferent periods, from 6 to 20 years, the last of which will terminate in 1834 ; 650 dollars are for life ; and 80,025 dollars are per- manent annuities. Many of the tribes, where missionaries have la- boured, have appropriated thehr annuities to promote the establish- ment of schools. By an act of Congress, in 1819, the annual sum of 10,000 dollars wes given for Indian civilization and improve- ment, under the direction of the President, to be distributed among individuals or societies, who have established, or who may contem- plate establishing schools for the education of Indian children, and who desire the co-operation of government. The distribution of this sum is to be governed by the following regulations : — The situ- ation selected, and a plan of the proposed buildings, with an esti- mate of the costs, must be sub- mitted to the Secretary of War to be laid before the President. Go- vernment will, if it has the means, and approves of the arrangement, pay two-thirds of the expense of erecting the necessary buildings, and aid the operations of the schools according to the number and progress of the pupils. ThLt provision is made for the Indians, within the United States, and those in the adjoining country already described. Among the 170,000 inhabiting the country between the Pacific and. the Rocky Mountains, no missions have been attempted ; among the 180,000 between those Mountains and the Mississippi, missions are chiefly confined to the Osages and the migration oi the C/terokees ; among the 120,000 scattered through the 379 ' NOR Sfaitefl between the Missindppi and tiie Atlantic, missions are in ae* tiVe operation. On many of the trlbet inhabiting this territory, and on others now extinct, were for- merly bestowed the missionary labours of Eiiiotf the MajfAews, SttmUy EdwardSt the Sergeantt, KMckmdy fTkeetoek, Rai*cA, Zeis- ktrgevj ^ccunif and others. Within the last few years, missions have been established among the Greeks, CkodttUDtf OMektuatn, and Cke- rokeee of the Southern States; li4iile'in Indtmui, Utinmsy Miehi- gOMf and the North-weit Territory, about 45,000, open a wide field for benevolent exertions. Among the ChippewatfS of the last two states, upwards of 15,000 in number, mis- sions have been recently formed. To the Indians of Ohio, of whom (dhere am about 8400, attention has been given by different bodies. Ib the state of New- York, upwards of ilOOO' Indians, consisting chiefly of Oneidati Seneeat, Onondaga*, and 7\Meantra», *he remnants of the farmer confv leracy of the Six AMoM, together with S500 of va- rious tribes in New England, have been supplied for many years, more or less, with moral and religious instruction. To the north of the United States, in the British ter- ritories, it is given to the Mohawks, Detawares, Chippettmfs, and Red River Indians, To -the north of these,* in tiie extensive territories of the Hudson's Bay Company, and in the vast country beyond, are numerous wandering tribes, who begin to excite the sympathies of British Christians, but no estimate is yet formed of tbeir number. The same remaric may be made of those on the North American con- tinent, who range the country southward of the territory of the United States. Amon^ the Mos- fuUos, in the Bay of Honduras, ■owever, a mission has been at- tempted. NOR NORTH WEST INDIANS, aboriginals of British America, in- habiting the vast territory from the United States to Uie farthest known point towards the North ; and from Canada to the N. Pacific Ocean, a distance of nearly 4000 miles. Little is known of the population of the numerous tribes in this sec- tion of country ; among whom, if we except the Red River Settk' ment, south of Winnipeg Lake, no Protestant missionary is found. The North West and Hudson's Bay Companies conduct an extensive fur trade with the Indians in this vast range of country, and are dis- posed to favour missionary efforts for their spiritual good. The Hev. John West, late chaplain to the Hudson's Bay Company at the Red River, gives the following picture of these natives : — " It is painful to consider the state of the numerous tribes wiio wander through this vast territoiy, hitherto unheeded, and strangers to British missionary exertions. They rove through tire woods and plains with all the wretched appear- ance of gypsies in England. They appear to he sunk into the lowest state of: degradation. Their life seems to be one constant course of difficulties in procuring subsistence ; and they wander through it without hope and without God in the world. When shall this hitherto neglected race come to the knowledge of the Saviour ?" This description relates to those who inhabit the country between ihe Rocky Mountains and Hudson's Bay. Concerning those between the Rocky Mountains and the Pa- cific, in the N. W. Company's ter- ritoty, the Committee of the CM. S., in their aoth report, give the following particulars: — " It has been suggested to the Committee, that the western part of British America often a aiore extensive, promising, and practi' «80 NOV cable field for missionary labours, than any other in that quarter of the globe. The climate is, in general, temperate, the soil sea- lonably productive, and the sur- face of the country level. The people are not savuge, ferocious, and wandering; but settled in villages, and in several respects somewhat civilized, though still in the hunter state; with few arts, no letters, no general know- ledge, but a great desire to be taught by white men, whose su- periority they clearly discern." NOVA SGOTIA, a British pro- vince in N. America, bounded N. by the Gulf of St. Lawrence, W. by the Bay of Fundy, and N. W. by New Brunswick. The other jtf^des are washed by the Atlantic. The population is estimated at about 100,000, principally English; tbough there are many Scotch and Irish. The established religion is that of the Church of England. The means of grace are enjoyed by many, through the active exertions of benevolent associations. The S. P. O. F. P. has more than 40 stations in the province, and employs nearly 30 missionaries, more than 40 schoolmasters, and several schoolmistresses. Be- tween 3 and 400 children are en- joying the blessings of religious instruction. In 1823, there were 685 communicants, at 11 stations. The ff^. M. S. has, for some years, employed, in Nova Scotia, a num- ber of agents. The following are extracts from the last district report : — Halifax Circuit.—" We have thankfully to state, that the cause of God is by no means declining in tills circuit. In Halifax, we have added, during the 2 past years, 19 members. There is not, in the connexion, a society more steady and consistent : we have peace in our borders, and our congregations NOV are large and attentive. Our Sun-' day school, of 202 children, . prospering.'' Lunenburgk Circuit, — No re- port. Liverpool Circuit.---" The society in town continues in a state, of growing stability, unity, and peaces the Sunday school continues active and useful in its operations; and the prospect, on the whole, is en- couraging." Shelburne and Harrington Cir- cuit. — "The sphere of labour in this circuit is very extensive. Our congregations are, in general, large and attentive, particularly at Bar- rington and Cape Negro." Yarmouth Circuit. — No report.-; Morton and fFindsor Circuits — Horton.—*'We have liad a little success the last two years ; a few have been added to the society, and it is hoped, to the Lord, during the last year." fFindsor. — "Dur- ing the greater part of the past year, there has been an unusual degree of affliction and mortality endonig the inhabitants, which, by the blessing of God, has been sanctified to them." Neuiport Circuit. — " The sociel^r has increased IT in number, and 12 others are on trial." Schools. — " We have formed a Sunday school at Kempton, and have been making arrangements for the establishment of others." Parrsborough and Meccan Cir- cuit. — " Our members are growing in grace, and regular in attending their classes. Another very com- modious chapel is erected and finished at Nappau^yrhexe our con- gregations are large." f Wallace Circuit. — " The religions state of the society may be consi- dered as prosperous." Charlotte Town Circuit — "In Charlotte Town, the members, in- cluding the class across the har- bour, are much uni^*^^ in Christian S81 I lii if II NOV afltetion, striving together for the faith of the Gospel, and unanimous in their efforts to co-operate with the missionary for ttie promotion of the woric of God. **At Little Ywky the society, which consists of about thirty mem- ten, is verystedfast: several who united themselves in church fellow- ship during the first year of our labours in this place, are now ex- cellent members. ** A. new preaching place has been opened at the North River, fldiout four miles from Charlotte Town, the fruit of which already appears. Nine persons have been united t(M;ether, and now regularly meet in class." ScaooLS. — " There are three Sabbath schools in the Charlotte ^u;«circuit ;— viz.oneat Charlotte Toum, consisting of 140 children; about 40 children^^at Towmdiip, No. 49, and the same number at Little York.'* Tiyon and Bedeque Circuit. — ** In Tryon a Imrgu increase of our congregations has taken place. They are far more attentive than formerly, end are frequently deeply «ffi9Cted." *f In Crappaud, which is a neigh- bouring settlement about 3 miles distant the projects at present are good/' ** In Bedeque, the congregations have not been so large for the last few nnrnths. We have preaching at three other places, one 4 miles, another 6 miles, and the other 10 miles,frDm the preacher's residence, once a fortnight on the week nights, but no classes have as yet been formed." SCHOOL8.— ** There are two Sunday schools in the circuit, one in Bedeque and one in TVyott, which, until the approach of the last winter, wiere in successful operation; but here they always luffer an interruption of six months NUL in the year, owing to the badness of the roads, and the inclemency of the weather in the fall of the year, the winter, and the spring.'* Murray Harbam Circuit, — "The state of this circuit is, at this titne, in rather a growing condition." " At Three Rivers we have a small and poor society who are endeavourhig to build a chapel; towards which they have sub> scribed about £60. There is not a minister of any other denomi- nation within the compass of this circuit. " NUDDEA, the capital of an extensive district of the same name, Bengal, Hindoostan, on an island at the confirience of the Hoogly and Jelinjk,by rivers, 60 miles above CalcutU. It is the great seat of native literature in Bengal. . The Baptist missionaries at Calcutta have prepared tracts in the Sungskrit language, to com- municate their message to the learned men in this populous city in the most acceptable form, and the i«Asult has been highly grati- fying. A number of these publi- cations, which, in any other shape, would probably have teen rejected with contempt, were receiied with great readiness; and thus, in the language of the missionaries;— " The Gospel was introduced into the only University of Bengal, by means of publications in the Latin of the East." NULALIWU, a place in the Molucca Islands, containing about 400 inhabitants, who were formerly Christians ; but were conquered t^ the Mahomedans, who burnt their churches, destroyed their Bibles, and reduced tbem to a wretched state of ignorance and -idolatry. Through the instrumentality of the Rev. Mr. Kam, missionary at Amboyna, the people renounced idolatry, and destroyed their idols and devil-houses. 382 . OtHv^J: -'f't OAH Q. ■1 : nv^ii'tvi OAHU, one of the Sandwich Islands, J 30 miles N. W. Hawaii, 4tf long by 23 broad. The high mountains, andvery fertile valleys, interspersed throughout the island, exhibit very romantic scenery, and render it by far the finest of the group. The salt lake,situated among barren hills, about miles W. J(. W. Hononooroo, is one of the greatest natural curiosities found in the islands. It is an insulated body of water, about 2 miles in circum- ference, a small distance from the sea, supposed to be a little above its level, and is entirely saturated with common salt. It is supplied by a saft spring issuing from a neighbouring hill. The ^t chrys- talizes in vast quantities at the bottom of the lake, and forms a continuous white crust from shore to shore. The salt thus formed is procuued in considerable quantities tor use. The yopulationwas formerly estimated at ttO,000 ; but .after a survey of the i^dand, , the missicn- aiies have estimated the houses at 4000, and the inhabitants at 20,000^ This isi the residence of the King, the seat of government, the abode of all the principal chiefs of the other islands, and of n\ost of the persons of influence in the whole group. Hononooroo, a large town, with a good harbour, in the island of Oahu, which occupies about one square mile, t^nd contains about 560 bouses. The village is estimated tocoiitain between 6 and tiOOO in- habitants, besides foreigners, of whom, at times, there are consi- derable numbers. There are about 16 merchants, including the Ame- rican Consul, who reside here con- stantly to transact business T:ith the natives, and with the masters of .vessels, who. are continually putting in for supplies. After a |2 OAH prosperous voyage, the first Ame-* rican missionaries to the Sandwich Islands, entered the harbour April 18th, 1820, and commenced their labours of love among these long neglected heathens. They soon settled on a piece of land, assigned for the purpose, about hidf a mito from the village, where the first temple on these islands for the woro ship of the living God has been erected. In 1822, Mr. Bingham began to preach in the native language ; and the King and Queen, as well m some of the chiefs, have been num<», bered among the pupils in the schools. On the first. Mond^ in January, 1822, the press was put in operation^ and the first sheet of a Hawaiian spelling-book was struck off', the distribution of which gave an immediate impulse to the work of instruction. The number of regular scholar* soon amounted to about 200, and the progress of the learners, gene- rally, was very apparent. Soon after the missionaries arrived, a subscription was opened for an Or* phan School Fund, which, is favour- ed by foreigners, and, in little morei than a year, the sum subscribed exceeded 800 dollars. In June,l 824, tlie chapel was burnt down, but, in about a month, it was replaced at the charge oi.ihe natives, by a larger and uioie StuLstantial structure. A week-day service was begun at Waititi, a village about 4 vrn distant. The Rev. Mr. Ellis, with 2 native teachers, of the L. M.S., en- tered into the labours of this station* The efi'ects of them were truly de» lightful. As the brethen took their evening walks they derived hitrh gratification from hearing the hymns of the chapel and the les- sons' of the schools recited by t lie people, instead of the monotonous sounds of, their ceaseless " hura," or praise to their gods and departed 383 OAH heroes ; while the book> the slate, and the pen, were superseding games of chance and other hurtful amusements, which formerly con- Unmed much of the people's time. The power of true religion was manifested in the daily conduct of many of the chiefs, as well as in tiiat of the people. Several of them uniformly asked a blessing, and re- turned thanks at their meals, sur- rounded by their friends and do- mestics, who frequently amount to 40 or 60 persons. They were also known to attend, morning and even- ing, to their devotions. Mr. Ellis wrote, in 1824 :— " In addition to the usual good attention given to the preaching of the word, and other public means of grace, a considerable awakening has taken place here, among the chiefs and teachers, and many of the people. Many new schools have been esta- blished ; and there is a great in- crease of scholars, who continue diligent and persevering. About 600 were present at a public exa- mination on the IBtb of April. We have T96, under 22 native teachers, who attend at school twice, and some of them three times, every day ; besides which, there are a good many small schools among the people, the teacher of which is, perhaps, himself a scholar in one of the larger schools. Indeed we cannot train up the teachers fast enough to satisfy the demands of the people for them. So great is the attention of the people to their books, that we never walk through the town without seeing several passing from one place to another with their books in their hands. " The chiefs, particularly Karai- mOku and Kahumanu, have taken a very decided stand in favour of Christianity." A fact communicated by Mr. Ellis, in a private letter, ought to b« mentioned, as forcibly illus- OAH trating the value which the chiefs put on instruction : he says — " Previously to my leaving (a circumstance rendered necessary by the illness of Mrs. Ellis), I pub- licly asked the chiefs what I should bring them out when I returned from England; they answered, simultaneously — Comk back yoob- BELT, AND WE HAVC NOTHING ELSE TO DESIRE.'^ In 1825, the hearers increased to nearly 3000, and Karaimoku or- dered a large stone chapel to be erected for their accommodation. The scholars were nearly 2000, and the teachers 40. The health of Karaimoku had then for some time been on the decline. This was the more to be regretted, as advantage seemed to have been taken of his illness to inflict a most serious injury on the morals of the people. A law had been made, and strictly enforced, to prevent fe- males from resorting on board ves- sels for evil purposes ; the captain and crew of a schooner, belonging to the United States, and lying off Hononooroo, had recourse to the most violent outrages, in order to procure the repeal of this law. Boki, who visited England, was at the head of the government during the illness of his brother Karai- moku } though well disposed toward the mission and the morals of the people, he had not courage to bear up against the violence of this oiH- cer and his crew, supported as they were by other sailors; and took such measures as led to the renewal of the evil, which had, with so much advantage to the people, been suppressed. The results of an examination of the schools at this station and its vicinity, on the 19th of April, 1826, exhibited such evidence of improvement and advancement in civilization, as excited the surprise of the foreign visitants 384 present. Th< Hawaiian, ti bam, thenju! translation of Richards, we caslon. rse( ODESSA, town, on a sn Sea, betweei rivers Dniest was founded i 11. Populatii The E.J. S. deric L. Be Sallet, in 18i the Jews in Black Sea, \ tome time to t spoken by the have since visii neighbourhood have distribute OESEL, an Sea, at the m( Riga, contain neighbouring h of 36,000. A U' B. has lab years, and, ami lias been protec OHONOQU Indian town on quehannah. h 0. in New E missionaries to dians. They ■ ceived; but, at tended their eifi soon abandoned ONEIDAS, Nations of Indi country S. of W. part of Ne' Oneida Reserv divided into 3 tr ^olf, and the . sent number is es of 1100. This annuity from tl York of 3552 purchased of the annuity of abou tJie United St( ODE present. The Gospel of Matthew, in Hawaiian, translated by Mr. Bing- ham, then just finished, and another translation oftbesameGospel by Mr. Richards, were produced on this oc- casion. [See Sandwich Islands.] ODESSA, a populous sea-port town, on a small bay of the Black Sea, between the mouths of the rivers Dniester and Dnieper. It was founded in 1702, by Catherine II. Population, in 1820, 40,000. The E. J. S. sent out Messrs. Fre- deric L. Bezner and Bemhard Sallet, in 1820, to labour among the Jews in the vicinity of the Black Sea, who remained there gome time to acquire the language spoken by the Polish Jews. They have since visited many Jews in the neighbourhood, among whom they have distributed Bibles and Tracts. OESEL, an island in the Baltic Sea, at the mouth of the gulf of Riga, containing, with 2 small neighbouring islands, a population of 35,000. A missionary of the U. B. has laboured here several years, and, amid much persecution, has been protected by government. OHONOQUAGIE, formerly an Indian town on the bank of the Sus- quehannah. In 1762, the S.prop. 0. in New England, sent out 3 missionaries to christianize the In- dians. They were cordially re- ceived; but, as little success at- tended their efibrts, the station was soon abandoned. ONEIDAS, one of the Six Nations of Indians, inhabiting the country S. of Oneida Lake, in the W. part of New York, called the Oneida Reservation. They are divided into 3 tribes, the Bear, the Wolf, and the Turtle. Thpir pre- sent number is estimated at upwards of 1100, This nation receives an annuity from the State of New York of 3552 dollars, for lands purchased of them in 1705, and an annuity of about 600 dollars from the United States. They have ONE their name from their former pagan deity, which was an upright atone, as the word signifies in their lan- guage, for many years there has not been a pure Oneida among these Indians, from their having been mixed with whites of different nations. In 1776, the Rev. Sa- muel Kirkland, patronized by the corporation of Harvard CoUegt, visited the principal town of the Oneidas, accompanied by 2 or 3 other missionaries and school- masters from Dr. Wheelock's In- dian school. A flourishing school had already been commenced ; the people were anxious for the per- manent establishment of a minister, and Mr. K. consented to continue with them, provided they would engage to abandon their habits of intemperance. To this they con- sented, and took efficient mea- sures to prevent the sale of ardent spirits. Drunkenness soon disap- peared, in a great measure, and many received the truth in the love of it. In 1773, Mr. Kirkland was received under the patronage of the Society in Scotland for Promoting Christian Knoto ledge. During the revolutionary war, his labours were interrupted; but after peace was restored, at the request of the Indians,he returned and found them very desirous of religious instruc- tion. He died in 1808, after having laboured among the Indians more than 40 years. In 1800, the Northern M. S. employed Mr. Jenkins, as a missionary among the Oneidas. They have also re- ceived the attention of the Friends and other benevolent associations, by which they have been supplied with religious teachers. The Episcopal church of New York, supported Mr. Eleazer Wil- liams, several years, at Oneida Castle. He is the son of a chief of the Iroquois nation, and was licensed by the Bishop of New York, in 1816, in compliance with Lii 385 mm ONO the earnert request of the Oneida chiefs. He became eminently useful to the pagan party, who, in 1817, renounced their idols, pro- fessed the Christian faith, and united with the old Christian party in erecting a new place for public worship, which was consecrated in 1S19. In 1821, the communicants were between 40 and 60. The Hamilton B. M. S. supports a school at Oneida Castle, which, in the early part of 1824, consisted of 30 pupils. They have also sta- tioned a missionary, a carpenter, and a blacksmith here. In March, 1824, a church was formed, con- sisting of 20 members. As a tribe, tike Oneidas have made consider- able progress in civilization. ONONDAGAS, formerly the principal tribe of the Six Nations of Indians, who inhabited the State of New York. Onondaga, the chief town in Onondaga county, 149 m. N. W. New York, and 50 from Utica, was their principal set- tlement, and the seat of Indian power. They are now scattered in small numbers in ditterent parts of the State, and in Upper Canada ; only 2 or 300 remain at Onondaga. They receive annually 2000 dollars from the State of New York, being the interest of sales of the « Mili- tary Tract." Of this sum, 1000 dollars belong to those at Onon- daga, who are represented to be sober and well disposed. They acknowledge the Bible to be a revelation from God, and many of them are anxious for the instruc- tion of their children. About 1T50, the (*. B. sent 2 missionaries to Onondaga, who were cordially re- ceived ; but the mission was soon relinquished. Other benevolent in- dividiHils, who have occasionally laboured among them, have met with n kind reception. OODOOVILLE, a populous parish, district of JaiFna, Ceylon, 6 miles N. JalUiapatam, and about ORE 2 miles N. E. Manepy. It stands on an extensive plain, covered with groves of palmyra, cocoa-nut, and other fruit trees, in the midst of which are many villages of natives and idol temples. The Rev. M. Winslow, from the A. B. C. F. M., arrived herein 1820. Mr. F. Mai- leappa is the native preacher. Mr. Poor established the first school here, in 1818. In 1823, there were, exclusive of the boarding- school, schools connected with the station, containing more than 330 pupils. The boarding-school was also flourishing. In 1823, it consisted of 32 boys and 8 girls. A Sabbath-school of iQ5 scholars was commenced in 1823. The congregations are large and atten- tive. A number, it is hoped, have been savingly benefited ; and others are seriously disposed. In 1823, 9 natives had united with the church. The anxious inquiries of the natives respecting Christianity, afford much encouragement to the missionaries. [See Jaffna.] OOTTUR PARRAH, a vil- lage in Bengal, Hindoostan, near Calcutta, in the Cossipore district. The C. K. S. established a school here in 1 822, which then consisted of 100 scholars. ORENBERG, a town in a pro- vince of the same name, in Asiatic Russia, on the Ural, about 600 m, N. £. Astracban, containing 2000 houses, and surrounded by nu- merous hordes of Tartars. The permanent Tartar population, re- siding in town, is also very ccnsi- derable; while numbers become temporary residents from ditferent parts of the province, and from the most remote districts of Tartar)'. It is the great thoroughfare for caravans between Siberia and Great Tartary, and European Russia. E. long./;60 4', N.Iat.61''46'. The Rev. C. Fraser, O. M'Alpine, anJ J. Gray, from the S. AI. S., com- menced their labours here, in IhlJ, am ORE with W. Buchanan, the native as- sistant. This mission was origi- nally designed for the instruction' of the Kirghisian Tartars, who were settled in tents in the vast Steppes, N.E. andS. ofOrenberg. They are described as a very degpradt d, list- less race of beings, but less savage than the mountaineers of Caucasus; tbey are professed Mahomedans, but, in general, ignorant of the doctrines of that religion. They, however, received the messengers of mercy with gratitude and joy ; and manifested an earnest desire to become acquainted with the truths di Christianity. For several years the missionaries prosecuted their benevolent designs among these destitute and despised wanderers, and not without cheering prospects of ultimate success. Many dis- (iontinued their stated Mahomedan sacrifices, and made rapid progress in Christian knowledge, and 2 or 3 gave evidence of piety. One of the principal chiefs expressed a desire for the permanent establishment of a missionary among his people, and measures were taken to comply with his wishes : a school was about to be established in Orenberg, for the Kirghisian children and youths. Tracts had been prepared, and the New Testament translated into the Orenberg Tartar pwhen, by the order of government, the body of the horde was removed into an ex- tensive Steppe beyond the precincts of the Russian territory, where they have become so disunited among themselves, and so hostile to the Russians, that it is deemed unsafe for the missionaries to continue their itinerations among them. Some of the missionaries have re- moved J others still continue their labours at Orenberg, and among other tribes of Tartars. The New Testament and other suitable books nnd tracts are extensively circulated nt this station ; and, in addition to the regular diitribution which is ORE made among the strangers at Oren- berg, the missionaries have taken several tours 2 or 300 miles, visiting all the principal villages in their way, conversing with the Mollahs, and giving books to those who could read them. From 1820 to the close of 1822, they had distributed upwards of 1000 Testaments, 2150 copies of separate books of the Scrip- tures, and 1840 tracts. In their itinerating excursions, and in their labours among the Tartars, they have been much assisted by Walter Buchanan, a converted Caucasian, one of the youths ransomed at Karass, who is distinguished for his piety. Christian zeal, and knowledge of the Scriptures. Ou/a, or Ufa, the capital of the government of Orenberg, Asiatic Russia, 230 miles N. by E. Oren- berg, near the junction of the Be- laia and Oufa rivers, E. long. 66", 18',N.6'4'»42'. Population, 14,000. Though no Tartars reside within the city, except the Mufti and merchants, yet it is so constantly resorted to by them for the purposes of trade from the neighbouring villages and districts, that, to a stranger, more than half the inha- bitants would appear to be Tartars. In 1820, Messrs. Alpine and Gray, missionaries at Orenberg, made a tour to this city for the purpose of ascertaining the number of Bash- kurts and Tartars in the vicinity, nnd the expediency of attempting a permanent mission among them. They distributed about 300 copies of the Tartar New Testament and tracts, which were eagerly received, and many pressed on them for copies M'ben their supply was ex- hausted. The Oufa Tartars are an industrious people ; most of them can read. They are firmly attached to the religion of the false prophet. In subsequent visits, the miss'/ina- rles have distributed many books, and it is to be hopea a missionary will ioou be settled here; S8T OTT OTTAWAS, the remnant of a once formidable tribe of Indians, now consisting of about 3000, dis- persed in the states of Ohio and Michigan, the largest and most opulent in that vicinity. They are indolent and superstitious ; and, in consequence of their intercourse with vicious whites, have become exceedingly degenerated. Through the instrumentality of the Rev. Mr. M'Coy, Baptist missionary at Ca- rey, they have made some advances towards civilization, and are desir- ous that their >' annuities, which have formerly been chiefly expended for whiskey, should be appropriated to the improvement of their chil- dren, and the support of religious institutions among them. By a late treaty, the United States go- vernment has appropriated 1500 dollars annually, for the support of a blacksmith, agriculturist, and teacher among them, and appoint- ed the Rev. Mr. Sears, Baptist missionary, as teacher. The B.B. F. M. has contemplated a perma- nent mission among this tribe. In 1832, the fVestern M. S. com- menced a mission for their benefit, in the N. W. part of the state of Ohio, on the banks of the Maumee, or Miamee of the lake, near the W. end of lake Erie : The Rev. L. Robbins, and A. Coe, missiona- ries ; Clark, physician ; J. Barnes, L. Sacket, I. Van Tassel, M'Pherson, W. Potter, Miss Ste- phens, and Miss Biggs, assistants. In 1823, the society possessed pro- perty here valued at about 10,000 dollars, and had received, the same ^oui, 300 dollars from the secretary of war. In 1824, the school con- sisted of about 40 children, 20 of whom could read in the Testament, and all were becoming daily more pleased with the industrious and active habits of civilized life. The children o»' the Munsees and Dela- ware* are also instructed in the fchool. The chiefs and parents of PAA the children are becoming more friendly, and the missionaries begin to exert a salutary influence. PAARL, a settlement in Cape Colony, S. Africa, about 45 m. N.E. of Cape Town. There is a Dutch church in the place. Here, and in the vicinity, are about 5000 heathens. The Rev. E. Ev,ans, from the L. M. S., commenced a mission here in 1819, which was designed more particularly for the Hottentot slaves. Several yeors previous to its commencement, a chapel bad been built, in which missionaries occasionally preached. Soon after the arrival of Mr. Evans, an^. 3/. S, was formed, to which the slaves contributed so liberally as to re- quire restraint rather than incite- ment. Schools were established, in which, in 1823, more than 200 children and adults were instructed. The number of hearers in the Paarl, and the vicinity, are about 1100 whites, and 1200 coloured people. The number in communion is 27, all of NKrhom adorn their Christian profession. The Rev. Mr. Miles, of Cape Town, who lately visited this station, lays that the mission school here is well conducted. For the benefit of such as cannot attend the day school, an evening school, held on two days uf the week, b&s been lately opened. A school- mistress has been engaged, at a small stipend, to instruct thefemnle slaves and their children. At a public examination, which took place during the yaar 1826, the progress wliich had been ma'le by the scholars, was observed with great siitlsfnctlon. It is in con- templation, iffundscanbe provided, to establish schools in all the sur- rounding country of the dlstricl, as one means of counteractiik^ I 3&8 with in con- irovldd, the RUT- tlistrict, eractiiiK I&8 pac Mohamedanism, Mrhich prevails in this vicinity. PAC ALTSD O RP, formerly called Hooge Kraal, a settlement of Hottentots, Cape Colony, S. Africa, in the district of George, 3 ro. from the town of that name, and 2 from the sea. The L. M. S. commenced a mission here in 1813. Mr. Campbell gives the following account of Its origin : — ** About 250 m. from Cape Town, my waggons encamped in the vici- nity of George, a town then jiist commencing. Soon after my arrival there, I was visited by Dikkop, or 'Thickhead," the Hottentot chief of Hooge Kraal, situated about 3 m. distant, together with about 00 of his people, who expressed an earnest desire that a missionary might be stationed at his residence. On asking his reason for desiring a missionary, he answered, it was that he and his people might be taught the same things that [were taught to white people, but he could not tell what things these were. I then requested him to stay with us until sun-set, when he would hear some of those things related by Cupido, who was a countryman of his, and my wag- gon-driver. Dikkop and all his people readily agreed to stay till evening. To Cupido they listened also witii much attention the fol- lowing morning. I inquired whe- Uier they were iiU desirous of hav- ing a missionary to settle among them, which was answered unhni- mously in the affirmative ; but, li':e their chief, they could not assign iny reason, except to be taught the tame things which were taught to the white people. A very aged, miserable - looking man coming Into the hut during the conference, with scarcely a rag to cover him, excited my attention; he caqae ond took a seat by my »ide, kissed mj hands and legs, and by most ligoificant gestures, expressed his l»AC e)ctreme joy in the prospect of a missionary coming among them. His conduct having deeply in- terested me, I asked him whether he knew any thing about Jesus Christ?- His answer was truly af- fecting — * I know no more about any thing than a beast.' •* Every eye and ear were directed toward me, to learn whether a missionary would be sent to the Kraal ; and when I told them that an excellent missionary, I had no doubt, would be soon with them, they expressed, by signs, a degree of joy and delight which I cannot possibly describe. Mr. Pacalt ar- rived soon after my departure.*' On Mr. Campbell's second voy* age to S. Africa, he again visited Hooge Kraal, in June 1819. In his account of this visit he thus describes the striking change which had been effected by the blessing of God on the labours of the missionary, who had been a few months before removed to his heavenly rest :— ' " As we advanced toward Hooge Kraal, the boors, or Dutch farmers, who had known me on my former journey in that part of Africa, would frequently assure me, that such a change had been produced on the place and people since I had left it, that I should not know it again. The nearer we ap- proached the settlement, the re- ports concerning its rapid improve- ment increased, till at length we arrived on the spot, on the evening of June 2. Next morning, when the sun arose, 1 viewed, from my waggon, the surrounding scene, with great interest. Instead of bare, unpro- ductive ground, I saw two long streets with square-built houses on each side, placed at equal distances from one another, so as to allow sufficient extent of ground to e.ich house for a good garden : a well- built wall, feet high, was in Tront 1 L L 2 3H0 PAC of each row of houses, \pifh a gate to each house. On approaching one of them, I found a Hottentot, dressed like a European, standing at his door to receive me with a cheerful smile. chUrts ; the happy influence of which begins to be perceived, by enabling them to furnish competent teachers in the schools, which Mr. Hough had established previous to their arrival in 18U0, and also to provide for this extensive establishment of ichools in different parts of the district. The Rev. Messrs. Rhenius and Schmid, with Mrs. Rhenius, Mrs. Schmid, and Mrs. Schnarre, still continue their labours. A new church has been erected, and was qiencd on the 26th of June, 1826 ; the expense amounted to 2000 ru- pees, of which the Madras com- mittee advanced 800 : the remainder was raised by contributions from all classes of people in the neigh- bourhood, Europeans, native Chris- tians, Mahomedans, and heathens. The work of God, which has re- cently commenced in the vicinity of. this station, by the instrumen- tality of the missionaries, appears to be steadily proceeding. The progress of truth, and the opposi- tion which is made to it, are thus noticed by Mr.Rbenius :— " Every- where, the number of persons who renounce idolatry, and put them- selves under Christian instruction, increases. In one district, perse- cution is at a great height: a modeliar, related to one of our se- minarists, has expressed murderous designs, not only against the people, but against his relation, and has declared ' Christianity shall not be in that district.' " The missionaries continue their visits to those villages where con- gregations have been formed with nnich encouragement. The past and present condition of one of them, iSntan^ArooAim, are thus con- trasted by Mr. Rhenius : — ''About 11 o'clock, divine ser- vice was held, when the whole place was filled, and large numbers of heathens were standing at the PAN doors and windows. Our dear friends in Europe, who pray for the prosperity of Zion, would have greatly rejoiced at such a sight. What a change has taken place in this town during the last 2 years ! When brother Schmid and myself were here 5 years ago, for the first time, all was darkness; now the light of the Gospel shines, and the sound of it goes forth into the sur- rounding country! Then not a school could be established ; now a fine large church is in the midst of it, and a large congregation to fill it !" There are, it appears, 12 schools, averaging in attendance 232. In the seminary there are 35 youths, whose studies and proficiency give much satisfaction. There are 27 girls in the Female Seminary, who are considerably improving in their conduct. [See l^nnevelfy.] PALLISERS, a cluster of islands in the Pacific Ocean, E. Tahiti. W. long. 146» 30', S. lat. 15" 38'. After the example of the Society and Georgian islanders, many of the inhabitants renounced idb- latry, demolished their idols, and professedly embraced the Christian religion. They have visited Tahiti for the purpose of obtaining ele- mentary books and Christian in- struction. PANDITERIPO, a parish in the district of Jaffna, Ceylon, ad- joining Tillipally on the W., 9 m. N.W. of Jaffnapatam. A large pro- portion of the people are Roman Catholics. Dr. J. Scudder, missionary ani physician, George Kock, member of the Church and medical assist- ant, from the yi. B. C. F. M., ar- rived here in 1820. Before that time the missionaries at Tillipally considered this parish as under their care, and opened a flourishing free- school in 1818. In 1822, ttiere were 6 schools of this description 394 'llf s PAN connected with the station, 4 of which were in the villages of Make« appertify Surkpuram, Vardeala- dipifo, and Mutherkel, The board- ing-school, which promises to be a very important auxiliary to the mission, was opened in 1820 : in 1823, it contained 25 hoys and 8 ^rls, several of whom manifested an anxiety for their spiritual wel- fare, and 2 had united with the church. Dr. S. finds many ways of access to the natives, in consequence of his medical skill, and his disposition to relieve suffering wherever it exists. He has made frequent ex- cursions in the district of Jaffna and the neighbouring islands, for distributing hooVs and preaching to the natives in their villages ; and the hoys of the boarding-school have been usefully employed in reading to their countrymen. [See Jaffna.] PANE, a town in Aurungabad, Hindoostan, 24 m. S. of Panwell, supposed to contain 17 or 18,000 inhabitants. The American miasionaries at Bombay established a school here ip 1821, under a Jewish master. In 1823, besides a respectable num- ber of native children, there were 15 Jewish boys in the school. [See Bombay,] PANWELL, a town of Hin- doostan, in Aurungabad, 12 or \6 m. E. of Bombay, which is a place of considerable trade, and a mart for great numbers in the Interior, who bring their produce to market, sometimes from the distance of 300 miles, and carry back Euro- pean articles, chumens. At the commencement of 1823, there were 1248 negroes under their care, 775 of whom were communicants ; 80 had united with the church during the prece4ing year, and since then many have participated Christian ordinances. . Mo^t of the negroes walk worthy of their profession. In the vicinity of Paramaribo, the missionaries occupy several stations, and visit various est&tes, with happy effect ; 895 I 'i'! 1 tl PAR among which are Fairfield, on the Connewyne, Klynehoop, and Mol- koopiOnXhe Cottica. [See SurinamJ] PARRAMATTA, a town in the S. E. part of New South Wales, 25 m< W. of Sydney. It is the second town in the colony, and is situated at tiie head qf Port Jackson har> hour. In 1818, it consisted of one principal street, nearly a mile in lengfth, and contained 1200 inhabi- tants, chiefly inferior traders, arti- ficers, and labourers. The public buildings are a church, an orphan- house, a hospital, and a manufactory, in which female convicts are em- ployed. In 1814, Governor Macquarie founded an institution for the edu- cation and civilization of the na- tives, which has been highly useful. It has been removed about 12 m. from Parramatta. The Rev. S. Marsden, first chap- lain in the colony of N. S. Wales, who has resided here several years, has been very active in the cause of missions. Principally through his instrumentality, a colony of English malefactors, who were more un- likely subjects for Gospel influence than the native inhabitants, have become an orderly and respectable community. [See New South Wales A PASSAMAQUODDY IN- DIANS, about 380 in number, in the state of Maine. Their princi- pal village is at Pleasant Point, in the town of Perry, where they have a Roman Catholic church. They have heretofore resided on the shores of the Schoodiac, and obtained their sustenance by hunt- ing, and taking porpoises and seals. The state has recently made them a grant of 400 dollars to purchase land and agricultural implements. They own a township of 27,000 acres, and are in a good condition to improve, by the attempts made to civilize them. In the early part of PAU 1824, the national government or- dered a school-bouse to be erected for them in Perry, and the Society for Propagating the Gospel among the Indians, engaged to furnish them with a teacher for the season. The Rev. Mr. Kellogg, from the same society, has occasionally visited them, and given them such counsel as their state and character seemed to require. His labours have been highly approved by go. vemment. PATNA, an extensive, popu- lous, commercial, and fortified city, capital of Bahar, Hindoostan; situated on an eminence on the S. side of the Ganges, 11m. from the cantonments of Dinapore, 12 from Digah, and about 320 from Cal- cutta. The European inhabitants reside in the suburbs of Bonhipore, a mile or two W. Patna. E. long. 85" 16', N. lat. 250 37'. It is sup. posed to contain 600,000 inha- bitants. The Rev. T. S. Thomp- son, from the B. M, S., came here in 1812, and laboured with dili- gence and success till about 1819, when he removed to Delhi. He established a school upon the Lan- casterian system, preached in £ng* lish, Bengalee, and Hindostanee, and circulated the Scriptures and tracts in the Hindee, Persian, Ben- galee, and Arabic languages. He also made several long journeys to Benares, Allahabad, Lucknow, and other places, which afforded oppoir- tunities of widely proclaiming the truth, and of distributing the Scrip- tures to multitudes who had never before seen or heard of them. The missionaries at Digah occa- sionally labour here. PAUMOTU ISLANDr, in the S. Pacific ocean, from 7j to lj30 ra. E. Tahiti. Formerly the in- habitants were notorious for abject superstitions, abominable vices, and unrelenting cruelties ; but through the influence of the missionaries at 396 the Society Islands, they have al- most universally renounced idolatry, changed their habits, and, at least in name, become Christians. The language is radically the same as that of Tahiti, but it approaches nearer the Marquesan. Moorea and Terna, native teachers of the L. M. > ., are stationed here. These persons are natives of the Paumotu Islands: they were communicants at fVilks's Harbour, Tahiti ; and, in compliance with their earnest desire, were sent hither on a mission in the early part of 1S22. They are settled on the island Anaa, where, previous to this time, Christianity tiad been generally embraced; and, in every district, a house had been erected for the worship of the true God. PELLA, a station of the L. M. S., Little Namaqualand, S. Africa, S. of the Orange river, and about m m. N. of Cape Town. When Mes rs. Albrecht and Eb- ner were drlvea by a lawless plun- derer from their station at fFarm Bath, they repaired to this place, and called it Fella, because it proved a refuge to the dispersed from Warm Bath, lilce the ancient Pellato the fugitive Christians from Jerusalem. They were followed by 500 of the Namaquas ; and con- tinued to labour here with success, tilllSld. In 1814, more than 60 were added to the church. About this time, several native preachers were sent from Fella to ff^ami Bath, Steinkopff, and other places. After the removal of the first missionaries, the people were in- structed by others, and by cate- chists, and the settlement continued to prosper. The Namaquas amount- ed to about 350, of whom between 60 and 70 made an open profession of Christianity. In the school were nearly 100 children ; a good church was erected; the people possessed about 600 head of cattle, 15 waggons, and about 30 good FER gardens, and were advancing in icnowledge, industry, and civiliza- tion. Excessive droughts have recently compelled the Namaquas belong- ing to this station to remove to the vicinity of the Orange River. A chief, named Gert de Klarlc, has since invited them to remove to Steinkoplf. FENOBSCOT INDIANS, a tribe, principally on Old Town Island,' in the Penobscot River, Maine, 12 m. above Bangor, con- sisting, in 1824, of about 340 souls. These Indians are mostly Roman Catholics, and are poor, degraded, and wretched. In 1730, the So- ciety in Scotland for propagating Christian Knowledge, aided by a grant from the General Court of Massachusetts, supported a mis- sionary to labour for their spiritual good, till 1737, when he was dis- missed for want of success. In March, 1823, a society was formed in Bangor to promote the civilization and the moral and re- ligious improvement of this tribe, which immediately employed Mr. J. Brewer, a graduate from Yale College, to take a school at Old Town Island, which, in a month, contained about 30 children. It continued only a few months, but was resumed in 1824. PERSIA, a country of Asia, whose limits have been various at different periods. Its ancient name was Elam, and its inhabitants were denominated Elamites, as the de- scendants of Elam, the son of Shem ; under which appellation they formed, about the time of Abraham, a powerful state. The limits assigned by nature to Persia are the Persian Gulf and the In- dian Ocean, S ; the R. Indus, E. ; and Oxus,N. E. ; the Caspian Sea, and Mount Caucasus, N. ; and the mountains of Armenia, and the Euphratesand Tigris, W.; extend- ing from about 45*> to 70** E. long., I >i M 397 %M %-\i *»;.;' / PER and from 25'» to 430 tN. lat. The provinces of Georgia, Daghestan, and Shirvan, between the Caspian and Black Seas, to about 40° N. lat., are now subject to Russia. The wandering tribes to the E. are governed by their own Khans, who merely pay a military service to the King of Persia when re- quired. In this way, it is sup- posed, the present King might col- lect a force of 150,000 men. The government is monarchical. The king is absolute master of the lives and property of his subjects. In 1816, 8 of his sons were gover- nors in as many principalities. Teheran is the capital. Estimates of the population of Persia are founded on corjecture, and are very various. It probably does not exceed 10,000,000, though some have supposed it to be 20,000,000. The general charac- teristics of the people are mildness and gentleness, with a very consi- derable degree of refinement. Though the Mahomedan religion prevails, they have long been satis- fied with a lax system of faith, inso- much that the I'urks and Arabs call thom heretics. In addition to this, a class of infidel Mahomedans is rising up, called Soofies, or Free Thinkers, supposed to amount to about 100,000, who renounce the system of Islamism, and seem dis- posed to examine the claims of the Christian religion. The rapid in- crease of this sect portends the downfal of Mabomedanism, by principles silently operating in its very bosom, and proves that the thinking part of the community are ripe for a change. There are no missionary esta- blishments in Persia; yet it be- ;gins to be viewed as a field of promise. Like other Mahomedan coun- tries, it has been too long believed to be inaccessible to the eflbrts of Christian enterprise ; but the rea- PER sons, which were powerful in other spheres of Mahomedan influence, never existed in the same force in Persia, and the force which they did possess is much weakened by the extensive circulation of Tracts, and the Persian New Testament translated by the late Rev. Henry Martyn, who is known, even in this country, by the distinctive appel- lation, " that Man of God." In 1811, this devoted and intrepid sol- dier of the cross went almost single handed into the heart of the em- pire, and performed the difficult task of .translatuig the New Testament and the Psalms into the Persian, the vernacular language of 200,000 who bear the Christian name, and which is known over one- fourth of the habitable globe. This may be considered as the commence- ment of the great work of giving the Gospel to the millions of Per- sia, and the time will come, when his memory will be cherished among its natives as the first and great benefactor of their countr)'. His bold and able attack on Islam- ism, during his 12 months' stay at its head-quarters in Shiraz, made an impression on the learned, and produced an effect, which will be held on record, in Persia, to the latest age. The Rev. Mr. Robinson, chap- lain at Poonah, is advancing in the translation of the Old Testament into Persian; and the Kingof Oude has compiled and printed a Persian Dictionary, in 7 folio volumes. Encouraged by the effects already produced, the Scottish M. S. esta* blished, in 1814, a mission at Astrachan, ip Russian Tartary, near the N. W. shores of the Cas- pian, which is exerting a happy in- fluence in Persia. The German M. S. has also appointed several missionaries to enter this field, who, after spending about a year at Astrachan in preparation, set for- ward for Tifflis in their way for S98 PET Shirvan, on the W. shore of the C&spian, in April, 1823. Their names are, Henry Brenz, Augustus Dittrich, and Pelican Zuremba,— all educated at the Basle seminary. PETERSBURG, or ST. PE- TERSBURG, the metropolis of the empire of Russia, in a govern- ment of the same name, and an archbishop's see, with a university. It is seated on the Neva, near the Gulf of Finland, and built partly on some islands formed by the R., and partly upon the coatinent. The ground on which it now stands was avast morass, occupied by a few fishermen's huts. Peter the Great first began this city by the erection of a citadel with six bastions, in 1703 ; be built also a small hut for bimself, and some wooden hovels. In 1710, Count Golovkin built the first house of brick ; and the next year, the Emperor, with his own hands, laid the foundation of a house of the same materials. From these small beginnings arose the imperial city ; and in leas than nine years after the wooden hovels were erected, the seat of empire was transferred to it from Moscow. The inhabitants are computed to be 286,000. The principal (uirch is that of the Holy Virgin of Kasan, named after the province of Kiisan, the first in the empire that embraced Christianity; and i« a beautiful edifice, completed in 1813. There are upwards of 40 more churches appropriated to the national reli- gion, and those of other sects, which are tolerated without any restrictions. Petersburg has a con- siderable trade in exporting the products of the empire, and has a communication by canals and rivers with many of the southern provinces,as far as Astrachan,on the borders of the Caspian sea. It is 425 m. N. W. Moscow, 500 E. by N. Stockholm, and 1000 N. N. E. Vienna. E. long. 30" 19', N. lat. 59»56'. PLA The Rev. Mr. Knill of the L. M, S., has been labouring for several years in this city, not with- out indications of the favour of God and the approbation of good men. PHILIPPOLIS, a station of the L. M. S., S. Africa, (so called from respect to the Rev. Dr. Philip), which was formed a few years since, with the hope of reviving the mission to the Bushmen ; for which purpose Jan Goeyman, a Hottentot teacher, was sent hither, but no dis- cernible success attended his la» hours. As he thought an European missionary would succeed where he failed, Mr. Clark was appointed to this place. An out-station, belonging to it, was, in the course of the year 1828, attacked by a party of plundering Caffres, who, horrible to relate, destroyed no less than 31 Bush people, in order to get possession of their cattle. Mr. C, having re* ceived information of this dreadful catastrophe, proceeded, as soon as he was able, to the spot, and re- moved the survivors to Philippolis. He had previously directed some Hottentots, belonging to the latter place, to pursue the murderers, in order, if possible,' to recover the cattle; in which attempt they com- pletely succeeded. PLAINTAINS, several smaU islands, lying about 40 m. S. E. Freetown, W. Africa; 22 m. from Kent, and 3 W. the main land. They belong to the family of Caulkers, native chiefs in the Sherbro country, V- . long. 12** 18*, N. lat. 7« 54'. The C. M. S. commenced a mis- sion in this place, by means of S. Caulker, schoolmaster. G. Caulker, chief of these islands, was edu- cated in England, and is anxious to introduce Christianity into his native country. He has translated into the Sherbro, which is a dialect of the Bullom, the morning 309 i,ffnt||;. • POI and eveninff services of the United Church, Which have l>een printed by the society fur the benefit of the natives. He has also translated a collection of hymns, Watts's Cate- chism, and a part of the Bible, and is proceeding with the remainder. S. Caulker, a younger brother, was educated in the society's schools, and acted as usher to Mr. Nylander. In 1 823, he had a promising school of 23 scholars, some of whom could read the Bullom and English fluently. They have daily prayers, morning and evening, in a small place of worship, and divine service is performed regularly on the Sabbath by the two brothers. According to the last report, there were in the day school 21 boys, and in the evening school 8 boys and adults, whose progress is fa- vounibly spoken of. POINT PEDRO, a town at the nortliern extremity of tlie district of Jnilna, Ceylon, 21 miles from JnlTnnpatam. E. long. 80° 26', N. lat. 0» 62*. This station of the fV. M. S. is connected with that of Jailha- patam, and is generally supplied witi) preaching. Several schools are connected with it. In 1826, there were, with Jaffna, 70 mem- bc/s in society. [See Jaffna.] POLYNESIA, a term applied to the numerous islands in the Pacific Ocean, including the Pelew, Sandwich, Friendly, Societt/, Mar- f mesas, and several other islands of ess note ; from W. long. 130° to 230°, and N. lat. 36° to S. 50°. POONAH, a populous city of Ilindoustnn, about 75 miles S. E. Uonibay. It is the seat of the late Mahratta power ; but is now subject to the British government in India. The C. K. S. has a depot of hooks at this place, under the care of tiie chaplain, the Rev. Mr. Robinson, who is translating the Old Testament into the Persian PUL language, under the auspices of the S. Prop. G. F. P. This work, in conjunction with the New Testa- ment of the late Rev. H. Martjn, will, it is hoped, be the means of supplying the Mahomedan natives of India, and other parts, with a classical version of the Scriptures in their favourite language. PRINCE EDWARD'S IS- LAND, or St. John, an island on the S. part of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, having New Brunswick on the W. ; Nova Scotia on the S.; and Capr Breton on the E. It is 60 m. long and 30 broad, and exceedingly fertile, with sevetal streams. In 1745, it surrendered, with Cape Breton, to the English, The capital is Charlotte Town. W. long. 62° 50', N. lat. 46»fi0'. The S. Prop. G. F. P. has two missionaries and one catecbist here. PULLICAT, a sea-port town in the Cornatic, Hindoostan, 25 m. N. Madras. E. long. 80° 27', N. lat. 13° 24'. In 1609, the Dutch settled here, and built a fort. It is now the seat of tlieir government on the Coromandel coast. Formerly the missionaries of the r, K. S. laboured here with suc- cess. In the early part of the present century, their communi- cants were about 200. The Rev. J. Kindlinger, from the JV. M. 5., arrived, in 1821, and soon after had 301 Christians under his di- rection, divided according to their languages; 121 Tamul, 110 Portu- guese, and 40 Dutch. The Tamul and Portuguese were baptized in their youth, and had little but the name of Christianity ; hrving been visited by a missionary only once a year, for 23 years. He soon opened a Tnmul and Dutch school with nearly 100 pupils, collected a congregation, and instituted a weekly prnyer-nieeting in Dutch and Tamul. The Rev. Mr. Iron arrived in lUO June, 1823, and has charge of the Dutch department. Since that time, Mr. Kindlinger has preached in Tamul, and has, in general, a numerous native congregation. He has been blessed in his cate- cbisings of the people, and decisive evidence appears that the labours bestowed on the scholars has not been without fruit. PULO PINANG, that is Betel- Hut Islandf called also Prince of fFales's Island, lying off the W. coast of the Malay peninsula, from which, it is separated by a narrow strait. It contains about 160 square miles, was transferred to the East India Company, in 1786, and has a regular government, subordinate only to the Governor General of India. When the British took possession of it, there were only a few miserable flshernien on the coast. The population, according to a census taken up to 3 1st Dec. ]%i5, amounted at that time to nearly 38,000 persons; of whom nearly 14,000 were Malays and Bugguese, and about 7,500€hinese. Since the period mentioned, nu- merous migrations from the sur- rounding countries have raised the population, according to the state- ment of a respectable individual in Pinang, to 65,000. Pinang is divided by a range of mountains, mnning north and south. The Europeans occupy the E.side only. Tbe harbour is capacious, and l&lfords good onchort^o^. A con- siderable tiade is carried on by the E. India Company, and the whole trade of Malacca and the adjacent I islands centres here. Its N. E. point is in E. long. lOO^ lO'. N.lat.6''2y. In January, 1819, the Rev. Mr. Medhitrst, of the L. M. S., who had previously assisted Dr.Milne at Ma- lacca, embarked for Pinang, with I the design of commencingaChinese and Malay mission in that island. Having explained his object to the PUL Governor in council, he was kindly encouraged to commence his ope- rations, and was informed that he might expect from Government an allowance of 20 dollars monthly, towards the expense of the Chinese schools ; and half that sum towaids the support of a Malay seminary. The Chinese residents, also, cheer- fully granted the gratuitous use of one of the temples as a school- room; and a considerable number of religious tracts were accepted by them with readiness, and pe- rused with attention Subsequently to this, the Rev. Messrs. Beighton and luce ar> rived, and other schools were opened. On one occasion, the latter went to witness the great idolatrous festival of Shaou and Tseaou, which is considered as a feast of pure benevolence; being celebrated on the behalf of those poor bereaved spirits who have no relations to mourn for them — to supply them with clothes, money, and other necessaries — to rescue them from Tartarus — and to exalt them to higher and more felicitous regions. On Mr. Ince's arrival at the temple, he found it surrounded by a vast concourse of people, whose general appearance reminded him of the crowds which usually attend a fair in England. On one side of the temple was s laif^e paper idol of a most uncouth forn", and about 14 feet in height, with uncommonly large glass eyes, and painted with various colours. Immediately before this hideous deity was a long table, set out with all kinds of provisions, inter- spersed with small paper idols. At one end of the table were a number of carpets spread on the ground, on which sat half a dozen priests, worshipping theirgod, rhaunting an unintelligible jargon, and bowing themselves to the ground. There were many other smaller paper IdoU, represented as riding on M M 2 401 PUL . . animals of the same material ; and the whole scene was illuminated by a profusion of lanterns and candles. Behind the great idol was a large quantity of pieces of paper, many of which were covered with gold leaf. These papers were burned by the idolaters, under a firm persuasion that they are transforr.ed into money in the world of spirits. Mr. Ince's ex- postulations with the people were in vain ; and on a second visit to the same festival, he observes, ** Thousands of people were assem- bled, and the noises made by the beating of drums, gongs, (fee. were of such a horrid description, that it appeared as if the gates of the lower regions had been thrown open, and all the infernals had i^ued forth at once to terrify mankind. These people spare no , pains nor cost in the worship of tiieir idols; but if they are so zealous in the cause of error, what ought Christians to be in the glorious cause of truth ?" On the 27th of December, 1820, Mr. Medburst, who was then at Pinang, went to . the house of an old man, who had recently died, with the design of improving the solemn event, by addressing the surviving relations. None of these, however, could find leisure to at- tend to him. The body, when laid in the coffin, was dressed in a com- plete suit of new clothes, though the relatives were very poor, and an abundance of gilt paper was kept continually burning near the corpse. After the coffin was nailed down, an incense pot, with eat- ables, was placed before it; and the relatives, beginning with the eldest son, bowed down nine times, with their faces toward the earth, _ before the deceased. The mat and pillows belonging to the late occu- pier of the house were then taken out, tu be thrown away ; and all the friends who hud assisted in the PUL 1 ceremonies washed their hands in oil, in order, as they said, to pre- vent any noxious influence from adhering to them. During the year 1823, the mis- sionaries at Pinang issued proposals for erecting a chapel by subscrip- tion, to be used indiscriminately for Chinese, Malay, and English worship. The foundation stone was laid on the 11th of June, and in the course of the ensuing sum- mer the chapel was opened and at- tended by large and respectable congregations. In 1826, Mr. Jnce was oalled to the bonoors tlmi await the faithful labourer. The following particulars of the mission are those roost recently given : — Malay Schools. — These schools have been increased to 6, of which 6 are for boys and I for girls. The number of the former on the school- register is 127, of the latter 38; making a total of 165. Mr. Belgti* ton founds much of his hope of use- fulness among the Mohamedans, in many of whom a decline of pre- judice is perceptible, on thirCbris- tian instruction disseminated bj means of the native schools. Idalajf fVorthip. — On every Sab- btLth morning the missionary ex- plains the doctrines of the Gospel to a small congregation of Ma- lays, partly consisting of the teachers and scholars belonging to the schools. In the after- noon, he visits one or other of the schools, and gives an exhorta- tion to the children, and to such adults as may attend from the Im- mediate vicinity. Of the adult Malays who hear the Gospel, se- veral of whom appear to make pro- gress in the knowledge of the Scrip- tures, the number is increasing. Some who privately acknowledge the divine authority of the New Testament, fear to avow their con- viction openly. Englinh fy'wthip. — A. lectun>, 402 PUT preached by Mr. B. at the cb(^>el, on Sabbath evenings, is attended by several of the more respectable Europeans of the settlement. This ,^er 7ice, which has proved very use- fu; to individuals, tends generally to keep alive an interest in favour of the mission. A church was formed on the 11th of July, 1826. Among its members are a gentle- man and lady, residents in Pinang, who have lately renounced popery. The state of religion, generally, among the European residents, when compared with what it was 7 years ago, exhibits proofs of de- cided and gratifying improvement. In 1816, a Bible Society was formed in connexion with the Cal- cutta Bible Sociey, under the pa- tronage of the Governor and cotn- mandants. PUTAW ATOMIES, or Pot- tawc*t(i , a tribe of about 3600 In dispersed in Indiana, Illinois. . xvlichigan. The Rev. Isaac M'Coy, while an itinerating missionary from the American B. M. S.f was instrumental of much good amoi ibis people. In two villages, niuiy of the inhabitants were persuaded to abandon intern* perance, and regularly to observe family worship. An establishment has recently been formed, for the improvement of this tribe, in the Michigan territory, by the Govern- ment of the United Stales, and the Baptist Beard of Foreign Missions. PUTHUPETT, a village of collers, or thieves, wbo became Christianized, principally through the instrumentality of Mr. Swartz. They are occasionally visited by missionaries. Q. ' QUILON, or Coulan, a sen- port of Travancore, Ilindoostan,, 88m.N.W.of CapeComorin. The |)opulation was formerly estimated nt 100,000, and latterly at 80,000. A station was commenced here by "RAI the L. M. S. in 1821, and the Rer. Messrs. Smith and Crow, and ae- veral native readers, laboured with much zeal and energy. The num- ber of schools under their superm- tendence, in 1826, was 8 ; that, of scholars, including 15 girls, who also received Christian instruction, 363 ; and all of them were in a prosperous state. About this tlfoe Mr. S. was obliged, on account of ill health, to return home ; and Mr. C, whose constitution was also un- able to bear the climate of India, arrived in England, Dec. 13, 1826. On bis departure from Quilon, the mission was placed under the super- intendence of Mr. Ashton, assistant missionary from Nagercoil. He has collected a native congregation, consisting of about 20 persons, who assemble every Sabbath afternoon, when a service is performed, in which he is assisted by the reader, Rowland Hill. The readers, beside visiting the bazars and other places of public resort, itinerate in tiie neighbouring villages. The native schools, which con- tain about 300 children, are in an improving state. R» . ...lU:' "B* «")'■- RAIATEA, sometimes called UUetea, one of the Society Islands, in the S. Pacific Ocean, about W. long. 1510 30', S. lat. 10« 60*; 30 m. S. W. Huahin^, and 60 in circuit, with many good har- bours, coittaining about 1300 inha- bitants. This island was formerly the chief seat of idolatry, and the source of all political authority to this group. Human sacrifices were brought hither from all the neigh- bouring isiandiv and oftered to Ore, the god of w".- ; and here the now Christian Pri ce, Tamatoa, wa« once prayed to as a deity. The Rev. L. E. Threlkeld and John Williams, from the L. M. S.t removed from Eimeo, and settled, 403 ! I m RA! Sept. 1818, on the W. coast, in the midst of n forest, wkare scarcely a habitation stood. In 1823, a beautiful town had been built, extending about 2 m. along the margin of a bay, having several bridges over streams which fal ito the bay. In the centre is a I. uapel, 156 feet by 44, in which 1000 persons usually assembled for Christian instruction. Agriculture p.uJ the mechanical arts have been introduced by the missionaries with happy efiect; but the triumph of the cross most bd ro^rded as one of the most signal ever achieved since the world began, .^'ot a ves- tige of idolatry remains. In tracing the introduction of Christianity into this island, we are carried back to 1809, when a few of the natives were in- structed at Eimeo. In 1816, the Rev. C. WiL«on, missionary at Fimeo, and Pomarre, late King of Tahiti, were providentially cast upon this island, and obliged to re- main for some time. Mr. W. em- braced the opportunity of preaching tiib> Gospel to the natives, while Pomarre employed all his influence to induce them to abandon their idols and embrace the truth. Suc- cess attended their united efforts ; and the King, with his chiefs and people, avowed themselves Chris- tians. Immediately they desisted from offering human sacrifices, from idolatrous worship and infanticide ; b^ilt places for Christian worship ; but knew little of the Gospel ex- cept the name, and continued in the indulgence of every evil desire, till a/ter the settlement of the mis- sionaries among them. In 1823, the Deputation thus wrote concerning the religious state of the people: — " With much satisfaction, we witnessed the baptism of \60 penons in one day, making the number of baptized about 1100; leaving a remainder of persona in RAr the island, uubaptized, about 2OO4 In examining the ruined niorais, or temples at Opoa, we could hardly realize the idea that 6 or 7 years ago they were all in use ; and were rather inclined to imagine these the ruins of some wretched idolatry, which had suffered its overthrow 15 or 20 centuries ago. In look- ing over the large congregation, and in seeing so many decent and respectable men and women, all conducting themselves with the greatest decorum and propriety, we have often said to' ourselves, * Can these be the very people who par- ticipated in the horrid scenes which we have heard described ?— nay, the very people who murdered their children with their own hands; who slew and offered human sacri- ftfus, who were the very perpetra* tors of all these indescrib'*ble abo- minations ? To realize the fact is almost impossible. But, though 6 or T years ago they acted as if under the immediate and unre- strained influence of the most ma- lignant demons that the lower regions could send to torment the world, we view them now in their houses, in their various meetings, and in their daily avoca- tions, and behold them clothed, and in their right minds.* " On the subject of the instruction enjoyed by the natives, in con- nexion with the Raiatean mission, the deputation observe — " All the people, both adults and children, who are capable of it, are in a state of school instruction. Many of the men and women, and not a few of the children, can read, fluently and with accuracy., those portions of the sacred Scriptures which have been translated, and of course all the elementary books ; the rest read in one or other of these elementary books; many can write, and several cypher. Such is the state of thini^s, und such is the system of improvement 404 RAI that Is now' In operation, tba^ not a single child or grown person can remain in this island unable to read. The children, comprising S60 boys and girls, assemble ever>' morning at sunrise for instruction in a large bouse erected for the purpose; while tbe adults assemble at the same time in the chapel, Saturday and Sabbath mornings excepted, to read and re- peat their catechisms. After the school hours are over, which is about 8 o'clock, they go to their several occupations for the day." Of the progress of civilization in Raiatea, they give the following account : — " Around the settlement, in both the valleys, the ground is enclosed, to a great extent, with bamboo fences. In these enclosures, which are of different dimensions, tobacco and sugar-canes are planted ; and both tobacco and sugar the people have learnt to prepare for tbe mar- Icet. The specimens which we hove seen of both were of tlie best :iu>ility, and, we conceive, cannot be exceeded by similar productions in any country. Both grow here in great luxuriance. The tobacco pnxluces three or four crops in the year ; sugur something more than one. The people have also learnt to make salt from sen-water, by boiling it in large iron pans : that we have seen is equal to the best English salt. Here is not only a sugar-mill, but also a smithy ; and some of the natives do common jobs, such as making hinges, (fcc. very well. Most of the men can work at carpentry; and we have seen some chairs and other articles, made by them, which have greatly surprised us. In fact, they begin to emulate the missionaries -in their modes of living, and are anxious to possess every article of furniture which is necessary to enable them to live in the English style." Since that time prosperity has attended the various effbrts that RAI have been made. Several portions of tbe Scriptures, and other works have been translated. The members of the church ra- pidly increase, and their conduct continues to be as becometh tbe Gospel. During the year 1826, T or 8 native Christians in Raiatea died happily in the Lord, among whom was Tahitoe, one of the principal chiefs. The school contai.is 400 scholars. Mr. Williams has trans> laled into Tahitian the Assembly's Shorter Catechism, and has in hand a translation of the Prophecy of Isaiah. The cocoa-nut oil contributed by the members of the Raiatean auxiliary society, for the year 1825-6, has been sold for 300/. sterling, of which sum 30/. was subscribed by the children belong- ing to the schools of the station. [See Society Islands.] RAIVAfVAI, a group of islands in the S. Pacific Ocean, at conitl- derable distance from each other, viz. : Raivaivai,Rarotm,Rimatttra, Ruiui, Rurutu, and Tupuai. The inhabitants resemble those of Ta* hiti, and speak a similar language. Till recently they were ignorant of God, gross idolaters, and ad- dicted to crimes common to such a state of ignorance and super- stition. But the change produced calls alike for wonder and gratitude. The Rev. Mr. Davles, of the L.'M. S., arrived at Raivaivai,where 3 native teachers labours, on the 4thof February, 1826. On the fol- lowing morning, it being tbe Sab- bath, he attended an early prayer- meeting, and found a tolerably large congregation assembled. The worship was conducted by two of the natives of the island (one of them the son of a chief), each of whom read a chapter in the Gos- pels and prayed. The congrega- tion that assembled in tbe forenoon consisted of from 900 to 1000: 400 RAN many fiom the opposite side of the island having returned home, the congregation in the afternoon was much smaller. In the school he found 17 of the natives capable of reading in the Tahitian Gospels. During his visit he preached three times to the natives ; held a meet- In- win the baptized adults, in > l^ f i22 ; and admitted 17 can- c'idattis, after due examination, into church-fellowship. [See Ri»iatara, Rurutu, Tapuai.) RANGOON, a fortified city, and chief port of the Burman Empire, on a branch of the Irrawaddy, 30 m. from its mouth, and 670 S. E. Calcutta. E. long. 96» 0*, N. lat. 26» 48'. Population 30,000, of va- rious nations. Having long been the asylum for insolvent debtors from difierent settlements of India, it is crowded with foreigners of desperate fortunes, who carry on a small trade. The Exchange exhi- bits a motley assemblage of mer- chants, of Malabars, Moguls, Per- sians, Parsees, Armenians, Portu- guese, and French, who are per- mitted to enjoy the most liberal toleration in their various religious creeds. It is the only port in the empire where Europeans have been allowed to trade. In January, 1807, the Rev. Messrs. Chater and Mardon, from the B. M. S., having consented to undertalce an ext>iGrrvtory visit, arrived at Rangoon, and were re- ceived in the most friendly man- ner by some English gentlemen, to whom they had been recommended by a friend at Calcutta. They ^ere also treated with great c'.vility by the Shawbundar, or In- tendant of the port, and by one of the Catholic priests, who resided in the vicinity of the town. On the 23d May they returned to Seram- pore, and expressed their most san- guine hopes of the establishment of a mission. Mr. Mardon, however, having subsequently declined the RAN undertaking, on the plea of HI. health, Mr. Felix Carey volunteered his services, and was chosen his successor. In November, Messrs. Chater and Carey, with their fami- lies, left Serampore, with appro* priate, affectionate, and faithful instructions, and the most fervent prayers ; and shortly after his ar- rival, Mr. C, who had previously studied medicine at Calcutta, in- troduced vaccination into Burmab, and after inoculating several per- sons in the city, was sent for by the Viceroy, and, at his order, perform- ed the operation on 3 of his chil- dren, and on 6 other persons of the family. The missionaries and their fami- lies were for some time involved in considerable difficulty, for want of a suitable habitation, and also of bread ; in consequence of whici) the health of Mrs. Chater an J Mrs. Carey was so seriously affected, that they were obliged to return to Serampore about the middle of May, 1809. The medical skill of Mr. Carey procured him, however, higli repu- tation among the Burmans, and also some influence with the Vice- roy. A dwelling-house for the missionaries, and a place of worship, were erected at Rangoon ; and a handsome sum was subscribed by the merchants residing in the neigh- bourhood, towards the expense. But towards the end of 1 809, Mr. Chater remarks, " So little inclina- tion towards the things of God was evinced, even by the European inhabitants, that though the new chapel had been opened for wor- ship on 3 successive Siibbaths, not an individual residing in the place came near it." At the same time he describes the aspect of affairs m very gloomy and discouraging, from the Burman government being em- broiled in hostilities with the Sia- mese, and the country being In consequence involved in confusion. 400 RAN Soon afterwards the whole town of Rangoon, excepting a few huts and the houses of the two principal o£Bcers, was completely burnt down ; and the capital of the empire shared a similar fate. It is stated by a British captain, who happened to be there at the time, that 40,000 bouses were destroyed ; and before be came away, it was ascertained that no fewer than 250 persons had lost their lives. It seems to have been the worlc of an incendiary, as the flames burst out in several parts of the city at the same time. The fort, the royal palaces, the palaces of the princes, and the public build- ings, were all laid in ashes. The general appearance of things now became worse and worse ; and in the summer of 1811, Mr. Chater remarks — " The country is com- pletely torn to pieces, as the Mugs and Kachmurs have revolted and cut off the Burman governme^.t; and the Burmans themselves are forming large parties vm<' the difierent princes. Rangoon' jreat- ened, and will most likely be at- tacked, though probably not till after the rainy season." Soon after this, Mr. Chater relinquished his station at Rangoon, and pitched at Columbo, in Ceylon, as the scene of his future labours. Mr. Carey, now left alone, was busily employed in translating the Scriptures into the Burman lan- guage, till th-3 autumnof 1812, when he visited Serampore, in order to put one or two of the Gospels to press, and to consult with his father and brethren respecting the mis- sion. A^ the end of November he mlurned with a very promising col- league, named Kerr, but who, in less than 12 months, was cotnpelled by declining health to go back to Serampor<). The differences with the Siamese having been adjusted, and the Burman government re- established, Mr.Carey was ordered, in the summer of 1813, to proceed RAN to the court of Ava, for the purpose of inoculating some of the royal family, by whom he was received with many marks of peculiar dis> tinction. Unhappily, however, though Mr. Carey lost his wife and bis children, — the family being wrecked on their way to Bengal, to obtain a new supply of virus by order of the King, he was so en- snared on his return to Ava, as to accept the appointment of ambas- sador to Calcutta, for tiie purpose of arranging some differences which existed between the two govern- ments. Thither he proceeded, and lived in a style of Oriental magni- ftcence : but his connexion with the Burman government was of short duration ; and after having been subsequently employed by an east- ern Raj ah,he returned to Serampore, where he was engaged in trans- lating and compiling various literary works till the time of his death. The superintendence of the mission \vas, in the mean time, transferred to others, of whom some account will shortly be given. In 1810, the Rev. Messrs. Prit- chett and Brain, from the L. M. 5., proceeded to the Burman Empire, but the valuable life of the latter was suddenly terminated soon after his arrival. It was the wish of hte colleague to continue there, and if possible to proceed, as was origi- nally intended, to Ava, the capital, to commence a mission; but the distracted state of the country, owing to the war with the Siamese, rendered it absolutely impractica- ble. Rangoon seemed to be the only place in which a missionary could reside with safety ; and as 2 of the Baptist brethren continued at that station, and Mr. Pritchett was earnestly requested by the missionaries at Vizegapatam, who greatly needed his assistance, to come to them, he judged it his duty to comply with their wishes. The Rev. A. and Mrs. Judson, 40T 'r li ! i!! %i im i RAN from ihe A. B, B. F. M., arrived at Rangoon in J 813, and found a home at the mission house erected by Mr. Chater. The aspect of affairs at that period was truly discouraging. Mr. and Mrs. J. applied themselves with much assiduity to the study of ; the language, soon after their arrival, and found it attended by many difficulties; they succeeded, however, in preparing a catechism, and also a summary of Christian doctrines, which the present of a press and types from the Serampore brethren enabled them subsequently to print, by the assistance of Mr. Hough, who with Mrs. J^. joined them, October \5, 1S16. Finding after this that they had paper suffi- cient for an edition of 800 copies of St. Matthew's Gospel, they com- menced, in 1817, this important work, as introductory to a larger edition of the wholeNewTestament. Mrs. J. was, also, able to collect from 15to20females on the Sabbath, who were attentive while she read and explained the Scriptures ; and 4 or 6 children committed the catechism to memory, and often repeated it to each other. In De- cember, 1822, Mr. J., for the reco- very of his health, and hoping to obt 1 the assistance of one of the Arrakanese lately converted at Chittagong, took a voyage to sea. Sdl^ after his departure, some cir- cumstances occurred which threat- ened the destruction of the mission ; but, happily, the evil was averted. Not till July, however, did any in- telligence arrive respecting Mr. J. The captain of the vessel in which he sailed stated, on his return, that he was not able to make Chitta- gong ; that after being tossed about in the bay for 3 months, he made Masulipatam, a port north of Madras, on the coast ; and that Mr. J. left the ship immediately for Madras, hoping to find a pas- sage home from thence. About a month atier, he reached Rangoon ; RAN previously to which, Mr. and Mrs. Hough had sailed for Bengal, and in four or five weeks Messrs Col- man and Wheelock arrived as co- adjutors. A piece of ground was now purchased, and a place of wor- ship was erected. On April 4tb, 1819, Mr. J. says— "To-day the building of the Zayat being suffi- ciently advanced for this purpose, I called together a few people who live around us, and commenced public worship in the Burman lan- guage. I say commenced, for though I have frequently read and discoursed to the natives, I have never before conducted a course of exercises which deserved the name oi public worship, according to the usual acceptation of that phra$e among Christians; and though 1 began to preach the Gospel as soon as I could speak intelligibly, I have thought it hardly becoming to apply the term preaching (since it has acquired an appropriate meaning in modern use) to my imperfect, desultory exhortations and conver- sations. The congregation, to-day, consisted of fifteen persons only, besides children. Much disorder and inattention prevailed, most of them not having been accustomed to attend Burman worship. May the Lord gprant his blessing on attempts made in great weakness and uiider great disadvantages, and all the glory will be His." After Mr. Judson had thus com- menced public preaching, Mrs. J. resumed her female meetings, which were given up, from the scattered state of the Burmans around them, at the time of their government difficulties. They were attended by thirteen young married women. One of them said, she appeared to herself like a blind person just i)e- ginning to see. And another affirmed that she believed in Christ, prayed to him daily, and asked what else was necessary to make her a real disciple of Christ? «I 408 RAN told her/' says Mrs. J, " she must not only say that she believed in Christ, but must believe with all her heart." She again asked what were some of the evidences of be« lieving with the heart ? I told her the mannerof life would be changed; but one of the best evidences sh& could obtain, would be, when others came to quarrel with her, and use abusive language, if, so far from retaliating,she felt a disposition to bear with, to pity, and to pray for, them. The Burman women are particularly given to quarrel- ling ; and, to refrain from it, would be a most decided evidence of a change of heart. About this time the missionaries had some interesting visitors ; among whom were Moung Nau, described as thirty-five years old — no family — middling abilities —quite poor — obliged to work for his living, — ^who came,day after day, to hear IJbe truth; Moung Shway Oo, a young man of pleasant ex- terior and of good circumstances, ftnd Moung Shway Doan. On the 6th of June the following letter, which Moung Nau had written of bis own accord, was read and con- sidered : — "I, Moung Nau, the constant recipient of your excellent favour, approach your feet. Whereas my Lo d's three have come to the country of Burmah, not for the purpose of trade, but to preach the religion of Jesus Christ, the son of the Eternal God, I, having heard and understood, am, with a joyful mind, filled with love. « I believe that the Divine Son, Jesus Christ, suiTered death, in the place of men, to atone for their sing. Like a heavy laden man, I feel my sins are very many. The punishment of my sins I deserve to suffer, Since it is so, do you. Sirs, consider, that I, taking refuge in the merit of the Lord Jesus Christ, and receiving baptism in order to become his disciple, shall dwell, RAN one with yourselves, a band of bro- thers, in the happiness of heaven, and (therefore) grant me the ordi- nance of baptism. f At the time of writing this, not having heard much of baptism, he seems to have ascribed an undue efficacy to the ordinance. He after- wards corrected his error; but the translator thinks it most fair and impartial to give the letter Just as it was written at first.] " It is through the grace of Jesus Christ, that yon. Sirs, have come, by ship, from one country and con- tinent to another, and that >V9 have met together. I pray my Lord's three, that a suitable day may be appointed, and that I may receive the ordinance of baptism. " Moreover, as it is only since I met with you. Sirs, that I have known about the Eternal God, I venture to pray, that you will still unfold to me the religion of God, that my old disposition may be de- stroyed, and my new disposition improved.*' The missionaries having been for some time satisfied concerning the reality of his religion, voted to re- ceive him into church fellowship ; and, on the following Sabbath, Mr. Judson remarks, " After the usual course, I called him before me, read, and commented on an appro- priate portion of Scripture, asked him several questions concerning hxsfaith, hope, and love, and made the baptismal prayer ; having con- cluded to have all the preparatory exercises done in the Zayat. We then proceeded to a large pond in the vicinity, the bank of which is graced with an enormous image of Gaudama, and there administered baptism to the first Burman con- vert. This man was subsequently employed by the missionaries as a copyist, with the primary design of aftbrding him more ample in- struction. In November, 2 other Burmanii,— Moung Byaay, a man N N 400 'i . ' ' fm\ l!|i i):| RAN who, with his famiiy, had lived near them for some time, had regularly at- tended worship, had learned to read, though 60 years old, and a remark- ftbly moral character ; and M oung Thahlah, who was superior to the generality, had read much more, and had been for some time under instruction, — applied by means of very interesting statements for bap- tism, which was administered by their particular request at sun-set, November 7, and a few days after, the 3 converts held the first Burman prayer-meeting at the Zayat of their own accord. , In the midst of these pleasing circumstances, Mr. Wheelock,who had long been unwell, left Rnn&;oon, and soon afterwards died ; and so Violent a spirit of persecution arose, that the Zayat was almost de- serted, and Mr. Judson and Mr. Colman determined on presenting a memorial to the young King. A$ the Emperor cannot be approached without a present, the missionaries resolved to offer one appropriate to their character— the Bible, in 6 volumes, covered with gold leaf, in Burman style, each volume being enclosed in a rich wrapper. After un anxious and perilous voyage, they obtained an intro- duction to the King, surrounded by splendours exceeding their ex- pectation, when, after a long con- ference, Moung Zah, the private minister of state, interpreted his Toyal master's will in the following terms : — " In regard to the objecfi of your petition, his Majesty gives no order. In regard to your sacred books, bis Majesty has no use for them : take them away.'* After a temporary revival of their hopes, the missionaries found that th? po- licy of the Burman govern.nent, in regard to the toleration of any foreign religion, is precisely the same with the Chinese ; that it is quite out of the question, whe- ther any of the subjecti of the RAN Emperor, who embrace a religion different from his own, will be exempt from punishment ; and that they, in presenting a petition to that effect, had been guilty ^f a most egregious blunder— an un- pardonable oitence. In February, they returned to Rangoon, and after giving the three disciples a full understanding of the dangers of their condition, found, to their great delight, that they appeared advanced in zeal and enei^y ; and vied with each other in trying to explain away difficulties, and to convince the teachers that the cause was not quite desperate. After much consideration it was, subsequently, resolved that Mr. Colman should proceed imme- diately to Chittagong, collect the Arrakanese converts, who speak a language similar to the Bunnan, and are under the government of Bengal, and form a station, to which new missionaries might first repair, and to which his fellow- labourers should flee with those of the disciples who could leave the country, if it should be rendered rash and useless to continue at Rangoon ; and that Mr. and Mrs. J. should remain there, in case circumstances should prove more propitious. Private worship was now resumed in the Zayat, the front doors being closed ; but shortly afterwards it was abandoned, and a room previously occupied by Mr. Colman, who died soon after his arrival at Chittagong, was appropriated to this purpose. Inquirers increased, notwithstand- ing surrounding difficulties and prospective sufferings, and live per- sons were baptized. Among these were Mah Men-lay, the* principal j one of Mrs. J.'s female company, and Moung Shway-gnong, a teacher of considerable distinction, who appeared on his first acquaintance with the missionaries to be half deist and half sceptic, and who 410 ' RAN had for « long time ettgaged in disputation with them. A sixth was added to this sacred commu* nity, after the missionaries had visited Bengal in consequence of the distressing state of Mrs. J.'s iiealth. Mr. J. now proceeded, assisted by MouiMf Shway-gnong, in the revision of those parts of the New Testament which had been trans lated but not printed ; and recom RAN mitted, though under difficult cir- cumstances, to minister in some degree to the wants of her suffer- ing husband. At the close of the war she returned with him to Ran- goon ; from wlience, in the latter part of June, 1826, with a view to the formation of a new mis- sionary station, they proceeded to Amherst Town^ — a place which had I lieen selected for the site of a new menced occupying the Zayat. | town, but at that time a wilder Mah Myat-lay, sister of Mah Men-lay, was baptized; and on July 8, the first Christian marriage was performed between persons of pure Burman extraction. Mrs. J.'s malady increasing, she was compelled, in August, to em- bark for Bengal on her way to America, and her husband was lelt at Rangoon alone. Two attempts were made upon the life of Moung Shway-gnong, but, providentially, be escaped. Moung Thahlah, the second convert, expired after an illness of 19 hours. Three more persons were baptized. Mr. J. was much refreshed by the arrival of Dr. and Mrs. Price ; but his ex- pectations of finishing the New Testament without interruption were blasted by the arrival of an order from the King, summoning Dr. P. to Ava, on account of his medical skill ; and on August 83^ he left Rangoon with the Dr., hoping by his means to gain ftome footing in the capital and the pa> lace. Mr. Hough superintended the mission in the interim. In Dec. 1823, Mrs. J. returned, and proceeded with Mr. J., who had during her absence been making preparations for that purpose, to Ava. In the May following, the war broke out between the Bengal and Burmese governments, and during the greater part of its con- tinuance, Mr. Judson was ronfined in prison and chains, at and in the vicinity of Ava; Mrs. J., however, remained at liberty, and was per- ness, with the exception of a few bamboo huts, erected for the aC'^ commodation of part 6f a regiment of sepoys and a few natives. Hav- ing left Mrs. J. in this place as comfortable as circumstances would permit, Mr. J. returned to Ran- goon, and proceeded with the envoy to Ava, as interpreter. Mrs. Judson, as soon as was practicable, commenced a native school, which consisted, at the time of her illness, of about 10 pupils. But after an in- termittent fever of nearly a month's continuance, this excellent and de- voted woman closed her eyee in death, in the absence of her affec- tionate and zealous husband. Other labourers have since been sent by the Board to Burmab, and in their last report the fol- lowing general view of the hope^ and prospects of the mission is given : — " In view of all the circum- stances connected with the late war in Burmah, and the conse- quences resulting from it, the Board feel justified in expressing their belief, that it has widened the sphere of their labours incal- culably ; end rendered the pros- pect of success on the part of their missionaries far greater than be- fore, particularly within the con- quered provinces. They may now have free access to'the people with- out fear, and employ all the means of instruction within their reach ; they may preach, and establish schools in which the principles of 411 I '# ■s:^': RAP Cbristianity shall be taught; the natives may also inquire, read the Scriptures, hear the; Gospel, and embrace it, without . being sub- ject to penalty or oppression. Here- tofore it has been otherwise : wlien the missionaries preached, it was with caution; and when the people wished to hear and converse on religion, they were often de- terred by the certain displeasure of their rulers. If, then, some- thing was accomplished for the cause of Christ uiuier former dis- advantages, how much more may be anticipated, now these hind- rances are removed ! Divine Pro- vidence has committed this field of labour to the American Baptists ; and it now calls on them, in a most impressive manner, for increased and vigorous exertions, as several new stations ought soon to be com- menced and supported." [See Ar^ racan and Burman Empire. ] RAPA, or OPORO, one of the Society Islands. S. lat. 270 £0^, W. long. 144'>. In July, lS2d, the Snapper cut- ter, belonging to the chief Tati, and commanded by Capt. J. Shout, sailed for the Paumotus, with in- struction, if wind and circumstances would permit, to call at Rapa, and to endeavour to ascertain the state of the island, and the disposition of its inhabitants. On the 13th of September, 1826, Captain Shout returned to Tahiti, and informed Mr. Davies, that when he arrived off Rapa, a few of the natives, in the first instance, came on boa >-nut grove, spreading a wide and me< lancholv shade over the mouldering ruins of churches, monasteries, and other splendid edifices- once the superb mansions of a Christian people, but now inhabited only by loathsome reptiles. , Within 2 m. of the same spot, the ruins of Ma- homedan fortifications, temples, seraglios, monuments, ice, shew that in some former periods another empire must have existed, flourish- ed, and then vanished away. The inhabitants are mostly Hindoos, with a few Jews, and a small rem- nant of Roman Catholics. This was formerly the residence of St. Francis Xavier, who removed to Gon in 1640. The American misaioTiaries at Bombay have devoted much time to the distributing of books and tracts, and to oUier labo!);«, f"- the benefit of the people in tbi* 414 aries at cb time oks and )«,»•.«, fn in tliU 14 RED town and its vicinity. In 1818, they established a school at Rawa> dunda> more particularly for Jewish children, which consisted of 84 scholars in 1824, more than 30 of whom were Jews. The mission- aries have named this the Andwer School, 60 dollars having been con- tributed by benevolent individuals in Andover, Massachusetts, for the support of a Jewish school under their direction. (See BombaV'] RED RIVER SETTLEMENT, a trading establishment of the Hud- son's Bay Company, on Red River, about 60 m. S. of its entrance into Ittlce Winnipeg, which is defended by Fort Douglas. It was formed in 1818, and contains about 700 settlers, besides Canadians and balf-bi '^ed, who are very numerous. W. long. 98«, N. lat. 40» 40*. In 1830, the Rev. John West, chaplain to the Company, oiTered bis services to establish schools among the numerous tribes of In- dians in the Company's territor}', and the C. M. S. placed 100/. at his disposal for the purpose. He immediately opened a school in the settlement, and found the Indians willing to commit their children to his care and instruction. A school house, 00 feet by 20, was after- wards erected, which is also used 88 a place of worship. The success of Mr. W.'s attempt encouraged the society to send other labourers to bis aid, that he might have op- portuuity to adopt similar measures for the instruction of tbe natives in the vicinity ; and the North West luid Hudson's Bay Companies are di«posed to render every practicable assistance to this benevolent enter- prize. Another church has since l)een provided, and schools have been opened. In tbe midst of much outward 'iistress, it appears, from tbe mis- *ionaries' accounts, that their mi- mtty has been attended by many encouraging circumstances. The Sunday services at both churches. RED and the prayer-meeting at Image Plain, in the week, are well at- tended. << Ihave had," says Mr. Jones, in Dec. 1825, " several conversations with a female native Indian of this colony, in regard to her partaking the Lord's Supper. She'has been most assiduous in the use of tbe means for a long time ; and her knowledge of divine things has been increasing so rapidly, as to become a striking proof of the gra- cious and efficient teaching of tlie Holy Spirit. She came to-day again with her half-breed daughter, wno is also determined to forsake the world and follow Christ. I could not help shedding tears of joy at tbis additional proof of divine approbation ailbrded to my labours. Tfiit is the first real Indian who has become a communicant. " Last fall, an Indian came to the settlement for tbe benefit of medical assistance, having had his hand shattered by the bursting of a gun. He is a very extraordinary man — his inquiries concerning our religion manifest a degree of intel- ligence, which would make him shine as a light in the world, if illuminated by the Gospel. He i* particularly anxious to learn all that he can before he returns to his wilds in the spring, in order, as he says, to make his * friends and chil- dren more wise.' " The half-breed young woman just mentioned, told me to-day, that she does all that she can to in- struct him, but finds it very difficult to explain herself to him in ttie Indian language on particular sub- jects. She said, ' I was never so anxious to speak well to him as I WHS this morning; and never made a worse hand of it : my sister and I both tried, again and again, but could not get on well at all.' ' My young friend,' said I, ' what were you so anxious to tell him of?' She replied, ' I was endeavouring to tell him what the Saviour suffered 416 I I Hi 1^ m RED for him, «nd why it wMHeciMmr^ that he should suflfer as He did, in order to save sinners.' I encoa- rage they will be heard." The distress occasioned by the severity of the weather, was in- creased by a destructive iimnda- tlon from the beginning of Miij till the middle of June, in th*> course of which nearly every hoiise was swept away, and the country laid under water as far as the eyo could reach. The missionar)ei<, in | common with the re^t of the inha- bitants, were obliged, for about n I month, to leave their dwellinfj^hlch was accountable for their salaries. They soon obtained a school of 150 pupils, from the rude mass of people in the settlement ; but, in 417 I I tm\ REG 1 81 7, there were only 12 commu- nicants, and very few attended public worship. In 1821, about one-fourth of the whole population were in commu- nion, and about one-half were in the habit of att '.' ling morning and evening praye-s in the church ; besides which, the communicants regularly condrctea family worship. An English captain, who visited the town in 181T and 1821,writes— " In contrasting its then condition with the present, I must confess a just description cannot be given without the appearance of exaggeration. The change is so visible, that no sceptic, however hardened, but must confess the hand of the Lord hath done it.'' About the middle of 1822, the communicants had increased to 375 ; and in the spring of 1823, they amounted to 450. The whole body of the people formed one indus- trious and happy community; the authority of the word of God, in connexion with Christian disci- pline^ almost entirely superseded the necessity of human laws ; all relics of former superstitions were banished, and flagrant vice and pro- faneness were almost entirely un- known. In 1818, a society was formed for the relief of the sick, and an Aux- iliary Missionary Society. The contributions to the latter amounted, in 1823, to upward of 1 150 dollars ; and to both, during one year, they have exceeded 500 dollars. In 1823, the schools embraced 1052 pupils. The Christian Institution, esta- blished at Leicester Mountain, was removed to this place, in 1820, with the design of rendering it a fieml- nary, in which the most promising youths in the colony may be edu- cated for schoolmasters and mis- sionaries to their different tribes- The Rev. Mr. Johnson Jied, May 3, 1823, much estet^raod and REG lamented by the community around him, and especially by multitudes of the once wretched and degraded sons and daughters of Africa, whom he was the instrument of bringing out of darkness into marveUous light. Various labourers have since that period been employed at this place, but the trials that have arisen invest it with a deep and melancholy interest. The Rev. W. K. Betts has re- cently been appointed to the charge of this station, and entered on the duties of it the .end of February, 1826. In May, David Noah re- moved from Kissey, and assisted in visiting the sick, and the care of the people, and took the oveisight of the boys' school, in the managu* ment of which he is assisted by John Essex Bull, a native teacher. In the exercise of his miniatry, Mr. Betts has met with little en- couragement. Only one School, and that for boys, has recently been kept. The numbers at Christmas, 1826, were —liberated, 48 ; living with their parents, 59: Total 107. Mr. Betts thus speaks of the two classes of children of which the schools now consist: — " The behaviour of the liberated children is as good as can reason- ably be expected, from poor chiU dren, on whose tender minds the first impressiciis were made by the errors and vices of heathenism. I have been much struck by the con- trast between these children, and those who were born of liberated parents and have been reared in the town: these last appear more intelligent, frank, and happy, and have the air of liberty in their whole deportment; while the otben exhibit, in their downcast, 'vimid, and suspicious mien, the appear- ance of a servile anf^ oppressed race. " I regret that there are many nice little girls, belonging to the people of the town> who have no 418 REG instraction ; there being no female here to tuk^ "harge of a girls' school. A little wbile previous to *Iiat trying dispensation of Provi- dence, by which I was deprived of oiy dear wife, we had frequently a number of pleasant little children come up into our pinzza, aslcing us to let them come to school. A steady and clever woman, capable of acting as schoolmistress, would be very valuable." At Christmas, David Noah gives the following view of this station : — " The regular number of communis cants attending tlie Lord's Supper at this time, is 100 ; and their out- ward conduct, for the most pa/t, is good. The general attendance of the people at divine service, on the Sabbath day, is encouraging ; but on weelc dii^'s very few attend, in consequence of many of the men worlcing ut Freetown. Daily morn- ing and evening ser\'ice is regularly kept, and divine service three times on Sundays. The present state of Regent is much to be lamented. We are now as sheep without a shepherd. The harvest truly is plenteous, but the labourers are lew: may we pray that the Lord will be pleased to send out more la- bourers into his harvest." In the CirtstiauIrtaUtutioniheT^ &re at present no youths. The lU V. C. L. F. Haensel has lately departed for the colony, tiAving tendered his services to the society with an express view to the education of the African youths. The frequent losses which the so- ciety has sustained, in the removni, by siclcness or death, of persons employed in the mission, have hi- therto been an obstacle U> the effi- ciency of the Institution. The wbje. * has for some time occupied the attention of the committee, and they have come to the fixed deter- mination of prmecntlng, by all means in tlieir power, and In any place, whether in Europe or in RIM Africa, which may ultimately prove most eligible, the education of in- telligent and pious natives, with the view of their becoming Christian teachers among their countrymra. In pursuance of this plan, they have placed two African youths under the care of a clergyman in the W. of England. RIMATARA, one of the islands of Raivaivai, in the S. Pacific Ocean, in which idolatry has been renounced. Its population is about 300. This island is capable of support* ing a great number of inhabitants ; but it has hitherto been the custom for the women to labour, while the men did nothing : this has been a great obstacle to marriage, since the women Icnew, that if they married, they should have to work hard. The teacher from the L. M. S. had re- peatedly attempted to alter this sys- tem of things, without success ; but the people had promised that, should a missionary visit them, they would pay regard to his advice on the sub- ject. " On hearing this, I called," says Mr. Bourne, who visited the island, « a meeting of all the people, and, addressing the King and Chiefs, represented to them the nature of the obligations which they had laid themselves ynder in embracing Christianity; and in- formed them that the females in other islands, whose inhabitants had embraced the Gospel, did not till the ground and prepare the food, but made cloth, bonnets, hats, (fee. I exhorted them to have compassion on their wives, and not niake them work like slaves, while they themselves did nothing at all. I then called on each chief,byname, to give his opinion on the subject: they all spoke in answer ; and 1 was happy to find that there was not a single dissentient voice. It was therefore agreed, that, from that day forward, the men should plant, dig, and prepare the food, and tb« 419 RUR women make cloth, mats, bonnets, Ac. The women who were pre- sent manifested their joy on the occasion ; bat I cautluned them agaiii^t idleness, nnd to take care that they themselves had good clothes and bonnet -> and their hus- bands good bats. One of the Ta- hitian teaciiers of the L. M, S.. , who laboured here, is decc^xsed., Faaraoa, the surv.vor, earnestly calls for assistance. The work of the Lord continues to i rosper. .fi number have been baptized, all oi whom appear firm in their religious professifHi. They have ej i^blished 9. small mi^'Sionary society. RURUTL, one of the islands of iV.'vava?. which are situated about 5Cu w, s'.v'^hward in Tahiti. The reiiurriatiofi of idolatry in this islan*' ' -.'S unexpectedly effected in th** ii;,aiiner thus described by Ui<^ missionaries of the L. M. S. at Raiutea : — *' We one day perceived a strange sail at sea, which made towards the reef, and appeared to be deter- mined to hazard running on it, instead of bearing up for the proper harbour, — a practice resorted to by the natives when in extremity. Perceiving their imminent danger, the chiefs manned our boats, and went off to pilot the strangers safely into the harbour. When they arrived, we found they were natives of the island of Rurutu. They had come from Maupiti, and touched on their voyage at Bora- bora, but could not get in for the contrary w'nd. They had been drifted about at sea for three weeks ; and latterly, without either food or water, except sea water, which they were obliged to drink. Con- trary winds drove them from their own island ; but the Lord, to whose merciful designs winds and waves are subservient, prptected and guided tbei.i hither. '♦ TYdy were exceedingly ns- t«aiibed at the difference of cus- RUR toms here, particularly in seeing men and women eating together, and the Areoi Society, their dances, and every lascivious emusement, completely put away. When they heanl of tht; new system oi iielit;';uti, and saw th'? peoj^M >%'orsbippinu^ t'i« living and tr^c: t'od, tbey vt"* convinced f.'f i*4i pr.tpri(. + / aiiM mi. peiJority, i-a ) immediriteiy h^rvi to learn to re -J. " 'i'he chiei, with his wife and a few others, went on shore at Borabora. Mr Orsmond, \h^ missionary at that i.ialiof , . paia r^very invention to then; (during their short "^tay j guvt' *heni i)ooks, and ')egt;n to tear^h tiit*-. to rej*d; but as tho cane; and the greater part of the people were at Raiatea, they soon followed. They were about 26 in number, men and women. We set apart a certain time for their instruction, supplied them aU with elementary books, and gavt: them in charge to our deacons, who were very much pleased with, and diligent in the dischargeoK their new o£Bce. Their language being somewhat ditterent, the deacons could make themselves understood better than we could. *' Auura, their chief, paid par- ticular attention, as well as bis wife ; the greater part of the othei-s appeared indolent. He appeared to appreciate the worth of know- ledge, and the value of the good tidings of salvation ; and his ques- tions upon our discourses wprp surh as surprised not only the Raiuteans, but ourselves also. Wu Ihink lis possesses a very acute judgment, so i'ar as he knows. We do not wish, in thus speaking, to be understood that we believe him to be what would be called, in England, n converted character ; though we have inuuhitable evidence that he is a true convert from idolatry to Christianity. God hath called them out of darkness to the knowledf^e of his Son Jesus Christ. May tbey 4S0 RUll soon really know Him, whom to know aright is eternal life! Auura was continually expressing bis anxious desire to return to his own land, and to carry to his poor countrymen the knowledge he had obtained of the true God, and his Son Jesus Christ; expressing his fears in an aftectionate manner, that when he got back he should find very few left, as the evil spirit was rapidly destroying them. " Opportunity for their return to Rurutu having arrived, from the brig Hope touching at Raiatea, they wera accompanied, at their own re- quest, by two native teachers. From letters subsequently received, it ap- pears, that immediately after the return of Auura, a meeting of the chiefs was convened, and such cogent argumenlii were brought forward in behalf of the Christian religion, that the assembly formally decreed the abandonment of ido- latry. In order, however, to put the power of their gods to the test, it was agreed, that before carrying this resolution into effect, they should, contrary to their established usage, eat together the next day, in >:ompany with their wives and children. If any died according to the predictions of the priests, who asserted that any female pre- suming to eat either hog or turtle, or any other person venturing to eat upon a sacred piace, would be inevitably devoured by the evil spirit, then they would not re- nounce their idols; but if no one were injured they would destroy them all. They accordingly met at the time appointed ; and after satisfying their appetites without drawing upon themselves the threatened calamity, they pro- ceeded to the demolition of the raorais, and agreed to send their helpless deities to the missionaries at Raiatea. " It is worthy of remark, that when the boat with Auura and the SAD native teachers, first reached th^ shoro, those persons, with their companions, knelt down to return thanks to God for their preser- vation, not knowing that the spot was sacred to Oroo, one of the idols. The Rurutuans said imme- diately. * These people will die!' The party also ate inadvertently on a sacred spot. When the Rurutuans saw that, they said, * No doubt they will die for this trespass on the sacred ground,' and looked earnestly, expecting some one to have swollen or fallen down dead suddenly; but after they had looked a considerable time, and saw no harm come to them, they changed their minds, and said, < Surely theirs is the truth ; but, perhaps, the god will come in the night and kill them — we will wait and see.' One man actually went in the night to the wife of the chief (Auura), who also ate a part of a hog or turtle on the sacred spot, and said, ' Are you still alive ?' When the morning arrived, and the Rurutuans found that no harm had happened to any of them, they became exceedingly disgusted at their having been so long deceived by the evil spirit." It appears from a recent commu- nication of Mr. Bourne's, that the population of this island does not exceed 200 persons, all of whom have been baptized. The church consists of 30 members. The people continue diligent in learning. They carry on cultivation to a great extent, and their houses are well built. SADRAS, a Dutch settlement on the sea-coast, 47 m. south of Madras. Inhabitants, 4 or 6000. Here are upwards of 30 pagodas. In the latter part of the last cen- tury, the missionaries of the S, Fri/p, uu 421 111 II SAO G, began their labours at this place^ and have had many seals to their ministry. The Netherlands M. S. sent the Rev. J. C. T. Winkler and a native assistant hither, in 1833. In 1826, it is stated by the society's representatives at Chin- surah, that though Mr. W. had been much aflSicted, he was so far advanced In Tamul, as to be able to address the congregation in that language. On New Year's day, he received 6 catechumens as mem- bers of the church j and, on the following day, administered the sacrament to IT persons. He has collected 190 rupees lor the schools ; which serves to defray, if not all, a part of their expense. A boys' school is conducted regularly, and Mti W. thinks of establishing a girls' school. Mrs. Regel, the widow of the late Resident, has offered to superintend it. SAOANAW BAY, a large bay, 60 ro. by 30, on the S. W. shore of Lake Huron. Baganaw River enters this bay. The adjoining territory is very fertile, and was recently purchased by the United States of the Chippeways and Ottawas. On the peninsula, between the Lakes Huron and Michigan, the Indians, computed at about 8000, are in a state of ignorance, vice, and wretchedness - but the different tribes are disposed to favour the establishnietit of schools ftmong them. Within a few years, the Northern M. S. of New York has made some attempts to enlighten and reform them ; and more re* cently the U. F. M. S. has con- templated h. mission to the Indians in the vicinity. SALATIGA, a town on the island of Java, about 40 m. inland from Samarang, The inhabitants are less attached to the doctrines of Mahomed than in many other parts of the island. The Rev. G. Bmcknfer rommenced his labours ftSaimning, under tbe London SAL Society, in 1814 ; but soon joined the Baptists. Owing to the un- healthiness of the situation, and the want of success, he removed to this place, in 1822, and has trans- lated the New Testament, and some tracts on Christian doctrines, into the Javanese language. The population, for whose benefit these works are intended, is computed at 2,000,000. After a long series of diligent exertions, attended with little ap- parent benefit, he was compelled, by a formidable insurrection of the natives against their Dutch masters, to remove to Butavia ; and subse- quently, other difficulties arising, to Sumatra ; where his knowledge of the Malay would be of imme- diate service, and where he can also carry forward the work of translation for the benefit of the Javanese, for whose best interesU he appears deeply concerned. SALSETTE, a British island on the W. coast, Hindoostan, situated N. of Bombay, from which it is separated by a narrow strait, across which is n causeway. It is about 18 miles long by 14 broad, very fertile, and about 200 yards from the continent. The population is about 60,000, chiefly Hindoos. Parsees, Jews, and Portuguese, are nu- merous. Tannah, the capital of the island of Salsette, 25 miles N. of Bom- bay, commtmding the passage from the island to the neighbouring continent, is a populous and in^ creasing town. The Rev. J. Nichols, from the A. B. C. F. M., came here in 1818 ; and soon after his arrival commenced a free school for n>ative children, whicli has since been named th6 Savannah School, The expenses of this station are nearly defrayed by a boarding school, superintended principally by Mrs. Nichols. In the early pa:l of 1823, it consisted of 80 pupils— 16 of whom vckv ■'.■::i SAN ... , supported by their parents, 4 by the mission, and 4 by benevolent individuals in the country ; and 2 orphan children, for whose main- tenance a moderate allowance was secured by their father. An asso- ciation has been formed among the scholars to support 2 children in Ceylon, to bear the names of the 2 deceased children of Mr. Nichols. The children, generally, have made laudable proficiency, and gpreat care is taken in their religious instruction. Much of Mr. N.'s time h:is been devoted to the lapsed Catholics ; he also superintends the free schools at Jiasseeti, Chandnee, and Tannah. In the latter place is one school of 50 scholars, in which 12 Jewish children are in- structed. The mission family has received many kindnesses from European residents, and Mr. N. has been useful to them by trans- lating official papers. SANDUSKY, Upper y an Indian settlement, Ohio, on the Sandusky River, nl)out 60 m. S. of Lake Erie, and 65 N. of Columbus, in the large national reserve of the Wyandot Indians. The Society ' Friends prepared this tribe for iniprovement, by counsel and pecuniary aid. From 1803 to 1810, the Presby- terian church supported a mis- sionary and a farming establish- ment among them. A few converts, the fruits of the mission, were put to death, on account of their religion, by the Roman Catholic Indians. A few years since, a man of colour, nmaed Stewart, of the Methodist church, laboured successfully with this tribe, and 60 embraced the (rospel. Th-^ Methodist Ohia Cdt^erence stationed ihe Rev, James B. Finley at this place, October, 1821, to labour for the spiritual good of the Wyandots. A !;mall school wan soon opened, which contained, in 1824, 60 scholars, chiefly Wyandots, who are supported in the missior) SAN family, and make very encouraging progress. The buildings and farm are extensive.. In 1823, about 50 acres were planted with corn. In the early part of 1824, 260 had bedome hopeful converts, and joined the society : amoi>g whom are several chiefS) who render important aid to the mission. The people are generally fast im- proving in the arts of civilization and the knowledge of Christianity. A special work of grace has pre- vailed, which has extensively pro- duced a very salutary influence. The Kev. Mr. Elliott has Recently been associated with Mr. Finley. This station has sometimes been called Camp Meigs. SAND USKY, Zowcr, a post town, Ohio, on the Sandusky River, a few miles from its mouth, about 180 ra. S. of Detroit, among the Wyandot Indians. The Rev. J . Badger wark, eni Tourthroui Wm. EUls. In tracin to have led sion, in the o{ God, on ting w«rs m have often islands, whe native of f about 10 or orphan, and on these in! this forlorn c years, he wa rican captaii Thomas Hop America. 1 Haven, Conn of 1809, whe by some stud Henry was af that devoted Rflv. S. J. Mi plan of educB sionary to his efficient mea his benevolei were soon fo other heathei rise to the Fo at Cornwall, to this missi< came decided advocated a m ed countr^me ardently longj was ordered at Cornwall, I elevated hope be would soo and able witne his countrymt but " his man and the missi C. F. M. sail 23, 1819, and March 30, 18i Bingham an( HolmHn,physi herlaln, agri Whitney, mt ' ■ ■ r- • SAN iiTork, entitled "Narrative of a Tour through. Hawaii," by the Rev. Wm. EUls. In tracing the events which seem to have led to this important mis- sion, in the mysterious provideiire of God, one of those extermina- ting wars must l)e mentioned, which have often almost desolated these islands, when Henry Oboolciah, a native of Hawaii, at the age of about 10 or 12 years, was made an orphan, and left almost friendless on these inhospitable shores. In this forlorn condition, after a few years, he was noticed by an Ame- rican captain, who toolc him and Thomas Hopoo on board, to sail for America. Th^ landed at New Haven, Connecticut, in the autumn of 1809, whert they were noticed by some stud mts of Yale College. Henry was afterwards instructed by that devoted servant of God, the Rev. S. J. Mills, who conceived the plan of educating him as a mis- sionary to his native land, and toolc efficient measures to accomplish his benevolent designs. Others were soon found, from these and other heathen lands, which gave x\9» to tile Foreign Miesion School at Cornwall, and subsequently to this mission. Henry soon be- came decidedly pious, and strongly advocated a mission to his benight- ed countrymen, in which he most ardently longed to engage ; but it was ordered otherwise. He died at Coniwall, Feb. 17, 1818, and the elevated hopes of ^e church, that he would soon become a faithful and able witness for the truth among his countrymen, were cast down ; but " his mantle fell" upon others, and the missionaries of the A. B. C. F. M. sailed from Bc^ston, Oct. 23, 1810, and arrived off Hawaii March 30, 1820 ;— viz. the Rev. H. Bingham and A. Thurston; Dr. Holman, physician; Mr. D. Cham- berlain, agriculturist; Mr. S. Whitney, mechanic and school- SAN master ; and Mr.S.Ruggles, school- master, who have since become licensed preachers; and Mr. E. Loomi6,printerand schoolmaster ;< — ail married. The following na- tives of the Sandwich Islands, hav- ing been educated at the Foreign. Mission School, Cornwall, Con- necticut, sailed with the mission- aries asteachers, viz. :— J. Honoo- ree and T. Hopoo, of Hawaii ; W. Tennooe, of Tauai ; and G. P. Tamoree, son of the King of Tauai and Niihau : these were organized into a church previous to their em- barkation, ei^cept the young King. Not long after their arrival, the missionaries were called to the painful duty of withdrawing their fellowship from Dr. Holman and W. Tennooe ; and the former re- turned to America soon after. Mr. Chamberlain returned in 1823, with the approbation of the missionaries and of the Board ; and George Sandwich, a native of these islands, having been educated at Ccnmwall, and given evidence of piety, sailed as an assistant, Nov. 1820. The missionaries were very cordially re- ceived by the natives, and imme- diately engaged in the appropriate duties of the mission. They found the encouragement so great, that they sent an urgent request to the Board for additional labourers. Ac- cordingly the following mission- aries embarked at New Haven, Nov. 19, 1822:~Tbe Rev. W. Richards, C. S. Stewari^, and A. Bishop, missionaries ; J. Goodrich, and J. Ely, licensed p'cacliei's ; and Dr. A. Blatchely, physician; — all married : — Mr. L. Chamberlain, superintendent of secular concerns and assistant missionary ; S. Po- ?ohee, a native of the Society slands ; Wm. Kum-mo-oolah, R. Kriouloo, and Kooperee, — natives of the Sandwich Islands, all hope- fully pious ; and Betsey Stockton, coloured woman, teacher; who arrived April 27th, 1823. o o 2 435 11 n-' SAN In April, 1S32, the Rev. D. Tyennan, and G. Bennet, Esq. the Deputation of the London Society tu its various stations, and the Rev. Wm. Ellis, with 2 pious Tabitians And their wives, visited the nais- sionaries, and the result was the establishment of the latter on these islands. After rendering very im- l)ortant aid to the mission, during a stay of more than 4 months, Mr. Ellis returned with the deputation to the Society Islands, where he had laboured about years ; and joined this mission, with his family, Feb. 6, 1823, still patronized by the L. M. S. Here a wide and interesting field for missionary en- terprise has thus been opened, and n very desirable progress has been made toward the accomplishment of those benevolent designs which the missionaries and their friends have in view. In a joint letter of the mis- sionaries, dated May 24, 1823, it is said : — " God has indeed pro- vided kindly for this mission. It has hitherto been emphatically the child of providence, rocked in the cradle of faith and prayer ; and though not free from the sorrows of infancy, it has eiyoyed the pre- sence of a kind and faithful parent. If we trace the history of the mission from the wanderings of the friendless orphan Obookiah, pass by his early grave and the Foreign Mission School at Corn- wall, through the interesting scenes at Goshen and Hartford, and atBos- ton, whisre the little band was organized, and where the affec- tionate voice and well directed pen of Worcester's wisdom cheered, and guided, and impelled it on- ward ; — if we trace its path over Hie mighty waters, and witness its auspicious reception }-^if we call to mind the downfall of idols, and the vanishing of the taboo system, — the issuing the first elementary book in the language^ containing the first principles of the Gospel, received and read by a goodly num- ber of the chiefs and people, who had before no alphabet ; — the unex- pected visit of the London mis- sionary Deputation, — the happy settlement of Mr. Ellis, —the early correspondence opened between the rulers of these islands, and the Christian rulers of the Society Isles, — the attendance of the chief rulers to the preaching of the Gos- pel in their own tongue on the sacred Sabbath of Jehovah, now acknowledged as their God; — if we remember the kindness, and promp- titude, and liberality, with which a Christian public have furnished and sent forth so large a reinforcement— their favoured embarkation at New Haven, their delightful passage, their safe and seasonable arrival, their welcome reception by kings, and chiefs, and people, whose calls for teachers, and for books and slates, are greater than we can supply}— or if we look forward to the mighty work before us, waiting for our hands ; and to what the Redeemer of the nations has purposed and promised shall be ac- complished, well may we exclaim with Nehemiab, ' The God of Hea- ven, He will prosper us ; there- fore \fe his servants will arise and build.' " Notwithstanding the evils en- dured here from unprincipled Euroi)eans and Americans, the mission in all its parts is prospering, as will appear from the following enumeration of the chief facts, extracted from a late official publi- cation of the j4. B. C. F. M. : — " Here are nine chiefs, embodying a great portion of the civil influence of the islands, publicly professing their faith in Christ, and heartily entering on the discharge of their duties toward Go^ and their fellow- men — half a score, and more, churches, erected by the natives themselves for the worship of 426 •SAN Jehovab, and crowded with atten- tive hearers — more than 2000 islanders, moving along in one interesting procession, bearing on their sboulders, from distant moun- tains, the materials for the erection of one of these churches, which, when completed, could contain 4000 people, and was thronged to overflowing ; — nearly 20,000 people under instruction, taught by com- l)0tent natives, whom the mission- aries have qualified for the service ; — more than 12,000 persons able to read the word of God, were that blessed volume ready to be put into their hands; and a longing desire, everywhere expressed, to come into speedy possession of that richest treasure ; the ei!usions of the Holy Spirit in dilferent parts of Hawaii, at Honorooroo, and at Lahaina; — and as the results of these heavenly visitations, more than 2000 natives, lately shrouded in the deep gloom of a barbarous paganism, erecting the family altar tor the morning and evening worship of the true God ; — regular meetings for prayer, among the females, and among the males of these islands, just, as there are among ourselves when religion flourishes — and the once haughty nnd cruel chiefs mingling, with high satisfaction, among those whom they once despised and oppressed, in the solemn acts of devotion." [See Havmii, Maui, Oahu, Tauau] SANGIR, a numerous group of idands in the eastern seas. The lai^est, called Sangir island, is about 40 miles long, and 12 broad. Population, about 12,000. E. long. 126« 21'. N. lat. 3» 36'. The Dutch have a fort on the island, ' and their missionaries have propagated Chris- tianity among the natives with considerable, success. The Rev. Mr. Kam, of Ambojua, has also been useful to the inhabitants of these islands, and tiie 3. 8f F. B. S. has forwuided to them Malay SAR Testaments, which have been thankfully received. SAREPTA, a missionary set- tlement in European Russia, on the river Sarpa, 24 miles below Cza- ritzen, on the Wolga, near the borders of Asiatic Russia ; situated on the high road, by way of Astra- chan, to Persia and the E. Indies. Inhabitants, nearly 500. In 182S, three- fourths of the settlement was consumed by fire. After two unsuccessful attempts, in which several of the missionaries of the U. B. were imprisoned at St. Petersburg, they obtained permis» sion to settle in the Russian domi- nions ; and in 1765, 5 of tbem eommenced the settlement of Sa< repta, with a view to evangelize the Calmucs, a very numerous tribe of Mongul Tartars extensively scattered over European and Asi- atic Russia. Since the destruction of the Mongolian monarchy, they have become divided into 3 main hordes; viz. the Koshoty the Dorbat, and the Torgutsk. Some few of them are Mahomedans; but they, for the most part, embrace Budhism, to which they are very superstitiously attached. Large portions of each inhabit the following regions : — , The Koahot Horde ranges with their herds and flocks on the banks of the Wolga between Sarepta and Astrachan. A few years since the number of priests in it was no less than 800, when their tents amounted only to about 1 000. Prince Tuman, feelingthe burden of supporting such a disproportionate number of priests, reduced them to 250; but mani- fested no disposition to renounce his oppressive rites, and embrace Christianity. ' The Dorbat Horde is extremely numerous, and ranges between the Kuma and the chain of mountains, which divides the great steppe, or plain, on the western side of the Wolga, up to the vicinity of 487 m '. . . SAR .:•,. ■^- . Sarepta; in which, during the summer, they reside, while, in the winter, they dwell on the banlis of the Kuma. The Ibrgutsk, or Tor got Horde, inhabits the steppe near Astruchan. Within a few days' ride of this city, it is estimated that there are 100,000 Calmucs belonging to tlie different hordes. A great feast among the Cal- mucs, called the feast of " Burcham Bakshi," or " God the Teacher," a title given to their principal idol, Dsbagdshamuni, is thus described by Mr. Rahmn : — The gallongs, or priests, erected a wooden frame, about 7 or 8 yards in height,and3inbreadth,coveredwith coloured woollen carpets. liefore this an altar was placed, covered also with a brocaded carpet, at the foot of which stood a tabouret of Chinese workmanship. Round about, in the front of this stage, felts and carpets were spread on the ground. In the afternoon, about half- past 4 o'clock, a procession com- menced, consisting of 150 or 200 gallongs, followed by a great mul- titude of common People. The gallongs, dressed in their red and yellow coats, bearing "chadaks," fans, and musical instruments, marched up from the churall to the above-mentioned frame : and, at the head of their body, 3 grave looking men walked, or rather danced, holding each of tliem an image of brass, about a quarter of a yard in height, and gilt, repre- senting 3 of their burrlians, and a fourth galiong carried a largt^ scroll about 2 yard<- iong. The ** cliadak" is a kind of . 4^9 SEB edification he seeks as well as the spiritual good of the soldiers and settlers; but one of the leading objects of his mission is to acquire Information respecting the number, character, and history of the va- rious tribes of Indians traversing the vast territory of ttie great lalces, and penetrating into the distant and chilling regions of the north, with a view to the establishment of schools among them. Mr. L. has been much encouraged by the suc- cess of his labours among the sol- diers and settlers. SEBOLGA, a viUage on the bay of Tapanooly, W. coast of Suma- tra, about 300 m. N.W. of Padang, situated among the Battas, in the vicinity of a numerous population, under the authority and protection of the English company at Tapa- nooly, and about 3 miles from the island Punchon, on which the Eng- lish settlement is situated. The Rev.R. Burton, from the if.^. S. arrived hero in 1 822 : he was cor- dially received both by the settlers and the barbarous natives, and the Rajah gave land on which to erect a dwelling-houKe. He made con- siderable progress in acquiring the Batta langiinge, which is spoi^eii by nearly 1,000,000 of people, and Mrs. Burton had a small school of or- phan girls. Such success, how- ever, attended the warlike owera- tions of a set of insurgent reform- ers, called Padries, that Mr. H. with his family, and the females under Mrs. B.'s care.wt^re obliged, from repf.'ird to personal safety, to Iftave Sebolga in July, 1826, and Ihey reached Calcutta in the fol- lowing montli. The timid Hataks, among whom Mr. B.had laboured, had all determined to become Mus- iiiilmans, when their invudi'rs took possession of their country. At the period of his removal, he was en- gaged in compiling a dictionary, English, Malay, and Bulak, having SEL previou tly completed his translation of the Gospel of St. John. SEHNGIN8K, a town and mi- litary station in the government of Irkutsk, Siberia, about 1 60 m. S. E. of the city of Irkutsk, and about 4000 m. easterly from St. Peters- burgh, on the Selinga R. It is a thoroughfare for the Chinese trade carried on at Kaiachta. Inhabitants about 3000, exclusive of those of several villages. E. long. 107" 28', N. lat. 510 18', Selinginsk is in the centre of ail the Buriata, a name given to several populous tribes of Tartars in the government of Irkutsk, who are, in general, very ignorant, even of the tenets of their own superstition; nor is it requi- site, according to their ideas, that they should know them. Their religion is suited to their indolence of mind, as well as the depravity of their natures ; and they are not easily induced to change it for one which addresses the under- standing and the heart. The following practice illus- trates their predominant characte- ristic. TheBuriat procures a prayer, written on a long slip of paper, and suspends it where it will be moved by wind or passengers, or rolls It round the barrel of a small wind- mill, which keeps his petition in motion, and satisfies hi^ conscience that it is acceptably ottered to the god. These praying mills are very numerous ; and they have varioiH other modes of worship equally suited to their indolent habits. In- deed, their whole system is a delu- sion, and their services are nn- mp'ilng forms. Their restraints from animal {"dulgcnces are con- fined to th' ••"'t lime spent in their temples »m which they re- turn to commit all uncleanness with greediness. They speak the M'^ngolinn hni- guage, but their luxdcs are in nn unknown tongue. The y liiiginsk 30 illus- aracte- prayer, ler, and moved rolls It wliul- tion In (ience to the (! very various e(iuaUy ts. In- a del li- re tin- straints con- lenl in h«*y vf- nti Inn- in an iHgitisk SiSL Burials are in the centre of all the Buriats on the £. side of Baikal lake, and are estimated at about 1^,000 ; they have 10 temples, and not less than 2000 lamas, or chief priests. The Chorimk tribe are distinguished for their wealth. They are divided into 11 tribes, inhabiting the country easterly of Selinginsk, are estimated at 30,000, and have only 4 temples, and scarcely 200 lamas., Upwards of 100,000 males belong to the nation of Buriats. The Rev. Messrs. StallybrasSy 5wan,and Yuille, from the L.M.S., arrived in 1819, and this mission, first commenced at Irkutsk, has received the full approbatljn and aid of the Russian government. The missionaries were furnished, by order of the Emperor, with pass- ports to the several governors, through whose districts they were to travel on their route ; a letter was also directed to the Governor- general of Siberia, requesting that every necessary assistance might be nflbrded them. After their arrival, they were treated with peculiar kindness by the Governor-general, who engaged to do every thing in his power towards promoting their designs. A grant of 112 acres of land was accompanied by the Em- peror's engagement to defray the expense of 5250 dollars, incurred by the erection of the buildings. The missionaries frequently visit the Buriats in their diflurent hordes, following them in their various wanderings, visiting their temples, distributing the Gospiil and Trac^" and otherwise communicating Christian instruction. Of the man- ner In which they were received, soon after their arrival, M". Swan wrote:— "The Biiriat«! art* every- where receiving the Gospel and Tri'.cts with avloity, and are ilally co.nlng to u.; for them fr> i all >|vmrters ; and 1 rom a distance of 3EL hundreds of versts. We have like- wise daily applications for medi- cine and advice ; and our being able to prescribe simple remedies, and furnish medicine for some of their prevailing diseases, has contributed not a little to secure their good opinion of us ; while we have, at the same time, the finest opportu- nities for dlstrihuting the word of God. The lamas, or priests, themselves, not only come for th« Gospel, but are sometimes seen sitting at the door, reading it to a listening audience of their own people." Of a new opening for a mission- ary, the report for 182.3, states, that " a large district round A'ct*- chinak is inhabited by the Tun- gusians, a people who are not in possession of a written language of their own. Their neighbours, the Chorlnsk Buriats, have Introduced among them books relative to their superstitions, written In Mongolian, which the Tunguslans are,at length, able to read and understand. Thus the way was prepared, by the zeal of the Buriats themselves, for the dlsseniinatlon of Ctiristianity among the Tunguslans, who will now be able to read th- ■imgolian Scrip- tures circulated iiong that tribe, which oUierwise, from their igno- rance of letters, would have been to them a sealed book." Since that period the missiona- ries hav<' fciiiployed various means for the advantage of the people, which, with tlie effect of their efforts, will ■>» apparent ironi their last report. Seminary for Buriat F«m«/A«,— The number of youths at present in the seminary Is six. They are Instructed In Greek, Latin, Iluss, English, and Mongolian \ in the mathematics, In general knowledge, and in the Scriptures. They make good progress in the several branches of learning, and render 4S1 ' I! • 1 ..j«^ SEL useful services in the literary de- partment of the mission, particu- larly in transcribing manuscripts, Ac. The number of youths ad- mitted since the commencement of the seminary is 14. Some of them, from local causes, remained but a short time in the institution ; yet they did not quit it until they had learned to read and write their own language, and made such progress in other valuable attainments, as cannot fail to be of great use to them in the course of their future life. Native Services. — The mission- aries still continue statedly to preach the Gospel to the Buriats, chiefly dependants on the mission, but hitherto without apparent success. Trmislation of the Scriptures. — The Mongolian translation of the New Testament was completed during the year 1826, and consi- derable progress has been made in that of the Old Testament. The importance of this translation of the Scriptures will be more fully appreciated, when it is considered tliat Mongolian is spoi ^Tsa « severe dispensation of Providence, not ouiy as ihe great- ness of ihe loss thiRatened to overvFhelwi their feeble Ri-"Aira, but #afi felk r ast intensely b^ tUvim : it was f'^iarid tlxat, for a contoderoble iroe at loast, it woald put a stop to (he publication of tbe Scriptures ti^ogether; yet that God, who in hii iuAnite wisdom, judged it right thus to try them, appeared for them in this crisis in a most wonderful manner. They were able to re- cover from the fire the moulds for costiiij new types: the sympathy and assistance of their iTie.ids on the spu^ was most affectionately offered ; and no sooner were the tidings made known in Britain, than every heart was alive to the feeling nf their situation, and every hand ready to contribute towards repairing their loss. Christians of every denomination vied with each other in the most solid expressions of condolence ; so that. In a com- paratively short time, a sum was raised and forwarded from all parts of the kingdom, which metre than covered the amount of the damage tiiey had sustained. The delay thus occasioned to the work of the publication of the translations was, however, very distressing : they had to begin much of their labour anew ; and had they not found among the rubbish tbe steel punches of ail tbe Indian languages, uninjured by the flames, years must tmve elapsed before they could have replaced the types they had lost. About 70 members were, however, added to tbe churches at Serampore and Calcutta ; and at the close of tbe year, the mission embraced 12 sta- tions, containing about 500 mem- bers. In about a year after tbe loss of the printing establishment, the missionaries were proceeding with printing the Scriptures to a SER greater extent than «ver, having 13 versions in tbe press, and 8 more in a state of forwardness. In4be same - year, about 1000 scholars were in all Iho schools connected with the mission . In 1 8 i 4, the stations were increased to 80, and the preachers to 41. They had now extended their translations to 26 langu^es ; a of which had been put to press. Previous to the close of this year, Ibe B. and F. B. S. had made them grants of more than 67,T20 dollars. In the month o( August^ 1816, tbe work of tbe missionaries received a partial and temporary check. On t ^ arrival of two brethren from England to join them in their la- bour!^, they were refused permission to proceed to Serampore, and at the same time an intimation was conveyed from tbe highest autho- rity to Dr. Carey, « that be and bis colleagues must not interfere with the prejudices of the natives ; that, in fact, they were not to prei»ch to them, or suffer the native converts to do so ; they were not to distrib\ite religious tracts, or suffer the people to distribute them ; they were not to send forth converted natives ? or to take any step, by conversation or otherwise, to per- suade the natives to embrace Christ. unity." Though this inter- ruption, through the wise and tem- perate conduct of the missionaries, and the appointment of the two brethren recently arrived to a fo- reign station, was at that time removed, yet, in the year following, new attempts were made to restrict their oxortions ; so that for a short time, they were not allowed to preach in some places, — especiully at Calcutta. Endeavours were also used to ' .fluence the British cabinet against them, and measures pro- posed in Parliament, which were calculated to stop the spread of the Gospel among the heathen in our colonial possessions; but the P 2 437 1 SER powerful appeals of enlightened and Chris' m men at last prevailed over the ig rant clamours of infidel alarmists. Previous to 181d, 756 had been baptized at all the stations ; and in the 3 succeeding years more than 400 were added to the churches connectedwith this mission; making the whole number amount to nearly 1200, at the close of 1817, gathered from 14 different nations. At the last-mentioned date, the mission- aries say — " Throughout the whole mission, there are scarcely less than 10,000 children, of every de- scription, brought in some way or other under instruction ; and this has been hitherto done chiefly by means furnished on the spot : the Gospel is made known at 25 sta- tions, of which 20 are occupied by teachers raised up in India. Surely, when we consider what aspect all this bears on a future harvest of enlightened converts, — of gifts that may .^fk ad light and knowledge to the utftiost bounds of India, — we C£i«,if'i tit feel grateful. But, if it« i«rft « (ur attention to the trans- latlctrxs which already lay open the path oi 'iivine knowledge to so many millions, and glance at those in pre- paration, which will open the way to nearly every nation, from China to the borders of Persia,— nations that, with the Indian Isles, can scarcely include a less number than 200,000,000,besidesthel50,000,000 China is allowed by all to contain, and with these a full half of man- kind, — the whole will surely Turnish matter for gratitude and encou- ragement." About the same time the printing establishment, includ- ing the making uf paper, fur- nished employment for about 300 natives. In 1818, xhe missionaries pur- chased ground, and commenced a college ; the objects of which are, to train up pious youths for the SER Christian ministry, to augment the biblical knowledge of such k, are already employed in preaching, and to enable !;..-,-< who, by the loss of caste have h'^n reduced to indi- gence to maintain themselves. It contained, in 1819, 37 pupils, under the Presidency of Dr. Carey, who delivers theological lectures in Ben- galee. In 1819-20, Mr. Ward visited England and the United States in its behalf, and obtained 25,000 dollars. The missionaries contributed 11, OOOdoUars from their own labours. From the 10th Memoir of the Translations and editions of the Sacred Scriptures, conducted by the missionaries, published in 1824, the following particulars are ex- tracted : — ' ' ' Com- Finished menced. at Press. 6th 1794 1802 1803 1803 1804 1805 1807 1807 1808 1808 The Bengalee, edition in the press — Hindee, 2ded.do. — Sungskrit, 2d do. — Orissa, 2d do. — Mahratta, 2d do. — Telinga - - — Sikh . - - - — Gujuratee - - — Kunkuna - - - — Kurnata - - - — Pushtoo, or Affghan 1811 — Assamee - - - 1811 — Wutch, or Mwltanee 1 812 1801 1811 1810 1811 1811 1818 1815 1820 1819 1822 1819 iei9 1819 1820 1820 1821 1821 1821 1822 1822 Bikaneer - - 1813 — Kasbmeer - - 1810 — Bhugulkhund - 1814 — Mar2 y SIE LoDdon. Tbey beeame subject to every misetj, and were familiar with every vice. A Coinmittee was fbmed for tbeir relief; and, at length, about 400 blacks, with about 60 whites, who were chiefly women of abandoned character, were embarked for Sierra Leone, and arrived May 9, 1787. In the foUowmg September, the colony was reduced to 276 persons, by death and desertion j the latter continued to increase ; and in Nov. of the same year, the remaining colonists were dispersed, and the town burnt by an African chief. In 1791, some friends of Africa formed an Association, entitled the St. George's Bay Companyy by whose efiK>rts some of the dispersed colonists were collected, and 1200 free negroes transported from Nova Scotia. In 1794, a French squadron plundered and destroyed the colo- nial town ; but this evil wib soon remedied, the influence of the co- lony increased, and its commercial views were promoted. At length, however, the Company, finding the profits were inauequate to cover the expenses of the establi^ment, transferred their property to the British Government, in 1808. Since the adoption of this mea- sure, the colony has enjoyed a degree of prosperity, and large accessions are annually made, by the vigilance of British cruisccs in rescuing from slave ships Uiose Africans, who have been torn from tbeir country and friends, and sold into bondage. In 1811, the population was about 2000. In 1823, it had increased to 16,671, of the following descriptions ; viz. 128 Europeans, 601 Maroons, from Jamaica; 722 Nova-Scotions ; 86 West-Indians and Americans, 8626 natives, 0669 liberated Africans, llOS disbanded soldiers, and 947 Kroomen. This enumeration is exclusive of the military and their families. Those rescued from STE diave-ships, were taken into the colony destitute, ignorant beyond ' conception, unacquainted with aU the arts of civilized life and of every kind of hope for eternity.. The British Government early es- tablished schools for the instruetion of the colonists, and provides for. their support till they acquire the means of maijitaining them* selves. The fFeileyanKLA Church n^ssi' . onaries have successfully laboured ^ here, principally since 181 6. Since , that time, out of this strange maci of people, a colony was formed, " which, in order, and decency, and sobriety, and in the Imowledge and practice of Christian duty,*' says an English gentleman, << not onlj may rival, but, I firmly and from my heart believe, exceeds any equal population in the most fa- voiured paurt of this highly favoured country.'' The fc^owing state- ment was made by tiie late Chief Justk» of the colony, at a quarter session, about the close of 1822 : — " Ten years ago, when the colony was only 4000, there were 40 cases on the calendar fw trial ; and now the population is upwards of 16,000, there are only 6; and not one from any of the villages under the superintendence of a missionary or school-muster." In 1823, the na- tive communicants, in connexion with the church missionaries, were 680 ; scholars, 3623. At that pe- riod it was that the first serious blow was given, by the death of the Rev. Messrs. Johnson and Deering, (o the ptosperity of the mission. Subsequent and continual changes, from the death of their successors, and the labourers at other villages of liberated Africans ; the necessity pf employing incompetent teachers, and frequently the want of all teachers ; the heavy burden of the civil superintendence of the settle- ments,which exhausted the strength and spirit of the missionaries; 443 f! i •'ii / SIL - together with other circumstances, — present this mission at the pre- sent time in an aspect peculiarly painful, especially in the review of its former prosperity. May that be far exceeded by the success of benevolent exertions in future years! [See Bananas, Batburst, Char- lotte, Freetown, Gloucester, Kent, Kiuey, Leicester, Leopold, Regent, fTaterloo, fVellington, fVilber- farce, and York.\ SILHET, or SYLHET, the capi- tal of a district of the same name in the N. E. part of Bengal, Hin- dpostan, 310 m. N. E. of Calcutta. The natives are in a wild and wretch- ed state. John de Silva, a Portu- guese, and Bhagvat, a native teach- er, both members of the Baptist church at Calcutta, laboured here, and at Pandua, for Several years ; but the want of the Scriptures, the fierce manners, and the supersti- tious customs of the natives, re- tarded their progress. Bhagvat died in 181T, and soon after the mission was relinquished. SINGAPORE, or SINGAPORE, a town situated on a small island of the same name, at the southern extremity of the peninsula of Ma- lacca, E. long. 1040, N.lat.l0 24'. The town and principality were foimdrd by adventurers from Su- matra : it was but thinly peopled till the English took possession of it, in 1810 ; since which, it has rapidly increased in commerce and popidation. In 14 months, the Inhabitants increased from 200 to 10,000, a large proportion of whom were Chinese. The Rev. S. Milton and C. H. Thomsen, from the L. M. S., com- menced a mission here in 1819, and a plot of ground was given by government for its use. The mis- sionaries preached in English, Chi- nese, and Malay, and flourishing schools were established for the in- struction of the children in each of vm m these languages. Mr. Milton has erected, chiefly at his own expense, aline of buildings 00 feet by 18, intended as apartments for the schoolmasters, teachers, dsc, in connexion with the Chinese de- partment of the mission. In 1823, it was agreed to connect, with tiie Anglo-Chinese College at Malacca, a Malay College at Sincapore. Sir Stamford Raffles, governor of Ben- coolen. Col. Farquhar, the magis- trates, and other gentlemen of Sincapore, liberally lent their aid to this object. Mr. Thomsen was appointed professor of Malay, and Mr. Milton of Siamese. . Of the mission, the last report thus speaks r — "Native Schools. — Here are 3 Malay schools; of which two are for boys, and the other for girls; and one Chinese. In the former schools about 30 children receive Christian instruction, and in the latter school 12. The Malay cbil- dren attend irregularly, and their progress is small ; the Chinese re- gularly, and their proficiency is considerable. **Malajf Preaching. — One of the Malay services has been, for the present, suspended, in consequence of the diversion of the people of the place where it was held, by a fire that consumed nearly 200 houses. The services at the cha- pel are continued as formerly, bat the attendance seldom exceeds 20. Of these, however, some maice good prog^ss in Christian know- ledge. " A Malay female, who formerly shared in the benefit of the school, after a suitable term of probation, has been baptized. She is the first adult native who has, in this way, manifested her desire to put on the yoke of Christ. Distribution of the Scriptwret, Tracts, ^e.— The number of these, in Chinese, Malay, and English, put into circulation during the year 444 SIR 1826, was upwards of 6500. The chief part consisted of tracts, given either to Chinese settlers, or to those on board the junks, who re- ceived tiiem with apparent interest, and soraetimes applied for them with earnestness. In the distribu- tion of Malay tracts, Mr. Thom- sen, beside supplying the prows in tbe harbour, avails himself of op- portunities of leaving copies in the shops of tbe Chinese, to be g^ven to their Malay customers. "/*r/M/iw^- Q^ce.- About25,000 Malay tracts have been printed during the year ; of which, part have been sent for distribution to Pinang, Malacca, and Batavia. " Mr. S. Dyer, appointed to this station, embarked with Mirs. Dyer on the ] 1 th of April. Mr. and Mrs. Dyer, having each of them already made considerable progress in the attainment of Chinese, proceed, with the pleasing expectation of entering, shortly alter theiv arrival, upon direct missionary labours." SIRDHANA, the capital of a small independent territory, Ilin- ' doostan, near the Punjab, or coun- try of the Sieks, about 920 m. N. W. of Calcutta, and 200 N. E. of Agra. The Rev. J. Chamberlain, from the B. M. S.y came here in 1813, at the request of the Prime Minis- ter of Her Royal Highness the Begum Sumroo, by whom he was favourably received. He continued here about 2 years, during which time he established 6, schools for teaching Persian and Hindoostanee. SIX NATIONS, the remains of n formidable confederacy of In- dians, celebrated in the history of N. America, who were originally poesessors of a great part of the State of New York ; called by the French, Iroquois. It formerly con- sisted of 6 nations, viz. :— The Mohawks, Cayugas, Oneidas, Se- necas, and Onondagas. The Tus- caroras from Virginia joined them in 1713, and several remnants of other tribes have been added at diiierent times. Their compact existed at the tintie of the first settlement by Europeans, and the time of their union was then lost in the uncertainty of ancient occur- rences. In 1635, they were a nu- merous and powerful people, hold- ing most of the neighbouring tribes under a kind Of subjection. Pos- sessing a large extent of territory, opulent in native supplies, and very fertile, the Iroquois extended the terror of their arms to far distant tribes. They were able to send several thoosand warriors on dis- tant expeditions. Onondaga was their principal settlement, and the seat of Indian power, where all their councils were held ; it had fortifications of sufiicient magni- tude and strength for Indian war- fare at that period. Each tribe maintained a separate government } but the grand council settled tbe affairs of the whole confederacy. Since the Americans took posses- sion of the country, like the otht/ aboriginal tribes, they have been gradually diminishing. Most of the Mohawks and Cayugas have emigrated to Canada ; the remains of the other 4 nations, with some other tribes, which they have re- ceived among them, amounted, in 1818, to 4575, and resided on 14 reservations, on portions of land reserved to the Indians, but sur- rounded by whites. These reser- vations contain 265,315 acres, and are in separate parts of the State ; tbe extreme points being 250 m. distant from each other. These Indians have, of late years, made great advances in agriculture and civilization. Religious instruction is provided for them by several so- cieties, assisted by the government, but there is a strong Pagan party, which opposes the introduction of the Gospel. SIX TO WNS, the most populous clan in the S. E. district of the Q 446 ^ 5 80C Cboctaw nation. Population, in 1828, 9ie4. The whole district has sometimes been called by this name, but Improperly. Formerly, the Indians lived in 6 compact towns ; but are now scattered over the country, for the convenience of wood, water, and agricultural pur- suits. In 1883, a school was opened in this clan, in compliance with the earnest request of the chief. SOCIETY, or LEEWARD IS- LANDS, a cluster of Islands in the S. Pacific Ocean, so called after the Royal Society, at whose instance the expedition under Capt. Cook was fitted out, in 1T68. They are situated between IdP and 152o SO' W. long., and 16» and 170 S. lat. Huahine, the south-eastern of the group, is about 00 m. N. W. Ta- hiti. Through the influence of the L. 5. missionaries, idolatry has been universally abolished, and the Gospel is making rapid progress. [See Borabora, Huahaine, Maiaoitif Maupiti, Raiatea, Tahaa.] SOMMELSDYK, a town in Surinam, S. America, a few cniles distant from Paramaribo. The U. B, commenced a mission here in 1735. The missionaries resided here, and instructed the slaves on the neighbouring plant- ations. Their labours were at- tended with less success than those of the missionaries at Paramaribo. In 1T08, 60 baptized negroes were connected with the mission. At the close of 1810, the congregation consisted of 80, 30 of whom were commnnicants. SPRING PLACE, a mission station among the Cherokees, in 0e N. part o/ Georgia, 35 m. S.E. of Braineid, and ISO N. W. of Athens. [See Cherok99$.\ SQUAKIE HILL, a principal settlement of the Seneca Indians, on the Genesee River, New York, containing about 800 souls. The Reiv. D. S. Butrlck attempted, in STE vain, to make an establishment in this tribe. Since that time, they have made application to the bene- volent in the vicinity to establish a school among them, and tiie Presbytery of Ontario have fur- nished a teacher. The Indians have built a school-house, and the majority are in favour of Christian Instruction. STEINKOPFF, formerly By. zondermeid Kraal, Little Nama- qualand, S. Africa, about 200 m. S. of Orange River. Previous to the establishment of a mission by the L. M. &60 34' E. A chain of mountains runs through its whole extent; the ranges, in many parts, being double and treble, and among tbem there were many volcanos : Mount Ophir, si- tuate nearly under the equator, is '■ SUM ■ ^ '■' about the height of the Peak of Teneriffl The inhabitants con- sist of Malays, Achenese, Battas, Lampongs, and Rejangs ; the latter are taken as a standard of descrip» tion, with respect to the person, manners, and customs, of the Su- matrans. They are rather below the middle stature ; their limbs, for the most part, slight, but well shaped, and particularly small at the wrists and ancles : their hair is strong, and of a shining black. The men are beardless ; great pains being, taken to render them so, when boys, by rubbing their chins with a kind of quick lime. Their complexion is properly yellow, wanting the red tinge that consti* tutes a copper or tawny c(4our; those of the superior class, who are not exposed to the rays of the sun, and particularly the women of rank, approaching to a degree of fair<- ness : but the major part of the females are destitute of beauty. A man may purchase as many wives nt he may wish to have; but their num- ber seldom exceeds 8. The original natives are Pagans; but when the Sumatrans, or any of the natives of the eastern islands, learn to read^ the Arabic character, and submit to circumcision, they are said to be- come Malays,- -the term Malay being understo ' 'o mean Moosel>- min. Sumatra is Uvided into many petty kingdoms, the chief of which are Acheen, Indrapore, Palenbang, and Jambi. The English have two factories on this island — Fort Marl- borough and Bencoolen. The Battas compose about one-third part of the population, whose reli- gion is a compound of the most ridiculous and barbarous supersti- tions founded on human depravity. They do not worship images, but believe in the existence of certein deities, whose attributes bespeak the existence of a better race of people than the present. Under their principal deity, they have a 447 IT- ♦t", SUM god of mercy ; another of justice ; and a tbird, the. source of discord and contention, the instigator of malice and revenge, the inciter of anger, and the source of fraud, de- (ceit, lying, hypocrisy, and murder. I'be latter has the most influence. They beseech him when they have been guilty of .ti}|ese vices, and very rarely olier, petitions to the other deities. The orAy religious cere- mony noticed among them is the invocation of the shades of their ancestors. A person named Z>a^ifoo, skilled in every sort of superstition, is the only resemblance of a priest among them. Every village has one, who expounds . all their reli- gious books, and whose, influence is $uch, that they engage in no un- dertaking, however trifling, without first consulting him. The moral conduct of the Battas appears to be influenced by all the vile passions of an irregular and irritable constitution. Truth is seldom regarded, when in the way of their interests and feelings ; and honesty is never founded on prin- ciple, but on the fear of detection. They practise eating prisoners taken in war, and the capital punishment of the country 'is eating the crimi- nal alive. Yet, notwithstanding these dark shades in their moral character, they respect foreigners ; and a little before the arrival of the missionaries, they sent a depu- tation to the British Governor, requesting to know of what reli- gion they should be. The interior, from Bencoolen, is inhabited by the nations of Rajangs and Lam- pongs, each (f whom has a lan- guage and written character pecu- liar to itself. Their moral condition is exceedingly wretched. Padang is considered the key to a large in- land kingdom named Menancabow, which, in 1823, was ravaged by war, with a view to restore the ■ Mabomedan religion. Of the in- habitants of other portions of this vast Island little is known, except that they are wild and savage, like the tigers which abound in their forests. (See Bencooten, Padangf Sebolga.) SURAT, a city pf Hindoostan, in Goojuratt, with a strong citadel, situate on the left bank of the Tuptee, about 20 m> from its mouth. It is one of the most an- cient cities of Hindoostan; the outer wall is T m. in circuit, with 12 gates, and irregular towers be- tween each. The streets are dirty,, narrow, and irregular ; the houses generally lofty; and the inhabi- tants estimated at 600,000. The public buildings are few and mean, and the nabob's palace is contemp- Jtible, The mosques and minarets are small, and the Hindoo edifices equally insignificant. A great portion of the trade of Surat has been transferred to Bombay, but yet it is considerable. It is the emporium of the most precious productions of Hindoostan; for hither are brought from the interior an immense quantity of goods, which the merchants export to the Red Sea, the Persian Gulf, the coasts of Malabar, the Coromandel, and even to China. Here are many Mahomedans, Gentoos, Jews, and Christians, of various denomina- tions. The Mahomedans at Surat are not, by far, so strict as they are in Arabia, or in other Turkish countries ; nor are the distinctions of tribes among the Hindoos who reside here strictly observed. The Hindoos are almost all of the caste of the brahmins; and their skill and dexterity in matters of calcu- lation and economy often raise them to places .of considerable trust. The country round Surat is fertile, except toward the sea, where it is sandy and barren. Be- fore the English East India Com- pany obtained possession of Bom- bay, the presidency of their affairs on the coast of Malabar was at 44S • — » lomina- t Surat hey ar<} Turkish inctions )os who The je caste sir skill calcu- . raise klerable [Surat is le sea, Be- ia Com- f Bom- jr affairs was at sett Siifai ; And they had a factory here, after the presidency was transfened to Bombay. In 1800, a treaty was concluded with the nabob of Surat, by which the management of the city and district was vested in the British. By a treaty in 1803, the Mahrattas were compelled to abandon all their vexatious claims on this city, and the British autho- rity in this place became supreme. Surat is 158 m. N. of Bombay. £. lonff. 730 T', N. lat. 21" 12'. C. C. Aratoon, a converted Armenian connected with the 6. M. S., proceeded to this city in 1812, and laboured in it and the adjoining countrj' for about 9 years, preaci^ing and distributing tracts and portions of the Scriptures in several languages. He afterwards removed to Calcutta. The Rev. Messrs. Skinner and W. Fyvie, of the L. M. S., commenced a station here in 1815, and were usefully employed among the soldiers and natives in the city and neighbouring villages, and in translating the Scriptures into the Goojuratt. Mr. Skinner died Oct. 30, 1821, the same day on which Mr. A. Fyvie sailed from Gravesend to join the mission. Previous to that time, the missionaries had translated and printed the New Testament at their press, and were advancing with the Old Testament, which, in Oct. 1822, was printed to the Psalms. The expejii; j of printing was defrayed by the Bombay Bible Society, and the paper supplied by the B. and F. B. S., which also granted upwards of 2000 dollars lor the expenses incurred in trans- lating, and the supply of necessary types. Large quantities of tracts were also printed and usefully dis- tributed. In 1822, about 10,000 Goojuratt tracts bad been cir- culated, and received with eager- ness. About the same time, the missionaries had 4 native schools in the city, containing about 200 SUR pupils. Since that period they have pursued their work indefa* tigably, as will be evident front their latest statements : — Native SchooU. — ** The number of these is 6, and that of the boys under instruction about 350. The progress made by many of them in the knowledge of the Sacred Scriptures is truly pleasing. The greater part of them attend ns formerly, with their teachers, every Sabbath morning, to repeat their catechisms, to sing a Christian hymn, and to engage in prayer. Several European gentlemen, who have attended on those occasions, have expressed mingled surprise and satisfaction on witnessing the in> teresting scene." Native Services. — "The stated services have been regularly held in the school -rooms, and the natives have been also frequently addressed in the temples, bazaars, and other places of public resort; many of those occasions have proved highly interesting. During the past year, the missionaries have made several tours into the interior of the country, during which the Gospel was published to many -thousands of the natives, who, in general, listened with attention, and re* ceived books with thankfulness." English fVorship. — " Of the English services, which are sta- tedly held on the morning of each Sabbath, and on every Wednesday evening, no report has been re- ceived during the past year." Printing Office,—-*^ Mr. Salmon has placed this office under an im- proved arrangement, which is ex- pected to conduce much to the dispatch of business, as well as to the accuracy of the work. It has been also furnished with a new and improved fount of Goojuratt types from Bengal. As they are larger than the former ones, and ap- proximate nearer to the writton character, the natives are able to Q Q 2 449 I'. V ■■• 'i ■■ SUR n read fhe books for \tiiich they have been us6d with greater facility than those formerly pub- lished. " The printing of tracts with the new types commenced in May, 1826. After 18,600 tracts had been thrown off, a quarto edition of the New Testament, in Ooo- juratt, was commenced. The im- pression is to be equal to 1000 copies.*' Circulation of the Scriptures and Tracts. — " The missionaries, during the year ending the 30th of Sept. 1826, distributed in Surat, in the surrounding villages, and while on tours in the interior, the remainder of the first edition of the Old Testament, and the second edition of the four Gospels, amounting, in all, to more than 8000 parts, and about an equal number of tracts." ' ■ Bonks preparing for publication . — ** Mr. W. Fyvie was engaged, during the year 1826, in revi- sing his English and Gofjfuratt Dictionary, and expected to have it ready for the press in Decem- ber. He has also ready for the press, a vocabulary in the same form. Beside these, several new tracts are in hand; also a small book of prayers, in a simple and appropriate stj'le. " Gofff'uratt Auxiliary Missionary Society. — " The total of receipts, for the year ending October, 1826, is l.'SOO rupees, 5.50 of which were contributed by one gentleman, and 100 by another, without any soli- citation, further than that the missionaries had circulated the First Report of their Auxiliary Society, to inform the members nnd contributors in what way they had employed their money. Several other gentlemen also favoured them with donations, on the object being isubmitted to their consideration." In Nov. 1825, a society was formed at Bombay, called the sus Bombay Missionary Vniorit the objects of which are. to promote Christian fellowship, and to con- sult on the best means of advancing the kingdom of Christ in that part of India. The missions repre- sented at this meeting were, the American and the Church in Bombay, the London Society's at Surat and Belgaum, and the Scottish mission in the southern Konkan. The missionaries ex- press their hope that this Union will be productive of much good to the missions at present con- nected with it, and also to any other Protestant mission which may hereafter join the associa- tion. The missionaries at Surat are very desirous of establishing a mission at Abmedabah, the capital of the province of Goojuratt. SURLEPURUM, a village of about 800 houses, in Changany parish, Jaffna district, Ceylon, about 1 mile and an half from Panditeripo. Dr. Scudder opened a school here of about 40 scholars, in 1820, which promises to be useful. The American mission- aries occasionally presich to a small congregation, in this village. SUSOOS, a numerous and powerful people, inhabiting an ex- tensive country north and south of the Rio Pongas River, Sierra Leone country, W. Africa. They have 3 independent sovereignties, and each king can command about 20,000 men. They live in villages, containing commonly from 100 to 2000 people; and few less than 3 or 400 InhabitAnts. Tney have made considerable progress in agriculture and manufactures. The Mahomedan religion prevails to some extent among them; but they are generally superstitiously attached to devil-worship, and shew little disposition to examine the claims of Christianity. Missions have been attempted 4^0 'y SYR among tbem with Uttie succen. In the early part of 1708, the Rev. Messrs. Brunton and Greig, from Edinburgh, went to Free Port, a factory belonging to the Sierra Leone Company, situated on the Rio Pongas, near a native town called Tugekiring. Here they staid about 10 weeks, and daily visited the native town, with a view of learning the language. Though they gained the affection and confidence of many of the na14ves ; yet the chief obliged them to remove, and they passed up the river, about 40 miles, to Kondaia. [See Canqffee, KoH' daia.] SYRIAN CHRISTIANS. [See CotymJ] T. TAHA, or OTAHA, one of the Society Islands, 40 m. in circumfe- rence, situatedaboutdm.N.of Raia- tea. It has a great number of fine bays and harbours, some of which extend almost to the centre of the island. Extensive valleys reach from the heads of these bays up to the foot of the mountains ; one of these val- leys is of great extent, ana full of all the vegetable productions of the country, such as wild ginger, the tii-plant, from which the inhabit- ants formerly distilled great quan- tities of rum,tbe bamboo, the moun- tain plantain, arrow root, fore we entered, my guide gathered a bunch of green leaveis that grew upon the beach; and, as soon as we came to the accustomed place for making offerings, he threw them upon the pavement, and re- peated, in a careless manner, a few words soliciting the favour of the deity supposed to preside there. The place where this ceremony was performed is dedicated to their principal eatooa, called Oro, and is a rough stone pavement, about eighteen feet square. At the north end, opposite to the sea, is a large pile of stones, upwards of five feet high, three or four feet wide, and about eighteen feet long. Upon the top are several pieces of board, some of them six feet long and twelve inches broad ; the ends being slit into five parts, to represent a human hand, with the fingers a little extended. At the south end are set up five stones, three of which are larger than the other two. These are designed to mark out the places of the oflSciating priests, both of superior and inferior rank, who sit cross-legged upon the pavement, supporting their backs against the stones; and in this posture, with their faces to- wards the pile of stones and boards, they present their prayers. The middle space is where the human victims are slaughtered, by being knocked on the head with stones and a club: after which, a princi- pal priest scoops out the eyes of the munlered person; and, holding them in his hands, presents them to the King, who opens his mouth as if intending to swallow them. When this ceremony is concluded, the carcase is thrown into a pit, and covered with stones ; and, from the number of pits surrounding the place, as well as from the expres* sions of my conductor, I appre- hend that many hundreds of men and women have been here sacrl- TAH ficed by the abominable supersti- tion of these idolaters. Besides the captives taken in war, the bo- dies of those slain In battle, or those cut offby the command of the King, or that are purposely immolated in any other part under his jurisdic- tion, are brought to the moral, that prayers may be made over them previously to their interment. . "A little to the right of this pavement of blood, and nearer towards the point, is an altar to Oro, raised upon three rows of wooden pillars, thirteen in a row, nearly seven feet high, and four or five feet broad; the top being covered with cocoa-nut leaves, and the front and ends decorated with leaves of the sugar-cane so fixed that they may hang down like long; fringes. Upon this altar was i large hog, with other ofierings of fish, bread-fruit, and mountain plantains. A little more to the right, was the frame of an altar going to decay, dedicated to an imaginary deitynamed Ora-madooa; and a few yards farther towards the extremity of the land appeared a pile of stones, ten or twelve feet high, and about twenty in length, sacred to a marine god, called Tu- pah, and said to be the occb^ 455 TAH utmost demonstrations of kindness, and with marked tokens ol'respect; Messrs.' Nott and Henry accom- panying us, and interpreting for us. His information, for a person who b«is tead only the Tahitian lavi- guage, appeared to us considerable, from the Questions he asked re- specting our society's labours, their success, and their intended fields of labour ; also his inquiries respect- ihg the civil afi'airs of England and £urope. " You have learned, we trust, from letters sent home before we reached Tahiti, that the transla- tions and printing are going on well. Matthew and John are printed in the Tahitian language, and are in innumerable hands : the book of Genesis, Joshua, the Psalms, Isaiah, the Acts, the Epistles to the Romans, and the other Epistles, are in course of translation, and are waiting the mutual corrections of the brethren. The grammar and dictionary are not in so forward a state ; but both these are so important, that we hope to make a more encouraging report of their progress at no dis- tant period." ** We are gratified in observing, almost everywhere, many marks of improvement. Better bouses and chapels having been built, or in preparation for being built, at nearly every station — rapid improvement in reading and writing — European dresses partially superseding the Tahitian— the chiefs ingeniously and diligently building their own boats in the European form, with European tools — many cultivating tobacco and sugar — and nearly all manufacturing cocoa-nut oil. "Among other marks of improve- ment, we must mention a road, which is already made to a consi- derable extent^ and which is in- tended to go round the whole island. This is of very great and obvious importance. It ba« been TAH formed by persons who were pu- nished, according to the new laws, for evil doing ; and the intention is, that it shall be completed by per- sons of that descriptions. It is re- markable that these persons have no need to be superintended in their labour, but they uniformly perform the portion of work al- lotted to them. Before this, there was no road in any part of the island, except the narrow winding tracks by which the natives found their way from one place to an- other." The King's illness continued to increase rapluly ; and on the 7th of December, Mr. Crook was re- quested, by a messenger, to attend immediately, as Pomarre had fainted. He accordingly hastened to the royal residence, with Mr; Redfern, a surgeon from Port Jackson, and found that bis patient's end w&s fast approaching. After he had revived, Mr. Crook reminded him, that though he was a great sinner, the Lord Jesus was a great Saviour, and he alone could aid him in the article of death. The dying monarch replied, emphati- cally, Jesits alone I and then sank into a kind of stupor, which conti- nued till about 8 o'clock, when bis spirit was summoned into the un- seen world. During the year ending May, 1823, the number baptized at Ma- tavai, in the district of that name, was, of adults 120, of children 100 ; making a total of the former, 384, of the latter, 238 : candidates for baptism, 18 ; addition to the cohi- municaiits, 33 : making a total of 108. Marriages during the same period, 12. This station was afterwards named tVaugh T»wn. Mr. Hay- ward was compelled, by Mrs. H.'s state of heRltti, to return to New South Wales, where he is usefully employed ; and his devoted contl- jutor, Mr. Mott, after a diligent 4^0 TAH and faithful service in the islands of nearly 30 years, visited his nativp country. On his departure for Europe, the care of the stations at Waugh Town and Hankey City devolved upon Mr. Wilson, together with that of Wilks' Harbour, until the removal of Mr. Pritchard to the latter in November, 1825. The number baptized by Mr. Wilson, from May in that year, until the period of Mr. Pritchard's removal, was, for the 3 stations, 31 adults and 33 children. Subsequent to the settlement of Mr. Pritchard at Wilks' Harbour, in May, 1826, the number baptized, belonging to the districts of Pare and Matavai, was H adults and 32 children. The members in the churches of these two districts amounted at that time to about 400 ; candidates for communion, 87 ; those for baptism, 7 ; couples married during the year 1825-6, 11. Among those lately baptized, are several young persons, who, unhap- pily, had adopted some of their former pernicious customs. Some who were baptized here several years ago, and who had afterwards relapsed into sin, have renounced their evil courses, and resumed their attendance on the special meetings appointed for the baptized. Some church members, who had fallen under censure, have, on proof of repentance, been re-ad- mitted to communion. The services on the Sabbath are, in general, well attended, and the people manifest a laudable desire to understand the meaning of what they hear. The number who at- tend the preaching on the Wednes- day evenings is small. < The various meetings for catechetical instruc- tion, dec. during the week, conti- nue to be regularly attended, that on Saturday excepted. The adult and children's schools are both well attended. The number of chil- TAM dren under instruction is 170. A new school- room of large dimen- sions has been lately erected. I'he parts of the New Testament not hitherto circulated, have been translated, and, when revised, will be sent to press ; so that it is pro- bable, shortly after Mr. Nott's re- turn to the islands, the New Testa- ment will be given to the islanders in a complete form. [For other stations in Tahiti, see Bogue Town, Burder's Point, Haweis Town, Hidia, mik»* Harbour.] TAMARACOOLUM, or TA- MARANGCOOLUM, a village in Travancore, Hindoostan, near Nagercoil, in the midst of a wood of palmpa-trees ; inhabited by a large number of native Christians, whose employment is the cultiva- tion of the palmyra-tree. The paddy fields, given by the Queen to the mission, lie near this village. A heavy qait-rent, formerly attach- ed to this grant, has been removed. In 1818, the congregation consisted of 4 or 600. More than 1000 have entered their names as renouncing heathenism. They have a large church, where the congregation soon assemble at the sound of the tom tom, or Indian drum. The missionaries wish to substitute a bell for this appendage of heathen worship. The Scriptures are read every Sabbath by a native catechist. A flouriobing school is in operation ; more than 1100 verses from the Bible were recited by the boys to Mr. Knill, during one visit. The London missionaries at Nagercoil superintend the school and congpre- gation. TANJORE, a province in the Carnatic, Hindoostan, bounded N. and W. by pert of tlie Carnatic, and S. and E. by the Bay of Bengal. The effects of the faithful labours of the apostoliciScAwar^z, and his asso- ciates, are very apparent in.tbispart of Hindoostan. In 1705, Frede- rick the Fourth, King of Denmark, BR 447 . ' I TAN sent 2 roissionaries to Tranquebar ; B. Zitgenbalg and H. Pluicho, who, witjb their associates and suc- C,<»88ors, did much to introduce the Protestant religion into the king- dom of Tanjore> which, has since been gradually increasing. In 1S09> &e native Christians belong- ing to the Tapjore mission, in- cluding ib« Tinnevelly district, amounted nearly to 18,000. There is scarcely a viUagc in the whole country, in which the missionaries have not been requested to esta- blisih schools. Tanfore, a populous city, and capital of a province of the same name, in the Carnatic, Hindoos- tan, on the Cavery R., about 50 m. from its mouth ; travelling distance S. S. W. Madras, 205 m. It was formerly the great seat of learning in the S. of India. Including the sub- urbs, it is about 6 m. in circuit, de- fended by a double wall and a large ditch. E.long.7e»10',N.lat.lO»4e'. The Rev. Christian F. Schwartz, from the Sac. for Prom. C. K., undertook a mission to India, under the government of Den- mark, in 1750; and after labour- ing many years, at Tranquebar, «nd in the neighbouring country, he was established at Trichino- iwly, in 1766, under the C. K. S., •where he remained, till about 1778} when he removed to Tan- jore, and continued here till bis death, in 1708. While at Trichi- oopoly, he had a congregation at Tanjore, to which he devoted much Attention, employed several native preachers, and witnessed the con- version of many heathen. Soon uttUT bis establishment at Tanjore, he erected a church for the garri- mn, and another for the natives. His unblamenble conduct, and de- votedness to the cause of his Mas- ter, gave him a decided influence over all classes, and secured the conAdence of the bigoted Hindoos. |q tbe time of war with Europeans, the Rajah forbade his subjects to injure that good man. They ho- noured him in life, and mourned long for him after Iris death. Two mites E. of Tanjore, Mr. Schwartz built a house for his residence, and made it an orphan asylum. Here the last 20 years of bis life were spent in the education and religious instruction of children, paarticulariy of indigent parents, whom he gra- tuitously maintained and instructed, and, at his death, willed bis pro- perty to the mission at Tanjore. His success was extraordinary : it is said he reckoned 2000 persons, savingly converted by his means. Mr. Kolhoff is his successor, and is faithfully devoted to> the extended interests of the mission. For many years after the death of Mr, Schwartz, Mr. Holzberg was asso' ciated with Mr. Kolhoff. At this place a school-houde was erected in 1802, which may accommodate upwards of 1000 scholars. The schools and congregations under the care of the missionaries at this station are prosperous. The con- gregations extend about 200 m. In 1816, the Christians in the city of Tanjore were about 1500 ; and in the vicinity, about 1000. Countr}- priests have long been employed with happy effect, in the different congregations connected with this mission. The country congrega- tions of the Danish mission in Tranquebar have been recently transferred to the C. K. S., and attached to this station, which has thus received an addition of 1027 souls. The Rajah favours and pa- tronizes the missionaries, and has done much to forward their plans of benevolence. Bishop Heber arrived at Tanjore on the 25th of March, 1826; and it was there, in the institutions of the venerable Schwartz, in the labours of the excellent men who have succeeded him in the same field, and in tlia numerous churches of 458 TAN native Christians which they have founded and built up, — that his interest was most powerfully excited, and the energies of his mind most earnestly employed. The morning after his arrival (Easter-day), his Lordship preached in the mission church in the fort, and administered the Lord's Sup« per to 53 native Christians, using (as was his constant custom in all native congregations) the words of administration in their own lan- guage. In the evening he attended the Tamul service in the same church ; the liturgy being read by the missionaries present, and the sermon preached by Dr. Caemerer, of Tranquebar ; and he himself pronouncing the benediction in Tamul. " Gladly," he exclaimed to me, says the Rev. T. Robinson, while talcing off his robes, < gladly would I purchase this day with years of existence.* On the fol- lowing morning (Easter Monday), he confirmed 12 descendants of Europeans, and 50 natives in the same church ; and in the evening of the same day he attended divine service in Tamul, at the small chapel in the mission garden. After the sermon, his Lordship, from his seaf at the altar, addressed the missionaries who were pre- sent, and the native teachers by whom they were attended. He exhorted them to fidelity, dili- gence, and increasing zeal, pa- tience in bearing privations and neglect for Christ's salce, loolcing for the recompence of reward, to earnest prayer for themselves, for him, for their flock, and for the Rajah, who had shewn such kind- ness of the church of Christ. He alluded beautifully to the grave of Schwartz, over which they were then standing, and charged them to follow his bright example. The eflbct produced on the minds of all present was such as I never wit- TAN nessed — it will ndver be obllte^ rated." The importance of this station will be fully apparent from another quotation from the same pen : — " I commend the Ta^fore mis- sion, with all its important labours, to the patronage and support, I will venture to sAy more, — to the aflfoc* tionate regard, of the Committee. Most richly do they deserve all tbe nurture, all the assistance, all the kindness, that can be ^hewn thefm. The wisdom of all the institution* of the venerable Schwartz (whose name is yet as fresh in every town and village of the Christians, as if his earthly labours were just ended, and whose memory is held in soch deep and holy veneration, as we are accustomed to render to Apostles only) is visible to all who visit that most interesting country, and leaves no doubt on the mind, that the best and wisest method of sending the kingdom of Christ in this country* is to strengthen these existing es- tablishment;. They have in them a principle of unlimited self-ex- tension ; and if in the last 20 years, with many and great discourage- ments, the labours of those vene- rable men, who have trod in the steps of Schwartz, have effected so much, what may we not hope from the same men,: when their means of usefulness are increased by your bounty? But, alas! they have a still stronger claim upon your hearts. They were the ob- ject of the deepest interest and most intense anxiety to our dear lamented Bishop. It would be hardly too ^uch to say, that his blood was a libation on the sacri- fice of their faith ; for he died while caring for their welfare, and labouring for their good. He had seen every part of India, but he had seen nothing like the Society't missions in Ta/y'ore. Again and again did he repeat to me, 'Her* I 459 1 TAR t> M« 9irength of the Chrittian cause in India, It would indeed b9 U grievout and heavjf sin, if Bng'ttttul, ttnd all the agents of its bounty^ do not nourish and protect thtse churches,* ** On the receipt of this commu- nlcntion, a desire to accomplish ai far as posclble the plans of the lamented prelate prevailed in every bosom \ and at a special general meeting, although the superin- tendence of the missions hod been transferred to the Society for the propagation of the Qospel in Fo- reign' Parts, it ytM resolved to ciurry the recommendations of Bi- shop Heber into full effect. In pursuance of this resolution, it was determined to expend the sum of £1500, partly in building, repair- ing, and enlarp^g churches, cha- pels, missionary premises, and school-houses in the Tanjore dis- tiict, partly In extending the mis- sion-press at fepTy, and partly in the endowment of two additional scholarships at Bishop's College, Calcutta, to be for ever called Bisho]) Ileber's scholarships, and to be appropriated, in compliance with his earnest wish and recom- mendation, to the maintenance and education of members of fo- reign episcopal churches in the East, not in subordination to the see of Rome. TARTARY, in the most ex- tensive sense of the word, includes nil that vast country of Asia, be- tween the Frozen Ocean and Per- sia, Hindoostan, and China. Russian Tartary embraces all the northern part of this territory ; Chinese Tartar)' includes the S. and E. part ; and Independent Tartory lies E. of the Caspian Sea. The inhabitants, scattered over a wide extent of country, are ge- nerally called Tartars; but they are divided into 8 distinct races of men ; viz. the Huns, or Proper TAU Tartars, the Mandshurs, and Mon- goles; and these into a great variety of tribee^, each of which has i^ appropriate name. These 3 families of Tartars have distinct languages; In addition to which many different dialects prevail. The religion of many of the Tartars in the S.W. part of the country Is Mahomedan; others of them, with the great body of the other Tartars in Asia, whether Huns, Mongoles, or Mandshurs, are Pagans, or worshippers of Budhu. They have, generalty, a iii'ong aversion to the Christian religion, and are dupes to their own superstitions. A true estimate of the widely extended population of this country cannot be formed ; but that there are many millions, who need the hand of Christian charity to extend to them the light of life, cannot be doubted. The mission stations, which have been established to dlfl\]se the light of the Gospel among the different Tartar tribes, are Astrttchan, Ka- rassy Nazran,Nogay, Orenhergy Sa- r^to,and Selinginsk. (Which see.) The missions established in this vast range of territory were greatly assisted by the Bussian Bible So- ciety and its numerous auxiliaries. The Peterslurgh Tract Society also rendered valuable aid ; and, by the liberality of the Princess Mest- chersky, they are supplied with tracts In the Russian language. She has translated a nnmber of English Tracts in that language ; hundreds of thousands of which are In circulation. TAUAI, one of the Sandwich Islands, 33 miles In length, and 28 in breadth, the r-sideuce of the Governor, Kaikioeva ; having a population of ld,000. At fVaimea, on the southern coast, there Is a station of the A. B. C. F. M., wJilch was commenced In 1820. 460 TEL In Jan. 1824, Mr. Whitney gives the following account of it : — "Tbfo chiefs, at their own ex> pensoi have built us a very con- venient house for public worship ; inwiuch I have preached regularlj', iiii the vernacular tongue, for 8: mouths past, twice every Sabbath, and oocastonully on other days* OuTi meetings are generally well; attended^ aavi many of the people aw. desirous of becoming acquaint- ed with the Gospel. Under our iouBiecHate inspection, we have 2 flourishing, schools, of about 120 scholars:' tliere are other schocds in ditterent parts of the island. Many more are anxious to learn ; hut, for want of books and teachers, tbey musl^ fortbe present, be denied^ that privilege. Orders have lately been given out for all the people, without exception, on this and the neighbouring island, Niihau, to observe the Sabbath as holy time, devated to the service of Jehovah. Drunicenness is prohibited; and in- fanticide, which heretofore has been practised to no inconsiderable extent, is now punishable with death." On June 24,1825, Mr. W. says:— " While I was writing this, our Governor, Kaikioeva,came in, and inquired to whom I was writing. On b^ng informed ; ' (rive them,' said he, with much warmth of ex- pression, * my affectionate saluta- tion> Tell them I thank them much for ' the good news of salva- tion which they have sent us ; that learning and religion shall be the business of my life.' He has lately built a new church, 00 feet by 30, which is probably the best house that ever was erected on Tauai.'' [See Sandwich hlanda. ] TELLICHERRY, a city of Hindostan, pleasantly situated on the Malabar coast, N. W. Cochin, 246 m. S. S. W. Goa, belonging to the English. E. long. 76"> A'i', N. lat. ll»4d'. ; . in TBR The C. M. S. commenced a mis- sion here in 1817, which was for some years superintended by the Rev. Francis Spring, the chaplain.* He prepared thie church catechism and liturgy in Malayalim. A school of 50 scholars here has been highly useful, and formerly supported itself. Many who were educated in it are engaged in public of&ces«> or useful occupations, and hav* done credit to the instruction they had received. Much opposition has been made by the Roman Catho- lics. Respecting this station, Mr. Spring writes: — " Something is almost daily occurring to animate as in our course. Here, flashes of the heavenly light are continually gleaming through the darkened at- mosphere. I hear tbat there is, on every side, a readiness among great numbers tp receive the tidings of the Gospel." A poor man's fund was also established, which relieved 400 persons weekly ; 20,000 rupees were bequeathed to it by a deceased friend, who was the principal agent in its establishment. This measure^ conciliated the natives, and gave them favourable views of Chris- tianity. In 1823, Mr. Spring left tliis station for England, having made the best arrangements in his power to secure the continuance of the school established by him, and now maintained by tbe Madras Corre- sponding Committee of the C. M. S. In 1824, since which no accounts of it have been published, it con- tiiined 59 children of various c^tes and classes. TERNATE, a small island in the E. Indian Sea, one of the prin- cipal of the Moluccas, of a circular form, 18 miles in circumference. A large volcanic mountain in the centre extends nearly to the sea in every direction. This island was first settled by the Spaniards, who were driven. away by tbe Dutch, to whom the King of the island is in som» R H 2 461 it If THE degtee subject. The governtnent of Ternate includes the islands of Tidore, Motir, Machlan, and Ba- chian. Cloves are the principal article of commerce. E, long. 1270 32', lat. N. 0" SC. The Rev. Mr. Jungmicheli of the N, M. S., was stationed here in 1810. Under his care are 22 churches in Ternate and the neigh- bouring islands. The Rev. Mr. Kam, missionary at Amboyna, has been instrumental of much good in his occasional visits to Ternate. THEOPOLIS, a setUement of Hottentots, in the district of Al- bany, Cape Colony, S. Africa, 60 m. N. E. of Bethelsdorp, and about 600 E. of Cape Town ; situated in a valley, surrounded on all sides by hillscovered with trees. The land belonging to the L. M. S. extends 3 miles down a river to the sea, is well watered, and affords abun- dance of pasturage, and many faci- litie.rfor a comfortable subsistence. The inhabitants are 500. This settlement was commenced by the Rev^ Messrs. Bartlett and Ullbricht, and other settlers from Bethelsdorp, in 1814, on a spot selected and granted to the society by Governor Cradock. Mr. B. continued here a short time, and was succeeded by the Rev. Mr. Bariestows by putting his hand on their heads, while they Icneel before him; but he does not deign to converse with the greatest monarch in Asia. He is rarely, if ever, seen by common worshippers, except in the. rear of some distant window. His resi- dence is the centre of an enormous and most splendid palace, on the top of PatelU, or Holy Mountain, near the Burrampooter, and about 7 m. from Lassa, the capital. It is a vast bloclc of temples, built of stone, and inhabited by 700 lamas, who are attached totheGrandLama, and perform daily worship. The mountain descends in every di- rection from the temple; around which are circles of buildings of superb structure, extending to the plain. Benticic says, more than 20,000 lamas reside in these several circles, according as their ranic and dignity render them more worthy to approach their sovereign pontiif. Those lamas, who reside in the higher circles, possess great wealth and reputed sanctity of character; and to maintain their high preten- sions to holiness, they seldom appear before the multitude. It is difficult to imagine a scene better calcu- lated to overwhelm the superstitious worshipper than the ascent of the Holy^lountBin. Every step becomes more and more sacred, and brings him nearer to the courts of that being, whom he adores as imma-' ciilate, immortal, omnipresent, and omniscient ; and though he is only permitted to glance a distant look nt the object of his worship, or THI behold his portrait at the entranee of the court, to which he pays hi* devotions as to the god himself; ha feels confident of his favour, and is richly rewarded for a pilgrimage of 1000 miles. The votaries of the Grand Lama maintain, that when he seems to die, his soul, or the divinity, only quits a crazy habitation to seek another ; and that it is discovered again in the body of some child by certain tokens, known only to the lamas, in which order he always appears. The infant lama is then conducted to Terpaling, about 20 ro. from Lassa, into the centre of the monastery, which is a mile in circumference, enclosed by lofty walls, and situated on the summitof a high hill. In this pile of build- ings, 300 priests perform religious service with Tesboo Lama, for se- veral years, when he is prepared for his inauguration; after which he resides in his palace on the Holy Mountain, aind receives the adora- tions and costly gifts of his deluded votaries, who are supposed to em- brace about one-thinl part of the human family ! Thibetian idols are numerous. Budhu, Fo, and Manippe, belong to the first rank. Budhu seems to be venerated chiefly for his anti- quity. Fo is supposed to reside in tiie Grand Lama. Manippe is a large idol, sitting on a throne, with 9 heads placed one above another in the form of a cone, and is the great goddess of the Tliibetians. In their temples are an tdmust endless variety of images, which are increasing. When the Grand Lama dies, his body is placed erect in a golden shrine, and ever after visited with sacred awe. The body of every inferior lama is burnt immediately after death, and tlie ashes are enclosed in a little brass image, which is placed in the sacred cabinet. In addition to these, almost every mun has small images, 463 and pl6tnrei of the Grand Lamn in bis house, whioti receive family MK^tiip. In common with the Mln they holdtbe water of the G«ng«M> and a variety of' other objects, sacred. I'hey believe in the transmigra- tion of the soul; that when it leaves the body it goes to heaven, or is born again into the world, as- suming aTiotber human body, or thai of an animal, according to the degree of sanctity, or the multitude of good works performed. They also believe, that all the sufferings incident to a man in this life are the evil consequences of sin com- mitted in his former life, before his last birth. This article might be extended to great length, in detailing a par- ticular account of their unmeaning modes of worship, and a multitude of inhuman practices ; but this par- tial v4ew of their deplorable condi- tion must awalcen Christian sym- pathy, and prompt the inquiiy, Can any efficient measures be talcen to enlighten and, reform this people? To this question it nu^y be answered, The obstacles to ihe introduction of the Gospel into Thiliet are great and appalling ; but the magnitude of the object demands no trifling sacrifice. A mission station at the head-quartersof lamaism would be, perhaps, more important than any now in existence. For along pe- riod, all bool{s printed in the Thi- betian language have been consi- dered sacred. This prepossession, with the sanction of some lama of distinction, would irive tbe Scrip- tures, printed in tiuit language, a high character ; and they would be read by every learned lama in Asia, and might be most extensively cir- culated among the vast crowds of pilgrims to the Holy Mountain. Let tbe G(Mpel be {introduced into T'^ibet, ar(* an eifectual door would lu> opened into China, as the Em- THO perpr and court look to Thibet for their religion. With tbe convei- sion of the lamas, the paganism of all Asia wOuld tremble from its foundation, and the Gospel would flow in tbe d<.'«serted channels of Lamaipm through Tartarv^ Thibet, and tbe vast empire of China. This is tbe strong hold of Satan, and must be assailed by the Christian soldier. Let the fortress no longer be viewed as impregnable till, at- tempts have been made. ''The heart of < the Grand Lama' is in t' :: hand of the Lord." [See Titatt/n.^ THOMAS, ST. the priiicipul of the Virgin Islands, W. In(!ies,ui:'ju 25 ra. in circumference, m dur the authority of tbe Dnn :;, i, has a commodious harbour, and is a place of considerable trade. A ^eat portion of tbd population are slaves. A negro, named Anthony, who became acquainted with the servants of Count Zinzendorf, whilst that nobleman was attending the coro- nation of Christian VI., in 1731, at Copenhagen, flrst gave rise to the idea of sending out missionaries to these benighted islands, where the miseries of personal slavery were superaiMed to those of satanic bondage. This man, in the course of conversation, stated that he had a sister in the island of St. Thomas, who, with many of her hapless companions, earnestly desired to be taught in the way of salvation, and earnestly implored God to send some person to -their assistance, capable of giving them religious in^^"',ct!Ci?is. This statement was alttiwaixh iepeated at Herrnbul, A if !utch chur Jii former tii I Leupoldfimmediatel} ''ormed the re- solution of going to these poor iintn- tored creatures ; ind absolutely declared their willir guess to $eU themselvea as alaves, i$hould miisioned to assail this little band of labourers. Mrs. Poor, a most ex- cellent and faithful helper of the mission, greatly endeared to all who were associated with her, and particularly to the children of the heathen, whose spiritual interests she habitually consulted, was re- leased from the cares and labours of this world, May 7, 1821. Soon after the death of Mrs. P., Mr. and Mrs. Richards removed to Tilli- pally, and tootc the whole charge of the temporal concerns of the fa- mily and boarding-school, till the death of Mr. Richards, August 3, 182^. In January 1823, Mr. Poor was married to Miss Knight, the slater of the Rer. Mr. Knight, church missionary at Nellore, and in July of the same year, removed to Battieotta, to take the superin- tendence of the mission colie^. His place is supplied at Titlipally by Mr. Woodward. In 1824, Mrs. Richards was married to Mr. Knight, of Nellore. This is one of thtt most interest- ing of the Ceylon stations, and the prospect of usefulness is highly en- couraging. Immediately after the arrival of the missionaries, a free school was commenced, and about 30 boys were collected in a few months. From this school several of the most promising children were selected and boarded at the expense of the mission. In 1823, there were Q free schools connected with this station, in which 3d girls and tlA6 boys were instructed. In the boarding-school were 8 girls and 30 ho3-s, who were named and supiKirtvd by benevolent associa- tions, and individuals in America, and 7 others were on trial. The improvement of the pupils hiu. In general, been highly sutisfuctory. Many of them have been subjects of rwligious impressions, and seve- TIL ral have publicly professed Chris- tianity, and are useful assistants in the mission. In the early part of 1823, 10 natives had been received at tills place as members of the church ; 5 of whom then resided at the station. Although the missionaries have met with considerable opposition and indifference from the natives, they have tiie satisfaction to find that their prejudices and super- stitions are gradually removing, particularly those relating to fe- male education. Through their instrumentality, a hospital has been provided for the benefit of the sick, by the aid of benevolent individuals at Jaffna. Since ac- quiring tlie language, the mission- aries have sought interviews with the Brahmins and the people, at the temples, in the highways, and in the fields. The aged and the young, the rich and the poor, have been warned to flee from the wrath to come, and invited to ac- cept of the blessings of the Gospel. The need of divine agency has been felt and acknowledged. The promises of the Scriptures in behalf of the heathen have been impor- tunately pleaded in the midst of pagans ; and cheering tokens have been received, that the great Head of the church ^as kindly regarded the labours and prayers of his servants. In the early part of 1824, a general seriousness prevailed at each of the stations, connected with the American Board in Jaffna. The gracious work first became signally manifest at this stutlon, on the 18th of January, and con- tinued to increase till all the scholars in the boardino: - school, the domestics in the tamily, and 2 or 3 schoolmasters, were amoni? the anxious inquirers. It soon pre- vailed, in a similar degree, at each station ; and, in the latter part of 46d TIN March> 80 bad become tbe bopeful subjects of renewing grace, and the missionaries were still cheered with tbe hope that they should see greater things than these. [See Jaff/ia.] TIMOR, a Dutch island in the Indian Archipelago, S6Q m. long, by 60 average breadth. E. long. 1230 36', S. lat. 10» 0'. Tbe inha- bitants are of a dark colour, in countenance more nearly resem- bling tbe South Sea Islanders than any of tlie Malay tribes. They appear to have no regular system of laws, being governed principally by the will of the sovereign. The religion of the island is mostly pa- gan. Most of the princes, how- ever, profess Christianity ; but are, at the same time entirely guided by pagan priests and customs. In 1820, tbe Rev. Mr. Le Brunn was stationed here by the N. M. S. with 3 native assistants, educated by Mr. Kam at Amboyna. TINNEVELLY, a district in the Carnatic, Hindoostan, 150 m. long, by average breadth 60 ; oc- cupying tbo S. E. extremity of tbe peninsula ; bounded N. by Madura, E. and S. by the Gulf of Manaar, and W. by Travancore, from which it is separated by the Ghaut moun- tains. I'he number of inhabitants is 700,000, of whom 175,000 are Hrnhmins, 30,000 Roman Catho- lics, ond 4000 Protestants. Tbe Hindoos are divided and subdivided into no less than 60 castes, and (ire deeply rooted in idolatry and RU|)erstition. They speak the Ta- mul lungoage in great purity. Tbe fruits of Mr. Schwartz's la- bours, in the last century, are still apparent in this district. 'I'he C.K.S. commenced a mission here, in 1800; it has 3 native priests, nt Muthelloer and Nazareth, — 27 churches, erected on land given by tim nabob,— as many catechists, and it supplies the congregation with books. TIT The Rev. Wm. T. Ringletaube, from the L. M. S., arrived, in 1806, and continued, in the di^ict and Travancore, till about 1810. He preached in fl churches erected by him, among the Shanars, S. of Palamcotta, near the Ghauts, and superintended several schools. His labours were followed by consider- able success. Several hundreds were baptized. {See Paktmeoita.] TIRUPALATUREY, a town in tbe Carnatic, Hindoostan, 66 miles westerly from Tranquebar near Tanjore. About tbe com- mencement of the 18th century, tbe missionaries at Tranquebar, laboured here with some succeis ; and, in 1747, their congregation amounted to 030. Much has since been done to promote the spiritual good of tbe people by schools and other means of instruction. TITALYA, a town and British military station, in Hindoostan, in the district of Rungpore, on the borders towards Nepaul. From its situation, it anbrds favourable access to Bootan, Thibet, and China. Through the instrumentality of Mtgor Barre Latter, Commanding Officer, the Rev. Frederick C. G. Schroeter, of tbe C. M. S., WHS stationed at Titalya, in 1816, for tbe purpose of acquiring the Thibet language, with the ultimate design of trans- lating the Scriptures into that difficult and important tongue. Here he continued, with little in- terruption, in the steady pursuit of his ^new and arduous work, till bit death, July 14, 1820. He possessed uncommon talent in the acquisition of languages, and amid many difficulties, without any properly qualified assistant, had prepared a Thibetian and English dictionary, consisting of 74 quires of paper, which, with a supplement to it, written on 16 quires, forms a com- Silete dictionary, Thibetian and ilnglisb. He had also commenced 467 I'll j J TIT a Thibet gprammar, on which he • >vas employed at the time of his decease. The dictionary has been put into the hands of the Rev. Dr. Carey, of Serampore, who has undertaken to correct and publish it) and also to form a grammar of the Thibet language from Mr. Schroeter's materials. The die* tionaiy will occupy between 900 and 1000 quarto pages, and will be printed on a type cast for the purpose at Serampore. Notwith- standing the ardour with which - Mr. Scbroeter devoted himself to these objects, he did not lose sight of his more direct woric as a mis- sionary. He had divine worship twice on the Sabbath, in Hindoos- tanee, and improved other oppor- tunities of spreading the know- ledge of Christianity. Native schools were established, as far as practicable. In a journey to tbe hill country of Nepaul, he made himself known as a preacher of righteousness, and was everywhere received with attention and respect. There appeared no unwillingness in tbe people to instruct him in the langtiage of the country, and they were very desirous that he should in return teach them English. During the first years of Mr. Schroeter's residence, he was supported by the Society ; but through the instrumentality of Major Latter, he afterwards re> ceived a stipend from the English Government for his support, while prosecuting the translation of the Scriptures. Soon a iter tlie death of Mr. Scbroeter, the Rev. B. La Roche, who hdd just arrived at Calcutta from England, was accepted by government to prosecute the work sc auspiciously l)egun. His ill- health, however, fruKtriited thi< de< -ign. The intended estahliMhment of the Rev. Messrs. Maischand Reich- ardt at TItalya was prevented by the death of Major Latter, in October i TOB 1822. This worthy benefactor of the heathen spared neither exer- tion nor expense in forwarding the object of the mission. He obtained an extraordinary degree of influence over a number of tribes before unknown to Eutopeans, and carried on a friendly intercourse with various lamas, from whom he received much valuable intorma- tion, and procured several of their religious books in exchange for Bibles. By his will, he directed that his literary collection of ma- nuscripts and printed books in the Thibet language, relating to the language, history, mythology, man- ners, and the social and civil state of the inhabitants of Thibet, should be presented to some society, under whose care they might be best em- ployed for tbe promotion of litera- ture and religion. They were ac- cordingly presented to the library of the Bishop's College at Calcutta. The Society for propagating the Gospel has also purchased for the same library the very valuable and expensive collection of books, which Major Latter made in rela- tion to Thibet. His purchases were made in Paris, at the time of the dispersion of many of the conti- nental libraries, under the influence of the French Revolution, which placed numerous rare and valuable books within his reach. The Corresponding Commiiteo of the C. M. S, at Calcutta, de- sign to avail themselves of the first opportunity of renewing their ex- ertions in this very promising field of labour ; a field which will open a medium of communication be- tween tile labourers of India and those of Russia, enable them 1o carry their co-operations into Thi- bet, and facilitate the circulation of the Scriptures among the Tartar tribes bordering on China, nnd through the western part of that empire. (See Thibet.} TOBAGO, the most southern of 468 theC easte SWm tiM^ Cllma e«pec the ei sueh ItJsdi «Bd e( to any M was but in tiali. in 118] ITM. taken b them in is Scar!) N. lat. inbabtta iltthi HattUto Rev. J. J waa sen slaves, \ himself i the unset casioned sion till 1 by theRi met with tion front Inl801,t white inhi «d by a co groes ton pie on the has since I About 1 from the i mission hei ed for his congregatic people. H the slaves o the mission' expense and liott removt J8H. ^ tor of exer- irding He legree '. tribes IS, and course lomhe tonna- f their ige for irected of ma- in the to the y, man- i\l state , should jr, under >est em- f litera- leere ac- ( library Calcutta. ting the 1 for the able and boolcs, in rela- ses were of the conti- nfluencc which valuable nwnilteo itta, de- the first heir ex- ling fieW Vill open tlon be- Jidia and Ithem to ito Thi- Jculntion Tartar la, »"*' of that Lthern of Is TOB the Caiibbee Islands, and the most eastern except Barbadoen. It is 3T m. long and 8 broad ; and near the N. E. extremity Is Little To> bogo, which is 2 m. long. The Climate i» not so bot as might be expected from its iituotion so near the equator; nor is it visited by sQcb dreadful harricames as Are- i|aently desolate the other islands. It is diversifted with hills and vales, tnd equal in richness of produce to any island in these seas. In 1748 it was declared a neutral island, but In 1763 was ceded to the Bri- tirii. It was talien by the French in ITSl, and confirmed to them in )7»S. In 1793 and 1803 it was taken by the British, and ceded to them in 1814. The principal place is Scarborough. W. long. 60^30', N. lat. 110 iff^ xhe number of inhabitants is about 15,000. At the particular request of Mr. Hamilton, one of the planters, the Rev. J. Montgomery, of the U. B,, was sent as a missionary to the slaves, in 1789; bat the death of himself and bis wife, together with the unsettled state of the island, oc- casioned the suspension of the mis- sion till 1798, when it was renewed by the Rev. C. F. W. Shirmer, who met with a very favourable recep- tion from several of the planters. In 1801, the brethren and the other white inhabitants were much alarm- ed by a conspiracy among the ne- gproes to murder all the white peo- ple on the island, and the mission has since been abandoned. About 1808, the Rev. R. Elliott, from the L. M. S., commenced a mission here. A chapel was erect- ed for bis accommodation at Scar- borough, where he had a Kmall congregation of white and coloured people. He also laboured among the slaves on several estates ; but as the mission was attended with much expertse and little success, Mr. El- liott removed to Demarara, about 1814. tOB In 1810, the Rev. Messrs. Nel- son and Stephenson, of the fV. Mm' S., arrived, were cordially received, arid heard with attention. Soon after, in addition to preaching at Courland and Scarborough, tiiey visited several estates with much success. Sabbath-schocris were also established. In 1833, there were 60 members hi society. In 1826, the state of the mission is thus reported : — " Our congrega- tions continue generally good, both in the town ami country, and are serious and attentive. In some places there is a peculiar spirit of hearing manifested. A few have been added to our society, most of wtK)m give good evidence of s change of heart. The society in general maintain a pious, circum- spect, and consistent walk and conversation ; and though most are, as yet, only babes in Christ, some have attained a good degpree of stability, and are our rejoicing is the Lord. Number of members — Whites, 2 ; Free-coloured and Black persons, 57; Slaves, 84. Total, 83. Schools. — " It is with regret that we review this department of our labour for the past year. At its commencement, our school at Scarborough was in a flourishing condition, but we have now to re- port that our numbers are reduced one half. We have, however, some hope, that on the re-appoint- ment of 3 missionaries to this sta- tion, it will revlve,and again become elTective and well attended. Those children who have continued, have been attentive, and aflbrd us en- couragement. " The negroes that we have been able to visit and instruct, are ac- quiring a good knowledge of the catechism ; and we entertain the hope, that the trutlis thus learned will he productive of the happiest effects. Scholars— 50 females and 25 males. Total 75." ■ s 460 .1 :-"«^^w^"-j TON TONAWANTA, a mmation of Seneca Indians, in the State of New York, SO m. from Buffalo, and 10 N. W.of Batavia. The popu- bitionis upwards of 300. This is the head quarters of the Pagan In- dians, and few have embraced the Gospel, . though different mission- aries have occasionally laboured to enlighten them. [See Senecas.] TONGA, TONGATABU, or the Sacred Tonga, one of the most southerly of the Friendly Islands, in the S. Pacific Ocean, about 16 m. long, and 8 at its greatest breadth. The soil is fertile, and the general productions are similar to those of Tahiti. The sugar-cane grows to the uncommon height of 30 or 30 feet. Except occasionally a cultivated field, the island is almost covered with fruitful trees. Before the arrival of the late mis- sionary, the only quadrupeds on the island were the dog, hog, and cat. The only venomous reptile is the centipede, and this is rarely found. This iiiland was discovered by Tas- man,and visited by Captain Cook in 1777. Tonga is divided into three large district ; viz. Abeefo, at the N. W. part ; Ahagee, at the S. E. ; and Mooa, in the centre. Each district is governed by a chief, who reigns with absolute authority, and claims a right to dispose of the lives and property of his subjects. These districts are subdivided into smaller ones, which have their respective chiefs, who exercise the same authority as the superior chiefs, to whom they are In some measure accountable. Patau, the chief of Mooa, possesses the most influence, and has the principal authority among the neighbouring islands. Tata, the chief of Aheefo, is next in power. The population is esti- mated at about 10,000. W. long. 174" 46', S. lat. ai'O'. The inhabitants, though superior to the New Zealanders, ore indo- lent and treacherous ; but not ad- TON dieted to human sacrifices and in- fanticide, as the inhabitants of Ta- hiti were. For the last 80 years^ the people of this and the neigh- bouring islands have been engaged in desolating wars; and it is thought by the natives, that these sanguin- ary contests have occasioned the depopulation of one-half of them. They believe in the transmigration of the soul, and that most of the departed spirits retire into human beings. The L. M. S. first attempted a mission on this Island. In 1707, Captain Wilson, after settling the missionaries at Tahiti, visited Tonga, and left 9 unmarried mis- sionaries : but this attempt had an unhappy termination ; S of the fell victims to the intestine com- motions and the ferocious disposi- tions of some of the islanders, in- stigated by a felon who had escaped from Botany Bay: one of their number apostatized, and became a chief, and the remaining 6 were taken off by a vessel, in January, 1800. Since that period, the t!iiBculties attending a mission to these islands have appeared extremely formi- dable. For several years, a vessel could not touch here with safety. In December, 1806, the ship Port- au-Prince arrived in these seas, and was treacherously seized by the na- tives. Of her '*rew, consisting of 60 men, SO were inhumanly mas- sacred, 17 left the island, and 1 7 remained scattered in the different islands. Mr. W. Mariner, after 4 years' residence, made his escape ; and has furnished materials for 2 interesting volumes, with a gram- mar and vocabulary of the lan- guage. The /F. M. S. having deter- mined, in 18SS, to attempt a re- newal of missionary lobour on these i8lands,the Rev.Mr.Lawry,whoba(i been for some years in New Soutli Wales, set sail with Mrs. L. and bis 470 gram- the lan- TON enoeiftteii) and landed at Mooa, August IT. The Governor furnish- ed him with cattle and sheep ; he and his companions were received in a friendly manner by the natives, and they were taken under the pro- tection of Palau, the King. After a short residence at Tatatunatonga, they removed to Cokevemal, where the missionary buildings, «kc. had been prepared. In 1623, Mr. L. wrote: — ** There are in Tonga 19 towns, and S sacred places. It is at one of these latter that we reside. I think there are not less than TOO souls in this village. The large town of Hoey is only one mile to the E., and the towns of Holonga and Vinee are about a mile and a half to the W. Beside these, there are Talafoo, Toony, and Toamoto, AomOto T miles hence. These are all witliin the reach of the mis- sionary atCokevemal. This sta- tion may embrace, in round num- bers, 4000 souls. Another station, exceedingly convenient for a mis* sionary, is the Bea, which is very populoas, and in its vicinity are the following towns; viz. Ootoolow, Colofoo, Navi, Howma, Noogro, Noogoo, and Hoorey. The next district proper for a mission is Heeheefoo, a very large town, ad- jacent to which are Tabafa, Fague, Newcaloffii, and Vado. The peo- ple are very numerous on that side, and it would constitute the most compact station on the island. It was here that the missionaries, 95 years ago, erected their Master's standard. At each of these 3 stations, there should be S mis- sionaries ) which, I think, would be the number sufficient to aiTord in- struction to the whole of Tonga, and to some small islands conti- guous to it. The beautiful and fertile island of Eooa lies about 1. miles east of Tonga, and would be a fine station for 2 missionaries. The islands called Hapie are some TOR of them SO, and others 60, miles from Tonga, and being many in number, would probably require full as many instructors. That lai^e and fine group of Islands, called by the natives Wavow, is still further N., and would consti- tute a larger station than either Tonga or Hapie. These all speak the same language; the Wavow natives hold intercourse with the natives of Samao, or Navigator's Islands; and the Tonga people sometimes go as far as the F^i Isles. But the natives, both of Samao and Fiji, speak a dialect not easily understood by the Tongese.'' Mr. L. laboured with dii^ence until his departure for England^ when the mission was suspended : but ithaslatelybeen resumed; other labourers having been sent forth. TORTOLA, the principal of the Virgin Islands, in the West Indies, 12 miles long and 4 broad. It belonged to the Dutch, who built a strong fort, firom which they were expeUed by the British in 1606. The harbour is at the east end of the island. W. long. (MP .6V, N. lat. 18« 28'. The number of inhabitanti, in 1806, was 10,£00, of whom 9000 were slaves. The Dopulation has considerably de- In 1T88, Dr. Coke, of the ff^. M, S., commenced a mission here ; but owing to the degraded state of society, the progress was slow for some years. At length, a chapel was erected, religion was respected by all classes, and pub- licly countenanced by the principal inhabitants of the island. The missionaries also extended their la- bours successfully into many of the neighbouring islands. Since the commencement of the present century, the average number of members has been about 2000. The number, in 1823, was 42 Whites, and 2035 Blacks. As an expression of gratitude to the 4TI TOR H^etlepan Soeiety for the labours of its miatioDBrieg, the expense of ^ieh hu been defrayed by the people, an auxiliary society was formed at Road Town for this and the otiier Virgin Islands, Aug. 18, 1623, which is patronized by the principal men on the idand. " The state of our society in TortQla and the Virgin islands,'' tile nissicmaries observe, in 16S0, '* is of so mixed a kind, that it excites many regrets, while it famishes frequent matter of joy. "Connected with Road Town chapel are upwards of 1000 mem- bers. Out of this number, during ihe past year, we hnve l)een under the painful necessi^of excluding mafty ; nevertheless, we have many excellent people in Road Town, who are walking in the fear of God. We have witnessed, during the year, instances of the support- ing and conscding power of Chris- tianity, in seasons and circum- stances of deep affliction ; and some of our people have died in fall hope of a better world. " To characterize our society at the West End, would be to repeat the same things. Calls for the exercise of discipline prevent an increase of number, bat leave, we trust, a purer mass. " Our society at the East End is become very small, in eonse- ^uence of the removals of last year. ly removals and exclusions, our society at Peter*t Island is also reduced to a very * little flock.' We hope they are * working oni their own salvation;' but they labour under great disadvantages, and we have not been able to give them adequate attention during the year. ** At Joa T'^an Ihfkea, the en- forcements of marriage discipline has compelled us to cut olf a few mem))ers, whose ca«ies had been by some means overlooked : other- wise we have no reason to think TRA that the pet^ are going back- wuds. Afflictkm has prevented our visiting them so often as they ought to have been visited, else it is probable we might have reported a greater improvement among them. We have similar reports to make of Anagada and Sptmoh Jown» ** The present nnmber in so- ciety in the Virgin Isiaods, is-r Whites, 2.5; Free Coloured and Blacks, 276; Slaves, 123d: Total, 1682. On trial, 30." SohooU.— " In our school in Road Town, we have T3 boys and 64 girts, with 20 adults, under the cere of IT teachers. " We cannot report any other school as being in an efficient state. The reasons are, a want of teachers, and also of that attention and oversight frcmitbe missiosariss, which, from unavoidable cireum>^ stances, could not possibly be given them." TRANQUEBAR, » populonii seaport, and principal Danish settlement,in the southern CamatiOy Hindoostan, with a good harbour, at the mouth of one of the branohee of the Cavery river, defended by a fortress erected by the Danes in loei . The town is between S and 3 miles in circumference, sur- rounded by a wall and several bastions. The territory belonging to the town is of considerable ex- tent, and is full of populous villages. Within the walls are 2 churches for Protestants ; 1 for Roman Ca- tliolics, descendants of Portuguese, who were in possession of the town before the Danes; a large mosque for the Mahomeiians, and several pagodas for Gentoos. It is 145 miles S. by W. of Madras, and 60 S. of Pondkherr>', which is the seat of the Roman Catholic missions in this part of Hindoostan. E. tong. 19»dd*, N.lat. 1>»2'. The iirst Protestant mission in India was established at this place 472 I of tbe large Ins, and It is (I, and is the liiaions E. lion in place TRA by Frederick IV. King of Den-- mark, in 1706, in consequence of the recommendation of one of his chaplains, the Rev. Dr. Lutkens; and the Rev. Messrs. Bartholomew Ziegenbalg and Henry Plutcho were the first missionaries. Here, under many embarrassing and dis- couraging circumstances, they commenced the study of the Tamul language, soon formed a granamar and vocabulary, and engaged in the arduous work of translating the Scriptures. In May, 170T, they baptized 6 natives, the first fruits of their labours amongthe heathen, and erected a chapel. They like- wise opened several schools. In July, 1709, the following mission- aries joined them ; viz. Messrs. Grundler, Boeving, and Jordan. Soon after the C. K. S. came for- ward with alacrity and zeal in the cause, furnished a printing esta- blishment, and, ever since, has been a principal instrumient of supporting and extending the undertaking. In 1714, the Danish Miaaion Col- lege was founded at Copenhagen ; and, since that period, this mis- sion has been the object of its spe- cial care and patronage. Principally through the indefati- gable labours of the eminent mis- sionary, Ziegenbalg, a grammar and dictionary were formed, and the Scriptures translated into the Tamul language. The translation was completed after his death, in 1719, by Mr. Schultze. His faithful colleague, Mr. Grundler, died in the following year ; not, however, before S missionaries arrived, viz. Messrs. Schultze, Dal, and Kisten- macher. In 1783, Aaron, a native convert, was ordaiqed to the pas- toral office. He was the first native preacher ; at this time, how- ever, there were 24 native converts employed as assistants in the various departoients of the mission. At the close of 1736, in tbe extended field of the misaion, they reckoned, TRA in all, 3517 converts. In 1747, the converts, including the children baptized in infancy, amounted to 8066. In 1750, the Rev. Messrs. Schwartz, Hutteman, and P(dzen- hagen, joined the mhnion. During the first century, the converts to the Christian faitii were estimated by Dr. Carey at 40,000 j and, by Dr. Buchanan at 80,000,— -at ajl the branches of this mission. It it to be feared, however, that many of these were only nominal Christians^ as the Hindoo converts were not required to violate the rules of their caste. About 1772, Dr. John com- menced his labours here, and de- voted his time to the instruction of the young, to prepare them to be- come assistants to the mission, and to be otherwise useful. A seminary has been established for this pur- pose. In 1810, he commenced the establishment of free schools in Tranquebar, and in the surrounding towns and villages, on the plan of Dr. Bell and Mr. Lancaster, which, in 2 years, he increased to 20. The number was annually augmented ; and, in 1816, nearly 2000 scholar* had been admitted, of whom up- wards of 1000 were then under instruction. In 1822, the number of communicants at this station was 126. Dr. John died in 1813, and, in 1816, the C. M. S. took charge of the seminary and the schools. Their number and usefulness, for many years, greatly increased, under the care of the Rev. J. C. Schnarre. Previous to 1824, 6293 scholars had been admitted; of whom 1760 were under instruction. The Rev. Mr. Barenbruck now regularly administers the word of truth. In June, 1826, he reported that the total number of children attending the schools, 'hich are 33 in number, had been, during the preceding quarter, 1738 — being an increase of 86 on former s 8 2 473 TRA attendancet } and that the number durinff the current quiurter wa« 1 T49. In the Seminmy at this itation tiiere are 14 yonUM, of whoinJ<^n Dewa^agayam makes the following report In October !•— " Since our last report of the Seminarists, in October last, two of them have been promoted ; one as a reader, and another as an as- sistant to the Seminarist school- master. Both of them are very Sromisinff youths, and have hi- lerto given us satisfaction, by their good behaviour and strict at- tention to their respective duties. In the daily conduct of the former we frequently witness an ardent desire for the salvation of his fel- low-creatures, and for proclaiming the love of God in giving us his onlv begotten Son. The latter, as well in respect of his age as his attainments, is qualified to occupy an employment as an assistant reader, at any time. The other Seminarists, who are IS in number, having ^ad great advantages since our set..lng here, under Mr. Bitren- bruck's instruction, their progress has been very satisfactory." Many pleasing circumstances have recently occurred at, this sta- tion, which evince the concern of the natives for the instruction of their offspring, the desire and gra- titude of the children themselves, toA the disposition of the gentlemen resident in that part of the country to take a warm interest in the bchool establishment. TRAVANCORE, a very popu- lous country on the S. W. coast of Hlndoostan, separated from the southern Carnatio by the Ghaut Mountains, and extending from Cape Comorin, about 160 miles, to Cochin. It is divided into 30 dis- tricts, in 2 of which only the Ta- mul language is well known ; tlie Malayim is generally spoken. It is inhabited by various religious de- nominations; Christians, Jews, Ma- TRI homedans, and Hindoos, worship according to their different creeds, without molestation from each other; and churches, synagogues, mosques, and pagodas, are inter- mingled. Impediments to the progress of Christianity, it is thought, may be expected from political rather than from religious jealousy. Travancore is chiefly inhabited by the tribe of Nairs, a caste next to the brahmins : they are the no- bility of the country, and tiie strictest of all the Hindoos in ob- serving the rules of their caste. The Rev. Wm. T. Ringletaube, of the L. M. S., commenced his labours in South Travancore, in 1805, and continued till 1816. He was stationed at Magilady. He preached at several neighbouring places, and occasionally in remote districts; distributing Portuguese and Tamul tracts, and superin- tending schools. A view of the missions in Tra- vancore may be obtained by re- ference to the following articles: — AUepie, Cotym, Nagercoil, Qfiittm, and Tretmnderum. TREVANDERUM, a populous town in Travancore, Hindoostan, about 40 miles N.W. of Nagercoil, and the same distance S.E. of Qui- lon. For some years, the mission- aries at Quilon have superintended a school at this place, and it is con- sidered highly eligible as a mission station ; next in importance to Ca> chin. It is the residence of the Rannee, who has uniformly acted with great liberality towards the different missions in the country ; and no doubt is entertained of her disposition to extend her encou- ragement to every prudent mission- ary. Within a circumference of miles, the inhabitants are estimated at £0,000. TRICHINOPOLY, a city of Hindoostan, in the Carnatic, capi- tal of a fertile district, which was 474 QTship reeds, each oguei. Inter* the it is : from ligiouB babtted tenext ihe no- id the i in ob- Lste. .etaube, oed his :ore, in 16. He fy. He ibouring 1 remote rtuguese superin- iiiTta- by re- ticles: — populous [doostan, igercoil, ^ of Qui- [mission- Intended jt is con- mission toCo^ of the [ly acted irds the jountry ; of her encou- lission- ice of 9 ^timated city of ic, capii- iich was r4 TRl formerly a principality. It isiur- ronnded by a double wall, with towen and a ditch ; end stands on the south side of the Cavery, which a little above divides into branches, and forms, opposite the city, the island of Serlngham, on which are two magnificent pagodas. It is ST m. W. by N. of Tanjore. E. long. T8«60', N. lat. lO'fiO'. In 1T66, the Rev. C. F.Schwartz, from the C.K.S., was appointed to preside over the missions then recently established at tbis place. He employed 8 or catechists un- der him in the extensive field, which opened here and in the adjoining country. He removed to Tanjoie, about 1778 ; and left tbe care of the mission to the Rev. Christian Pohle, who continued till his death, in 1818, and was succeeded by Mr. Rosen, Previous to 1776, Mr. Schwartz received 206 converts from heathenism ; to the number of whom almost annual additions have been made. In 1819, there were 169 communicants, of whom 37 were English, S4 Portuguese, and 108 Tamul. On Sunday, the ad April, 1886, the morning after his arrival at Tri- cbinopoly. Bishop Heber preached at St. John's church (the govern- ment church, which had been con- secrated by Bishop Middleton) with all his accustomed animation } and, in tbe evening administered con- firmation to 43 candidates, and de- livered his charge to them with something more than his ordinary impressiveness and affection of manner. On the following morn- ing, at day-brealc, he attended divine service in the Tamul lan- guage, at the mission church in tbe fort, and confirmed fifteen natives, in their own tongue. He inspected the schools and the mission house, and received an address from tbe poor Christians, earnestly praying that he would send some pastor to watch over them i instnict tliMD. He answered then with all tiiat gentleness and Idndness of manner which never failed to win every heart; and assured them that he would immediately provide for their wants. "There is a church in the fort/' says the Rev. Thoe. Robinson, fn 18S9, capable of " containing 1500 pr SOOO persons, but requiring considerable repairs; and a house for the residence of the missionary, with small school rooms for Tamnl and English. The present numbtt of the coogregation is 400 persons ; and it is melancholy to find this number annually decreasing, en- tirely from the want of a resident European missionary, and the ne- cessary establishment of catechists and schoolmasters, for which the funds have hitherto been utterly inadequate ; the whole income of the mission appears to be about 80 rupees per month. There can hardly be desired a field of gpfeater promise than this interesting con- gregation. Labourers only are wanting to make it realize, to its fullest extent, the hopes of its first founder, jand of its last friend, (Bishop Heber). It was his lonl- sblp's intention to place here a resident missionary, with as little delay as possible; and to make other arrangements for its future prosperity." These intentions, it appears, will not be altogether frusu trated. An appeal made by Mr. Robinson to the liberality of the British inhabitants of Trichinopoly, was nobly answered on the follow^ ing morning, when a meeting was convened at the church for this object. TRINCOMALEE, a large town on the N. £. coast of the district of Jaffna, Ceylon, 70 miles N. E. of Kandy.It has one of tbe safest and bestbai>N>ursonthe island> capable of containing 1000 vessels. The 475 TRI country around is barren, and the air unwholesome. E. long. 81<* ^^ N.lat. 8»32'. In I8S2, the fV. M. S. had a chqiel here, 13 members, and 4 schools, containing 304 scholars. In January 1821, the first native convert was baptized. By the last accounts, the number in the schools appears to have been greatly re- duced; that of persons in society is 8. TRINIDAD, an ishmd in the West Indies, near S. America, se- parated from Tobago by the Strait of Trinidad, 00 miles long, average breadth about 30; belonging to ■the Britifih. It contains about 40,000 inhabitants, a large portion of whom are Roman Catholics. Port of Spain is the principal town. The fF. M, S. commenced a mission here in 1T88. Members, in 1823, 146. Restrictions which formerly retarded the progress of the mission have recentiy been re- moved, and the missionaries are Jiow patronized by the legislature and many of the planters. Schawl- have been established; and thepio- spect of future usefulness among the slave population is very encou- raging. ** Fort of l^in,*' the mission- aries remark, in 18S6, "is our prin- cipal settlement. Our congregation here has suffered a reduction during the rebuilding of the chapel. The society continues stedfast, and a few are casting in their lots with us — filling up the places of those who are gone to join the church above. ** The Quartera of Arima and Tacarigua. — In each of these quar- ters we preach every other Lord's day ; but we have no society in either place, and our congregations are very limited, owing to the want of a proper place of worship: at present we preach in the houMs of the proprietors." n jn-v « . TRI " The Quarter of Diego Martin, — Here we visit an estate every other Lord's day. There are about ITQ nenoes upon it, all from the island of Tortola. This people are not in a good state, whic^ may be owing, in a great measure, to their removal ; all their .little establish- ments having been broken up, and new ones were to be effected under circumstances of difficulty. How- ever, to whatever cause their reli- gious declension is attributable, they seem to have little spirit to pursue the things of God ; appear- ing almost as indifierent to the thuigs of this life, as they are un- concerned about eternity. On this estate we have no chapel; and as it is a place wbere our prospects are at present beclouded, we use negro huts, or ouy other place, until cir- cunutances of a more auspicious aspect shall arise. We now go down the €htl/ of Parian and Oi- rapichmma, Ca^'acal, Savanettaj Pmnt h Pierre, and South Napa- rima, are the quarten in which we have gained partial openings dar- ing the year. In these quarters the great mas? of the negro popu- lation of the island have their lot; and yet there is not a minister of any denomination to shew to them the way of salvation. We have formed a small society in Carapi- chaima, and could form others in Casjacal and Naparima ; but these places lie so far from Port of Spain and from each other, that we have been able to attend them only par- tially ; and with but two missit a- aries this year, we shall not be able to visit them oftener than once a quarter. We are satisfied, after mature reflection, that a settlement in the quarter of Gqva has also most pressing claims.on the consideration of the committee. " School*. — A great decrease has '^ken place in the number of our scholars and teachers. This is 476 lecrease limber of This is TUL an occurence which it has not been in our power to prevent, and may be traced to a variety of causes. We have, however, yet, a few scholars, who have continued to attend tolerably well up to the present time. This affords lu eon- sideraUe pleasure; as they have manifested, by their attendance in unfavouraUe circumstances, aq attachment to the school, which we trust will not only remain, but in- crease ; and which, .by the blessing of God, will, we hope, be over- ruled to their spiritual welfare in time and in eternity. This hope is encouraged by the pleasing fact, that T of the senior scholars, viz. — 6 girls and 2 boys, are now on trial for admission as members into the society. Scholars — 50 females and 10 males ; total 60." The L. M. S. has had 8 stations on this island ; but from various causes they have, of late, been re- linquished. TULBAGH, a town of Cape Colony, S, Africa, in Tulbagh dis- trict, about 100 miles N. E. of Cape Town. After labouring success- fully at Rodezand, and in the vicinity, among the Christians, Hottentots, and slaves, for 10 or 15 years, the Rev. Ariel Vos, of the L. M. S., was stationed at this place. The benejBcial effects of his labours here and in the vicinity are very apparent among the Hot- tentots and others ; and also in the wide extent of country which forms the sphere of his itinerant visits. In 1822, desolating rains and gales almost entirely demolished l^e buildings in Tulbagh ; in con- sequence of which, the progress of the mission was retf^rded. These difficulties were, however, at length surmounted. Mr. Tos coiitinues his labours with unabated zeal and delight, though with diminished activity, in consequence of the feebleness of advancing age. The various reli- Tl/P gious services, for the benefit of the heathen, are well attended, and many of the people make good progress in divine Icnowledge. The monthly prayer-meetings, in parti- cular, for free persons and slave i, are frequented with much intemt. On Mr. V.'B missionuy toun, of which be performed six daring the year 1826, his congregations often amount to between loO and 800. They consist of colonists and per* sons of colour, who are generally very attentive; while not a few ap- pear to listen with deep feeling* Mr.y . states, that, to the beatctf his knowledge, all the adulte who* from time to time, have been bap* tized by him, adorn their profeaiien by an irreproachable conduot. Among those to whom, durinfr the past year, the rite of baptism wee administered, is a Motembique slave, whose piety appears to be of the most decided cbuacter. In the school at Tulbagh thwe are some who read well ; but Mn y. laments to state, that, in oon* sequence of his frequent and long absence firom home, on his misrton- ary tours, the scholars, in general^ make comparatively small progren. TUPUAI, one of the Islands of Raivaivai, situated about 500 m* southward of Tahiti. The names of the teachers of the L. M. S. who labour here, are Huapania and Samuela, whom Mr* Davies found, with their wives, in good health, when he visited this place in 1826. While on the island, he preached twice to rei> markably attentive and apparently intelligent congregations, and bap- tized 38 adults, with whose prompt and appropriate answers to the questions proposed to them on the occasion he was much gratified. He heard both of the principal chiefs, Tamatoa and Tahuhu, read in the Tahitian Gospels, and speaks highly of the manner in which iiky acquitted themselves. 4TT TUS TUSCARORAS, a remnant of ttui Six Nationi of the Indians, re- siding in Tuscarora Tillage^ 4 m. E. of Lewiston, Niagara County, New Yoric, about 3 m. from Niagara River, and 4 from its mouth, ad- joining New Stockbridge. Tbe Indians are about 300 in number, and hold a considerable tract of land, which is well cultivated. They are nominally Christians, and considerably advanced in civi- lisation. The New York MittioKoru So- cittjf employed the Rev. E. Holmes, in 1800, among the Indians in the western part of New York, who met with a very cordial reception firom the Tuscaroras, and the next year returned and commenced a permanent mission among them. He was patronized by Oovenment, who made provision for a school- faoose and meeting-house. After a few years, Mr. H. was succeeded by the Rev. A. Gray. In 1817, the Rev. J. 0. Crane was employed by the same society ; and continued in their service tillJanuaiy, 1821, when the mission was transferred to the United Foreign Missionary Society, In 1823, Mr. Crane re- signed the charge of the mission, and the Rev. D. Smith, of Lewiston, was appointed a temporary supply. The mission farm comprises abbut 140 acres, with a good house, bam, and orchard, occupied by an ex- emplary farmer. They have also a house for the accommodation of the mission, and a school in the centre of the Tuscarora village. Tbe faithful labours of the mis- sionaries at this station have evidently been attended with a Divine blessing, and have been instrumental of much good, in meliorating both the temporal and spiritual condition of this people. They live in comfortable dwellings, have, in a great measure, aban- doned the chase, and depend upon tbe produce of tbe soil for their VAL principal support. They generally regard the Sabbath, and attend public worship regularly with de- corum and solemnity. Schools have been taught by tbe different missionaries. Some of the youth have made considerable proficiency in the elementary branches of an English education, and discover an increasing desire for improvement. In the early part of 1824, there was a regularly organized church of 21 members. .jji^ii.^;', V. ■ :K^^:^y.^f VALLEY TOWNS, in the upper part of the Cherokee country, situated on the Hiwassee River, in the S. E. part of Tennessee. In this part of the nation are from to 8000 Indians, among whom the A. B. B, F, M., in 1818, com- menced a mission. The mission- aries cultivate TO acres of land, and have several buildings. The mission property is valued at 4000 dollars. Here is a flourishing school, limited to AO scholars. There is another school at Nottte, 10 miles distant. Several Indians have been baptized by the Rev. T. Roberts, who was formerly su- perintendent at Valley Towns, and is now agent for the mission. In 1820, there was a small school at 'Hnsatoatta, about 60 miles S.E. of Valley Towns, connected with this mission. VAN DIEMEN'S LAND, a fertile island in tbe Southern Ocean, separated from New Hol- land by Bass' Straits ; ITO m. long by 150 broad; between E. long. 1450 and 148«, and S. lat. 40" and 430. Tbe climate is healthy. Tbe European inhabitants are about 10,000; many of whom are con- victs, banished from England for their crimes, and given to almost every vice whicli debases tbe human character. The natives 479 ■w^m^" VAN wander in the interior, and nr6 among the most wretched of the human species. Their complexion is black ; they wear no clothing ; and lodge in all seasons, around their fires, in the open air. They make no provision for the body, except as they are impelled by necessity, and appear to have no idea of God or a future state. Though they have, for several years, witnessed the superior comforts and pursuits of civilized men, they have made no advances from their original barbarism. The principal English settlements are in the counties of Buckin{;^hamshire and Cornwall. The former comprises the S. E. part of the island, in which Hobart Town, the capital, is situated ; the latter is on the N. side, at Port Dalrymple. To Macquarie Harbour, on the W. side, incorrigible offenders are banished. The Wesley an Society has em- ployed several missionaries on this island since 1820, who have formed extensive circuits, chiefly among the English. They found a few meinbers of the Methodist Society y to which considerable additions have been made. The following are the most recent accounts of their proceedings : '- " Hobart Town Circuit.— The society is yet feeble, but there is ground to believe that its spiritual state is improving. Several new members have joined the classes, and some of the old members have been stirred up to press alter an increase of grace. ^ Various re- movals, however, have somewhat reduced our numbers. " Our congregations are seldom numerous ; yet it should be stated, that the hearers on Sunday morn- ing have, for some time past, been verj' encouragingly on the increase. As to our prayer-meetings and $lass- meetings, they are pretty well attended, and ^re not unfrequently VAN times of refreshing from the pre* sence of the Lord. '* There are four out-stations, viz. Glenarchjff Clarence Plains, Kangaroo Point, and Sandy Bay. At the two places first mentioned, the men continue to be mustered regularly. The number of hearers is from 20 to -30, most of whom are Government servants. At Kangaroo Point, the attendants are chiefly composed of a few aged men, and a small number of young chil- dren. Sandy Bay is visited by our local brethren only. The average number of hearers is about 12. " With respect to the schools in Hobart Town, they have b«en united since the occupation of our new chapel, and will henceforth be only one. The teachers, as a body, have exerted themselves well; absentees have been sought after with vigilance and perseverance. And hence the attendance of the children is encouraging; and as the school has lately received from London a good supply of suitable books (of which there was before a deficiency), I trust something more cheering will ere long deve- lope itself." VANS-VARIYA, a settlement in Bengal, Hindoostan, 30 m. N. of Calcutta, and 00 S. of Cutvra. In 1813, several natives of this place were baptized by the Baptist missionaries at Serampore. Pre- viously to their knoyrledge of the missionaries, they had obtained copies of the Scriptures, renounced idolatry, and assembled together for divine worship. Two native teachers, Tarachund and Mut'- boora, under the superintendence of the Baptist qaissionaries, have supported themselves by their own industry, and have laboured here successfully for the benefit of the natives. Mut'hoor taught a school, in which many of the pu- pils were so well instructed in Christianity, as to be able to refute 479 VEP the arguments of idolaters, and to explain tlie Scriptures witli much intelligence. VEPERY, avillage near Madras, Hindoostan, where the C. K, S. has laboured since 172T, and has now 2 missionaries. The annual examination of the schools took place Dec. 24, 1825 : the Tamul school had 64 boys and 47 girls ; the English classes con- sisted of 140 boys and 17 girls. The examination afforded great sa- tisfaction to those present, among whom were some persons of dis- tinction. VINCENT, ST. one of the Caribbee Islands, lying 55 m. to the W. of Barbadoes. It is inha- bited by Caribs, a wariilce race of Indians, between whom and the aborigines of the larger islands there is a manifest distinction. They are conjectured to have been originally a colony from North America } their fierce manners ap- proaching nearer to those of the original natives of that continent, than they do to that of South Ame- rica, and their language also hav- ing some affinity to that spoken in Florida. St. Vincent was long a neutral island ; but, at the peace of 1763, the French agreed that the right to it should be vested in the British. The latter, soon after, engaged in a war against the Ca- rihs, on the windwanl side of the Island, who were obliged to consent to a peace, by which they ceded a large tract of land to the crown. The consequence of this was, that in 1779, they greatly contributed to the reduction of this island by the French, who, however, restored it in 1783. St. Vincent is 14 m. long and 10 )«road ; a ridge of mountains poises along the middle through its whole lengU), the highest of which, called SouftVier, is at tbe N. ex- tremity. From tliis mountain, in 1819, after the lapse of near a cen- tury, proceeded a dreadful erup- VIN tion, by which the island was en- veloped in a chaotic gloom for 3 days, and wholly covered by show- ers of volcanic matter. King- ston is the capital. Mr. Clarke, who accompanied Dr. Coke to the West Indies, com- menced a mission on this island, by opening a school among the Caribs, and the legislature gave an estate for the support of the institution ; but the Catholic priests soon ex- cited a jealousy among the people, which rendered it necessary to re- linquish the mission. Among the negroes they were more successful, and soon collected a flourishing so- ciety. In 1793, the Colonial Go- vernment passed an act prohibiting the missionaries from preaching to the negroes, under the penalty of a fine for the first transgression, cor- poreal punishment and banishment for the second, and death for the third. This restriction was, how- ever, of short duration ; as the King of England disallowed the act, as inconsistent with the prin- ciples of toleration. Since that period, no material impediment has been thrown in the way of the mission. For more than 20 years, the average number in society has exceeded 2200. In 1823, there were 2904. " In reporting the state of this circuit," the missionaries say, " notwithstanding various hin- drances to the prosperity of this mission, during the year 1886, the Lord has been pleased to crown our humble but united endeavours to extend religious instruction to many hundreds by whom we are surrounded, far beyond our most sanguine expectations. This good work has not been exclusively con- fined to the negro population ; but many respectable free persons of colour, both male and female, old and young, have felt the saving in- fluence of the Gospel, and have joined the society. These, we 480 that ent has of the years, (ty has there VIN hope, will prove ottmments to re- ligion, by becomiMg extensively useful in this large and growing part of the church of Christ. Oar chapels ire numerously attended in every pt rt of tie Circuit) and our cause U, evidently iftereasitig in Im-^ portanev, both at the-windward and leeward part of the islands ** We have also «ttend«l, for some tiaoe past, to ft. small viHage called Calliaqoa, about 3 miles and a half from Kingston, and have been so far encouraged as to con- tinue our labours, in the hope that our weekly visits will be accompa- nied by the Divine blessing, and that thfa little town will become a central pivaching place for many negroes af the neighbouring estates. Our cOngrsgations are, in this place, large «nd attentive ; and we hope to sele a chapel built. Our numbers in society are — 13 Whites, 64 Free-ctdoured, 124 free Blacks, «ad32T7 Slaves. Total, S4T8.» SohooU,'-'** On this island we have four Sunday-schools; one in Kingprton, one in Prince's Town, one at Chateau-Bellair, and oneat Layon. The school in Kingttvh, is by fi^r the most important, and at present assumes a very pleasing aspect. Many respectable young people of colour, who have re- cently joined themselves to the so- ciety, have offered their services as teachers, and are very diligent in the gpreat work of instructing the rising generation in the rudiments of our holy religion. Peace and unity prevail among the teachers, and a good degree of prosperity has crowned their labours. In this school we have 804 children ; 98 boys and 106 girls." " The school in Prince*a Town is attended to every Lord's day, hs well as that in Kingston, and is more or less under the superintend- ence of the resident missionary, — which is an advantage the other country schools do not possess. VIZ Many of the children can read well ; and all of them, as well ax the teachers, aro regular in their attendance. Number of children in the school, 53 — 80 boys and 33 girls ; and & teachers— 1 male and 4 females/' ** The schools at CfMieaU'BeU Mr and Lajfon, are small ; and as they cannot be attended to more than once a fortnight, are far from being so prosperous as we could wish. Notwithstanding all the earo of the missionaries, those schools have decreased in the year 1886; but we hope they will soon be re- vived again, as the teachers are far from being discouraged. AtCha- teau-Bellatr we have 28 children — 15 boys and 13 girls. At Layon we have 26 children— 10 boys and 1 6 girls. So that we have 4 schools, —311 children; 143 boys and 168 girls. Besides these, the mission- aries catechise, in different parts of the island, 636 slave children, be* longtng to estates. " VIRGIN ISLANDS, a cluster of small Islands, W. Indien, E. of Port Rico, belonging to diflferent European powers}; extendhng about 70 m. from R. to W., and 30 from N. to S. [See Croi* St., Jan St. Thonuta St., Tartota.] VIZAGAPATAM, a town In the Circar of Cicacole, on the coast of Ojrissa, Hindoostan, 483 m. N.E. of Madras, and 661 S.W. of Calcutta. It is a large Civil and military station, containing about 20,000 inhabitants, with many con- siderable villages in the vicinity. Near the town is a large pagodu, dedicated to monkeys, wiiieh atound in the neighbourhood. E. long. 83«24',N. lat. 11'»42'. In 1805, the Rev. Messrs. Cran and Des Granges, of the L. M. S., arrived here. Besides acquiring the Telingn language, which \* understood over a very extenwiv* country, they preached to Euro* peans residing in the town, and TT 481 VIZ performed the office of chaplain in the fort, for which they received a monthly allowance from govern- ment. They also established schools, and taught the natives in their own language. In 1808, they obtained a very important assistant, in Anundarayer, a converted brah- min. But scarcely had they en- tered on the most important part of their missionary worlc, when they were both unexpectedly removed by death ; Mr. Cran in 1809, and Mr. Des Granges the following year. The latter, with the assist- ance of Anundarayer, had trans- lated the Gospels of Mattbew, Mark, and Luke, into the Telinga, which have been printed by the Baptist missionaries at Serampore. Messrs. Gordon and Lee joined the mission in 1809, Mr. Pritchett about 1811, and Mr. Dawson in 1815. About 1818, Mr. Pritchett completed the translation of the New Testament, and superintended the printing of it at Madras, nnder the patronage of the Calcutta B. S. After the completion of this, till his death, in 1820, he was em- ployed in the translation of the Old Testament, in which he had made considerable progress. In 1823, Mr. Gordon was carrying forward the version of the Old Testament, and Mr. Dawson was superintend- ing 5 native schools. Since the New Testament has been circu- tated among the natives, and. pub- licly read and explained to them, an increasing interest has been ex- cited in favour of Christianity. The Native Schools have re- cently been increased to 18, and the scholars to 626. They continue to inspire in the missionaries a lively hope of many among the now rising generation at Vizugapatam even> tually becoming Christians. The progress of the scholars is very en- couraging ; their prejudices, gene- rally speaking, are abating, and their ac(|uaintance with CLristia- WAR nity increasing. Scarcely a day passes in which some circumstance does not transpire indicative of the beneficial influence of religious in- struction upon their hearts ; and some of the elder boys not unfre- quently ask questions, which the roost sagacious brahmins find themselves unable to answer. Such is the repute in which the schools are held, that many more would forthwith be established, were the means of support and of efficient superintendence within the reach of the missionaries. A Gooroo not long ago. having discovered the second command- ment in one of the books used in the school, employed his influence in removing several of the boys from the school to which they be- longed ; their places, however, were soon filled up by others. An English lady, resident at Vizagapatam, to whom the mission- aries are under many obligations for the kind aid she has rendered to the mission, has taken the native girls' school, superintended by the late Mrs. Dawson, under her own immediate charge, together with two other native girls' schools situated in the fort. The C. M. S. supports a flou- rishing English school here, for the benefit of the children of Euro- pean invalids, who would otherwise be neglected. The school was opened in 1810, by Mr. Church, then chaplain at the station, and who was highly useful among this class of people. ' ,. J. WARM BATH, formerly a sta- tion of the L, M. S, in Great Na- maqualaiul, S. Africa, near the Orange R. about 600 m. N. of Cape Town. It was commenced about 1806, 482 flou- , for If EUTO- terwise lol Nvas Ihurch, tn, and ing this a sttt- iat Na- Ur the N. of 1805, WAT by the Rev. Messrs. C. Albrecht, A. Albrecht, and J. Sydenfaden, who laboured among the neigh- bouring savages with considerable success, till 1810; when Mr. A. Albrecht died : and, soon after, tiie missionaries were plundered and driven from their settlement by Africaner, at that time, the terror of all this part of Africa ; but, afterwards, a Christian teacher at A/rioaner*8 Kraal. In October, 1808, the congregation had in- creased to 7€0 ; and some months after, it is stated, that the number of names on the church books amounted to about 1200, including men, women, and children. Of these about 300 resided at Warm Bath ; the rest lived in the vicinity, and some at a considerable distance. Several became hopeful subjects qf renewing grace. In 1811, the station was removed to Pella, in Little Namaqualand, with about 500 of the Namaquas. WATERLOO, a town of libe- rated negroes and disbanded Afri- can soldiers, in the parish of St. Michael, E. part of Sierra Leone Colony, W. Africa, near the head of the Bunce River, bordering on the Timmanees, about 18 m. S. E. of Freetown. This settlement was commenced in 1819. Population, in 16S2, 647, of whom 16 were communicants. The town is well laid out, and the houses are rather superior to those in the other vil- lages. In 1820, thv^ C. M. S. com- menced a mifion here; large farms were cleared, and schools opened with encouraging prospects. In 1823, a Missionary Association was formed, and about 36 dollars were collected. The Rev. J. O. Wilbelm and Mrs. Wilhelm have for son.e years attended here to their respective duties. There being no European teacher at this station besides them- selves, the care of the schools de- WEL volves on them, in which tbey are assisted by Henry Steady. The Ministry of the word has been regularly attended to ; but Mr. W. gives a melancholy account of the body of the people, who have been very considerably increased by accessions from captured slave ves- sels. He writes at Michaelmas, 1826 : - « The greater part of the inhabitants not only keep them- selves purposely ignorant of the worship of Jehovah, and the way of salvation, but clandestinely op- pose what is good." The average number of commu- nicants is about 16, and their con- duct becomes their Christian pro- fession. An Ebo man, who had been baptized in May, was admit- ted among the communicants at Midsummer. By the returns of the Schools, it appears that there has been a con- siderable accession of scholars from slave ships. The numbers were as follow : — Boys, 108; girls, 116. The Mediterranean press will here find a new vent for its valuable labours. WELLINGTON, a town of discharged African soldiers and their families, in the parish of Arthur, £. side of Sierra Leone Colony, W. Africa, commenced in 1819. Population, in January, 1822, 547, of whom 36l'were men. At the same date, John Sandy, native teacher of the C. M. S., was placed here, and prosperous schools were opened. This station, in the present des titute circumstances of the mission, is, with Kissey, under Mr. Metz- ger's care. On his removal to Kissey, in the Midsummer quarter, the immediate charge of Welling- ton was committed to Wm. Tamba. He is assisted in the boys' school by Henry Johnson, while Mrs, Macfoy continues to take cburgo ofthegicls. . 483 WES Mr. Metzg^r preaches at WnAr lingfoo every Sunday evenjog, and the people contiQue to attend very numisrously. He has appointed a few pious a»d experienced men to take charge, each of. a suitable npmber of persons, whom the^ meet at fixed times, to warn, di- rect, and encourage them as there ::»ayb& occasion. Mr. M.: administers the Lord's Slipper once a month. The ave- rage number of communicants is 108 ; 13 adults have been baptized. As regards the attendance on di-> vine service on the Sunday morn- ing, Mr. M. says — " It still con- tinues to bear an encouraging ap- pearance. There are as many as our temporary grass-house can bold, although enlarged since last rains. On Sunday afternoons, and on week days, we have, on an average, 200 adults ; they are at all times ap- parently attentive. There are 33 on trial ; some of them will soon be admitted to the ordinance of bap-> tism. The communicants, who are 108 in number, continue stea- dily to attend at the Lord's supper ; and they manifest a pleasing cor- diality towards each other, and a consistent conduct on the whole." At Lady Day, 1820, there were in the school — Boys, 121 ; girls, 15. WEST INDIES, islands in the Atlantic, extending from Surinam, S. America, tp the coast of Flo- rida, between N. lat. lO** and 2b* ; and W. long. 68" and SO". They belong to various European na- tions, but principally to the English and Spaniards. The inhabitants are estimated at about 2,000,000, of whom about three-fourths are slaves. The missions of the United Brethren were commenced in these islands in 1T32, those of the Methodiata in 1788 j since which time several other societies have supported missionaries here. In 1824| the United Fretbreu had no WHA less than 28,000 negroea under in- !»truction;; in 182jS, the Methodists had £7,16$ members in society, of whom 876 were whites. [Soe Jnguitla, jintigma, Bahtt' maa, fiarbadoef^ BctrtMomew St., GAriatopher &., Ihmimcay Eus' tatiOi Stii CfrenadUf Haytiy Ja- maica, Martin St., Mmtaerrat, Nevia,^ Tobago, Trinidad, Vincent St.t Fir gin laltmda'.] WHANGAROOA, (t town of New Zealand, on the E. coast, S. of the Bay of Islands. Hbre the Wealejfon mission WM commenced in June, 1823. It was established in a beautiful and fertile valleyj, now denominated Wedeydale, and situate about 7 m. from the mouth of a river, which empties; itself into the harbour of Wbangarooa, and about 20 W. from Kiddee Kid- dee, the neareit settlement of the C. M. S. in the Bay of Islands. A substantial and commodioos dwel- ling-house, together with a barn, carpenter's shop, and .various other out-buildings,had been erected. An excellent and productive garden had been formed} which with a plat, cultivated for wheat, com- prised about 4 acres. The whole premises were surrounded by a good fence ; and constituteda respectable specimen of English ciiilization in the midst of a barbarous people. The natives who resided in the valley amounted to near 200, and were called the Ngatehuru tribe : they were beaded by several chiefs, of whom the principal was Tepui. At a distance of 5 miles dwelt another tribe, called the Ngatepo ; which contained 600 or 700 souls. To these two tribes the missiona- ries directed their labours. Having made some proficiency in the lan- guage, they regularly employed the Sabbath, and as much of their time on the otiier days of tlie week as could be spared from other occupa- tions, in communicuthig to them Christian instruction. A school 484 f^ of and :cupa- theni hcbool WHA was also established, which was at- tended daily by about 20 youths : 8 of these had learned to read and write their vernacular tongue ; and on their minds, as well as on the minds of many of the adult popu- lation, the truths of God have been assiduously inculcated, and, in sonie cases, received with much apparent interest. " We began,'* say the mission- ari^, referring to these results, *' to be gteatly encouraged in our work; a good deal of the most fatiguing and disagreeable part of our undertaking had been accomplished, and we entertained lively hopes of increasing and per- manent prosperity. This cheering prospect has, however, by a mys- terious dispensation of Providence, been suddenly darkened, and our pleasing anticipations, at least for the present, blighted." Shunghee, it appears, had been driven almost to a state of despe- ration by a variety of circumstances, and he resolved to abandon the spot which had been the scene of them, and where he was perpetually re- minded of their occurrence. Thus chafed and irritated, howevnr, there was much reason to dread, that wherever he might remove, there war and bloodshed would accom- pany him. In Jan. 1827, some men of his tribe came to the station, saying, on their business being asked — "We are come to take away your things, and burn down your premises ; for your place is deserted, and you are a broken people." The work of plunder and of spoliation soon commenced, and was carried on by an increase of numbers ; until this missionaries, who had resolved not to leave, but at the last extremity, took their departure, and with heavy hearts directed their course towards Kid- dee Kiddee, the nearest station be- longing to the Church mission; where, after excessive tolls and WHA appalling dangers, they at length found a friendly asylum. They subsequently learnt, that on the ar- rival at the mission settlement, of the Shuke-angha party, whom they had actually met to their great alarm when fleeing to Kiddee Kid- dee they had driven away the first plunderers who belonged to Shung- bee's party, and who were able to carry ofF only the more portable part of the booty ; and that they had seized the remainder them- selves; that they had returned to Shukeangha the following morning, loaded with the spoils; that t^ mission premises, together with about 100 bushels of wheat in the straw, which had just before been deposited in the barn, were com- pletely burnt to ashes; that the cattle, of which there were eight head, the goats, poultry, fortunes was received there with every expression of joy and tri- umph, - such as singing and danc- in^^, which were kept up with- out intermission night and day; and that, in case of. his. death, a very large body might-he expected attiie Bay of Islands, to revenge the atrocious injuries whiclt he had inflicted upon them. This evening a letter was received bythe Rev. Henry Williams, from Capt. Kurd, of the New Zealand Company's ship, the Rosanna, then: lying at Shukeangha, in which the Captain very kindly expressed the deep concern that he felt on hearing of our disasters, and generously of- fered to accommodate us with a passage to Sydney, and to render us any other assistance that lay in his power ; such kindness, manifested by a stranger, uncter circumstances so peculiarly trying as ours were, excited in our bosoms the live- liest emotions of gratitude and re- spect.*' ** The Church missionaries con- sidered their situation in New Zealand as so precarious that they shipped about 20 tons of goods on board the Sisters, to be conveyed to Sydney; and, of the rest, what Was of any value, and not required for immediate ase, they either buried under ground, or deposited on board a vessel in the harbour. They adopted these precautionary measures, to secure what might be requisite for their voyage: deem- ing it not improbable that they should be compelled to flee to Port Jackson; and fearing that, if the WHA natives shoald suddenly come upon them, they would, like us, be stripped of every thing." « On Wednesday, the 34th, a let- ter was received from Mr.Clarke, of Kiddee Kiddee, stating, that son>e messengers, who had been sent to Shunghee, had brought intelligence of his being likely to recover, and of his having almost utterly de- stroyed the Kaitangata tribe, wlio resided on the western sidd of Whangarooa Harbour ; their state- ment was, that only 10 of the unhappy tribe were supposed to have escaped ; that old Matapo, the chief, who was the principal actor in plundering the brig. Mer- cury, was among the slain; that Shunghee's advice to the mission- aries at Kiddee Kiddee was, to re- main on their station while he lives, but to flee to their own country as soon as he dies; that the contest in that quarter had been brought to a close ; and that the natives were dii^ersing to their respective places of abode. The head of Matapo was, a few days afterwards, exhi- bited on a pole at the Bay of Islands, as a trophy of Shungbee's success. *« When we left New Zealand, which was on the 28th of January, a very lai^D^e party, led by the Chief Tarria, was laying in Kororadika Bay, which is on the £. side of the Bay of Islands. This was so for- midable a body, that when they were making toward the Sisters, Captain Duke thought it expedient to ilre two 6 pounders over their heads, to deter them from ap- proaching. Their real views were not known; but their leader, Tarria, is one of those chiefs who had threatened the Pyhea tribe; considerable alarm was, therefore, felt in that quarter. " We forbear to express our opinion as to what may be the result of this tumultuous state of things ; though we cannot but fear ^ 486 y „iM. J& »land, inuary, I Chief Dradika of the Iso for- In they ISisters, jiedient dt their im ap- \» were (leader, ih who tribe ; refore, our Ibe the Itate of Wt fear WIL that the immediate consequences will t>e disastrous. However, we beg it to be distinctly understood, tttat our mission to New Zealand, though suspended, is by no means abandoned. While we are not blind to the difficulties which at present obstruct its progress, we are convinced that it may yet be prosecuted with rational hope of extensive and lasting usefulness." Mr« Marsden writes on the 7th of March, 1827, that he was on the point of sailing from port Jaclison, in H. M. S. Rainbow, on a visit to New Zealand ; in order to render advice and assistance in the criti- cal state of afi'airs. [See Ngw Zea- land. 1 WILBERFORCE, a town of Africans, in the parish of St. Paul, Sierra Leone colony, ,W. Africa, formed in 1817, by the union of Jiassa, Congo, and Cosso Townt. In January 1822, the inhabitants were 59ti; of whom 3ft5 were liberated slaves, 1 li6 Kroomen, and the rest other natives. In 181 7, the CM. S. commenced this station. The Rev. H. C. Decker rei)orted, in 1821, that 70 adults had been baptized, and that there were 40 communicants, most of whom walked according to the Cospel, and 90 scholars. At the same time, a spirit of inquiry gene- rally prevailed. A missionary as- sociation has been formed. No report has lately been received. WILKS' HARBOUR, a mission station of the L. M. S., on the N.E. side of tbe island of Tahiti. In May 1822, 323 adults had been baptized at this station, and 193 children : there were 73 commu- nicants, 28 candidates for baptism ; adult scholars, from 100 to 160; and children, whose attendance wus irregular, from 60 to 200. Mr. Pritcbard has recently com- menced preaching in Tahitian. The congregation, on the Sabbath, is large. The several week-day WIL meetings are also, in general, well attended. The English ser- vice, for the benefit of the seamen belonging to ships in tbe harbour, is continued, and the congregation which assembles on tiiose occa- sions is usually considerable. A new and commodious chapel, with extensive galleries, erected at this station, was opened for public worship on the 28th of Decembw, 1826. The attendance of the children at the school is, unhappily, very urregular. Mr. Pritcbard has com- menced an English and Tahitian Dictiontiry, which he hopes will afford considerable facilities for the acquisition of the latter language. The natives, beside completing the chapel, have built a good dwelling house for the missionary. Tbe number baptized, from Nov. 1825, tbe time. of Mb. Pritchard\% settlement here, up to May 1826, was 74. The members of the church amounted, at the latter period, to 208. Of the baptized, many are desirous of entering into church fellowship. WILLSTOWN, a Cherokee village, within the chartered limits of Alabama, about 50 miles S. W. of Braiiierd. The R^v. Mc. Cham- berlain, of the J. 8, C. F. Af., visited the people of thlj settlement, Dec: 10, 1822, and found them anxious for a school. They soon erected buildings for the school and family; and Mr.iC. removed his family from Brainerd to this place in March following. A small school was commenced ontthe IStb of May. A church^ has been organized, and public worship is attended by « oonsideruble number of natives, who hear with serious- ness. A larger ndmber of Che- rokees in this place understand English, than in most other places in the nation. Mr. C. itinerates in diA'erent parts of the Cherokee country*. 487 ^ / YOK Y.' \ YOKENA CHUKAMAH, re- cently called Gothen, a station of the ji. B. V. F. M., In the state of Mississippi, amonff the Clioctaws, about the centre of the Six Towns, 116 miies S. by W. of Mayhew^ 60 W. by N. of Emmaus, and 26 from the southern limits of the nation ; commenced in August, 1823. A prosperous school has been opened, and tt church organized. The po- pulation for 10 miles round, is thought to be more dense than in any other part of the nation ; but they are in gross darkness, and live very miserablv, though there are some marks of industry. . YORK, a town of liberated Africans, in the parish of St. Henry, Sierra Leone colony, W. Africa, on the Whale river, near its mouth, about 10 miles N. of Kent. Population about 600. This town has been supplied with preaching mostly from the neigh- bouring settlement. In 1822, about 40 were admitted to com- munion. This station, which is under the care of Heniy Chris- tian, a native teacher, has been visited by the Rev. Mr. Gerber. There is among the people a hun- gering and thirsting after the word of Ood, which promises well for the future labours of a missionary, if one could be placed among them. The number of communicants at Christmas, 1880, was 84. There were in the schools at Lady- day, 78 boys ; and 31 girls had been re- moved hither from the Bananas. The wife of a discharg'dd sol- dier, who attended several times the meetings of one of the co- loured people at Freetown, be- came powerfully convicted by the word of Ood, and determined to spend her remaining days to the gloiy of Ood J in which determina- tion she has several years con- 2AK tinned. After her return to York, she tried to persuade her husband fwho, according to his own con- fession, lived a very wicked life before) to follow her example; after her patience had been greatly exercised, her prayers in this be- half were answered : he not only became a sincere follower of the Lord himself, but began to entreat his countrymen to flee from the wrath to come: he is about 60 years of age, and lame ; he could neither read nor write; but from his anxiety to read the word of God, he has, within a short time, improved himself so far as to be now able to read a little in the New Testament. He has built a small neat grass house, in which he holds a meet- ing every morning at 6 o'clock, and also in the evening. The pre- sent number of both men and women, who have joined with him to follow the Lord, is 20 ; of whom tbe greater part walk consistently with their profession, and are, ac- cording to the testimony of Mr. Johnstone, the superintendent, the best of the inhabitants. These people, in particular, desire a mi-, nister to be sent among them. Z. ';'?■* ;.;?< ZAK RIVER, 4 or 600 m. N. E. of Cape Town, South Africa, on which a station was formed by the L.M.S. In May 1799, Mr. Kitchever and his colleague, Mr. Edwards, left Cape Town, and arrived on the 6th of August, at a spot near the Zak River, where tliey agreed to take up their abode. The cir- cumjacent country was barren and thinly inhabited, but the place at which they felt inclined to settle was evidently adapted for cul- tivation, and was contiguous to two fine springs of water. Here, 488 ac- Mr. the 'bese a mi- ni, frica, ed by IS I ere, ZAK therefore, they began to prepare a plot of ground for a garden, and to erect a but o> <;eds, no timber being within their reach. To this liumbie settlement they gave tlie name of Happy Prospect Fouti' tain, and solemnly devoted both the place and themselves to the service of the Lord. Of the natives among whom the brethren were now to labour, Mr, Kitcherer observes— "They have no idea of a Supreme Being, and, consequently, they practise no kind of worship. They have a su- perstitious reverence, however, for an insect known by the name of the creeping leaf, a sight of which they consider as an indication of something fortunate, and to kill it they suppose will bring a curse upon the perpetrator. They have, also, some notion of an evil spirit, which occasions diseases and other mischief ; and to counteract his evil purposes, a certain descrip- tion of men are appointed to blow with a humming noise over the sick, for hours together. " Their mode of life is extremely wretched and disgusting. Utter strangers to cleanliness, they never wash their flesh, but suffer the dirt to accumulate, till, in some in* stances, it literally hangs from their elbows. They delight, how- ever, in smearing their bodies with tbe fat of animals, mingled with a powder >nrhich gives them a staining appearance. They form their huts by digging a hole about three feet deep, and then thatching it over with reeds, which are not, however, impervious to the rain. Here they lie clos^ to each other, like pigs in a sty ; and they are so extremely indolent, that they will remain for days together without food, rather than take the pains to procure it. When constrained, by extreme hunger, tu go out in quest of provisions, they evince much dexterity in destroying the various ZAK animals with which their country abounds ; or, if they do not happen to procure any of these, they make a shift to live upon sn^es> mice, tfnd almost any- thing they can find. There are, also, tome pro- ductions of the earth, of the bul- bous kind, whleh they occasionally eat, particularly the camerony which is as large as a child's head, and the baroo, about the dze of an apple. There are, likewise^ some little berries, which are edible, and which the women go out to gather ; but the men are too idle to do this. "The men have several wives, but conjugal affection is little known, and they are total strangers to domestic happiness. They take little care of their children, and when they correct them, they almost kill them l^ severity. In fact, t^ey will destroy their off- spring on a variety of occasions, as when they are in want of food, or obUged to flee from the farmers, or when an infant happens to be ill-shaped, or when the father has forsaken the mother. In any of these cases they will strangle them, smother them, bury them alive, or cast them away in the desert. There are even instances of pa- rents throwing their tender off- spring to the hungry lion, which stanch roaring before their cavern, refusing to depart till some peace- offering be given to bim. In general, the children cease to be the object of maternal care as soon as they are able to crawl in tbe field. They go out every morn- ing ; and, when they return in the evening, a little milk, or a piece of meat, and an old sheep's skin to lie upon, are all they have to expect. In some few instances, however, a spark of natural affec- tion is to be met with, which places its possessor on a level with the brute creation. " The bushmen frequently forsake their aged relations, when removing 489 ./ ZAK from place to pluce, for the sake of hunting. In this case, they leave the old person with a piece of meat, and an ostrich egg-shell full of water. As soon as this lit- tle stock is exhausted^ the poor de- voted creature must perish by hun- ger, or become a prey to wild beasts." Soon after their arrival at Zak River, the missionaries were vi« sited by a party of about 30 bush- men, who were anxious to under- stand the object of their settlement. At first, however, they were ex- tremely shy ; and in consequence of some base slanders, which had been propagated among them, they were Induced to fear that the brethren had some design against their li- berty or their lives. As a proof of their mistrust, it is stated, that on a oectain occasion, Mr. Kitcherer, hoping to conciliate the affections of these wild Hottentots, invited a number of them to partake of a little repast which he had provided. Having cut up a large cake, be presented a piece to each of the busbmen, but not an individual ventured to taste it. On perceiving this, and guessing that they were apprehensive of poison, the mis- sionary took a slice of the cake himself, and ate it before them. He then stated, that he had called them together to assure them of his friendship, and to inform them that, as they were all invited to eat of one cake, there was one Saviour, called the bread of life, of whom Hottentots, as well as others, might freely partake, in order to obtain eternal life. This explana- tion removed eveiy evil surmise, and Mr. Kitcherer's token of love, was received by every individual with evident satisfaction. From this time the number of bushmen who visited the mission- aries increased considerably; and Mr. Kitcherer observes, that he felt inexpressible pleasure whilst at- zak tempting to explain to these poor and perishing creatures the infi- nite grace of the Lord Jesus ; so that though he began his work with a heavy heart, he frequently con- cluded it with joy and exultation. When the bushmen were first told of a God, and of the resurrection of the dead, they knew not how to express their astonishment in terms sufficiently strong, that they should have remained such a length of time without one idea of the Crea- tor and Preserver of all things. Some of the people now began to pray with apparent earnestness, and with the most affecting simplicity. " O Lord Jesus Christ," they would say, " thou hast made the sun, the moon, the hills, the rivers, and the bushes; therefore thou hast the power of changing my heart: O, be pleased- to make it entirely new!" Some of them asserted, that the sorrow which they felt on account of their sins prevented them from sleeping at night, and constrained them to rise and pour out their souls in supplication before the Lord ; and they declared that even in their hunting expeditions they sometimes felt an irresistible impulse to prostrate themselves be- fore the throne of grace, and to pray for a renewed heait. Some of them, indeed, seem to have had interested views in their profes- sions, and to have displayed, as Mr. Kitcherer expresses it, " much pharasaical ostentation ;" but there were some others, whose language was evidently that of Christian ex- perience, and who manifested, by their conduct and conversation, that they had become the subjects of a divine change. Soon after this occurrence, Mr. Kitcherer was invited to become the minister of the Paarl, a rich village near the Cape, with a hand- some church. After mntu.e de- liberation and earnest prayer, however, be was led to consider 400 :T f ! ^ ZAK ttlsttsa temptation to diveH hJm irom this SehufK '"*'''• ^"^ rock. .„„„^ „j(^^ Mer thaj .h, concerns, .nd «lS S V"?""" on «,/i,tt i?'r„-„.f "srsi- took leave of hi= „ **» "® with an lurLc? th^^^'^^"' endeavour to retnm f ^l ^°"'d months Thi " ^" «''0"t 12 .to?cc..il*:jrpi't*!'r^" some of thP nt'^Y"^®^*^- prized thl^Gospel That".?^""^ loved ministerTa's now tn'l' ^" moved from th^Z. ^ *° ^^ re- possible to consenH^h?'^ '* """ the total loS^of sucVaflnr'^S pastor. . * *"®"d and ".^ajoU'ln"? "-"""too, Mary and M,,fh» ■* females, called E"ropeT and on Ih '"'"•"'"<" •» itM ^? ^" *^'i.s';r.«" ftcntloolo tlie friends oftie Re. ZAK Mr Kf e^fasX.il'rnXi' •«^S ,°/d'^4-« -Siec'ted n.t„ril'e!^°et^*!!f '!«"■»«. of that ZI'voVL:'" "»''"' J v»ui strives, not to five one liHiaku one crumb to poor heathen .Tit''"* could deoMll nn™ *"'i ""'' J'"" wavs full • .t ■''*"" '""""In «!. . ooSfc^SSr^^.'Jfrtl.ous.^. ihe more we do for ofh«^ ♦! ";ore we sbull be blessed Ith! sir Tth^'^f '"»^« for oi^^^ rsomi^ffoT^^"^'^'^"'^ «!«^ orthatp,^;?oHt f;xr?'^°''^' who helo . h..t i;' * ^^'*"'* Peop'« Lord brini Hotw *?' ^^'n^A that he S bie^T.?*'^ ^ »^*^ ner. And not i u "'* «»^« sin- every man w^SV ^?^ ""^^ ♦'"'t Gospel ArL^r^? *•* 'P***^ the we»^row1,^f ;%^7, J ««od, our sins, let usv£jrk m!f "' 1'» ^^^ in dust ;t h"s S T^ V"^ *"">•« ^ head crown of iorv nP"V°" ^*' know in what if J « O when you were, then X w nS°" "^^^^^^^^t passion for Them nnl^'^T^'"" 491 ' ZAK usistthem. I thank English nation, that sent missionary to us; but pray they may not neglect, but go on ; because Lord open door, and so many thousands know not Lord Jesus. We pray for them, and do all we can to help Missionary .So- ciety, and we shall see the Lord will bless It. I go to far land, and shall never see this people no more in this world; so people of God, farewell. I shall meet you again before the throne of glory. And people that know not God, I admo- nish them to come to Jesus ; then we shall all meet at right hand of God. Last things I say — O pray /or poor heathen,** Mr. Kitcherer now paid a visit to his friends in Holland, where he was detained a considerable time. On the 2Ut of October, 1804, however, he sailed from the Texel with tee Hottentot converts and some new missionaries, and arrived at the Cape of Good Hope on the 10th of Ja.;ua.y, 1806. On his return to Zak River, Mr. K. found his congregation in a yery dejected and wretched situa- tion, in consequence of a long con- tinued drought, and the robberies committed by the bushmen. «* Many of the people," says Mr. K. " had been already compelled to take refuge in another place, and the remainder seemed ready to perish for want of every necessary of life. We lised our utmost en- deavours to keep our dear congre- gation together, on a spot which had been formerly so much bless- ed, but all our efforts were in vain, and our prospects became darker and darker j so that neither cattle nor corn could be procured at any price, and it was impracticable to send to a distance for provisions, on account of the plundering bush- 2AN men, who had already murdered 2i of our baptized Hottentots." Whilst the concerns of the set- tlement were in this situation, Mr. K. was providentially appointed to the living of Graaf Reynet, which he accepted on condition of his being still considered as a mission- ary of the London Society ; and thither he was followed by the greater part of his congregation, who either took up their abode in the village, or were placed with different families in the vicinity, as servants or labourers ; so that they were gradually inured to habits of industry, whilst they retained the important privilege of still hearing the Gospel from the lips of their beloved pastor. ZANTE, an island in the Medi- terranean, about 12 m. long by 6 broad. It is the most southern and the most fertile of the Ionian Islands, and for its size the most populous. Inhabitants 40,000, chiefly of the Greek church. This, with 6 other islands in the vicinity, form a ^public, which was put under' tiie protection of Great Britain in 1815. The town of Zante is the largest in the Seven Islands, and contains 16,000 inha- bitants. The Rev. I. Lowndes, of the L. M. S.f was stationed here in 1819, and removed to Corfu in 1822, as a more eligible place for the establishment of a mission forthesd islands, the principal object of which is to awaken the members of the Greek church to religious in- quiry, and to promote the circulq^- tion of the Scriptures in modern Greek. Previous to hiii removalj he nearly completed a Lexicon In modern Greek and English, and translated Mason on Self- Know- ledge. THE END. : n modern i removal; lexicon in ^lish, and ?lf-Know-